New Bookmarks
Year 2013 Quarter 1:  January 1 - March 31 Additions to Bob Jensen's Bookmarks
Bob Jensen at Trinity University

For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm 
Tidbits Directory --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm 

Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have key words to enter --- Search Site.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron" enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and other universities is at http://www.searchedu.com/.

Bob Jensen's Threads --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm

574 Shields Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm

 

Choose a Date Below for Additions to the Bookmarks File

March 31, 2013 

February 28, 2013

January 31, 2013 

 

March 31, 2013

Bob Jensen's New Bookmarks March 1-31, 2013
Bob Jensen at Trinity University 

For earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm 

Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron" enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and other universities is at http://www.searchedu.com/

Bob Jensen's Blogs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New Bookmarks --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Tidbits --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud Updates --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm

 

Bob Jensen's Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm

 

All my online pictures --- http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/

FASB Accounting Standards Updates ---
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498

Hasselback Accounting Faculty Directory --- http://www.hasselback.org/

Blast from the Past With Hal and Rosie Wyman ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm

Bob Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm 
 

2012 AAA Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view these videos.
Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield
in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc

2013 IFRS Blue Book (Not Free) ---
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717

Links to IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
 

Bob Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting

American Accounting Association  Past Presidents are listed at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PastPresidentsAAA.htm 

"2012 tax software survey:  Which products and features yielded frustration or bliss?" by Paul Bonner, Journal of Accountancy, September 2012 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2012/Sep/20125667.htm

Center for Financial Services Innovation --- http://cfsinnovation.com/

"Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 ---
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.

PCAOB Inspection Report Database ---
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx

Bob Jensen's taxation helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation 

Subtle Distinctions in Technical Terminology
Machine Learning, Big Data, Deep Learning, Data Mining, Statistics, Decision & Risk Analysis, Probability, Fuzzy Logic FAQ ---
http://wmbriggs.com/blog/?p=6465

Today’s FBI: Facts and Figures 2013-2014—which provides an in-depth look at the FBI and its operations—is now available ---
http://www.fbi.gov/stats-services/publications/todays-fbi-facts-figures/facts-and-figures-031413.pdf/view

AICPA Fraud Resource Center --- Click Here
http://www.aicpa.org/INTERESTAREAS/FORENSICANDVALUATION/RESOURCES/FRAUDPREVENTIONDETECTIONRESPONSE/Pages/fraud-prevention-detection-response.aspx

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


Humor Between March 1-31, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor033113

Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813

Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113

Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112

Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012

Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112

Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012

Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112

Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112

Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012

Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112  

Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012

Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112  

Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912 

Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112




The Wall Street Journal increased the billing rate for me to $26 per month. This is reasonable considering that this thick thing is delivered to my mailbox six days each week.

However, if I choose only the digital electronic version with no hard copy delivery, I only save $4 per month --- which is now a bummer price, especially for students.

However, there is a simple way to read very current articles in the WSJ electronically for free using Google Advanced Search using the "All the words" search box ---
http://www.google.com/advanced_search .
Instructions are given at
http://www.businessinsider.com/how-to-read-the-wsj-for-free-online-2009-6
Thank you Chris Nolan for the heads up.

Those of you who have access to your campus library electronic databases can probably access archived WSJ articles using database subscriptions paid for by your college or university.

The New York Times has a different free-access policy. I think you get something like 15 articles free per month. However, for me this seems to increase if I change Web browsers --- say from Firefox to Internet Explorer. Please don't ask me why this works or if it is totally ethical.

Students and faculty of a college might be able to able to have free access to NYT archives using databases subscribed toy by their college. One such database is IfnoTrac Newstands.


"10 Huge Brands That Committed Suicide," Business Insider, March 27, 2013 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/10-brands-that-committed-suicide-2013-3

To these we might add the tens of thousands of failed companies and banks who got glowing audit reports from their auditors only slightly ahead of their death notices --- sort of like those corpses on a slap that had no warnings in their most recent complete physical examinations.


"Nate Silver Gets Real About Big Data," by Matt Asay, ReadWriteWeb, March 29, 2013 ---
http://readwrite.com/2013/03/29/nate-silver-gets-real-about-big-data

Jensen Comment
This is a message that accountics scientists don't want to hear about.

"How Non-Scientific Granulation Can Improve Scientific Accountics"
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsGranulationCurrentDraft.pdf
By Bob Jensen
This essay takes off from the following quotation:

A recent accountics science study suggests that audit firm scandal with respect to someone else's audit may be a reason for changing auditors.
"Audit Quality and Auditor Reputation: Evidence from Japan," by Douglas J. Skinner and Suraj Srinivasan, The Accounting Review, September 2012, Vol. 87, No. 5, pp. 1737-1765.

Our conclusions are subject to two caveats. First, we find that clients switched away from ChuoAoyama in large numbers in Spring 2006, just after Japanese regulators announced the two-month suspension and PwC formed Aarata. While we interpret these events as being a clear and undeniable signal of audit-quality problems at ChuoAoyama, we cannot know for sure what drove these switches (emphasis added). It is possible that the suspension caused firms to switch auditors for reasons unrelated to audit quality. Second, our analysis presumes that audit quality is important to Japanese companies. While we believe this to be the case, especially over the past two decades as Japanese capital markets have evolved to be more like their Western counterparts, it is possible that audit quality is, in general, less important in Japan (emphasis added) .

 


"Which Type of Returns Are You Referring To?" by Barry Ritholtz,, March 28, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/real-nominal-total-aftertax/

Jensen Comment
Barry only a discusses a few of the many types of returns that should be understood by our students. For a more complete summary, go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm

One of the most popular downloads at my Website compares several types of returns is the wtdcase2a.xls at the bottom of the list of files at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Excel/
Note the tab to the Answers spreadsheet.
Students can put in their own input numbers and then observe the sensitivity of the outcomes to things like inflation rates.


'The 12 Most Controversial Facts In Mathematics," by  Walter Hickey, Business Insider, March 25, 2013 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/the-most-controversial-math-problems-2013-3

Bob Jensen's thousands of  links to tutorials in various academic disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm


The Great Challenge of Integer Programming's Travelling Salesman Problem
Back in the days I was teaching mathematical programming at the University of Maine, one of really big mathematical challenges of the day was to discover an efficient algorithm for The Travelling Salesman Problem that was poorly named and should have been called the shortest routing problem. Solutions to this interger programming challenge have wide-reaching applications in mathematics, management science, and operations research. As computing capacity increased, brute force solutions comparing all possible routing alternatives became feasible for smaller networks. But for large networks, the problem became more like mapping chess moves where no computer on earth could handle a brute force problem efficiently in reasonable time and cost.

"Shrinking Blob Computes (satisficing) Traveling Salesman Solutions:  A blob of “intelligent” goo can compute solutions to one of the most famous problems in mathematics and produces a route map as well, say computer scientists," MIT's Technology Review, March 25, 2013 --- Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/view/512821/shrinking-blob-computes-traveling-salesman-solutions/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130325

Jensen Comment
Optimization with convex space solution alternatives, like linear programming problems, are generally efficient to solve for very, very large problems. This is not the case for most integer programming problems because the solutions space is not convex. The above blob solution is unbelievable. Really


From the Scout Report on March 29, 2013

Free Alternative to Camtasia for Mac Users
Ripcorder Screen ---
https://itunes.apple.com/app/ripcorder-screen/id532632386?mt=12 

The Ripcorder Screen application allows users to create movies from their Macs' on-screen activities. The application will capture whatever is played on the display and transform it into a QuickTime movie. This can be most useful for users who would like to share information with colleagues or friends seeking to learn more about a particular computer operation or process. This version is compatible with all operating systems running Mac OS X 10.7 and newer.

There is also a Ricorder Audio App


Ribbet --- http://www.ribbet.com/ 

Ribbet offers visitors the opportunity to edit their photos on the fly online. The site gives users the ability to crop, resize, and rotate their images, along with adding captions in a host of different fonts. Also, there are a number of compelling special filters with names like Cairo, Morocco, Los Angeles, and Fiji. This version is compatible with all operating systems.


New research suggests that the speed of light may not be constant

Scientists examine nothing, find something
http://www.csmonitor.com/Science/2013/0325/Scientists-examine-nothing-find-something

Speed of light may not be fixed, scientists suggest
http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2013/03/130325111154.htm

Speed of Light May Not be Constant
http://blogs.voanews.com/science-world/2013/03/26/speed-of-light-may-not-be-constant/

Testing Einstein's E=mc2 in Outer Space
http://uanews.org/story/testing-einsteins-emc2-outer-space

Ole Roemer and the Speed of Light
http://www.amnh.org/education/resources/rfl/web/essaybooks/cosmic/p_roemer.html

American Association of Physics Teachers
http://aapt.org/resources/

 


Audit and Accounting Guide for Not-for-Profit Entities
From Ernst &Young on March 28, 2013

The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) has issued a comprehensive revision of its Audit and Accounting Guide, Not-for-Profit Entities, for the first time in 15 years. Questions raised as the Guide was being updated have resulted in new guidance from the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) on two not-for-profit topics. Our To the Point publication summarizes the guidance from the AICPA and the EITF.

http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2518_NotforProfit_27March2013/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2518_NotforProfit_27March2013.pdf

Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of governmental accounting and accountability ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting


Is Bob Jensen a hypocrite?
I feel like a hypocrite since from the first year in my first faculty appointment I had at least one less course assignment than my colleagues --- teaching two courses per term instead of three or even four like the people up and down the hall were teaching. And I was the highest paid faculty member on the floor in each of the four universities where I had faculty appointments. Forty years later I was teaching the same light loads as well as during all 38 years in between except for the various semesters I got full pay for teaching no courses due to sabbatical leaves and two years in a think tank at Stanford University.

Now I sympathize with arguments that those other faculty (and me) really should have been teaching more across the entire 40 years. I can hear some of you saying:  "That's easy for you to say now --- while you are sitting with a eastward view of three mountain ranges and teaching not one course."

The race to teach less has not served us well, and student-to-faculty ratios were driven more by U.S. News & World Report's [annual rankings] than by rigor," [Gene Nichol (North Carolina)] said. "Professors don't teach enough. The notion that [teaching more] would cripple scholarship is not true and we know it. ...
Tax Prof Blog, March 14, 2013 --- http://taxprof.typepad.com/

Law Schools are cutting expenses in expectation of smaller class sizes. While most can't think of cutting tuition in this environment, the actions they take during the next few years could determine whether legal education moves toward a more affordable future. ...

"The race to teach less has not served us well, and student-to-faculty ratios were driven more by U.S. News & World Report's [annual rankings] than by rigor," [Gene Nichol (North Carolina)] said. "Professors don't teach enough. The notion that [teaching more] would cripple scholarship is not true and we know it." ...

[T]he primary problem facing most law schools is what to do with all the faculty they have on staff. ... "Laying off untenured [faculty] would be very destructive," [Brian Tamanaha (Washington U.)] said. "They are teaching important skills and valuable classes."

Tamanaha said the better option is to offer buyouts to tenured professors. "We will see schools offer separation packages -- one or two year's compensation if you go now," he said. "The only people interested in a buyout would be people with sufficient retirement funds or professors with practices on the side." Vermont Law School and Penn State University Dickinson School of Law have discussed similar steps. ...

Brian Leiter, a law professor at the University of Chicago Law School who runs a blog on legal education, has predicted that as many as 10 law schools will go out of business during the next decade.

Rather than face closure, law schools could take more drastic steps -- even overcoming tenure. When Hurricane Katrina devastated New Orleans, Tulane University declared financial exigency and eliminated entire departments -- terminating tenured professors. The same action has happened at other universities faced with economic hardships.

"If you say this is a tsunami of a different kind -- the 100 year flood -- then a dean could let go of faculty," another law professor said. For example, a school could choose to eliminate nonessential specialties, such as a tax law program, and terminate most faculty in those areas.

In addition to eliminating tenured positions, a dean could reduce salaries out of financial necessity. "Schools under severe financial pressure may be faced with an even starker option -- closing their doors," Tamanaha said. ...

Nichol said all law schools should reconsider their current salary structures, and not just schools in the worst economic position. "In the same way that the market for graduates is adjusting, it would not be absurd for our salaries to adjust as well," he said. "I don't see why our leave packages should be more generous than other parts of the campus. We will have to fix that now before we forced to."

Nichol said schools should consider eliminating sabbaticals, trimming travel and reducing summer research grants. "Every school needs to look line by line for where it can cut costs," [David Yellen (Dean, Loyola-Chicago)] said. Faculty travel, conferences and other things can add up to a couple of professors salaries."

Jensen Comment
And I darn well "know it." I think I do all this free academic blogging in large measure out of guilt. I need to give something back!

Franco Modigliani --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Franco_Modigliani
Trinity University has a program for bringing all possible former Nobel Prize winning economists. In an auditorium they were not to discuss technicalities of their work as much as they were to summarize their lives leading up to their high achievements. One of the most inspiring presentations I can remember was that of Franco Modigliani.

What I remember most is that he asserted that some of his most productive years of research and scholarship came during the years he was teaching five different courses on two different campuses.

The Academy increasingly coddled researchers with more pay, large expense funds, the highest salaries on campus, and lighter teaching loads. I'm not certain that they, me included, were not coddled far too much relative to the the value of the sum total of their (including my) work. I think not! The sum total may have been as high or higher if they were teaching four courses per term (maybe not five).

Bob Jensen

Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm

Reply from Jagdish Gangolly

Bob,

You are not alone. A colleague of mine at Albany, a mathematician in the Management Sciences department, who taught mathematics at Brown before coming to Albany was saying the same thing. He was most productive when he taught heavy loads.

Teaching and writing are probably the most demanding of intellectual tasks (unless of course you are resigned to teaching because you must). Even research nowadays is, thanks to statistical packages and abundant databases, by comparison a mundane task.

I was not as lucky as you were; I taught the usual 2 courses each semester except for the sabbaticals. But one semester I taught five courses, by happenstance. Two masters courses in accounting (an auditing and an AIS course), two doctoral seminars in (Knowledge Organization and in Statistical Natural Language Processing) Information Science, all at SUNY Albany, and an MBA management accounting course at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. And, strange as it may seem, that was my most productive year in research. I have never been as ready for summer in my life as at the end of that semester.

Regards,

Jagdish


"The Debt Bomb That Taxpayers Won't See Coming ," by Steven Malanga, The Wall Street Journal, March 29, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324077704578362101467799948.html

Earlier this month, the Securities and Exchange Commission charged Illinois officials with making misleading statements to bond investors about the state's pension system. The agency detailed a long list of deceptive practices including failure to tell investors that the system was so underfunded that it risked bankruptcy.

Illinois taxpayers, as well as the holders of its debt, will ultimately bear the burden of the officials' misdeeds. But there is nothing unique about the Prairie State. For years, elected officials in states and municipalities across the country have been imprudently piling up obligations that are imposing serious strains on budgets, prompting higher taxes and cutbacks in services.

In January, city officials in Sacramento, California's capital, reported the results of a study they had commissioned on all the debt that the municipality had incurred. At a City Council meeting that the Sacramento Bee reported as "sobering," the city manager explained that Sacramento had racked up some $2 billion in obligations (mostly pensions and retiree health care). All this for a municipality of 477,000 residents with an annual general fund budget of just $366 million.

Sacramento finances are already stretched—the city has cut some 1,200 workers, or 20% of its workforce, in the past several years. Servicing its debt in years to come will only add more woe, especially given the intractability of public unions. The budget report noted that "While reducing staff is clearly not the preferred method for reducing costs, the city has a very limited ability to reduce the cost of labor absent cooperation from the city's employee groups."

According to studies by the Pew Center on the States, states and the biggest cities have made nearly three-quarters of a trillion dollars in promises to pay for retiree health-care insurance. Yet governments have set aside only about 5% of the money they'll need to pay for these promises.

This year a Chicago city commission reported that retiree health-care expenditures would soar from $109 million in this year's budget to $541 million in a decade. After concluding that the expenditures were unaffordable, one member of the commission proposed that retirees be required to sign on to the Illinois Health Insurance Exchange being created under President Obama's Affordable Care Act. Health insurance would be cheaper if it is subsidized by the federal government.

A December report by the States Project, a joint venture of Harvard's Institute of Politics and the University of Pennsylvania's Fels Institute of Government, estimated that state and local governments now owe in sum a staggering $7.3 trillion. Incredibly, the vast majority of this debt has never been approved by taxpayers, who are often unaware of the extent of their obligations.

Most state constitutions and many municipal charters limit borrowing and mandate voter approval. No matter. Politicians evade the limits, issuing billions of dollars in municipal offerings never approved by voters, sometimes with disastrous consequences. Courts have rubber-stamped many of these schemes.

The debt incurred by New Jersey for school projects is a case in point. In 2001, legislators in Trenton hatched a scheme to borrow a shocking $8.6 billion for refurbishing school buildings. The reaction to their plan in the press and among taxpayer groups was so negative that the politicians knew that voters would never approve it. So the legislature created an independent borrowing authority. Since it, and not taxpayers, would take on the debt, politicians claimed that there was no need for voters' consent.

Taxpayer groups challenged the maneuver. The state Supreme Court brushed aside their objections, arguing that there was already precedent for such borrowing.

New Jersey's Schools Construction Corp. quickly squandered half of the money on patronage and inefficient construction practices, so in 2005 the state borrowed another $3.9 billion. All of the debt is being repaid by taxpayers. The authority, which was dissolved several years ago, had no revenues of its own.

Next door, in New York, a scant 5% of the Empire State's $63 billion in outstanding debt has ever been authorized by voters, according to the state comptroller. The rest has been engineered through independent authorities such as the Transitional Finance Authority.

These authorities are designed to circumvent voters. Of the seven bond offerings that have gone before New York voters in the past 25 years, four have been defeated. But thanks to unsanctioned debt, New Yorkers bear the second-highest per capita debt burden in the nation, $3,258, according to a January report by the state comptroller. New Jersey is No. 1, at $3,964.

To prevent the pile-up of hidden debt, taxpayers need to spearhead a revolt that will narrow the ability of officials to mortgage their future. Any such revolt will first of all seek an end to government sponsored defined-benefit pension plans, through which politicians promise benefits years hence to current employees in a manner that potentially leaves taxpayers on the hook for unlimited liabilities. Simpler, defined-contribution plans featuring individual retirement accounts would make government pension systems less expensive and their accounting more transparent.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
I was wondering why my tax exempt bond fund keeps paying relatively high interest rates each month. Yipes! Now I know.

"Former comptroller general urges fiscally responsible reforms," by Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, October 6, 2012 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20126578.htm

The sad state of governmental accounting:  It's all done with smoke and mirrors ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting


"NYC Legend, Ed Koch, Pays $3M Due to Estate Planning Blunder With No Irrevocable Trust, Laments UltraTrust.com," PRWeb, March 31, 2013 ---
http://www.prweb.com/releases/Ed-Koch-irrevocable-trust/estate-plannnig/prweb10549965.htm

Suggestion for his epitaph:
"I should've had an irrevocable trust."

Links forwarded by Paul Caron

Jensen Comment
More accurately former Mayor Koch would've saved something less that $3 million after paying his tax attorneys and CPAs.


For me the March 2013 edition of TAR is another accountics science yawn.

One article, however, struck my eye as being worthy of debate on the AECM.

If I'm asked to criticize an analytical model TAR publication, my knee jerk reaction before I've even read the article is to go for the unrealistic underlying assumptions that are valid only in Plato's Cave. I provide what I consider to be a great illustration at
 http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm#Analytics

The following article illustrates how we can go after unrealistic underlying assumptions in Plato's Cave for empirical publications as well.

My bottom line conclusion is that we should evaluate empirical accountics science studies the same way we evaluate analytical modeling accountics science studies. Go after the controversial underlying assumptions before going after the other weak spots such as missing variables, missing data, use of students as surrogates for real world decision makers, failing to contact real world players such as auditors or financial analysts, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, non-normal distributions, etc.

"The Contagion Effect of Low-Quality Audits, by  Jere R. Francis and Paul N. Michas, The Accounting Review, March 2013 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-50322

ABSTRACT :

We investigate if the existence of low-quality audits in an auditor office indicates the presence of a “contagion effect” on the quality of other (concurrent) audits conducted by the office. A low-quality audit is defined as the presence of one or more clients with overstated earnings that were subsequently corrected by a downward restatement. We document that the quality of audited earnings (abnormal accruals) is lower for clients in these office-years (when the misreporting occurred) compared to a control sample of office-years with no restatements. This effect lasts for up to five subsequent years, indicating that audit firms do not immediately rectify the problems that caused contagion. We also find that an office-year with client misreporting is likely to have subsequent (new) client restatements over the next five fiscal years. Overall, the evidence suggests that certain auditor offices have systematic audit-quality problems and that these problems persist over time.

Jensen Comment
How valid is it to define a low-quality audit as "presence of one or more clients with overstated earnings that were subsequently corrected by a downward restatement/"

Firstly, we might find some even lower-quality audits that had corrected upward restatements of earnings.

Secondly, how justified are the authors in assuming  subsequent downward restatements are caused or even correlated with low-quality audits? Restatements are caused by many factors, only one of which might be a low quality audit. If there was a high correlation with only low quality audits it would seem to me that audit firms would be hauled into class action lawsuits most every time earnings numbers have to be restated downward.

A low-quality audit is a defined on the basis of many factors that the PCAOB is trying to get a handle in their revealing audit inspections. For example, some of the worst audits may not have entailed earnings restatements. The poor quality may simply have been what the PCAOB considers unjustified cost cutting in in detail testing and/or weak supervision of neophyte auditors. The fact that such factors did not entail downward earning revisions may be a matter of luck or as, yet, undetected errors in the earning numbers.

My bottom line conclusion is that we should evaluate empirical accountics science studies the same way we evaluate analytical modeling accountics science studies. Go after the controversial underlying assumptions before going after the other weak spots such as missing variables, missing data, use of students as surrogates for real world decision makers, failing to contact real world players such as auditors or financial analysts, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, non-normal distributions, etc.


"5 Dumbest Things on Wall Street This Week: March 22, 2013, The Street ---
http://www.thestreet.com/story/11876599/1/5-dumbest-things-on-wall-street-this-week-march-22.html?kval=dontmiss

1 (To Bob Jensen Cyprus is beginning to sound like the mouse that roared)
By the time you finish this sentence the nation of Cyprus may be solvent or insolvent, in or out of the European Union or possibly even reborn as Vladimir Putin's private island getaway. The situation is still too fluid for us to predict.

2 (Auditors only stick with managements they don't trust if the clients are too big to lose)
Maxwell Storage, the energy storage device maker announced the resignation of its public accounting firm McGladrey LLP in an SEC filing Tuesday. In its farewell letter to Maxwell's audit committee, McGladrey confirmed "it could no longer rely on management's representations," nor the "information obtained directly from certain third parties." Maxwell added it will be forced to delay the reporting of its 2012 financials while it looks for an accountant to replace McGladrey. Shares of the company sank 14% to $6.40 on the news.

3 (As Bob Jensen understands it these tights are no problem doing yoga as long as you don't bend over)
Give us some credit Dumbest fans. Did you really think we would forget about the sheer madness this week at Lululemon (LULU)? The athletic-apparel purveyor announced Monday it was recalling shipments of women's yoga pants with an unacceptably high "level of sheerness" from its stores. And while Lulu says it plans to see the problem through, the company admitted the issue will indeed impact its bottom line. Shares of the company got pantsed on the news, dropping 3% to $64 on Tuesday.

4 (How could any megabanks survive without "flawed risk models?"
Ina Drew, the former head of the "London Whale" trading unit at JPMorgan Chase (JPM), blamed a "flawed" risk model and "deceptive" traders for the massive $6 billion loss at the bank in her prepared testimony last Friday before the Senate Permanent Subcommitee on Investigations. Drew resigned from her position of chief investment officer in May 2012 as a result of the scandal

5 (Since when is overstating revenue a big deal. Federal and state governments do it all the time with smoke and mirrors.)
Great Lakes Dredge & Dock revealed it overstated second-quarter revenue by $3.9 million and third-quarter revenue by $4.3 million. It also said it will review $5.6 million in questionable fourth-quarter sales.


"FASB Rolls Out More XBRL Implementation Guidance," by Tammy Whitehouse, Compliance Week, March 22, 2013 ---
http://www.complianceweek.com/fasb-rolls-out-more-xbrl-implementation-guidance/article/285581/

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued some new guidance on XBRL intended to further refine how preparers use the U.S. GAAP Financial Reporting Taxonomy to submit their financial statements in the XBRL format.

FASB added three new pieces to its upstart series of implementation guides -- one focused on segment reporting and two more focused specifically on the insurance sector. The segment reporting guide demonstrates the modeling that FASB has in mind for disclosures related to segment reporting.

The modeling is completed using elements in the taxonomy, focusing on detail tagging only. It provides eight separate examples of common segment reporting disclosures, such as significant items of required segment information, reconciliation of segment revenue, and reconciliation of segment profit or loss. Further examples go into greater detail related to various common segment scenarios.

As with other guides in the series, FASB says the segment reporting examples are not intended to cover every possible modeling configuration or to dictate the appearance or structure of a company's extension taxonomy. The examples are only meant to help users of the taxonomy understand how the modeling for segment reporting is structured within the taxonomy, with the hope that it will drive more consistent use of the taxonomy to produce more consistent, comparable financial reporting data. The guide does not include elements for text blocks, policy text blocks, or table blocks. 

For the insurance sector, one guide focuses on the modeling of disclosures related to concentration of credit risk, as in ceded credit risk with a single credit rating, multiple credit ratings, and those that appear in more the one table. Another insurance guide focuses on disclosures related to reinsurance, providing a model for disclosing risk management objectives and retention policies, effects of reinsurance, and the supplemental schedule of reinsurance arrangements, although it does not cover concentrations of credit risk resulting from reinsurance.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
There's a photograph of the AECM's Louis Matherne who is spearheading XBRL for the FASB. Thanks much Louis for greasing the wheels of implementation.

Bob Jensen's threads on XBRL are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/XBRLandOLAP.htm


The top 51 undergraduate business schools according to Bloomberg Business Week (Slide Show) ---
http://images.businessweek.com/slideshows/2013-03-20/best-undergraduate-business-schools-2013#slide1
Notre Dame may be Number 2 in football, but it is Number 1 in undergraduate business studies according to Business Week.

Note the links on the left side for such things as explanations of how the schools were ranked and the history of such rankings.

Business Schools With the Best Teachers Are Not Necessarily the Highest Ranked Domestic or International Business Schools (Bloomberg Busienss Week, Business Week, MBA, Rankings, Rank, Teaching, Teachers, US News, Financial Times, The Economist, Economist, WSJ)
citation:
"B-Schools With Five-Star Teachers," by Louis Lavelle, Bloomberg Business Week, November 12, 2012 ---
 http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-11-12/b-schools-with-five-star-teachers#r=hpt-ls 

 

Bob Jensen's threads on ranking controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings


"The Value of a Good Visual: Immediacy," by Bill Franks, Harvard Business Review Blog, March 21, 2013 ---
 http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/03/the_value_of_a_good_visual_imm.html

Visualization of Multivariate Data (including faces) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/352wpvisual/000datavisualization.htm 


"How Deferred Tax Accounting Blunts Government-Provided Incentives to Invest in Renewable Energy," by Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion, March 18, 2013 ---
http://accountingonion.com/2013/03/how-deferred-tax-accounting-blunts-government-provided-incentives-to-invest.html

Jensen Comment
Tom's arguments are pretty good on this one except that he does not tell us how failing to allocate tax deferrals possibly inflates early-on annual reported ROI to levels (say 40%) much higher than the asset is capable of generating (15%) the entire economic life of an asset.

The Case Where the Asset is Sold in Year 6
The essence of Tom's argument is a familiar one in deferred tax theory. Companies taking advantage of accelerated depreciation on tax returns without inter-period tax deferral allocation can have very high albeit rapidly declining after-tax book earnings because of reporting tax deferrals as income in the early years. Inter-period allocation of tax deferrals reduces early-on earnings but adds stability to booked earnings patterns that are low at first but steadily rising. In Tom's illustration the two earnings patterns cross at about 5.5 years for a 20-year asset. In Years 6-20 inter-period tax allocation book earnings are slightly higher than if there is no inter-period tax asset deferral.

Tom's argument is that the after-tax book earnings pattern in Years 1-5 make the solar panel investment look worse than if there is inter-period tax allocation. If the asset is sold after Year 5 after it no longer gets tax breaks then perhaps being required to make inter-period allocations discourages, as Tom argues, investments in the asset at Time Zero. We cannot evaluate returns over the entire five years without knowing the sales price of the asset in Year 5.

Overstating Annual ROI in the Early Years:  The Case Where The Asset is Held for 20 Years
If the asset has a steady annual cash flow of 15% IRR before taxes this cash flow correlates highly with the steady annual book earnings after taxes with inter-period tax allocation. Tom instead advocates no inter-period allocation such that the reported after-tax book earnings are much less correlated with the steady annual cash flows before taxes due primarily due to reporting nearly all nearly all the accelerated tax depreciation breaks in the very early years instead of spreading them over 20 years.

The bottom line is that annual Return on Investment (ROI) based on after-tax earnings without inter-period deferred tax allocation looks much higher than ROI with inter-period allocation in the early years. This makes the company look much better in Years 1-5 which in theory will lower its cost of capital. For example if the Company reports a ROI of 40% in Year 1 when at best it can only generate 15% over the next 20 years, haven't we misled investors just a bit?

In other words a company that is only capable of generating returns of 15% gets to report much higher ROI returns in the early years without inter-period tax allocation.

Of course my criticism must be modified by adding returns to deferred tax cash flows in the early years. Nether Tom nor I have added returns generated on the tax deferrals to the 15% IRR before taxes.

I might also add that IRR is nearly always a controversial criterion for investment decisions. For example, Tom's illustration generates an before-tax IRR of 15% over the 20-year life of the solar array. If the cash flows coming in each year cannot be re-invested for 15% in other investments then the IRR is not really 15%. The ex-post IRR depends upon re-investment alternatives faced by this company over the entire 20 years.

For example, a company having only one cash flow at the end of 20 years that has a 15% IRR differs greatly from one that has an annuitized 15% per year for 20 years since the 15% IRR can be obtained only if annual cash flows are reinvested for 15% each and every year.


Billy Joe "Red" McCombs --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_McCombs

McCombs School of Business at the University of Texas --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/McCombs_School_of_Business

David Woods ---

The Woods tax shelter was promoted by Big Four accounting firm Ernst & Young, according to court documents.

"Supreme Court to weigh IRS penalties on alleged tax dodges," by Patrick Temple-West, Reuters, March 26, 2013 ---
http://newsandinsight.thomsonreuters.com/Legal/News/2013/03_-_March/Supreme_Court_to_weigh_IRS_penalties_on_alleged_tax_dodges/

The  Internal Revenue Service's practice of slapping steep, 40 percent penalties on participants in certain alleged tax shelters will soon come to trial before the Supreme Court.

Though it rarely hears tax matters, the court has decided to weigh in on a case involving Texas billionaire Billy Joe "Red" McCombs, a former owner of professional sports teams.

The court's decision, not expected until June 2014, will likely have implications beyond McCombs' case, tax lawyers said.

Oral arguments will be scheduled when the high court's next term begins in October.

The Obama administration's solicitor general is arguing that "hundreds of millions of dollars" in tax penalties are hanging in the balance, according to court filings. However, the decision will only apply to cases brought prior to 2010.

The case being taken up by the court involves a 1999 transaction undertaken by McCombs and his business partner, Gary Woods. The government contends it had no purpose other than tax avoidance. The transaction was known as "current options bring reward alternatives," or COBRA.

According to the government, Woods and McCombs bought and sold options on foreign currencies to generate paper losses used to offset gains chiefly related to McCombs's sports ventures.

The IRS initially applied a 40-percent penalty on the unpaid taxes that the agency said were owed, but the 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals in New Orleans ruled in 2012 that the 40-percent penalty did not apply in the Woods case.

Woods is already subject to a 20 percent tax penalty on COBRA and the Supreme Court need not step in, Woods's lawyer has argued in court filings.

The lawyer representing Woods did not respond to requests for comment. Calls to San Antonio-based McCombs Partners, an investment management business which lists both Red McCombs and Gary Woods on its website, were not returned.

The IRS did not comment.

The government is arguing Woods and McCombs claimed more than $45 million in losses in 1999, from transactions that cost them only $1.37 million.

The COBRA strategy has drawn attention beyond the Woods case. COBRA was among a number of alleged tax shelter strategies subject to an IRS crackdown a decade ago.

Congress in 2010 passed the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, which slapped a 40-percent penalty on transactions such as COBRA. The penalty was to apply to taxpayers found by the IRS to have made "gross valuation misstatements" on their tax filings.

With Congress ensuring that transactions like COBRA cannot escape the 40-percent penalty, a government win in the Woods case "won't have much impact on the future," said Andrew Roberson, a partner with law firm McDermott Will & Emery LLP.

For pre-2010 cases still in limbo, "it's obviously important for the IRS to get a win at the highest level," he said.

The Woods tax shelter was promoted by Big Four accounting firm Ernst & Young, according to court documents. This month, Ernst agreed to a $123 million settlement to resolve a federal investigation into tax shelters it promoted.

The case is United States v Woods No. 12-562
http://www.supremecourt.gov/Search.aspx?FileName=/docketfiles/12-562.htm

Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm


Updates from the Smartest Person on the Planet:  An Algorithm for Everything (well almost everything)

Jensen Comment
The Wolfram Alpha computational search engine in my viewpoint is one of the top ten computing advances of all time ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Searchh.htm#WolframAlpha

"Stephen Wolfram Says He Has An Algorithm For Everything — Literally," by Mark Hachman, ReadWriteWeb, March 11, 2013 ---
http://readwrite.com/2013/03/11/stephen-wolfram-has-an-algorithm-for-everything-literally

Stephen Wolfram believes that we may have already discovered the fundamental Unified Theory of Physics, and that he may able to write it down via a language that his company, Wolfram Alpha, has developed.

That's just the beginning for the man some believe to be the smartest person on the planet. Wolfram also plans to extend the power of computations to messier subjects, revolutionizing everything from law to medicine.

Best In Show At SWSW?

At his talk Monday at the SXSW conference in Austin, Texas (Stephen Wolfram: The Computational Future, #wolffuture), Wolfram revealed that he

Wolfram plans to more closely tie Mathematica to other data sources to simulate the interaction of complex machinery. The idea is to be able to answer questions like: "Would an SU-48 Flanker fighter jet be able to fly within the atmosphere of Mars?"

He will do all this, he told attendees, by opening up the fundamental language that his company created — one he calls, with characteristic modesty, the Wolfram Language — to the world at large. Eventually, he added, we'll probably use the Wolfram Language to unify all of physics, too.

Smartest Person On The Planet?

Wolfram won the award for Speaker of the Event at the 2012 SXSW conference, and he seems ready to contend for the crown again. There's no disputing his smarts — this is, after all, a guy who dropped out of Oxford at age 17 only to earn a doctorate in particle physics from Caltech three years later. But at this stage in his career, Wolfram seems obsessed with accumulating, picking apart and then weaving together disparate sources of data, such as basic rules that can be used to achieve complex results.

Continued in article


"Richard Feynman on the Universal Responsibility of Scientists," by Maria Popover, Brain Pickings, March 6, 2013 ---
http://www.brainpickings.org/index.php/2013/03/06/richard-feynman-responsibility-of-scientists/

. . .

It is our responsibility as scientists, knowing the great progress and great value of a satisfactory philosophy of ignorance, the great progress that is the fruit of freedom of thought, to proclaim the value of this freedom, to teach how doubt is not to be feared but welcomed and discussed, and to demand this freedom as our duty to all coming generations.

Jensen Comment
Are accountics scientists living up to their responsibilities?
 

In many ways they are living up to their responsibilities, but in some ways they are failing badly relative to the real scientists, especially the "welcomed and discussed part."
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm


Education: Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City ---  http://www.kansascityfed.org/education/
Note the Financial Fables section --- http://www.kansascityfed.org/education/fables/index.cfm

Bob Jensen's threads on financial literacy ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers


Thunderbird School of Global Management --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thunderbird_School_of_Global_Management

. . .

Originally unique, Thunderbird began to encounter direct competition from other international business programs in the 1980s. In response the school's marketing literature emphasized the "Thunderbird mystique" (referring to the school's tripartite curriculum and formidable alumni network) and "a difference of degree" (the MIM over the traditional MBA). By the 2000s, however, most business schools had acquired a global focus. Thunderbird, surrendering to the trend, converted its flagship degree into an MBA in International (later Global) Management.

The 1990s and 2000s brought financial upheaval as MBA programs in general fell out of favor during the internet bubble, and foreign student enrollment plummeted after 9-11. Faculty cuts occurred in 2001 and 2004; student enrollment dropped to a low of 700 in 2003, down from an average of 1,500 during the 1990s. Speculation to the effect that the school would close, or be taken over by another institution, was rife.[12] In 2004, an unprecedented pledge of $60 million (by alumnus Sam Garvin and his wife Rita) seemed to forestall these possibilities, and the name of the school was accordingly changed to "the Garvin School of International Management"--a change reverted when Garvin, who objected to plans to apply the funds to the school's operating deficits, reneged on his donation.

In 1994, the AACSB reversed a longstanding policy which made "mixed" programs such as Thunderbird's ineligible for accreditation. Thunderbird's was the first such program to be thus accredited.

During the 1990s, the school began publishing the Thunderbird International Business Review, a bimonthly academic journal.[13]

Since 2004, Thunderbird sponsored "Project Artemis," aimed at developing entrepreneurial skills among Afghan women. In addition, partnerships with investment bank Goldman Sachs, the InterAmerican Development Bank, the U.S. Dept. of State, mining company Freeport McMoRan and the Australian Government helped Thunderbird train hundreds of women entrepreneurs in Pakistan, Jordan, and Latin America.

In August 2004, Angel Cabrera, former dean of IE Business School in Madrid, Spain, became the youngest (and first foreign-born) president of the School, succeeding Roy A. Herberger, Jr. Under his leadership the School underwent a major operational and financial restructuring and launched various new programs. However, efforts to diversify revenue sources increased costs faster than revenues. Cabrera stepped down in 2012, to be succeeded briefly by former U.S. Ambassador Barbara Barrett (as interim president, for about six months), then by Larry Edward Penley (served 2012-present), previously president of Colorado State University.

In 2013, Thunderbird announced a partnership with Laureate Education, Inc., a commercial education company that operates programs in 29 countries (including the University of Liverpool's online MBA program)

 

Jensen Questions
When do you stop calling  Thunderbird University a not-for-profit school?

To my knowledge the AACSB has never accredited a for-profit undergraduate or MBA program. To what extent will the AACSB allow partnering with for-profit programs in the future?


"Thunderbird Joins With For-Profit to Offer New Programs," by Louis Lavelle, Bloomberg Businessweek, March 18, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-03-18/thunderbird-joins-with-for-profit-to-offer-new-programs

In an unusual partnership, Thunderbird School of Global Management today announced it is forming a partnership with a for-profit educational provider, Laureate Education, to offer educational programs around the world.

Thunderbird, in Glendale, Ariz., offers graduate business degrees, including its flagship global MBA, as well as online programs and nondegree executive education programs. Laureate Education, in Baltimore, serves more than 750,000 students through campus-based and online programs in 29 countries.

While the terms of the deal are still being hammered out, Thunderbird says the two institutions will create a jointly owned entity that will open instructional sites in a number of international locations. Among those being considered are Madrid, Paris, Santiago, Chile, and São Paulo, Brazil.

The partnership, which is expected to be finalized in June, will allow Thunderbird to expand its online and executive education offering and to offer an undergraduate business program for the first time in more than 50 years. Thunderbird said it will continue to operate as a private, not-for-profit educational institution and retain control of its curriculum, faculty, and admission standards.

Larry Edward Penley, Thunderbird’s president, says Laureate has 200,000 students studying business around the world, and 30,000 would qualify for admission to Thunderbird. The partnership gives Thunderbird the ability to recruit those students and expand enrollment in Arizona. He expects total enrollment will triple in five years, to more than 3,000 students. He also expects the 50/50 partnership to generate enough cash flow to allow Thunderbird to expand faculty and facilities to make that possible.

“We believe there will be profits that we can reinvest in Thunderbird,” Penley says. “It will allow us to hire faculty, improve facilities, and start new programs.”

Continued in article

Additional Jensen Questions
If the Thunderbird campus carries on some for-profit activities on campus such as admitting students for Laureate Education and providing online instructors will local jurisdictions continue to grant full property tax exemption?

To what extent can Thunderbird participate in for-profit courses and global profit sharing with Laureate and still  retain its tax-exempt status for state and Federal income taxes?

In particular, if Laureate itself pays no USA income taxes, to what extent can Thunderbird declare shared profits are tax exempt in the USA?


"Tax Professionals Will Continue To Be in Great Demand for Years," by Frank Byrt, AccountingWeb, March 3, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/tax-professionals-will-continue-be-great-demand-years/221256?source=education


Added Jensen Comment
An early precursor of the concept of "counterfactual reasoning" is "functional fixation"

Accounting History Trivia
What accounting professors coined the phrase "functional fixation in accounting" in 1966 and in what particular accounting context?

Hint 1
Two of the three authors were my Ph.D. program advisors at Stanford University years ago.

Hint 2
Bob Ashton did some cognitive experimentation of functional fixation that was published in the Journal of Accounting Research a decade later in 1976.

Answer
Y. Ijiri, R.K. Jaedicke and K.E. Knight, "The Effects of Accounting Alternatives on Management Decisions," in R.K. Jaedicke, Y. Ijiri and 0. Nelson (Eds.), Research in Accounting Measurement , American Accounting Association, 1966, pp. 18

"Cognitive characteristics and the perceived importance of information," by by JD Dermer, October 1972, Library of MIT ---
http://dspace.mit.edu/bitstream/handle/1721.1/47056/cognitivecharact00derm.pdf?sequence=1

Recently, several accounting studies have made use of concepts and relationships from the field of cognitive psychology. For example, Ijiri, Jaedicke and Knight employed the notion of functional fixation to describe an individual's adaptiveness to a change in accounting process. Similarly, Livingstone referred to learning sets in explaining why some 2 utilities were slow in adjusting to accounting changes. In addition, Revsine employed the conceptual abstractness construct to speculate on its possible moderating effects in an experimental situation, and on its significance with respect to information overload. Yet, despite this interest in relationships between cognitive factors and information usage, little empirical study has been done of the role that cognitive factors may play in accounting.

Below is a recent article describing "functional fixedness."
"Rename It, Reuse It," by Amy Mayer, Everyday Einstein, March 14, 2013 ---
http://everydayeinstein.quickanddirtytips.com/rename-it-reuse-it.aspx

To become more inventive, new research suggests, we should start thinking about common items in terms of their component parts, decoupling their names from their uses.

When we think of an object (a candle, say) we tend to think of its name, appearance, and purpose all at once. We have expectations about how the candle works and what we can do with it. Psychologists call this rigid thinking "functional fixedness."

Tony McCaffrey, a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Massachusetts Amherst, developed a two-step "generic parts technique," which trains people to overcome functional fixedness. First, break down the items at hand into their basic parts, then name each part in a way that does not imply meaning. Using his technique, a candle becomes wax and string. Seeing the wick as a string is key: calling it a "wick" implies that its use is to be lit, but calling it a "string" opens up new possibilities.

Subjects he trained in this technique readily mastered it and solved 67% more problems requiring creative insight than subjects who did not learn the technique, according to his study published in March in Psychological Science.

For instance, when given metal rings and a candle and asked to connect the rings together, those who named the candle's generic parts realized the wick could be used to tie up the rings. Another problem asked subjects to build a simple circuit board with a terminal, wires and a screwdriver, but the wires were too short. Those who renamed the shaft of the screwdriver a "four-inch length of metal" realized it could be used to bridge the gap and conduct electricity.

Continued in article


From AccountingWeb on March 1, 2013

How to Disable Worksheet Animation in Excel 2013
Excel 2013 has arrived, and for the most part, it's much like Excel 2007 and 2010, but with some spiffy new features, such as Recommended Charts and Pivot Tables, Flash Fill, Quick Analysis, Power View, and more.

http://www.accountingweb.com/article/how-disable-worksheet-animation-excel-2013/221223?source=technology


I thought investors were not supposed to lose money in gold or Apple Corporation
"Apple Stock Just Crashed To A New Low," by Henry Blodget , Business Insider, March 1, 2013 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/apple-stock-new-low-2013-3?op=1


"When Pigs Fly," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, March 19, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/03/when-pigs-fly.html


Robotics Displacing Labor Even in Higher Education
"The New Industrial Revolution," by Jeffrey R. Young, Chronicle of Higher Education's Chronicle Review, March  25, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/The-New-Industrial-Revolution/138015/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en

Baxter is a new type of worker, who is having no trouble getting a job these days, even in a tight economy. He's a little slow, but he's easy to train. And companies don't hire him, they buy him—he even comes with a warranty.

Baxter is a robot, not a human, though human workers in all kinds of industries may soon call him a colleague. His plastic-and-metal body consists of two arms loaded with sensors to keep his lifeless limbs from accidentally knocking over anyone nearby. And he has a simulated face, displayed on a flat-panel computer monitor, so he can give a frown if he's vexed or show a bored look if he's waiting to be given more to do.

Baxter is part of a new generation of machines that are changing the labor market worldwide—and raising a new round of debate about the meaning of work itself. This robot comes at a price so low—starting at just $22,000—that even businesses that never thought of replacing people with machines may find that prospect irresistible. It's the brainchild of Rodney Brooks, who also designed the Roomba robot vacuum cleaner, which succeeded in bringing at least a little bit of robotics into millions of homes. One computer scientist predicts that robots like Baxter will soon toil in fast-food restaurants topping pizzas, at bakeries sliding dough into hot ovens, and at a variety of other service-sector jobs, in addition to factories.

I wanted to meet this worker of the future and his robot siblings, so I spent a day at this year's Automate trade show here, where Baxter was one of hundreds of new commercial robots on display. Simply by guiding his hands and pressing a few buttons, I programmed him to put objects in boxes; I played blackjack against another robot that had been temporarily programmed to deal cards to show off its dexterity; and I watched demonstration robots play flawless games of billiards on toy-sized tables. (It turns out that robots are not only better at many professional jobs than humans are, but they can best us in our hobbies, too.)

During a keynote speech to kick off the trade show, Henrik Christensen, director of robotics at Georgia Tech, outlined a vision of a near future when we'll see robots and autonomous devices everywhere, working side by side with humans and taking on a surprisingly diverse set of roles. Robots will load and unload packages from delivery trucks without human assistance—as one company's system demonstrated during the event. Robots will even drive the trucks and fly the cargo planes with our packages, Christensen predicted, noting that Google has already demonstrated its driverless car, and that the same technology that powers military drones can just as well fly a FedEx jet. "We'll see coast-to-coast package delivery with drones without having a pilot in the vehicle," he asserted.

Away from the futuristic trade floor, though, a public discussion is growing about whether robots like Baxter and other new automation technologies are taking too many jobs. Similar concerns have cropped up repeatedly for centuries: when combines first arrived on farms, when the first machines hit factory assembly lines, when computers first entered businesses. A folk tune from the 1950s called "The Automation Song" could well be sung today: "Now you've got new machines for to take my place, and you tell me it's not mine to share." Yet new jobs have always seemed to emerge to fill the gaps left by positions lost to mechanization. There may be few secretaries today, but there are legions of social-media managers and other new professional categories created by digital technology.

Still, what if this time is different? What if we're nearing an inflection point where automation is so cheap and efficient that human workers are simply outmatched? What if machines are now leading to a net loss of jobs rather than a net gain? Two professors at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Andrew McAfee and Erik Brynjolfsson, raised that concern in Race Against the Machine: How the Digital Revolution Is Accelerating Innovation, Driving Productivity, and Irreversibly Transforming Employment and the Economy (Digital Frontier Press, 2011). A recent report on 60 Minutes featured the book's thesis and quoted critics concerned about the potential economic crisis caused by robots, despite the cute faces on their monitors.

But robots raise an even bigger question than how many jobs are left over for humans. A number of scholars are now arguing that all this automation could make many goods and services so cheap that a full-time jobs could become optional for most people. Baxter, then, would become a liberator of the human spirit rather than an enemy of the working man.

That utopian dream would require resetting the role work plays in our lives. If our destiny is to be freed from toil by robot helpers, what are we supposed to do with our days?

To begin to tackle that existential question, I decided to invite along a scholar of work to the Automate trade show. And that's how my guest, Burton J. Bledstein, an expert on the history of professionalism and the growth of the modern middle class, got into an argument with the head of a robotics company.

It happened at the booth for Adept Technology Inc., which makes a robot designed to roam the halls of hospitals and other facilities making deliveries. The latest model­—a foot-tall rolling platform that can be customized for a variety of tasks­—wandered around the booth, resembling something out of a Star Wars film except that it occasionally blasted techno music from its speakers. Bledstein was immediately wary of the contraption. The professor, who holds an emeritus position at the University of Illinois at Chicago, explained that he has an artificial hip and didn't want the robot to accidentally knock him down. He needn't have worried, though; the robot is designed to sense nearby objects and keep a safe distance.

The company's then-CEO, John Dulchinos, assured us that on the whole, robots aren't taking jobs—they're simply making life better for human employees by eliminating the most-tedious tasks. "I can show you some very clear examples where this product is offloading tasks from a nurse that was walking five miles a day to allow her to be able to spend time with patients," he said, as the robot tirelessly circled our feet. "I think you see that in a lot of the applications we're doing, where the mundane task is done by a robot which has very simple capability, and it frees up people to do more-elaborate and more-sophisticated tasks."

The CEO defended the broader trend of companies' embracing automation, especially in factory settings where human workers have long held what he called unfulfilling jobs, like wrapping chicken all day. "They look like zombies when they walk out of that factory," he said of such workers. "It is a mind-numbing, mundane task. There is absolutely no satisfaction from what they do."

"That's your perception," countered Bledstein. "A lot of these are unskilled people. A lot of immigrants are in these jobs. They see it as work. They appreciate the paycheck. The numbness of the work is not something that surprises them or disturbs them."

"I guess we could just turn the clock back to 1900, and we can all be farmers," retorted Dulchinos.

But what about those displaced workers who can't find alternatives, asked Bledstein, arguing that automation is happening not just in factories but also in clerical and other middle-class professions changed by computer technology. "That's kind of creating a crisis today. Especially if those people are over 50, those people are having a lot of trouble finding new work." The professor added that he worried about his undergraduate students, too, and the tough job market they face. "It might be a lost generation, it's so bad."

Dulchinos acknowledged that some workers are struggling during what he sees as a transitional period, but he argued that the solution is more technology and innovation, not less, to get to a new equilibrium even faster.

This went on for a while, and it boiled down to competing conceptions of what it means to have a job. In Bledstein's seminal book, The Culture of Professionalism, first published in 1976, he argues that Americans, in particular, have come to define their work as more than just a series of tasks that could be commodified. Bledstein tracks a history of how, in sector after sector, middle-class workers sought to elevate the meaning of their jobs, whether they worked as athletes, surgeons, or funeral directors: "The professional importance of an occupation was exaggerated when the ordinary coffin became a 'casket,' the sealed repository of a precious object; when a decaying corpse became a 'patient' prepared in an 'operating room' by an 'embalming surgeon' and visited in a 'funeral home' before being laid to rest in a 'memorial park.'"

The American dream involves more than just accumulating wealth, the historian argues. It's about developing a sense of personal value by connecting work to a broader social mission, rather than as "a mechanical job, befitting of lowly manual laborer."

Today, though, "there's disillusionment with professions," Bledstein told me, noting that the logic of efficiency is often valued more than the quality of service. "Commercialism has just taken over everywhere." He complained that in their rush to reduce production costs, some business leaders are forgetting that even manual laborers have skills and knowledge that can be tough to simulate by machine. "They want to talk about them as if these people are just drones," he said as we took a break in the back of the exhibit hall, the whir of robot motors almost drowning out our voices. "Don't minimize the extent of what quote-unquote manual workers do—even ditch diggers."

In Genesis, God sentences Adam and Eve to hard labor as part of the punishment for the apple incident. "Cursed is the ground because of you; through painful toil you will eat food from it all the days of your life" was the sentence handed down in the Garden of Eden. Yet Martin Luther argued, as have other prominent Christian leaders since, that work is also a way to connect with the divine.

Continued in article

"Rethink Robotics invented a $22,000 humanoid (i.e. trainable) robot that competes with low-wage workers," by Antonio Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, January 16, 2013 --- Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/509296/small-factories-give-baxter-the-robot-a-cautious-once-over/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130116

"Rise of the Robots," by Paul Krugman, The New York Times, December 8, 2012 ---
http://krugman.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/12/08/rise-of-the-robots/

Catherine Rampell and Nick Wingfield write about the growing evidence for “reshoring” of manufacturing to the United States. They cite several reasons: rising wages in Asia; lower energy costs here; higher transportation costs. In a followup piece, however, Rampell cites another factor: robots.

The most valuable part of each computer, a motherboard loaded with microprocessors and memory, is already largely made with robots, according to my colleague Quentin Hardy. People do things like fitting in batteries and snapping on screens.

As more robots are built, largely by other robots, “assembly can be done here as well as anywhere else,” said Rob Enderle, an analyst based in San Jose, Calif., who has been following the computer electronics industry for a quarter-century. “That will replace most of the workers, though you will need a few people to manage the robots.”

Robots mean that labor costs don’t matter much, so you might as well locate in advanced countries with large markets and good infrastructure (which may soon not include us, but that’s another issue). On the other hand, it’s not good news for workers!

This is an old concern in economics; it’s “capital-biased technological change”, which tends to shift the distribution of income away from workers to the owners of capital.

Twenty years ago, when I was writing about globalization and inequality, capital bias didn’t look like a big issue; the major changes in income distribution had been among workers (when you include hedge fund managers and CEOs among the workers), rather than between labor and capital. So the academic literature focused almost exclusively on “skill bias”, supposedly explaining the rising college premium.

But the college premium hasn’t risen for a while. What has happened, on the other hand, is a notable shift in income away from labor:.

"Harley Goes Lean to Build Hogs," by James R. Hagerty, The Wall Street Journal, September 22, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390443720204578004164199848452.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj

If the global economy slips into a deep slump, American manufacturers including motorcycle maker Harley-Davidson Inc. that have embraced flexible production face less risk of veering into a ditch.

Until recently, the company's sprawling factory here had a lack of automation that made it an industrial museum. Now, production that once was scattered among 41 buildings is consolidated into one brightly lighted facility where robots do more heavy lifting. The number of hourly workers, about 1,000, is half the level of three years ago and more than 100 of those workers are "casual" employees who come and go as needed.

All the jobs are not going to Asia, They're going to Hal --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2001_Space_Oddessey
"When Machines Do Your Job: Researcher Andrew McAfee says advances in computing and artificial intelligence could create a more unequal society," by Antonio Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, July 11, 2012 ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/428429/when-machines-do-your-job/

Are American workers losing their jobs to machines?

That was the question posed by Race Against the Machine, an influential e-book published last October by MIT business school researchers Erik Brynjolfsson and Andrew McAfee. The pair looked at troubling U.S. employment numbers—which have declined since the recession of 2008-2009 even as economic output has risen—and concluded that computer technology was partly to blame.

Advances in hardware and software mean it's possible to automate more white-collar jobs, and to do so more quickly than in the past. Think of the airline staffers whose job checking in passengers has been taken by self-service kiosks. While more productivity is a positive, wealth is becoming more concentrated, and more middle-class workers are getting left behind.

What does it mean to have "technological unemployment" even amidst apparent digital plenty? Technology Review spoke to McAfee at the Center for Digital Business, part of the MIT Sloan School of Management, where as principal research scientist he studies new employment trends and definitions of the workplace.

Every symphony in the world incurs an operating deficit
"Financial Leadership Required to Fight Symphony Orchestra ‘Cost Disease’," by Stanford University's Robert J Flanagan, Stanford Graduate School of Business, February 8, 2012 ---
http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/headlines/symphony-financial-leadership.html

 What if you sat down in the concert hall one evening to hear Haydn’s Symphony No. 44 in E Minor and found 5 robots scattered among the human musicians? To get multiple audiences in and out of the concert hall faster, the human musicians and robots are playing the composition in double time.

Today’s orchestras have yet to go down this road. However, their traditional ways of doing business, as economist Robert J. Flanagan explains in his new book on symphony orchestra finances, locks them into limited opportunities for productivity growth and ensures that costs keep rising.

"Patented Book Writing System Creates, Sells Hundreds Of Thousands Of Books On Amazon," by David J. Hull, Security Hub, December 13, 2012 ---
http://singularityhub.com/2012/12/13/patented-book-writing-system-lets-one-professor-create-hundreds-of-thousands-of-amazon-books-and-counting/

Philip M. Parker, Professor of Marketing at INSEAD Business School, has had a side project for over 10 years. He’s created a computer system that can write books about specific subjects in about 20 minutes. The patented algorithm has so far generated hundreds of thousands of books. In fact, Amazon lists over 100,000 books attributed to Parker, and over 700,000 works listed for his company, ICON Group International, Inc. This doesn’t include the private works, such as internal reports, created for companies or licensing of the system itself through a separate entity called EdgeMaven Media.

Parker is not so much an author as a compiler, but the end result is the same: boatloads of written works.

"Raytheon's Missiles Are Now Made by Robots," by Ashlee Vance, Bloomberg Business Week, December 11, 2012 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-11/raytheons-missiles-now-made-by-robots

A World Without Work," by Dana Rousmaniere, Harvard Business Review Blog, January 27, 2013 --- Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/morning-advantage/2013/01/morning-advantage-a-world-with.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date

Jensen Comment
Historically, graduates who could not find jobs enlisted in the military. Wars of the future, however, will be fought largely by drones, robots, orbiting orbiting satellites. This begs the question of where graduates who cannot find work are going to turn to when the military enlistment offices shut down and Amazon's warehouse robotics replace Wal-Mart in-store workers.

If given a choice, I'm not certain I would want to be born again in the 21st Century.

The Sad State of Economic Theory and Research ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm

 


"Is it Ethical to Save Four People at the Expense of One?" by Accounting Professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, March 15, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.typepad.com/ 

Is it Ethical to Save Four People at the Expense of One?

Lessons from the Talmud

On Tuesday I posted a blog that presented two ethical dilemmas based on the “Trolley Problem.” The Trolley Problem is a thought experiment in ethics, first introduced by Philippa Foot in 1967. Others have  also extensively analyzed the problem including Judith Jarvis Thomason, Peter Unger, and Frances Kamm  as recently as 1996. I have used these problems in my ethics class to challenge students’ moral intuition. Here are the two dilemmas once again:

Dilemma #1

Imagine that you are standing on a footbridge spanning some trolley tracks. You see that a runaway trolley is threatening to kill five people. Standing next to you, in between the oncoming trolley and the five people, is a railway worker wearing a large backpack. You quickly realize that the only way to save the people is to push the man off the bridge and onto the tracks below. The man will die, but his body will stop the trolley from reaching the others. Legal concerns aside, would it be ethical for you to save the five people by pushing this stranger to his death?

Dilemma #2

Now assume that the runaway trolley is heading for five railway workmen who will be killed if it proceeds on its present course. The only way to save these people is to hit a switch that will turn the trolley onto a side track where it will run over and kill one workman instead of five. Ignoring legal concerns, would it be ethically acceptable for you to turn the trolley by hitting the switch in order to save five people at the expense of one person?

The choice is between saving five lives at the cost of taking one life. Before I get to the “answers,” I want to explain how one researcher is using MRI technology to map brain response while analyzing the dilemma. Joshua Greene at Harvard University was more concerned to understand why we have the intuitions, so he used functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging, or fMRI, to examine what happens in people’s brains when they make these moral judgments.

Greene found that people asked to make a moral judgment about “personal” violations, like pushing the stranger off the footbridge, showed increased activity in areas of the brain associated with the emotions. This was not the case with people asked to make judgments about relatively “impersonal” violations like throwing a switch. Moreover, the minority of subjects who did consider that it would be right to push the stranger off the footbridge took longer to reach this judgment than those who said that doing so would be wrong. Interestingly results to say the least.

I received quite a few responses to my blog and selected the best one with respect to identifying the ethical issues. The response comes from Michael Belk, a frequent reader of my blog. Here it is:

#1: I do not believe it to be ethical to intentionally end someone else's life whether it is to save others or not.  I do not believe it is my moral responsibility to sacrifice one life in order that others may go on. 

You hope and pray that it is not their time and leave the results of their outcome to faith.  I would feel terrible, but if you push someone in the way to save others, you may as well say you killed a man.  I would never be able to forgive myself.

The man has a family and people who love him, so how could you explain your actions to his family.

#2. Again I do not believe you should intentionally take a life, but if your intentions were to save the other five men and you were unaware of the damage it would do to the sole man, then you acted out of goodwill and that is more admirable.

Michael’s insights are right on the money. We have no right to sacrifice the life of one person to save others. There is a saying from the Talmud, an authoritative record of rabbinic discussions on Jewish law, Jewish ethics, customs, legends and stories: “Whoever destroys a soul, it is considered as if he destroyed an entire world. And whoever saves a life, it is considered as if he saved an entire world.”

We have no right to decide who lives and who dies. Yes, if we can save one person without harming others we have a moral obligation to do so. However, to save one life while sacrificing others is an arbitrary act in many ways. What if the one sacrificed is a humanitarian, well-respected and well-known person who works tirelessly for the poor and others who can’t help themselves? What if those saved are criminals who committed murder and escaped from prison. You see the dilemma? Who are we to judge who is a good person, and be saved, and who is a bad person? We should focus on leading the best possible life we can; to serve others whether through medicine, the clergy, the law, a teacher, nurse, or first-responder.

Jensen Comment
I have a little difficulty with Dilemma 1 in the sense of why kill the workman instead of yourself. But that's not the real issue in question.

In the USA things get confounded by our lawyers. For example sometimes doing something for the good gets you sued to high heaven whereas doing nothing gets you off scott free. "See nothing, do nothing" is a motto caused by the tort lawyers.


From Ernst & Young:  FASB's new classification and measurement model - a closer look --- Click Here
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TechnicalLine_BB2504_ClassificationMeasurement_6March2013/%24FILE/TechnicalLine_BB2504_ClassificationMeasurement_6March2013.pdf

What you need to know

 • The FASB has proposed a single classification and measurement model for all financial instruments that would better converge some areas of US GAAP with IFRS 9

. • Financial assets would be classified and measured based on their contractual cash flow character istics and an entity’s business model for managing them

. • The accounting for financial liabilities generally would not change, except for the measurement of nonrecourse liabilities.

 • The proposal would significantly limit the use of the fair value option.

 • T h e proposal would change the presentation and disclosure of financial instruments in the financial statements.

 • Comments are due by 15 May 2013.

Overview
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB or Board) has proposed a sweeping new classification and measurement model for financial instruments. 1 The proposal would apply to all entities across industries, not just those in financial services. The proposal would require more financial instruments to be classified and measured at fair value through net in come . However, it wouldn ’ t go as far as the FASB ’ s May 2010 exposure draft 2 on accounting for financial instruments, which would have established fair value as the primary basis for measuring financial instruments.


"Unlocking growth through mobility," Grant Thornton, March 2013 ---
http://www.grantthornton.com/staticfiles/GTCom/Advisory/IT/Mobility_article_FINAL.pdf
Thank you Jerry Trites for the heads up.


COSO to release much-awaited internal control framework in May 2013 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137619.htm


Equity Method
"Accounting Lessons From Corning," Michael Fu, Seeking Alpha, March 6, 2013 ---
http://seekingalpha.com/article/1252901-accounting-lessons-from-corning?source=google_news


"Helping Gen Y succeed in the workplace," by Dan Black, Ernst & Young, March 2013 ---
http://www.ey.com/US/en/Careers/EY-Faculty-Connection-Issue-39---1---Helping-Gen-Y

"Ten career tips for young CPAs," by Mark Ursick, cpa2biz, February 25, 2013 ---
http://www.cpa2biz.com/Content/media/PRODUCER_CONTENT/Newsletters/Articles_2013/CPA/Feb/BuildCareers.jsp

Jensen Comment
I especially agree with:  "Don’t limit your challenges; challenge your limits."

The most gung ho student I ever had studying the accounting for derivative financial instruments and hedging strategies never limited his challenges even though he was less gifted than some of my students. He just worked and worked and worked as a student.

His first job was with a Big Four firm in Houston and within three years he was the technical guy who virtually was in charge on an audit of a company that had over $1 billion in derivatives. He's since moved on to become a leading executive at Microsoft.

In contrast I had more brilliant students who got buy in my accounting theory course but would run like somebody yelled "Fire" if they had an opportunity to audit derivative financial instruments contracts. They never became executives in any companies.

Bob Jensen's threads on accounting careers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers


"Accountants Will Save the World," by Peter Bakker, Harvard Business Review Blog, March 5, 2013 --- Click Here 
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/03/accountants_will_save_the_worl.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date

Jensen Comment
You might also want to read the comments that follow this article.

Bob Jensen's threads on triple bottom accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#TripleBottom


From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 19, 2013

JOBS Act spurs some companies to deregister shares. The number of public companies deciding to deregister their shares edged up 1.5% in last year’s second half. The group was led by small community banks, following the passage of the JOBS Act, which made it easier for them to shed their reporting obligations to U.S. regulators, Emily Chasan reports. Some 405 companies deregistered their stock last year in the eight months following the signing of the JOBS Act in April, up from 399 in the eight months before the law took effect. Many of the deregistered companies haven’t left public markets entirely. Instead, their shares trade over the counter.

 

From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 14, 2013

Regulators ramp up payroll audits.
Regulators are cracking down on small businesses and other employers who misclassify workers as independent contractors to avoid paying payroll taxes and other expenses, the Journal’s
Angus Loten and Emily Maltby write. Some employers are turning to contractors to avoid hitting the federal health-care law’s 50-employee threshold for health insurance. And the crackdown is partly aimed at boosting tax revenue. The U.S. Treasury estimates that forcing employers to properly classify their workers—while tightening so-called “safe harbor” rules that provide them with leeway in determining who is and isn’t an employee—would yield $8.71 billion in added tax revenue over the next decade.

Jensen Comment

Another incentive for outsourcing certain types of work is to outsource risk of fines and bad publicity resulting from employing undocumented workers. A company, including a highly respected university, can get very bad publicity when the news media discloses a practice of hiring undocumented workers. For that reason those organizations will hire such things as building cleaning services from local businesses that are very small and less concerned about bad publicity. A friend of mine in a very respected large company in San Antonio said in all his years working as a security guard for that company he never met a janitor (male or female) who spoke one word of English.


Lenders Are Warned on Risk:  Regulators Act to Pop a Potential Bubble Caused by Surge in Leveraged Credits

From CFO.com on March 22, 2013

Regulators are sounding the alarm on debt underwriting practices. The Fed and other banking regulators said yesterday that the controls and quality checks applied by lenders when extending leveraged loans have deteriorated and they questioned whether some banks are doing enough to gauge the risks of these practices. The regulators issued guidance that lays out expectations for how banks should act. It said regulators will closely monitor banks’ underwriting of the loans – generally used to finance buyouts or acquisitions – and the ability of firms to manage their lending and withstand loan-related losses, the WSJ’s Michael R. Crittenden and Matt Wirz report.

Some Fed officials have singled out leveraged loans as a potential sign of overheating. And the guidance is another example of Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke’s belief that strong regulation – rather than higher interest rates — has to be the main weapon against financial excesses.

The guidance also highlighted the weakening of covenant protections for lenders, particularly ones that force companies to maintain their debt loads within prescribed limits, as cause for concern. Moody’s noted this week that its index of high-yield bond covenants, which measures the strength of lender protections, weakened to its lowest point since the ratings service first began tracking them in January 2011. Moody’s head of covenant research, Alex Dill, told CFOJ’s Vipal Monga in an interview that the pendulum has swung in favor of corporate borrowers and management, as lenders seem willing to give up structural protection in favor of getting yield from their investments.

Thanks Ben
"Cyprus Lifts the Curtain," by Peter Schiff, Townhall, March 21, 2013 --- Click Here
http://finance.townhall.com/columnists/peterschiff/2013/03/22/cyprus-lifts-the-curtain-n1545913?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl

. . .

Currently, the ultra-low rates provided by the Federal Reserve, which provide a low cost of capital and sustain profits on highly leveraged bond and mortgage portfolios, are a key element keeping banks in the black. All of that would be threatened in a rising rate environment. And while the tests did assume that rates would rise from the current 1.9% on the 10 year Treasury, there were no considerations for yields surpassing 4%. They assume that interest rates will stay near historic lows, no matter how bad (or good) the economy gets, how high inflation rises, or how much money the government borrows.

Continued in article


CALPERS --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CALPERS

From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 19, 2013

Ex-CEO of Calpers charged. The former head of Calpers was charged with concocting fraudulent documents to help a friend collect millions of dollars in fees from Apollo Global Management. The grand jury indictment of Federico R. Buenrostro Jr., who was chief executive of the Calpers until 2008, and his friend, Alfred J. Villalobos, are the first criminal charges in a “pay-to-play” case involving the $257 billion retirement system, the WSJ reports. The indictment alleges that Messrs. Buenrostro and Villalobos fabricated letters in 2008 that duped Apollo into paying $14 million in fees to Mr. Villalobos’s firm.

"Former California Public Employee System CEO and Former Placement Agent Indicted for Conspiracy and Fraud," FBI, March 18, 2013 --- Click Here
http://www.fbi.gov/sanfrancisco/press-releases/2013/former-california-public-employee-system-ceo-and-former-placement-agent-indicted-for-conspiracy-and-fraud

SAN FRANCISCO—A federal grand jury in San Francisco indicted Alfred J. Villalobos, of Reno, Nevada, and Federico R. Buenrostro, Jr., aka Fred Buenrostro, of Sacramento, California, on charges of conspiracy to defraud the United States, engaging in a false scheme against the United States, and conspiracy to commit mail fraud and wire fraud, U.S. Attorney Melinda Haag announced. Mr. Buenrostro was also charged in the same indictment with making a false statement to the United States and obstruction of justice.

According to the indictment, Mr. Villalobos, 69 and Mr. Buenrostro, 64, conspired to create and transmit fraudulent documents in connection with a $3 billion investment by the California Public Employee Retirement System (CalPERS) into funds managed by Apollo Global Management, a private equity firm based in New York City.

ARVCO Capital Research LLC, a financial services firm founded and managed by Mr. Villalobos, allegedly acted as a placement agent in helping Apollo to secure these investments by CalPERS. In each instance, Apollo required ARVCO to obtain an investor disclosure letter from CalPERS prior to paying ARVCO any fees for its efforts in securing CalPERS’ investments into Apollo-managed funds, citing, among other reasons, Apollo’s obligations under the securities laws.

After CalPERS’ legal and investment offices declined to sign a certain investor disclosure letter documenting ARVCO’s legal relationship with Apollo, Mr. Villalobos and Mr. Buenrostro allegedly conspired to create a series of fraudulent investor disclosure letters that were transmitted to Apollo. Apollo paid ARVCO a total of approximately $14 million dollars in fees after receiving the fraudulent letters.

ARVCO transmitted the last fraudulent investor disclosure letter in June 2008, a few weeks before Mr. Buenrostro retired from CalPERS. On July 1, 2008, Mr. Villalobos hired Mr. Buenrostro to work for ARVCO. When civil and later criminal investigations were opened into the operations of ARVCO and its role as a placement agent in connection with CalPERS’ investments in Apollo-managed funds, both defendants made false statements to and concealed information from the SEC, the USPIS, and the FBI about the authenticity of the investor disclosure letters in order to defeat and obstruct the lawful functions of those agencies.

Mr. Villalobos and Mr. Buenrostro made their initial appearance in federal court in San Francisco on March 18, 2013, and are currently out on bond. Mr. Buenrostro’s next scheduled appearance is Monday, March 25, 2013, at 9:30 a.m. for identification of counsel and review of the terms of his bond. Mr. Villalobos’ next scheduled appearance is April 9, 2013, at 9:30 a.m. for review of the terms of his bond. Both defendants are scheduled to appear before in district court on May 8, 2013, at 2:00 p.m. before Judge Breyer.

The maximum statutory penalty for conspiracy to commit mail fraud and wire fraud is 20 years in prison; $250,000 fine or twice the amount of gain or loss, whichever is greater; three years of supervised release; and a $100 special assessment. The maximum penalty for each count of conspiracy to defraud the United States, false scheme against the United States, false statement to the United States, and obstruction of justice is five years in prison; $250,000 fine or twice the amount of gain or loss, whichever is greater; three years of supervised release; and a $100 special assessment. Restitution may also be ordered as to each of the five counts. However, any sentence following conviction would be imposed by the court after consideration of the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines a the federal statute governing the imposition of a sentence.

Timothy J. Lucey is the Assistant U.S. Attorney who is prosecuting the case with the assistance of Laurie Worthen and Maryam Beros. The prosecution is the result of a two-and-a half-year investigation by the U.S. Postal Inspection Service and FBI, with substantial assistance from the Los Angeles Regional Office of the Securities and Exchange Commission as well as the U.S. Secret Service.

 

"Check Fraud Persists; Card Fraud Growing: Finance departments say check fraud was the most prevalent kind of payment fraud in 2012. But attacks on corporate cards and electronic forms are rising, too," by Vincent Ryan, CFO.com, March 19, 2013 ---
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/3/cash-management_payments-fraud-check-corporate-card-purchasing-ach-positive-pay-afp

"New Report Shows Changing Fraud Environment," by Curtis C. Verschoor, AccountingWeb, March 18, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/new-report-shows-changing-fraud-environment/221374

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


"Former Manager of Virginia Beach Mortgage Brokerage Firm Pleads Guilty to Fraud," FBI, March 18, 2013 ---
http://www.fbi.gov/norfolk/press-releases/2013/former-manager-of-virginia-beach-mortgage-brokerage-firm-pleads-guilty-to-fraud

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


"Registered Nurse Pleads Guilty in Connection with Detroit ($24 Million) Medicare Fraud Scheme," FBI, March 22, 2013 ---
http://www.fbi.gov/detroit/press-releases/2013/registered-nurse-pleads-guilty-in-connection-with-detroit-medicare-fraud-scheme

A registered nurse who fabricated nursing visit forms in connection with a $24 million home health care fraud conspiracy in Detroit pleaded guilty today for her role in the scheme, announced Acting Assistant Attorney General Mythili Raman of the Justice Department’s Criminal Division; U.S. Attorney for the Eastern District of Michigan Barbara L. McQuade; Special Agent in Charge Robert D. Foley, III of the FBI’s Detroit Field Office; and Special Agent in Charge Lamont Pugh, III of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General (HHS-OIG), Chicago Regional Office.

Beverly Cooper, 59, of Detroit, pleaded guilty before U.S. District Judge Victoria A. Roberts in the Eastern District of Michigan to one count of conspiracy to commit health care fraud.

Cooper admitted that she and others conspired to defraud Medicare through home health care companies operating in the Detroit area, including Reliance Home Care LLC, First Choice Home Health Care Services Inc., and Accessible Home Care Inc. According to court documents, Cooper fabricated nursing visit notes and other documents to give Medicare the impression that she had provided home health care services, when, in fact, home health care was not needed and/or was not being provided. Cooper also admitted that while at these companies, she signed nursing visit notes for home visits made by other unlicensed individuals to give Medicare the false impression that she had provided home health care. Court documents reveal that Cooper understood that the documents she created would be used by these companies to submit claims to Medicare for home health services that were not medically necessary and/or not provided.

Court documents show that when home health companies were inspected by state regulatory agencies, Cooper and her co-conspirators participated in staged home health visits, posing as employees of these companies and treating fake patients, all to give inspectors the false impression that these companies’ operations were legitimate and that home health services were in fact being provided.

Court documents allege that between 2006 and May 2012, Cooper’s conduct caused Reliance, First Choice, and Accessible to submit claims to Medicare for services that were not medically necessary and/or not provided, causing Medicare to pay these companies approximately $5,403,703.

At sentencing, scheduled for July 23, 2013, Cooper faces a maximum penalty of 10 years in prison and a $250,000 fine.

This case is being prosecuted by Trial Attorney William G. Kanellis and Assistant Chief Gejaa Gobena of the Criminal Division’s Fraud Section. It was investigated by the FBI and HHS-OIG, and it was brought as part of the Medicare Fraud Strike Force, supervised by the Criminal Division’s Fraud Section and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Michigan.

Since its inception in March 2007, the Medicare Fraud Strike Force, now operating in nine cities across the country, has charged more than 1,480 defendants who have collectively billed the Medicare program for more than $4.8 billion. In addition, HHS’s Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, working in conjunction with HHS-OIG, is taking steps to increase accountability and decrease the presence of fraudulent providers.

To learn more about the Health Care Fraud Prevention and Enforcement Action Team (HEAT), go to www.stopmedicarefraud.gov.

"How Monsanto outfoxed the Obama administration The inside story of how the government let one company squash biotech innovation, and dominate an entire industry," by Lina Khan, Salon, March 15, 2013 ---
http://www.salon.com/2013/03/15/how_did_monsanto_outfox_the_obama_administration/

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


Question
Goodwill Impairment: What Happens When U.S. GAAP and IFRSs Clash?

From CFO.com on March 25, 2013

Differences in the goodwill impairment standards under U.S. GAAP and IFRSs may create significant disparities as to whether goodwill is viewed as impaired and, if so, how much is written off in the United States and the other country, or even country to country. Learn more about the challenges companies, especially acquisitive ones, may face in performing goodwill impairment testing both in the U.S. and around the world.
More --- http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/03/25/goodwill-impairment-what-happens-when-u-s-gaap-and-ifrss-clash/

For acquisitive companies, determining whether goodwill booked in transactions has become impaired and if it has, by how much, is now a fairly regular occurrence. However, the accounting involved can be anything but straightforward when the acquirer is a U.S.-based company and subsidiary businesses are located elsewhere or vice versa.

Differences in the goodwill impairment standards under U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) may create significant disparities as to whether goodwill is viewed as impaired and, if so, how much is written off in the United States and the other country, or even country-to-country. Other factors creating such disparities include the varying application of valuation methodologies and historical cultural differences in the application of impairment accounting.

Such situations may be especially troublesome for U.S. businesses because of country-to-country differences around the world. For example, a U.S. company with operations in Germany, France, Spain and Greece may write off goodwill entirely on a consolidated basis under U.S. GAAP. However, when a corporate life event, such as a spin-off or carve out, is undertaken related to the subsidiary outside of the U.S. depending on how the IFRSs principles are applied, some or none of its goodwill might be written off. (See: U.S. GAAP-IFRSs Dilemma: A Case Study further below).

Sorting out these differences may be a challenging process for management of companies operating in numerous countries across the world, when U.S. GAAP, IFRSs and potentially other financial reporting frameworks need to be addressed. Relief from the dilemma of distinguishing between the treatment under U.S. GAAP and IFRSs does not appear to be on the way any time soon. On one hand, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) are continuing their now decade-long work to converge IFRSs and U.S. GAAP. However, converging goodwill impairment accounting does not appear to be a near-term project.

In addition, on July 13, 2012, the SEC issued its final staff report on the “Work Plan for Consideration of incorporating IFRSs into the Financial Reporting System for U.S. Issuers” without offering a timetable for potential U.S. adoption of IFRSs for domestic filers¹. This leaves companies for the foreseeable future still facing difficult situations when dealing with disparities such as goodwill impairment.

The Conceptual Foundation of Impairment Issues

The differences in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs goodwill impairment treatment flow largely from a fundamental difference in accounting approaches. As a principles-based accounting approach, IFRSs provide a conceptual basis for accountants to follow in a one-step test that has both a fair value and an asset-recoverability aspect. U.S. GAAP, on the other hand, dictates that goodwill is tested for impairment through a two-step, fair value test with the level of impairment, if present, determined in Step 2 after an extensive analysis of related asset values. However, the FASB’s recent issuance of a “step zero” qualitative assessment for goodwill impairment testing did introduce an element of a principles-based approach under U.S. GAAP³. Principles-based standards allow accountants to apply significant professional judgment in assessing a transaction. This is substantially different from the underlying “box-ticking” approach historically common in rules-based accounting standards.

The lack of precise guidelines in a principles-based approach may create inconsistencies in the application of standards across organizations and countries, particularly in a very subjective area such as fair value. On the other hand, rules-based standards can be viewed as insufficiently flexible to accommodate a topic such as fair value, which often requires significant professional judgments gained through experience, with extremely limited market data.

However, the U.S. has gradually been embracing the principles-based approach. The recently converged standards on fair value measurement (IFRS 13 and ASC 820), an IASB-FASB joint effort, supports this.

Even though the SEC has not set a timetable for if, when, or how the U.S. might move to IFRSs in the future, convergence efforts themselves in recent years have started to influence how new accounting standards are applied in practice.

U.S. GAAP-IFRSs Dilemma: A Case Study

The experience of a U.S.-based consolidated company comprising six Reporting Units (RUs) demonstrates how differences in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs may affect goodwill impairment. The company was considering a spinoff of an RU located in a country following IFRSs, as a standalone company through an IPO. Therefore, a standalone audit of the RU was necessary under IFRSs. At the end of its fiscal year, the U.S. consolidated company wrote off the goodwill in its foreign-based RU and some other domestic RUs under U.S GAAP.

Outside the U.S., meanwhile, the subsidiary—a standalone RU in the U.S. and a single Cash Generating Unit (CGU) under IFRSs—performed an independent goodwill impairment analysis. The standalone CGU management did not believe there should be a goodwill write-off under IFRSs guidelines and following typical valuation procedures in that country related to goodwill impairment testing. As a result, the standalone CGU reported goodwill under IFRSs but the standalone RU under U.S. GAAP wrote the entire amount off, at the same point in time.

Addressing the Dilemma

In a world where investors often react to new or inconsistent financial information within seconds, it is important for company management to understand environments where different conclusions may be reached relative to topics such as goodwill impairment.

Sometimes differences need to be addressed and initial conclusions potentially modified. In other situations differences are just the result of the various financial reporting frameworks and environments across the world. However, it is important to be aware that situations may occur where various parties involved may not agree or understand each other’s perspectives, and then be able to navigate them effectively to get to supportable and reasonable conclusions.

Understanding real differences due to statutory guidance—such as non-convergent accounting versus interpretations of principles-based standards, or the varying application of valuation methods—is extremely important.

The Effects of Culture and Translation

As accounting standards, IFRSs are still relatively recent, with European nations as early adopters in 2005; although, in some countries, IFRSs have been around longer. Numerous countries around the world have been transitioning to IFRSs in recent years. In many of those countries, fair value was not present in the original accounting framework. Indeed, a number of the countries now following IFRSs do not have fully functioning market- based economies, making the complexity of arriving at supportable fair value estimates even greater.

Countries around the world have operated for decades within their own accounting systems, and cultural differences cause accountants in different countries to interpret and apply accounting standards differently. Such differences can affect the measurement and disclosure of financial information in financial reports and potentially affect cross-border financial statement comparability.

National culture is most likely to influence the application of financial reporting standards where judgment is required. This is of concern due to IFRSs being principles- based and requiring substantial judgment on the part of the accountant and the valuation specialist performing the valuation.

The official working language of the IASB, and the language in which IFRSs are published, is English. Translation of IFRSs into various languages introduces an added complexity in comparability of application of IFRSs across the world, as well as comparability with U.S. GAAP. In some cases, words and phrases used in English- language accounting standards cannot be translated into other languages without some distortion of meaning. For instance, words such as “probable,” “not likely,” “reasonable assurance” and “remote” can be problematic during interpretation.

In addition, many countries that have moved to IFRSs may have introduced their own country’s version of IFRSs; such localization of the standards has led to the creation of many slightly different versions of IFRSs.

Therefore, when analyzing and contrasting financial reporting practices, such as those involving goodwill impairment testing, it is not as simple as a comparison of U.S GAAP and IFRSs.

To highlight the need for greater consistency, the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) issued a Public Statement on November 12, 2012, regarding European common enforcement priorities for 2012 financial statements. ESMA’s reason for issuing the statement was “to promote consistent application of the European securities and markets legislation, and more specifically that of [IFRSs].” One of the four “…financial reporting topics which they believe are particularly significant for European listed companies…”⁴ was impairment of non-financial assets, including goodwill.

The Effects of Different Accounting Treatments

Taking a goodwill impairment can be a necessary, if disappointing, step for a company. For publicly traded companies in particular, depending on how the company has managed market expectations, the move may or may not affect the company’s market pricing. Dealing with inconsistencies from market to market can be even more perplexing. Whatever the situation, companies operating across the global economy continue to face the challenge of differing application of valuation methodologies and accounting principles under U.S. GAAP and IFRSs, local country GAAP and even country-to-country under IFRSs regarding goodwill impairment testing.

 

"Goodwill Impairment: I Love a Charade," by Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion, January 15. 2010 --- Click Here
 http://accountingonion.typepad.com/theaccountingonion/2010/01/goodwill-impairment-i-love-a-charade-reposted.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+typepad%2Ftheaccountingonion+%28The+Accounting+Onion%29 

Jensen Comment
Note that Tom wants all consolidation goodwill expensed in the year of acquisition --- something akin to taking an earnings bath up front when companies are merged or purchased. I disagree because of the way this distorts future earnings and financial performance ratios like P/E ratios and Return on Investment (ROI) and Return on Equity (ROE). Goodwill generally depicts the value in use of an acquisition above and beyond the sum of the exit values of the net assets acquired. This is comprised of the synergy and covariance components of acquisition value. This "goodwill" is paid for in an acquisition because it has future value. Expensing the so-called goodwill  completely up front, in my opinion, allows acquiring firms to overstate ROI and ROE for many future years. The term "goodwill" is really a misnomer and should be changed.

Bob Jensen's threads on goodwill and other asset impairment issues ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment

 


"Most-Admired Companies Aren't Always Great Investments," by Mark Hulbert, The Wall Street Journal, March 8, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324034804578346620047446456.html?mod=googlenews_wsj

Amazon.com AMZN -1.09% recently emerged as the company with the best reputation among the general public in the U.S., according to a survey of more than 14,000 randomly selected individuals conducted by Harris Interactive HPOL -5.23% .

Amazon investors can only hope its fate will turn out better than Apple's, AAPL +1.40% which topped Harris Interactive's survey last year—and has since seen its stock fall more than 20%.

Was Apple's experience a fluke? I wouldn't bet on it.

There are many reasons for Apple's falling stock unrelated to consumer surveys. Yet companies that have great reputations tend to be overvalued. Consider a study that appeared in 2010 in the Journal of Portfolio Management titled "Stocks of Admired and Spurned Companies." The authors analyzed the stocks of firms appearing in Fortune magazine's annual list of "America's Most Admired Companies" between 1983 and 2007.

Though that list is compiled differently from Harris Interactive's, the two reflect many of the same underlying factors. For example, the top three most-admired companies in the current Fortune ranking are in first, second and fourth place in the Harris survey.

The researchers found the spurned companies at the bottom of Fortune's survey were a better bet, on average, than the most-admired ones at the top. A hypothetical portfolio constructed each year out of the least-admired companies performed nearly two percentage points per year better than a portfolio of the most-admired companies.

These results support a contrarian interpretation of a company's reputation, says Meir Statman, a finance professor at Santa Clara University and one of the study's authors. His research found that companies tended to rank higher in the Fortune survey if their stocks had performed particularly well over the previous 12 months. This increases the chances the company's stock will be overvalued, he says.

In fact, Mr. Statman adds, it might be that one of the reasons a company tends to be highly admired in the first place is that its stock price has gone up. This would be one big reason why its stock is so vulnerable to even a slight change in investor sentiment.

It certainly is plausible that a soaring stock price contributed to Amazon's good reputation: Its stock hit a new all-time high in January and has gained 49% over the past 12 months, versus just 13% for the Standard & Poor's 500-stock index.

Investors are more likely to find undervalued situations among the stocks of spurned companies, Mr. Statman says. He notes that such a company needn't perform spectacularly in order for its stock to be a good bet: All it must do is beat investors' diminished expectations.

Because of these factors, he says, we "should tilt our portfolios toward those at the bottom of the rankings."

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
The biggest problem for many investors is that the Fed's seemingly long-term intention is too keep interest rates so low that customary safe investments like bank Certificates of Deposits pay virtually nothing. This forces investors to either burn savings on consumption (which is what retirees are now doing) or take on more financial risks in the stock market (that provides as much illusion as reality unless investors are smart enough to realize that much of what they gain in the stock market in inflationary gain that is not for real).

I sold an Iowa farm about five years ago an am not certain that I made the right decision. Iowa farm land has since risen to an all-time high and can ride out droughts due to the government's generous subsidies for crop insurance against drought and other disasters. And for farmers who had 2012 crop successes in Iowa the corn and soy bean prices are fantastically high at the moment because of the 2012 drought. Farm land is seemingly both an inflation hedge and provides annual liquidity from crop successes or crop failures (due to crop insurance).

But farm land is not necessarily a good investment at the moment because its investment prospects have already be factored into the record high prices for farm land in 2013. Also for distant landlords, like me before I sold the land, it can be frustrating to deal with rent negotiations and tenants who are always begging for things like new tile under wet ground.  I don't want to be a landlord ever again.

Farm rents are subject to high taxes, especially from the State of Iowa. I put the farm sale proceeds into a long-term insured municipal bond fund from Vanguard and have been happy ever since with relatively high tax-free cash returns each year. Of course this is not an especially good inflation hedge, but I do not expect to be alive 20 years from now --- or less. And if tax reform ends the advantages of my tax-free investment I will simply write a check on part of my Vanguard fund and pay off my home mortgage --- my only debt that I keep for tax advantages.

What I really hate to see are all sucker adds in the media to buy gold coins. First of all, if you're going to invest in gold invest in highly-reputed gold funds rather than gold itself which is expensive to store safely and is expensive to get rid of due to need for having it assayed and need to find buyers who do not demand gouging cash discounts when you're forced to sell. Investing in precious metal mutual funds in general is risky for the short term and not good for annual cash flows. Precious metals and some other commodities may be good inflation hedges over a very long haul if you don't need shorter term cash flows. But most of us want some annual cash returns on our investments.

Put simply, investors today are between a rock and hard place until the Fed allows interest rates on safe investments return to reasonable levels that of course still vary with time-to-maturity. But a 1.25% return on a five-year Certificate of Deposit is not reasonable.

Bob Jensen's investment helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers

Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation

I never give out investment or tax advice to any individuals or businesses --- which is extremely lucky for them.


New Billionaires in 2012
Time Magazine
March 18, 2013
Page 8

29 China (one of the long-term Brics)
27 United States
12 Brazil (one of the long-term Brics)
11 Russia (one of the long-term Brics)
09 France

The only missing Bric is India

A BRIC nation at the moment is a nation that has vast resources and virtually no entitlement obligations that drag down economic growth --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BRIC

In economics, BRIC (typically rendered as "the BRICs" or "the BRIC countries") is an acronym that refers to the fast-growing developing economies of Brazil, Russia, India, and China. The acronym was first coined and prominently used by Goldman Sachs in 2001. According to a paper published in 2005, Mexico and South Korea are the only other countries comparable to the BRICs, but their economies were excluded initially because they were considered already more developed. Goldman Sachs argued that, since they are developing rapidly, by 2050 the combined economies of the BRICs could eclipse the combined economies of the current richest countries of the world. The four countries, combined, currently account for more than a quarter of the world's land area and more than 40% of the world's population.

Brazil, Russia, India and China, (the BRICs) sometimes lumped together as BRIC to represent fast-growing developing economies, are selling off their U.S. Treasury Bond holdings. Russia announced earlier this month it will sell U.S. Treasury Bonds, while China and Brazil have announced plans to cut the amount of U.S. Treasury Bonds in their foreign currency reserves and buy bonds issued by the International Monetary Fund instead. The BRICs are also soliciting public support for a "super currency" capable of replacing what they see as the ailing U.S. dollar. The four countries account for 22 percent of the global economy, and their defection could deal a severe blow to the greenback. If the BRICs sell their U.S. Treasury Bond holdings, the price will drop and yields rise, and that could prompt the central banks of other countries to start selling their holdings to avoid losses too. A sell-off on a grand scale could trigger a collapse in the value of the dollar, ending the appeal of both dollars and bonds as safe-haven assets. The moves are a challenge to the power of the dollar in international financial markets. Goldman Sachs economist Alberto Ramos in an interview with Bloomberg News on Thursday said the decision by the BRICs to buy IMF bonds should not be seen simply as a desire to diversify their foreign currency portfolios but as a show of muscle.
"BRICs Launch Assault on Dollar's Global Status," The Chosun IIbo, June 14, 2009 ---
http://english.chosun.com/site/data/html_dir/2009/06/12/2009061200855.html

Their report, "Dreaming with BRICs: The Path to 2050," predicted that within 40 years, the economies of Brazil, Russia, India and China - the BRICs - would be larger than the US, Germany, Japan, Britain, France and Italy combined. China would overtake the US as the world's largest economy and India would be third, outpacing all other industrialised nations. 
"Out of the shadows," Sydney Morning Herald, February 5, 2005 --- http://www.smh.com.au/text/articles/2005/02/04/1107476799248.html 

The first economist, an early  Nobel Prize Winning economist, to raise the alarm of entitlements in my head was Milton Friedman.  He has written extensively about the lurking dangers of entitlements.  I highly recommend his fantastic "Free to Choose" series of PBS videos where his "Welfare of Entitlements" warning becomes his principle concern for the future of the Untied States 25 years ago --- http://www.ideachannel.com/FreeToChoose.htm 

 

An Instructional Teaching Case for Accounting Teachers

The Brooks Brothers Tangle With the SEC
The company had four independent auditors over the course of this saga
David Brooks apparently made threatening remarks to certain of his company's independent auditors
"Of Hurricanes and Harness Racing:  The Accounting Fraud at DHB Industries, by Michael C. Knapp and Carol A. Knapp, Issues in Accounting Education, Vol. 28, No. 1, February 2013, pp. 131-152 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/iace-50297

You can't make up a story like this.
Andrew Cohen, Senior Legal Analyst, CBS News

ABSTRACT:

This instructional case focuses on an accounting and financial reporting fraud involving DHB Industries, Inc., the nation's largest manufacturer of bullet-resistant vests. Three executives of this Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registrant, including its founder and CEO, masterminded a large-scale fraud that grossly misrepresented DHB's financial statements. The three executives colluded to conceal their misdeeds from the four accounting firms that served as the company's independent auditors over the course of the fraud. In late 2010, a federal jury convicted DHB's former CEO and COO of multiple counts of fraud and related charges. This case addresses a wide range of auditing issues raised by the DHB fraud, including the identification of fraud risk factors, auditing of related-party transactions, the impact of frequent auditor changes on audit quality, and the internal control reporting responsibilities of auditors.

. . .

Circus Trial

The criminal trial of David Brooks and his co-defendant Sandra Hatfield commenced in late January 2010. Brooks faced a 17-count federal indictment that included allegations of corporate fraud, insider trading, conspiracy, and obstruction of justice. Hatfield faced similar charges in the 16-count federal indictment filed against her.

Throughout the trial, jurors were pelted with an unrelenting stream of evidence that documented how Brooks had used “DHB as his personal piggy bank” (SEC 2007). Personal expenditures paid with corporate funds included purchases of luxury automobiles, expensive art, jewelry, designer clothing, and real estate. Court testimony revealed that the largest benefactor of Brooks' embezzlement scheme was his beloved harness racing operation. Brooks reportedly diverted nearly $15 million of DHB funds through TAP to help finance his expensive hobby.

Other testimony during the long criminal trial documented how Brooks had repeatedly lied to DHB's independent auditors to conceal his fraudulent scams. Schlegel's testimony laid out in minute detail the extreme lengths to which she, Brooks, and Hatfield had gone to mislead the auditors. The most elaborate hoaxes were required to conceal the large overstatements of inventory from the curious and persistent teams of auditors.

Throughout the eight-month trial, the presiding federal magistrate, Judge Joanna Seybert, faced the daunting task of maintaining a sense of civility and decorum in her Long Island courtroom. The first drama involved the revocation of David Brooks' bail. In January 2008, three months after his initial arrest, Brooks' attorneys secured his release on bail. Because Judge Seybert believed that Brooks posed a significant flight risk, she required him to post a $400 million bail bond that included cash and other collateral of nearly $50 million. The bail terms also required Brooks to retain a security firm at an estimated cost of $3,500 per day to monitor him around the clock. ABC News (2008) reported that Brooks' bail terms were more stringent than those imposed years earlier by a federal judge on the infamous mobster John Gotti.

Just as Brooks' trial was beginning, Judge Seybert revoked his bail and remanded him to jail because of two reports given to her by the FBI. An undercover video forwarded to the FBI by Scotland Yard detectives allegedly showed Jeffrey Brooks and one of his subordinates transferring millions of euros to a large safety deposit box in a London bank. The FBI was convinced that the funds belonged to David Brooks. The FBI also informed Judge Seybert that they had discovered evidence suggesting that Brooks had secretly transferred tens of millions of dollars to bank accounts in the tiny European nation of San Marino. Judge Seybert revoked Brooks' bail because the two incidents violated the conditions of his bail agreement that mandated that all of his financial assets be “frozen.”

Midway through the trial, Judge Seybert threatened to have David Brooks removed from the courtroom after he was discovered attempting to smuggle anxiety-suppression medication into his jail cell. The anti-anxiety pills were hidden in a ballpoint pen that had been placed at Brooks' desk during a break in the courtroom proceedings. Following this incident, Judge Seybert barred Jeffrey Brooks and one of David Brooks' close friends from the courtroom. Brooks' personal psychiatrist subsequently testified that the psychiatrist at the correctional facility where Brooks was being held had prescribed him an insufficient dosage of the anti-anxiety medication. Brooks reportedly needed larger than normal dosages of that medication to ward off the panic attacks that he frequently experienced.

Later in the trial, federal prosecutors revealed that several months earlier, David Brooks had allegedly asked a veterinarian who worked in his harness racing operation to obtain a medication administered to horses. If taken by a human, this medication would supposedly wipe out his or her memory. According to the veterinarian, Brooks hoped to somehow administer the medication to Dawn Schlegel, the prosecution's principal witness, prior to the beginning of his criminal trial. This revelation and Brooks' other antics during the trial caused Comedy Central's Stephen Colbert to name Brooks his “Alpha Dog of the Week” during the August 2, 2010, airing of the popular television program The Colbert Report.

Andrew Cohen, a senior legal analyst for CBS News who monitored Brooks' trial, observed that many of its details were so salacious that major publications, such as The New York Times, would not report them (Cohen 2010). One veteran reporter summarized some of the more outrageous events and testimony that took place during the trial:

It's not an everyday federal trial in which an FBI agent walks into the courtroom in the middle of a trial and seizes the contents of a defendant's wastebasket as part of a still ongoing investigation into whether Brooks tampered with the jury. Or in which the defense asserts that the payment of company money to prostitutes might be an acceptable technique to motivate employees. Or in which a defendant says he is entitled to have his company pay for the grave of his mother, camp tuition for his children, a $60,000 sculpture of a Wall Street bull, family trips to St. Barts and St. Tropez, or allegedly drains millions of dollars off through a shell company to pay for the upkeep of harness stables. (Cohen 2010)

After spending two months studying the massive amount of evidence that prosecutors had presented to prove their allegations, a federal jury convicted Brooks on all 17 counts that had been filed against him. Sandra Hatfield, Brooks' former colleague and co-defendant, was found guilty on 14 of the 16 counts included in her federal indictment.

Epilogue

In April 2010, near the midpoint of David Brooks' criminal trial, Point Blank Solutions, the successor to DHB Industries, Inc., filed for protection from its creditors in U.S. Bankruptcy Court. To date, a reorganization plan for the company has not been approved by the federal judge presiding over the company's bankruptcy filing. Point Blank remains an operating entity and continues to claim that it is the world's leading manufacturer of body armor.

Following the completion of Brooks' trial, his attorneys immediately appealed his conviction. Among other arguments, the attorneys maintained that Brooks was incompetent and unable to contribute to his defense during much of the trial because of the anti-anxiety medication that he was taking. With his appeal still pending, Brooks has yet to be sentenced. Shortly after his criminal trial ended, Brooks pled guilty to tax evasion charges that had been pending against him for several years. Brooks is yet to stand trial on contempt charges filed against him as a result of his behavior during his criminal trial.

In February 2011, the SEC filed a civil complaint against three former members of DHB's audit committee. The federal agency charged the three individuals with being “willfully blind to numerous red flags signaling accounting fraud, reporting violations, and misappropriation at DHB” (SEC 2011). The civil complaint went on to allege that the three former audit committee members “merely rubber-stamped the decisions of DHB's senior management while making substantial sums from sales of DHB's securities” (SEC 2011).



 
QUESTIONS
  1. Exhibits 1 and 4 present DHB's original 2003–2004 balance sheets and income statements and the restated balance sheets and income statements for those two years, respectively. Review the original and restated financial statements for 2004 and identify the “material” differences between them. (Note: You are not required to identify the sources of these differences.) Defend your choices.
  2. Identify the fraud risk factors posed by DHB for its independent auditors. Which of these factors, in your opinion, should have been of primary concern to those auditors?
  3. During the 2004 DHB audit, the company's independent auditors had considerable difficulty obtaining reliable audit evidence regarding the $7 million of obsolete vest components that allegedly had been destroyed by a hurricane. What responsibility do auditors have when the client cannot provide the evidence they need to complete one or more audit tests or procedures?
  4. What responsibility, if any, do auditors have to search for related-party transactions? If auditors discover that a client has engaged in related-party transactions, what audit procedures should be applied to them?
  5. Compare and contrast the internal control reporting responsibilities of the management and independent auditors of public companies.
  6. What potential consequences do frequent changes in auditors have for the quality of a given entity's independent audits? Identify professional standards or other rules and regulations that are intended to discourage auditor changes or provide disclosure of the circumstances surrounding them.
  7. David Brooks apparently made threatening remarks to certain of his company's independent auditors. What actions should auditors take when they are the target of hostile statements or actions by client executives or employees?
  8. Does the SEC have a responsibility to protect the investing public from self-interested corporate executives? Do professional auditing standards or other rules or regulations impose such a responsibility on independent auditors?
  9. The audit committee of DHB Industries was criticized for failing to carry out its oversight responsibilities. What are the primary responsibilities of a public company's audit committee?

 

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


An Instructional Teaching Case for Accounting Instructors

From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on March 8, 2013

Public-University Costs Soar
by: Ruth Simon
Mar 06, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the video on WSJ.com WSJ Video
 

TOPICS: Financial Ratios, Governmental Accounting

SUMMARY: The article describes the current state of affairs at public institutions of higher education with respect to funding from the state, tuition increases, and some university options to solve the issues that they face. These concerns will be of interest to students generally. The accounting focus in best presented in the related video: return on investment in education.

CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any accounting class introducing return on investment. It also may be used in a class covering topics in governmental or not-for-profit entities to discuss the current economic status of public universities. By definition, the state universities that are the focus of the article will use governmental accounting requirements.

QUESTIONS: 
1. (Introductory) Summarize the points in the article about factors currently affecting the revenues to state universities.

2. (Introductory) How are the current issues facing state universities affecting their students and prospective students?

3. (Advanced) Define the term ROI (return on investment) and state how it is calculated.

4. (Advanced) Based on the discussion in the related video, how is the concept of ROI applied to assess a student's investment in college tuition and other costs?

5. (Advanced) What return measure is proposed in the video for assessing a student' return on investment in his/her higher education? What are some weaknesses of that measure? Can you propose any other measure that would address those weaknesses?
 

Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

 

"Public-University Costs Soar," by Ruth Simon, The Wall Street Journal, March 6, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324539404578342750480773548.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid

Tuition at public colleges jumped last year by a record amount as state governments slashed school funding, the latest sign of strain in the U.S. higher-education sector.

The average amount that students at public colleges paid in tuition, after state and institutional grants and scholarships, climbed 8.3% last year, the biggest jump on record, according to a report based on data from all public institutions in all 50 states to be released Wednesday by the State Higher Education Executive Officers Association. Median tuition rose 4.5%.

The average state funding per student, meanwhile, fell by more than 9%, the steepest drop since the group began collecting the data in 1980. Median funding fell 10%. During the recession, states began cutting support for higher education, and the trend accelerated last year.

Rising tuition costs are "another example of the bind that public institutions are in," said Sandy Baum, a senior fellow at the George Washington University Graduate School of Education and Human Development. "Unless we make public funding a higher priority, the funds are going to have to come from parents and students."

To be sure, last year's decline in state funding nationwide was driven heavily by cutbacks in California, which has the largest state system and lashed funding per student by 14.3% last year. Not including California, per-student funding fell 8% and tuition rose 6.3%.

Paul Lingenfelter, president of the higher-education association, noted that 31 states increased higher education funding in 2012-13, and a number have proposed an increase for the coming year as well.

Kaylen Hendrick, a senior at Florida State University in Tallahassee majoring in environmental studies, is graduating in three years rather than four in order to keep costs and borrowing down.

"Growing up, I thought if I made good enough grades, that college would not be a problem," said Ms. Hendrick, 20 years old, who has taken out about $15,000 in student loans and works 20 hours a week to pay for college.

State funding for the State University System of Florida has declined by more than $1 billion over the last six years, even as enrollment has grown by more than 35,000 students, a spokeswoman for the system said.

Nationally, average tuition, after institutional grants and scholarships, increased to $5,189 in 2011-12 from $4,793 a year earlier, according to the report, which is based on the 2011-12 academic year and adjusted its figures for inflation. Tuition revenue accounted for a record 47% of educational funding at public colleges last year.

The price increases at state schools come at a time when many private colleges are reining in price increases and awarding generous scholarships to attract families worried about rising debt loads and a still shaky job market. In some cases, state tuition has risen so much that costs approach what students might pay at a private college.

At Pennsylvania State University's main campus, in-state undergraduate students receiving financial aid paid an average of $21,342 after grants and scholarships in 2010-11, according to the U.S. Department of Education, up 12% since 2008-09. State funding now accounts for less than 14% of the school's educational budget, down from as much as 62% in 1970-71. "When the appropriation is cut, tuition rises," a Penn State spokeswoman said.

In addition to raising tuition, many states have pared spending. The California State University System declined to take the vast majority of transfer students this spring and has turned away about 20,000 students who qualified for admission during each of the past three years, a spokesman said.

In Kentucky, higher tuition prices make up for just half of the loss in state funding, said Robert King, president of the Kentucky Council on Postsecondary Education, which oversees the state's system.

Continued in article

 

"One-Third of Colleges Are on Financially 'Unsustainable' Path, Bain Study Finds," by Goldie Blumenstyk, The Chronicle of Higher Education, July 23, 2012 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/One-Third-of-Colleges-Are-on/133095/

 

Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm


LIBOR (including a fraud bigger than Enron)  --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libor

"Freddie Mac Sues Multiple Banks Over Libor Manipulation," by Tom Schoenberg & Andrew Zajac, Bloomberg, March 20, 2013 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-03-19/freddie-mac-sues-multiple-banks-over-libor-manipulation.html

Jensen Comment
Makes you wonder what PwC knew --- Probably nothing since the PCAOB accuses PwC of poor quality controls in auditing. Now Barclays at the heart of the LIBOR scandal is considering dropping PwC as its auditor.

Jensen Comment
Makes you wonder what PwC knew --- Probably nothing since the PCAOB accuses PwC of poor quality controls in auditi

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


Bad News and Bad News for PwC

First the Bad News
"Barclays (of massive LIBOR fraud fame) Considers Auditor Change After a Century With PwC," Bloomberg, March 8, 2013 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-03-08/barclays-considers-auditor-change-after-a-century-with-pwc.html

Now more Bad News News
"At Least PwC Doesn't Have to Worry About Improving the Supervision of Its Auditors Anymore," by Caleb Newquist, Going Concern, March 11, 2013 ---
http://goingconcern.com/post/least-pwc-doesnt-have-worry-about-improving-supervision-its-auditors-anymore

"Is FASB Killing the Auditing Profession?," by Anthony H. Catanach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, March 15, 2013 ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/3/15/is-fasb-killing-the-auditing-profession

Well, the auditing profession appears to have finally hit the “bottom of the barrel.”  The demise of the respected Arthur Andersen firm in the wake of the Enron scandal was a huge disappointment.  And now PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has failed us by not living up to the high standards set by its legacy firm.  For those of you too young to remember, Price Waterhouse & Co. was the Brooks Brothers of the accounting and auditing profession at one time.  As Mark Stevens in The Big Eight noted in 1981 (yes, over 30 years ago), Price worked hard “to retain its image as the gilt-edge CPA firm.”  My how times have changed!

​So what happened?  On March 7, 2013, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB ) reported that the PwC had failed to address certain audit related quality control criticisms levied at the firm in previous PCAOB inspection reports, not once but twice, first in March 25, 2009 and then again in August 12, 2010.  What makes this so interesting is that the issues raised in those previously issued reports would have remained “private” had PwC simply corrected the problems within 12 months of the reports’ issuance.  While this is not the first time that one of the Big Four has thumbed their noses at the PCAOB (Deloitte felt the PCAOB’s wrath in October 2011), it is surprising that “a leader in the profession” (and yes, those are PwC’s own words) has done so. You may recall that the Grumpies were not wild about this behavior the first time it happened.

Well, Lynn Turner, a former Chief Accountant of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), in a recent email (March 7th) to his distribution list, has asked the million dollar question:

What kind of leaders are running the firms, what type of governance do they have, that provides that type of response to the regulator?

 

Just look at PwC’s response to the PCAOB in its March 7, 2013, Release No. 104-2013-054:

The Part II comments relate to some of the most complex, judgmental and evolving areas of auditing. Our actions relating to those areas, during the 12 months following issuance of the  comments and thereafter, have included providing our audit professionals with enhanced audit tools, training and additional technical guidance to promote more consistent audit execution. We believe that these efforts have been important positive contributors to audit quality at our firm. We are proud of our focus on continuous improvement and of the dedication and high quality audit work performed by our partners and other professionals.

Wow!  This hints at an admission by PwC that its highly paid auditors were not properly trained to audit publicly traded firms.  If this is indeed the case, we surely can’t overlook the ethical implications of a firm contracting to do work for which it was not qualified. This never would have happened at Price Waterhouse & Co. What really bothers this grumpy old accountant is that PwC just doesn’t get it. The old “we’ll try harder” language is just not acceptable.

 

Continued in article

 

"PCAOB Criticizes Quality At PwC; Nothing Happens," by Francine McKenna, Forbes, March 11, 2013 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/francinemckenna/2013/03/11/pcaob-criticizes-quality-at-pwc-nothing-happens/

Big news last week in the breathless world of audits and auditors. The audit regulator, the Public Company Accounting and Oversight Board – even the word “oversight” should get you excited – published its private criticisms of PricewaterhouseCoopers poor quality audit work for not one but two audit years, 2007 and 2008. If those years sound familiar, they should be.

That’s when the financial crisis started unraveling!

PricewaterhouseCoopers is, and still is, the financial, statutory auditor - with the duty to give an opinion on financial statement verity - of some of the biggest players in the financial crisis. When you watch the Andrew Ross Sorkin HBO movie, Too Big To Fail, try to imagine current PwC Audit Practice Global Leader Tim Ryan standing behind AIG or current Citi Vice Chairman and former PwC Global Chairman Sam Di Piazza standing two steps behind JPMorgan’s Jamie Dimon, or former PwC Chairman Jim Schiro now Goldman Sachs Audit Committee and Board Chairman whispering in Lloyd Blankfein‘s ear.

PwC also still audits Barclays, Bank of America, and Freddie Mac. After the TARP plan was initiated PwC got the job, along with Ernst & Young, of preparing the internal controls infrastructure at the Treasury to make sure money went out quickly and to the right banks. That open-ended procurement blank check is still in effect.

So, what will happen to PwC as a result of these very dramatic criticisms of the quality of their audits, perhaps audits of some crucial financial services companies? The experience of Deloitte, the first Big Four firm to suffer the ignominy of having the PCAOB air its dirty audit laundry in public may be instructive.

Pretty much nothing.

PwC was the consulting firm with the most clients for the recent failed OCC/Fed foreclosure reviews. The firm billed more than $1 billion and will now be able to continue servicing those banks they don’t audit with more “governance, risk, and compliance” advisory services without worrying about any scrutiny.

PwC is not worried about the PCAOB. They are laughing all the way to the banks. All of them.

Continued in article


"GT and BDO told to buck up professional scepticism," by Richard Crump, AccountancyAge, March 22, 2013 --- Click Here
http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2256866/gt-and-bdo-told-to-buck-up-professional-scepticism?WT.rss_f=&WT.rss_a=GT+and+BDO+told+to+buck+up+professional+scepticism 

Bob Jensen's threads on Grant Thornton (GT) and BDO accounting firms are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm


Question
Ever since the early formation of FAS 133 and IAS 39, what has been the main objection to allowing hedge accounting on macro (portfolio) hedges?

Answer
Actually there's been no objection as long as the items in a portfolio are homogeneous. The controversy arises with heterogeneity such that more than one type of risk is being hedged in a mixed-risk portfolio. For example, consider a portfolio of real estate mortgages having different interest rates and different maturity dates. It's impossible to hedge all of these different risks with a single derivative financial instrument having one hedged interest rate or one hedging instrument maturity date.

This of course does not mean that companies do not continued hedge portfolios with mixed risks. The issue is whether they get hedge accounting relief and if so what type of relief should be given given the different risks in the portfolio that are not fully hedge (and probably not effectively hedged). A revision of IAS 39 gave very limited hedge accounting treatments in some instances, but the revision really does not address the main controversies.

The European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG) has submitted to the IASB a letter outlining the results of its analysis of the impact on macro hedge relationships of the consequential amendments proposed by the Review Draft (RD) 'IFRS 9 General hedge accounting' on existing macro hedge relationships under IAS 39, which was published by the IASB in September 2012. EFRAG suggests an option of either following IAS 39 or IFRS 9,
IAS Plus
, March 23, 2013 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/03/efrag-hedge-accounting


March 2013 Financial Reporting Briefs from Ernst & Young ---
http://www.ey.com/UL/en/AccountingLink/Accounting-Link-Home


Question
What five companies primarily drive ups and downs of the Dow price index?

Hint
It's like judging your teaching performance in a class of 30 students on the basis of only five selective students chosen not at random.

Answer
"Five Stocks Do the Heavy Lifting," by Steven Rossolillo, The Wall Street Journal, March 5, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324539404578342771985751896.html

Jensen Comment
There's fantastic interactive graphic that accompanies this online article. You have to see it to believe it!

Bob Jensen's threads on multivariate data visualizations:
Visualization of Multivariate Data (including faces) --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/352wpvisual/000datavisualization.htm 


"Seven tips to beautiful PowerPoint," by Eugene Cheng  ---
http://www.slideshare.net/itseugene/7-tips-to-beautiful-powerpoint-by-itseugenec
Thank you Andy's Teaching and Learning Blog for the heads up ---
http://awteachlearn.blogspot.com/

Bob Jensen's PowerPoint helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#PowerPointHelpers


March 26, 2013 message from Paul Caron

IRS Releases 'Dirty Dozen' Tax Scams

The IRS today released (IR-2013-33) its 2013 “dirty dozen” list of tax scams:

  1. Identity Theft
  2. Phishing
  3. Return Preparer Fraud
  4. Hiding Income Offshore
  5. “Free Money” from the IRS & Tax Scams Involving Social Security
  6. Impersonation of Charitable Organizations
  7. False/Inflated Income and Expenses
  8. False Form 1099 Refund Claims
  9. Frivolous Arguments
  10. Falsely Claiming Zero Wages
  11. Disguised Corporate Ownership
  12. Misuse of Trusts

 

"Tax Scams Targeting Poor, Elderly," SmartPros, July 2011 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x72366.xml

Taxpayers beware: Scammers are out there and they're digging for your personal information and for money.

The IRS is reporting an increase in tax return related scams that typically involve taxpayers who normally do not have to file federal taxes. The scammers con the taxpayers into believing they should file a return with the IRS for tax credits, refunds or rebates for which they are not entitled.

Some unscrupulous tax return preparers have been deceiving people into paying for advice about how to file false claims and some charge unreasonable amounts for preparing legitimate returns that could have been prepared for free by the IRS or by IRS sponsored Volunteer Income Tax Assistance partners.

Many of the scammers are targeting taxpayers in the Midwest and in the South, according to Sue Hales, spokeswoman for the IRS for Illinois. Some are stealing the identities of conned taxpayers and they most often prey on low income individuals and the elderly.

Taxpayers should be wary of any of the following claims:

-- Fictitious claims for refunds or rebates based on excess or withheld Social Security benefits;

-- Claims that Treasury Form 1080 can be used to transfer funds from the Social Security Administration to the IRS, enabling a payout from the IRS;

-- Unfamiliar for-profit tax services teaming up with local churches. Flyers and advertisements for free money from the IRS, suggesting the taxpayer can file with little or no documentation, have been appearing in community churches around the country. Promoters are targeting church congregations and exploiting their good intentions and credibility. These schemes often spread by word of mouth among unsuspecting, well-intentioned people telling friends and relatives;

-- Home-made flyers and brochures implying credits or refunds are available without proof of eligibility;

-- Promises of refunds for "Low income -- No Documents Tax Returns."

-- Claims for the expired Economic Recovery Credit Program or Recovery Rebate Credit;

-- Advice on using the Earned Income Tax Claims based on exaggerated reports of self-employment income;

-- In some cases, non-existent Social Security refunds or rebates have been the bait used by the con artists. In other situations, taxpayers deserve the tax credits they are promised but the preparer uses fictitious or inflated information on the return which results in a fraudulent return.

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's threads on tax frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#TaxScams


"Can the Treasury Exempt Its Own Companies from Tax? The $45 Billion GM NOL Carryforward," by J. Mark Ramseyer and Eric Bennett Rasmusen, SSRN, March 18, 2013 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2235068

Abstract:     
To discourage firms from buying and selling tax deductions, Section 382 of the tax code limits the ability of one firm to use the ‘‘net operating losses’’ (NOLs) of another firm that it acquires. Under the Troubled Asset Relief Program, the U.S. Treasury lent a large amount of money to General Motors. In bankruptcy, it then transformed the debt into stock. GM did not make many cars anyone wanted to buy, but it did have $45 billion in NOLs. Unfortunately for the Treasury, if it now sold the stock it acquired in bankruptcy, it would trigger Sec. 382. Foreseeing this, the market would pay much less for its stock in GM. Treasury solved this problem by issuing a series of notices in which it announced that the law did not apply to itself. Sec. 382 says that the NOL limits apply when a firm’s ownership changes. That rule would not apply to any firm bought with TARP funds, declared Treasury. Notwithstanding the straightforward and all-inclusive statutory language, GM could use its NOLs in full after Treasury sold out. The Treasury issued similar notices about Citigroup and AIG.

Treasury had no legal or economic justification for any of these notices, but the press did not notice. Precisely because they involved such arcane provisions of the corporate tax code, they largely escaped public attention. The losses to the public fisc were not minor — they cost the country billions of dollars in tax revenue. That the effect could be so large and yet so hidden illustrates the risk involved in this kind of tax manipulation. The more difficult the tax rule, the more easily the government can use it to hide the cost of its policies and subsidize favored groups. We suggest that Congress give its members standing to challenge unlegislated tax law changes in court.


This type of celebrity bankruptcy that frequently happens to professional athletes should not be happening to the likes of Diane Warwick with assets of $25,500 and debts of more than $10,700,000.

"Singer Dionne Warwick files for bankruptcy," Reuters, March 26, 2013 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/03/26/entertainment-us-dionnewarwick-idUSBRE92P04J20130326

As Joe Lewis supposedly said:
I been poor
And I been rich
Rich is better


2012 IRS Data Book

Message from Paul Caron on March 26, 2013 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/

2012 IRS Data Book

The IRS yesterday released the 2012 IRS Data Book, which contains a wealth of statistical information for the IRS's Oct. 1, 2011 - Sept. 30, 2012 fiscal year.  Here are the statistical tables:

Returns Filed, Taxes Collected, and Refunds Issued Enforcement: Examinations Enforcement: Information Reporting and Verification Enforcement: Collections, Penalties, and Criminal Investigation Taxpayer Assistance Tax Exempt Activities Chief Counsel IRS Budget & Workforce
First-Time Homebuyer Credit

Press and blogosphere coverage:

 

Bob Jensen's tax helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation


Untouchable Gangster Bankers and Their Auditors

HSBC --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSBC

Jensen Question
Did KPMG shift its entire Fannie Mae auditing team to HSBC?

Question
What was the largest audit client lost by KPMG in the USA?

Answer
I did not research this, but the leading contender has to be when KPMG was fired from the Fannie Mae scandal in what was one of the largest earnings management frauds in history coupled with incompetent auditing of financial derivative financial instruments ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Manipulation

From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 7, 2013

KPMG audit contract with HSBC at risk. KPMG could lose the biggest audit contract in Britain after HSBC decided to consider bringing in a fresh pair of eyes to vet its accounts, the FT reports. The bank said it would put its audit contract out to tender for the first time in more than two decades in the most striking sign yet that regulatory pressure is starting to break down the ties that bind many big companies to their auditor. The tender could give KPMG rival Ernst & Young an opportunity to pick up a big British bank as an audit client. HSBC said it wanted the winner of the tender to be in place by 2015.

"Gangster Bankers: Too Big to Jail:  How HSBC hooked up with drug traffickers and terrorists. And got away with it," by Matt Taibbi, Rolling Stone, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/gangster-bankers-too-big-to-jail-20130214

PBS Frontline:  Why don't some of biggest fraudsters in history go to prison?
"The Untouchables," Frontline, January 22, 2013 ---
http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/untouchables/?elq=923e1cf54bd4465092ea4b303aac1291&elqCampaignId=511

 

March 4, 2013 message from Roger Collins

From

http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-21653131 

Some quotes

"HSBC paid out $4.2bn (£2.8bn) last year to cover the cost of past wrongdoing. As well as $1.9bn in fines for money laundering, the bank also set aside another $2.3bn for mis-selling financial products in the UK. The figures came as HSBC reported rising underlying profitability and revenue in 2012, and an overall profit before tax of $20.6bn

Chief executive Stuart Gulliver's total remuneration for 2012 was some $7m, compared with $6.7m the year before. And after taking account of the deferral of pay this year and in more highly-remunerated years previously, Mr Gulliver actually received $14.1m in 2012, up from $10.6m in 2011.

The company's 16 top executives received an average of $4.9m each."

"During a conference call to present the results, Mr Gulliver told investors that the bank was not reconsidering whether to relocate its headquarters from London back to Hong Kong, in order to avoid a recently agreed worldwide cap on bonuses of all employees of banks based in the EU."

"HSBC's underlying profits - which ignore one-time accounting effects as well as the impact of changes in the bank's creditworthiness - rose 18%."

"The bank's results were heavily affected by a negative "fair value adjustment" to its own debt of $5.2bn in 2012, compared with a positive adjustment of $3.9bn the year before. The adjustment is an accounting requirement that takes account of the price at which HSBC could buy back its own debts from the markets. It has the perverse effect of flattering a bank's profits at a time when markets are more worried about its ability to repay its debts, and vice versa."

More in article.

Regards,
Roger Roger Collins
Associate Professor
OM1275 TRU School of Business & Economics

Jensen Question
Did KPMG shift its entire Fannie Mae auditing team to HSBC?


John Cleese --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Cleese

This is No Monty Python Joke in the Faulty Tower
"Actor John Cleese Flees (to Monaco) Tax-Free Monoco for High-Tax Britain," Daily Mail, March 14, 2013 ---
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2294537/Lonely-John-Cleese-flees-Monaco--flogs-Wife-No-4s-furniture-Mystery-stars-online-sale-luxury-flats-contents.html


From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 12, 2013

Restatements on the rise at big companies.
Large U.S. companies have been restating financial results in increasing numbers over the past three years, with the tally growing 21% last year and rising 60% since 2009,
Emily Chasan reports. The uptick reflects some of the complexity large multinational companies are facing in tax accounting and a move by the PCAOB to “turn up the heat” on big-company auditors, says Lynn Turner, former chief accountant at the SEC. Restatements at smaller companies, meanwhile, are starting to decline, even though those companies have traditionally been at higher risk for financial errors.

SEC says Illinois hid pension problems
Illinois settled SEC civil-fraud charges that the state misled municipal-bond investors by failing to adequately disclose the risks of its underfunded pension system,
the WSJ reports. The action was part of a broader push by the SEC to bring transparency and accountability to the muni market. The problems date back to 1994, when Illinois lawmakers passed a funding plan that would allow the state to spread the pension costs over 50 years. Illinois also left it to lawmakers to decide how much to contribute to the funds each year. In some years, the state took “pension holidays,” lowering its planned pension contributions by about half.

Greenberg gets green light for class action.
A company run by the former CEO of AIG won the right to pursue as a class action its case against the U.S. government, alleging that elements of AIG’s financial-crisis bailout package were unconstitutional,
WSJ reports. A judge ruled that the case “may be maintained as a class action,” a victory for Starr International, headed by Maurice “Hank” Greenberg, who long headed AIG. The decision marked the latest defeat for the government, which failed in its efforts last year to dismiss the claims.

Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review in March

SEC Says Illinois Hid Pension Troubles
by: Michael Corkery and Jeannette Neumann
Mar 11, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the video on WSJ.com 
 

TOPICS: Bonds, Business Ethics, GAAP, Governmental Accounting, Pension Accounting

SUMMARY: "The Securities and Exchange Commission on Monday charged Illinois with securities fraud.... [alleging] the state failed to adequately disclose to investors the risks of its underfunded pensions systems." The SEC concurrently announced a settlement in the case and the related video clearly shows one WSJ editor thinks very little of that development. He also refers to governmental financial reports in general as "fraudulent." A related graphic shows that Illinois has some of the lowest levels of funding in the nation for its retirement plans.

CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a governmental accounting course when covering pension accounting or simply to emphasize the importance of the comprehensive annual financial report and disclosures by governmental entities. It may also be used in an ethics course covering responsibility for clarity in financial reporting.

QUESTIONS: 
1. (Introductory) What wrongful act does the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) accuse the state of Illinois?

2. (Introductory) What is the focus of the SEC's responsibilities over the problem in Illinois?

3. (Advanced) Summarize the requirements in accounting for pension liabilities that states and other governmental entities must follow. In your answer, state the authoritative source for those requirements.

4. (Advanced) Access the State of Illinois Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) located on its web site at http://www.ioc.state.il.us/index.cfm/linkservid/9BE62AD6-1CC1-DE6E-2F48A7172B174FA2/showMeta/0/ Refer to the report for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. Scroll down to the Comptroller's transmittal letter beginning on page v, and further to her discussion of Factors Affecting Financial Condition, beginning on page vii, to Pensions discussed on page viii. How did the State of Illinois make its legally required contribution to the pension fund in 2010? Does that funding source concern you? Answer the question as if you were a citizen of the State of Illinois and if you were an employee, such as a teacher or a university professor, active in the state retirement system.

5. (Advanced) Scroll further down to the Management Discussion and Analysis, to page 15 and the section entitled Retirement Systems. Besides bond indebtedness, what is the largest liability facing the State of Illinois? How do the amounts stated in this discussion compare to the amounts reported in the WSJ article?

6. (Advanced) According to the WSJ article, a goal of defined benefit retirement systems such as those in the State of Illinois is to be 90% funded. When does the State of Illinois expect to reach that goal?

7. (Advanced) According to the article, Elaine Greenberg of the SEC said that the State of Illinois did not follow required governmental accounting standards. Scroll back up to access the auditor's report for the State of Illinois, just following the transmittal letter. Who conducts the audit? Is there any indication that the state did not follow required accounting standards? Support your answer.

8. (Introductory) Refer to the related video featuring one of the WSJ Editors and to the related Opinion page article. What do the WSJ Editors conclude about the SEC's actions in this case?

9. (Advanced) Based on the discussion in the articles, the related video, and your knowledge of pension accounting requirements, what are the areas of judgment that might mean the problem of underfunding in Illinois, and elsewhere, could be even worse than currently estimated?
 

Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
 

RELATED ARTICLES: 
SEC v Illinois
by Review & Outlook Opinion Page Editors
Mar 13, 2013
Page: A14

 

"SEC Says Illinois Hid Pension Troubles," by Michael Corkery and Jeannette Neumann, The Wall Street Journal, March 11, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323826704578354370478104256.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid

For years, Illinois officials misled investors and shortchanged the state pension system, leaving future generations of taxpayers to foot the bill, U.S. securities regulators allege.

The Securities and Exchange Commission on Monday charged Illinois with securities fraud, marking only the second time the agency has filed civil-fraud charges against a state.

But the agency and the state also announced that a settlement had already been reached in which Illinois won't pay a penalty or admit wrongdoing.

The action was part of a broader push by the SEC to bring greater transparency and accountability to the municipal-bond market, as the agency alleged the state failed to adequately disclose to investors the risks of its underfunded pensions systems.

The action also shows in detail how political decisions left the state with only 40 cents of assets for every dollar of pension liabilities—a financial hole Illinois officials are now scrambling to fill.

Yet no matter how harmful the pension practices were to the state's finances, SEC officials say they could only pursue charges against Illinois for what it failed to tell bond investors, who bought bonds worth $2.2 billion.

Most states comply with governmental accounting standards, which "Illinois did not follow," Elaine Greenberg, head of the SEC's municipal securities and public pensions unit, said in an interview. "But the SEC cannot order a state to follow any particularly methodology."

Governor Pat Quinn's Office of Management and Budget said the state has been working to enhance its disclosure practices since 2009.

States and cities across the U.S. face high pension costs. Rallying investment returns have helped make up the shortfalls at some plans, but others have cut benefits to workers to fill the deficit.

Illinois has one of the most underfunded pension systems in the U.S.

The SEC's 11-page, cease-and-desist order reveals new details about the financial and legislative practices that led to the state's current predicament.

The state's five public-employee pension plans manage the retirement benefits for clerical workers, teachers, judges, college professors and lawmakers. Collectively, their funding level stands at 40%. Nationally, the average funding level is about 75%.

The SEC settlement comes as Mr. Quinn, a Democrat, has pushed repeatedly to overhaul the state's pension system. Spiraling pension costs threaten to crowd out spending on other state services and are a major factor in Illinois's low credit rating. Standard & Poor's Ratings Services cut Illinois's rating one notch to A- in January, making it the lowest-rated U.S. state by S&P.

"This is one more weight on the scale," Illinois State Senator Daniel Biss, a Democrat, said of the SEC order.

But an overhaul, which could result in deep cuts for current workers and retirees, has remained elusive. Workers have argued that they shouldn't bear the burden for past mistakes.

The problems date back to 1994, when Illinois lawmakers passed a funding plan that would allow the state to amortize, or spread the pension costs, over 50 years. Most pensions use a 30-year amortization period. More

Heard: Muni Market Still in Need of a Minder

State officials also ignored the common practice of calculating contributions to the plans based on what is known as the "Actuarially Required Contribution."

Instead, Illinois left it to lawmakers to decide how much to contribute to the funds each year.

In some years, the state took "pension holidays," lowering its planned pension contributions by about half.

By 2009, actuaries and a consultant hired by the state began warning that the underfunding could lead to the system's insolvency, according to the SEC order.

The consultant said in a document that the state's pension system was so underfunded that it would likely "never be able to afford the level of contributions" required to reach 90% funded.

Yet, these concerns weren't disclosed to investors in bond-offering documents, the SEC said.

As it prepared its bond documents, the state made little effort to collect "potentially pertinent" information from the pension system's actuaries, the SEC said.

The state said it had worked to improve its practices after the SEC cited New Jersey for pension-disclosure issues in August 2010.

The SEC accused New Jersey of allegedly misleading investors that the state was adequately funding two of its pension systems—the agency's first securities-fraud case against a state. The SEC said the state didn't disclose that it had abandoned a five-year plan to fund the pension plans. New Jersey neither admitted nor denied wrongdoing but said it would improve its disclosures.

When New Jersey settled with the SEC, it didn't pay a fine, either. The SEC often doesn't fine governments because the costs are ultimately borne by taxpayers, according to people familiar with the agency's practices. In its Illinois order, the SEC noted that the state had taken steps to improve its disclosures, including the creation of a special "disclosure committee" that will sign off on bond-offering disclosures.

Illinois expects to sell approximately $500 million in bonds in early April, a state official said Monday. The sale was put off in January when S&P downgraded the state's credit rating.  

Continued in article

The sad state of governmental accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting


Recalling an Ancient Jensen and Thomsen TAR Paper

"Tracking Sensors Invade the Workplace Devices on Workers, Furniture Offer Clues for Boosting Productivity," by Rachel Emma Silverman, The Wall Street Journal, March 6, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324034804578344303429080678.html?mod=djemCFO_t

Jensen Comment
This article caught my eye, because years and years ago one of my then-current Danish doctoral students, Torbin Thomsen, and I published an article in The Accounting Review on how to improve costing of direct and  indirect labor by work sampling of workers doing varied activities throughout each day. The particular application was inspired by my wife's duties in the medical laboratory of the huge VA hospital in Palo Alto (when I was still in graduate school at Stanford). Medical labs were much less computerized in those days, and lab techs performed a variety of daily tests of blood, urine, feces, and spinal taps.

Interestingly, a famous book was latter written about this hospital ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/One_Flew_Over_the_Cuckoo%27s_Nest_%28novel%29
In also became a Academy Award winning film starring Jack Nicholson ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/One_Flew_Over_the_Cuckoo%27s_Nest_%28film%29

It was very difficult estimate the labor cost of individual types of tests (say blood cross-matching) since technicians darted from activity to activity throughout the work day and night. Torbin and I proposed a work sampling model for estimation of the the labor costs of laboratory tests.

The problem with our approach was that it was too intrusive. When randomly signaled a technician would have to top what she/he was doing and record the activity and time. In 2013 we now have new tracking sensors that are both less intrusive and/or take the need for work sampling out of the picture. It's now possible to track each entire work day. Big Brother has arrived!

"Statistical Analysis in Cost Measurement and Control," by Robert E. Jensen and Carl T. Thomsen, The Accounting Review, Vol. XLIII, No. 1, January 1968


A Master List of 700 Free Courses From Great Universities ---
http://www.openculture.com/2013/03/a_master_list_of_700_free_courses_from_great_universities.html
The Free Courses Search Site ---
http://www.openculture.com/freeonlinecourses 
There appear to be no free online accounting or business courses.
Some of the advertising disturbs me --- such as online Ph.D. programs with no GMAT required --- to me a red flag.
However many of the free courses appear to be legitimate (although not free for credit)


"New research finds support for valuing bank securities at current market value," by Elizabeth Blankespoor (Assistant Professor of Accounting at Stanford University), Stanford Graduate School of Business Newsletter, March 2013 --- Click Here
http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/research/new-look-truth-numbers?utm_source=Stanford+Business+Re%3AThink&utm_campaign=5edc9693da-REIS8&utm_medium=email&ct=t%28Stanford_Business_Re_Think_Issue_Eight2_22_2013%29

Early Pre-print of the Manuscript --- http://aaajournals.org/doi/pdf/10.2308/accr-50419


From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 12, 2013

Mary Jo White, President Obama’s nominee for SEC chairman, will make her case to the Senate Banking Committee today. In her prepared testimony, she said the SEC’s enforcement “must be bold and unrelenting.” Wrongdoers, she said, “will be aggressively and successfully pursued.” The WSJ says lawmakers will have to weigh two sides of her career. In one version, “Ms. White is a no-holds-barred crime fighter known for stretching the law to jail mob bosses and international terrorists.” In another, she’s a friend of Wall Street who represented big banks when she worked for law firm Debevoise & Plimpton

Jensen Questions
Where was she when we needed her 2000-2012?

Will the USA's biggest banks circle the wagons to protect their banksters?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#InvestmentBanking 

Can she overcome some of the major problems of the SEC that include budget woes and a record of sloppy bookkeeping within its own house?
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2011/02/03/sec-faces-budget-woes_n_817804.html  

 


"Ontario court approves $117M settlement between Ernst & Young, Sino-Forest:  It’s believed to be one of the largest settlements involving an auditor in Canadian history," The Star, March 20, 2013 ---
http://www.thestar.com/business/2013/03/20/ontario_court_approves_117m_settlement_between_ernst_young_sinoforest.html

The Ontario Superior Court has approved a $117-million class-action settlement involving Sino-Forest Corp. and its former auditor, Ernst & Young.

The agreed deal will see the accounting firm pay toward a fund to compensate shareholders of the troubled Chinese-Canadian company, which has been accused of fraudulently overstating its assets.

It’s believed to be one of the largest settlements involving an auditor in Canadian history.

The class-action had alleged that directors, officers, auditors and underwriters at timber trader misled investors with its accounting.

Several shareholders had originally objected to the settlement.

The company was first accused in 2011 of being a Ponzi scheme by Muddy Waters Research, prompting investigations by the Ontario regulator and the RCMP.

Continued in article

"Manhattan U.S. Attorney Announces Agreement With Ernst & Young LLP To Pay $123 Million To Resolve Federal Tax Shelter Fraud Investigation," New York State's Attorney's Office, March 1, 2013 ---
http://www.justice.gov/usao/nys/pressreleases/March13/EYNPAPR.php

Bob Jensen's threads on the legal  troubles of Ernst & Young ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm


Stanford Graduate School of Business Dean Garth Saloner discusses why and how business schools must change if they are to serve their students and society well, FEMD Global Focus, Issue 1 in 2013 ---
http://www.efmd.org/images/stories/efmd/globalfocus13/issue_1_2013_gsaloner_stanford.pdf

Jensen Comment
Note that the scope of this article is limited to a prestigious MBA program comprised mostly of matured students with stellar admissions credentials, including professional work experience and high admission scores. It focuses on having students from backgrounds ranging from chemistry, electrical engineering, psychology, history, mathematics, etc.

Stanford has no undergraduate business program, unlike Cornell.

Stanford has no accounting undergraduate or masters program like Cornell.

Stanford does have business Ph.D. programs, including an accounting Ph.D. program, but Dean Saloner is not addressing Stanford's Ph.D. programs.

My point is that "critical analytical thinking roofs" praised by Dean Saloner and broad scope a curriculum dealing with varied needs of society may not be appropriate for business and accounting programs that are not similar to Stanford's MBA program. For example, like it or not, we are not doing accounting majors much of a favor if they don't have the prerequisites to take the CPA examination in their state of choice. We aren't doing most business school graduates  much of a favor if they are more like sociology graduates and become uninteresting to business recruiters.

Critical Thinking:  Why is it so hard to teach?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#CriticalThinking

Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm

 


But then the story gets interesting when Chimera “fires” Deloitte as its auditor on March 11, 2012, replacing them with Ernst & Young.
"Chimera: So Many Questions, Too Few Answers," by Anthony H. Cataach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, March 3, 2013 ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/3/3/chimera-so-many-questions-too-few-answers

The last I heard, the purpose of financial reporting was to provide information that investors, creditors, and others can use to make decisions.  Well, when a publicly traded company fails to file its required financial statements, and market regulators let it get away with it, that’s a real problem.  How are investors and creditors supposed to evaluate their investments?  And that’s the $3 billion question being asked of Chimera (CIM) by Aaron Elstein in A mythical name and profits, too?

Here is a company that has neither filed a quarterly report since November 18, 2011 (for the quarter ended September 30, 2011), nor an annual report since February 28, 2011 (for the year ended December 31, 2010).  Yet, securities regulators permit Chimera to operate, and allow its stock to be listed and traded.  John Maxwell at the Motley Fool has described this situation as “inexcusable,” and that’s an understatement, for all the questions this situation raises.

 

Okay, why no financial statements? According to its Form 8-K filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on March 1, 2012, the Company needed additional time to “review the application of GAAP guidance to certain of its non-Agency assets.”  But then the story gets interesting when Chimera “fires” Deloitte as its auditor on March 11, 2012, replacing them with Ernst & Young.  What’s particularly curious is that the Company kept Deloitte to audit its 2011 10-K which has yet to filed. Then, in an August 1, 2012 Form 8-K filing, we learned of Chimera’s erroneous accounting for its non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio.  Basically, the Company accounted for this portfolio as if it were high credit quality, rather than reflecting its actual poor quality, necessitating a correction to reduce net income by almost $700 million during the affected reporting period (fiscal years ended 2008 through 2010).  And just recently, on March 1, 2013, Chimera notified the SEC in a Form NT 10-K filing that its annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 are not yet ready either.  However, there is a bit of good news…according to the filing, Chimera has finally completed its review of the accounting policies for its non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio, and that its 2011 annual report is forthcoming.  Better late than never, right?  Well, that’s just the first of my many questions.

Let’s start with the accounting error, or as today’s politically correct accountants call it, the restatement.  Given all of the expertise that Deloitte’s New York office presumably gained accounting for, auditing, and valuing financial instruments during the financial crisis of 2007 and 2008, it is unbelievable that it didn’t discover the “erroneous” accounting earlier.  My review of Chimera’s 2010 10-K uncovered plenty of clues that the Company’s non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) portfolio was “poor quality.”  Here are just a few:

 

So you tell me…does that sound like a high quality mortgage securities portfolio?  How could such an “error” have occurred?  Surely it wasn’t due to accounting ineptitude, after all, according to Aaron Elstein, Chimera's CEO received $35 million in compensation in 2011. That kind of money should buy some expertise, right?  And according to the Company’s proxy statement (Schedule 14A) Deloitte received a whopping $827,625 in audit and audit related fees for 2010 for its work on what should be a fairly straight-forward engagement.  The balance sheet is nothing more than securities funded by repurchase agreements and collateralized debt.  How could Deloitte not see the accounting problem for three years?  

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm


"Rethinking Mentorship," by Michael Ruderman (MBA student at Stanford), March 14, 2013 ---
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/michael-ruderman/mentors_b_2873228.html

Before starting at the Stanford Graduate School of Business, I received corporate training and mentorship that was largely directive. My managers told me what to do and I did it. When it came time for longer-term career advice, my managers encouraged me to follow in their footsteps.

Our dynamic, global economy demands creative leaders who are able to forge new paths. Mentorship must be more about empowering the mentee than about shaping the mentee to be like the mentor. It wasn't until I arrived at business school that my mentors stopped telling me what to do and started asking me questions. My mentors went from "advising" me to "coaching" me. What were my priorities? Where did I want to be in five, ten, twenty years? How did I define a successful, impactful life?

Daniel Goleman's research in the Harvard Business Review points out that the best managers must have several styles to be most effective. He points out that the "coaching" style -- acting more like a counselor than a traditional boss -- is used least often because it is the hardest, not because it is the least effective. Coaching requires managers to focus primarily on the personal development of their employees and not just work-related tasks. It requires managers to tolerate "short-term failure if it furthers long-term learning." Goleman points out that the coaching style ultimately delivers bottom-line results.

I was selected to be an Arbuckle Leadership Fellow at Stanford, a cohort of MBAs employing the coaching style to mentor other MBAs. I started the program from the perspective that my professor Carole Robin repeated over and over: our "coachees" were "creative, resourceful, and whole." I can listen deeply, ask provocative questions, use my intuition, reframe the problem, etc. But I don't need to tell them the answer in order to be an effective leader.

I was randomly assigned nine first-year MBA students to coach, all from different backgrounds. I would meet one-on-one with each of them over coffee for an hour at a time. We would talk about everything from their transition to business school life to their romantic lives to career issues. "What should I do?" they each asked. But I wouldn't tell them the answer. I would ask questions and try to help them find an answer on their own.

"Why don't you just tell me what to do?" was a common refrain from my coachees. Eventually the coachees internalized that I worked to understand their perspective and to help them find the answer on their own. Intellectual independence then bred empowerment. I watched a quiet student transform into a powerful presence in front of an executive audience.

I still had a nagging question: would the coaching style only work at business school? Could I still be a successful coaching manager and resist giving the answers in a real-world situation with deadlines, budget pressures, and valuable relationships on the line? In the run-up to the Out for Undergrad Tech Conference this February, I coached the direct reports on my team. When I fielded a question, my first instinct was to ask, "What do you think?" One of the volunteers on my team, a successful young professional at one of the hottest Silicon Valley companies, was frustrated at first, just as my MBA coachees were. But just like the Stanford MBAs, he too began to internalize that he could come up with the answers on his own. As soon as he would ask a question, he would pause, acknowledge he was thinking through an answer, and offer a solution.

Employees are motivated by more than money, and autonomy and purpose are two large motivating factors. As the global war for talent grows ever more competitive, the need to cultivate and hold onto talent is paramount. Coaching results in more autonomous employees who are able to find meaning in their work and see the purpose of their actions.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
Mentoring may be even more of a problem in doctoral programs. One of my better former Trinity graduates was in the latter stages of an accounting doctoral program when his mentor advised him not to try to be too creative when proposing a dissertation and doing research on up to the point of receiving tenure. The mentor's advice was to crank out General Linear Model regression studies that are safe even if they were not very creative or exciting. Supposedly real attempts at creativity might be wasted time until tenure was attained.


When bailing out some companies is a bad idea for an industry
"Why We Need More Solar Companies to Fail: Solar manufacturers like Suntech are struggling. Hundreds need to die for the industry to recover," by Kevin Bullis,   MIT's Technology Review, March 18, 2013 --- Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/512516/why-we-need-more-solar-companies-to-fail/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130318


From the AICPA Newsletter on March 11, 2013

New audit reports available from the Ethics Team
The AICPA Professional Ethics Team serves the AICPA membership by performing investigations of engagements and prescribing corrective action when violations of AICPA Professional Standards are discovered. The AICPA has compiled reports of deficiencies frequently found in its investigations of employee benefit plan and governmental and not-for-profit engagement audits during the last two years. Most often, the reporting, disclosure, and auditing errors have occurred as a result of a lack of experience and lack of specific continuing professional education in these areas. Typically, the deficiencies could have been detected by a quality control review of the financial statements and risk areas.

Jensen Comment
Since the AICPA sells continuing education courses and materials, I a bit dubious of the causality attributions. I', more inclined to blame poor supervision due to cost saving efforts of the auditing firms.


Whales Who Hate Mark-to-Market Accounting

From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 18, 2013

J.P. Morgan executives prodded over accounting. Former J.P. Morgan CFO Douglas Braunstein and some other ex-JPM executives got raked over the coals by a Senate panel about changes the bank made to its mark-to-market accounting processes as losses mounted on its “London Whale” trades, Emily Chasan reports. “Is it common inside J.P. Morgan to change your pricing practices when the losses start piling up?” asked Sen. Carl Levin (D., Mich), who chaired the hearing for the Senate’s Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations. Mr. Braunstein, who is currently vice chairman of the bank after stepping down from the CFO job last year, replied, “No, that is not acceptable practice.” While Mr. Braunstein said the bank believed at the time that the marks were consistent with U.S. accounting rules, he admitted that the practice of pricing its book at more advantageous levels was “not proper.”


Question
What is a "wash trade" and how can it be used to manipulate securities prices?

A wash trade (not to be confused with a wash sale) is an illegal form of stock manipulation in which an investor simultaneously sells and buys shares in order to artificially increase trading volume and thus the stock price.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stock_manipulation

The United States Security and Exchange Commission defines a wash trade as "a securities transaction which involves no change in the beneficial ownership of the security."

 

From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 18, 2013

"Regulators zero in on ‘wash trades.’ U.S. regulators are investigating whether high-frequency traders are distorting stock and futures markets by illegally acting as buyer and seller in the same transactions, the WSJ reports. So-called wash trades are banned because they can feed false information into the market and be used to manipulate prices. The CFTC is focused on suspected wash trades by high-speed firms in futures contracts tied to the value of crude oil, precious metals, agricultural commodities and the S&P 500, among other underlying instruments. Investigators also are looking at the two primary exchange operators that handle such trades, CME and IntercontinentalExchange. Regulators are concerned the exchanges’ systems aren’t sophisticated enough to flag or stop wash trades.


"Law Professors See the Damage Done by ‘No Child Left Behind’," by Michele Goodwin, Chronicle of Higher Education, March 12, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/conversation/2013/03/12/law-professors-see-the-damage-done-by-no-child-left-behind/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en

. . .

Bernstein explained, “I want to warn you of what to expect from the students who will be arriving in your classroom, even if you teach in a highly selective institution.”

He was right to warn us, except for one error: Those students have already arrived. Very bright students now come to college and even law school ill-prepared for critical thinking, rigorous reading, high-level writing, and working independently.

Bernstein described what many college professors and even graduate-school professors have come to know firsthand. For more than a decade, a culture of test taking and teaching to the test has dominated elementary and secondary education in the United States, even at elite public and private schools. And now its effects are being felt by professors.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
Seems like law schools are seeing more of the damage done by four years of undergraduate education in college.


"Extreme Game of Monopoly over at Simunomics," by Mark P. Holtzman, Accountinator Blog, March 12 ---
http://accountinator.com/2013/03/12/extreme-game-of-monopoly-over-at-simunomics/

I’m having a blast with Simunomics, a massive mulitplayer business simulation where you can start a business and compete with other players. The goal is, of course, to maximize shareholder value. Build up your retail, manufacturing and natural resource empire to gain market share and build up profits.

I started with manufacturing, and built factories making paper, dyes, beer, and ceramics. None of these fared very well. To keep my costs down, I built them in a depressed town (Drakar), and the markets for wholesale goods there are not very liquid. So I built a convenience store. Unfortunately, the competition for convenience stores is intense, and that store didn’t do too well, either.

So I sold everything – factories and all – and switched over to retailing. Did some market research – there’s serious demand in Drakar for phones, washing machines and fixtures. Then, I converted my convenience store to an appliance store, stocked up on phones, washing machines and fixtures, and started making money. At this point, I’m manufacturing my own phones and washing machines, which I’m reselling out of my own retail outlet.

I’ve got 272/400 points at the Startup(1) level. I’m looking forward to expanding so that I can move on to the next level. Right now, I’m aiming for more market presence in the appliance field, to expand my retail operations, and to continue to vertically integrate by manufacturing all of my own goods.

I would like to encourage my students to try out Simunomics, too. It will better help them to understand the mechanics of business operations. It’s also kind of addictive.

If you’d like to meet up over there, my business name is SHU Accountinator.

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's threads on Tricks and Tools of the Trade are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#NewTools


From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 11, 2013

Former Lehman CFO learns how to manage a life.
Erin Callan, the former CFO of Lehman Brothers, laments the lack of work-life balance during her career. “Work always came first, before my family, friends and marriage — which ended just a few years later,”
she writes in this NYT piece. Ms. Callan says she often wonders whether she would have been asked to be CFO if she hadn’t worked 24-7. She says she use to think that her “singular focus” on her career was the key to her success. “But I am beginning to realize that I sold myself short. I was talented, intelligent and energetic. It didn’t have to be so extreme. Besides, there were diminishing returns to that kind of labor.” She says if Lehman hadn’t collapsed she may never have been strong enough to step away. “Perhaps I needed what felt at the time like some of the worst experiences in my life to come to a place where I could be grateful for the life I had. I had to learn to begin to appreciate what was left.

Jensen Comment
Perhaps Erin would be less frustrated if she had not been so greedy to buy up poisoned real estate mortgages and the infamous entry into the Repo business with audit firm Ernst & Young blessings ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#Repo


"How Pervasive is Corporate Fraud?," by I. J. Alexander Dyck, Adair Morse, and Luigi Zingales, SSRN, February 22, 2013 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2222608

 Abstract:
We estimate what percentage of firms engage in fraud and the economic cost of fraud. Our estimates are based on detected frauds, and frauds that we infer are started but are not caught. To identify the ‘iceberg’ of undetected fraud we take advantage of an exogenous shock to the incentives for fraud detection: Arthur Andersen’s demise, which forces companies to change auditors. By assuming that the new auditor will clean house, and examining the change in fraud detection by new auditors, we infer that the probability of a company engaging in a fraud in any given year is 14.5%. We validate the magnitude of this estimate using alternative methods. We estimate that on average corporate fraud costs investors 22 percent of enterprise value in fraud-committing firms and 3 percent of enterprise value across all firms.

Number of Pages in PDF File: 56

Keywords: corporate fraud, governance, detection

Jensen Comment
The definition of "fraud" is subject to a lot of dispute.
For example, the controversial accounting of Repo 105 sales by Lehman Bros. that were 100% certain to be returned in a few weeks from former Lehman employees could be defined as fraudulent accounting and most certainly was defined as fraud by the Bank Examiner overseeing the subsequent bankruptcy. But auditors Ernst & Young vehemently denied that this was fraud and eventually prevailed in court due to a loophole in FAS 140. I question using the letter of the law as an excuse to deceive, but who am I to judge.

Detected frauds may only be the tip of the iceberg in the same way that the number of student and faculty cheating incidents detected and prosecuted by a university may only be the tip of icebergs.

Hence when the above article concludes that "detected" fraud costs investors 22% we really do not know how much undetected fraud adds to this cost.

Also the partitioning of losses may be somewhat arbitrary.
In the above example, we might conclude that, if the Repo accounting at Lehman was fraudulent, it was a nail in the coffin that carried Lehman to its demise. However, many non-fraudulent activities are millions of nails in that same coffin --- such as the financial decisions to buy real estate mortgages when not knowing that many of those investments would would be defaulted.


From Ernst & Young on March 8, 2013

FASB issues two ASUs

The FASB issued two Accounting Standards Updates (ASUs) on EITF consensuses it ratified at its 31 January 2013 meeting:

ASU 2013-04, Liabilities (Topic 405): Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date, requires a reporting entity that is jointly and severally liable to measure the obligation as the sum of the amount the entity has agreed with co-obligors to pay and any additional amount it expects to pay on behalf of a co-obligor.

ASU 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity, specifies that a cumulative translation adjustment (CTA) should be released into earnings when an entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within a consolidated foreign entity and the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity. For sales of an equity method investment that is a foreign entity, a pro rata portion of CTA attributable to the investment would be recognized in earnings upon sale of the investment. When an entity sells either a part or all of its investment in a consolidated foreign entity, CTA would be recognized in earnings only if the sale results in the parent no longer having a controlling financial interest in the foreign entity. CTA would be recognized in earnings in a business combination achieved in stages (i.e., a step acquisition).


From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 8, 2013

Companies are tapping into their massive cash hoards to reward shareholders handsomely. S&P 500 firms are expected to pay at least $300 billion in dividends this year – topping last year’s $282 billion, the WSJ reports in this A1 must-read. And analysts say that could go even higher. Apple stands to pay out about $10 billion in a dividend policy it initiated last year, while Exxon Mobil and AT&T are each set to pay dividends around $10 billion. Then there are the buybacks. In February alone, American companies – including Home Depot, General Electric and PepsiCo — announced plans to buy back $117.8 billion of their own shares — the highest monthly total in records dating back to 1985.

“We are starting to get out of hunker-down mode, so what you have now is a bunch of cash-hoarders who have decided to take that cash out of their balance sheets,” said David Ikenberry, dean of the University of Colorado’s business school. “Is that a good thing? It probably is. They’re liberating capital and putting it back out into the capital markets, and letting that multiplier effect kick in.”

Cash piles are still growing. The Fed’s latest quarterly “Flow of Funds” report, released yesterday, said that cash and cash-equivalents held by U.S. corporations, excluding financial companies, stood at $1.79 trillion in Q4 of 2012, up from $1.77 trillion the previous quarter. “Corporations are flush with cash and that cash sitting in the corporate coffers is earning next to nothing,” said Rob Leiphart, an analyst at Birinyi Associates. “Companies have to do something with it.


"For Aspiring Forensic Accountants and Fraud Investigators," by Tracey Coenen, The Fraud Files Blog, March 24, 2013 ---
http://www.sequenceinc.com/fraudfiles/2013/03/for-aspiring-forensic-accountants-and-fraud-investigators/

Bob Jensen's threads on forensic accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm#Forensic

Bob Jensen's threads on careers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers


"10 Worst Corporate Accounting Scandals," by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz Blog, March 7, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/worst-corp-scandals/#more-90147

Jensen Comment
Barry is a financial analyst with a political science background. As an accounting professor I claim that he missed some of the biggest accounting scandals even if we leave out the really big scandals before 1950 (e.g, leave out the South Sea Scandal of monumental proportion).

There are really two tacks that one can take in the definition of "Corporate Accounting Scandals." One is the size of the "theft" resulting from accountant and/or auditor negligence. Barry probably had this in mind, but he missed a few such as the Franklin Raines earnings management scandal at Fannie Mae.

The other tack is gross accountant and/or audit negligence even when the size of the theft is somewhat smaller for a worse crime. For example, there was enormous accountant and/or auditor negligence when pilfered $53 million from Dixon, Illinois ---
"Rita Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/
There are many such thefts by accountants that are bad as it gets even if the amounts they stole is are not in the record books.

Here are some examples of accounting examples Barry should've also considered::

When KPMG Got Fired
Fannie Mae may have conducted the worst earnings management scheme in the history of accounting.
 
You can read the following at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm
 
. . . flexibility also gave Fannie the ability to manipulate earnings to hit -- within pennies -- target numbers for executive bonuses. Ofheo details an example from 1998, the year the Russian financial crisis sent interest rates tumbling. Lower rates caused a lot of mortgage holders to prepay their existing home mortgages. And Fannie was suddenly facing an estimated expense of $400 million.

Well, in its wisdom, Fannie decided to recognize only $200 million, deferring the other half. That allowed Fannie's executives -- whose bonus plan is linked to earnings-per-share -- to meet the target for maximum bonus payouts. The target EPS for maximum payout was $3.23 and Fannie reported exactly . . . $3.2309. This bull's-eye was worth $1.932 million to then-CEO James Johnson, $1.19 million to then-CEO-designate Franklin Raines, and $779,625 to then-Vice Chairman Jamie Gorelick.

That same year Fannie installed software that allowed management to produce multiple scenarios under different assumptions that, according to a Fannie executive, "strengthens the earnings management that is necessary when dealing with a volatile book of business." Over the years, Fannie designed and added software that allowed it to assess the impact of recognizing income or expense on securities and loans. This practice fits with a Fannie corporate culture that the report says considered volatility "artificial" and measures of precision "spurious."

This disturbing culture was apparent in Fannie's manipulation of its derivative accounting. Fannie runs a giant derivative book in an attempt to hedge its massive exposure to interest-rate risk. Derivatives must be marked-to-market, carried on the balance sheet at fair value. The problem is that changes in fair-value can cause some nasty volatility in earnings.

So, Fannie decided to classify a huge amount of its derivatives as hedging transactions, thereby avoiding any impact on earnings. (And we mean huge: In December 2003, Fan's derivatives had a notional value of $1.04 trillion of which only a notional $43 million was not classified in hedging relationships.) This misapplication continued when Fannie closed out positions. The company did not record the fair-value changes in earnings, but only in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) where losses can be amortized over a long period.

Fannie had some $12.2 billion in deferred losses in the AOCI balance at year-end 2003. If this amount must be reclassified into retained earnings, it might punish Fannie's earnings for various periods over the past three years, leaving its capital well below what is required by regulators.

In all, the Ofheo report notes, "The misapplications of GAAP are not limited occurrences, but appear to be pervasive . . . [and] raise serious doubts as to the validity of previously reported financial results, as well as adequacy of regulatory capital, management supervision and overall safety and soundness. . . ." In an agreement reached with Ofheo last week, Fannie promised to change the methods involved in both the cookie-jar and derivative accounting and to change its compensation "to avoid any inappropriate incentives."

But we don't think this goes nearly far enough for a company whose executives have for years derided anyone who raised a doubt about either its accounting or its growing risk profile. At a minimum these executives are not the sort anyone would want running the U.S. Treasury under John Kerry. With the Justice Department already starting a criminal probe, we find it hard to comprehend that the Fannie board still believes that investors can trust its management team.

Fannie Mae isn't an ordinary company and this isn't a run-of-the-mill accounting scandal. The U.S. government had no financial stake in the failure of Enron or WorldCom. But because of Fannie's implicit subsidy from the federal government, taxpayers are on the hook if its capital cushion is insufficient to absorb big losses. Private profit, public risk. That's quite a confidence game -- and it's time to call it.

 

Wikipedia has a listing of major accounting scandals that I don't think Barry looked at when listing his "10 Worst Corporate Accounting Scandals" ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accounting_fraud#List_of_major_accounting_scandals

 

And if we move beyond accounting per se, the recent LIBOR scandals are bigger than all of his "10 Worst" combined ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm


Don't do as I do, do as I say
Author Unknown

"Why analysts should not be investors," by Felix Salmon, Reuters, March 7, 2013 ---
http://blogs.reuters.com/felix-salmon/2013/03/07/why-analysts-should-not-be-investors-andy-zaky-edition/


Summary of redeliberations in the (converged) revenue recognition project, Deloitte, March 13, 2013 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/03/revenue

IFRS 2013 Red Book now available --- Click Here
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1734&utm_source=Email&utm_medium=Email&utm_term=Red%2B2013&utm_content=Email%2BRed%2B2013&utm_campaign=Email%2BRed%2B2013


Question
What is the difference between news and sponsored content?

Hint
On television we call it an infomercial --- something that causes me to change channels in the blink of an eye.

"Deloitte And Wall Street Journal Exclusive For Sponsored Content," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, March 14, 2013 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2013/03/14/deloitte-and-wall-street-journal-exclusive-for-sponsored-content/

Your favorite newspapers, magazines and blogs are so hungry for content to fill their pages that sometimes, rather than paying their own writers to produce text, video, and other journalism those publications take money from strangers to print their content instead.

You may not have noticed. It’s getting harder and harder to discern journalism from newsy advertising.

You may know it as advertising or maybe “advertorial” but publications are slipping it in under new fancy media names like “sponsored content” and “sponsored posts”. There’s an entire publication called paid Content that promotes the approach as a way for media organizations to pay the bills.

The Wall Street Journal has been accepting sponsored content, in an exclusive contract with Deloitte, for its CFO Journal, CIO Journal for a while and now will feature Deloitte’s content in a new publication, Risk & Compliance Journal.

I have not seen that reported elsewhere.

A recent controversy over “sponsored content” by Scientology in the Atlantic magazine raised the temperature of the discussion amongst media watchers to “hot”.

A critic of the practice, Andrew Sullivan, wrote about what he thinks went wrong with the Atlantic’s foray.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
I also see a lot of this in Time Magazine in terms of pharmaceutical advertising that now runs centerfold pages on health and medication that looks like medical news but has "Advertisement" printed at the top of each page in fine print. I guess it's a step up from the centerfold section of Playboy, but then again maybe not.

I wonder how long it will take MOOCs to discover this type of revenue source?


March 4, 2013 message from Roger Collins

From

http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-21653131 

Some quotes

"HSBC paid out $4.2bn (£2.8bn) last year to cover the cost of past wrongdoing. As well as $1.9bn in fines for money laundering, the bank also set aside another $2.3bn for mis-selling financial products in the UK. The figures came as HSBC reported rising underlying profitability and revenue in 2012, and an overall profit before tax of $20.6bn

Chief executive Stuart Gulliver's total remuneration for 2012 was some $7m, compared with $6.7m the year before. And after taking account of the deferral of pay this year and in more highly-remunerated years previously, Mr Gulliver actually received $14.1m in 2012, up from $10.6m in 2011.

The company's 16 top executives received an average of $4.9m each."

"During a conference call to present the results, Mr Gulliver told investors that the bank was not reconsidering whether to relocate its headquarters from London back to Hong Kong, in order to avoid a recently agreed worldwide cap on bonuses of all employees of banks based in the EU."

"HSBC's underlying profits - which ignore one-time accounting effects as well as the impact of changes in the bank's creditworthiness - rose 18%."

"The bank's results were heavily affected by a negative "fair value adjustment" to its own debt of $5.2bn in 2012, compared with a positive adjustment of $3.9bn the year before. The adjustment is an accounting requirement that takes account of the price at which HSBC could buy back its own debts from the markets. It has the perverse effect of flattering a bank's profits at a time when markets are more worried about its ability to repay its debts, and vice versa."

More in article.

Regards,

Roger

Roger Collins
Associate Professor
OM1275 TRU School of Business & Economics

 

Bob Jensen's threads on the controversies of fair value accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValue


"Ex-Jenkens & Gilchrist Lawyer Gets 8 Years in Tax Case," by Patricia Hurtado, Bloomberg Businessweek, March 1, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/news/2013-03-01/ex-lawyer-donna-guerin-gets-8-year-sentence-in-tax-shelter-case#p1

Former Jenkens & Gilchrist lawyer Donna Guerin was sentenced to eight years in prison and ordered to pay $190 million for her role in what the U.S. called the largest criminal tax fraud in history.

Guerin, 52, pleaded guilty in September 2012 just as she was set to be retried with three other defendants for running a 10-year scheme that created $7 billion in fraudulent tax deductions, more than $1.5 billion in phony losses and $92 million in actual losses to the U.S. Treasury.

U.S. District Judge William Pauley in New York, who presided over the case, said that as both a lawyer and a certified public accountant, Guerin had violated her oaths to uphold the law by helping her clients avoid paying their taxes through shelters.

“It’s the modern-day equivalent of Hawthorne’s story of Midas,” Pauley said yesterday. “Everything she touched turned to gold with tragic consequences. Her fall has been Faustian.” Guerin was “the embodiment of the American dream, but then her lust for money turned her dream into a nightmare,” he said.

Pauley ordered Guerin to report to prison on May 14. The judge also directed her to pay $200,000 before she surrenders to U.S. prison authorities and said she must turn over 20 percent of her gross income after she’s released from prison. Guerin and her lawyer declined to comment after the hearing.

‘Breathtaking’ Conspiracy

“When an attorney violates her oath to uphold the law, she undermines our entire system of justice,” Pauley said. “This tax shelter fraud conspiracy was breathtaking in its scope and in the damage it caused our nation.”

Mark Rotert, Guerin’s lawyer, argued that his client’s culpability in the conspiracy was “relatively minor” and said she had merely followed others at her firm who were willing to “push the envelope” on an aggressive tax shelter strategy.

Her lawyers had sought something shorter than the 10-year term calculated by U.S. probation officials and said their client was merely a “junior” law partner when it came to implementing the tax shelters.

Pauley rejected his argument, saying Guerin hadn’t been satisfied earning hundreds of thousands of dollars as a partner and instead had earned millions that were generated through the tax-shelter scheme. Pauley said Guerin had been a “leader” and had even instructed young associates at her now-defunct law firm how to conduct a “hide the ball tax strategy.”

‘Willing Tools’

“Lawyers and accountants became willing tools for their ultra-wealthy clients to avoid their fair share of taxes. These professionals violated their oaths to line their pockets. Ms. Guerin played a central role, she was not a mindless automaton,” the judge said. “She became a criminal for two reasons: the lure of the money and because she believed that she was never going to be brought to justice.”

Guerin told the judge said her crimes had caused her to abandon efforts to adopt a child. She said she regretted relying on her superiors and not asking more questions or challenging the tax-fraud scheme.

“I am here as a defeated person,” she said. “I never wanted to be a famous attorney, nor an infamous one.”

Guerin was initially convicted by a federal jury in Manhattan in May 2011 with her three co-defendants. Those convictions were overturned after Pauley found that a juror had lied about her past, including that she was an alcoholic and a suspended attorney.

‘Significant’ Term

Assistant U.S. Attorneys Stanley Okula and Nanette Davis said in court papers that Guerin deserved a “significant” prison term of at least 10 years.

“This was a species or a subset of activity that was so flagrant and knowingly wrong, any first-year law student would know was wrong,” Okula told Pauley yesterday. He argued that Guerin had given tutorials to young associates at the firm, teaching them how to evade taxes.

Okula disputed Rotert’s claim that Guerin’s co-defendants had merely followed others at the firm.

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


"10 Worst Corporate Accounting Scandals," by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz Blog, March 7, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/worst-corp-scandals/#more-90147

Jensen Comment
Barry is a financial analyst with a political science background. As an accounting professor I claim that he missed some of the biggest accounting scandals even if we leave out the really big scandals before 1950 (e.g, leave out the South Sea Scandal of monumental proportion).

There are really two tacks that one can take in the definition of "Corporate Accounting Scandals." One is the size of the "theft" resulting from accountant and/or auditor negligence. Barry probably had this in mind, but he missed a few such as the Franklin Raines earnings management scandal at Fannie Mae.

The other tack is gross accountant and/or audit negligence even when the size of the theft is somewhat smaller for a worse crime. For example, there was enormous accountant and/or auditor negligence when pilfered $53 million from Dixon, Illinois ---
"Rita Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/
There are many such thefts by accountants that are bad as it gets even if the amounts they stole is are not in the record books.

Here are some examples of accounting examples Barry should've also considered::

When KPMG Got Fired
Fannie Mae may have conducted the worst earnings management scheme in the history of accounting.
 
You can read the following at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm
 
. . . flexibility also gave Fannie the ability to manipulate earnings to hit -- within pennies -- target numbers for executive bonuses. Ofheo details an example from 1998, the year the Russian financial crisis sent interest rates tumbling. Lower rates caused a lot of mortgage holders to prepay their existing home mortgages. And Fannie was suddenly facing an estimated expense of $400 million.

Well, in its wisdom, Fannie decided to recognize only $200 million, deferring the other half. That allowed Fannie's executives -- whose bonus plan is linked to earnings-per-share -- to meet the target for maximum bonus payouts. The target EPS for maximum payout was $3.23 and Fannie reported exactly . . . $3.2309. This bull's-eye was worth $1.932 million to then-CEO James Johnson, $1.19 million to then-CEO-designate Franklin Raines, and $779,625 to then-Vice Chairman Jamie Gorelick.

That same year Fannie installed software that allowed management to produce multiple scenarios under different assumptions that, according to a Fannie executive, "strengthens the earnings management that is necessary when dealing with a volatile book of business." Over the years, Fannie designed and added software that allowed it to assess the impact of recognizing income or expense on securities and loans. This practice fits with a Fannie corporate culture that the report says considered volatility "artificial" and measures of precision "spurious."

This disturbing culture was apparent in Fannie's manipulation of its derivative accounting. Fannie runs a giant derivative book in an attempt to hedge its massive exposure to interest-rate risk. Derivatives must be marked-to-market, carried on the balance sheet at fair value. The problem is that changes in fair-value can cause some nasty volatility in earnings.

So, Fannie decided to classify a huge amount of its derivatives as hedging transactions, thereby avoiding any impact on earnings. (And we mean huge: In December 2003, Fan's derivatives had a notional value of $1.04 trillion of which only a notional $43 million was not classified in hedging relationships.) This misapplication continued when Fannie closed out positions. The company did not record the fair-value changes in earnings, but only in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) where losses can be amortized over a long period.

Fannie had some $12.2 billion in deferred losses in the AOCI balance at year-end 2003. If this amount must be reclassified into retained earnings, it might punish Fannie's earnings for various periods over the past three years, leaving its capital well below what is required by regulators.

In all, the Ofheo report notes, "The misapplications of GAAP are not limited occurrences, but appear to be pervasive . . . [and] raise serious doubts as to the validity of previously reported financial results, as well as adequacy of regulatory capital, management supervision and overall safety and soundness. . . ." In an agreement reached with Ofheo last week, Fannie promised to change the methods involved in both the cookie-jar and derivative accounting and to change its compensation "to avoid any inappropriate incentives."

But we don't think this goes nearly far enough for a company whose executives have for years derided anyone who raised a doubt about either its accounting or its growing risk profile. At a minimum these executives are not the sort anyone would want running the U.S. Treasury under John Kerry. With the Justice Department already starting a criminal probe, we find it hard to comprehend that the Fannie board still believes that investors can trust its management team.

Fannie Mae isn't an ordinary company and this isn't a run-of-the-mill accounting scandal. The U.S. government had no financial stake in the failure of Enron or WorldCom. But because of Fannie's implicit subsidy from the federal government, taxpayers are on the hook if its capital cushion is insufficient to absorb big losses. Private profit, public risk. That's quite a confidence game -- and it's time to call it.

 

Wikipedia has a listing of major accounting scandals that I don't think Barry looked at when listing his "10 Worst Corporate Accounting Scandals" ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accounting_fraud#List_of_major_accounting_scandals

One of the largest settlements/fines paid by an accounting firm arose when KPMG confessed to selling over $2 billion in fraudulent tax shelters. The firms cash settlement with the IRS was over $400 million, which was a small amount compared to the actual damages.

The February 19, 2004 Frontline worldwide broadcast is going to greatly sadden the already sad face of KPMG.  As a former KPMG Professor of Accounting at Florida State University, it also saddens me that the primary focus of the Frontline broadcast was on the bogus tax shelters marketed by KPMG over the past few years.  All the other large firms were selling such shelters to some extent, but when their tactics were exposed the others quickly apologized and promised to abandon sales of such shelters.  KPMG stonewalled and lied to a much greater extent in part because their illegality went much deeper.  The video can now be viewed online for free from http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/shows/tax/view/

My summary of the highlights is as follows:

 

  1. These illegal acts added an enormous amount of revenue to KPMG, over $1 billion dollars of fraud.

    American investigators have discovered that KPMG marketed a tax shelter to investors that generated more than $1bn (£591m) in unlawful benefits in less than a year.
    David Harding, Financial Director --- http://www.financialdirector.co.uk/News/1135558 

     

  2. While KPMG and all the other large firms were desperately promising the public and the SEC that they were changing their ethics and professionalism in the wake of the Andersen melt down and their own publicized scandals, there were signs that none of the firms, and especially KPMG, just were not getting it.  See former executive partner Art Wyatt's August 3, 2004 speech entitled "ACCOUNTING PROFESSIONALISM:  THEY JUST DON'T GET IT" --- http://aaahq.org/AM2003/WyattSpeech.pdf 

     

  3. KPMG's  illegal acts in not registering the bogus tax shelters was deliberate with the strategy that if the firm got caught by the IRS the penalties were only about 10% of the profits in those shelters such that the illegality was approved all the way to the top executives of KPMG.  

    Former Partner's Memo Says Fees Reaped From Sales of Tax Shelter Far Outweigh Potential Penalties

    KPMG LLP in 1998 decided not to register a new tax-sheltering strategy for wealthy individuals after a tax partner in a memo determined the potential penalties were vastly lower than the potential fees.

    The shelter, which was designed to minimize taxes owed on large capital gains such as from the sale of stock or a business, was widely marketed and has come under the scrutiny of the Internal Revenue Service. It was during the late 1990s that sales of tax shelters boomed as large accounting firms like KPMG and other advisers stepped up their marketing efforts.

    Gregg W. Ritchie, then a KPMG LLP tax partner who now works for a Los Angeles-based investment firm, presented the cost-benefit analysis about marketing one of the firm's tax-shelter strategies, dubbed OPIS, in a three-page memorandum to a senior tax partner at the accounting firm in May 1998. By his calculations, the firm would reap fees of $360,000 per shelter sold and potentially pay only penalties of $31,000 if discovered, according to the internal note.

    Mr. Ritchie recommended that KPMG avoid registering the strategy with the IRS, and avoid potential scrutiny, even though he assumed the firm would conclude it met the agency's definition of a tax shelter and therefore should be registered. The memo, which was reviewed by The Wall Street Journal, stated that, "The rewards of a successful marketing of the OPIS product [and the competitive disadvantages which may result from registration] far exceed the financial exposure to penalties that may arise."

    The directive, addressed to Jeffrey N. Stein, a former head of tax service and now the firm's deputy chairman, is becoming a headache itself for KPMG, which currently is under IRS scrutiny for the sale of OPIS and other questionable tax strategies. The memo is expected to play a role at a hearing Tuesday by the Senate's Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, which has been reviewing the role of KPMG and other professionals in the mass marketing of abusive tax shelters. A second day of hearings, planned for Thursday, will explore the role of lawyers, bankers and other advisers.

    Richard Smith, KPMG's current head of tax services, said Mr. Ritchie's note "reflects an internal debate back and forth" about complex issues regarding IRS regulations. And the firm's ultimate decision not to register the shelter "was made based on an analysis of the law. It wasn't made on the basis of the size of the penalties" compared with fees. Mr. Ritchie, who left KPMG in 1998, declined to comment. Mr. Stein couldn't be reached for comment Sunday.

    KPMG, in a statement Friday, said it has made "substantial improvements and changes in KPMG's tax practices, policies and procedures over the past three years to respond to the evolving nature of both the tax laws and regulations, and the needs of our clients. The tax strategies that will be discussed at the subcommittee hearing represent an earlier time at KPMG and a far different regulatory and marketplace environment. None of the strategies -- nor anything like these tax strategies -- is currently being offered by KPMG."

    Continued in the article.


     

  4. KPMG would probably still be selling the bogus tax shelters if a KPMG whistle blower named Mike Hamersley had not called attention to the highly secretive bogus tax shelter sales team at KPMG.  His  recent and highly damaging testimony to KPMG is available at http://finance.senate.gov/hearings/testimony/2003test/102103mhtest.pdf 
    This is really, really bad for the image of professionalism that KPMG tries to portray on their happy face side of the firm.  KPMG is now under criminal investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice.

     

  5. The reason that KPMG and the other large accounting firms did and can continue to sell illegal tax shelters at the margin is that they have poured millions into an expensive lobby team in Washington DC that has been highly successful in blocking Senator Grassley's proposed legislation that would make all tax shelters illegal if the sheltering strategy served no economic purpose other than to cheat on taxes.  Your large accounting firms in conjunction with the world's largest banks continue to block this legislation.  If the accounting firms wanted to really improve their professionalism image they would announce that they have shifted their lobbying efforts to supporting Senator Grassley's proposed cleanup legislation.  But to do so would put these firms at odds with their largest clients who are the primary benefactors of abusive tax shelters.

 

And KPMG's negligent audits of Countrywide Financial may have resulted in the largest economic damage ever for an auditing firm.
"Settling For Silence: KPMG Closes The Books On New Century And Countrywide," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, August 18, 2010 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2010/08/18/settling-for-silence-kpmg-closes-the-books-on-new-century-and-countrywide/

And if we move beyond accounting per se, the recent LIBOR scandals are bigger than all of his "10 Worst" combined ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm


The Latest from Reform Activists Lynn Turner and Francine McKenna (to say nothing of the PCAOB)
"The PCAOB & Auditor Failures to Remediate," The Corporate Council.net, March 11, 2013 ---
http://www.thecorporatecounsel.net/blog/index.html
Thank you Caleb Newquist for the heads up.

Last week, the PCAOB issued a rare rebuke to a Big Four auditor as PricewaterhouseCoopers was faulted for failing to promptly address quality control problems in audits occurring in 2007 and 2008. The rebuke came after the PCAOB had reviewed the remediation efforts of PwC in response to the nonpublic portions of the Board's March 2009 and August 2010 inspection reports. Learn more in this GoingConcern blog, WSJ article and Reuters article.

And as AccountingWeb.com recently blogged, this comes on the heels of another PCAOB report on US auditors' performance, in which the the Board found a reduced rate of "significant audit performance deficiencies" compared to its last review in 2007. However, the PCAOB did note that problems persist with almost half of the audit firms inspected having at least one "significant audit performance deficiency." The PCAOB called out small firms and big firms alike in its report. Here's a list of auditors that failed to address quality control criticisms satisfactorily.

Here are some thoughts from Lynn Turner on the PwC inspection report:

 

The PCAOB Inspection reports are critical of PwC audit partners for not supervising those staff doing the vast majority of the work. In one instance cited below, it notes the partner only spent 2% of the hours put in on the audit. That is a significant issue that would affect audit quality and the credibility of the audit report.

A few years ago, the PCAOB proposed that investors be told the name of the audit partner, as is done in Europe and other parts of the world. This could be done either through the partner signing the report, as is the typical custom, or having the auditors name be disclosed as some have proposed.

Investors are asked to vote on and ratify the auditor as part of the proxy voting process for many companies. Yet today, the PCAOB continues to withhold from investors, the name of the companies whose audits the PCAOB inspection reports call into question, those audits of questionable quality and credibility, and which have not been done in accordance with professional standards. The PCAOB has also failed to act on the proposal to provide investors with transparency as to who the audit partner is. As a result, despite all the criticism leveled by the PCAOB against PwC in today's report, investors are left totally unable to discern which of these audits they should be concerned about, when voting on the auditor ratification. The PCAOB is simply forcing investors to "fly blind" on that vote.

While SOX does prohibit the PCAOB from disclosing certain information on an auditor that arises as a result of an inspection, it does not prohibit in any fashion the PCAOB from disclosing the name of the Company. And it would not prohibit the disclosure of the names of these partners who perform poorly if the PCAOB were the Board ever to act on its own proposal. Rather, a majority of the PCAOB board members have decided to act in a manner that reduces transparency with respect to audit quality for investors.

 

Francine McKenna on Audit Industry Developments

In this podcast, Francine McKenna of re:theauditors delves into some of the latest audit industry developments, including:

- Why should audit committees care about PCAOB inspection reports?
- How can the audit committee learn more about a PCAOB inspection report? Should they ask the auditor? The PCAOB?
- In what instances can a PCAOB inspection report be used in litigation against the auditor by the client or shareholder plaintiffs?
- Is it the audit committee's responsibility or the auditor's to make sure the firm is independent? What if the auditor uses its member firms all over the world to complete the audit? What can happen if the audit firm is not independent?
- What role does an external auditor play when there's a corporate investigation? Can the auditor be hired to perform an investigation of fraud or illegal acts? Should the auditor be hired to perform a corporate investigation? Advantages and disadvantages?

As an aside, here's a Bloomberg article critical of the nonprosecution agreement over illegal tax shelters that the DOJ just reached with Ernst & Young.

And Janice Brunner & Ning Chiu note in this Davis Polk blog: "The New York City Bar Association Financial Reporting Committee has asked the NYSE to consider revising its rules regarding the extent to which audit committees shoulder the burden for risk management oversight. NYSE requires audit committees to discuss policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. Commentary to these rules indicates that the audit committee is not required to be the sole body responsible for risk assessment and management, but it must discuss guidelines and policies to govern the process by which this activity is undertaken.

The Financial Reporting Committee letter expressed concern that the NYSE rules not only call upon audit committees to assume oversight responsibility for risks beyond those associated with financial reporting, but also that the level of responsibility the committees must undertake is unfortunately ambiguous. The letter argues that audit committees are already burdened with their existing duties and also do not possess particular expertise in broader subjects of risk management that may expand to operational and environmental risk, for example. The letter suggests perhaps a more useful approach would be to vest in the entire board the responsibilities for the allocation of risk management oversight instead. "

 

Webcast: "What the Top Compensation Consultants Are NOW Telling Compensation Committees"

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's threads on audit professionalism and independence are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm#RotationIdeas


"Hidden Numbers Make Banks Even Bigger," by Floyd Norris, The New York Times, March 14, 2013 ---  Click Here
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/03/15/business/new-rules-will-give-a-truer-picture-of-banks-size.html?nl=todaysheadlines&emc=edit_th_20130315&_r=2&pagewanted=all&#h[]

It sounds like a simple question. How big is that bank?

But it is not.

Under American accounting rules, banks that trade a lot of derivatives can keep literally trillions of dollars in assets and liabilities off their balance sheets. Since 2009, they have at least been required to make disclosures about how large those amounts are, but the disclosures leave out some things and — amazingly enough — in some cases do not seem to add up.

The international accounting rules are different. They also allow some assets to vanish, but not nearly as many. As a result, it is virtually impossible to confidently declare how a particular European bank compares in size with an American bank.

Much of that will change when first-quarter financial statements start coming off the printing presses in a few weeks. For the first time, European and American banks are supposed to have comparable disclosures regarding assets. Their balance sheets will still be radically different, but for those who care, the comparison will be possible.

This comes to mind because these days it seems that big banks do not much want to be thought of that way. A rather angry argument has broken out regarding whether “too big to fail” institutions get what amounts to a subsidy from investor confidence that no matter what else happens, they would not be allowed to fail. The banks deny it all. Subsidy? Penalty is more like it, they say.

We’ll get back to that argument in a moment. But first, there is some evidence that the big American banks may have scaled back their derivatives positions last year. At five of six major financial institutions, the amount of assets kept off the balance sheet appears to be lower at the end of 2012 than it was a year earlier.

Still, the numbers are big. JPMorgan Chase, the biggest American institution, had $2.4 trillion in assets on its balance sheet at the end of 2012. But it has derivatives with a market value of an additional $1.5 trillion that it does not show on its balance sheet, down from $1.7 trillion a year earlier.

So is JPMorgan getting bigger? Measured by assets on the balance sheet, the answer is yes. That total was up $93 billion from 2011. But after adjusting for the hidden assets, the bank appears to have shrunk by $109 billion last year. If the bank used international accounting rules, it appears it would be getting smaller.

Not having those assets on the balance sheet makes the bank look less leveraged than it might otherwise appear to be. If you simply compare the book value of the bank with its assets, it appears it has $11.56 in assets for every dollar in equity. Add in those derivatives, and the figure leaps to $18.95.

It is not as if those assets are not real, or that they are perfectly offset by liabilities also kept off the balance sheet. There is a similar amount of liabilities that are not shown, but there is no way to know just how they match up with the assets in terms of riskiness. The nature of derivatives makes it hard to assess aggregate totals.

If a bank has a $1 million loan to someone, that is an asset that would go on the balance sheet at $1 million. Presumably the worst that could happen is that the bank would lose the entire amount. But a large derivative position might currently have a market value of $1 million, and thus would be shown as being worth the same amount, whether on or off the balance sheet. But if the market moves sharply, the profit or loss could be many multiples of that figure.

Under American accounting rules, banks that deal in derivatives can net out most of their exposure by offsetting the assets against the liabilities. They do this based not on the nature of the asset or liability, but on the identity of the institution on the other side of the trade — the counterparty, in market lingo.

The logic of this has to do with what would happen in a bankruptcy. What are called “netting agreements” allow only the net value to be claimed in case of a failure. So the bank shows the sum of those net positions with each party.

But those positions are not offsetting in terms of risk, or at least there is no way to know if they are. The figures shown in the financial statements and footnotes simply describe market values on the day of the balance sheet. If prices move the wrong way, as asset can turn into a liability, or a liability can become much larger. And both can happen at the same time. The asset might be an interest rate swap, while the liability is a wheat future. Obviously, they are not particularly likely to move in tandem.

To return to JPMorgan, on its balance sheet are derivative assets of $75 billion, and derivative liabilities of $71 billion. Neither number is very large relative to the size of the bank, and you might think that swings in values would be unlikely to be very large.

But those numbers are $1.5 trillion smaller than the actual totals. Obviously, the swings on a portfolio of that size could be much larger.

A few years ago, the accounting rule makers set out to get rid of the netting, and make balance sheets more accurate. But there were complaints from banks and others, and the American rule makers at the Financial Accounting Standards Board concluded that was not a good idea. So there is still netting in the United States. Some of it, involving repos and reverse repos, is not disclosed at all now, but will be when the new rules kick in.

The sort-of invisible derivative assets and liabilities are only part of the reason that it is so hard to really get a handle on just how risky any given bank is.

Continued in article

I never could understand the reasons for this amendment to FAS 133 that originally did not allow such offsetting. At the time I blamed it on the zeal for convergence with the IASB and political pressures that seemed to be even greater in Europe than the U.S. Perhaps I was wrong in this.

I'm beginning to think that when something smells fishy there probably are some rancid fish hiding somewhere

I've never been in favor of what I think is one of the worst decisions ever made by the FASB that runs counter to the original FAS 133 requirements.
"Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities," ASU No. 2011-08, FASB --- Click Here
http://www.fasb.org/cs/BlobServer?blobkey=id&blobwhere=1175825893217&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobcol=urldata&blobtable=MungoBlobs

Why Is the FASB Issuing
This Accounting Standards Update (Update) ? The main objective in developing this Update is to address implementation issues about the scope of Accounting Standards Update No. 2011 - 11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210) : Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities . Stakeholders have told the Board that because the scope in Update 2011 - 11 is unclear, diversity in practice may result . Recent feedback from stakeholders is that standard commercial provisions of many contracts would equate to a master netting arrangement . Stakeholders questioned whether it was the Board’s intent to require disclosures for such a broad scope, which would significantly increase the cost of compliance . The objective of this Update is to clarify the scope of the offsetting disclosures and address any unintended consequences.

What Are the Main Provisions?
The amendments clarify that the scope of Update 2011 - 11 applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, including bifurcated embedded derivatives , repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210 - 20 - 45 or Section 815 - 10 - 45 or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement .

Who Is Affected by the Amendments in This Update?
The amendments in this Update affect entities that have derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, including bifurcated embedded derivatives , repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210 - 20 - 45 or Section 815 - 10 - 45 or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement . Entities with other types of financial a ssets and financial liabilities subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement also are affected because these amendments make them no longer subject to the disclosure requirements in Update 2011 - 11.

How Do the Main Provisions?
Differ from Cur rent U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ( GAAP ) and Why Would They Be an Improvement? The amendments clarify the intended scope of the disclosures required by Section 210 - 20 - 50 . The Board concluded that the clarified scope will reduce significant ly the operability concerns expressed by preparers while still providing decision - useful information about certain transactions involving master netting arrangements . The amendments provide a user of financial statements with comparable information as it r elates to certain reconciling differences between financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and those financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

When W ill the Amendments Be Effective?
An entity is required to apply the amendments for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods . An entity should provide the required disclosures retrospectively for all comparative periods presented . The effective date is the same as the effective date of Update 2011 - 11.

How Do the Provisions Compare with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)?
The disclosures required by the amendments in Update 2011 - 11 are the result of a joint project between the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), which was intended to provide comparable information about balance sheet offsetting between those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of U.S. GAAP and those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of IFRS . The amendments in this Update clarify that the scope of the disclosures under U.S. GAAP is limited to include derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815 , including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210 - 20 - 45 or Section 815 - 10 - 45 or subject to a n enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement.

Continued in article

 

I personally was more concerned about how banks changed income smoothing practices.
"The Impact of SFAS 133 on Income Smoothing by Banks through Loan Loss Provisions," by Emre Kilic Gerald J. Lobo, Tharindra Ranasinghe, and K. Sivaramakrishnan Rice University, The Accounting Review, Vol. 88, No. 1, 2013, pp. 233-260 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/pdf/10.2308/accr-50264

We examine the impact of SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , on the reporting behavior of commercial banks and the informativeness of their financial statements. We argue that, because mandatory recognition of hedge ineffectiveness under SFAS 133 reduced banks’ ability to smooth income through derivatives, banks that are more affected by SFAS 133 rely more on loan loss provisions to smooth income. We find evidence consistent with this argument. We also find that the increased reliance on loan loss provisions for smoothing income has impaired the informativeness of loan loss provisions for future loan defaults and bank stock returns.


Nations gradually adopting IFRS are not supposed to "stop half way"

"IASB chairman encourages Indonesia to fully adopt IFRSs ," Deloitte, March 18, 2013 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/03/hoogervorst

Hans Hoogervorst, Chairman of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), recently spoke at an international seminar on “IFRS Dynamics 2013 and Beyond: Impact to Indonesia” organised by the Indonesian Institute of Accountants (Ikatan Akuntan Indonesia, IAI). He encouraged Indonesia that currently follows a gradual convergence process to fully embrace IFRSs.

Indonesia's approach to IFRS adoption is to maintain its national GAAP (Indonesian Financial Accounting Standards, IFAS) and converge it gradually with IFRSs as much as possible. Since 2012, the standards applied in Indonesia are based on those IFRSs that were effective at 1 January 2009. However, there is currently no plan (and consequently no timetable) for a full adoption of IFRSs.

In his speech, Mr. Hoogervorst outlined the benefits he sees for Indonesia if IFRSs are fully adopted. He described how Europe profited from adopting IFRSs and invited Indonesia to imagine the benefits that emerging economies could draw from the use of IFRS, especially economies that are so forcefully on the rise as Indonesia. He added: "For many emerging economies, adoption of IFRS has become an important statement of ambition – an international commitment to adhere to the highest possible standards of financial reporting."

However, Mr. Hoogervorst also warned that jurisdictions should embrace IFRSs fully and not stop half-way:

It is important to understand that the full benefits of using the IFRS-brand can only be enjoyed if you adopt it fully. For foreign investors it is very difficult to discern small differences from big ones. If a jurisdiction cannot state that it has fully adopted IFRS, investors are likely to think that the differences are much bigger than they really are. If you have gone through all the trouble to adopt 95% of IFRSs, please make sure you also do the last 5%. Otherwise, you have all the pain of transition without the full gain of international recognition of that achievement.

Regarding fears of difficulties or problems with transition, Mr. Hoogervorst offered the IASB's assistance and pointed at the IASB's Asia-Oceania office in Tokyo and the Emerging Economies Group. He also mentioned the IASB's close cooperation with the Asian-Oceanian Standard-Setters Group, which he described to be likely represented in the Accounting Standards Advisory Forum the IFRS Foundation has set up to deepen the IASB's cooperation with standard-setters across the world. Mr. Hoogervorst indicated that all of these initiatives offered excellent opportunities for a strong Indonesian participation in financial reporting and he concluded: "You have a wonderful opportunity to help shape the future of global financial reporting".

Jensen Comment
I think national standard setters can adopt the essence of most any IFRS standard, but they should not claim to be in the process of converging to a full set of IFRS standards if that is not the intent. The U.S. has made it clear, thus far, that the express train to IFRS has been side tracked indefinitely even though the FASB and IASB are still working jointly on selected convergence standards.


From the AICPA newsletter on March 18, 2013

Financial community grapples with diverging FASB, IASB standards
The Financial Accounting Standards Board and the International Accounting Standards Board have not reached resolution over how to revise accounting standards for loan losses. The larger financial community is trying to help analysts and bankers make sense of the divergent approaches. The American Bankers Association has published an FAQ about FASB's approach. Fitch Ratings issued a statement saying that it believes FASB's proposed model "is likely to lead to quarterly adjustments in expected loss projections, possibly leading to more volatility in provision expense and reported earnings."
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/enrkBYbWhBCihqgTCidmwjCicNCViA?format=standard

"FASB gives more detail on expected credit loss proposal" by Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, March 26, 2013 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137633.htm

Jensen Comment
Note that both the FASB and IASB are moving away from the fair value market model for loan loss estimation. The "divergence" between the FASB and IASB is is only about how expected loss computations.


Question
What is "force-placed" insurance?

"GSE Investigation Into Force-Placed Insurance (finally)," by Barry Ritholtz, March 26, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/force-placed-insurance-investigated/

Fannie & Freddie have finally begun to investigate the self-dealing and often fraudulent practice of Force-Placed Insurance. Both the New York State Insurance Regulator and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau have been way ahead of the GSEs on this.

For those of you who may be unfamiliar with Force-Placed Insurance, it is an optional bank insurance product that sometimes gets forcibly jammed down the throats of home owners and mortgage investors at grossly inflated prices. As Jeff Horowitz detailed in 2010 (Losses from Force-Placed Insurance Are Beginning to Rankle Investors), most of the fees, commissions and revenues from this “product” went straight back to the banks holding the related mortgage, typically to wholly owned subsidiaries.

It was an abusive practice, and in quite a few instances, the additional costs actually tipped homeowners into foreclosure.

Here’s the WSJ:

“The Federal Housing Finance Agency, which regulates mortgage giants Fannie Mae (FNMA) and Freddie Mac (FMCC) plans to file a notice Tuesday to ban lucrative fees and commissions paid by insurers to banks on so-called force-placed insurance . . .

Forced policies have boomed in the wake of the housing bust, as many homeowners struggled to keep up with mortgage payments. Some borrowers may try to save money by dropping the original standard coverage, only to be hit by policies with premiums that are typically at least twice as expensive as voluntary insurance, and sometimes cost as much as 10 times more. Nearly six million such policies have been written since 2009, insurance industry data indicate. Consumers are free at any point to replace a force-placed policy with one of their own choosing.”

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has issued new rules on this, but the real action seems to be the variety of civil suits from investors; additionally, New York State just reached a settlement with forced-placed insurer Assurant, including a $14 million penalty, and a long list of practice changes (after the jump). If it were up to me, I would have insisted on profit disgorgement and jail time for the CEO (But I am “unreasonable”).

Hopefully, this is the first of many . . .


Buffet's Berkshire Hathaway Performs Worse Than the S&P 500

"Buffett Questions Performance as S&P 500 Beats Berkshire," by Antoine Gara, The Street, March 1, 2013 ---
http://www.thestreet.com/story/11857405/1/buffett-questions-performance-as-sp-500-beats-berkshire.html

For the first time, Warren Buffett appears concerned he will underperform the S&P 500 when it comes to his favorite way to peg the performance of his investing conglomerate, Berkshire Hathaway (BRK.A_).

In Berkshire Hathaway's annual letter to shareholders, Buffett outlined why he is worried a rising stock market will put the firm's performance below that of the S&P 500 over a five-year stretch.

Such a scenario would be the first in Berkshire's history, indicating that even the 'Oracle of Omaha' is having trouble keeping up with rising markets.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
Another consideration for the stock market under the Fed's Quantitative Easing will be how much are the returns after inflation. The USA is just not accustomed to inflation adjustments for reduced purchasing power of the USA dollar


"New Center Hopes to Clean Up Sloppy Science and Bogus Research," by Tom Bartlett, Chronicle of Higher Education, March 6, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/New-Center-Hopes-to-Clean-Up/137683/

Something is wrong with science, or at least with how science is often done. Flashy research in prestigious journals later proves to be bogus. Researchers have built careers on findings that are dubious or even turn out to be fraudulent. Much of the conversation about that trend has focused on flaws in social psychology, but the problem is not confined to a single field. If you keep up with the latest retractions and scandals, it's hard not to wonder how much research is trustworthy.

But Tuesday might just be a turning point. A new organization, called the Center for Open Science, is opening its doors in an attempt to harness and focus a growing movement to clean up science. The center's organizers don't put it quite like that; they say the center aims to "build tools to improve the scientific process and promote accurate, transparent findings in scientific research." Now, anybody with an idea and some chutzpah can start a center. But what makes this effort promising is that it has some real money behind it: The center has been given $5.25-million by the Laura and John Arnold Foundation to help get started.

It's also promising because a co-director of the center is Brian Nosek, an associate professor of psychology at the University of Virginia (the other director is a Virginia graduate student, Jeffrey Spies). Mr. Nosek is the force behind the Reproducibility Project, an effort to replicate every study from three psychology journals published in 2008, in an attempt to gauge how much published research might actually be baseless.

Mr. Nosek is one of a number of strong voices in psychology arguing for more transparency and accountability. But up until now there hasn't been an organization solely devoted to solving those problems. "This gives real backing to show that this is serious and that we can really put the resources behind it to do it right," Mr. Nosek said. "This whole movement, if it is a movement, has gathered sufficient steam to actually come to this."

'Rejigger Those Incentives'

So what exactly will the center do? Some of that grant money will go to finance the Reproducibility Project and to further develop the Open Science Framework, which already allows scientists to share and store findings and hypotheses. More openness is intended to combat, among other things, the so-called file-drawer effect, in which scientists publish their successful experiments while neglecting to mention their multiple flubbed attempts, giving a false impression of a finding's robustness.

The center hopes to encourage scientists to "register" their hypotheses before they carry out experiments, a procedure that should help keep them honest. And the center is working with journals, like Perspectives on Psychological Science, to publish the results of experiments even if they don't pan out the way the researchers hoped. Scientists are "reinforced for publishing, not for getting it right in the current incentives," Mr. Nosek said. "We're working to rejigger those incentives."

Mr. Nosek and his compatriots didn't solicit funds for the center. Foundations have been knocking on their door. The Arnold Foundation sought out Mr. Nosek because of a concern about whether the research that's used to make policy decisions is really reliable.

"It doesn't benefit anyone if the publications that get out there are in any way skewed toward the sexy results that might be a fluke, as opposed to the rigorous replication and testing of ideas," said Stuart Buck, the foundation's director of research.

Other foundations have been calling too. With more grants likely to be on the way, Mr. Nosek thinks the center will have $8-million to $10-million in commitments before writing a grant proposal. The goal is an annual budget of $3-million. "There are other possibilities that we might be able to grow more dramatically than that," Mr. Nosek said. "It feels like it's raining money. It's just ridiculous how much interest there is in these issues."

Continued in article

Appeal for a "Daisy Chain of Replication"
"Nobel laureate challenges psychologists to clean up their act: Social-priming research needs “daisy chain” of replication," by Ed Yong, Nature, October 3, 2012 ---
http://www.nature.com/news/nobel-laureate-challenges-psychologists-to-clean-up-their-act-1.11535

Jensen Comment
Accountics scientists set a high bar because they replicate virtually all their published research.

Yeah Right!
Accountics science journals like The Accounting Review have referees that discourage replications by refusing to publish them. They won't even publish commentaries that question the outcomes ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm

Accountics science researchers won't even discuss their work on the AAA Commons ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm


Questions
How many fraudulent SPEs did CFO Andy Fastow create to steal over $50 million from his employer (Enron)?

What is most unusual and actually unethical about the way Enron's SPEs were managed?  How were these related party dealings disclosed and yet obscured in the infamous Footnote 16 of Enron's Year 2000 Annual Report?

Answer
Over 3,000
See the answers to Questions 14 and 15 at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm#14


 

Special Purpose Entity (SPE) and Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV)--- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special_purpose_entity

Variable Interest Entity (VIE or QSPE) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Variable_interest_entity

"New challenge to VIEs," China Accounting Blog, March 5, 2013 ---
http://www.chinaaccountingblog.com/weblog/new-challenge-to-vies.html

I have learned from some investors that there has been a major challenge against the VIE structure of a U.S. listed Chinese company. The challenge relates to whether the VIE can be consolidated into the financial statements. The SEC has been aggressively examining VIE arrangements, but I have been unable to learn whether this challenge is a result of an SEC investigation, or who the company or auditor are.

Bear with me; this discussion has to get technical.

Under the VIE accounting rules, consolidation of the VIE is allowed if the public company is considered to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE (ASC 810-25-20). In a typical VIE arrangement, there are two potential beneficiaries of the VIE: 1) the Chinese individual who owns the shares in the VIE, and 2) the public company that has contracts with both that individual and the VIE that transfer control and economic interests to the public company. VIE arrangements are structured to make it clear that all of the control and economic interest flows to the public company.

Clear until now, anyway.

In many VIEs the founder of the company is the owner of the VIE. The founder also usually has voting control over the public company, which is often retained after the IPO by use of two classes of shares. Founders typically retain voting control even if their share holdings are reduced to a minority position. The two class of shares approach to retaining control by founders is common in technology offerings, most famously in Facebook. Two classes of stock are not allowed on the Hong Kong exchange, and that presents a challenge for U.S. listed companies that may want to move onto the Hong Kong exchange if they get kicked out of the U.S., but that is another story.

Under typical VIE agreements, the founder agrees to transfer his VIE shares to another VIE shareholder at the public company's request, and to otherwise vote those shares and select VIE management at the public company’s direction. Since the public company can remove the VIE owner at will, it has been thought that the VIE owner has no rights, and accordingly no interest in the VIE. Therefore the public company is the only beneficiary of the VIE and can consolidate it into their financial statements.

The founder, however, could stop any attempt to remove him as the owner of the VIE since he has voting control over the public company. With voting control, the founder has the power to elect the board that selects, terminates and sets the compensation of management, and establishes operating and capital decisions of the company. Do these powers mean that the founder is actually the primary beneficiary of the VIE? If the founder is the primary beneficiary, the public company cannot consolidate the VIE and instead will report its share of earnings as it receives them.

What happens if the SEC or auditors decide that this is the correct approach? Companies with this fact pattern will be forced to deconsolidate their VIEs, and restate prior financial statements. The VIE will drop out of the financial statements, possibly turning income into losses in some companies, while having a minor effect on some others.

Companies affected by this are likely to restructure their VIEs to be allowed to consolidate in the future. The easy solution seems to be to pick someone other than the founder to own the VIE. While that may fix the accounting problem, it introduces a huge amount of risk. One reason that the VIE is usually held by the founder is to align the interests of the VIE shareholder with the interests of the public shareholders. The idea is that the founder will not steal the VIE since doing so would destroy the value of his shares in the public company.

If the SEC is making this position clear to the accounting firms, we could see some real surprises when companies file their Form 20F over the next few weeks.

What's Right and What's Wrong With (SPEs), SPVs, and VIEs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm


From CFO Morning Ledger on March 4, 2013

Deal or No Deal: Can Busted M&A Deals Be Avoided?

Research by Hollis Skaife, professor of accounting in the Department of Accounting and Information Systems at the University of Wisconsin-Madison and a Deloitte Fellow and Scholar, and Daniel Wangerin, an assistant professor in the Department of Accounting and Information Systems at Michigan State University, looks at what impact low quality financial reporting may have on the outcome of M&A deals and offers a metric that may capture its existence before a deal closes.

Read the full article at
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/03/04/deal-or-no-deal-can-busted-ma-deals-be-avoided/

Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting


Billionaire Ex-Convicts Should Lie Low
"Martha Stewart Takes the Stand to Save Her Company," by Jeff Macke, Yahoo, March 5, 2013 --- Click Here
http://finance.yahoo.com/blogs/breakout/martha-stewart-takes-stand-save-her-company-155500326.html;_ylt=Agbbzidr5xzzYViIg1xYfDOiuYdG;_ylu=X3oDMTNyNHEyaDR0BG1pdANGUCBUb3AgU3RvcnkgTGVmdARwa2cDMDNhNjdlMjItN2M3NS0zNDg3LTk4NmUtMzI2NGI5ZGY2ODJiBHBvcwMxBHNlYwN0b3Bfc3RvcnkEdmVyAzM1MmZlYjAzLTg1YWYtMTFlMi1iZmZmLWEyNjkwMjhhMjg0YQ--;_ylg=X3oDMTFpNzk0NjhtBGludGwDdXMEbGFuZwNlbi11cwRwc3RhaWQDBHBzdGNhdANob21lBHB0A3NlY3Rpb25z;_ylv=3

Bob Jensen's fraud updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


"Citigroup Discovers Performance Data? Really?" by Jonathan Weil, Bloomberg, March 3, 2013 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-03-05/citigroup-discovers-performance-data-really-.html

The Wall Street Journal has a curious article about Citigroup Inc. and its new chief executive officer, Michael Corbat. It says he is "putting his stamp on the company with a simple formula: You can't manage what you can't measure."

Readers learn he spoke to a gathering of 300 executives at a New Jersey hotel last month where he "proposed a slate of new, more-rigorous ways to track both the performance of individual executives and the third-largest U.S. bank as a whole." Score cards will rate top managers in five categories: capital, clients, costs, culture and controls. (The Five C's!)

"Mr. Corbat wants to more-closely track how executives perform against their financial plan," the article said. "The quantitative focus is the sharpest sign yet of how Mr. Corbat is likely to differ from his predecessor, Vikram Pandit, who was forced out by the board in October after a series of mishaps."

It went on: "Most large financial companies use some type of metrics to gauge their progress. Under Mr. Pandit, Citigroup used score cards for some departments, but not others."

Here's what's baffling: Did Citigroup not use a quantitative focus to measure performance before? Is the use of data and metrics really something new to many of its executives? Anything is possible, I suppose. This is Citigroup, the mother of all bank bailouts. But this would be incredible if true.

Jensen Comment
There's one very negative comment to this article.


Dilbert Cartoons on Market Manipulations
"Scott Adams Discovers Market Manipulation," by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz Blog, March 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/scott-adams-manipulators/

Regular readers know I am a fan of Scott Adams, creator of the comic Dilbert and occasional commentator on a variety of matters.

He has a somewhat odd blog post up, titled, Here Come the Market Manipulators. In it, he makes two interesting suggestions: The first is to decry “market manipulators,” who do what they do for fun and profit to the detriment of the rest of us. The second is to say that these manipulators are likely to cause “a 20% correction in 2013.”

Let’s quickly address both of these issues: First off, have a look at the frequency of 20% corrections in markets. According to Fidelity (citing research from Capital Research and Management Company), over the period encompassing 1900-2010, has seen the following corrections occur:

Corrections During 1900 – 2010

5%:  3 times per year

10%:  Once per year

20%:  Once every 3.5 years

Note that Fido does not specify which market, but given the dates we can assume it is the Dow Industrials. (I’ll check on that later).

Note that US market’s have not had a 20% correction since the lows in March 2009. I’ll pull up the relevant data in the office, but a prior corrective action of 19% is the closest we’ve come, followed by a ~16% and ~11%.

As to the manipulators of the market, I can only say: Dude, where have you been the past 100 years or so?

Yes, the market gets manipulated. Whether its tax cuts or interest rate cuts or federal spending or wars or QE or legislative rule changes to FASB or even the creation of IRAs and 401ks, manipulation abounds.

In terms of the larger investors who attract followers — I do not see the same evidence that Adams sees. Sure, the market is often driven by large investors. Yes, many of these people have others who follow them. We need only look at what Buffet, Soros, Dalio, Icahn, Ackman, Einhorn and others have done to see widely imitated stock trades. But that has shown itself to be a bad idea, and I doubt anyone is making much money attempting to do so. And, it hardly leads to the conclusion that any more than the usual manipulation is going on.

Will be have a 20% correction? I guarantee that eventually, we will. Indeed, we are even overdue for it, postponed as it is by the Fed’s manipulation.

But I have strong doubts it is going to be caused by a cabal manipulating markets for fun & profit. It will occur because that’s what markets do . . .

 

 

Previously:
Dilbert’s Unified Theory of Everything Financial’  (October 15th, 2006)

7 Suggestions for Scott Adams (November 27th, 2007)

Don’t Follow Wealthy Investors, Part 14 (February 17th, 2008)

"What’s Wrong with the Financial Services Industry?" by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/whats-wrong-with-the-financial-services-industry/

Jensen Comment
You can also see a Dilbert cartoon about making up data ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm

Bob Jensen's threads on accounting humor ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm#Humor

Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm


From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 26, 2013

Pension deficits hit year-end record
Combined pension deficits among the 100 largest U.S. corporate pension plans soared last year to a record $388.8 billion, according to actuarial and benefits consulting firm Milliman Inc. The combined deficit rose by more than $61 billion from the end of 2011, driven by a record year-end average discount rate of just over 4%,
Maxwell Murphy notes. Milliman said the increase comes even as companies are working to tame the risk associated with their pension obligations. In 2012, the 100 plan sponsors booked a total of $55.8 billion in charges that lowered corporate earnings, up from $38.5 billion a year earlier. Milliman expects pension charges to rise to $63.4 billion this year.

Bob Jensen's threads on pension accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions


"Jury convicts former Detroit mayor Kilpatrick on corruption charges," Fox News, March 11, 2013 ---
http://www.foxnews.com/us/2013/03/11/jury-convicts-former-detroit-mayor-kilpatrick-on-corruption-charges/?test=latestnews

Former Detroit Mayor Kwame Kilpatrick was convicted Monday of corruption charges, ensuring a return to prison for a man once among the nation's youngest big-city leaders.

Jurors convicted Kilpatrick of a raft of crimes, including a racketeering conspiracy charge. He was portrayed during a five-month trial as an unscrupulous politician who took bribes, rigged contracts and lived far beyond his means while in office until fall 2008.

Prosecutors said Kilpatrick ran a "private profit machine" out of Detroit's City Hall. The government presented evidence to show he got a share of the spoils after ensuring that Bobby Ferguson's excavating company was awarded millions in work from the water department.

Business owners said they were forced to hire Ferguson as a subcontractor or risk losing city contracts. Separately, fundraiser Emma Bell said she gave Kilpatrick more than $200,000 as his personal cut of political donations, pulling cash from her bra during private meetings. A high-ranking aide, Derrick Miller, told jurors that he often was the middle man, passing bribes from others.

Internal Revenue Service agents said Kilpatrick spent $840,000 beyond his mayoral salary.

Ferguson, Kilpatrick's pal, was also convicted of a racketeering conspiracy charge. The jury could not reach a verdict on the same charge for Kilpatrick's father, Bernard Kilpatrick, but convicted him of submitting a false tax return.

Kwame Kilpatrick, who now lives near Dallas, declined to testify. He has long denied any wrongdoing, and defense attorney James Thomas told jurors that his client often was showered with cash gifts from city workers and political supporters during holidays and birthdays.

The government said Kilpatrick abused the Civic Fund, a nonprofit fund he created to help distressed Detroit residents. There was evidence that it was used for yoga lessons, camps for his kids, golf clubs and travel.

Kilpatrick, 42, was elected in 2001 at age 31. He resigned in 2008 and pleaded guilty to obstruction of justice in a different scandal involving sexually explicit text messages and an extramarital affair with his chief of staff.

The Democrat spent 14 months in prison for violating probation in that case after a judge said he failed to report assets that could be put toward his $1 million restitution to Detroit.

Voters booted his mother, Carolyn Cheeks Kilpatrick, from Congress in 2010, partly because of a negative perception of her due to her son's troubles.

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


In 1837, the Massachusetts Board of Education devoted part of its first annual report to praising a recent classroom innovation called the blackboard. This “invaluable and indispensible” innovation...
On March 4, 2013 the Financial Education Daily Linked this Quotation to the Harvard Gazette, but I could not find the source of the quote.

"From Law School to Business School — evolution of the case method," Harvard Gazette, April 3, 2008
http://news.harvard.edu/gazette/story/2008/04/from-law-school-to-business-school-%E2%80%94-evolution-of-the-case-method/

On a recent Wednesday morning, 90 high achievers from around the world prepared to get down to cases.

Their professor buzzed through the classroom like a worker bee. Armed with large, multicolored pieces of chalk, he organized his notes, copied pastel-coded facts and figures on the blackboard, and set up a film screen. Soon his students would be equally hard at work, but in a strictly cerebral way.

This day the instructor was inclined to be kind, giving the young man who would open the class discussion an early heads-up, allowing some time to prepare. Often in this setting, classes start with the heart-pounding “cold call,” where a student is put to the test without warning. The deceptively simple “start us off” translates into “as quickly and coherently and convincingly as possible, tell us everything known about this situation and give us your best insight.”

As well as being busy and congenial, Jan Rivkin, a professor in the strategy unit at Harvard Business School (HBS), was clearly engaging, his enthusiasm infectious, his sense of humor unmistakable.

He started with a brief refresher video, one he’d secured from a colleague on holiday in the Bahamas. The class watched their vacationing instructor drop to his knees on the beach as the tape rolled. With a straight face, he reviewed the finer points of his recent technology-operations-management discussion with the class, drawing a series of overlapping diagrams in the sand. When done, he promptly jumped into the ocean.

The crowd loved it, but it was the last light moment. For the next hour-and-a-half the class examined whether the Spanish clothing company Zara should update its retailers’ IT infrastructure.

During the ensuing discussion and debate, Jan Rivkin, deftly prodded, questioned, and encouraged his deeply engaged class.

It was just another day at HBS — and one of its standard case-classes. The case method is the primary mode of teaching and learning at the institution, which celebrates its 100th anniversary this year. In honor of its centennial, the School will host a series of events on Tuesday (April 8) that will include a number of panels, a birthday celebration, and a case discussion on the future of HBS.

While it didn’t begin with the School’s inception, the revolutionary instructional approach followed shortly thereafter. But it wasn’t an entirely novel concept. The model was actually borrowed from the Harvard Law School and Christopher Columbus Langdell HLS Class of 1853 and dean of the Law School in 1870, who pioneered the technique for the examination of Harvard Law School cases.

Later, at HBS, it was Dean Wallace P. Donham, a Law School grad familiar with the technique, who pushed for the full inclusion of the case method at the Business School, where it was altered and adapted to a business perspective. Since 1921, it has been a core part of the curriculum.

The method of teaching differs greatly from the traditional lecture format, in which students take notes as the professor speaks. Instead, students are engaged in a dynamic back-and-forth with one another and their professor, discussing a topic typically pulled from a relevant, real-life business scenario and featuring a dilemma or challenge. Sometimes, once the class has examined and discussed the case, the actual CEO or president of the company in question will appear in person to explain how the situation ultimately unfolded.

The case topics are wide-ranging and include everything from the world of finance to semiconductors to sweeteners to satellite television.

Some cases offer historic reflections, employing the lessons tragedy imparts. Cases have been written, for example, about the space shuttle Columbia’s final mission in 2003 and the management decisions made prior to its fatal re-entry into the Earth’s atmosphere, Abraham Lincoln’s leadership during the Civil War, and the management of national intelligence prior to the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001.

Students are given an overview of the case’s material to read ahead of time. The packets, roughly 20 to 25 pages long, include a list of facts, an outline of the challenge at hand, and a history of the company or situation in text, charts, and graphs, all compiled into a neat brief.

More than 80 percent of HBS classes are built on the case method. Each week students prepare approximately 14 cases both alone and with the help of study groups. But in the end they are on their own. In class, it is up to the individual to articulate his or her argument and persuade others of its merits. A hefty 50 percent of a student’s grade is determined by class participation, so taking part in the conversation is crucial. Students raise their hands energetically, trying to get quality “air time,” as they call it. Two important unwritten rules, self-enforced by the students themselves: Never speak unless you have something valuable to contribute, and keep it brief.

The teaching technique most effectively prepares the CEOs of tomorrow for what they will inevitably face in the real world, say the professors who employ it.

“Getting a piece of material, having to sift through it, figure out what’s important, … come to a point of view, [then] come to class both prepared to argue that point of view … [and] prepared to listen and be open to others’ viewpoints — those are the skills that the business world demands, and via the case method they get to practice those in the classroom,” said Michael J. Roberts, senior lecturer of business administration and executive director of the Arthur Rock Center for Entrepreneurship.

Continued in article

March 4, 2013 reply from Steve Zeff

Bob,

Thanks for this. I presume you save seen my article, "The Contribution of the Harvard Business School to Management Control, 1908 - 1980," in the special issue 2008 of JMAR. Bob Kaplan invited me to do the research and write the article for the April 2008 history symposium at HBS, which kicked off its 100th anniversary celebration. I attach the article.

Steve.

"How Virtual Teams Can Outperform Traditional Teams," by Jason Sylva, Harvard Business Review Blog, October 9, 2012 --- Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/events/2012/10/how-virtual-teams-can-outperfo.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date

People can easily list problems they believe are associated with virtual teams: They haven't met and don't really know other team members; it is hard to monitor the work of others; and dispersions can lead to big inefficiencies and degraded performance.

In this HBR webinar, Keith Ferrazzi, a foremost expert on professional relationship development and author of Never Eat Alone and Who's Got Your Back?, shares a strategy for managing virtual teams that can change how your company operates - and how you manage for years to come.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
This theory should be tested in a variety of ways with respect to case analysis by teams. I've always argued that case learning is best in live classrooms, but I'm beginning to doubt myself on this one. Even Harvard and Darden should experiment with onsite versus online team assignments. One advantage of online team assignments is grading if instructors carefully track team member contributions, possibly by monitoring online performance as silent or active (avatar) trackers.

Bob Jensen's threads on case method teaching and research ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Cases


At the start of an exam, a student openly wondered, "But Professor Einstein, this is the same exam question as last year!" To which the great man supposedly replied, "Correct, young man, but we need to find new answers."
Werner Reinartz --- http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/03/measuring_creativity_we_have_t.html

A Retirement Crisis is Brewing

Question
How would you like to retire with a small nest egg that cannot earn as much as one percent per year in a safe investment?

If you lock up a minimum of $100,000 for five years in a Certificate of Deposit the best you can do is 1.75 % which most likely won't cover food and fuel price increases over the next five years. A one-year CD gets you a whopping 0.94% annual rate. ---
http://cdrates.bankaholic.com/ ---
Thanks ever so much Ben Bernanke.

The CREF bond yield to date in 2013 is at a (negative)  -0.13%.
The TIAA-CREF Inflation linked bond fund is at a (negative) -0.80% thus far in 2013
The CREF Equity Index at a (positive) +0.73% thus far in 2013 but has much more high-risk volatility for what you've struggled to save and might lose
According to MSNBC, President Obama's approval rating fell 15% since January 2013 and is now less than 50%
Congressional approval ratings barely registers
It's time for term limits

From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 19, 2013

A retirement crisis is brewing as workers save too little and companies face bigger pension liabilities. A report out today from the Employee Benefit Research Institute (PDF) shows that 57% of U.S. workers have less than $25,000 in total household savings and investments excluding their homes. Only 49% reported having so little money saved in 2008. And 28% of Americans have no confidence they will have enough money to retire comfortably—the highest level in the study’s 23-year history, the WSJ’s Kelly Greene and CFOJ’s Vipal Monga report.

Corporate balance sheets (including TIAA-CREF) are also under pressure. Based on another recent report, the Society of Actuaries said rising life expectancies could add as much as $97 billion to corporate pension liabilities in coming years, an increase of up to 5%. Goodyear said life expectancy growth for its plan’s beneficiaries is one reason its global pension-funding gap widened to $3.5 billion last year from $3.1 billion in 2011.

The effect of longer life spans on pension obligations has been dwarfed by the impact of declining interest rates over recent years. Because of the way pension liabilities are calculated, lower rates mean that future obligations are higher today. But interest rates are likely to rise at some point, which will lessen pension obligations. “Rates can go up,” said Rama Variankaval, an executive director in the corporate finance advisory group of J.P. Morgan’s investment bank. “Mortality is more of a one-way street.

 

World Life Expectancy Map --- http://www.worldlifeexpectancy.com/index.php

Life Expectancy Trend for the United States --- http://www.aging.senate.gov/crs/aging1.pdf

Summary

As a result of falling age-specific mortality, life expectancy rose dramatically in the United States over the past century . Final data for 2003 (the most recent available) show that life expectancy at birth for the total population has reached an all-time American high level, 77.5 years, up from 49.2 years at the turn of the 20th century. Record-high life expectancies we re found for white females (80.5 years) and black females (76.1 years), as well as for white males (75.3 year s) and black males (69.0 years). Life expectancy gaps between males and females and between whites and blacks persisted.

In combination with decreasing fertility, the life expectancy gains have led to a rapid aging of the American population, as reflected by an increasing proportion of persons aged 65 and older. This report documents the improvements in longevity that have occurred, analyzing both the underlying factors that contributed to mortality reductions and the continuing longevity differentials by sex and race. In addition, it considers whether life expectancy will continue to increase in future years. Detailed statistics on life expectancy are provided. A brief comparison with other countries is also provided.

While this report focuses on a description of the demographic context of life expectancy change in the United States, these trends have implications for a wide range of social and economic programs and issues that are likely to be considered by Congress.

Question
How is the Federal Reserve under Ben Bernanke destroying pension funds, especially defined benefit pensions like those of teachers, firefighters, police, municipal workers, and state workers, and postal workers.?

There's no worry about Social Security Trust Funds since Congress, in it's great wisdom, emptied those trust funds long ago on things other than Social Security pensions.

"Bernanke Unbounded:  The Fed enters a brave new world of unlimited monetary easing," The Wall Street Journal, September 13, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390444709004577649831698298106.html?mg=reno64-wsj#mod=djemEditorialPage_t
Read that printing trillions of greenbacks without taxing or borrowing to pay Federal government bills. The net effect is to drive interest rates on savings accounts, Certificates of Deposits, and pension funds to virtually zero.

From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 20, 2013

Pension math overwhelmed by discount rate.
Longer lifespans are putting some pressure on corporate defined benefit plans, but changes in the interest rates used to calculate liabilities are by far the biggest issue facing pensions, writes Vipal Monga. As we noted yesterday, increased longevity could add as much as 5% to pension liabilities. But, as CFO Journal reported last month, that increase is dwarfed by the impact of falling discount rates. “Mortality is somewhat of a second-order element [in the rise of obligations],” said Rama Variankaval, an executive director in the corporate finance advisory group of J.P. Morgan’s, investment bank. DuPont CFO Nick Fanandakis said in an interview that his company tries to adjust its mortality assumptions every year, and any increase in the lifespan of retirees will be insignificant compared to changes in the discount rate. “[Longevity increases] won’t move the needle,” he said. The company’s U.S. plans had a pension deficit of $6.6 billion at the end of 2012.

Jensen Comment
University employees in TIAA are given a choice to transfer funds into the riskier CREF equity funds, although there are restrictions on how much can be shifted in any give year. TIAA is not doing so well since 2008 thanks to Ben Bernanke.

Every Breath You Take
Here's an
anti-Bernanke musical performance by the Dean of Columbia Business School ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3u2qRXb4xCU
Ben Bernanke (Chairman of the Federal Reserve and a great friend of big banks) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ben_Bernanke
R. Glenn Hubbard (Dean of the Columbia Business School) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glenn_Hubbard_(economics)

Bob Jensen's threads on entitlements ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Entitlements.htm


Question
Who made the most serious mistake:  TurboTax in Minnesota or H&R Block in the entire USA?

Answer
The two mistakes probably cannot be compared because they are so different. In the case of H&R Block, the IRS shares the blame and will probably correct the returns. TurboTax victims may have to refile. H&R Block victims will have to wait and wait for refunds while the IRS corrects their returns. However, since money no longer has time value, perhaps they are slightly less damaged than they would have been before Ben Bernanke.

"H&R Block Gaffe Gums Up the Works," by Ken Berry, AccountingWeb, March 14, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/hr-block-gaffe-gums-works/221358?source=tax


"Fundamentals of Gift Tax," by Mark Powell and Andrea Kushner Ross, SSRN, November 1, 2012 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2212313
A detailed overview of the US gift and generation-skipping transfer taxes.

Bob Jensen's taxation helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation


Teaching Case in Cost and Managerial Accounting
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on March 29, 2013

Boom Times on the Tracks: Rail Capacity, Spending Soar
by: Betsy Morris
Mar 27, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 

TOPICS: Cost Accounting, Managerial Accounting, Manufacturing, Supply Chains

SUMMARY: This is quite a long article covering the recent revival of U.S. rail transportation as well as some of its up and down history. "North America's major freight railroads are in the midst of a building boom unlike anything since the industry's Gilded Age heyday in the 19th century-this year pouring $14billion into rail yards, refueling stations, additional track. With enhanced speed and efficiency, rail is fast becoming a dominant player in the nation's commercial transport system and a vital cog in its economic recovery." The investment boom is focused on making "existing rail lines more efficient and able to haul more and different types of freight."

CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article contains an excellent general discussion of management accounting issues about capital spending, use of technology, use of metrics, and measuring carbon footprint.

QUESTIONS: 
1. (Introductory) The first graphic related to the article shows "capital spending by the biggest freight railroads in the U.S." Define capital spending in general, then describe the types of capital spending that U.S. railroads have been doing over the last 8 to 10 years.

2. (Introductory) What types of goods are railroads shipping? Against what other modes of transportation are railroads now effectively competing?

3. (Advanced) Why is rail shipping "helping to make manufacturing in North America cost effective again"? In your answer, specifically state how transportation costs must be considered in the cost of, and therefore pricing of, any product an American producer will sell.

4. (Advanced) What happened when the rail industry faced "a near-death experience in the 1970s"? Include in your answer a comment on how information technology and metrics can help change "how you run a railroad."

5. (Advanced) How did UPS use its influence over its supply chain to further contribute to its railroad transportation suppliers' use of "technology and strategy"? In your answer, provide a brief definition of a supply chain.

6. (Advanced) Union Pacific Corp.'s chief executive is concerned about "juggling capital investments with return to shareholders." Explain that statement

7. (Advanced) The director of logistics and transportation at the Container Store Inc. says that one benefit of using railroads has been to cut his company's carbon footprint by 40%. What is a carbon footprint? In what external report might that information be published by the company?
 

Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

"Boom Times on the Tracks: Rail Capacity, Spending Soar," by: Betsy Morris, The Wall Street Journal, March 27, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324034804578348214242291132.html

EPPING, N.D.—On a recent subzero day at a rail station here on the plains, a giant tank train stretches like a black belt across the horizon—as far as the eye can see. Soon it will be filled to the brim with light, sweet crude oil and headed to a refinery on Puget Sound. Another mile-long train will pull in right behind it, and another after that.

Containers are loaded onto a train at the BNSF facility in Fort Worth.

Increasingly, scenes like this are being played throughout the country. "Hot Trains" dedicated to high-priority customers like United Parcel Service Inc. UPS +0.55% roar across the country to deliver everything from microwaves to tennis shoes and Amazon.com AMZN +0.45% packages. FedEx Corp., FDX +0.56% known for its huge fleet of aircraft, is using more trains, too.

Welcome to the revival of the Railroad Age. North America's major freight railroads are in the midst of a building boom unlike anything since the industry's Gilded Age heyday in the 19th century—this year pouring $14 billion into rail yards, refueling stations, additional track. With enhanced speed and efficiency, rail is fast becoming a dominant player in the nation's commercial transport system and a vital cog in its economic recovery.

This time around, though, the expansion isn't so much geographic—it is about a race to make existing rail lines more efficient and able to haul more and different types of freight. Some of the railroads are building massive new terminals that resemble inland ports. They are turning their networks into double-lane steel freeways to capture as much as they can get of U.S. freight demand that is projected to grow by half, to $27.5 billion by 2040, according to the U.S. Department of Transportation. In some cases, rail lines are increasing the heights of mountain tunnels and raising bridges to accommodate stacked containers. All told, 2013 stands to be the industry's third year in a row of record capital spending—more than double the yearly outlays of $5.9 billion a decade ago.

And in a turnabout few could have imagined decades ago, rail is stealing share from other types of commercial transport—most notably the trucking business, which is waylaid by high fuel prices, overloaded highways, driver shortages and regulations that are pushing up costs.

Transport by rail is also relatively cheap. Though rising, U.S. freight rail rates are nearly half what they were three decades ago, according to the Association of American Railroads. And those bargains are helping to make manufacturing in North America cost effective again. Since 2007, more than $100 billion of foreign direct investments have been made in Mexico, Robert Knight, Union Pacific UNP +1.12% Chief Financial Officer, told analysts at a recent conference. He expects annual production of 2.7 million vehicles in that country to increase by another million by 2015.

"We wouldn't have as many companies considering moving back to the U.S. or near-shoring," if not for rail, says Yossi Sheffi, Professor of Engineering Systems at MIT and director of its Center for Transportation and Logistics. "Some of it is the cheaper energy. But we could not be moving the oil around without rail. We could not have the huge amount of imports without the rail."

A confluence of other factors is advancing the trend. The energy boom, for instance, is reviving industries like steel and chemicals. Higher labor and transportation costs in parts of Asia are triggering a surge in sourcing from nearby.

"All those things have put the railroads into a great sweet spot for what's next in this economy," says Matthew K. Rose, chief executive officer of BNSF Railway. "Nobody wants to miss out."

BNSF, purchased by Warren Buffett's Berkshire Hathaway Inc. BRKB +1.01% in 2010, is investing $4.1 billion on a list that includes locomotives, freight cars, a giant terminal southwest of Kansas City and new track and equipment for its oil-related business in the Bakken shale region of North Dakota and Montana.

Union Pacific Corp. is spending $3.6 billion on a giant terminal near Santa Teresa, N.M. It is designing a new $400 million-$500 million bridge over the Mississippi at Clinton, Iowa, to replace an old drawbridge that routinely delays trains for hours at a time. It will double some track in Louisiana and Texas and expand rail yards there and in Arkansas to provide more capacity to chemical customers such as Dow Chemical Co. DOW +0.19% and Exxon Mobil Corp. XOM -0.52%

CSX Corp. CSX +1.15% will spend $2.3 billion partly to finish the first phase of a multiyear project, raising highway bridges, enlarging mountain tunnels and clearing some 40-odd obstacles to make enough space to accommodate double-decker containers all the way from the Midwest to the mid-Atlantic ports.

Kansas City Southern Railway Co. will spend $515 million. "We're a growth railroad," David Starling, its chief executive, told a securities analyst who questioned the expenditure in January. "The worst thing this team wants to be accused of is having some service deterioration because we didn't have the foresight to spend the money."

Passenger rail is undergoing something of a renaissance, too. It was the passenger business that nearly killed the freight business in the 1960s and 1970s. Part of the legislation designed to save the railroads in the 1970s allowed them to shed the passenger business. Lately, the Obama administration has invested nearly $12 billion in passenger rail, according to the Department of Transportation, that has been used to fund 152 projects in 32 states.

Trains may seem like relics of a bygone era. Not so. Steeled by a near-death experience in the 1970s—when many railroads filed for bankruptcy and braced for the threat of a government takeover—the railroads instead were largely deregulated. The survivors fought hard. They squeezed capacity, resolved labor issues, swallowed up weaker players and rebuilt. By the time rail's prospects began to brighten a decade ago, the executives were "a much younger, more IT, more metric-minded group," says William Galligan, vice president of investor relations at Kansas City Southern KSU +2.93% . "They had a whole new view toward how you run a railroad."

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's threads on managerial accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#ManagementAccounting


Expectations GAP in Managerial Accounting

Jensen Comment
In some ways the expectations GAAP between the accounting Academy and the profession of management accounting is more serious than that of financial accounting. The financial accounting profession pays little attention to accountics research but continues to be happy with the Academy as long as accounting graduates meet expectations for passing the CPA examination and sufficient knowledge to hit the ground running on audits. There is concern about the shortage of new faculty in auditing and taxation, which is why the large CPA firms and the AICPA now fund doctoral fellowships for accounting Ph.D. students in those  specialties. There is also concern about insufficient numbers of minority students who pass the CPA examination. These problems are discussed at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
 

The practicing profession pretty well gave up on clinical accounting research since the 1960s ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession

In managerial accounting there's more of a "crisis" in the Academy. Sue Haka posted the following to the AAA Commons when she was President of the American Accounting Association.

Saving Management Accounting in the Academy
discussion posted January 7, 2009 by Sue Haka, last edited February 10, 2012 by Tracey Sutherland , tagged managerial
315 Views, 13 Comments
discussion:
Saving Management Accounting in the Academy
details:
The long run place of management accounting in the academy seems in peril for several reasons. First, there is an ongoing migration of accounting topics to other disciplines. Second, evidence suggests that the diversity in management accounting research seems to be dwindling. Third, the value of our content for MBA programs is not apparent. Finally, our engagement with the management accounting practitioner community is weak.

First-topic migration: I don't know about your experiences, but at my institution I must be ever vigilant about traditional management accounting topics migrating into management, marketing, or supply chain classes. While I am delighted that cost-volume-profit topics are important to my marketing colleagues, unfortunately the students that come to my management accounting class after having been "taught" CVP by my marketing colleagues cannot distinguish between fixed and variable costs! Other topics taught by my colleagues include ABC in supply chain and balanced scorecard in management. Making sure that students are required to take a management accounting class prior to classes where discussions about how ABC is important for supply chain decision making requires constant vigilance. Years ago management accounting virtually gave capital budgeting up to the finance department...is fair value measurement next!

Second-research diversity: I have often been among those who have suggested that general accounting research is not sufficiently diverse (i.e. an overabundance of financial archival focus). I forgot my mother's phrase--when you point at others, three fingers point back at you! Recent reviews of JMAR topical areas suggest a lack of diversity within our discipline. These reviews show an overwhelming focus on performance measurement--in 2008 (2007) 48% (50%) of submitted articles were focused on performance measurement. Only one other category is over 12%. It seems that management accounting research is fairly narrow.

Third-value in the MBA: Management accounting should be a bedrock of MBA programs. However, we have let financial accounting eclipse management accounting. MBA programs have, over the last decade, decreased accounting content and the majority of that reduction has come out of management accounting. Yet most MBAs become managers and management accounting should be highly value added for them.

Finally-practitioner engagement: While our colleagues in auditing and financial accounting have opportunities to serve as fellows at the SEC or FASB or take a semester or year to work at one of the big four firms, management accounting faculty have few established programs allowing us to experience first hand many of the issues that we teach and write about. I believe creating these types of opportunities would help us diversify our research and convince others of the value of management accounting for MBAs and in the practicing communities.

I'm sure you have other issues that imperil the discipline of management accounting. Please add your comments and discussion.

 

"Crisis in Management Accounting Curricula: The Unclear Role of Information Systems and Information Technology," by Gary Spraakman, SSRN, January 13, 2011 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1740142

Abstract:     
The purpose of this literature review paper is to critically evaluate the research on the presence of information systems and information technology (IS/IT) in and for management accounting curricula. Over the last 35 years, there were 13 management accounting curricula pronouncements in the literature; only 10 of them specified IS/IT knowledge and skills necessary for university graduates pursuing management accounting positions. The 10 educators pronouncements did not thoughtfully include IS/IT in the curricula and the pronouncements were not informed by the practice of management accounting. In contrast to research on the use of IS/IT in the practice of management accounting and the IFAC, the professional management accounting associations placed little importance on the inclusion of IS/IT in management accounting curricula. The paper recommends practitioners be questioned and studied in depth as the actual use IS/IT has in management accounting in order to make a practice-informed recommendation for the role of IS/IT in management accounting curricula.

 

There are many other articles on the expectations gap in managerial accounting. Go to Google Advanced Search at
http://www.google.com/advanced_search

All These Words --- Managerial
This Exact Word or Phrase --- "Expectations Gap" AND "Management Accounting"
None of these words --- Auditing Audit

Also do the same type of search in Advanced Google Scholar --- Click Here
https://www.google.com/search?as_q=&as_epq=Advanced+Google+Scholar&as_oq=&as_eq=&as_nlo=&as_nhi=&lr=&cr=&as_qdr=all&as_sitesearch=&as_occt=any&safe=images&tbs=&as_filetype=&as_rights=

 

The practicing profession pretty well gave up on clinical accounting research since the 1960s ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession

 


March 1, 2013 message from Dennis Huber

The American Anti-Corruption Institute (AACI) ® ©
 
http://theaaci.com/about-us.html
 
The American Anti-Corruption Institute is a for-profit, Limited Liability Corporation (LLC) incorporated in Delaware 05/14/2012. Its headquarters is in Arizona, but no foreign corporation authorization was found on the AZ Secretary of State website. It issues the Certified Anti-Corruption Manager ® ©(CACM) ® © which is now in the grandfathering process. There is a Four-Point Code of Ethics.
 
See my papers comparing corporations that issue certifications at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/cf_dev/AbsByAuth.cfm?per_id=371197.

 


OCI Reporting Update From Ernst & Young on February 28, 2013

Technical Line: What the new AOCI disclosures will look like

The FASB has issued new guidance requiring companies to report, in one place, information about reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). Companies are also required to present reclassifications by component when reporting changes in AOCI balances. Public companies must make the disclosures in fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after 15 December 2012. For calendar-year public companies, that means the first quarter of 2013. For nonpublic companies, the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) is effective for fiscal years beginning after 15 December 2013 and interim and annual periods thereafter. The guidance should be applied prospectively. Our
Technical Line publication describes the requirements and provides examples of what the disclosures might look like.

Download --- Click Here
http://www.ey.com/publication/vwluassetsdld/technicalline_bb2503_aoci_27february2013/$file/technicalline_bb2503_aoci_27february2013.pdf?OpenElement

"Academic Research and Standard-Setting: The Case of Other Comprehensive Income," by Lynn L. Rees and Philip B. Shane, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 789-815. ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50237 

This paper links academic accounting research on comprehensive income reporting with the accounting standard-setting efforts of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). We begin by discussing the development of reporting other comprehensive income, and we identify a significant weakness in the FASB's Conceptual Framework, in the lack of a cohesive definition of any subcategory of comprehensive income, including earnings. We identify several attributes that could help allocate comprehensive income between net income, other comprehensive income, and other subcategories. We then review academic research related to remaining standard-setting issues, and identify gaps in academic research where hypotheses could be developed and tested. Our objectives are to (1) stimulate standard-setters to better conceptualize what is meant by other comprehensive income and to distinguish it from earnings, and (2) stimulate researchers to develop and test hypotheses that might help in that process.

. . .

Potential Alternative Definitions of Earnings

Table 1 summarizes and categorizes various standard-setting issues related to reporting comprehensive income, and provides the organizing structure for our literature review later in the paper. The most important of these issues is the definition of earnings, or what makes up earnings and how it is distinguished from OCI. This is a “cross-cutting” issue because it arises when the Boards deliberate on various topics. The Boards cooperatively initiated the financial statement presentation project intending, in part, to solve the comprehensive income composition problem, but the project was subsequently delayed.

Table 2 presents a list of the specific comprehensive income components under current U.S. GAAP that require recognition as OCI. The second column presents the statement that provided financial reporting guidance for the OCI component, along with its effective date. The effective dates provide an indication as to how the OCI components have expanded over time. Since the issuance of Statement No. 130, which established formal reporting of OCI, new OCI-expanding requirements were promulgated in Statement No. 133. Financial instruments, insurance, and leases are three examples of topics currently on the FASB's agenda where OCI has been discussed as an option to report various gains and losses. In all these discussions, a framework is lacking that can guide standard-setter decisions. The increased use of accumulated OCI to capture various changes in net assets and the likely expansion of OCI items reinforce the notion that standard-setters must eventually come to grips with the distinction between OCI and earnings, or even whether the practice of reporting OCI with recycling should be retained.7

Presumably, elements with similar informational attributes should be classified together in financial statements. It is unclear what attributes the items listed in Table 2 possess that result in their being characterized differently from other components of income. Notably, the basis for conclusions of the FASB standards gives little to no economic reasoning for the decision to place these items in OCI. While not exhaustive, Table 2 presents four attributes that standard-setters could potentially use to distinguish between earnings and OCI: (1) the degree of persistence of the item, (2) whether the item results from a firm's core operations, (3) whether the item represents a change in net assets that is reasonably within management's control, and (4) whether the item results from remeasurement of an asset/liability. We discuss in turn the merits and potential problems of using these attributes to form a reporting framework for comprehensive income.

Degree of Persistence.

The degree of persistence of various comprehensive income components has significant implications for firm value (e.g., Friedman 1957; Kormendi and Lipe 1987; Collins and Kothari 1989). Ohlson's (1995, 1999) valuation model places a heavy emphasis on earnings persistence, which suggests that a reporting format that facilitates identifying the level of persistence across income components could be useful to investors. Examples abound as to how the concept of income persistence has been used in standard-setting, including separate presentation in the income statement for one-time items, extraordinary items, and discontinued operations. Standard-setters have justified several footnote disclosures (segmental disclosures) and disaggregation requirements (e.g., components of pension expense) on the basis of providing information to financial statement users about the persistence of various income statement components.

Thus, the persistence of revenue and expense items potentially could serve as a distinguishing characteristic of earnings and OCI. Table 2 shows that we regard all the items currently recognized in OCI as having relatively low persistence. However, several other low-persistence items are not recognized in OCI; for example, gains/losses on sale of assets, impairments of assets, restructuring charges, and gains/losses from litigation. To be consistent with this definition of OCI, the current paradigm must change significantly, and the resulting total for OCI would look substantially different from what it is now.

Using persistence of an item to distinguish earnings from OCI would create significant problems for standard-setters. Persistence can range from completely transitory (zero persistence) to permanent (100 percent persistence). At what point along this range is an item persistent enough to be recorded in earnings? While restructuring charges are typically considered as having low persistence, if they occur every two to three years, is this frequent enough to be classified with other earnings components or infrequent enough to be classified with OCI? Furthermore, the relative persistence of an item likely varies across industries, and even across firms.

In spite of these inherent difficulties, standard-setters could establish criteria related to persistence that they might use to ultimately determine the classification of particular items. In addition, standard-setters would not be restricted to classifying income components in one of two categories. As an example, highly persistent components could be classified as part of “recurring earnings,” medium-persistence items could go to “other earnings,” and low-persistence items to OCI (or some other nomenclature). Standard-setters could create additional partitions as needed.

Core Operations.

Classifying income components as earnings or OCI based on whether they are part of a firm's core operations is intuitively appealing. This criterion is related to income persistence, as we would expect core earnings to be more persistent than noncore income items. Furthermore, classifying income based on whether it is part of core operations has a long history in accounting.

In current practice, companies and investors place primary importance on some variant of earnings. However, it is not clear which variant of earnings is superior. Many companies report pro forma net income, which presumably provides investors with a more representative measure of the company's core income, but definitions of pro forma earnings vary across firms. Similarly, analysts tend to forecast a company's core earnings (Gu and Chen 2004). Evidence in prior research indicates that pro forma earnings and actual earnings forecasted by analysts are more closely associated with share prices than income from continuing operations based on current U.S. GAAP (e.g., Bradshaw and Sloan 2002; Bhattacharya et al. 2003).

The problems inherent with this attribute are similar to those of the earnings-persistence criterion. No generally accepted definition of core operations exists. At what point along a continuum does an activity become part of the core operations of a business? As Table 2 indicates, classifying gains/losses from holding available-for-sale securities as part of core earnings depends on whether the firm operates in the financial sector. Different operating environments across firms and industries could make it difficult for standard-setters to determine whether an item belongs in core earnings or OCI.8 In addition, differences in application across firms may give rise to concerns about comparability and potential for abuse on the part of managers in exercising their discretion (e.g., Barth et al. 2011).

The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation tries to address the definitional issue by using interrelationships and synergies between assets and liabilities as a criterion to distinguish operating (or core) activities from investing (or noncore) activities. Specifically, the Staff Draft states:

An entity shall classify in the operating category:

Assets that are used as part of the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those assets Liabilities that arise from the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those liabilities.

Operating activities generate revenue through a process that requires the interrelated use of the entity's resources. An asset or a liability that an entity uses to generate a return and any change in that asset or liability shall be classified in the investing category. No significant synergies are created for the entity by combining an asset or a liability classified in the investing category with other resources of the entity. An asset or a liability classified in the investing category may yield a return for the entity in the form of, for example, interest, dividends, royalties, equity income, gains, or losses. (FASB 2010, paras. 72, 73, 81)

The above distinction between operating activities and investing activities could similarly be used to distinguish between core activities and noncore activities. Alternatively, standard-setters might develop other definitions. Similar to the degree of persistence attribute, standard-setters would not be restricted to a simple core versus noncore dichotomy when using this definition.

Another possible solution is to allow management to determine which items belong in core earnings. Companies exercise this discretion today when they choose to disclose pro forma earnings. Furthermore, the FASB established the precedent of the “management approach” when it allowed management to determine how to report segment disclosures. In several other areas of U.S. GAAP, management is responsible for establishing boundaries that define its operating environment. FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 320 (formerly Statement 115) permits different measurements for identical investments based on management's intent to sell or hold the instrument. Other examples where U.S. GAAP allows for management discretion include determining the rate to discount pension liabilities, defining reporting units, and determining whether an impairment is other than temporary. However, the management approach accentuates the concern about comparability and potential for abuse.

Management Control.

Given a premise that evaluating management's stewardship is a primary role of financial statements, a possible rationale for excluding certain items from earnings is that they do not provide a good measure to evaluate management.9 Management can largely control the firm's operating costs and can influence the level of revenues generated. However, some decisions that affect comprehensive income can be established by company policy or the company mission statement and, thus, be outside the control of management. For example, a company policy might be to invest excess cash in marketable securities with the objective of maximizing returns. Once the board of directors establishes this policy, management has little influence over how market-wide fluctuations in security prices affect earnings, and hedging the gains/losses would be inconsistent with the objective of maximizing returns. Similarly, a company's mission statement might include expansion overseas, or prior management might have already decided to establish a foreign subsidiary. The resulting gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations would seemingly be out of management's control, and hedging these gains/losses would not make economic sense if the subsidiary's functional currency is its local currency and the parent has no intention of repatriating the subsidiary's cash flows.

Of course, determining what is and is not ostensibly under management's control becomes highly subjective and would probably differ across industries, and perhaps even across firms within industries. For example, gains/losses from investment holdings might not be relevant in evaluating management of some companies, but might be very relevant for managers of holding companies. In addition, the time horizon affects what is under management's control. That is, as the time horizon lengthens, more things are under management's control.

In Table 2, we classify items as not under management's control if they are based on fluctuations in stock prices or exchange rates, which academic research shows to be largely random within efficient markets. Using this classification model, most, but not all, of the OCI items listed in Table 2 are classified as not under the management's control. Some of the pension items currently recognized in OCI are within the control of management, because management controls the decision to revise a pension plan. While management has control over when to harvest gains/losses on available-for-sale (AFS) securities by deciding when to sell the securities, it cannot control market prices. Thus, under this criterion, unrealized gains/losses on AFS securities are appropriately recognized in OCI. However, gains/losses on trading securities and the effects of tax rate changes are beyond management's control, and yet, these items are currently included as part of earnings. Thus, “management control” does not distinguish what is and is not included in earnings under current U.S. GAAP.

Remeasurements.

Barker (2004) explains how the measurement and presentation of comprehensive income might rely on remeasurements. The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation defines remeasurements as follows:

A remeasurement is an amount recognized in comprehensive income that increases or decreases the net carrying amount of an asset or a liability and that is the result of:

A change in (or realization of) a current price or value A change in an estimate of a current price or value or A change in any estimate or method used to measure the carrying amount of an asset or a liability. (FASB 2010, para. 234)

Using this definition, examples of remeasurements are impairments of land, unrealized gains/losses due to fair value changes in securities, income tax expenses due to changes in statutory tax rates, and unexpected gains/losses from holding pension assets. All of these items represent a change in carrying value of an already existing asset or liability due to changes in prices or estimates (land, investments, deferred tax asset/liability, and pension asset/liability, respectively).

Table 3 reproduces a table from Barker (2004) that illustrates how a firm's income statement might look using a “matrix format” if standard-setters adopt the remeasurement approach to reporting comprehensive income. Note that the presentation in Table 3 does not employ earnings as a subtotal of comprehensive income; however, the approach could be modified to define earnings as the sum of all items before remeasurements, if considered useful. Tarca et al. (2008) conduct an experiment with analysts, accountants, and M.B.A. students to assess whether the matrix income statement format in Table 3 facilitates or hinders users' ability to extract information. They find evidence suggesting that the matrix format facilitates more accurate information extraction for users across all sophistication levels relative to a typical format based on IAS 1.

 

Table 3:  Illustration of Matrix Reporting Format
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/ReesShane2012Table3.jpg

 

Employing remeasurements to distinguish between earnings and other comprehensive income largely incorporates the criterion of earnings persistence. Most remeasurements result from price changes, where the current change has little or no association with future changes and, therefore, these components of income are transitory. In contrast, earnings components before remeasurements generally represent items that are likely more persistent.

Perhaps the most significant advantage of the remeasurement criterion is that it is less subjective than the other criteria previously discussed. Most of the other criteria in Table 2 are continuous in nature. Drawing a bright line to differentiate what belongs in earnings from what belongs in OCI is challenging and will likely be susceptible to income manipulation. In contrast, determining whether a component of income arises from a remeasurement is more straightforward.

Yet another advantage of this approach is it allows for a full fair value balance sheet that clearly discloses the effects of fair value measurement on periodic comprehensive income, while also showing earnings effects under a modified historical cost system (i.e., before remeasurements). This approach could potentially provide better information about probable future cash flows.

Other.

The attributes standard-setters could use to classify income components into earnings or OCI are not limited to the list in Table 2. Ketz (1999) suggests using the level of measurement uncertainty. As an example, gains/losses from Level 1 fair value measurements might be viewed as sufficiently certain to include in earnings, while Level 3 fair value measurements might generate gains/losses that belong in OCI. Song et al. (2010) provide some support for this partition in that they document the value relevance of Level 1 and Level 2 fair values exceeds the value relevance of Level 3 fair values.

Another potential attribute might be the horizon over which unrealized gains/losses are ultimately realized. That is, unrealized gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations, term life insurance contracts, or holding pension assets that will not be realized for many years in the future might be disclosed as part of OCI, whereas unrealized gains/losses from trading and available-for-sale securities could be part of earnings.

As previously discussed, the attributes of measurement uncertainty and timeliness create similar problems in determining where to draw the line. Which items are sufficiently reliable (or timely) to include in earnings, and will differences in implementation across firms and industries impair comparability?

The overriding purpose of the discussion in this subsection is to point out that several alternative attributes could potentially guide standard-setters in establishing criteria to differentiate earnings from OCI. Ultimately, the choice regarding whether/how to distinguish net income from OCI is a matter of policy. However, academic research can inform policy decisions, as described in the fourth and fifth sections.

Summary

Reporting OCI is a relatively recent phenomenon that presumes financial statement users are provided with better information when specific comprehensive income components are excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS), and recycled back into net income only after the occurrence of a specified transaction or event. The number of income components included in OCI has increased over time, and this expansion is likely to continue as standard-setters address new agenda items (e.g., financial instruments and insurance contracts). The lack of a clear definitional distinction between earnings and OCI in the FASB/IASB Conceptual Frameworks has led to: (1) ad hoc decisions on the income components classified in OCI, and (2) no conceptual basis for deciding whether OCI should be excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS) in the current period or recycled through EPS in subsequent periods. In this section, we discussed alternative criteria that standard-setters could use to distinguish earnings from OCI, along with the advantages and challenges of each criterion. Further, due to the inherent difficulties in drawing bright lines between earnings that are persistent versus transitory, core versus noncore, under management control or not, and amenable to remeasurement or not, standard-setters might consider eliminating OCI; that is, they might decide to adopt an all-inclusive income statement approach, where comprehensive income is reporte

. . .

Continued in article


History of Women in Accounting and Other Walks of Life

Judith Drake (scholar on barriers to women in physical and mental work, including accounting) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judith_Drake

Eight Special Women of Accounting --- http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2007/Aug/EightSpecialWomenInAccounting.htm

Among the AICPA-donated volumes at Ole Miss are two binders containing photographs of individuals appearing in the JofA or at accounting conventions from 1887 to 1979. Of the 446 individuals featured, eight are women—Christine Ross, Ellen Libby Eastman, Miriam Donnelly, Mary E. Murphy, Helen Lord, Helen H. Fortune, Mary E. Lewis and Beth M. Thompson. In a time when the profession was the all-but-exclusive domain of men, they stood out not only because of their gender but in many cases because of their accomplishments and contributions to accounting. Consider that in 1933, slightly more than 100 CPA certificates had been issued to women. By 1946, World War II had changed traditional notions of gender in the workplace, and female CPAs had more than tripled to 360—still a small contingent but, as information gleaned from the AICPA Library indicates, one capable of exerting a strong and beneficial influence on the profession.


Christine Ross

Born about 1873 in Nova Scotia, Ross took New York by storm in the late 1890s. New York state enacted licensure legislation in 1896 and gave its inaugural CPA exam in December 1896. Ross sat for the exam in June 1898, scoring second or third in her group. Six to 18 months elapsed while her certificate was delayed by state regents because of her gender. But she had completed the requirements and became the first woman CPA in the United States, receiving certificate no. 143 on Dec. 21, 1899.

Ross began practicing accounting around 1889. For several years, she worked for Manning’s Yacht Agency in New York. Her clients included women’s organizations, wealthy women and those in fashion and business.

Helen Lord
Lord received her CPA certificate from New York in 1934 and in 1935 joined the American Society of Certified Public Accountants, which merged with the American Institute of Accountants (later AICPA) the following year. In 1937, she was a partner with her father in the New York firm of Lord & Lord and a member of the AIA. She served in the late 1940s as business manager of The Woman CPA, published by the American Woman’s Society of Certified Public Accountants–American Society of Women Accountants. Lord reported the journal then had a circulation of more than 2,200.

Helen Hifner Fortune
Fortune, one of the first women CPAs in Kentucky, received certificate no. 174 in 1935 and was admitted to the AIA the following year. She became a member of an AIA committee in 1942 and by 1947 was a partner in the Lexington, Ky., firm of Hifner and Fortune.

Ellen Libby Eastman
Eastman began her career as a clerk in a Maine lumber company, eventually becoming chief accountant. She studied for the CPA exam at night and became the first woman CPA in Maine, receiving certificate no. 37 dated 1918. She was also the first woman to establish a public accounting practice in New England. Arriving in New York in 1920, Eastman focused on tax work and audited the accounts of the American Women’s Hospital in Greece. In 1925, she was a member of the ASCPA. In 1940, Eastman began working with the law firm of Hawkins, Delafield & Longfellow in New York.

She was outspoken and eloquent regarding a woman’s ability to succeed in accounting. In a 1929 article in The Certified Public Accountant, Eastman recounted her adventures:

One must be willing and able to endure long and irregular hours, unusual working arrangements and difficult travel conditions. I have worked eighteen out of the twenty-four hours of a day with time for but one meal; I have worked in the office of a bank president with its mahogany furnishings and oriental rugs and I have worked in the corner of a grain mill with a grain bin for a desk and a salt box for a chair; I have been accorded the courtesy of the private car and chauffeur of my client and have also walked two miles over the top of a mountain to a lumber camp inaccessible even with a Ford car. I have ridden from ten to fifteen miles into the country after leaving the railroad, the only conveyance being a horse and traverse runners—and this in the severity of a New England winter. I have done it with a thermometer registering fourteen degrees below zero and a twenty-five mile per hour gale blowing. I have chilled my feet and frozen my nose for the sake of success in a job which I love. I have been snowbound in railroad stations and have been stranded five miles from a garage with both rear tires of my car flat. I have ridden into and out of open culvert ditches with the workmen shouting warnings to me. And always one must keep the appointment; “how” is not the client’s concern.
 

Mary E. Murphy
A long-lived pioneer, Murphy (1905–1985) lectured, researched and taught in the United States and abroad, retiring in 1973. The Iowa native earned her bachelor of commerce degree with a major in accounting from the University of Iowa in 1927, then obtained a master’s in accountancy in 1928 from Columbia University Business School. In 1938, she received a doctorate in accountancy—only the second woman in the United States to do so—from the London School of Economics.

In 1928, Murphy began working in the New York office of Lybrand, Ross Bros. & Montgomery. Two years later, she took the CPA exam in Iowa and received certificate no. 67, to become the first woman CPA in Iowa. She joined the AIA in 1937.

Following her public accounting stint, she served for three years as the chair of the Department of Commerce at St. Mary’s College in Notre Dame, Ind. Murphy also was an assistant professor of economics at Hunter College of the City University of New York until 1951. In 1952, she received the first Fulbright professorship of accounting, with assignments in Australia and New Zealand. In 1957, she was appointed as the first director of research of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia. Murphy retired in 1973 from the accounting faculty at California State University.

She published or collaborated on more than 20 books and 100 journal articles and many book reviews and scholarly papers. From 1946 to 1965 she was the most frequently published author in The Accounting Review. Murphy investigated the role of accounting in the economy, made the case for accounting education improvements and paved the way for other aspiring women accountants to prosper. More than half her publications explored international accounting, often advocating standardization. She also emphasized accounting history and biographies.

Mary E. Lewis
Lewis received California CPA certificate no. 1404 in 1939. She was admitted to the AIA that year and by 1947 had her own firm in Los Angeles.
 

Beth M. Thompson
Thompson worked as the office manager in the Kentucky Automobile Agency she and her husband, Charles R. Thompson, owned. After closing the car business, they moved to Florida, where she worked for an accounting firm. She passed the CPA exam in 1951 with the encouragement of her husband and opened her own accounting business in Miami. In 1955, Thompson was one of only 900 women CPAs and the only female president of a state association chapter—the Dade County chapter of the Florida Institute of CPAs.

Miriam Donnelly
From 1949 to 1955, Donnelly was head librarian of the AIA library. (In 1957, the AIA was renamed the AICPA.) She began her career with the library as assistant librarian and cataloger in 1927, after working for two governmental libraries and the New York Public Library.

 

History of women accountants in the 1880. US Federal Census ---
http://repository.usfca.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1001&context=acct

Christine Ross (The First Woman CPA) --- Click Here
http://books.google.com/books?id=W8Z2a53DJ2cC&pg=PA151&lpg=PA151&dq=%22First+Woman+CPA%22&source=bl&ots=irXssMWzFN&sig=0AneWv1qO-MB6_ixatHq-mMerRQ&hl=en&sa=X&ei=N8o8UY3XBYrK0AHngoCYBw&ved=0CDgQ6AEwAQ#v=onepage&q=%22First%20Woman%20CPA%22&f=false

Mary Jo McCann (First Woman CPA in Kansas) ---
http://www.kscpa.org/about/news/119-mary_jo_mccann_first_woman_cpa_in_kansas_passes

Bertha Aldrich (First Woman CPA in California) --- http://boards.ancestry.com/surnames.aldrich/600/mb.ashx

Accounting Reform (search for women) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accounting_reform

American Society of Women Accountants --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/University_of_Cambridge#Women.27s_education

Accounting and Financial Women's Alliance --- http://www.afwa.org/

Accounting History Libraries at the University of Mississippi (Ole Miss) --- http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/accountancy/libraries.html
There are many items pertaining to accounting women in history, especially in the Accounting Historians Journal

Ruth Andersen, First Woman on the Board of a Big Four Accounting Firm --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ruth_Anderson_%28accountant%29

Erma Bombeck (a termite control accountant at an advertising agency) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Erma_Bombeck

Cynthia Cooper (Internal auditor who blew the whistle at WorldCom) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cynthia_Cooper_%28accountant%29

Lynn Brewer was never enough of a player to even mention in my threads on the Enron scandal
The foul mouthed Sherron Watkins was the significant whistleblower at Enron
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm#10

Grace Andrews (early mathematician and accountant in Barnard College) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grace_Andrews_%28mathematician%29

Patricia Courtney (IRS agent and professional baseball star) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patricia_Courtney

Patrecia Barringer (Tax accountant, auditor, and professional baseball star) ---http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patricia_Barringer

Helen Nordquist (Telephone operator, accountant, and professional baseball star) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Helen_Nordquist

Rita Lee (Accounting Student Tennis Star) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Janet_Lee

Diane Cummins (Canadian Accountant Track Star) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diane_Cummins

Sue Hearnshaw (British Chartered Accountant and Long Jump Star) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sue_Hearnshaw

Betty Wagner Spandikow (Accountant Who Became an Advocate of Breast Feeding) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Betty_Wagner_Spandikow

Jennifer Archer (Oil and Gas Accountant Turned Fiction Writer) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jennifer_Archer

 

Women in Business --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_business

American Business Women Association --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Business_Women%27s_Association

9 to 5 Film --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/9_to_5_%28musical%29

Career Women --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Career_woman

A History of Entrereneurship
"Who Are The Entrepreneurs: The Elite or the Everyday Man? A History of Entrepreneurship," by Heather A. Haveman, Jacob Habinek, and Leo A Googman, UC Berkeley,  2011 ---
http://www.escholarship.org/uc/item/392635v2;jsessionid=00ECE18AD2472F4956AAF2D00CC2132E#page-2
 Who Are The Entrepreneurs: The Elite or the Everyday Man? A History of Entrepreneurship

China's Tiger Women Billionaires ---
http://www.thedailybeast.com/newsweek/2012/03/04/amy-chua-profiles-four-female-tycoons-in-china.html

"Liz Claiborne Must Say Adieu to Liz," by: Dana Mattioli, The Wall Street Journal, October 13, 2011 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052970203914304576626711202553884.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid

"New Questions on Women, Academe and Careers," by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed, September 22, 2008 --- http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2008/09/22/women

Barbara Franklin (one of the first graduates of the Harvard Business School) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbara_Franklin

History of Feminism --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_feminism
Also see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mich%C3%A8le_Pujol

National Organization for Women (NOW) --- http://www.now.org/
For example, search for "Accounting" in the search box

Women's Work --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_work 

Teachers, Accountants, and Physician Women as Slaves in Ancient Rome ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slavery_in_ancient_Rome

Conduct Literature for Women, 1500-1640, eds. William St Clair & Irmgard Maassen (6 Volumes) (London: Pickering and Chatto, 2000).

Conduct Literature for Women, 1640-1710, eds. William St Clair & Irmgard Maassen (6 Volumes) (London: Pickering and Chatto, 2002).

History of Women in the United States --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_women_in_the_United_States

The Arthur and Elizabeth Schlesinger Library on the History of Women in America ---  http://www.radcliffe.harvard.edu/schlesinger-library

Women's suffrage in the United Kingdom --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_suffrage_in_the_United_Kingdom 

By Popular Demand: "Votes for Women" Suffrage Pictures, 1850-1920 --- http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/vfwhtml/vfwhome.html

Women's Rights --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_rights
Title 15 of the United States Code ---  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Title_15_of_the_United_States_Code
Title 9 of the United States Code --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Title_9_of_the_United_States_Code
Women's Sports --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_sports

Famous Women in History --- http://www.historynet.com/famous-women-in-history

National Women's Hall of Fame --- http://www.greatwomen.org/
Note that some states also have hall of fame sites for women inductees

Women in Islam ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Search&limit=20&offset=120&redirs=1&profile=default&search=Women+in+Accounting

Sharia (search for the sections pertaining to women) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharia

Women's Rights Movement in Iran --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_rights_movement_in_Iran

Women in Saudi Arabia --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia

Women in Libya --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Libya

 

Geisha --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geisha

Women of Singapore --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Singapore

Women's Roles in World Wars --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_roles_in_the_World_Wars
Women in the Military --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_the_military
Yugoslav Partisans --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yugoslav_Partisans
The story of women bomber pilots from the Women's Auxiliary Ferrying Squadron --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ladies_Courageous

Rosie the Riveter --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rosie_the_Riveter

Victorian Dress Reform --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Victorian_dress_reform

Women's Educational and Industrial Union --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_Educational_and_Industrial_Union H

Women in Science --- http://womeninscience.history.msu.edu/

Discovering American Women's History Online --- http://digital.mtsu.edu/cdm/landingpage/collection/women

International Museum of Women http://www.imow.org/home/

Women in Scotland --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Dundee
Also see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_early_modern_Scotland

 Helena Marfell, First President of the Country Women's Association of Australia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Helena_Marfell

Women and Mormanism --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_and_Mormonism

WomenWatch: UN Information and Resources on Gender Equality and Empowerment --- http://www.un.org/womenwatch/

Sophia Smith Collection: Women's History Archives at Smith College --- http://www.smith.edu/libraries/libs/ssc/digitalcoll.html

Wisconsin Women's History --- http://womenst.library.wisc.edu/bibliogs/wis-women-history.html

Women in Prison --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nicole_Hahn_Rafter

Women in Prison Film --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WIP

Women in the Ku Klux Klan --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ku_Klux_Klan

Women on Death Row --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capital_punishment_debate_in_the_United_States

Gifts of Speech: Women's Speeches from Around the World --- http://gos.sbc.edu/

Women's Legal History --- http://wlh.law.stanford.edu/

The Frances Perkins Center --- http://francesperkinscenter.org/

Chicago Women's Liberation Union Herstory Project --- http://www.cwluherstory.org/

David Foster Wallace’s 1994 Syllabus: How to Teach Serious Literature with Lightweight Books --- Click Here
http://www.openculture.com/2013/02/david_foster_wallaces_1994_syllabus.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+OpenCulture+%28Open+Culture%29

National Women's History Project http://www.nwhp.org/

African-American Women: Online Archival Collections --- http://library.duke.edu/rubenstein/collections/digitized/african-american-women/

Women Artists of the American West --- http://www.cla.purdue.edu/WAAW/MainIndex.html

Women's Colleges --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_colleges

Women at Harvard --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harvard_University#Women
Radcliff  College--- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Radcliffe_College

Cambridge University --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/University_of_Cambridge#Women.27s_education

Society of Women's Health Research --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Society_for_Women%27s_Health_Research

Films Made by Women --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_cinema

Lesbian Pulp Fiction --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lesbian_pulp_fiction

Smithsonian Education: Women's History Teaching Resources
http://www.smithsonianeducation.org/educators/resource_library/women_resources.html

Teaching with Historic Places: Women's History Lesson Plans --- http://www.nps.gov/nr/twhp/mar99.htm

Algerian Women in France --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Algerian_women_in_France

Barack Obama Supreme Court Candidates --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barack_Obama_Supreme_Court_candidates

Women in India --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_India

Women in Saudi Arabia --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia

Women in Libya --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Libya

Feminism in Thailand --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Feminism_in_Thailand

Women in Taiwan --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Taiwan

Gender Inequality in China --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gender_inequality_in_China

China's Tiger Woman Billionaires ---
http://www.thedailybeast.com/newsweek/2012/03/04/amy-chua-profiles-four-female-tycoons-in-china.html

Gender Pay Gap in Russia --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gender_pay_gap_in_Russia

Economic Inequality --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Economic_inequality

Gender Pay Gap --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gender_pay_gap

From the Scout Report on March 1, 2013

The movement for equal pay for women continues to gain steam across the
United States

Equal pay for women battle gains traction in New York
http://www.metro.us/newyork/news/local/2013/02/21/equal-pay-for-women-battle-gains-traction-in-new-york/

Getting equal pay could become easier for women
http://www.abqjournal.com/main/2013/02/26/politics/legislature/getting-equal-pay-could-become-easier-for-women.html

State Senator Wendy Davis Wants to Bring Federal Fair Pay Laws for Women to
Texas
http://blogs.dallasobserver.com/unfairpark/2013/02/state_sen_wendy_davis_wants_to.php

Wage gaps destroy employee morale, productivity
http://www.leaderpost.com/business/productiveconversations/Wage+gaps+destroy+employee+morale+productivity/8018636/story.html?__lsa=d85d-e6d9

Here We Go Again: The Long (and Frustrating) Journey of Equal Pay for Women
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/marlo-thomas/equal-pay-for-women_b_2678611.html

Lilly Ledbetter Fair Pay Act of 2009
http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/PLAW-111publ2/html/PLAW-111publ2.htm

National Association of Black Accountants --- http://www.nabainc.org/

Some Accounting History Sites

Bob Jensen's Summary of Accounting History and Accounting Theory --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm
 

Accounting History Libraries at the University of Mississippi (Ole Miss) --- http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/accountancy/libraries.html
The above libraries include international accounting history.
The above libraries include film and video historical collections.

MAAW Knowledge Portal for Management and Accounting --- http://maaw.info/

Academy of Accounting Historians and the Accounting Historians Journal ---
http://www.accounting.rutgers.edu/raw/aah/

Sage Accounting History --- http://ach.sagepub.com/cgi/pdf_extract/11/3/269

A nice timeline on the development of U.S. standards and the evolution of thinking about the income statement versus the balance sheet is provided at:
"The Evolution of U.S. GAAP: The Political Forces Behind Professional Standards (1930-1973)," by Stephen A. Zeff, CPA Journal, January 2005 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/105/infocus/p18.htm
Part II covering years 1974-2003 published in February 2005 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/205/index.htm 

A nice timeline of accounting history --- http://www.docstoc.com/docs/2187711/A-HISTORY-OF-ACCOUNTING

From Texas A&M University
Accounting History Outline --- http://acct.tamu.edu/giroux/history.html

Bob Jensen's timeline of derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds

History of Fraud in America --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/415wp/AmericanHistoryOfFraud.htm
Also see http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm




Humor March 1-31, 2013

John Cleese, Ringo Starr and Peter Sellers Trash Priceless Art (1969) ---
http://www.openculture.com/2013/03/john_cleese_ringo_starr_and_peter_sellers_trash_priceless_art.html

Something You Will Never See on a New Hampshire Golf Course ---
http://www.boreme.com/posting.php?id=31996

Shatner for Guns Commercial ---
http://stufffromjudy.posterous.com/best-commercial-shatner-ever-did-i-unconditio

Makes My Dog Look Stupid --- http://www.youtube.com/embed/PztO-OvzRyg?rel=0

Watch Jeff Gordon Scare The Crap Out Of A Random Used Car Salesman ---
http://jalopnik.com/watch-jeff-gordon-scare-the-crap-out-of-a-random-used-c-453384237

Princess Debit turned up pregnant after attending a dinner party at Count von Credit's castle.
Rumor has it that she's been counted.
Sorry to waste your time.


Forwarded by Auntie Bev

Question:
What is the truest definition of  Globalization?

Answer:
Princess Diana's death.

Question:
How come?

Answer :

An English princess with an Egyptian boyfriend
crashes
in a French tunnel,
riding in a
  German car with a
Dutch engine,
  driven by a Belgian  who was drunk
onScottish whisky,

(check the bottle before you
change the spelling),

followed closely by  Italian Paparazzi, on
Japanese motorcycles,

treatedby an American doctor, using
Brazilian medicines.

 


Makes My Dog Look Stupid --- http://www.youtube.com/embed/PztO-OvzRyg?rel=0

BBC Animal Voice Overs --- http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3aAtFrWft2k&sns=em

 


Forwarded by Gene and Joan

DON'T WASH YOUR HAIR IN THE SHOWER! 

It's so good to finally get a health warning that is useful!  

IT INVOLVES THE SHAMPOO WHEN IT RUNS DOWN YOUR BODY WHEN YOU SHOWER WITH IT - A WARNING TO US ALL! 

I don't know why I didn't figure this out sooner. I use shampoo in the shower! When I wash my hair, the shampoo runs down my whole body, and printed very clearly on the shampoo label is this warning: "FOR EXTRA BODY AND VOLUME." 

No wonder I have been gaining weight! Well, I have gotten rid of that shampoo, and I am going to start showering with Dawn dish soap instead. Its label reads: "DISSOLVES FAT THAT IS OTHERWISE DIFFICULT TO REMOVE." 

Problem solved!  

If I don't answer the phone, I'll be in the shower


Forwarded by Auntie Bev

� 1. Take your shoe size.(only whole sizes)

� 2. Multiply it by 5.

� 3. Add 50.

� 4. Multiply by 20 ..

� 5. Add 1012.

� 6. Subtract the year u were born�

� The first digit is your shoe size while the last 2 digits are your age..

 


Forwarded by Auntie Bev

Florida

A Florida senior citizen drove his brand new Corvette convertible out of the dealership. Taking off down the road, he pushed it to 80 mph, enjoying the wind blowing through what little hair he had left. "Amazing," he thought as he flew down I-95, pushing the pedal even more.

Looking in his rear view mirror, he saw a Florida State Trooper, blue lights flashing and siren blaring. He floored it to 100 mph, then 110, then 120. Suddenly he thought, "What am I doing? I'm too old for this!" and pulled over to await the trooper's arrival.

Pulling in behind him, the trooper got out of his vehicle and walked up to the Corvette. He looked at his watch, then said, "Sir, my shift ends in 30 minutes. Today is Friday. If you can give me a new reason for speeding--a reason I've never before heard -- I'll let you go."

The old gentleman paused then said: "Three years ago, my wife ran off with a Florida State Trooper. I thought you were bringing her back.

"Have a good day, Sir," replied the trooper.

Georgia

The owner of a golf course in Georgia was confused about paying an invoice, so he decided to ask his secretary for some mathematical help. He called her into his office and said, "Y'all graduated from the University of Georgia and I need some help. If I wuz to give yew $20,000, minus 14%, how much would you take off?" The secretary thought a moment, and then replied, "Everthang but my earrings."

Louisiana

A senior citizen in Louisiana was overheard saying ... "When the end of the world comes, I hope to be in Louisiana ." When asked why, he replied, "I'd rather be in Louisiana 'cause everythang happens in Louisiana 20 years later than in the rest of the world."

Mississippi

The young man from Mississippi came running into the store and said to his buddy, "Bubba, somebody just stole your pickup truck from the parking lot!" Bubba replied, "Did y'all see who it was?" The young man answered, "I couldn't tell, but I got the license number."

South Carolina

A man in South Carolina had a flat tire, pulled off on the side of the road, and proceeded to put a bouquet of flowers in front of the car and one behind it. Then he got back in the car to wait. A passerby studied the scene as he drove by, and was so curious he turned around and went back. He asked the fellow what the problem was. The man replied, "I got a flat tahr." The passerby asked, "But what's with the flowers?" The man responded, "When you break down they tell you to put flares in the front and flares in the back. I never did understand it neither."

Tennessee

A Tennessee State trooper pulled over a pickup on I-65. The trooper asked, "Got any ID?" The driver replied, "Bout whut?"

Texas

The Sheriff pulled up next to the guy unloading garbage out of his pick-up into the ditch. The Sheriff asked, "Why are you dumping garbage in the ditch? Don't you see that sign right over your head."

"Yep," he replied. "That's why I'm dumpin' it here, 'cause it says: 'Fine For Dumping Garbage.' "


Forwarded by Bob Booth

Copper Wire Discovered

After having dug to a depth of 10 feet last year outside of New York City, New York scientists found traces of copper cable dating back 100 years. They came to the conclusion that their ancestors already had a telephone network more than 100 years ago.

 

Not to be outdone by the New Yorkers, in the weeks that followed, a Los Angeles, California archaeologist dug to a depth of 20 feet somewhere just outside Oceanside. Shortly after, a story in the LA Times read: "California archaeologists report a finding of 200 year old copper cable, have concluded that their ancestors already had an advanced high-tech communications network a hundred years earlier than the New Yorkers."

 

One week later, a newspaper in New Orleans, La reported the following: "After digging down about 30 feet deep near a Bayou in the community of

 Mamou, Louisiana, near the Hubba Hubba Club, Boudreaux, a self-taught archaeologist, reported that he found.....absolutely nothing.  Boudreaux has therefore concluded that 300 years ago, Louisiana had already gone wireless".

 

Just makes a person proud to be from Louisiana !!!


Forwarded by Auntie Bev

The Indian With One Testicle There once was an Indian who had only one testicle and whose given name was 'Onestone'. He hated that name and asked everyone not to call him Onestone. After years and years of torment, Onestone finally cracked and said,' If anyone calls me Onestone again I will kill them!'

The word got around and nobody called him that any more. Then one day a young woman named Blue Bird forgot and said, 'Good morning, Onestone.' He jumped up, grabbed her and took her deep into the forest where he made love to her all day and all night. He made love to her all the next day, until Blue Bird died from exhaustion. The word got around that Onestone meant what he promised he would do.

Years went by and no one dared call him by his given name until A woman named Yellow Bird returned to the village after being away. Yellow Bird, who was BlueBird's cousin, was overjoyed when she saw Onestone. She hugged him and said, 'Good to see you, Onestone.' Onestone grabbed her, took her deep into the forest, then he made love to her all day, made love to her all night, made love to her all the next day, made love to her all the next night, but

YellowBird wouldn't die!

Why ???

OH, come on... take a guess !!!

Think about it !

You're going to love this !!!

Everyone knows...

You can't kill Two Birds

withOneStone!!!

 


Forwarded by Gene and Joan

A Norwegian and a German entered a chocolate store. As they were busy looking, the German stole 3 chocolate bars.


As they left the store, the German said to the Norwegian, "Man I'm the best thief, I stole 3 chocolate bars and no one saw me. You can't beat that."

The Norwegian replied: "You want to see something better? Let's go back to the shop and I'll show you real stealing."

So they went to the counter and the Norwegian said to the shopkeeper, "Do you want to see magic?"

The shopkeeper replied, "Yes."

The Norwegian said, "Give me one chocolate bar."

The shopkeeper gave him one, and he ate it.

The Norwegian asked for a second bar, and he ate that as well. He asked for the third, and finished that one too.

The shopkeeper asked: "But where's the magic?"

The Norwegian replied: "Check in my friend's pocket, and you'll find all three bars of chocolate."

You just CAN'T beat a Norwegian!


Awful Puns Forwarded by Auntie Bev

Punography

When chemists die, they barium.

Jokes about German sausage are the wurst.

A soldier who survived mustard gas and pepper spray is now a seasoned veteran.

I know a guy who's addicted to brake fluid. He says he can stop any time.

How does Moses make his tea? Hebrews it.

I stayed up all night to see where the sun went. Then it dawned on me.

This girl said she recognized me from the vegetarian club, but I'd never met herbivore.

I'm reading a book about anti-gravity. I can't put it down.

I did a theatrical performance about puns. It was a play on words.

They told me I had type A blood, but it was a Type-O.

A dyslexic man walks into a bra.

PMS jokes aren't funny, period.

Why were the Indians here first ? They had reservations.

Class trip to the Coca-Cola factory. I hope there's no pop quiz.

Energizer bunny arrested. Charged with battery.

I didn't like my beard at first. Then it grew on me.

How do you make holy water? Boil the hell out of it!

Did you hear about the cross eyed teacher who lost her job because she couldn't control her pupils?

When you get a bladder infection, urine trouble.

What does a clock do when it's hungry ? It goes back four seconds.

I wondered why the baseball was getting bigger. Then it hit me!

Broken pencils are pointless.

I tried to catch some fog. I mist.

What do you call a dinosaur with a extensive vocabulary? A thesaurus.

England has no kidney bank, but it does have a Liverpool.

I used to be a banker, but then I lost interest.

I dropped out of communism class because of lousy Marx.

All the toilets in New York's police stations have been stolen. Police have nothing to go on.

I got a job at a bakery because I kneaded dough.

Haunted French pancakes give me the crepes.

Velcro - what a rip off!

Cartoonist found dead in home. Details are sketchy.

Venison for dinner? Oh deer!

I used to think I was indecisive, but now I'm not so sure

 

 


 

Forwarded by Paula

Jack Daniels Fishing Story

I went fishing this morning, but after a short time I ran out of worms. Then I saw a cottonmouth with a frog in its mouth. Frogs are good bass bait. Knowing the snake couldn't bite me with the frog in its mouth, I grabbed it right behind the head, took the frog, and put it in my bait bucket.

Now the dilemma was how to release the snake without getting bit. So, I grabbed my bottle of Jack Daniels and poured a little whiskey in its mouth. Its eyes rolled back, and it went limp. I released the snake into the lake without incident and carried on fishing, using the frog.

Not long after, I felt a nudge on my foot. It was that damn snake ... with two more frogs.

Life is good.

 




Humor Between March 1-31, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor033113

Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813

Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113

Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112

Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012

Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112

Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012

Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112

Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112

Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012

Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112  

Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012

Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112  

Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912 

Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112

 




And that's the way it was on March 31, 2013 with a little help from my friends.

Bob Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm

Bob Jensen's Threads --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm

Bob Jensen's Blogs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New Bookmarks --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Tidbits --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud Updates --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations   

Free Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI

Bob Jensen's Resume --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
 

Bob Jensen's Homepage --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/


 

For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually for free) go to   http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm

AECM (Accounting Educators)  http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment, cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful in any way for accounting education at the college/university level. Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications, etc

Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
 

CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/  (closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry, government or education. Others will be denied access.

Yahoo (Practitioners)  http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the activities of the AICPA. This can be anything  from the CPA2BIZ portal to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA.

AccountantsWorld  http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1 
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation.

Business Valuation Group BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com 
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag [RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM

 


 

Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality

I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult. Accounting academe is threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
 

“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But their contributions to society began to flow from their own self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with general public discourse.”

 

Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as there always tends to be in accounts of the shift from Gemeinschaft to Gesellschaft. Yet it is also clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary professionalism was necessary.

 

“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”

But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life, Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far. “The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic). The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional communities that have come to share too much and that have become too self-referential.”

 

What went wrong in accounting/accountics research? 
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong

 

Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites  --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm

Accounting Professors Who Blog --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm

Cool Search Engines That Are Not Google --- http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines

Free (updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks

CPA Examination --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle --- http://cpareviewforfree.com/
 


Bob Jensen's Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm

 

Bob Jensen's Homepage --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

 

 

February 28, 2013

Bob Jensen's New Bookmarks February 1-28, 2013
Bob Jensen at Trinity University 

For earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm 

Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron" enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and other universities is at http://www.searchedu.com/

Bob Jensen's Blogs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New Bookmarks --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Tidbits --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud Updates --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm

 

Bob Jensen's Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm

 

All my online pictures --- http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/

FASB Accounting Standards Updates ---
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498

Hasselback Accounting Faculty Directory --- http://www.hasselback.org/

Blast from the Past With Hal and Rosie Wyman ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm

Bob Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm 
 

2012 AAA Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view these videos.
Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield
in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc

2013 IFRS Blue Book (Not Free) ---
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717

Links to IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
 

Bob Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting

American Accounting Association  Past Presidents are listed at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PastPresidentsAAA.htm 

"2012 tax software survey:  Which products and features yielded frustration or bliss?" by Paul Bonner, Journal of Accountancy, September 2012 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2012/Sep/20125667.htm

Center for Financial Services Innovation --- http://cfsinnovation.com/

"Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 ---
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.

PCAOB Inspection Report Database ---
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx

Bob Jensen's taxation helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation 

Subtle Distinctions in Technical Terminology
Machine Learning, Big Data, Deep Learning, Data Mining, Statistics, Decision & Risk Analysis, Probability, Fuzzy Logic FAQ ---
http://wmbriggs.com/blog/?p=6465


Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813

Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113

Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112

Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012

Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112

Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012

Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112

Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112

Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012

Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112  

Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012

Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112  

Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912 

Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112




The Economist: World in 2013 (Annual summary of world economics trends from The Economist magazine) ---
http://www.economist.com/theworldin/2013


Video
"How Managers Should Read Financial Statements," Harvard Business Review Blog, February 19, 2013 --- Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/video/2013/02/how-managers-should-read-finan.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date

CNBC Explains Accounting --- http://www.cnbc.com/id/100000341

Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory


Common Core State Standards (CCSS) --- http://www.corestandards.org/
At Trinity University we would probably call these skill standards as opposed to other courses in the General Education Core such as Western Civilization and Science Gen. Ed. core courses. Colleges are more likely to agree on the skill standards than the other Gen. Ed. "standards." In the 21st Century colleges vary a great deal with respect to courses in the the Gen. Ed. smorgasbord.

"Ernst & Young Supports the CCSS for Education," by Deanna C. White, AccountingWeb, February 21, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/ernst-young-supports-ccss-education/221179?source=education

 

Ernst & Young recently joined the ranks of seventy top business leaders in proclaiming their support for the Common Core State Standards (CCSS) for education. 
 
In an open letter that appeared in the February 12, 2013, edition of the New York Times, Stephen R. Howe Jr., Americas Managing Partner at Ernst & Young, was listed as a business leader from one of seventy top companies and corporations, including GE and GM, who offered their "collective support" for the CCSS.
 
The CCSS initiative, led by the National Governors Association Center for Best Practices and the Council of Chief State School Officers, has produced K-12 standards in the foundational subjects of math and English that meet the business community's expectations for US students. 
 
The CCSS set consistent, focused, and rigorous expectations for American students. Forty-six states and the District of Columbia have already adopted the standards.
 
"As business leaders we believe that ALL American children have the right to an education that prepares them to be successful in a competitive global economy," the business leaders jointly stated in the open letter. "We also understand that in order to compete in a knowledge-based global economy, we must improve the academic performance of our students."
 
The standards, according to the CCSS website, are "rigorous, internationally benchmarked" criteria designed to ensure that students "leave school with the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in college and careers." The CCSS are not a national curriculum nor are they federally mandated.
 
"The need to raise student achievement in the public education system is clear, as American students are leaving school without the skills and education needed to succeed. Once leading the world in academic scores and education attainment, the United States has fallen behind other top performing countries," the website states, adding this "weakens the United States' ability to produce a workforce that is fully prepared to compete in the local, national, and global economies." 

Continued in article

 


"Don’t Rely on the “Journal of Accountancy” for the Straight Skinny on IFRS," by Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion, February 19, 2013  ---
Click Here
http://accountingonion.com/2013/02/dont-count-on-the-straight-skinny-about-ifrs-from-the-journal-of-accountancy.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+typepad%2Ftheaccountingonion+%28The+Accounting+Onion%29

Jensen Comment
I've not yet been able to get this page to work fully at Tom's Accounting Onion site. But the title alone is pretty indicative of what Tom probably says about AICPA bias toward IFRS. The Journal of Accountancy is the main publication of the AICPA.

I've been saying all along that the Big Four is biased toward IFRS because of reduced auditing costs (only one set of accounting standards to worry about), hundreds millions of dollars to be made in training clients, selling training materials, and helping to write software that converts from FASB standards to IASB standards.

And whenever the Big Four orders jump, the AICPA has always replies "how high."

My long time criticisms of the biases of the Big Four and the AICPA with respect to IFRS can be found at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting

The Big Four and the AICPA have always glossed over my main criticisms of replacing FASB standards with FASB standards:

  1. I think principles-based IFRS standards will make it too easy to have different accounting treatments of identical accounting transactions ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#BrightLines

     
  2. I think that EU politics has always dominated the IASB and will probably continue to do so since the future of the FASB rides so heavily upon pleasing the many EU nations.
     
  3. In the long run there is a possibility that the mice will roar like they are now roaring in the United Nations. Enemies of the USA may combine forces to leverage the FASB into setting accounting standards and interpretations for purposes of hurting the USA and the rest of the free world rather than improved accounting and transparency.

Note that a nation is not supposed to adopt IFRS if it intends to cherry pick what standards will be enforced versus not enforced. It is not supposed to rewrite any of the standards for its own domestic enforcements. In other words, if a nation adopts IFRS it adopts the whole IFRS enchilada.


"Pinocchio Investors: How Investors Lie to Themselves," The Washington Post, by Barry Ritholtz, The Washington Post, February 24, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/pinocchio-investors/

. . .

How exactly do investors lie to themselves? Here are just 8 ways I discuss in the column:

1. You know what your investment returns are
2. You can predict the future.
3. You know how costs, fees and taxes impact your returns.
4. You can pick fund managers.
5. You understand mean reversion.
6. You have a plan.
7. You can pick stocks.
8. You are saving enough for retirement.

What are you lying to yourself about?

Jensen Question

We might also start a similar thread on the AECM about Pinocchio teachers.


From PwC Direct on February 21, 2013

The FASB and IASB (the "boards") reached decisions at their February 20 meeting on disclosure requirements, transition, and effective date for the revenue recognition standard. These decisions substantively conclude the boards' redeliberations on this project. The boards' decisions are tentative and subject to change. Any remaining "sweep" issues will be discussed at . ..

Click the Download Button  
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief/2013-11-in-brief-boards-conclude-key-revenue-redeliberations-with-decisions-on-disclosures-and-transition.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief&j=55862&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=10702_HTML&u=3314177&mid=7002454&jb=0

Also see Ernst & Young's take on the revenue recognition standard ---
http://www.ey.com/UL/en/AccountingLink/Current-topics-Revenue-recognition


"The High Burden of State and Federal Capital Gains Taxes," by Kyle Pomerleau, The Tax Foundation, February 20, 2013 ---
http://taxfoundation.org/article/high-burden-state-and-federal-capital-gains-taxes

Long-term Capital Gains Rate
Rank Country/State Capital Gains Rate
1 Denmark 42.0%
2 California 33.0%
3 France 32.5%
4 Finland 32.0%
5 New York 31.4%
6 Oregon 31.0%
7 Delaware 30.4%
8 New Jersey 30.4%
9 Vermont 30.4%
10 Maryland 30.3%
11 Maine 30.1%
12 Ireland 30.0%
13 Sweden    30.0%
14 Idaho 29.7%
15 Minnesota 29.7%
16 North Carolina 29.7%
17 Iowa 29.6%
18 Hawaii 29.4%
19 District of Columbia 29.1%
20 Nebraska 29.1%
21 Connecticut 29.0%
22 West Virginia 28.9%
23 Ohio 28.7%
24 Georgia 28.6%
25 Kentucky 28.6%

Jensen Comment
It saddens me with all the focus on capital gains rates relative to what should be a more important issue --- price level adjusting long-term capital gains. I would prefer capital gains taxes at ordinary income rates after adjusting for inflation.

Arthur P. Hall, Issues in the Indexation of Capital Gains, Tax Foundation Special Report No. 47 (Apr. 1995), http://taxfoundation.org/sites/taxfoundation.org/files/docs/dafa29992e4cfa82276853f47607c84d.pdf.


Warning:  Although tax reform is unlikely over the next four years, miracles do happen. Some of the strategies suggested in the links below may be less advisable under serious revisions of our nation's tax law. Always stay up to date on tax reform. Even if there are no broad reforms, selected reforms are possible. For example, the advantage of not realizing long-term capital gains until after you die might be revised even if there are no other remarkable changes in the tax code.

The really-needed revision of the tax code for capital gains is to adjust these gains for inflation. Doing so, however, doesn't have a snowball's chance in Hell.

When I forward tax advice links like the ones below it does not mean that I agree with every piece of the advice or that I hold myself out as being a tax expert. Although I taught accounting for 40 years, I never taught tax accounting. I rely on tax software like Turbo Tax as much or more than you rely on such software.

If you really need help with your taxes, first visit the truly great IRS Website at www.irs.gov
If that does not do the job seek out a genuine tax expert for advice. Remember that all people who charge you for doing tax returns are not necessarily experts on tax planning and strategy. All tax experts are not equal any more than all physicians, lawyers, or college professors are all equal.

 

The Tax Policy Center has a good online tool for making before-and-after estimations ---
http://calculator2.taxpolicycenter.org/index.cfm

From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on February 23, 2013

The New Capital-Gains Maze
by: Laura Saunders
Feb 16, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 

TOPICS: Accounting, Capital Gains Tax, Investment Sales, Tax Law, Tax Planning, Taxation

SUMMARY: Amid the political drama surrounding the "fiscal cliff" negotiations, some investors overlooked significant tax changes kicking in this year. Most notable: those on long-term capital gains, or taxable income from the sale of investments held longer than a year. These are significant increases, and they raise the value of tax deferral and careful planning. Investors who have begun to consider these issues-and many haven't-admit to being confused. Fortunately for investors, there still are ways to minimize the hit-and even dodge it. Strategies include carefully timing investment sales, making charitable donations and family gifts with assets instead of cash, and minimizing certain income. With markets approaching record highs, investors need to know them. Topics include: lowering AGI, using "air pockets", giving appreciated assets to charity, strategizing family gifts, among others.

CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article offers a nice update regarding the changes in the tax law and how taxpayers can plan to legally minimize taxes. You can use this article to discuss each of the individual topics discussed in the article, as well as to show students how valuable tax planning services are for many taxpayers.

QUESTIONS: 
1. (Introductory) What were the "fiscal cliff" negotiations? How was the law regarding the sale of investments impacted? What were the biggest changes noted in this article?

2. (Advanced) What is adjusted gross income? What are the suggestions offered in the article regarding AGI? Why is AGI an important number for taxpayers?

3. (Advanced) What is an "air pocket" for tax purposes? How can a taxpayer use a so-called air pocket to reduce tax liability?

4. (Advanced) Please choose and explain three of the other tax planning ideas featured in the article. How could these ideas reduce tax liability without changing the overall effect of the underlying transaction?

5. (Advanced) If you choose to be a tax professional, how would you market your services based on what you learned from reading this article?
 

Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast

 

"The New Capital-Gains Maze," by Laura Saunders, The Wall Street Journal, February 16, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324432004578302123138871136.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj

Chances are your capital-gains taxes are going up this year—and if you aren't careful, you could end up paying more than necessary.

Amid the political drama surrounding the "fiscal cliff" negotiations, some investors overlooked significant tax changes kicking in this year. Most notable: those on long-term capital gains, or taxable income from the sale of investments held longer than a year.

Under the old system, there were often only two rates: zero and 15%, depending on your income. Now, there are three tax tiers: zero, 15% and 20%. More Weekend Investor

Value Stocks Are Hot—But Most Investors Will Burn Out Cash Shouldn't Be the Only Apple of Your Eye Is It Time to Hock the Art? Beyond Long-Term Care Thinking of 'Shorting' Treasurys? Tread Lightly

And that isn't all. There also are three backdoor tax increases that can push your effective rate even higher—to nearly 25%.

Experts say many taxpayers whose rate still is 15% could well owe one-third more than they would have last year. And many top-bracket taxpayers will owe nearly two-thirds more, even if their income is that high only because of a once-in-a-lifetime sale.

"These are significant increases, and they raise the value of tax deferral and careful planning," says Vanguard Group tax expert Joel Dickson.

Investors who have begun to consider these issues—and many haven't—admit to being confused.

"I'm trying to figure out whether it's even worth it to have a taxable account," says Matt Reiland, a 32-year-old oil-industry financial analyst in Farmington, N.M., who now is putting away $1,000 a month.

Fortunately for investors, there still are ways to minimize the hit—and even dodge it. Strategies include carefully timing investment sales, making charitable donations and family gifts with assets instead of cash, and minimizing certain income. With markets approaching record highs, investors need to know them.

To be sure, long-term capital gains still retain many of the advantages investors have cherished for decades.

Unlike wages, capital gains often can be timed. Losses on one investment can be "harvested" and used to offset gains on other investments, even in different years. Up to $3,000 of capital losses still are deductible against "ordinary" income such as wages. And whatever an investor's top rate on gains, it often is far below the rate on ordinary income, which now can be more than 41%.

It isn't just capital gains that are affected by the tax changes. The new provisions also apply to many dividends, and some apply to other investment income, including interest. But these types of income often are more difficult to time than long-term gains.

Where You Stand

This year's changes divide taxpayers into three groups. For joint filers with more than $450,000 of taxable income or single filers with more than $400,000, the tax rate on long-term gains is fairly clear, if painful.

It starts with a flat tax of 20% above those thresholds. Add to that the new "Pease limit," a complex backdoor increase tied to itemized deductions that is named after Donald Pease, a former Ohio congressman. In effect, the Pease limit raises a taxpayer's rate by about 1%, according to experts at the Tax Policy Center, a nonpartisan research group in Washington.

Finally, there is a new 3.8% flat tax on net investment income—unless the investor has sold an actively managed business—for a total of about 25%.

Thus, for a taxpayer already in the top bracket, the tax on a $500,000 gain could rise to about $125,000 this year from $75,000 in 2012.

For taxpayers in the next income tier—couples with $72,500 to $450,000 of taxable income and single filers with $36,250 to $400,000—the effective rate on a gain is harder to predict.

It begins with a 15% flat rate, but taxpayers who cross certain income thresholds owe more because of the 3.8% net investment income tax, the Pease limit and the Personal Exemption Phaseout, or PEP, a backdoor increase that limits personal exemptions.

Here's how it could play out: Say a couple with two children in college and a third soon to go has an adjusted gross income of $220,000. They sell long-held investments to help pay tuition, realizing a $175,000 gain. Although they are in the 15% bracket for long-term gains, just as they were in 2012, they'll owe about $5,500 more than they would have last year due to the new 3.8% tax.

This is where planning can help. If the couple can lower their income by, say, raising retirement-plan contributions or spreading the gain over several years, or both, they might reduce or avoid the extra taxes.

"If they cut this year's gain to $50,000, the $5,500 would drop about $750," says Roberton Williams, a tax specialist at the Tax Policy Center.

The last group are investors who owe zero tax on their long-term gains. They often avoid the 3.8% tax, the Pease limit and the Personal Exemption Phaseout as well.

For couples filing jointly, the zero rate extends up to $72,500 ($36,250 for singles). That might sound like a low cutoff, says Silicon Valley tax strategist Stewart Karlinsky, an emeritus professor at San Jose State University, "but it includes more people than we used to think."

That's because these investors often have large amounts of tax-free income, thanks to municipal bonds or Roth individual retirement accounts. If so, they might be able to realize gains selectively to stay within the zero rate.

Sound complicated? It is—and the alternative minimum tax can make it worse. But careful planning is often worth the effort. Here is what to do to minimize your gains pain this year.

Lower your adjusted gross income. An especially confusing feature of the new capital-gains regime is that while rates are tied to taxable income, for most taxpayers the backdoor increases are tied to adjusted gross income.

That's the number at the bottom of the front page of the 1040. It doesn't include itemized deductions on Schedule A, such as mortgage interest and charitable gifts. Taxable income does.

To avoid the backdoor taxes, it is important to minimize your adjusted gross income. Itemized deductions won't help, but other tax benefits can. Among them: deductible contributions to retirement plans such as IRAs or 401(k)s; moving expenses; business deductions or losses; capital losses; rental-property expenses; alimony payments; and health insurance premiums or health-savings-account contributions, according to Mr. Karlinsky.

Tax-free income from municipal bonds or Roth IRAs won't swell adjusted gross income, either. Converting to a Roth IRA will, however, raise it in the year of the conversion.

Take advantage of "air pockets." The tax code stacks income, deductions and net long-term gains in a way that shrewd taxpayers can exploit.

Here's an example: A retired couple has $70,000 of adjusted gross income before capital gains and $30,000 of itemized deductions. (They might also have tax-free income from munis and Roth IRAs.) According to tax rules, the deductions reduce their income to about $40,000.

This leaves them with an "air pocket" of about $33,000 before they cross from the zero rate to the 15% rate on long-term gains.

If they take a $50,000 gain, nearly $33,000 of it won't be taxable, while the rest would be taxed at 15%. If their income remains constant for two years and they can split the gain between the two years (selling at the end of December and beginning of January, for example), the entire gain could be tax-free.

This is a great tax-code freebie. "People in the zero bracket can even harvest gains and raise their cost basis without owing federal taxes," says Mitch Marsden, a planner at Longview Financial Advisors in Huntsville, Ala. Unlike with assets sold at a loss, there's no waiting period to repurchase assets sold at a gain.

Of course, the value of multiyear strategies depends in part on Congress not changing the law again.

Give appreciated assets to charity. Higher taxes raise the value of making charitable donations with appreciated assets such as shares of stock instead of cash. Under current law and within certain limits, the donor gets to skip the tax and yet take a near-full deduction for the gift.

Strategize family gifts. Are you thinking of giving cash to relatives or friends in the same year that you plan to sell a long-held asset? If your recipient is in a lower capital-gains bracket, consider giving him all or part of the asset instead. Taxpayers can give presents of up to $14,000 per individual per year free of gift tax, and the move can save on capital-gains tax as well.

For example, say a woman wants to give $14,000 to her granddaughter, who is between jobs. If she gives $14,000 of stock shares she bought for $3,000, the granddaughter could sell the shares and pay no tax if her taxable income is below $36,250 this year. But if the grandmother sells the shares herself, the tax bite could range from $1,650 to more than $2,500.

Hold on for dear life. The tax code still forgives capital gains on assets held until death; at that point the asset's full market value becomes part of the taxpayer's estate. Now that the estate-tax exemption is a generous $5.25 million per individual (and indexed for inflation), some investors will find it makes sense to hold appreciated assets until death in order to avoid higher capital-gains taxes.

Consider installment sales. Assets such as land or a business can be hard to sell piecemeal. But an owner could sell the entire asset in an installment sale and spread out a gain over several years, assuming the deal makes overall sense.

Remember the home exemption. Couples who sell a principal residence after living in it at least two years get to skip paying tax on up to $500,000 of gains ($250,000 for singles); only above that does the gain become part of income.

Beware of lower limits for trusts. The new 3.8% tax on capital-gains and other investment income takes effect at $11,950 of adjusted gross income for trusts—far lower than the $250,000 threshold for individuals.

But there is an out: The lower limit applies to income that's retained by the trust, while income that's paid out to beneficiaries is taxed at their own rates.

"This puts pressure on trustees to make distributions," says Diana Zeydel, an estate lawyer at Greenberg Traurig in Miami. Yet the point of some trusts is to retain gains and accumulate assets, or at least to keep the beneficiary on a short tether. These issues require expert help.

Don't be driven by taxes. Don't sell—or hold—an asset just to beat Uncle Sam. Don't do an installment sale if you can't trust the buyer to pay up. And don't make charitable or personal gifts solely for tax reasons.

Continued in article

The Tax Policy Center has a good online tool for making before-and-after estimations ---
http://calculator2.taxpolicycenter.org/index.cfm

Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation

Bob Jensen's personal finance helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#SmallBusiness


"Which Governments Spend the Most Per Capita on Government Healthcare: France, Italy, the United States, Sweden, Canada, Greece, or the United Kingdom?" by Daniel J. Mitchell, Townhall, February 22, 2013
http://www.townhallmail.com/fnbzdpfbzzgwdbzbwbdhfwcnnywnnbyfrrhpldgnrnybys_msycbpyncdb.html

 

See bar chart at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/HealthCostPerCapita.jpg

. . .

There are three big reasons why there’s more government-financed healthcare spending in the United States.

1. Richer nations tend to spend more, regardless of how they structure their healthcare systems.

2. As you can see at the 1:18 mark of this video, the United States is halfway down the road to a single-payer system thanks to programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.

3. America’s pervasive government-created third-party payer system leads to high prices and costly inefficiency.

So what’s the moral of the story? Simple, notwithstanding the shallow rhetoric that dominates much of the debate, the United States does not have anything close to a free-market healthcare system.

That was true before Obamacare and it’s even more true now that Obamacare has been enacted.

Indeed, it’s quite likely that many nations with “guaranteed” health care actually have more market-oriented systems than the United States.

Avik Roy argues, for instance, that Switzerland’s system is the best in the world. And the chart above certainly shows less direct government spending.

And there’s also the example of Singapore, which also is a very rich nation that has far less government spending on healthcare than the United States.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
Articles like this are controversial and misleading. Firstly, we may be comparing apples and kangaroos when it comes to the terms "health care" and "cost." Much of the USA health care "cost" gets buried in other accounts like "research" and "education." The many research universities in the USA are contributing tuition and state taxpayer money to fund biomedical science faculty and other science and engineering faculty who are doing medical research and development in one way or another. But these costs are treated as "education"  and "research" costs rather than medical costs.

An enormous proportion of what the USA includes in costs of medical care is really the cost of fraud that other nations, especially those with either free market or nationalized coverage, avoid much more efficiently and effectively. The frauds are especially high in Medicare billings for our aged and disabled such as billings for nonexistent medical equipment and $6,384 cost of an aspirin administered inside a hospital.

Much of what gets billed as "medical care" in the USA is the massive cost of malpractice insurance, costs which nations like Canada with national health care cover much more efficiently and effectively by leaving out the lawyers salivating over punitive damages.

In the USA and Mexico much of the cost of geriatric and disability care is borne by patient savings and family earnings that does not pass through governmental or third-party insurance "medical care" accounts.. In nations with nationalized medicine like Norway such costs are more apt to be called "medical costs."

In the USA most patients like me bear their own eye care and dental billings out-of-pocket and are not captured in governmental "medical care" accounts. In many other nations the costs of these services pass through governmental accounts.

The USA spends (usually under Medicare) hundreds of billions on patients that are terminally ill, often extending their lives uselessly for weeks or a few months in intensive care and cardiac care units. Most other nations save this money by letting nature run its course for dying patients and/or facilitating euthanasia. CBS Sixty Minutes ran a module on this under the title "The High Cost of Dying" in the USA.

Similar discrepancies arise for extremely premature and/or underweight new babies that are not saved in most nations outside the USA.

The above comparison of nations by Daniel Mitchell is mostly an example of the many attempts (such as poverty and unemployment) to make international comparisons on variables that are inconsistently defined and subject to enormous measurement error and variation between nations

 

"Sandwich Generation: What are our Ethical Obligations to Care for our Aged-Parents and Children?" by accounting professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, January 25, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/sandwich-generation.html

Bob Jensen's threads on health care are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm


An accounting professor's commentary in the Chronicle of Higher Education
Is it random coincidence that he wrote about the Governor of California and Nuts in separate articles on the same day?

"A Governor's Attack on Academic Freedom," by Steven Mintz (the Ethics Sage), Chronicle of Higher Education, February 18, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/A-Governors-Attack-on/137367/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en

Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm

"Accounting for Nuts (Literally): Diamond Foods Fraud Illustrates the Danger of overly-optimistic Earnings Projections," by Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 18, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/accounting-for-nuts.html

Bob Jensen's threads on Diamond Foods (including a teaching case) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Search on the phrase "Diamond Foods"


To get an F on your term paper, cite Fox News, but CNN and MSNBC are good for an A

"A Professor vs. Fox News," by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed, February 15, 2015 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/02/15/professors-syllabus-bars-students-using-fox-news-assignment

Jensen Comment
I certainly hope this instructor will not get a full-time appointment.
Some accounting are proud of the fact that they don't read the Wall Street Journal
I don't think they will give an F to a student who cites an article in the WSJ
 

Bob Jensen's threads on the liberal bias of the Academy ---
www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm


Reflections on the Last Decade of IFRS Parts 1 and 2 in the free Australian Accounting Review

2012 Volume 22 Issue 3 Special Edition Part 1 on the last decade of IFRS

Capsule Summaries of Part 2
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2012/november/10-years-of-ifrs-reflections-and-expectations

2012 Volume 22 Issue 4 Special Edition Part 2 on the last decade of IFRS

Capsule Summaries of Part 2
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/10-years-of-ifrss-ii

Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting

 

The Australian Accounting Review

  1. 2012 - Volume 22 Australian Accounting Review
  2. 2011 - Volume 21 Australian Accounting Review
  3. 2010 - Volume 20 Australian Accounting Review
  4. 2009 - Volume 19 Australian Accounting Review
  5. 2008 - Volume 18 Australian Accounting Review
  6. 2007 - Volume 17 Australian Accounting Review
  7. 2006 - Volume 16 Australian Accounting Review
  8. 2005 - Volume 15 Australian Accounting Review
  9. 2004 - Volume 14 Australian Accounting Review
  10. 2003 - Volume 13 Australian Accounting Review
  11. 2002 - Volume 12 Australian Accounting Review
  12. 2001 - Volume 11 Australian Accounting Review
  13. 2000 - Volume 10 Australian Accounting Review
  14. 1999 - Volume 9 Australian Accounting Review
  15. 1998 - Volume 8 Australian Accounting Review
  16. 1997 - Volume 7 Australian Accounting Review
  17. 1996 - Volume 6 Australian Accounting Review
  18. 1995 - Volume 5 Australian Accounting Review
  19. 1994 - Volume 4 Australian Accounting Review
  20. 1993 - Volume 3 Australian Accounting Review
  21. 1992 - Volume 1 Australian Accounting Review
  22. 1991 - Volume 1 Australian Accounting Review

References for Comparisons of IFRS versus U.S. GAAP

From Ernst & Young in November 2012
US GAAP versus IFRS: The basics 
While convergence was a high priority for the FASB and the IASB in 2012, differences continue to exist between US GAAP and IFRS. In this guide, we provide an overview by accounting area of where the standards are similar, where differences are commonly found in practice, and how and when certain differences are expected to disappear
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/IFRSBasics_BB2435_November2012/$FILE/IFRSBasics_BB2435_November2012.pdf

Jensen Comment
This is only a 54-page document. I still prefer the somewhat older but much longer PwC document.

Older links to such comparisons:

 

US GAAP versus IFRS: The basics
2011 Edition, 56 Pages
Free from Ernst & Young
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/IFRSBasics_BB2280_December2011/$FILE/IFRSBasics_BB2280_December2011.pdf

IFRS and US GAAP: Similarities and Differences
2011 Edition, 238 Pages
From PwC
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/issues/ifrs-reporting/publications/ifrs-and-us-gaap-similarities-and-differences.jhtml
Note the Download button!

From Deloitte
Comparisons of IFRS With Local GAAPS
http://www.iasplus.com/dttpubs/pubs.htm#compare1109
IFRS and US GAAP
July 2008 Edition, 76 Pages
http://www.iasplus.com/dttpubs/0809ifrsusgaap.pdf

Jensen Comment
At the moment I prefer the PwC reference
My favorite comparison topics (Derivatives and Hedging) begin on Page 158 in the PwC reference
The booklet does a good job listing differences but, in my opinion, overly downplays the importance of these differences. It may well be that IFRS is more restrictive in some areas and less restrictive in other areas to a fault. This is one topical area where IFRS becomes much too subjective such that comparisons of derivatives and hedging activities under IFRS can defeat the main purpose of "standards." The main purpose of an "accounting standard" is to lead to greater comparability of inter-company financial statements. Boo on IFRS in this topical area, especially when it comes to testing hedge effectiveness!

One key quotation is on Page 165

IFRS does not specifically discuss the methodology of applying a critical-terms match in the level of detail included within U.S. GAAP.
Then it goes yatta, yatta, yatta.

Jensen Comment
This is so typical of when IFRS fails to present the "same level of detail" and more importantly fails to provide "implementation guidance" comparable with the FASB's DIG implementation topics and illustrations.

I have a huge beef with the lack of illustrations in IFRS versus the many illustrations in U.S. GAAP.

I have a huge beef with the lack of illustrations in IFRS versus the many illustrations in U.S. GAAP.

I have a huge beef with the lack of illustrations in IFRS versus the many illustrations in U.S. GAAP

 


"PwC's 2013 Top 10 Technology Trends for Business:  Report Reveals the Emerging and Disruptive Technologies that Are Reshaping Strategies, Business Models, and Enterprise Investments," SmartPros, February 11, 2013 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x74571.xml

. . .

According to PwC, 10 significant trends will impact businesses this year:

Bob Jensen's threads on Gamification are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment

 


"Tax Advice for the Second Obama Administration," by Paul L. Caron, SSRN, February 18, 2013 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2220496

Abstract:
Twenty-five of the nation’s leading tax academics, practitioners, journalists, and public intellectuals gathered in Malibu, California on the Friday before President Obama’s second inauguration to plead for tax reform. The papers published in this issue of the Pepperdine Law Review provide very different prescriptions for America’s tax ills. But there is a unanimous diagnosis that the country’s tax system is sick indeed. A re-elected president’s inauguration offers a particularly propitious moment to put politics aside and embark on a treatment plan. If our lawmakers are interested in healing our tax wounds, the ideas presented in these pages offer a good place to begin. They run the gamut from relatively minor procedures to total transplantation. But all would improve the health of our current tax system.

Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation


"Tax Pays: HP Pays Ernst & Young Two Million To Testify," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, February 18, 2013 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2013/02/18/tax-pays-hp-pays-ernst-young-two-million-to-testify/

The issue of tax avoidance by corporations is a hot one. In the US and in the UK, legislators and pundits seeking “tax justice” have changed the discussion from one of tax breaks that stimulate “jobs and growth” to one of tax fairness to provide much needed funds for public works and public commitments in time of economic hardship.

In December 2012, I wrote in the UK publication Accountancy on the subject of offshore profit shifting by corporations such as Starbucks, Google, Amazon, and other US multinationals. The UK is mad as hell and not going to take it anymore. It seems US multinationals move profits out of the UK via circuitous supply chain routes leaving no profits, no tax liability and, therefore, no tax revenue there, for all their hoopla here about success abroad.

Shifting

Multinationals are under increasing scrutiny for income shifting and offshoring profits. Francine McKenna reports

US corporations with activities in relatively high tax UK avoid tax on profits by moving income to tax havens. Loopholes in the US tax code allow corporations to do this with impunity. Governments continue to prioritise a ‘competitive tax environment for business’ in the hope corporations will convert profits into economic growth and jobs. Tax justice and a fair spread of the deficit reduction burden have been ignored.

Multinationals headquartered in the US often reduce income taxes by shifting profits offshore. Profit shifting erodes the corporate tax base and reduces overall tax revenues. Lower revenues are squeezing governments all over the world trying to provide services during a prolonged period of economic uncertainty and high sovereign debt. There are now significant differences in the tax burden among corporate taxpayers and an overall unequal burden on all taxpayers in the US and in the UK.

Here’s the PDF of that article from the December 2012 issue of Accountancy.

So it was quite a shock for me to learn that, when the debate landed in the US, HP paid Ernst & Young, probably the preeminent tax advisor of the Big Four accounting firms at least for US multinationals, for testimony before the Senate Subcommittee on Investigations in September.

Maybe it doesn’t seem strange to you to see $2 million in “Other” fees to the auditor show up on the HP proxy. Maybe you weren’t aware Ernst & Young is already being investigated by the SEC for independence violations related to tax lobbying. According to Reuters, Ernst & Young provided tax lobbying services to audit clients.

The last time we had a big Big Four independence rules crackdown, it was 2004. It was Ernst & Young again, sanctioned for its systems integrator relationship with PeopleSoft, an audit client. Ernst & Young was suspended from accepting new public company audit clients for six months.

I bet you can’t tell me about an SEC or PCAOB enforcement order for a similar firm-level independence offense since. But they do occur with some regularity, in my observation. There was one in Australia against KPMG that resulted in an enforcement order. It was suspiciously similar to what I reported regarding tax services provided by  KPMG to audit client GE. The KPMG GE issue went away quietly.

And I reported over the holidays about PwC’s systems integration relationship with audit client Thomson Reuters, an inappropriate business alliance that’s very similar to the PeopleSoft case. An SEC inquiry of the potential independence was inadvertently confirmed by PwC, to my editors at Forbes, when a PwC spokesman complained to them about my recent reporting. PwC told Forbes editors the SEC had called them about it even though I had “not given them much time that morning to respond to the story.”  PwC did not request a retraction or a correction to the story, only a chance to talk me and Forbes out of it.

That’s not going to happen.

Here’s what Ernst & Young did for HP – and Microsoft – in September of 2012. Microsoft was also called by Senator Carl Levin to testify. Microsoft is a tax lobbying client of Ernst & Young.

Let’s hope EY didn’t charge Microsoft for the same appearance.

Continued in artilce.

Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm


"Will You Have to Pay Capital Gains Taxes on the Sale of Your Home?" by Carrie Schwab Pomerantz, Townhall, February 21, 2013 --- Click Here
http://finance.townhall.com/columnists/carrieschwabpomerantz/2013/02/21/will-you-have-to-pay-capital-gains-taxes-on-the-sale-of-your-home-n1515764?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl

Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2220496


Individual Retirement Account (IRA) --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Individual_retirement_account

There are several types of IRA:

There are two other subtypes of IRA, named Rollover IRA and Conduit IRA, that are viewed by some as obsolete under current tax law (their functions have been subsumed by the Traditional IRA); but this tax law is set to expire unless extended. However, some individuals still maintain these arrangements in order to keep track of the source of these assets. One key reason is that some qualified plans will accept rollovers from IRAs only if they are conduit/rollover IRAs.

What was formerly known as an Educational IRA is now called a Coverdell Education Savings Account.

Starting with the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA), many of the restrictions of what type of funds could be rolled into an IRA and what type of plans IRA funds could be rolled into were significantly relaxed. Additional acts have further relaxed similar restrictions. Essentially, most retirement plans can be rolled into an IRA after meeting certain criteria, and most retirement plans can accept funds from an IRA. An example of an exception is a non-governmental 457 plan which cannot be rolled into anything but another non-governmental 457 plan.

The tax treatment of the above types of IRAs except for Roth IRAs are substantially similar, particularly for rules regarding distributions. SEP IRAs and SIMPLE IRAs also have additional rules similar to those for qualified plans governing how contributions can and must be made and what employees are qualified to participate.

 

"Should You Contribute to a Non-Deductible IRA?" by Laura Adams, Money Girl, February 12, 2013 ---
http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/what-is-a-non-deductible-ira.aspx

Roth IRA --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roth_IRA

Jensen Warning
Deborah Jacobs may have overstated the case for a Roth IRA. Ordinary folks should not choose a Roth IRA without expert tax advice

Mega-Roths
Remarkably, despite warnings of future large revenue losses, Congress has put no cap on the amount that can accumulate in a Roth IRA. Still, the Yelp shares in Levchin’s Roth do raise a legal issue. Tax rules bar you from investing your IRA or Roth IRA in a business you control—such a “prohibited transaction” can render the IRA immediately taxable and ­possibly subject to penalties.
Deborah L. Jacobs (see below)

"How Facebook Billionaires Dodge Mega-Millions In Taxes," by Deborah L. Jacobs, Forbes, March 20, 2012 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/deborahljacobs/2012/03/20/how-facebook-billionaires-dodge-mega-millions-in-taxes/

In 2010 Max R. Levchin, chairman of social review site Yelp, sold 3.1 million shares of Yelp held in his Roth individual retirement account. Most of the $10.1 million he received was profit. But Levchin, a 36-year-old serial entrepreneur who started PayPal with ­billionaire Peter Thiel in 1998, won’t ever have to pay a penny of income tax on those gains. That’s because all earnings in a Roth IRA are tax free so long as its owner waits until age 59 1/2 to take money out.

Moreover, Securities & Exchange Commission filings show Levchin still has 3.9 million shares of Yelp, now trading near $22, in his Roth. So it appears his tax-free “retirement” kitty is worth at least $95 million—and maybe a lot more. We don’t know, for example, if Levchin’s Roth owned stock in social app company Slide, which he started in 2004 and sold to Google for $182 million in 2010. If Levchin doesn’t spend his mega-Roth in retirement, he can leave it to his kids or grandkids, who can, under current law, stretch out income-tax-free growth and withdrawals for decades.

Levchin isn’t the only tech titan who’s got a shrewd tax advisor. Buried in recent SEC filings for Facebook, Zynga and LinkedIn are other examples of legal moves the ultrarich use to shield big dollars from the ­taxman. These techniques are available to the merely well-off, too, but they produce the most dramatic savings when executed early in a hot company’s—or hot entrepreneur’s—life.

How early? Facebook billionaire cofounders Mark Zuckerberg and Dustin Moskovitz are both 27, unmarried and have no children we know of. Yet back in 2008 they both set up grantor retained annuity trusts (GRATs) that we estimate will allow them to transfer a total of at least $185 million of wealth to future offspring or others, gift tax free. That compares to a supposed gift-tax exemption of just $1 million in 2008 and $5.12 million today.

Both the Obama Administration and congressional Democrats have proposed new limits on GRATs. Meanwhile, you may want to copy the social tech wizards, if you have high-growth investments to shelter.

Mega-Roths

Remarkably, despite warnings of future large revenue losses, Congress has put no cap on the amount that can accumulate in a Roth IRA. Still, the Yelp shares in Levchin’s Roth do raise a legal issue. Tax rules bar you from investing your IRA or Roth IRA in a business you control—such a “prohibited transaction” can render the IRA immediately taxable and ­possibly subject to penalties.

It’s clear that if you own a small business, your IRA or Roth IRA can’t invest in it. But what if you are chairman or CEO of a private firm with many investors and buy its shares for your Roth? SEC filings show that in 2001, while CEO of ­PayPal, tech investor Thiel bought 1.7 million shares of that company for 30 cents a share through his Roth. In 2002 eBay bought out PayPal for $19 a share—an apparent $31.5 million tax-free profit for Thiel. It also appears from a letter we discovered in a federal court case that some of Thiel’s early investment in Facebook was also through his Roth IRA. He now sits on Facebook’s board.

Is this kosher? FORBES has been told reward-seeking informants are filing claims with the IRS Whistleblower Office, flagging such transactions as improper. But IRA expert Noel Ice says it’s a gray area, with little IRS or court guidance. Buying closely held stock for an IRA is probably okay, he says, so long as the IRA’s owner doesn’t have—when all his investments are combined—voting control of that company. Levchin, Thiel and the IRS wouldn’t comment.

The lesson for ordinary folks? Put investments with the highest growth potential in your Roth. Note: If you do want to put nonpublicly traded stock in an IRA or a Roth IRA, you’ll generally need to use a special custodian who handles “self-directed” IRAs. (The big brokers, banks and mutual fund companies that hold most IRAs generally limit investments to publicly traded stock, bonds, mutual funds and bank CDs.) Levchin and Thiel have used San Francisco-based Pensco Trust Co. to hold their Roth IRAs.

The Facebook GRATs

Thanks to a 2000 Tax Court decision ­involving a member of the billionaire Walton clan, which founded Wal-Mart, it’s now possible to transfer large amounts of wealth to heirs gift tax free using a grantor retained annuity trust. The person who wants to transfer wealth (the grantor) puts shares into the ­irrevocable trust and retains the right to ­receive an annual payment back from the trust for a period of time—say, 2 to 15 years. If the grantor survives that period, any property left in the trust when the annual payments end passes to family members.

The key is this: In calculating how much value will be left at the end—and thus how big a gift the grantor is making—the IRS doesn’t look at the performance of the actual stock in the trust. Instead, it assumes the trust assets are earning a paltry government-determined interest rate. With a zeroed-out, or “Walton” GRAT, the grantor receives an annuity that leaves nothing for heirs—if assets grow only at the IRS’ lowly interest rate. If they grow faster, the excess goes to heirs gift tax free. (If assets don’t grow, the grantor is no worse off, because the annuity can be paid by returning some shares each year to the grantor.)

Continued in article

 

Bob Jensen's personal finance helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers

Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm


"KRUGMAN: Sweden Has The Answers To Our Taxation Problems," by Kamelia Angelova, Business Insider, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/paul-krugman-on-taxes-2013-2 

The above link is a video of Paul Krugman being interviewed. He seems to be holding an earlier Sweden as having some type of taxation and welfare spending program that's an ideal without mentioning that the current Sweden and other Nordic nations are  trying to change all that by:

Either Professor Krugman is ignorant of the changes taking place in Sweden (which I doubt) or he's selectively trying to mislead his audience. He should be more careful in selectively choosing examples he promotes as ideals. This is not, in my viewpoint, the type of selectivity we want in our Academy.

 

Special Report in The Economist magazine that the liberal television stations and newspapers are keeping secret
"Northern lights:  The Nordic countries are reinventing their model of capitalism," by Adrian Wooldridge, The Economist, February 2, 2013, pp. 1-6 ---
http://www.economist.com/news/special-report/21570840-nordic-countries-are-reinventing-their-model-capitalism-says-adrian

THIRTY YEARS AGO Margaret Thatcher turned Britain into the world’s leading centre of “thinking the unthinkable”. Today that distinction has passed to Sweden. The streets of Stockholm are awash with the blood of sacred cows. The think-tanks are brimful of new ideas. The erstwhile champion of the “third way” is now pursuing a far more interesting brand of politics.

Sweden has reduced public spending as a proportion of GDP from 67% in 1993 to 49% today. It could soon have a smaller state than Britain. It has also cut the top marginal tax rate by 27 percentage points since 1983, to 57%, and scrapped a mare’s nest of taxes on property, gifts, wealth and inheritance. This year it is cutting the corporate-tax rate from 26.3% to 22%.

Sweden has also donned the golden straitjacket of fiscal orthodoxy with its pledge to produce a fiscal surplus over the economic cycle. Its public debt fell from 70% of GDP in 1993 to 37% in 2010, and its budget moved from an 11% deficit to a surplus of 0.3% over the same period. This allowed a country with a small, open economy to recover quickly from the financial storm of 2007-08. Sweden has also put its pension system on a sound foundation, replacing a defined-benefit system with a defined-contribution one and making automatic adjustments for longer life expectancy.

Most daringly, it has introduced a universal system of school vouchers and invited private schools to compete with public ones. Private companies also vie with each other to provide state-funded health services and care for the elderly. Anders Aslund, a Swedish economist who lives in America, hopes that Sweden is pioneering “a new conservative model”; Brian Palmer, an American anthropologist who lives in Sweden, worries that it is turning into “the United States of Swedeamerica”.

There can be no doubt that Sweden’s quiet revolution has brought about a dramatic change in its economic performance. The two decades from 1970 were a period of decline: the country was demoted from being the world’s fourth-richest in 1970 to 14th-richest in 1993, when the average Swede was poorer than the average Briton or Italian. The two decades from 1990 were a period of recovery: GDP growth between 1993 and 2010 averaged 2.7% a year and productivity 2.1% a year, compared with 1.9% and 1% respectively for the main 15 EU countries.

For most of the 20th century Sweden prided itself on offering what Marquis Childs called, in his 1936 book of that title, a “Middle Way” between capitalism and socialism. Global companies such as Volvo and Ericsson generated wealth while enlightened bureaucrats built the Folkhemmet or “People’s Home”. As the decades rolled by, the middle way veered left. The government kept growing: public spending as a share of GDP nearly doubled from 1960 to 1980 and peaked at 67% in 1993. Taxes kept rising. The Social Democrats (who ruled Sweden for 44 uninterrupted years from 1932 to 1976 and for 21 out of the 24 years from 1982 to 2006) kept squeezing business. “The era of neo-capitalism is drawing to an end,” said Olof Palme, the party’s leader, in 1974. “It is some kind of socialism that is the key to the future.”

The other Nordic countries have been moving in the same direction, if more slowly. Denmark has one of the most liberal labour markets in Europe. It also allows parents to send children to private schools at public expense and make up the difference in cost with their own money. Finland is harnessing the skills of venture capitalists and angel investors to promote innovation and entrepreneurship. Oil-rich Norway is a partial exception to this pattern, but even there the government is preparing for its post-oil future.

This is not to say that the Nordics are shredding their old model. They continue to pride themselves on the generosity of their welfare states. About 30% of their labour force works in the public sector, twice the average in the Organisation for Economic Development and Co-operation, a rich-country think-tank. They continue to believe in combining open economies with public investment in human capital. But the new Nordic model begins with the individual rather than the state. It begins with fiscal responsibility rather than pump-priming: all four Nordic countries have AAA ratings and debt loads significantly below the euro-zone average. It begins with choice and competition rather than paternalism and planning. The economic-freedom index of the Fraser Institute, a Canadian think-tank, shows Sweden and Finland catching up with the United States (see chart). The leftward lurch has been reversed: rather than extending the state into the market, the Nordics are extending the market into the state.

Why are the Nordic countries doing this? The obvious answer is that they have reached the limits of big government. “The welfare state we have is excellent in most ways,” says Gunnar Viby Mogensen, a Danish historian. “We only have this little problem. We can’t afford it.” The economic storms that shook all the Nordic countries in the early 1990s provided a foretaste of what would happen if they failed to get their affairs in order.

There are two less obvious reasons. The old Nordic model depended on the ability of a cadre of big companies to generate enough money to support the state, but these companies are being slimmed by global competition. The old model also depended on people’s willingness to accept direction from above, but Nordic populations are becoming more demanding.

Small is powerful

The Nordic countries have a collective population of only 26m. Finland is the only one of them that is a member of both the European Union and the euro area. Sweden is in the EU but outside the euro and has a freely floating currency. Denmark, too, is in the EU and outside the euro area but pegs its currency to the euro. Norway has remained outside the EU.

But there are compelling reasons for paying attention to these small countries on the edge of Europe. The first is that they have reached the future first. They are grappling with problems that other countries too will have to deal with in due course, such as what to do when you reach the limits of big government and how to organise society when almost all women work. And the Nordics are coming up with highly innovative solutions that reject the tired orthodoxies of left and right.

The second reason to pay attention is that the new Nordic model is proving strikingly successful. The Nordics dominate indices of competitiveness as well as of well-being. Their high scores in both types of league table mark a big change since the 1980s when welfare took precedence over competitiveness.

The Nordics do particularly well in two areas where competitiveness and welfare can reinforce each other most powerfully: innovation and social inclusion. BCG, as the Boston Consulting Group calls itself, gives all of them high scores on its e-intensity index, which measures the internet’s impact on business and society. Booz & Company, another consultancy, points out that big companies often test-market new products on Nordic consumers because of their willingness to try new things. The Nordic countries led the world in introducing the mobile network in the 1980s and the GSM standard in the 1990s. Today they are ahead in the transition to both e-government and the cashless economy. Locals boast that they pay their taxes by SMS. This correspondent gave up changing sterling into local currencies because everything from taxi rides to cups of coffee can be paid for by card.

The Nordics also have a strong record of drawing on the talents of their entire populations, with the possible exception of their immigrants. They have the world’s highest rates of social mobility: in a comparison of social mobility in eight advanced countries by Jo Blanden, Paul Gregg and Stephen Machin, of the London School of Economics, they occupied the first four places. America and Britain came last. The Nordics also have exceptionally high rates of female labour-force participation: in Denmark not far off as many women go out to work (72%) as men (79%).

Flies in the ointment

This special report will examine the way the Nordic governments are updating their version of capitalism to deal with a more difficult world. It will note that in doing so they have unleashed a huge amount of creativity and become world leaders in reform. Nordic entrepreneurs are feeling their oats in a way not seen since the early 20th century. Nordic writers and artists—and indeed Nordic chefs and game designers—are enjoying a creative renaissance.

The report will also add caveats. The growing diversity of Nordic societies is generating social tensions, most horrifically in Norway, where Anders Breivik killed 77 people in a racially motivated attack in 2011, but also on a more mundane level every day. Sweden is finding it particularly hard to integrate its large population of refugees.

The Nordic model is still a work in progress. The three forces that have obliged the Nordic countries to revamp it—limited resources, rampant globalisation and growing diversity—are gathering momentum

Continued in article

Note that on Page 5 there's also a section entitled "More for Less" devoted to Welfare Capitalism.

Jensen Comment
It appears that among the Nordics only Norway will continue to afford socialism, but this is because oil-rich Norway is a leading OPEC nation less concerned with the need for private sector growth.

There are of course serious obstacles to applying the new Nordic capitalism to the USA. Firstly, the USA is not bound by the Arctic Ocean on the north and the North Sea on the south that greatly discourages illegal immigration and narcotics. Secondly, the Nordic countries have difficult languages that are not studied to a significant degree in other nations. For example, I'm told that if you weren't raised in Finland you can never understand the language. Thirdly, there's no existing infrastructure to absorb and aid illegal immigrants in Scandinavia. Scandinavians like my grandparents, Ole, Sven, and Lena emigrated from these hard and cold countries rather than immigrating to these lands.

Scandinavians have avoided the crippling costs of building up powerful military forces and have not tried to become the police force of the world.

Scandinavians also avoided the horrors in importing millions of slaves and the centuries of social costs and degradations that followed. Nor did they have to go to war, to a serious degree, with indigenous peoples to take over the land by trickery and force.

"The Nordic model for unemployment insurance," Sober Look, January 11, 2013 ---
http://soberlook.com/2013/01/the-nordic-model-for-unemployment.html 

Bob Jensen's comparisons of the American versus Denmark dreams ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/SunsetHillHouse/SunsetHillHouse.htm

Bob Jensen's threads on why Vermont is trying to increase its unemployment rate ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Political/PoliticalQuotationsCommentaries.htm#VermontWelfare


"What’s Wrong with the Financial Services Industry?" by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/whats-wrong-with-the-financial-services-industry/

If you hang around these parts for any length of time, you will occasionally run across a jeremiad of mine complaining about the Financial Services Industry.

I’ve been thinking about this more than usual lately. This has led to some correspondence with Helaine Olen, whose book Pound Foolish: Exposing the Dark Side of the Personal Finance Industry is next up in my queue. (Her appearance on the TDS yesterday is here). It is similar to the deep dive my colleague Josh Brown took in Backstage Wall Street.

My criticism is somewhat different than Helaine’s (though I am sympatico with much of her view). I break down the problems as follows:

 

Simplicity does not pay well: Investing should be relatively simple: Buy broad asset classes, hold them over long periods of time, rebalance periodically, get off the tracks when the locomotive is bearing down on you. The problem is its easier in theory than is reality to execute this.

Confusion is not a bug, its a feature:   Thus, the massive choice, the nonstop noise the confusing claims, all work to make this much more complex than it needs to be.

Too much money attracts the wrong kinds of people: Let’s face it, the volume of cash that passes through the Financial Services Industry is enormous. Few who enters finance does so for altruistic reasons.

Incentives are misaligned: As I’ve written previously, too many people are unwilling to get rich slowly. Hence, some of the wrong people work in finance, and some of the right people exercise bad judgment.

Too many people have a hand in your pocket:  The list of people nicking you as an investor is enormous. Insiders (CEO/CFO/Boards of Directors) transfer wealth from shareholders to themselves, with the blessing of corrupted Compensation Consultants. Active mutual funds charge way too much for sub par performance. 401(k)s are disastrous. NYSE and NASDAQ Exchanges have been paid to allow a HFT tax on every other investor. FASB and Accountants have doen an awful job, allowing corporations to mislead investors with junk balance statements. The Media’s job is to sell advertising, not provide you with intelligent advice. The Regulators have been captured.

What’s the net impact of all this on your investments ?

The Financialized US Economy: The above list reflects nearly half a century of the financialization of the broader US economy. Instead of serving industry, finance has trumped it. This led directly to the financial crisis and economic collapse of 2007-09.

Human Nature: Then there is your own behavioral issues. On top of everything else, you are governed by a brain that simply wasn’t built for this.

All of these add up to a system that is flawed, and often fails to do its job.

Continued in article

Large public accounting firms are probably not in favor of simplifying the tax code
February 17, 2013 message from Richard Sansing

This week's issue of The Economist has a special report on
off-shore finance. This article discusses the role of large
public accounting firms.


http://www.economist.com/news/special-report/21571556-accounting-firms-will-do-nicely-under-any-set-rules-merry-enablers

Jensen Content
Note that "simplicity does not pay well" in consulting!
I wonder to what extent large CPA firms want simplified accounting and auditing rules (to increase profits on audits) and highly complex regulations and financing alternatives (to increase profitability of consulting). Thus far in the 21st Century everything seems to becoming more complicated., which is probably why audits are not especially profitable relative to consulting.

However, unless a new regulation is put in place to rotate audit firms, auditing contributes heavily to fixed costs annually due to the tendency of clients to stick with the same auditing firms year after year. Consulting engagements come and go making them not especially reliable for paying fixed costs but making them profitable on top of the fixed costs paid for by audit engagements. Thant's my $.02.


Definition of Screwed:
avg mkt return ~12%, avg mutual fund ret ~9%, average investor ret ~ 2.6%. Timing, selection, and costs destroy

Finance Professor Jim Mahar

"Romancing Alpha (α), Breaking Up with Beta (β)," by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/alpha-beta/

Since it is a Friday (following Valentine’s Day), I want to step back from the usual market gyrations to discuss a broader topic: The pursuit of Alpha, where it goes wrong, and the actual cost in Beta.
 

For those of you unfamiliar with the Wall Street’s Greek nomenclature, a quick (and oversimplified) primer: When we refer to Beta (β), we are referencing a portfolio’s correlation to its benchmark returns, both directionally and in terms of magnitude.
 

We use a scale of 0-1. Let’s say your benchmark is the S&P500 — it has a β = 1. Something uncorrelated does what it does regardless of what the SPX does, and its Beta is = 0. We can also use negative numbers, so a Beta of minus 1 (-1) does the exact opposite of the benchmark.
 

Beta measures how closely your investments perform relative to your benchmark. If you were to do nothing else but buy that benchmark index (i.e., S&P500), you will have captured Beta (for these purposes, I am ignoring volatility).

The other Greek letter we want to mention is Alpha (α). Alpha is the risk-adjusted return of active management for any investment. The goal of active management is through a combination of stock/sector selection, market timing, hedging, leverage, etc. is to beat the market. This can be described as generating Alpha.

To oversimplify: Alpha is a measure of out-performance over Beta.

Why bring this up today?

Over the past few months, I have been looking at an inordinate number of portfolios and 401(k) plans that have all done pretty poorly. I am not referring to any one quarter of even year, but rather, over the long haul. There is an inherent selection bias built into this group — well performing portfolios don’t have owners considering switching asset managers. But even accounting for that bias, a hefty increase in the sheer number of reviews leads me to wonder about just how widespread the under-performance is.
 

One of the things that has become so obvious to me over the past few years is how unsuccessful various players in the markets have been in their pursuit of Alpha. We know that 80% or so of mutual fund managers underperform their benchmarks each year. We have seen Morningstar studies that show of the remaining 20%, factor in fees, and that number drops to 1%.
 

The overall performance of the highest compensated group of managers, the 2%+20% Hedge Fund community, has been similarly awful, as they have underperformed for a decade or more.

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's threads on how brokers and security analysts are rotten to the core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm


The USA's National Debt is Now Over $16 trillion and spinning out of control --- http://www.usdebtclock.org/
Who are the major investors in slightly over $11 trillion of that USA National Debt?

"Who Owns the U.S. Treasury Market?"  by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/
Note the pie charts.


Questions
What has been the percentage of tuition increase at AACSB schools since 2007-2008?
How much will a Stanford University versus Harvard University MBA diploma cost?

"Stanford Increases MBA Tuition," by Louis Lavelle, Bloomberg Business Week, February 13, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-02-13/stanford-increases-mba-tuition

. . .

The Stanford University Board of Trustees on Feb. 11 approved a 3.9 percent tuition increase for MBA students attending the Stanford Graduate School of Business. The annual cost will rise from $57,300 to $59,534 for the incoming class in 2013-14. Current MBA students will continue to pay $57,300 under a policy allowing students to pay the same tuition rate for each of their two years of study.

With the increase, the total cost of Stanford’s two-year MBA program will near at least $200,000. For a single student living on campus, the total will be $185,530 including housing and other living expenses, books, transportation, and insurance. For a student living off campus with a spouse or partner, the same list of expenses will total $221,290. A required study trip can cost up to $4,000 more.

Madhav Rajan, a senior associate dean who heads the Stanford MBA program, noted that the cost of a Stanford MBA is partially offset by grants. “The average scholarship (free money not loans) to entering MBAs this year was $25,562 and 50 percent of students got some amount of money,” he said in an e-mailed statement. “For what it is worth, we think that’s relevant in this context.”

At Harvard Business School, current tuition is $53,500 per year, putting the total cost of a Harvard MBA at $174,400 for a single student. Tuition and fees at Wharton total $62,034, with total costs for the two-year program of $184,000.

Stanford is hardly alone is raising tuition. A recent study by the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business found that MBA tuition and fees at AACSB-accredited business schools in North America and Asia-Pacific have risen by 33 percent since 2007-08, with more modest increases reported in Europe and Latin America.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
This is a better deal if you live on one raw potato a day and sleep under the stars on "The Farm." You would not want to be sleeping under the stars this time of year at Dartmouth, Yale, Harvard, or Wharton, especially Dartmouth early this morning.

Years ago when I was in Stanford's PhD program (fortunately on a free ride) one of my friends on campus was a brilliant physicist from France. He completed his examinations and dissertation in one year. His complaint before leaving was that before getting his diploma Stanford charged him for an additional two more years of tuition. Of course tuition was a pittance (something like $4,000 per year) in those years compared to the 21st Century.

Fortunately, my fellowship plus what I earned teaching a course in the Economics Department were sufficient for my room and board on campus. In those days Stanford had a big old house on campus that housed some business students, including me. An added plus was that the old house was in the shadows of the dorms for women.

I was not as brilliant as my French friend and stayed at Stanford over five years. Those were the days my friend!


Yet another illustration that accounting standards are seldom neutral in the economy. This illustration concerns how the City of Houston may declare bankruptcy due to new GASB pension accounting rules. I might add that I'm all for the new GASB rules.

"New accounting rules put City's net assets at risk," by Bill King, Houston Chronicle, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.chron.com/opinion/king/article/New-accounting-rules-put-city-s-net-assets-at-risk-4283476.php

When an employer sponsors a defined benefit pension, the employer is deferring some of the payment to the employee for the services the employee is rendering. The employer is in reality borrowing money from the employee, taking the employee's services today in exchange, in part, for a payment in the future.

When defined benefit plans were first developed, the accounting rules did not require that the employer recognize that it was, in essence, incurring a liability for these future promises of compensation. Over time, the accounting rules have been tightened to reflect the financial reality of the transaction. Also, employers and employees now almost universally set money aside each year to fund these future benefits.

The problem, however, is that it is difficult to know how much money to set aside today for a benefit that will not be paid for several decades. Over the years, actuaries have developed mathematical models for estimating whether the money that has been set aside will be sufficient to pay the benefits that have been earned.

If these actuarial estimates show that the amount is insufficient, the plan is said to have an unfunded liability, that is, the employer owes the employees more than it has set aside.

For many years, private companies have been required to show these estimated liabilities on their financial statements. However, the accounting rules for governmental entities have been much less rigorous. As a result, governmental entities normally show only a fraction of the actual shortfall on their balance sheet.

For example, the city of Houston's last financial statement only showed about $2.5 billion in pension and retiree health care debts. But according to the actuarial studies the real debt is more than $5 billion.

However, that is about to dramatically change. The Government Accounting Standard Board (GASB), the group charged with promulgating accounting rules for governmental entities, issued two new rules late last year designed to bring the financial statements more in line with reality.

First, the GASB is going to require that the assets in the trust be valued at market. You may wonder why such a rule would be necessary, but retirement plans generally "smooth" the investment gains and losses over a five-year period. Almost all plans today are using this rule to defer loses incurred in recent years.

The second change mandated by the GASB relates to the assumed investment rate. Actuaries "discount" the amount an employer owes at a rate equal to what the plan expects to earn on the assets in its trust. The higher the assumed rate, the lower the estimated liability will be. All three of the Houston plans assume a rate of 8.5 percent.

This is the highest rate used by any plan in the country and is only used by a handful of plans. The new rule forces entities to use a more realistic discounting formula.

The effect of these rule changes is not trivial. Craig Mason, the city's chief pension officer, has estimated that the rule changes could add more than $2 billion to what the city now shows on its balance sheet for pension debt. And he is probably being conservative.

Considering that the city's net assets are now down to just over $3 billion and steadily going downhill, a $2 billion hit would put technical insolvency, (i.e., liabilities exceed assets) just around the corner.

It is important to note that the true underlying financial condition of the city will not change just because the GASB changes the accounting rules. The truth is that the city is probably already technically insolvent. GASB is just going to force us all to acknowledge that the emperor has no clothes.

Continued in article

The losing New York Times wants to dump the losing Boston Globe

From the CFO Morning Ledger on February 21, 2013

Pension liabilities loom as NYT puts Globe on the block. The New York Times is exploring a sale of the Boston Globe, its only remaining business outside the core NYT media brand, Bloomberg reports. Times Co. tried to sell the Globe as recently as 2009, but pension liabilities got in the way. At least one bid at the time reached about $33 million in cash, but fluctuating estimates on the Boston Globe’s pension liability — ranging from $110 million to $240 million — scuttled any deal. Bidders, who would assume the full pension liability, were unclear on the total value of the pension.

Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of pension accounting in both the public and private sectors ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions


"The Inside Story of Diageo's Stunning Carbon Achievement ," by Andrew Winston, Harvard Business Review Blog, February 20, 2013 --- Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/winston/2013/02/the-inside-story-of-diageos-st.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date

Bob Jensen's threads on triple-bottom reporting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#TripleBottom


Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on February 15, 2013

A New Rx for Tax Bills
by: Jonathan Rockoff
Feb 07, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 

TOPICS: Accounting, Corporate Tax, Effective Tax Rates, Intangible Assets, International Business, R&D Credit, Tax Planning, Tax Strategy, Taxation

SUMMARY: Drug makers are taking new steps to lower their taxes significantly, in a boon to their bottom lines. Many drug makers pay effective tax rates of 20% or higher. Firms that are seeking even lower rates don't specify their strategies, and the details can vary. But the efforts typically involve shifting revenue overseas where it can be taxed at a lower rate than in the U.S. Some companies also noted the tax benefit they will receive this year from a federal tax credit for research and development. Reductions in their tax rates could mean hundreds of millions of dollars in extra profit for drug makers, without having to sell more drugs or launch new ones.

CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article is rich in examples of corporate tax strategies to minimize tax liability in a legal way. Students can see how structuring companies and deals can impact tax liability. One focus is the use of overseas affiliates by multinational companies, in addition to the savings from the research and development credit.

QUESTIONS: 
1. (Introductory) What strategies are drug manufacturers using to reduce tax liabilities? What is the potential magnitude of the tax savings for each of these companies mentioned in the article?

2. (Advanced) What are "effective tax rates"? How do those differ from marginal tax rates? How are effective tax rates affected by the tax strategies discussed in the article? How is corporate profitability affected by these strategies?

3. (Advanced) What are intangible assets? How are they used by multinational companies to save tax dollars? How are those ideas structured?

4. (Advanced) Why does the tax law allow for these types of tax planning? Are these good reasons for allowing these activities? Why or why not?
 

Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast

 

"A New Rx for Tax Bills," by Jonathan Rockoff, The Wall Street Journal, February 4, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324906004578288353281028598.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj

Drug makers are taking new steps to lower their taxes significantly, in a boon to their bottom lines.

Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., BMY +1.27% in its recent earnings call, estimated its tax rate would be about 16% this year, excluding special items, down from 23% last year. Then Gilead Sciences Inc. GILD +0.48% said its rate could "decline over time" if a hepatitis C drug it is developing receives approval, because of steps the company has taken to lower taxes on the drug's sales. Also, Amgen Inc. AMGN -0.26% reported it paid an effective tax rate of 15.9% last year, and predicts an adjusted rate of 14% or 15% this year.

Many drug makers pay effective tax rates of 20% or higher. Firms that are seeking even lower rates don't specify their strategies, and the details can vary. But the efforts typically involve shifting revenue overseas where it can be taxed at a lower rate than in the U.S., experts say. Some companies also noted the tax benefit they will receive this year from a federal tax credit for research and development.

Reductions in their tax rates could mean hundreds of millions of dollars in extra profit for drug makers, without having to sell more drugs or launch new ones.

Bristol Chief Financial Officer Charles Bancroft said during an earnings call on Jan. 24 that Bristol's tax rate would drop, citing the company's double-counting of a federal tax credit for research and development in 2013; a change in its earnings mix amid generic competition to blockbuster drug Plavix; and a "restructuring that we did." Mr. Bancroft didn't go into further details, and a company spokeswoman cited the same factors.

For Bristol, the lower tax rate could raise profits by $200 million in 2013, estimates ISI Group analyst Mark Schoenebaum. After Bristol announced the reduced tax burden, some analysts raised their estimates for Bristol's earnings per share, and at least one increased his valuation for the stock.

"Can I restructure my taxes too?!" Sanford Bernstein's Tim Anderson titled his note on Bristol earnings. "At the guided level, this tax rate is now well below any other drug name we cover," he wrote. He also wrote that Bristol declined to explain why its tax rate "is now substantially lower" than its rivals or how it restructured some legal entities in order to lower its tax rate.

Meantime, Gilead Chief Financial Officer Robin Washington said during an earnings call Monday that the intellectual property for its hepatitis C compound "is domiciled in Ireland. Ms. Washington didn't go into further detail, and a Gilead spokeswoman declined further comment.

Gilead estimates its tax rate for 2013 to be 26% to 28%, using "non-GAAP" measures that don't conform to generally accepted accounting principles. By shifting revenue on the compound to Ireland, Gilead could cut its overall tax rate to 21% or 22%, Mr. Schoenebaum estimates.

The impact on Gilead's profit is only a projection since the compound, known as GS-7977, hasn't been approved. Yet the lower taxes could mean $500 million or more a year in extra profit if the drug's sales meet high expectations, Mr. Schoenebaum said. The drug is expected to be one of the world's top-selling medicines if approved, with analysts predicting world-wide sales of as much as $7 billion a year.

An Amgen spokesman said the biotech company's 2013 rates would be lowered in part by the federal tax credit for research and development for this and last year, and noted that the 2012 rate doesn't count the impact of excise taxes in Puerto Rico. Amgen provided its 2012 and estimated 2013 tax rates in its Jan. 23 earnings release.

The opportunity to cut tax rates is available to multinational companies with high-value "intangible assets," such as software, know-how or patent-protected drugs, said H. David Rosenbloom, director of the international tax program at New York University School of Law. The companies can shift part or all of these assets—along with the revenue they generate—to a country outside the U.S., like Ireland, with lower taxes.

A typical approach, Mr. Rosenbloom said, is for multinational companies to establish an affiliate overseas and agree to share with it the costs of an intangible product in development. The affiliate becomes the owner of the newly developed product and would receive its revenue outside the U.S.

Continued in article


A License to Steal from Foreign Students:  Would this anger the real Aristotle?
"Not What They Signed Up For?" by Elizabeth Redden, Inside Higher Ed, February 18, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/02/18/international-students-complain-about-quality-education-unaccredited-california

Jensen Comment
Maybe this is more of an excuse to enter the U.S. and then disappear in the crowd.


Question
How many recent fraudsters were just horsing around?

Hint:
Nothing can probably top horse breeder Rita Grundwell in Dixon Illionois
"Rita Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/

Now we have a former hot tempered NFL heavy hitter covered with Tax Court horse manure. Some of the players he hurt violently probably think this is sweet-smelling justice.

Answer
"Former NFL Tough Guy Bill Romanowski Gets Laid Out By Tax Court," by Tony Nitti, Forbes, February 20, 2013 --- Click Here
http://www.forbes.com/sites/anthonynitti/2013/02/20/former-nfl-pro-bowler-bill-romanowski-sacked-by-tax-court-yes-i-know-romanowski-played-defense-puns-are-hard/

During his 16-year NFL career, former 49ers/Eagles/Broncos/Raiders linebacker Bill Romanowski was no stranger to controversy. Whether he was breaking QB Kerry Collins’ jaw in a preseason game, spitting in the face of opposing wide receiver J.J. Stokes, or ending the career of a teammate with a punch to the eye during a training camp scuffle.

Romanowski had a habit of making news for all the wrong reasons; his propensity for poor decisions often overshadowing his consistently solid play.

It would appear Romanowski’s decision-making didn’t improve with retirement, because earlier today it was revealed that immediately after Romanowski stopped playing on Sundays, he got caught up in a tax shelter. As a result, the Tax Court denied $13 million worth of losses taken on the Romanowskis’ 2003 tax return from a purported horse-breeding business, holding the footballer liable for approximately $4.6 million in additional tax.

In 2003, Romanowski got hooked up with a Denver attorney who immediate began singing the praises of ClassicStar, a horse-breeding business. In short, the program involved leasing mares owned by ClassicStar, which in turn would provide boarding and care for the mares and breed the mares to stallions. Any foals produced from the breeding would belong to the Romanowskis.

In October 2003, an accountant of ClassicStar worked up an “NOL illustration,” indicating that in order to offset their taxable income from 1998 through 2002, the Romanowskis would need to generate a loss of $13,092,732 from their horse-breeding activity. Thus, it was decided that the Romanowskis would invest that amount in the program to produce foals.  (As an aside, let it be noted that basing an investment on the amount of loss necessary to wipe out previous tax liabilities, rather than a motivation for profits, will never be viewed favorably by the IRS.)

Soon after joining the program, things began to turn sour for the Romanowskis, and they were partly to blame. When they signed the mare lease agreement, the Romanowskis  had not negotiated or seen a list of the horse pairings they would receive for their breeding program. Rather, they relied on ClassicStar to pick the horse pairings they would receive.

This reliance on ClassicStar was clearly misplaced, because despite the fact that the Romanowskis were promised 68 pairings of thoroughbreds, the horses actually received were more Mr. Ed than Secretariat. In fact, only four of the 68 listed pairings were thoroughbred horses; the remaining pairings were quarter horses.

Even though over 90% of the horses on the schedule were not delivered as promised, the Romanowskis chose to continue with the program, explaining to the court that they had reached an oral agreement from ClassicStar under which it would substitute an unknown number of thoroughbred pairings in for the listed quarter horse pairings.

The Romanowskis received an income and expense summary for 2003 from ClassicStar which showed no income and total expenses of $13,092,732. The resulting loss offset their 2003 income, and net operating losses were carried back to 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, and 2002, resulting in a federal tax refund of nearly $4 million.

The IRS denied the loss in full, arguing that the Romanowskis’ horse-breeding activity was not entered into for profit and was thus governed by the hobby-loss rules of Section 183.

As a reminder, if an activity constitutes a for-profit trade or business, expenses may generally be deducted in full under Section 162. To the contrary, if an activity is not entered into for profit, it is a hobby, and expenses can only be deducted to the extent of any income generated by the activity.

To help taxpayers and the IRS decide if an activity is entered into for profit or a hobby, the regulations under Section 183 (the so-called ”hobby loss rules”), provide  nine factors, which if answered in the affirmative, are indicative of a for-profit business.

1. The manner in which the taxpayer carries on the activity. Does he complete accurate books? Were records used to improve performance?

2. The expertise of the taxpayer or his advisers. Did the taxpayer study the activities business practices? Did he consult with experts?

3. The time and effort expended by the taxpayer in carrying on the activity. Does he devote much of his personal time and effort?

4. The expectation that the assets used in the activity may appreciate in value. Is the plan to generate profits through asset appreciation?

5. The success of the taxpayer in carrying on similar or dissimilar activities. Has he converted other activities from unprofitable to profitable?

6. The taxpayer’s history of income or losses with respect to the activity.  Has the taxpayer become profitable in a reasonable amount of time?

7. The amount of occasional profits. Even a single year of profits can be a strong indication that an activity is not a hobby.

8. The financial status of the taxpayer. Does the taxpayer have other income sources that are being offset by the losses of the activity?

9.  Does the activity lack elements of personal pleasure or recreation? If the activity has large personal elements it is indicative of a hobby.

In Romanowski, the Tax Court analyzed these factors and overwhelmingly concluded that the Romanowskis did not enter into the breeding arrangement with ClassicStar with the intent to make a profit. They Romanowskis kept no records; rather, they relied on ClassicStar to do everything. They neglected to fight for their bargained-for number of thoroughbreds, a clear indication, in the court’s eyes, that they were not carrying on the activity in a businesslike manner.

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


"Rita Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/

Jensen Comment
Since she will be in a Federal Club Fed she can't look forward to early parole. She also faces a number of state court trials that will heap pain on to misery.

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


SEC Will Debut New Software for Discovering Accounting Anomalies
"SEC developing new fraud detection technology," by Dina ElBoghdady, The Washington Post, February 15, 2013 --- Click Here
http://www.washingtonpost.com/business/economy/sec-developing-new-fraud-detection-technology/2013/02/15/ffb5f686-771c-11e2-aa12-e6cf1d31106b_story.html

The Securities and Exchange Commission plans to launch computer software this year to spot accounting anomalies, including potential fraud, in the financial statements that companies file with the agency.

The software would scan a firm’s financial disclosures, assess risk factors and generate a score based on a model developed by the agency, Craig Lewis, the SEC’s chief economist, said in a recent speech. The score would be used to identify outliers within a peer group.

“It is a model that allows us to discern whether a registrant’s financial statements stick out from the pack,” said Lewis, who also heads the agency’s risk, strategy and financial innovation division.

The software is scheduled to be available in nine months.

The effort is the most recent sign of the agency’s commitment to beef up its technological prowess as it tries to better police Wall Street and avoid oversight lapses such as the ones that allowed Bernard Madoff’s Ponzi scheme to go undetected for years.

The SEC has acknowledged that it lags behind the industries it regulates when it comes to technology, in part because of a tight budget that is subject to the whims of Congress. While nearly all financial regulators operate on fees collected from the industries they oversee, the SEC’s funding is decided by lawmakers on a year-to-year basis. Uncertainty about the budget makes it difficult to commit to technology or upgrade it.

The SEC took that into account when it embarked on its most ambitious technological endeavor in recent history — a software package that will stream real-time trade data from the exchanges into the agency’s headquarters. Rather than build the technology from scratch at great expense, the agency purchased it from a New Jersey firm called Tradeworx. The project, called Market Information Data Analytics, or MIDAS, is in the final testing phases.

The new software is based on a model that the SEC has used to evaluate hedge fund returns and identify fraud, mostly by looking for performance that was inconsistent with a fund’s investment strategy. The agency has brought seven cases based on information culled from that project since 2011.

“This success has only fed our ambition for what we can do with sophisticated data-driven monitoring programs,” Lewis said. The goal is to make use of the “veritable treasure trove of information” that the SEC regularly receives from companies.

The new software would focus on accounting anomalies.

Under the 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley law, the SEC must examine the financial filings from public companies every three years. But only recently have all companies been required to file those forms in a digital format with computer-readable tags that make it easy to search for and compare items of data, either for a single firm over time or across companies.

The new software would search for unusual accounting by looking at various risk factors such as frequent changes in auditors or delays in the release of earnings. But it would not be used solely to detect fraud. It could also pinpoint areas in which companies can improve the quality of their financial disclosures, Lewis said.

Bob Jensen's threads on fraud are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm


The law does not pretend to punish everything that is dishonest. That would seriously interfere with business.
Clarence Darrow --- Click Here  

"CEO in fraud case needs more than seven days prison: court," by Jonathan Stempel, Reuters, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/02/15/us-ceo-sentencing-decision-idUSBRE91E0W320130215

A former chief executive who pleaded guilty to wrongdoing in a scheme that ultimately helped drive his company into bankruptcy could have been sent to prison for 10 years. The trial judge thought seven days was fair.

Not long enough, a federal appeals court said on Friday.

The 6th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals said Michael Peppel, the former chief executive of the audio-visual technology company MCSi Inc, must be resentenced for his 2010 guilty plea to charges of conspiracy to commit fraud, false certification of a financial report, and money laundering.

U.S. District Judge Sandra Beckwith in Cincinnati abused her discretion in sentencing Peppel to an "unreasonably low" week behind bars based almost solely on her belief that the defendant was "a remarkably good man," the appeals court said.

Prosecutors had charged Peppel in December 2006 over an alleged fraud they said had begun six years earlier, amid financial difficulties at his publicly traded, Dayton, Ohio-based company.

Peppel was accused of working with his chief financial officer to inflate results through sham transactions with a firm called Mercatum Ltd, and companies such as FedEx Corp (FDX.N) that were not implicated in wrongdoing. Prosecutors said he also sold $6.8 million of MCSi stock during this time.

By the end of 2003, MSCI was bankrupt, and a reported 1,300 people had lost their jobs.

Citing the need to punish Peppel and deter others, the government asked Beckwith at his October 2011 sentencing to impose a 97- to 121-month prison term. This was the length recommended, but not required, under federal guidelines.

But the judge said the five years since the indictment had been "punishing, literally and figuratively" for Peppel, who had begun working for an online pharmacy to support his five children. He also had a brother with multiple sclerosis.

"Michael's mistakes do not define him," Beckwith said. "I see it to be wasteful for the government to spend taxpayers' money to incarcerate someone that has the ability to create so much for this country and economy."

She also imposed a $5 million fine and the maximum three years of supervised release.

Circuit Judge Karen Nelson Moore, however, wrote for a unanimous three-judge appeals court panel that Beckwith was wrong to rely on "unremarkable aspects" of Peppel's life in imposing a "99.9975% reduction" to the recommended prison term.

"There is nothing to indicate that the support provided by Peppel to his family, friends, business associates, and community is in any way unique or more substantial than any other defendant who faces a custodial sentence," Moore wrote.

Beckwith was not immediately available for comment.

Ralph Kohnen, a lawyer for Peppel, on Friday said: "We expect that the judge will exercise the same common sense and fairness in imposing a similar sentence on remand."

Continued in article

 

Bob Jensen's threads on how White Collar Crime Pays Even if You Know You're Going to Get Caught ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


From the CFO Morning Ledger on February 20, 2013

FCPA Resource Guide: 10 Issues to Consider

With the release of “FCPA: A Resource Guide to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act,” executives have more information about how the Department of Justice and the SEC view compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and companies' anti-corruption programs and efforts. Learn 10 overarching themes in the guide to consider when reviewing FCPA compliance programs and actions that might be taken to help strengthen them.

See http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/02/20/fcpa-resource-guide-10-issues-to-consider/

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Compliance Guidebook: Protecting Your Organization from Bribery and Corruption
Martin T. Biegelman and Daniel R. Biegelman
Wiley, 2010
ISBN: 978-0-470-52793-1


The President Is Raging Against a Budget Crisis He Created:  Obama invented the 'sequester' in the summer of 2011 to avoid facing up to America's spending," by John Boehner, The Wall Street Journal. February 19, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323495104578314240032274944.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj 

A week from now, a dramatic new federal policy is set to go into effect that threatens U.S. national security, thousands of jobs and more. In a bit of irony, President Obama stood Tuesday with first responders who could lose their jobs if the policy goes into effect. Most Americans are just hearing about this Washington creation for the first time: the sequester. What they might not realize from Mr. Obama's statements is that it is a product of the president's own failed leadership.

The sequester is a wave of deep spending cuts scheduled to hit on March 1. Unless Congress acts, $85 billion in across-the-board cuts will occur this year, with another $1.1 trillion coming over the next decade. There is nothing wrong with cutting spending that much—we should be cutting even more—but the sequester is an ugly and dangerous way to do it.

By law, the sequester focuses on the narrow portion of the budget that funds the operating accounts for federal agencies and departments, including the Department of Defense. Exempt is most entitlement spending—the large portion of the budget that is driving the nation's looming debt crisis. Should the sequester take effect, America's military budget would be slashed nearly half a trillion dollars over the next 10 years. Border security, law enforcement, aviation safety and many other programs would all have diminished resources.

How did the country find itself in this mess?

During the summer of 2011, as Washington worked toward a plan to reduce the deficit to allow for an increase in the federal debt limit, President Obama and I very nearly came to a historic agreement. Unfortunately our deal fell apart at the last minute when the president demanded an extra $400 billion in new tax revenue—50% more than we had shaken hands on just days before.

It was a disappointing decision by the president, but with just days until a breach of the debt limit, a solution was still required—and fast. I immediately got together with Senate leaders Harry Reid and Mitch McConnell to forge a bipartisan congressional plan. It would be called the Budget Control Act.

The plan called for immediate caps on discretionary spending (to save $917 billion) and the creation of a special House-Senate "super committee" to find an additional $1.2 trillion in savings. The deal also included a simple but powerful mechanism to ensure that the committee met its deficit-reduction target: If it didn't, the debt limit would not be increased again in a few months.

But President Obama was determined not to face another debt-limit increase before his re-election campaign. Having just blown up one deal, the president scuttled this bipartisan, bicameral agreement. His solution? A sequester.

With the debt limit set to be hit in a matter of hours, Republicans and Democrats in Congress reluctantly accepted the president's demand for the sequester, and a revised version of the Budget Control Act was passed on a bipartisan basis.

Ultimately, the super committee failed to find an agreement, despite Republicans offering a balanced mix of spending cuts and new revenue through tax reform. As a result, the president's sequester is now imminent.

Both parties today have a responsibility to find a bipartisan solution to the sequester. Turning it off and erasing its deficit reduction isn't an option. What Congress should do is replace it with other spending cuts that put America on the path to a balanced budget in 10 years, without threatening national security.

Having first proposed and demanded the sequester, it would make sense that the president lead the effort to replace it. Unfortunately, he has put forth no detailed plan that can pass Congress, and the Senate—controlled by his Democratic allies—hasn't even voted on a solution, let alone passed one. By contrast, House Republicans have twice passed plans to replace the sequester with common-sense cuts and reforms that protect national security.

The president has repeatedly called for even more tax revenue, but the American people don't support trading spending cuts for higher taxes. They understand that the tax debate is now closed.

The president got his higher taxes—$600 billion from higher earners, with no spending cuts—at the end of 2012. He also got higher taxes via ObamaCare. Meanwhile, no one should be talking about raising taxes when the government is still paying people to play videogames, giving folks free cellphones, and buying $47,000 cigarette-smoking machines.

Washington must get serious about its spending problem. If it can't reform America's safety net and retirement-security programs, they will no longer be there for those who rely on them. Republicans' willingness to do what is necessary to save these programs is well-known. But after four years, we haven't seen the same type of courage from the president.

The president's sequester is the wrong way to reduce the deficit, but it is here to stay until Washington Democrats get serious about cutting spending. The government simply cannot keep delaying the inevitable and spending money it doesn't have.

So, as the president's outrage about the sequester grows in coming days, Republicans have a simple response: Mr. President, we agree that your sequester is bad policy. What spending are you willing to cut to replace it?

Mr. Boehner, a Republican congressman from Ohio, is speaker of the House.


OECD report highlights ugly increase in profit-shifting trend

"The missing $20 trillion How to stop companies and people dodging tax, in Delaware as well as Grand Cayman," The Economist, February 16-20, 2013, Page 13 ---
http://www.economist.com/news/leaders/21571873-how-stop-companies-and-people-dodging-tax-delaware-well-grand-cayman-missing-20

. . .

Dodgy of Delaware

The archetypal tax haven may be a palm-fringed island, but as our special report this week makes clear, there is nothing small about offshore finance. If you define a tax haven as a place that tries to attract non-resident funds by offering light regulation, low (or zero) taxation and secrecy, then the world has 50-60 such havens. These serve as domiciles for more than 2m companies and thousands of banks, funds and insurers. Nobody really knows how much money is stashed away: estimates vary from way below to way above $20 trillion.

Not all these havens are in sunny climes; indeed not all are technically offshore. Mr Obama likes to cite Ugland House, a building in the Cayman Islands that is officially home to 18,000 companies, as the epitome of a rigged system. But Ugland House is not a patch on Delaware (population 917,092), which is home to 945,000 companies, many of which are dodgy shells. Miami is a massive offshore banking centre, offering depositors from emerging markets the sort of protection from prying eyes that their home countries can no longer get away with. The City of London, which pioneered offshore currency trading in the 1950s, still specialises in helping non-residents get around the rules. British shell companies and limited-liability partnerships regularly crop up in criminal cases. London is no better than the Cayman Islands when it comes to controls against money laundering. Other European Union countries are global hubs for a different sort of tax avoidance: companies divert profits to brass-plate subsidiaries in low-tax Luxembourg, Ireland and the Netherlands.

Reform should thus focus on rich-world financial centres as well as Caribbean islands, and should distinguish between illegal activities (laundering and outright tax evasion) and legal ones (fancy accounting to avoid tax). The best weapon against illegal activities is transparency, which boils down to collecting more information and sharing it better. Thanks in large part to America’s FATCA, small offshore centres are handing over more data to their clients’ home countries—while America remains shamefully reluctant to share information with the Latin American countries whose citizens hold deposits in Miami. That must change. Everyone could do more to crack down on the use of nominee shareholders and directors to hide the provenance of money. And they should make sure that information about the true “beneficial” owners of companies is collected, kept up-to-date and made more readily available to investigators in cases of suspected wrongdoing. There are costs to openness, but they are outweighed by the benefits of shining light on the shady corners of finance.

Want more tax? Lower the tax rate

Transparency will also help curb the more aggressive forms of corporate tax avoidance. As Starbucks’s experience has shown, companies that shift money around to minimise their tax bills endanger their reputations. The more information consumers have about such dodges, the better.

Moral pressure is not the whole answer, though: consumers get bored with campaigns, and governments should not bash companies for trying to reduce their tax bills, if they do so legally. In the end, tax systems must be reformed. Governments need to make it harder for companies to use internal (“transfer”) pricing to avoid tax. Companies should be made to book activity where it actually takes place. Several federal economies, including America, already prevent companies from exploiting the differences between states’ rules. An international agreement along those lines is needed.

Governments also need to lower corporate tax rates. Tapping companies is inefficient: firms pass the burden on to others. Better to tax directly those who ultimately pay—whether owners of capital, workers or consumers. Nor do corporate taxes raise much money: barely more than 2% of GDP (8.5% of tax revenue) in America and 2.7% in Britain. Abolishing corporate tax would create its own problems, as it would encourage rich people to turn themselves into companies. But a lower rate on a broader base, combined with vigilance by the tax authorities, would be more efficient and would probably raise more revenue: America, whose companies face one of the rich world’s highest corporate-tax rates on their worldwide income, also has some of the most energetic tax-avoiders.

These reforms would not be easy. Governments that try to lower corporate tax rates will be accused of caving in to blackmailing capitalists. Financial centres and incorporation hubs, from the City of London to Delaware, will fight any attempt to tighten their rules. But if politicians really want to tax the missing $20 trillion, that’s where they should start.


"FBI, IRS investigate account connected to Pittsburgh police chief's office," by Jonathan D. Silver and Liz Navratil, by Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.post-gazette.com/stories/local/neighborhoods-city/fbi-irs-investigate-account-connected-to-pittsburgh-police-chiefs-office-675523/
Thank you Caleb Newquist for the heads up.

FBI, IRS investigate account connected to Pittsburgh police chief's office February 15, 2013 3:02 pm Larry Roberts/Post-Gazette file Pittsburgh Police Chief Nate Harper.

Pittsburgh Police Chief Nate Harper.

Click image to enlarge Share with others: 0 inShare Related Media:

FBI removes Pittsburgh police credit union files Feb. 13: FBI seizure of Pittsburgh police files linked to probe into use of funds

Investigators with both the FBI and IRS have been removing documents from the Greater Pittsburgh Police Federal Credit Union for the past week in connection with an account opened by the office of Pittsburgh police Chief Nate Harper, the president of the credit union's board of directors said this morning.

Frank Amity, a retired city homicide detective, said there have been multiple subpoenas served on credit union CEO Karen Janoski.

Ms. Janoski could not be reached for comment Thursday evening. This morning, a woman who appeared to be a credit union employee at the West End institution told a reporter that Ms. Janoski did not wish to be interviewed.

Mr. Amity said he has not seen the subpoenas.

"They're looking at an account that the chief's office opened up. What they're looking for, they don't tell us. There's just one account, as far as I know," Mr. Amity said. "It's opened by the chief's office, so I don't know what kind of an account they have there. It's not a personal account. There's other names on it."

Asked how he knew the account was connected to Chief Harper's office, Mr. Amity said, "Because it's opened by the people in the chief's office."

When asked about the FBI's visit to the credit union, Deputy police Chief Paul Donaldson said through spokeswoman Diane Richard, "I have no statement to make. It is our position that when a matter/incident is under investigation that no statement will come from the bureau."

Mr. Amity declined to say whether the account in question was active or closed, how much was in it, whose names are on it or who could withdraw money from it. He said he believes it was opened in the past five years. Mr. Amity said multiple people had access to the funds, which he characterized as "not a whole hell of a lot of money, I'll tell you that...It's not tens of thousands."

The 78-year-old financial institution on Chartiers Avenue in the city's Elliott neighborhood functions similarly to a bank with a clientele that includes active police officers.

A source familiar with the investigation told the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette that the visit by federal agents is connected to a subpoena served Monday on the City of Pittsburgh Law Department.

The law department arranged to have federal agents guided Tuesday around Pittsburgh police headquarters on the North Side, where the FBI removed boxes of documents from the bureau's special events and personnel and finance offices. Deputy Chief Paul Donaldson said he believes the FBI is investigating allegations of internal misappropriation of funds involving the police bureau's special events and personnel and finance offices.

Special events handles the coordination of officers' moonlighting. Private employers send the office checks typically made out to the police bureau or the city treasurer. The money includes payment for the officers, which is handled through their payroll department, and a surcharge known as a "cost recovery fee." That surcharge totaled nearly $800,000 last year. The checks are sent to the bureau's personnel and finance office. They are then supposed to be deposited in city accounts.

"We don't know anything. We complied with the subpoena, that's all. They've been in for about a week on and off. They're just giving us different subpoenas for different things," Mr. Amity said. "I don't know what the heck the account was used for."

Mr. Amity said there was a credit or debit card associated with the account.

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's threads on how White Collar Crime Pays Even if You Know You're Going to Get Caught ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on February 15, 2013

Foreign Risks Light Up for Philip Morris
by: Spencer Jakab
Feb 07, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 

TOPICS: Accounting, International Business, Managerial Accounting, Market Segmentation, Segment Analysis, Segment Reporting

SUMMARY: America is a nation of quitters. That isn't always a bad thing - smoking being a case in point. Decades of advertising bans, excise-tax increases and public-education campaigns have cut adults' per capita cigarette consumption from a peak of 4,345 in 1963 to less than a quarter of that. Adding insult to injury for tobacco companies, huge government settlements and countless private lawsuits have made what is left of the business burdensome and risky. But the rest of the world looks very different - a big reason for the spinoff of Philip Morris International Inc. from Altria Group Inc. in 2008. Business is strong, as Philip Morris is seen reporting fourth-quarter earnings per share of $1.22, up from $1.08 in the year-earlier period. Creating a separate company was a good idea. But investors' expectations may need adjustment.

CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article illustrates how Altria has analyzed the global markets for one of its products (cigarettes) and is focusing on the parts of the world with the greatest profitability. This is a current, real-world example of how managerial accounting concepts, and market segmentation in particular, can improve profitability and valuations.

QUESTIONS: 
1. (Introductory) What challenges had Altria faced with its ownership of Altria Group Inc.? What did the company do in response to these challenges?

2. (Advanced) What is segment reporting? How is it calculated and used? Why is it valuable? How did Altria use segment analysis to analyze markets and strategize for Philip Morris products?

3. (Advanced) How does profitability compare across the various tobacco companies? How do those returns compare with companies in other industries?

4. (Advanced) What factors are limiting Philip Morris products in the U.S.? Which of these factors are within the control of Philip Morris? Which are outside of the company's control?

5. (Advanced) What other industries could benefit from similar strategies? What products would work well with segment reporting?
 

Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
 

RELATED ARTICLES: 
Russia's Parliament Passes Anti-Smoking Bill on Final Reading
by Lukas Alpert
Feb 12, 2013
Online Exclusive

Curbs on Smokers Continue to Grow
by James Hagerty
Dec 28, 2013
Page: A6

EU Proposes Tougher Tobacco Rules
by Anna Molin
Dec 19, 2013
Online Exclusive

Altria Profit Up Amid Market-Share Gains
by John Kell
Jan 31, 2013
Page: B4

 

"Foreign Risks Light Up for Philip Morris," by Spencer Jakab, The Wall Street Journal, February 7, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324906004578288153914262178.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj

America is a nation of quitters. That isn't always a bad thing—smoking being a case in point. Decades of advertising bans, excise-tax increases and public-education campaigns have cut adults' per capita cigarette consumption from a peak of 4,345 in 1963 to less than a quarter of that, according to the American Lung Association. Adding insult to injury for tobacco companies, huge government settlements and countless private lawsuits have made what is left of the business burdensome and risky.

But the rest of the world looks very different—a big reason for the spinoff of Philip Morris International Inc. PM -1.08% from Altria Group Inc. MO -1.93% in 2008. Business is strong, as Philip Morris is seen reporting fourth-quarter earnings per share of $1.22 Thursday, based on analysts polled by FactSet, up from $1.08 in the year-earlier period.

Creating a separate company was a good idea. But investors' expectations may need adjustment.

In theory, a tobacco company freed from the U.S. had way more growth potential and less risk. Take Russians, who are less litigious and, it seems, health conscious: The average Russian smokes around 2,700 cigarettes a year, as many cigarettes as an American did back in 1990, and the market is shrinking only slowly. India is at the opposite end of the spectrum, consuming less than 90 per capita. Plenty of open prairie there for the Marlboro Man.

Little wonder, then, that investors in Philip Morris since its spinoff have made a handsome annualized return of 21.5%, more than three times that of the S&P 500.

What is surprising is that purely domestic manufacturers have done nearly as well. Lorillard Inc. LO -2.16% has achieved an annualized return of 20.5% since its spinoff from Loews Corp. L 0.00% in 2008. Former Philip Morris owner Altria has returned 20.1% annualized.

At 16 times trailing earnings, Philip Morris maintains a 13% valuation premium over domestic companies. But while it is more diversified, the risks for Philip Morris actually look greater. While American laws could always get stricter, there are limits. The potential for adverse changes abroad seems greater. Some of Philip Morris's largest markets, such as Russia, are considering strict new rules.

The health gains and revenue potential from such moves are obvious, and Russia is far from the only country to grasp that. Where there's smoke, there's fire.

 


Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on February 15, 2013

Apple Cash Pile Sets Off a Battle
by: Jessica Lessin, Telis Demos, and David Benoit
Feb 08, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 

TOPICS: Accounting, Cash, Cash Management, Financial Accounting, Financial Ratios, Financial Statement Analysis, Preferred Stock

SUMMARY: For nearly 18 months, Tim Cook, CEO of Apple, has kept a stream of new products rolling, produced a string of robust quarterly results and introduced a dividend and stock buyback expected to cost $45 billion over three years. But an attack from one of Apple's prominent investors underscores how that approach may not be enough anymore, especially amid intensifying industry competition and the company's slowing growth.

CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article should be a great one to catch our students' attention because it involves Apple. Whether someone loves Apple or hates it, one must admit that the company is interesting from a financial standpoint. You can use this article in a discussion about cash management, and it would be excellent for financial statement analysis.

QUESTIONS: 
1. (Introductory) What are the facts of David Einhorn's lawsuit against Apple? What are his demands? Is he in a position to make demands of Apple?

2. (Advanced) How would each of Apple's financial statements appear under Mr. Einhorn's plan versus Mr. Cook's plan? How do the financial statements differ? Draft the journal entries (just the accounts, no dollar amounts) for the various aspects of each of the plans.

3. (Advanced) What is the history of the price of Apple's shares? What are the reasons for these stock price changes? How many of the reasons are related directly to financial statement information rather than other factors?

4. (Advanced) What is the purpose of preferred stock? How does it differ from common stock? When is preferred stock an appropriate vehicle for a company?

5. (Advanced) Why is it good for a company to have a large amount of cash? What are the possible problems with having large amounts of cash? Why has Apple accumulated so much cash? Is this common among businesses or is it an unusual position?
 

SMALL GROUP ASSIGNMENT: 
Research Apple's financial statements for the past five years. Prepare a complete set of financial ratios and analyze. Compare over five years, studying trends. What is interesting about the company's financial situation? Is Mr. Einhorn justified in his position? Or is he misguided? Please offer support for your answer.

Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
 

RELATED ARTICLES: 
Apple's Cash Conundrum: Pay Tax or Borrow?
by Steven Russolillo
Feb 11, 2013
Online Exclusive

Einhorn Squeezes Apple for Its Cash
by Telis Demos
Feb 12, 2013
Page: B1

Apple Defends Position on Cash
by Jessica Lessin and Thomas Gryta
Mar 13, 2013
Online Exclusive

 

"Apple Cash Pile Sets Off a Battle," by Jessica Lessin, Telis Demos, and David Benoit, The Wall Street Journal, February 8, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324590904578290440984350234.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj

Apple Inc. AAPL -0.09% Chief Executive Tim Cook is facing a new reality: delivering steady results from one of the world's most valuable companies is no longer good enough.

For nearly 18 months, Mr. Cook has kept a stream of new products rolling, produced a string of robust quarterly results and introduced a dividend and stock buyback expected to cost $45 billion over three years.

But an attack from one of Apple's prominent investors underscores how that approach may not be enough anymore, especially amid intensifying industry competition and the company's slowing growth.

On Thursday, hedge fund manager David Einhorn sued Apple in a New York federal court in an effort to block an Apple shareholder proposal that he argues could limit how the company could return some of its $137 billion cash pile to investors. Apple is proposing to require a shareholder vote before it can issue preferred stock, a kind of security that Mr. Einhorn is urging the company to adopt. Apple's board already has the right to issue such shares, but said in a filing it doesn't intend to do so.

The proposal comes to a vote at Apple's annual shareholder meeting on Feb. 27.

Mr. Einhorn, whose firm Greenlight Capital Inc. and its affiliates own about $610 million worth of Apple stock, argues that Apple should distribute a "perpetual preferred" stock that could pay a dividend yield of 4%. The shares would return cash to shareholders by paying a bigger yield than Apple's regular shares, which currently carry a 2.3% dividend yield, according to FactSet.

The preferred stock dividends would only require Apple to pay out small amounts over time, rather than tapping its cash reserves to spend a large sum at once in the form of a special dividend or stock buyback.

"It's a unique solution to a problem that's been intractable—how does Apple reward its shareholders?" Mr. Einhorn said in an interview. "This idea allows them to keep their cash and yet enables shareholders to recognize value."

Apple later fired back in a statement Thursday, asserting that passage of the proposed shareholder measure wouldn't prevent Apple from issuing preferred stock in the future. Apple said it would evaluate Greenlight's proposal to issue the security and that its management team and board have been in "active" discussions about returning more cash to shareholders.

Apple's statement didn't address the merits of Greenlight's lawsuit, which argues that Apple is violating a securities rule by bundling three items—including the preferred stock matter—under one proposal.

The fracas encapsulates the growing investor unease about Apple as the company stands at a growth crossroads.

When Mr. Cook took over as CEO in 2011, investors widely believed he would be more receptive to distributing some of its cash, something that his predecessor, Steve Jobs, had fiercely resisted. In March 2012, Mr. Cook announced Apple's first dividend since 1995 and a stock buyback, and made a dividend payout last August.

But that hasn't appeased many shareholders as Apple's historical growth streak has tempered amid signs that the company is losing its competitive edge in smartphones to Samsung Electronics Co. 005930.SE +0.54%

Concerns are also rising over an apparent lack of new game-changing products—like the iPad and the iPhone when they first debuted—which have previously driven Apple's growth. Mr. Cook has said the company continues to innovate at a rapid pace.

Last month, Apple reported a flat profit for its most recently ended quarter and executives predicted that revenue growth would continue to slow.

All of that has boiled over into a stock decline and increasing pleas by investors to put more cash to use.

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's threads and other teaching cases on dividends, payout ratios, and dividends yield ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm#Dividends

Bob Jensen's threads on return on investment, other ratios, and financial statement analysis ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm


"Proposed ASU on Classifying and Measuring Financial Instruments," Deloitte, The Wall Street Journal, February 15, 2013 ---
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/02/15/fasbs-proposed-asu-on-classifying-and-measuring-financial-instruments/

On February 14, the FASB released for public comment a proposed Accounting Standards Update (ASU)¹ on the recognition, classification, measurement and presentation of financial instruments.² Comments are due by May 15, 2013. Under the proposal, which affects all entities that hold financial assets or owe financial liabilities, a mixed measurement attribute approach would be applied to classification and measurement.

See Deloitte’s Heads Up for an overview of the proposed ASU, including a discussion of the proposed classification and measurement approach. Topics covered include scope, classification of financial assets; contractual cash-flow characteristics assessment; financial assets that fail to meet the SPPI criterion; financial assets that meet the SPPI criterion, including business model assessment and reclassications; financial liabilities; fair value option; presentation; and effective date and transition.

The Heads Up also includes an appendix discussing seven issues in a question-and-answer format: 

  1. The FASB’s objectives
  2. Impact of the proposed ASU
  3. Classification and measurement of financial assets
  4. Assessing the cash-flow characteristics of financial assets
  5. Business model assessment
  6. Subsequent sales and reclassifications 
  7. Comparison to IFRSs

A Dbriefs webcast is scheduled for February 20, 2013, at 2 p.m. ET  to provide an update on the status of the financial instruments project. Upcoming Deloitte Heads Up newsletters will provide additional analysis and insights related to the proposal. To receive those, please register at www.deloitte.com/us/subscriptions.

Jensen Comment
In particular note the role of Business Model Assessment in meeting the SPPI criterion.

 


R Programming Language --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/R_%28programming_language%29
"Learn R with Two Tutorials," by Lincoln Mullen, Chronicle of Higher Education, February 8, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/profhacker/learn-r-with-twotorials/45843?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en


"THE LEARNING TRIANGLE," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, February 12, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/02/the-learning-triangle_12.html

"THERE WILL BE NO QUIZ," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/02/there-will-be-no-quiz.html

 
"How You Test Is How They Will Learn," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, January 31, 2010 ---
 http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2010/01/how-you-test-is-how-they-will-learn.html 

"Team Ambition," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, January 30, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/team-ambition.html
Jensen Comment
This is more of a summary post about Joe's past postings to his blog. Joe tells me his readership spikes when a post a notice to the AECM.

 


Demand for Accounting Graduates Among the Highest of All Disciplines

"CPAs are sexy: Accountants in demand as regulatory climate tightens," Boston Business Journal, January 14, 2013 ---
http://www.masslive.com/business-news/index.ssf/2013/01/cpas_are_sexy_accountants_in_demand_as_r.html

The numbers are in, and accountants should be smiling.

The unemployment rate for accountants stands at just 4.1 percent. And Forbes.com recently listed accountants and auditors at No. 2 on its list of Top Jobs for 2013, just behind software developers.

Meanwhile, the Class of 2012 Student Survey Report, released last year by the National Association of Colleges & Employers, found that 68 percent of the most recent accounting majors received job offers, the highest percentage of any major.

“The job demand is there, and it’s steady,” said Barbara Iannoni, academic/career development specialist at the Massachusetts Society of Certified Public Accountants Inc.

In fact, demand for accounting professionals has picked up and continues to strengthen, said Bill Driscoll, the New England District president for staffing firm Robert Half International. And Driscoll says the demand for new talent is coming from all areas.

“It’s private industry, it’s public, it’s really across the board. You don’t have to be in a CPA to be in demand,” he said. “It’s accounting that’s in demand right now. You can be a comptroller, financial analyst, or auditor without being a CPA.”

Driscoll said that for applicants with a mix of public and private company experience — something most CPAs have — the job opportunities are even more plentiful.

“In the economic environment we still find ourselves in, anyone in the accounting department who can analyze where the dollars go, who can help companies stretch every dollar, are in high demand,” he said.

Nonetheless, companies today still have high expectations for those they hire; they want accountants who know more than numbers, Driscoll said.

“Everybody needs number crunchers, but particularly with the events of the last four or five years, if you can blend communication skills and leadership skills with accounting skills or a CPA, that will open up all sorts of opportunities and career progressions for you,” he said.

Industry leaders said most college students on the accounting track still aim to get a CPA designation, which requires meeting state-set academic and experience requirements as well as passing a one-time state-administered CPA test. Once certified, a CPA also must meet regular licensing requirements.

It’s no easy process. According to Scott Moore, senior manager of the College and University Initiatives at the American Institute of CPAs, only 40 percent of test takers nationwide actually pass.

“It shows a lot of dedication and self-discipline to pass the exam. That really tells you something about the person,” Moore said.

That’s one of the reasons the CPA remains such a hot commodity in the job market, he said.

Another reason: the ever-expanding list of regulations that companies face. It’s a state of affairs that took a big leap forward in 2002 with the passage of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Dodd-Frank financial reform act of 2010, which is still being phased in through dozens of yet-to-be-written regulations, has only made CPAs all the more valuable, Moore said.

“The work that a CPA does has evolved. There’s not so much a need to do hard core number crunching because (computers) can do that, so it’s more interpretation versus creation of information, and that interpretation is more important to the business. CPAs have really taken on that role,” said Moore, noting that CPAs are increasingly filling a number of C-level positions at major companies.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
There are some caveats. Undergraduate accounting majors must now take a fifth year or more (most enter masters degree programs) in order to sit for the Uniform National CPA Examination. And starting salaries are lower than salaries of engineers.

And most graduates going to work for CPA firms have a low probability of surviving in those firms after 5-10 years. But this is not usually too bothersome since the main reason many accounting graduates first enter public accounting is for the great training and client exposures. Most of them did not want to stay in public accounting because of the requisite travel, long hours, and performance pressures. Those that leave public accounting after a few years go with clients who offer 9-5 hours, less travel, and much less pressure. And many leave to become full-time parents between the early parts and late parts of their accounting careers.

The bummer is that corporations fail offer nearly as many entry-level jobs as public accounting firms. Corporations and agencies like the FBI prefer to hire job applicants with some years of accounting experience. Aside from public accounting, the IRS is one of the best sources of entry-level job applications. And both the training and experience in the IRS are excellent for changing jobs later on.

"NASBA Releases CPA Examination Statistics:  New publications feature detailed reports and statistical data from the 2012 Uniform CPA Examination," PRWeb, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.prweb.com/releases/2013/2/prweb10421484.htm?PID=6147589

Bob Jensen's threads on accounting careers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers


This year, NASBA will fund and award a maximum of three grants totaling up to $25,000 for one-year research projects. Faculty and postdoctoral researchers at U.S. academic institutions are encouraged to submit proposals for consideration.
"NASBA Offers Accounting Research Grants," Accounting Today, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingtoday.com/news/NASBA-Offers-Accounting-Research-Grants-65672-1.html

Jensen Comment
In light of the lengthy thread we had on the role of ethics education on ethics behavior, perhaps the time is ripe to propose a study of the impact on ethics behavior and education of the increased frequency of ethics modules on CPA examinations. One question might be how to best examine ethics issues on these examinations.


"Gangster Bankers: Too Big to Jail:  How HSBC hooked up with drug traffickers and terrorists. And got away with it," by Matt Taibbi, Rolling Stone, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/gangster-bankers-too-big-to-jail-20130214

The deal was announced quietly, just before the holidays, almost like the government was hoping people were too busy hanging stockings by the fireplace to notice. Flooring politicians, lawyers and investigators all over the world, the U.S. Justice Department granted a total walk to executives of the British-based bank HSBC for the largest drug-and-terrorism money-laundering case ever. Yes, they issued a fine – $1.9 billion, or about five weeks' profit – but they didn't extract so much as one dollar or one day in jail from any individual, despite a decade of stupefying abuses.

People may have outrage fatigue about Wall Street, and more stories about billionaire greedheads getting away with more stealing often cease to amaze. But the HSBC case went miles beyond the usual paper-pushing, keypad-punching­ sort-of crime, committed by geeks in ties, normally associated­ with Wall Street. In this case, the bank literally got away with murder – well, aiding and abetting it, anyway.

Daily Beast: HSBC Report Should Result in Prosecutions, Not Just Fines, Say Critics

For at least half a decade, the storied British colonial banking power helped to wash hundreds of millions of dollars for drug mobs, including Mexico's Sinaloa drug cartel, suspected in tens of thousands of murders just in the past 10 years – people so totally evil, jokes former New York Attorney General Eliot Spitzer, that "they make the guys on Wall Street look good." The bank also moved money for organizations linked to Al Qaeda and Hezbollah, and for Russian gangsters; helped countries like Iran, the Sudan and North Korea evade sanctions; and, in between helping murderers and terrorists and rogue states, aided countless common tax cheats in hiding their cash.

"They violated every goddamn law in the book," says Jack Blum, an attorney and former Senate investigator who headed a major bribery investigation against Lockheed in the 1970s that led to the passage of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. "They took every imaginable form of illegal and illicit business."

That nobody from the bank went to jail or paid a dollar in individual fines is nothing new in this era of financial crisis. What is different about this settlement is that the Justice Department, for the first time, admitted why it decided to go soft on this particular kind of criminal. It was worried that anything more than a wrist slap for HSBC might undermine the world economy. "Had the U.S. authorities decided to press criminal charges," said Assistant Attorney General Lanny Breuer at a press conference to announce the settlement, "HSBC would almost certainly have lost its banking license in the U.S., the future of the institution would have been under threat and the entire banking system would have been destabilized."

It was the dawn of a new era. In the years just after 9/11, even being breathed on by a suspected terrorist could land you in extralegal detention for the rest of your life. But now, when you're Too Big to Jail, you can cop to laundering terrorist cash and violating the Trading With the Enemy Act, and not only will you not be prosecuted for it, but the government will go out of its way to make sure you won't lose your license. Some on the Hill put it to me this way: OK, fine, no jail time, but they can't even pull their charter? Are you kidding?

But the Justice Department wasn't finished handing out Christmas goodies. A little over a week later, Breuer was back in front of the press, giving a cushy deal to another huge international firm, the Swiss bank UBS, which had just admitted to a key role in perhaps the biggest antitrust/price-fixing case in history, the so-called LIBOR scandal, a massive interest-rate­rigging conspiracy involving hundreds of trillions ("trillions," with a "t") of dollars in financial products. While two minor players did face charges, Breuer and the Justice Department worried aloud about global stability as they explained why no criminal charges were being filed against the parent company.

"Our goal here," Breuer said, "is not to destroy a major financial institution."

A reporter at the UBS presser pointed out to Breuer that UBS had already been busted in 2009 in a major tax-evasion case, and asked a sensible question. "This is a bank that has broken the law before," the reporter said. "So why not be tougher?"

"I don't know what tougher means," answered the assistant attorney general.

Also known as the Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, HSBC has always been associated with drugs. Founded in 1865, HSBC became the major commercial bank in colonial China after the conclusion of the Second Opium War. If you're rusty in your history of Britain's various wars of Imperial Rape, the Second Opium War was the one where Britain and other European powers basically slaughtered lots of Chinese people until they agreed to legalize the dope trade (much like they had done in the First Opium War, which ended in 1842).

A century and a half later, it appears not much has changed. With its strong on-the-ground presence in many of the various ex-colonial territories in Asia and Africa, and its rich history of cross-cultural moral flexibility, HSBC has a very different international footprint than other Too Big to Fail banks like Wells Fargo or Bank of America. While the American banking behemoths mainly gorged themselves on the toxic residential-mortgage trade that caused the 2008 financial bubble, HSBC took a slightly different path, turning itself into the destination bank for domestic and international scoundrels of every possible persuasion.

Three-time losers doing life in California prisons for street felonies might be surprised to learn that the no-jail settlement Lanny Breuer worked out for HSBC was already the bank's third strike. In fact, as a mortifying 334-page report issued by the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations last summer made plain, HSBC ignored a truly awesome quantity of official warnings.

In April 2003, with 9/11 still fresh in the minds of American regulators, the Federal Reserve sent HSBC's American subsidiary a cease-and-desist­ letter, ordering it to clean up its act and make a better effort to keep criminals and terrorists from opening accounts at its bank. One of the bank's bigger customers, for instance, was Saudi Arabia's Al Rajhi bank, which had been linked by the CIA and other government agencies to terrorism. According to a document cited in a Senate report, one of the bank's founders, Sulaiman bin Abdul Aziz Al Rajhi, was among 20 early financiers of Al Qaeda, a member of what Osama bin Laden himself apparently called the "Golden Chain." In 2003, the CIA wrote a confidential report about the bank, describing Al Rajhi as a "conduit for extremist finance." In the report, details of which leaked to the public by 2007, the agency noted that Sulaiman Al Rajhi consciously worked to help Islamic "charities" hide their true nature, ordering the bank's board to "explore financial instruments that would allow the bank's charitable contributions to avoid official Saudi scrutiny." (The bank has denied any role in financing extremists.)

Continued in a long article

Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#InvestmentBanking

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


Deloitte's New Site for International Accounting Teaching, Scholarship, and  Research ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/research-and-education

We have created a new page on IAS Plus that is tailored to help users easily locate academic accounting material and resources relevant for educational research that is available on IAS Plus and other useful sites.

Bookmark this site ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/resources/research-and-education

Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default3.htm

Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting researchers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default4.htm

Bob Jensen's threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm


Suggestion for a Website of Actual Financial Contracts

While examining the following accounting student, education, practitioner, client, and research helper site it dawned on me that a wonderful site to be added would be a site of real contracts taken from practice (names of people and companies could be hidden). Examples would include account factoring contracts, lending contracts, derivative financial instrument contracts, employee option contracts, employee stock compensation contracts and on and on and on. The important criterion would be that these are actual contracts and not just excerpts or hypothetical contracts.

What a great addition this would make in the following Website where following each contract could be suggested accounting journal entries and disclosures under IFRS versus U.S. GAAP.

Deloitte's New Site for International Accounting Teaching, Scholarship, and  Research ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/research-and-education

If I were younger I would start such a site at my own Website. However, I think large public accounting firms have comparative advantages since they could draw on actual contracts of clients.

What a service this would be for education and research as well as for practitioners.


Deloitte (DTTL) and the International Association for Accounting Education and Research (IAAER) today announced the Deloitte IAAER Scholarship Programme, naming five associate professors from Brazil, Indonesia, Poland, Romania and South Africa as the programme’s inaugural scholars.
IAS Plus
February 13, 2013
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/deloitte-scholars

Mentors will be assigned to each scholar to support them as they increase their exposure to internationally recognised accounting scholars, best practices in accounting and business education and research, and a global peer network.

Ongoing mentorship is a critical element of the Deloitte IAAER Scholarship Programme and some well-known and highly accomplished accounting experts have volunteered their support. These include former member of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, Katherine Schipper (Duke University); former member of the International Accounting Standards Board, Mary Barth (Stanford University); Chika Saka (Kwansei Gakuin University); Sidney Gray (University of Sydney); and Ann Tarca (University of Western Australia).

The scholars, who must be a sitting lecturer, assistant, or associate professor holding a PhD (or comparable degree) in a faculty that teaches accounting, auditing, or financial reporting, are chosen for three years and attend IAAER co-sponsored conferences, workshops, and consortia as well as the IAAER World Congress.

In the long term, the programme aims at supporting better accounting education and improving the quality of financial reporting and auditing. The next round of scholarships will open in 2016, with applications considered in 2015.

Bob Jensen's threads on careers in accountancy ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers

Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default3.htm

Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting researchers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default4.htm

Bob Jensen's threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm

 


I am forwarding this AECM message to the current AAA Leadership, including Karen Pincus, Mary Barth, and Julie Smith David. For a very long time, the AAA has not been a good old boys club.

The contributions of accountics scientists to the AAA Commons to date have been almost nothing ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm

Bob Jensen has contributed around 100 accountics science postings, but these are only a small proportion of his 1.500 posts and 15,000 comments on the Commons ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/people/12462cc690/profile

 

David Boynton
There are quite a few accountics science postings on the AAA Commons thanks to David Boynton. David is on the staff of the AAA. As of January 19, 2013 David has made 470 posts to the Commons. Nearly all of them are accountics science postings.

To see a listing of David's postings on the AAA Commons, do the following:

  1. Go to the AAA Commons at http://commons.aaahq.org/pages/home
     
  2. Sign in as an AAA Member.
    I truly wish the full Commons was available to non-members, but if wishes were horses beggars would ride.
     
  3. On the right side you will see a picture link to David Boyton. Click on this link.
     
  4. Near the top of David's profile you will see a link to his Posts. Click there to see a listing of his postings to the Commons.

 

Proposal for a Quant Corner
I propose that the current leadership of the AAA post a Quant Corner Forum on the Commons. The purpose would be to have accountics scientists post a discussion of their existing working papers (e.g., on SSRN) and forthcoming papers in TAR, JAR, JAE, and other quant journals.  A restriction would be that these authors discuss their research without the use of equations and statistical inference tables at a level that non-quants can understand.

Commons users could then comment on selected Quant Corner postings. Ideally the authors would then reply back in a dialog that is not being accomplished in the accountics science journals themselves. For example, TAR has not published commentaries in years.

The model for the Quant Corner Forum could be the FASB's FASRI blog --- http://www.fasri.net/ 
Note in particular how the accountics scientists discuss their research in plain English beyond a mere abstract.

The problem with the FASRI blog is that it's limited to research related to accounting standard setting.

I envision the Quant Corner to expand to all research topics of accountics scientists.

Below is a quotation from one of my January 18 messages from another thread on the AECM"

Hi Richard (Sansing),


Perhaps the secret lies in the race between the Turtle and the Hare.


Accountics scientists don't have to become like Bob Jensen thousands of postings and tens of thousands of comments on the Commons. But they could become steady in terms of posts and comments much like you are (gratefully to me) a steady commenter on the AECM.


It would be terrific if Mary Barth posted a an Accountics Science Forum (much like Zane's Writing Forum) on the AAA Commons. Then authors could post notices of their forthcoming TAR, JAR, JAE, and other publications as well as postings to SSRN. This might encourage AAA members to then comment on these forthcoming publications. In a way this offsets the lack of published commentaries in TAR, JAR, and JAE.


I'm certain that it will have a different name than Accountics Science Forum. But it could be called something like Quant Corner. The FASB has a blog to serve as a model, but accountics science postings to that blog are much too infrequent ---
http://www.fasri.net/


In other words the the Quant Corner on the Commons could be modeled after the FASRI blog, but the accountics science journal editors and referees should remind authors to make postings to the Quant Corner.


Thank you Richard for being tolerant of my rantings on the AECM.


Respectfully,
Bob Jensen

On January 18, 2013 Richard Campbell replies as follows:

Why not have the AAA have an online comment section for each of the AAA journals?

The Wall Street Journal has that for all their Blogs.

January 19, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen

Thanks for replying Richard.  I've actually thought about that, but I prefer the FASRI-style lead ins where authors provide more of a personal chat about their forthcoming research articles. These chats are more than the abstracts that now appear on articles. And the dialog should avoid the equations and statistical inference tables.

There could be a suggested outline for author lead in chats. I like the format that's extremely common on Wikipedia where there are sections like you see at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Balanced_scorecard

Yes we could even request that authors fill in a Criticisms section for their own research article.

What's interesting is that readers like me would be drawn to the Quant Corner Forum in large measure just to see how accountics scientists criticize their own research.

Respectfully,
Bob Jensen


What drove the 30-year mortgage rate higher?
Sober Look, February 12, 2013
http://soberlook.com/2013/02/what-drove-30yr-mortgage-rate-higher.html


"(Israeli) Business Profs Who Doubt Value of Business Major, Inside Higher Ed, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/14/business-profs-who-doubt-value-business-major

It's not unheard of for professors to question the value of undergraduate education in business. It's more rare if you teach in -- let alone lead -- an undergraduate program in business, but that's what has happened at Tel Aviv University. Haaretz reported that Shmuel Ellis, chair of the undergraduate Department of Management, recently sent out an e-mail telling those who are undecided about their major not to pick business. He suggested they consider fields in the humanities, social sciences or biological sciences. "Study of academic disciplines prepares students to think scientifically in these fields and form the foundation for advanced studies in graduate degree programs," he said.

The comments have angered some students studying business. Adding to the anger is that Ellis was defending comments from Moshe Zviran, vice dean of the graduate business program, who recently questioned the value of undergraduate education in business. Zviran said that business study only makes sense at the graduate level. "Business administration is an excellent degree but needs to be studied at the appropriate time," he said.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment

Israel CPA Firm Directory --- http://www.worldwide-tax.com/israel/israccountants.asp

It appears that many Israeli accountants have U.S. CPA certificates.
Does Israel even have its own practice certifications for accountants?


Tens of Millions in Tornado Damage at Southern Miss ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/14/tens-millions-tornado-damage-southern-miss

Jensen Comment
This is really bad, but not quite as destructive as the damage inflicted upon New Orleans universities by Katrina. Recovery over years to come entailed terminating most of the employees of those universities.


"FASB Kicks Off XBRL Guidance Series," by Tammy Whitehouse, Compliance Week, February 11, 2013 ---
http://www.complianceweek.com/fasb-kicks-off-xbrl-guidance-series/article/279960/

XBRL Tags to be Used on a SEC Accountancy Fraud RoboCop
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger Newsletter on February 14, 2014

SEC readies fraud ‘RoboCop.’ The FT’s Adam Jones warns CFOs that “accountancy’s answer to RoboCop will soon be watching you.” Jones examines the SEC’s plans to roll out an early warning system using XBRL tags this year. The data-mining software is partly based on a model the SEC developed to trawl through hedge fund returns for signs of Bernard Madoff-style “chicanery.” The accounting version will analyze whether a company “sticks out from the pack” in areas such as accruals. Craig Lewis, director of the SEC’s division of risk, strategy and financial innovation, said it would be about nine months before it was rolled out, although it could appear sooner.

"SEC to roll out ‘RoboCop’ against fraud," by Adam Jones, Financial Times, February 13, 2013 ---
http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/f446a8bc-75c9-11e2-9891-00144feabdc0.html#axzz2KrTO4g2h

Bob Jensen's OLAP, XML,  and XBRL threads are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/XBRLandOLAP.htm

 


"Federal Tax Crimes, 2013," by John A. Townsend, SSRN, February 5, 2013 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2212771

Abstract:     
This is the 2013 01 edition of the Federal Tax Crimes book that I started many years ago for use in a Tax Fraud and Money Laundering course at the University of Houston Law School. With some colleagues, we substantially revised that earlier version into a separately targeted book, titled Tax Crimes published by LEXIS-NEXIS. The full title of the LEXIS-NEXIS book is John Townsend, Larry Campagna, Steve Johnson and Scott Schumacher, Tax Crimes (LEXIS-NEXIS Graduate Tax Series 2008).

This pdf text offered here is a self-published version of my original text that I have kept up since publication of the LEXIS-NEXIS book. The LEXIS-NEXIS book is more suitable for students in a classroom setting and is targeted specifically for graduate tax students. This pdf book I make available here is not suitable for students in a class setting, but is more suitable for lawyers in practice, covering far more topics and with far more detail and footnotes that may be helpful to the busy practitioner. It cannot be used fruitfully for the target audience of the LEXIS-NEXIS book.

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm

 


"The Dissertation Can No Longer Be Defended," by Stacey Patton, Chronicle of Higher Education, February 11, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/The-Dissertation-Can-No-Longer/137215/

The dissertation is broken, many scholars agree. So now what?

Rethinking the academic centerpiece of a graduate education is an obvious place to start if, as many people believe, Ph.D. programs are in a state of crisis. Universities face urgent calls to reduce the time it takes to complete degrees, reduce attrition, and do more to prepare doctoral candidates for nonacademic careers, as students face rising debt and increased competition for a shrinking number of tenure-track jobs.

As a result, many faculty and administrators wonder if now may finally be the time for graduate programs to begin to modernize on a large scale and move beyond the traditional, book-length dissertation.

That scholarly opus, some say, lingers on as a stubborn relic that has limited value to many scholars' careers and, ultimately, might just be a big waste of time.

"It takes too long. It's too isolating," says William Pannapacker, an associate professor of English at Hope College and a critic of graduate education who writes frequently for The Chronicle. Producing a dissertation is particularly poor preparation, he adds, for graduates whose first jobs are outside of academe—now roughly half of new Ph.D.'s with postgraduation employment commitments. "It's a hazing ritual passed down from another era, retained because the Ph.D.'s before us had to do it."

Scholars cite numerous reasons for why the dissertation is outdated and should no longer be a one-size-fits-all model for Ph.D. students.

Completing a dissertation can take four to seven years because students are typically required by their advisers to pore over minutiae and learn the ins and outs of preceding scholarly debates before turning to the specific topic of their own work. Dissertations are often so specialized and burdened with jargon that they are incomprehensible to scholars from other disciplines, much less applicable to the broader public.

The majority of dissertations, produced in paper and ink, ignore the interactive possibilities of a new-media culture. And book-length monographs don't always reflect students' career goals or let them demonstrate skills transferable beyond the borders of academe.

Nontraditional Approaches

Some universities have started to make changes. Graduate programs in history, literature, philosophy, anthropology, and sociology the City University of New York, Michigan State University, and the University of Virginia, among other campuses, have put significant amounts of money into digital-humanities centers and new-media and collaborative research programs that can support students who want to work on nontraditional dissertations. They hold digital boot camps and have hired faculty with the expertise to train graduate students who want to do digital work.

Others allow students to write three or four publishable articles instead of one book-length text. Or they encourage students to shape their dissertations for public consumption. History students at Texas State University and Washington State University, for example, work on projects that can be useful to museums, historical societies, and preservation agencies.

Some graduate programs allow students to work collaboratively. Doctoral students in history at Emory University and Stanford University, among others, work together on projects with help from faculty, lab assistants, computer technicians, and geographers, who use digital techniques like infrared scans and geolocation mapping to build interactive maps that, for example, tell the history of cities and important events in visually creative ways.

These programs seek not only to move students beyond the single-author monograph but also to improve upon the isolating dissertation experience and to replace the hierarchical committee structure with the project-management style of collaboration that is required by many employers.

"The economic realities of academic publishing, coupled with exciting interpretive and methodological possibilities inherent in new media and digital humanities, mean that the day of the dissertation as a narrowly focused proto-book are nearly over," Bethany Nowviskie, director of digital research and scholarship at the University of Virginia Library, said in an e-mail.

While such efforts to modernize and digitize the dissertation are good, they do not go far enough to revamp doctoral education, many scholars say. To reduce time to degree and make other key improvements, they argue, broader changes in need to be considered.

"You can't separate the dissertation from its context," says William Kelly, president of ­CUNY's Graduate Center. "We need to look at the degree as a whole and be student-centered."

Faculty and administrators, he says, should find ways to help students move more efficiently through graduate school from Day 1. Changes in the dissertation process are key, including focusing course requirements and exams more squarely on preparing students to write those dissertations, as long as that task remains necessary.

To help more students complete their Ph.D. programs, and to do so more quickly, CUNY has unveiled a five-year fellowship program that will aid 200 new doctoral students. Participants will have their teaching obligations reduced from two courses to one course per semester during their second, third, and fourth years. Their annual stipends will be increased to $25,000 from $18,000, in the hope that they will spend less time on teaching, grading papers, and outside work, and more on their own research.

The graduate center will also reduce enrollment across its graduate programs by one-fourth by 2015, to put more resources toward helping students succeed. CUNY now enrolls 4,200 doctoral students.

At the University of Washington, starting this fall, students in a doctoral program in Hispanic studies will be required to enroll in a new course that will help guide them in beginning preliminary work on their dissertation prospectus. They will also be trained in public forms of scholarship, so that their work will be more attractive to employers outside higher education.

The program will also alter exams, to make them directly relevant to students' dissertations. The tests will comprise three elements: an annotated bibliography of the books that are relevant to student's research projects, a 10- to 15-page dissertation prospectus, and a 90-minute oral exam.

Stanford has recently proposed changes in its dissertation requirements, in an effort to reduce the time that students spend in Ph.D. programs to five years, from an average of nine years now. The plans include adopting a four-quarter system and providing students with financial support during the summer, so they can use that time to make progress on their dissertations.

Departments would be required to provide clearer guidelines about writing dissertations and to offer students alternatives to the traditional format, so that their academic work will match up with their career goals. Advisers would be called on to do a better job of providing students with timely and effective feedback.

A 21st-Century Dissertation

To the extent that dissertations have changed already, technological advances have been largely responsible. The rise of the digital humanities has opened up new interpretive and methodological possibilities for scholars and has challenged conventional understandings of the dissertation. Graduate students looking to take advantage of the interactivity of online platforms are doing digital dissertations that integrate film clips, three-dimensional animation, sound, and interactive maps.

One of those students is Sarita I. Alami, a fifth-year doctoral student in the history department at Emory. She is looking at the rise and fall of American prison newspapers from 1912 to 1980 and how prisoners used journalism to shape their experiences behind bars. Many novels and memoirs about prison life have been written for people outside prison. But Ms. Alami wants to provide a lens into prison culture through the words of inmates themselves, particularly how they discussed prison conditions and national and international politics.

She has done the usual work of reading scholarly articles and books. She's spent time in prison archives analyzing thousands of newspapers to see how their coverage changed over time. But she is also taking advantage of a digital microfiche scanner that Emory recently acquired. Its algorithmic software processes large amounts of text and returns useful keywords, allowing her to better analyze prisoners' use of language over time.

For example, at the height of the black-power era, she saw the use of words like "pig," "whitey," and "solidarity." "That was black-power rhetoric centered around prison activism," she says, "and it captures the anger, prison revolts, and rashes of violence discussed by outside media."

Much of her work, while taking advantage of new methods of analysis, will still result in a text-heavy, book-length document. But a big component of her dissertation, she says, will be a searchable online repository of prison periodicals, graphs, online exhibits, and explanatory text. On a Web site, she is documenting her research experience and introducing others to new digital tools.

Amanda Visconti, a doctoral student in her third year at the University of Maryland at College Park, entered the graduate program in English with a background in Web development, information studies, and user testing. She hasn't yet started on her dissertation—which will be digital—but has experimented with a prototype digital edition of Ulysses, which allows users to read the novel's first two episodes with explanatory annotations and images that appear when the reader moves his or her mouse over words that might be confusing.

"Digital editions do a lot of things, but I'm interested in making them more participatory, meaning that readers get an interactive, engaged experience instead of a passive reading experience," Ms. Visconti says. "Producing a traditional, book-style dissertation wouldn't help me do the scholarly work I need to do. And it wouldn't present that work to others in a way they could test, use, and benefit from."

Alex Galarza, a fourth-year Ph.D. student in history at Michigan State, is working on a digital dissertation on soccer clubs of the 1950s and 60s in Buenos Aires, examining how they were connected to political, economic, and social changes in the city. Rather than produce a written text that readers would engage with only passively, he wants people to be able to interact with his work, to dig behind his documents to see the sources he's using and draw their own conclusions.

A more traditional approach to his dissertation, he says, wouldn't provide an experience nearly as collaborative. He and a faculty mentor created the Football Scholars Forum, an online "scholarly think tank" that includes a group library, film database, audio archive, academic directory, syllabus repository, and online forum where researchers discuss monographs, articles, films, and pedagogy.

Mr. Galarza is a graduate fellow at Michigan State's digital-humanities center, which has 15 full-time employees, and he has received $2,000 in travel grants to attend digital-humanities workshops. Other than the scholars he meets at digital-humanities conference circuits and institutes, though, he doesn't hear many graduate students talk about incorporating digital methods into their dissertations. Most of his peers, he says, are neither exposed to those methods nor encouraged to try them.

Had he not received encouragement from faculty mentors at Michigan State, he says, he, too, probably would be writing a traditional dissertation. "If you don't have a program, mentor, and peers that are demonstrating that these are real possibilities," he says, "then it's hard to part from what everyone else around you and what your adviser tells you to do."

Barriers to Change

If most people agree that, after decades of debate, it's time to finally do more to revamp the dissertation, then why isn't such change widespread? The majority of graduate students are still sticking to the monograph version of the dissertation, producing static texts that are hundreds of pages in length and take roughly five or six years to complete.

The barriers to change are many, faculty members say. Graduate students themselves are part of the time-to-degree problem. More and more Ph.D. candidates intentionally linger in departments, in order to write exquisite theses, which they hope will help them stand out in a brutal job market.

What's more, many programs are behind the curve on technology, and many do not have professors with the skills to train students to do digital dissertations. On more than a few campuses, little, if any, technical support or clear guidelines exist for students doing digital dissertations. Nor do the usual dissertation books and workshops provide much help to those students.

Meanwhile, some scholars say the traditional approaches to the dissertation aren't necessarily in need of overhaul at all, even if digital and other nontraditional formats may be preferable for some projects. Anthony T. Grafton, a historian at Princeton University, argues that some of the proposals for changing the dissertation and reducing time to degree could affect the quality of students' projects.

"For me, the dissertation makes intellectual sense only as a historian's quest to work out the problem that matters most to him or her, an intellectual adventure whose limits no one can predict," he says. "There's no way to know in advance how long that will take. Cut down the ambition and scale, and much of the power of the exercise is lost."

Many other professors say that until the tenure process no longer requires the publication of book-length works, scholars in the pipeline will continue to follow the traditional formula for writing dissertations. Some students complain that when they create a digital dissertation, they must also produce a text version. Many campus libraries have not ironed out the wrinkles in terms of submission, guidelines, and repositories. And the extra work, of course, doesn't tend to lessen the time to degree.

Ms. Visconti, the Maryland student, says she has had to defend her decision to do a nontraditional dissertation to academics who don't seem to think that digital projects on their own are scholarly enough. Some people assume, she says, that projects like hers are just Web sites where scholarship get published electronically; those professors don't seem to understand how digital work can produce new tools for analysis that allow researchers to ask new questions.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
Much of this article is not relevant for science, engineering, accounting, finance and other disciplines. What makes more sense in those disciplines is to distinguish between dissertation  research that is aimed at an academic audience versus research that is aimed at a clinical audience such as practitioners. Presently, doctoral students pretty much have to write a dissertation for an academic audience. Accordingly, the practitioners in those professions get shorted.

For example in accountancy a doctoral student might focus redesigning internal controls for a particular in a company where auditors identified some weaknesses in such controls in recent audits. This might be more of a case method research study that currently is unacceptable in most accountics science dominated accounting doctoral programs. There would still be a "dissertation" write up, but it could be quite non-traditional with heavy modules of multimedia such as security videos and their analysis along with writing of security software code.

Essays on the Sad State of Academic Accounting Research ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays


"A Sensible Change in Taxing Derivatives," by Victor Fleisher,  by Victor Fleischer, The New York Times, February 7, 2013 ---
http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2013/02/07/a-sensible-change-in-taxing-derivatives/?nl=business&emc=edit_dlbkpm_20130207

Jensen Comment
Although this article praises a proposal to charge year-end income taxes on the basis of net fair value increases of a derivatives portfolio rather than only taxing gains and losses based upon accumulated cash settlements there are some genuine and controversial problems. For example, if an option not yet settled is in-the-money at the end of the tax year, the owner would pay taxes as if it was settled at the end of the tax year. The investor would then have to cough up the cash from somewhere else to pay the taxes due this and other unsettled derivatives. And the taxpayer might then have to wait until the next year end to get a refund on derivatives that were settled for less (maybe zero) after paying the tax accrual.

The tax could also defeat the purpose of hedging. Often derivatives are acquired to hedge future transactions that are not taxable ahead of time such as when Southwest Airlines buys call options to hedge forecasted transactions to buy jet fuel a year from now. If spot prices soar for the jet fuel, the gains at the time of settlement of the options offsets the rise in prices above the strike price. Having to pay taxes on the option prices before the jet fuel is purchased causes a loss in the time value of money between when the taxes must be paid and the jet fuel is purchased. Perfect hedges then become less than perfect due to taxing value changes rather than cash settlements.

It might also be tempting for the government to extend this concept to other types of non-derivative financial instruments. For example, if an investor owns Apple Corporation shares that have appreciated in value by 100% during the year the taxpayer may have to pay taxes in cash for the stock price appreciation of stock not yet sold from the portfolio. It's easy to imagine where investors might have to sell long-term investments just to pay taxes on the value increases not yet realized.

Then there's the question of asymmetry. If taxpayers have to pay cash for value increase might they also receive cash from the IRS for losses in portfolio values? This could be devastating for the government in times of economic crashes.

The ideal of taxing value changes in derivatives before settlement dates sounds like a bad idea to me.


"CPA convicted for role in $40 million Ponzi scheme," WCNC.com, February 11, 2013 ---
http://www.wcnc.com/news/business/CPA-convicted-for-role-in-40-million-Ponzi-scheme--190747591.html

CHARLOTTE, N.C. (AP) -- An accountant has been convicted for his role in a $40 million Ponzi scheme that defrauded investors in North Carolina, Virginia and Ohio.

A federal jury in Charlotte convicted Jonathan D. Davey of Newark, Ohio, on four counts of investment fraud conspiracy and tax evasion. Prosecutors say Davey administered several hedge funds in the Black Diamond Ponzi scheme, soliciting more than $11 million from victims in the case.

The 48-year-old accountant, who was convicted Friday, is the 11th defendant convicted in the 2007 fraud, which prosecutors say deprived about 400 victims of more than $40 million. Prosecutors say Davey used a shell company in Belize to funnel money toward construction of his mansion in Ohio.

Davey faces a maximum sentence of 50 years in prison and $1 million in fines.

Bob Jensen's threads on Ponzi frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Ponzi

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


The Advantage of a Shredded Paper Trail
From the CFO Morning Ledger Newsletter on February 11, 2012

S&P left paper trail, but not Moody’s. The reason the DOJ may be going after Standard & Poor’s and not rival Moody’s may be because S&P left a paper trail and Moody’s didn’t. Former Moody’s employees tell the WSJ that Moody’s took careful steps to avoid creating a trove of potentially embarrassing employee messages like those that came back to haunt S&P in the U.S.’s lawsuit. Moody’s analysts had limited access to instant-message programs and were directed by executives to discuss sensitive matters face to face. The crackdown on communications came after a 2005 investigation by then-New York Attorney General Eliot Spitzer into Moody’s ratings on some mortgage-backed deals.

Bob Jensen's threads on the credit rating agency scandals ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze

Credit Rating Firms --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Credit_rating_firms
Credit Rating Firms were rotten to the core --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies

In 2008 it became evident that credit rating firms were giving AAA ratings to bonds that they knew were worthless, especially CDO bonds of their big Wall Street clients like Bear Stearns, Merrill Lynch, Lehman Bros., JP Morgan, Goldman, etc. ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze

There are two superpowers in the world today in my opinion. There’s the United States and there’s Moody’s Bond Rating Service. The United States can destroy you by dropping bombs, and Moody’s can destroy you by down grading your bonds. And believe me, it’s not clear sometimes who’s more powerful.  The most that we can safely assert about the evolutionary process underlying market equilibrium is that harmful heuristics, like harmful mutations in nature, will die out.
Martin Miller, Debt and Taxes as quoted by Frank Partnoy, "The Siskel and Ebert of Financial Matters:  Two Thumbs Down for Credit Reporting Agencies," Washington University Law Quarterly, Volume 77, No. 3, 1999 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongressPartnoyWULawReview.htm 

Credit rating agencies gave AAA ratings to mortgage-backed securities that didn't deserve them. "These ratings not only gave false comfort to investors, but also skewed the computer risk models and regulatory capital computations," Cox said in written testimony.
SEC Chairman Christopher Cox as quoted on October 23, 2008 at http://www.nytimes.com/external/idg/2008/10/23/23idg-Greenspan-Bad.html

"CREDIT RATING AGENCIES: USELESS TO INVESTORS," by Anthony H. Catanch Jr. and J. Edward Ketz, Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, June 6, 2011 --- http://blogs.smeal.psu.edu/grumpyoldaccountants/archives/113

 

"DOJ vs. Rating Firms,"  by David Hall, CFO.com Morning Ledger, February 5, 2013

The government is taking its get-tough-on-Wall-Street stance to the next level with the DOJ’s lawsuit against Standard & Poor’s. The suit alleges that S&P from September 2004 through October 2007 “knowingly and with the intent to defraud, devised, participated in, and executed a scheme to defraud investors in” CDOs and securities backed by residential mortgages, the WSJ reports at the top of A1 today. The two sides have been discussing a possible settlement for months, but the penalties the DOJ was targeting – more than $1 billion – made S&P squeamish. The firm was also worried that if it admitted wrongdoing, as the DOJ wanted, that could leave it vulnerable to other lawsuits.

S&P and other rating firms have argued in the past that their opinions are protected by the First Amendment — and judges have thrown out dozens of suits based on that argument, the Journal says. This case will test that argument against the Justice Department’s view that the First Amendment wouldn’t protect a ratings firm if it defrauded investors by ignoring its own standards.

Neil Barofsky, the former inspector general for the Troubled Asset Relief Program, said the DOJ move looks like an effort to get “some measure of accountability” for the financial crisis, which was “something that’s been really lacking across the board.” And Jeffrey Manns, a law professor at George Washington University, tells Reuters that the suit sends a message to “the rating industry at large that the government is serious about holding rating agencies responsible, and that they must be much more careful.”

http://online.wsj.com/public/page/cfo-journal.html

Jensen Comment
The DOJ actions do not worry the credit rating firms nearly so much as the hundreds of billions of potential tort lawsuits awaiting in the wings, lawsuits by damaged investors who relied on those phony credit ratings.

The credit rating firms, in turn, will blame CPA audit firms who gave clean audit opinions on junk.

Bob Jensen's threads on the credit rating agency scandals ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze

 

Where were the auditors?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms


From PwC on February 6, 2013
Financial and Other Guarantees
The FASB decided at its February 6 meeting that certain guarantees issued by non-insurers, including certain financial guarantees issued by banks and other financial institutions, should be included in the scope of the proposed insurance contracts standard. The FASB's tentative decision will be exposed for comment as part of its insurance contracts exposure draft. The exposure draft is expected by the end of the second quarter of 2013.
http://www.pwc.com/en_US/us/cfodirect/assets/pdf/in-brief/in-brief-2013-06-fasb-guarantees.pdf


Soon Canada will not have a penny to its name
"A penniless Canada: Mint begins years-long process of collecting and melting down 82-million kg in coins," National Post, February 4, 2013 ---
http://news.nationalpost.com/2013/02/04/canadian-penny-last-day/

Jensen Comment
In the U.S. the value of pennies and nickels is far less than the cost of minting the coins. Nickels for example cost about a dime to mint.

In addition to doing away with coins as a waste of good metal, we should even phase out of currency in an attempt to discourage crime . But there are worries in doing so ---
http://www.globalresearch.ca/the-cashless-society-is-almost-here-and-with-some-very-sinister-implications/5313515


Question (FEI)
Which industries have the most goodwill on their balance sheets, which industries' goodwill was hardest hit, and the impact of impairments on each industry's total assets?

"Goodwill Impairment Holds Steady," by Bill Sinnett, FEI's FERF Research Blog, February 1, 2013 --- Click Here
http://www.financialexecutives.org/KenticoCMS/FEI_Blogs/FERF-Research-Blog/November-2012/2012-Goodwill-Impairment-Study.aspx#axzz2JwlCV2io

he 2012 Goodwill Impairment Study, done by Duff & Phelps, examines the general and industry trends of goodwill impairment for U.S. companies and includes the results of a survey of FEI members.
 
New in this year’s study are ten industry sector spotlights which highlights key goodwill impairment metrics, as well as cross-tabulation analyses which evaluate the relationships between FEI member responses to two or more questions.
 
     2012 Study Highlights

 
Click here to download the 2012 Goodwill Impairment Study ---
https://www.financialexecutives.org/KenticoCMS/Research/Research-Publications/publication.aspx?prd_key=00eb4c43-bc03-43e0-9cc6-c24275a9c4b6
 

"Study by UK researchers shows inconsistency in IFRS application," by Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, January 26, 2013 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137251.htm

Jensen Comment
The same most likely can be said about principles-based standards in general ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#BrightLines

 

Bob Jensen's threads on impairment ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment

From IAS Plus on January 21, 2011 Jan 21, 2013

ESMA report shows room for improvement regarding disclosures related to goodwill impairment ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/01/esma-report-on-disclosures-related-to-goodwill-impairment

The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) has published a review of 2011 IFRS financial statements related to impairment testing of goodwill. The report shows that significant impairment losses of goodwill were limited to a handful of issuers. According to ESMA, this raises the question as to whether the level of impairment disclosed in 2011 financial reports appropriately reflects the difficult economic operating environment for companies. ESMA also finds that although the major disclosures related to goodwill impairment testing were generally provided, in many cases these were boilerplate and not entity-specific. ESMA expects issuers and their auditors to consider the findings of the review when preparing and auditing the 2012 IFRS financial statements.

A Curious Case of Negative Goodwill
"NEED PROFIT? BUY SOMETHING!" by Anthony H. Catanach Jr. and J. Edward Ketz, Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, July 30, 2012 ---
http://blogs.smeal.psu.edu/grumpyoldaccountants/archives/733

We first voiced our concern about an obscure accounting rule that allows companies to “create” profits when purchasing other businesses in the “Curious Case of Miller Energy’s 10-K and Its Huge Bargain Purchase.” The offending tenet relates to the treatment of something called “negative goodwill” which purportedly is created when a company makes an acquisition, and pays less than what the assets are worth. This fantastic “bargain purchase” creates a negative goodwill anomaly because the acquirer supposedly gets more assets than it pays for, as in this example:

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
Yet another illustration of how the FASB and IASB made a black hole out of bottom-line earnings.

Bob Jensen's threads on impairment issues ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment


Interest-Rate Swaps Scream "Buyer Beware"
The Financial Services Authority found that some U.K. banks misled corporate customers in the sales of interest-rate swaps, but the problem is not confined to one country.
by Vincent Ryan
CFO.com, February 1, 2013
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/2/credit_interest-rate-swaps-fsa-otc-overhedging-break-cost-cftc-sec

Jensen Comment
FAS 133 and IAS 39 generally assume that interest rate swaps have no front-end costs or coercion. That appears to be no longer the case. Banks have such a penchant for ruining good things.

Timeline of Financial Scandals, Auditing Failures, and the Evolution of International Accounting Standards ---- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm#DerivativesFrauds 

Anti-Fraud Collaboration Launches Website with Access to Anti-Fraud Tools
Center for Audit Quality
January 24, 2013
News Release --- http://www.thecaq.org/newsroom/release_01242013.htm

Anti-Fraud Collaboration Site --- http://www.antifraudcollaboration.org/

Bob Jensen's threads on fraud ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm


Conflict Minerals --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conflict_mineral

Auditors worry about lack of guidance on conflict-mineral rules ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/29/conflict-mineral-reports-present-challenges-for-auditors/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport
From the CFO Global CPA Newsletter Report on February 6, 2013

Securities and Exchange Commission rules on conflict minerals, many of them African spoils of war, affect the supply chain of thousands of U.S. companies. However, auditors are uncertain how to meet the requirements. They are concerned that an insufficient audit could lead to fines and open a company to liability.

Jensen Comment
Conflict minerals will remain a huge problem for both business firms and their accountants, but it is somewhat of a lesser problem now that automobile companies are starting to drop dreams of manufacturing battery-powered cars in favor of other alternatives such as hydrogen fuel cells.


"Free Spreadsheet-Based Form 1040 Available for 2012 Tax Year," by David H. Ringstrom, AccountingWeb, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/free-spreadsheet-based-form-1040-available-2012-tax-year/220959?source=technology

Jensen Comment
This might be a great application (using hypothetical taxpayers) for students learning spreadsheets as well as basics of income tax reporting.

I used a similar approach when teaching students how to use Webledger software ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Webledger.htm

For example, the term project report for a team of my students is available at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5342/projects/Netledger.pdf
This project was conducted when students could get free WebLedger accounts. I don't think that's possible these days.


 Are Herbalife's financial statements nutritious?

Grumpy Old Accountants
Tony promised he would notify the AECM about his new postings.
I think he's forgetting his promise.
the Grumpy Old Accountants Blog carries on in the style of Abe Briloff. For decades Abe grubbed around the details of financial statements to find violations of accounting standards, auditing standards, and reporting integrity in general. Tony is trying to carry on alone with this blog --- which is a huge job because it's not easy to pour over financial statements at a professional level.

"What Do Herbalife's Financials Tell Us?," Anthony H. Catanach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants, January 30, 2013 ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/1/30/what-do-herbalifes-financials-tell-us 

Once again I'm asking Tony to let us know when he posts a new tidbit on the GOA Blog.

Ponzi/Pyramid Schemes --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Ponzi


CNET, CES and Crowd-sourced audits: Independence does matter ---
http://uwcisa-assurance.blogspot.com/2013/02/cnet-ces-and-crowd-sourced-audits.html
Thank you Jerry Trites for the heads up.


"How to Add and Subtract Roman Numerals," by Jason Marshall, The Math Dude, February 1, 2013 ---
http://mathdude.quickanddirtytips.com/how-to-add-and-subtract-roman-numerals.aspx

Jensen Comment
This may be useful if your teaching about financial derivative instruments history. Options trading dates back to Roman times ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds


In many cases, this will involve a significant change in the way a firm used to account for expenditures in their income statement and on their balance sheet.
"Property Tax Rules Puzzle Finance Staffs," by Kathleen Hoffelder, CFO.com, February 1, 2013 --- Click Here
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/1/tax_repair-regs-tangible-property-tax-ernst-young-irs?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+cfo%2Fdaily_briefing+%28Latest+Articles+from+CFO.com%29

CFOs and their finance staffs have had since March to digest guidance from the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Department of Treasury in how to apply new tax regulations regarding a corporation’s tangible property, including equipment and such things as elevators or desks. But the rules are so complicated it has many still scratching their heads months later.

“It’s intimidating for many companies. And the level of effort needed to analyze what is the best strategic approach to implement, to quantify the effects of changing, and to actually implement the changes is more than many companies can spend or are willing to spend,” says Thomas Yeates, national director of cost segregation at Ernst & Young.

The new tangible-property rules are an attempt to provide more specific tax requirements for taxpayers. But they now require many corporations to reclassify property improvements formally deemed tax deductions or capital expenditures. In many cases, this will involve a significant change in the way a firm used to account for expenditures in their income statement and on their balance sheet.

Generally, the new regulations mandate that costs to enhance or improve tangible property have to be capitalized and those costs incurred to simply repair and keep tangible property in working order would be allowed to be deducted. Previously, determining which category improvements to a property would fall into was fuzzy. The new rules include three tests to determine whether an expense is deemed a “betterment,” a “restoration," or an "adaptation”of the property to a new and different use.

But nothing is as simple as it sounds when it comes to tax codes. The new tangible-property guidance, for instance, includes no fewer than 19 accounting-method changes that exist within the tangible property rules’ section 481(a) tax adjustments.

The 481(a) adjustments must be applied, for instance, when a corporation changes its accounting method from deducting to capitalizing an expense, when a firm acquires new tangible property, or disposes of property. Since there are myriad of ways to account for such an expense, this is an area that has typically perplexed corporation for years.

Speaking at a New York State Society of CPAs tax conference this week, Yeates quoted what IRS officials have said in the past about "dispositions" in the tangible-property regulations— that it “will be the battlefield that will remain after the final regs.” That’s because, as he puts it, “there is not a lot of guidance.”

In IRS terminology, anything deemed a sale, exchange, retirement, physical abandonment, or destruction of an asset falls into the "disposition" area. Under the new tangible-property rules, the retirement of the structural components of a building is also now included, where it was not in the past.

But, according to Yeates, the language--and not just the structural change in the new guidance for dispositions--is what's confusing. Under the new tangible property regulations, taxpayers must use a reasonable valuation method for dispositions that is “consistently applied.” Determining what that means may be easier said than done, he says.

Some IRS officials interpret the ‘consistently applied’ language to mean that once an asset has a disposition (as in the case of a roof repair being claimed as a full replacement) applied to it once, that is the way it is defined for every disposition thereafter, he says.

The guidelines do improve some things for corporate taxpayers, however. Previously a taxpayer could not actually claim a “partial” disposition on the replacement of a roof for example, hindering a taxpayer's ability to claim another disposition on that same asset in the future. The new regulations now permit corporations to write off structural components of an asset that have been replaced, for example.

But the complex language of that beneficial provision of the guidance is in itself puzzling to corporations, according to Yeates. “This is a troubling issue… and will continue to cause confusion until more guidance is out,” he says.

Continued in article


"Does Everyone Lie? Are we a Culture of Liars?" by accounting professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/does-everyone-lie.html

"The Lying Culture," by J. Edward Ketz & Anthony H. Catanach Jr.,  SmartPros, February 2011 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x71398.xml

From time to time, it is good to stop and assess one's progress in life. Such an evaluation helps people to figure out how they are doing and to make strategic decisions to take advantage of upcoming opportunities and to meet future challenges. When we do this for the accounting profession, we shake our heads because accounting shenanigans remain abundant and the seeds for further scandals are sown, watered, and fertilized.

The kernel of this problem is simple: company managers and their advisers are liars. Ok, not all of them, but so many are liars that the business community is in danger of falling on its own petard. Maybe this is because American society has a problem with the truth, as exemplified by our political, military, bureaucratic, sports, and entertainment leaders. We often hear the mantra, “the truth shall make you free,” but our leaders apparently desire to enslave others through their destructively self-serving, lying behaviors.

One obvious current example is the toxic assets still held by banks in the wake of the financial crisis of 2008. These investments have real values lower than their carrying values, but banks refuse to write them down, citing mush about earnings volatility and the adverse effects of mark-to-market accounting. They reject fair value accounting because it would reveal the precarious position of the banking industry. In short, banks are lying about asset values and really are not well capitalized.

Continued in article

 
"Who is Telling the Truth?  The Fact Wars:  ," as written on the Cover of Time Magazine
 "Blue Truth-Red Truth: Both candidates say White House hopefuls should talk straight with voters. Here's why neither man is ready to take his own advice ,"
 by Michael Scherer (and Alex Altma), Time Magazine Cover Story, October 15, 2012, pp. 24-30 ---
 http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PresidentialCampaignLies2012.htm

The Cheating Culture: Why More Americans Are Doing Wrong to Get Ahead [Paperback]
by David Callahan (Author)
http://www.amazon.com/The-Cheating-Culture-Americans-Doing/dp/0156030055/ref=cm_cr_pr_product_top

Customer Reviews
The Cheating Culture: Why More Americans Are Doing Wrong to Get Ahead
http://www.amazon.com/The-Cheating-Culture-Americans-Doing/product-reviews/0156030055?pageNumber=2

Review by Stephen A. Lajoie (Seattle, WA USA)

I was interested in this book because I have observed increased incidents of cheating on college campuses. Cheating has become bold, blatant and unpunished.

The author makes the case that cheating has increased since 1974. The thesis of the author is that the greed of the political conservatives has caused the epidemic of cheating, and the author even cites a sound-bite from President Reagan, where Reagan says that he hopes that people can still get rich in this country, to support this claim.

The book is an interesting read for the data on how cheating has become socially acceptable among the middle class, but the author's thesis that political conservatives, due to their greed, have caused it is not well made. I would accuse him of neglectful induction: he doesn't examine non-capitalist countries like the former Soviet Union for examples of cheating. He claims that there was a golden age of honesty, and as an example of that points to big law firms that use to only hire the all white upper class sons of wealthy members of the law firm, but now, due to diversity laws, hire the top graduates out of law school. The new high pressure work environment and the drive to get to the top is the cause of cheating in billing. The author claims this is due to post 1974 conservative greed. Yet, the author ignored that sweat shop conditions have existed in the past, and that this law firm is nothing more than a yuppie sweat shop. Further, isn't hiring only the white upper class son's of the partners a way of cheating as well? The author does not address that.

The idea that corporate greed has caused cheating in schools is simply backwards, a confusion of cause and effect. One cheats in school and then goes into the business world, where one cheats in business. People do not, generally, go from cheating in business to cheating in high school.

Cheats have done well in big business since forever; this is nothing new since the Reagan administration. The author does not examine the relationship between the decline of religion and the increase in cheating, either; which is very neglectful induction. It simply does not follow that corporate greed is the root cause of the increase in cheating among the middle class.

Jensen Comment
There are many nations where students cheat much more commonly and blatantly than the United States. Plagiarism is extreme in the Soviet Union where even President Vladimir Putin plagiarized his entire Ph.D. thesis ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#Celebrities

It's not clear that Vladimir Putin even read his own thesis
Large parts of an economics thesis written by President Vladimir Putin in the mid-1990s were lifted straight out of a U.S. management textbook published 20 years earlier, The Washington Times reported Saturday, citing researchers at the Brookings Institution. It was unclear, however, whether Putin had even read the thesis, which might have been intended to impress the Western investors who were flooding into St. Petersburg in the mid-1990s, the report said. Putin oversaw the city's foreign economic relations at the time.
"Putin Accused of Plagiarizing Thesis," Moscow Times, March 27, 2006 ---
http://www.themoscowtimes.com/stories/2006/03/27/011.html

The Psychology of Plagiarism in Russia ---
http://psychologyinrussia.com/volumes/pdf/2009/27_2009_voiskunskii.pdf

"German Education Minister Stripped of Doctorate," Inside Higher Ed, February 7, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/06/german-education-minister-stripped-doctorate 

A panel at Heinrich Heine University has decided to strip Germany's education minister, Annette Schavan, of her doctorate because the committee found her dissertation to be plagiarized, the Associated Press reported. Schavan denies the charges and plans to appeal. A former defense minister in Germany resigned in 2011 after revelations that he had copied portions of his doctoral thesis.

Jensen Comment
In days of old the writings of students were considered the works of their major professors who sometimes helped themselves to these works without even acknowledging the original authors. This no longer is the case in modern times.

Bob Jensen's threads on professors who plagiarized ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#ProfessorsWhoPlagiarize

Bob Jensen's threads on cheating ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm


"High-Profile Plagiarism Prompts Soul-Searching in German Universities," by Paul Hockenos, Chronicle of Higher Education, February 25, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/High-Profile-Plagiarism/137515/?cid=wb&utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en

Rarely do political scandal and academe collide so publicly as they have now, in Europe. In February, Germany's education minister stepped down after Heinrich Heine University, in Düsseldorf, revoked her doctorate because her thesis lifted passages from other sources without proper attribution.

Her departure came after scandals over plagiarized work took down a German defense minister, the president of Hungary, and a Romanian education minister. But it is the storied German university system, not politics, that has suffered the real body blows, say education experts.

The front-page news has shaken higher education in Germany, where, in addition to the two former federal ministers, several other national and local political figures have been accused of academic fraud. The incidents have left many wondering: Is there something rotten at the heart of German academe, the esteemed heir of Humboldt and Hegel?

For two centuries, the German university as envisioned by the 19th-century philosopher Wilhelm von Humboldt has been the model for research institutions in Europe, the United States, and beyond. Humboldt's notions of academic freedom, the autonomy of the university, and placing scientific pursuit at the heart of higher education continue to carry weight today. But his legacy in Germany may be growing somewhat tarnished.

"The reputation of German universities is suffering, and it looks like it will suffer for some time to come," says Wolfgang E.J. Weber, director of the Institute for European Cultural History, in Augsburg, Germany, and author of a book on the history of the European university.

As a result of the scandals, he says, his historian colleagues from elsewhere in Europe no longer consider the German system to be the gold standard. Noting that the allegations of academic fraud have affected doctoral graduates in the humanities and liberal arts, Mr. Weber worries that if financing for disciplines in those areas suffers as a result, "the negative consequences could be long-term."

In Germany academic titles play a role in politics far greater than they do in the United States. Doctoral and other titles, sometimes as many as three or four, are prominently displayed on the business cards, door plaques, and letterheads of politicians. Some call it posturing—a modern-day "nobleman's title"—while others defend it as a meaningful distinction based on merit.

"In the German context, the academic title means more than just an expertise, say, in economics or law, that can be valuable to policy making or another field," says Thomas Rommel, rector of the European College of Liberal Arts of Bard, in Berlin, and author of a book about plagiarism in general. "It connotes personal achievement, an element of determination and grit to pursue a specialized topic for three years and see it through."

Whether one is impressed by the degree or not, the Ph.D. has become a facet of the German résumé that lures ambitious politicians and professionals who have no intention of entering academe. That has led to a proliferation of Ph.D.'s—roughly 25,000 a year awarded since 2000, more per capita than any other country in the world, according to the Federal Statistical Office of Germany. By comparison, American universities award 50,000 doctorates a year, but in a country with a population four times as large as Germany's.

Germany's output of Ph.D. recipients probably won't slow down, but the plagiarism cases have shined a spotlight on academe's time-honored methods for supervising and awarding doctorates, especially to candidates who are not full-time academics.

"In theory," says Martin Spiewak, education editor at the German weekly newspaper Die Zeit, "the professional with hands-on experience in a given field, like a politician, can through a dissertation bring something new into the world of scholarship that others can then profit from. It could be a unique, constructive link between the professional and the academic worlds."

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
Centuries ago Oxford was a collection of colleges rather than a university. When I lectured at Humboldt University in Berlin a few years ago, it was claimed that the idea of a university as opposed to a collection of colleges was conceived at Humboldt ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/University

Prior to the 20th Century the works of students became the works of their professors and were sometimes published without even giving credit to the original authors. Of course times have changed, although they perhaps changed a bit slower in Germany.

It was hard to sleep at night in my hotel because skyscrapers were being built 24/7 with lots of noise, loud radios, and men yelling loudly in Russian. Apparently Russian workers were imported to do a lot of the construction work. I thought it was ironic that the Russians destroyed Berlin and then were called back to rebuild it.

"German Education Minister Stripped of Doctorate," Inside Higher Ed, February 7, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/06/german-education-minister-stripped-doctorate 

A panel at Heinrich Heine University has decided to strip Germany's education minister, Annette Schavan, of her doctorate because the committee found her dissertation to be plagiarized, the Associated Press reported. Schavan denies the charges and plans to appeal. A former defense minister in Germany resigned in 2011 after revelations that he had copied portions of his doctoral thesis.

Jensen Comment
In days of old the writings of students were considered the works of their major professors who sometimes helped themselves to these works without even acknowledging the original authors. This no longer is the case in modern times.

Bob Jensen's threads on cheating ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm

 


"What is the Value of Ethics Education? Are Universities Successfully Teaching Ethics to Business Students?," by Accounting Professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/what-is-the-value-of-ethics-education.html

. . .

This is "academic-speak" for we do not want to hold the schools accountable for ethics education. AACSB's failure to set specific goals for business ethics education speaks volumes about the political pressure from accredited schools that were brought to bear on any new standards that require specific education. Academic administrators do not want to be tied down to a specific course of action or program; they want a more "flexible" approach. The result is a meaningless standard that fails to address the critical problems that face us today in graduating business students who become tomorrow's future abusers of the capitalist system because of narcissitic behavior.

So, what should be done about the failure of business ethics education over the years to stem the rising tide of corporate fraud and wrongdoing? I believe the emphasis of business ethics education has to change from teaching philosophical reasoning methods that rarely work in practice to a more values-based approach that emphasizes ethical leadership. Ethical leadership is a must in any discipline -- accounting, finance, information systems, management and marketing. Therefore, all college instructors should buy into the need to slant their teaching methods to incorporate leadership -- ethical leadership.

Jensen Comment
Those of us that have had to deal with cheating students over the years, including those who cheated in ethics classes, discover that ethics behavior or lack thereof is very, very complicated. Unethical behavior and cheating is very situational and opportunistic. Sometimes lapses arise when there are heavy demands on time such as those demands of varsity athletics, troubled marriages, child illness, etc. Sometimes lapses arise from a follow-the-herd situation such as that recently observed among 125 students in a recent Harvard political science course.

In my opinion, most lapses in ethics do not arise from ignorance about the ethics guidelines. Therefore, teaching about it is not likely to have much incremental benefit in preventing ethics lapses at the individual level. There may be some benefit in terms of awareness and better writing of ethics guidelines. And studying what happens when violations of ethics have severe consequences may instill some fear. For example, expelling half the 125 students who were caught cheating in one political science class probably made the remaining students at Harvard University sit up and take notice that the Harvard's Student Honor Code is not toothless.

"Anton Chekhov on the 8 Qualities of Cultured People," by Maria Popova, Brain Pickings, January 29, 2013 ---
http://www.brainpickings.org/index.php/2013/01/29/anton-chekhov-8-qualities-of-cultured-people/

Jensen Comment
I suspect there are not many cultured people in the world because of Criterion Number 4.

"Does Everyone Lie? Are we a Culture of Liars?" by accounting professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/does-everyone-lie.html

"The Lying Culture," by J. Edward Ketz & Anthony H. Catanach Jr.,  SmartPros, February 2011 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x71398.xml


Ethical Video Dilemmas for use in the classroom from KPMG --- Click Here

http://emailcc.com/collect/click.aspx?u=yBkk0yFkQBUYhLtB0iEBFmUseoUsqrE3Dvx/pWbQzRFv6VS1ngkmZHUQgfaiTiOzbtC9dsBLaDuNzSN3elnG7KqpqZ4gUCv1aVtnb7PdTsGsnf7V+NKo0sTNSGcmspf9&rh=ff000e36e0e62e7a3efaa54b8d4999362097bc09


"UK's "Big Four" accountants under fire from watchdog," by Huw Jones, Reuters, February 22, 2013 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/02/22/us-britain-accounting-idUSBRE91L0C920130222

Companies in Britain could be forced to switch accountants to break up the cozy relationships between the "Big Four" and their clients, blamed for masking weaknesses exposed by the financial crisis.

The "Big Four" - KPMGKPMG.UL, PwC PWC.UL, Ernst & Young ERNY.UL and Deloitte DLTE.UL - check the books of nearly all listed companies in Britain and around the world, and have often served the same clients for decades.

The UK's Competition Commission proposed that companies put out their audit work to tender every five to seven years, and change accounting firms every seven to 14 years - roughly in line with changes being discussed at the European Union level.

Investors would also play a role in selecting an auditor, according to plans put forward by the commission, which published preliminary findings from a probe it began in 2011.

The industry was put under scrutiny after auditor "complacency" was blamed by UK lawmakers for deepening the financial crisis.

The Competition Commission found that 31 percent of the top 100 companies in the UK and a fifth of the next 250 firms had had the same auditor for over 20 years.

Competition in the UK is restricted by factors that make it hard for companies to switch accountants, the Competition Commission found, and there is a tendency for auditors to focus on satisfying management rather than shareholder needs, it said.

The findings add weight to a draft European Union law which contains plans for boosting competition in the 27-country bloc's audit market which would override UK changes.

The United States is also mulling auditor rotation as the sector faces questions for giving banks a clean bill of health just before governments had to step in and rescue them in the 2007-09 financial crisis.

Critics have said the Big Four should separate out their audit and advisory units, a step the draft EU law looks at.

"The real issue we have identified is stickiness in the market," Laura Carstensen, who chaired the probe, told Reuters. "The question of break-up was not on our list."

There was "significant dissatisfaction" among big investors, the commission said, but changing the "long standing and entrenched" system would take time.

Its proposals go further than a recent change introduced by Britain's Financial Reporting Council (FRC), which requires companies to consider changing accountants every decade. The FRC said it was pleased the Commission was looking at taking more steps to enhance competitiveness and switching.

PIRC, which represents pension funds and fund managers, said mandatory rotation was the best way to ensure auditor independence and large shareholders increasingly favored this.

The commission also proposes banning "Big Four only" clauses, meaning banks could not insist on a borrower using one of the four top audit firms.

"GROSSLY UNDERESTIMATED"

The Big Four insist there is strong competition and point to downward pressure on fees and some recent switchings of auditors among big companies.

PwC said the Competition Commission had "grossly underestimated" the critical role the audit committees at client firms play in protecting shareholder interests.

Ernst & Young said it was pleased the watchdog found no collusion, abuses or excess profits but rejected accusations that the audit market was not serving shareholders, as did Deloitte and KPMG.

"In addition, we believe that competition between audit firms is healthy and robust and that the evidence supports this," E&Y said.

But second tier audit firms, such as Mazars, BDO and Grant Thornton, welcomed the findings after having argued it would not be worthwhile expanding unless there was some intervention to help prise open the market.

Continued in article

"Big four accountants 'insufficiently independent and sceptical' of City:  Competition Commission criticises Ernst & Young, Deloitte, KPMG and PwC for 'higher prices, lower quality and less innovation'," by Josephine Moulds and David Feeney, The Guardian, February 22, 2013 ---
http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2013/feb/22/big-four-accountancy-competition-commission-audits

Jensen Comment
I doubt that the U.K. has the jurisdiction to trust-bust these large international auditing firms. However, the U.K. may be the first to force audit firm rotation in auditing. The U.K. has more problems than just audit firms. Among all the giant banks in the world, the U.K. has some of the most criminally-inclined banks that money launder for Iran and the large drug cartels. And then there's the massive LIBOR scandal that will cost U.K. banks billions in fines. If we start putting bankers in prison, the place to start is the U.K.

The U.K. could force its big companies to give more audit work to smaller firms. But this may have negative repercussions on the cost of capital for those firms to say nothing of the formidable startup costs for any small firm to take on giant companies like giant banks and insurance companies headquartered in the U.K.

A simpler solution would be for the U.K. to become more litigious and make the large auditing firms more vulnerable to billion-dollar audit negligence tort cases. The costs will, of course, be passed on the U.K. clients, but if this is what the U.K. wants in order to have more professional and independent audits then this is the route that I would recommend.

As a parting question, do the Brits spell skeptical as sceptical?
I do know that they spell judgment as judgement.


"Are languages important for accountants?" by Mark P. Holtzman, Accountinator Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://accountinator.com/2013/02/21/1151/

Jensen Comment
Increasingly in this global world I've been an advocate of language skills in general and for accounting graduates in particular. Years ago I had a student at Trinity University who had a minor in Russian. My personal opinion is that he probably would not have become a Big Four partner in the Houston Office. However, when he was transferred to the Moscow office of that Big Four firm he made partner in record time.

Accounting and auditing firms in Texas have enormous opportunities for client work in Mexico and most points south where Spanish is generally the native tongue. I had another student who I never predicted would get a job with a Big Four firm because I always thought of him more as a baseball star than a good student in accounting. However, Trinity University is a special university for language skills. This baseball player landed a job in the San Antonio office of the Big Four. Furthermore he was single and more than willing to take on very long engagements with clients south of the Rio Grande. This student also had a very engaging personality --- one of the funniest guys I ever met. He probably should've followed in the footsteps of an accountant named Bob Newhart.

Trinity University has a relatively popular Chinese language program and quite a few of my former students found it to their advantage to minor in Chinese.

Bob Jensen's threads on careers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers



Question
Is Apple's iWatch for real or a phony stock price "pump and dump" ploy?

"Dick Tracy Alert, The iWatch," by Accounting Professor Dennis Elam's Blog, February 12, 2013 ---
http://professorelam.typepad.com/my_weblog/2013/02/dick-tracy-alert-the-iwatch.html

"Who's Manipulating Apple Stock With This iWatch Story?" by Dan Lyons, ReadWriteWeb, February 11, 2013 ---
http://readwrite.com/2013/02/11/whos-manipulating-apple-stock-with-this-iwatch-story

That was the cry from Apple fanbloggers last month when the Wall Street Journal reported that Apple had reduced component orders, a possible sign of softening demand for Apple products. That story broke nine days before Apple was to report its earnings, and sent the stock reeling downward.

But if that was the case, then who’s manipulating Apple stock now, with this sudden barrage of “leaks” about the iWatch?

Does no one else think it’s kind of remarkable that this unreleased product suddenly starts showing up in dozens of blog posts and press stories? And that these leaks happened, coincidentally, right after Apple’s stock endured a brutal slide from just above $700 in September to a low of $435 in January?

The last stock plunge took place after Apple reported disappointing earnings for the holiday quarter, and ended up treading water in the $450 range. That was Jan. 28.

Note what happens next. On Feb. 5, the Wall Street Journal reports that after taking a beating on Wall Street, Apple has been “subtly increasing some of its PR,” doing things like sending reporters “more favorable third-party reports on the company.”

In other words: Apple wanted to get the stock back up, and so its flacks were reaching out to reporters and briefing them on background, trying to convince them that things at Apple were better than what Wall Street believed.

Anatomy Of A Pump

Meanwhile, just as Apple’s flacks have started working the phones, we start to hear drumbeats about a miraculous new product. Wow! What a coincidence.

And what is this product? Why, it's an amazing, life-changing, paradigm-shifting, stolen-from-the-future gorgeously designed product, a product that you've always wanted and needed though you never thought about it before, a product that will once again put Apple ahead of everyone else: The iWatch.

Bits and pieces about Apple doing a watch have been floating around since at least last year. But suddenly, in the past few weeks, just as Apple has started briefing reporters, this story starts heating up.

It begins with things like this post on Jan. 30 by MG Siegler of TechCrunch. Siegler, who basically operates as an unpaid Apple PR guy, says he’s getting a Pebble smartwatch, and then on goes for a couple thousand words about how huge this whole smartwatch thing could be and boy does he want one and man wouldn’t a smartwatch just change everything and wow, I bet Apple and Google are looking at this space, don’t you?

Then on Feb. 5 comes this even more incredibly overlong piece by Bruce Tognazzini, a former Apple interface designer, who suddenly, for no apparent reason, feels prompted to wax on for thousands and thousands of words about all the amazing things that Apple’s iWatch (he’s already given it a name and says it “will fill a gaping hole in the Apple ecosystem”) might do.

The Story Goes Mainstream

Then, on Sunday, the drumbeats turned into something more, when two major newspapers both ran iWatch stories.

One scoop came from Jessica Lessin at the Wall Street Journal, the same reporter who wrote about Apple doing more briefings with reporters. (Weird, right?) Another scoop came from Nick Bilton at the New York Times, whose story ran online on Sunday and then had a nice big spot on the front of Monday morning’s Times business section.

A big section-front story on a Monday morning in the New York Times! What fortuitous timing! You’d almost think it had been planned. Bilton’s story cited as sources “people familiar with the company’s explorations, who spoke on condition that they not be named because they are not allowed to publicly discuss unannounced products.” Wonder who that could be?

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


"What is the Value of Ethics Education? Are Universities Successfully Teaching Ethics to Business Students?," by Accounting Professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/what-is-the-value-of-ethics-education.html

. . .

This is "academic-speak" for we do not want to hold the schools accountable for ethics education. AACSB's failure to set specific goals for business ethics education speaks volumes about the political pressure from accredited schools that were brought to bear on any new standards that require specific education. Academic administrators do not want to be tied down to a specific course of action or program; they want a more "flexible" approach. The result is a meaningless standard that fails to address the critical problems that face us today in graduating business students who become tomorrow's future abusers of the capitalist system because of narcissitic behavior.

So, what should be done about the failure of business ethics education over the years to stem the rising tide of corporate fraud and wrongdoing? I believe the emphasis of business ethics education has to change from teaching philosophical reasoning methods that rarely work in practice to a more values-based approach that emphasizes ethical leadership. Ethical leadership is a must in any discipline -- accounting, finance, information systems, management and marketing. Therefore, all college instructors should buy into the need to slant their teaching methods to incorporate leadership -- ethical leadership.

Jensen Comment
Those of us that have had to deal with cheating students over the years, including those who cheated in ethics classes, discover that ethics behavior or lack thereof is very, very complicated. Unethical behavior and cheating is very situational and opportunistic. Sometimes lapses arise when there are heavy demands on time such as those demands of varsity athletics, troubled marriages, child illness, etc. Sometimes lapses arise from a follow-the-herd situation such as that recently observed among 125 students in a recent Harvard political science course.

In my opinion, most lapses in ethics do not arise from ignorance about the ethics guidelines. Therefore, teaching about it is not likely to have much incremental benefit in preventing ethics lapses at the individual level. There may be some benefit in terms of awareness and better writing of ethics guidelines. And studying what happens when violations of ethics have severe consequences may instill some fear. For example, expelling half the 125 students who were caught cheating in one political science class probably made the remaining students at Harvard University sit up and take notice that the Harvard's Student Honor Code is not toothless.


"In a Memphis Cheating Ring, the Teachers Are the Accused," by Motoko Rich, The New York Times, February 2, 2013 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/02/02/education/in-memphis-cheating-ring-teachers-are-the-accused.html?hpw&_r=0

In the end, it was a pink baseball cap that revealed an audacious test-cheating scheme in three Southern states that spanned at least 15 years.

Test proctors at Arkansas State University spotted a woman wearing the cap while taking a national teacher certification exam under one name on a morning in June 2009 and then under another name that afternoon. A supervisor soon discovered that at least two other impersonators had registered for tests that day.

Ensuing investigations ultimately led to Clarence D. Mumford Sr., 59, who pleaded guilty on Friday to charges that accused him of being the cheating ring’s mastermind during a 23-year career in Memphis as a teacher, assistant principal and guidance counselor.

Federal prosecutors had indicted him on 63 counts, including mail and wire fraud and identify theft. They said he doctored driver’s licenses, pressured teachers to lie to the authorities and collected at least $125,000 from teachers and prospective teachers in Arkansas, Mississippi and Tennessee who feared that they could not pass the certification exams on their own.

Mr. Mumford pleaded guilty to two counts of the indictment, just a week after he rejected a settlement offer. At the time, he said that its recommended sentence of 9 to 11 years was “too long a time and too severe”; the new settlement carries a maximum sentence of 7 years.

Mr. Mumford appeared in Federal District Court here on Friday wearing a dark suit and a matching yellow tie and pocket handkerchief. He said little more than “Yes, sir” in answer to questions from Judge John T. Fowlkes.

Another 36 people, most of them teachers from Arkansas, Mississippi and Tennessee, have been swept up in the federal dragnet, including Clarence Mumford Jr., Mr. Mumford’s son, and Cedrick Wilson, a former wide receiver for the Pittsburgh Steelers. (Mr. Wilson paid $2,500 for someone to take a certification exam for physical education teachers, according to court documents.)

In addition to the senior Mr. Mumford, eight people have pleaded guilty to charges stemming from the investigation into the ring, and on Friday, a federal prosecutor, John Fabian, announced that 18 people who confessed to paying Mr. Mumford to arrange test-takers for them had been barred from teaching for five years.

The case has rattled Memphis at a tumultuous time. The city’s schools are merging with the suburban district in surrounding Shelby County, exposing simmering tensions over race and economic disparity. The state has also designated 68 schools in the city as among the lowest-performing campuses in Tennessee, and is gradually handing control of some of them to charter operators and other groups. And with a $90 million grant from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the district is overhauling how it recruits, evaluates and pays teachers.

District officials say that the test scandal does not reflect broader problems, and that none of the indicted teachers still work in the Memphis schools. (At least one teacher is working in Mississippi.) “It would be unfair to let what may be 50, 60 or 100 teachers who did some wrong stain the good work of the large number of teachers and administrators who get up every day and go by the book,” said Dorsey Hopson, the general counsel for Memphis City Schools who this week was named the district’s interim superintendent.

“A teacher’s job is very hard. I know it is,” said Threeshea Robinson, a mother who waited last week to pick up her son, a fourth grader at Raleigh-Bartlett Meadows Elementary School, where a teacher who has pleaded guilty taught until last fall. “But I would not want a doctor who did not pass all his tests operating on me.”

The tests involved are known as Praxis exams, and more than 300,000 were administered last year by the nonprofit Educational Testing Service for people pursuing teaching licenses or new credentials in specific subjects like biology or history.

By and large, they are considered easy hurdles to clear. In Tennessee, for example, 97 percent of those who took the exams in the 2010-11 school year passed.

Robert Schaeffer, the public education director of FairTest, the National Center for Fair and Open Testing, said that the testing service had had problems with cheating before.

Ray Nicosia, the executive director of the testing service’s Office of Testing Integrity, said episodes of impersonation were rare.

Continued in article

"Dishonest Educators," by Walter E. Williams, Townhall, January 9, 2013 --- Click Here
http://townhall.com/columnists/walterewilliams/2013/01/09/dishonest-educators-n1482294?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl

Nearly two years ago, U.S. News & World Report came out with a story titled "Educators Implicated in Atlanta Cheating Scandal." It reported that "for 10 years, hundreds of Atlanta public school teachers and principals changed answers on state tests in one of the largest cheating scandals in U.S. history." More than three-quarters of the 56 Atlanta schools investigated had cheated on the National Assessment of Educational Progress test, sometimes called the national report card. Cheating orders came from school administrators and included brazen acts such as teachers reading answers aloud during the test and erasing incorrect answers. One teacher told a colleague, "I had to give your kids, or your students, the answers because they're dumb as hell." Atlanta's not alone. There have been investigations, reports and charges of teacher-assisted cheating in other cities, such as Philadelphia, Houston, New York, Detroit, Baltimore, Los Angeles and Washington.

Recently, The Atlanta Journal-Constitution's blog carried a story titled "A new cheating scandal: Aspiring teachers hiring ringers." According to the story, for at least 15 years, teachers in Arkansas, Mississippi and Tennessee paid Clarence Mumford, who's now under indictment, between $1,500 and $3,000 to send someone else to take their Praxis exam, which is used for K-12 teacher certification in 40 states. Sandra Stotsky, an education professor at the University of Arkansas, said, "(Praxis I) is an easy test for anyone who has completed high school but has nothing to do with college-level ability or scores." She added, "The test is far too undemanding for a prospective teacher. ... The fact that these people hired somebody to take an easy test of their skills suggests that these prospective teachers were probably so academically weak it is questionable whether they would have been suitable teachers."

Here's a practice Praxis I math question: Which of the following is equal to a quarter-million -- 40,000, 250,000, 2,500,000, 1/4,000,000 or 4/1,000,000? The test taker is asked to click on the correct answer. A practice writing skills question is to identify the error in the following sentence: "The club members agreed that each would contribute ten days of voluntary work annually each year at the local hospital." The test taker is supposed to point out that "annually each year" is redundant.

CNN broke this cheating story last July, but the story hasn't gotten much national press since then. In an article for NewsBusters, titled "Months-Old, Three-State Teacher Certification Test Cheating Scandal Gets Major AP Story -- on a Slow News Weekend" (11/25/12), Tom Blumer quotes speculation by the blog "educationrealist": "I will be extremely surprised if it does not turn out that most if not all of the teachers who bought themselves a test grade are black. (I am also betting that the actual testers are white, but am not as certain. It just seems that if black people were taking the test and guaranteeing passage, the fees would be higher.)"

There's some basis in fact for the speculation that it's mostly black teachers buying grades, and that includes former Steelers wide receiver Cedrick Wilson, who's been indicted for fraud. According to a study titled "Differences in Passing Rates on Praxis I Tests by Race/Ethnicity Group" (March 2011), the percentages of blacks who passed the Praxis I reading, writing and mathematics tests on their first try were 41, 44 and 37, respectively. For white test takers, the respective percentages were 82, 80 and 78.

Continued in article

"What Will They Learn?" by Walter E. Williams, Townhall, August 26, 2009 --- http://townhall.com/columnists/WalterEWilliams/2009/08/26/what_will_they_learn 

"Does Everyone Lie? Are we a Culture of Liars?" by accounting professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/does-everyone-lie.html

Bob Jensen's threads on cheating ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm

 


2012 Harvard Cheating Scandal --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2012_Harvard_cheating_scandal

"Dozens of students withdraw in Harvard cheating scandal." Reuters, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.reuters.com/assets/print?aid=USBRE9101AF20130201

As many as 60 students have been forced to withdraw from Harvard University after cheating on a final exam last year in what has become the largest academic scandal to hit the Ivy League school in recent memory.

Michael Smith, Harvard's Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, sent an email on Friday saying that more than half of the students who faced the school's Administrative Board have been suspended for a time.

Roughly 125 undergraduates were involved in the scandal, which came to light at the end of the spring semester after a professor noticed similarities on a take-home exam that showed students worked together, even though they were instructed to work alone.

The school's student newspaper, The Harvard Crimson, has reported that the government class, Introduction to Congress, had 279 students enrolled.

"Somewhat more than half of the Administrative Board cases this past fall required a student to withdraw from the College for a period of time," Smith wrote. "Of the remaining cases, roughly half the students received disciplinary probation, while the balance ended in no disciplinary action."

The cases were resolved during the fall semester, which ended in December, Smith said. Suspensions depend on the student, but traditionally last two semesters and as much as four semesters.

In the last few months, the university has also worked to be clearer about the academic integrity it expects from students.

"While all the fall cases are complete, our work on academic integrity is far from done," Smith added.

"Half of students in Harvard cheating scandal required to withdraw from the college," by Katherin Landergan, Boston.com, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.boston.com/yourcampus/news/harvard/2013/02/half_of_students_in_harvard_cheating_scandal_required_to_withdraw_from_the_college.html

In an apparent disclosure about the Harvard cheating scandal, a top university official said Friday that more than half of the Harvard students investigated by a college board have been ordered to withdraw from the school.

In an e-mail to the Harvard community, Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences Michael D. Smith wrote that more than half of the students who were brought before the university's Administration Board this fall were required to withdraw from for a period of time.

Of the remaining cases, approximately half the students received disciplinary probation, while the rest of the cases were dismissed.

Smith's e-mail does not explicitly address the cheating scandal that implicated about 125 Harvard students. But a Harvard official confirmed Friday that the cases in the email solely referred to one course.

In August, Harvard disclosed the cheating scandal in a Spring 2012 class. It was widely reported to be "Government 1310: Introduction to Congress."

“Consistent with the Faculty’s rules and our obligations to our students, we do not report individual outcomes of Administrative Board cases, but only report aggregate statistics,” the e-mail said. "In that tradition, the College reports that somewhat more than half of the Administrative Board cases this past fall required a student to withdraw from the College for a period of time. Of the remaining cases, roughly half the students received disciplinary probation, while the balance ended in no disciplinary action.''

Smith wrote that the first set of cases were decided in late September, and the remainder were resolved in December.

The e-mail said that "The time span of the resolutions in this set had an undesirable interaction with our established schedule for tuition refunds. To create a greater amount of financial equity for all students who ultimately withdrew sometime in this period, we are treating, for the purpose of calculating tuition refunds, all these students as having received a requirement to withdraw on September 30, 2012."

In a statement released when the cheating scandal became public, Harvard president Drew Faust said that the allegations, “if proven, represent totally unacceptable behavior that betrays the trust upon which intellectual inquiry at Harvard depends. . . . There is work to be done to ensure that every student at Harvard understands and embraces the values that are fundamental to its community of scholars.”

As Harvard students returned to classes for the current semester, professsors included explicit instructions about collaboration on the class syllabus.

On campus Friday afternoon, students reacted to the news.

Michael Constant, 19, said he thinks the college wanted to make a statement with its decision. But when over half of the students in a class cheat, not punishing them is the same as condoning the behavior.

“I think it’s fair,” Constant said of the board’s disciplinary action. “They made the choice to cheat.”

Georgina Parfitt, 22, said the punishment for these students was too harsh, and that many students in the class could have been confused about the policy.

Parfitt said she does not know what the college is trying to achieve by forcing students to leave.

Continued in article

Jensen Question
The question is why cheat at Harvard since almost everybody who tries in a Harvard course receives an A. We're left with the feeling that those 125 or so students who cheated just did not want to try?

The investigation revealed that 91 percent of Harvard's students graduated cum laude.
Thomas Bartlett and Paula Wasley, "Just Say 'A': Grade Inflation Undergoes Reality Check:  The notion of a decline in standards draws crusaders and skeptics," Chronicle of Higher Education, September 5, 2008 --- http://chronicle.com/weekly/v55/i02/02a00104.htm?utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en

Bob Jensen's threads on cheating ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm


"Internal Audit At JPMorgan Chase: Not High Profile Enough Yet," by Francene McKenna, re:TheAuditors, January 31, 2013 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2013/01/31/internal-audit-at-jpmorgan-chase-not-high-profile-enough-yet/

Earlier this week I wrote a column at Forbes.com about the new Chief Auditor, or CAE, at JPMorgan Chase. Silly me, I thought after all that had happened at the bank last year for example, billions in losses from the “whale” trade, investigations into Libor and AML illegal acts, multiple lawsuits including by the New York Attorney General for foreclosure fraud – it was time to take a close look at the function and maybe make some changes.

The “Task Force Report”, a bank internal investigation into the “whale” trade losses says the bank did shake things up.

The Firm has put in place a new CIO leadership team. Matthew Zames, who had served as co-Head of Fixed Income in the Investment Bank, replaced Ms. Drew as the Firm’s Chief Investment Officer. He occupied that role from May 14, 2012 through September 6, 2012. Mr. Zames is now the co-Chief Operating Officer of the Firm and oversees, among other things, both the CIO and Treasury functions. Craig Delany replaced Mr. Zames as Chief Investment Officer and currently reports to him. Other key appointments include Marie Nourie (CFO for CIO); Chetan Bhargiri (Chief Risk Officer for CIO, Treasury and Corporate); Brendan McGovern (CIO Global Controller, a position that had been open since January 2012); Diane Genova (General Counsel for CIO and General Counsel for Markets in the Corporate and Investment Bank); Pat Hurst (Chief Auditor); and Ellen Yormack (Senior Audit Manager).

I thought the bank had replaced their Chief Audit Executive. I asked two different JPM spokespersons, in writing over the course of five days including a weekend, about the change, including questions about the fate of Lauren Tyler, the current CAE. They did not correct my mis-impression nor provide any further information about Hurst or a comment on my story.

I published the story after getting no response – and no further information about Hurst’s qualifications to be Chief Auditor – from the two spokespersons. That got the bank’s attention finally and I had to make a quick correction. (It seems people instantly flooded Lauren Tyler with calls thinking she had stepped down. Testament to the power of the pen, and Forbes.com, I guess.)

(Correction: I pursued a comment from two JPM spokespersons since Friday, Jennifer Zuccarelli and Mark Kornblau. They did not correct my impression, based on the Task Force Report, that Pat Hurst got a promotion to overall Chief Auditor.  Joe Evangelisti, chief bank spokesman, has now informed me, after this was published, that Pat Hurst is General Auditor for the Corporate division only, not the whole bank. Lauren Tyler is still Chief Auditor of the whole bank. I apologize for the error.)

My first thought was that I’d been “punked” – deliberately allowed to print incorrect information by the bank so they could undermine my credibility with a correction. The alternative – that two senior corporate communications folks would not immediately know who the bank’s General Auditor was and spot my erroneous impression that a change had been made – was too incredible to imagine.

You be the judge. I corrected the column and although it looks a bit messy, I think the rest of the information there on the bank’s lack of information about the CAE and the internal audit function and as well as what its Audit Committee charter says about the board’s lack of authority over the CAE speaks volumes.

There’s also a good quote from IIA CEO Richard Chambers about how things should be.

Do a little experiment. See if you can easily find the name of the Chief Audit Executive for each of the systemically important US banks on the banks websites.  (No peeking at the annual report.)

I dare you.

That quick test should tell you how much work banks still need to do to put internal audit in its proper place, as well as comply with new Fed rules about its structure, role and responsibilities in large banks.

JP Morgan Chase’s Audit Committee Charter says it, “shall review and concur in the appointment, replacement, reassignment, or dismissal of the General Auditor.” It’s not apparent to whom JPMorgan Chase’s Chief Auditor reports. But it’s clear from the charter that the Audit Committee does not approve the hiring, firing or reassignment of a Chief Auditor but merely reviews and concurs. That doesn’t sound tight enough to me.

Read the rest at Forbes.com.

Update: JPMorgan Chase did replace its Chief Compliance Officer Martha Gallo and its Chief Risk Officer, John Hogan.  According to New York Times DealBook:

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism and ethics in auditing ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm


The Professional's Guide to Fair Value: The Future of Financial Reporting
by James P. Catty
Wiley 2012 Edition
ISBN: 978-1-1180-0438-8

Bob Jensen's threads on fair value ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValue


"White House Delivers New Open-Access Policy That Has Activists Cheering," by Jennifer Howard, Chronicle of Higher Education, February 22. 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/White-House-Delivers-New/137549/

The Obama administration announced on Friday a major new policy aimed at increasing public access to federally financed research. The policy, delivered in a memorandum from John P. Holdren, director of the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy, applies to federal agencies that spend more than $100-million a year to support research and development.

In the memo, Mr. Holdren directed those agencies to develop "clear and coordinated policies" to make the results of research they support publicly available within a year of publication. The new policy also requires scientific data from unclassified, federally supported research to be made available to the public "to search, retrieve, and analyze." Affected agencies have six months to decide how to carry out the policy.

The White House's announcement emphasized the practical and economic benefits of sharing research. "Scientific research supported by the federal government catalyzes innovative breakthroughs that drive our economy," Mr. Holdren's memo stated. "The results of that research become the grist for new insights and are assets for progress in areas such as health, energy, the environment, agriculture, and national security."

The memo also nodded to scientific publishers, saying the Obama administration recognizes that publishers provide "valuable services," such as coordinating peer review, "that are essential for ensuring the high quality and integrity of many scholarly publications." The memo called it "critical that these services continue to be made available."

In a statement issued on Friday, the Association of American Publishers praised the new policy, which it said "outlines a reasonable, balanced resolution of issues around public access to research funded by federal agencies."

Tom Allen, the group's president and chief executive officer, said that, "in stark contrast to angry rhetoric and unreasonable legislation offered by some," the Office of Science and Technology Policy had chosen "a fair path that would enhance access for the public" while recognizing "the critical role publishers play" in the process.

Mr. Allen cautioned, however, that the policy's success depended on "how the agencies use their flexibility to avoid negative impacts to the successful system of scholarly communication that advances science, technology, and innovation."

'New Business Models'

It was clear that a number of federal agencies already had preparations under way for how they would observe the new policy. For instance, the National Science Foundation immediately sent out a statement affirming its commitment to the principle of public access, saying it had already established a timetable for consultation and planning. It noted that the "implementation details" were likely to vary by discipline "and that new business models for universities, libraries, publishers, and scholarly and professional societies could emerge."

Friday's announcement capped a lengthy process of consultation with various stakeholders that sought public input on access to federally financed research and data. More than 65,000 people have signed a petition on the White House's We the People Web site calling for free online access to scientific-journal articles based on taxpayer-supported research.

In a separate statement, Mr. Holdren responded directly to the petitioners. "The Obama administration agrees that citizens deserve easy access to the results of research their tax dollars have paid for," he wrote. "Your petition has been important to our discussions of this issue."

Continued in article

 

Jensen Comment
Don't start searching for free issues of TAR, JAR, JAE, AOS, etc. The USA has almost never deemed accounting research worthy of government funding. We may like to think of accountics science as science, but the government does not agree.

In the old days, some business schools like the ones at Carnegie-Mellon and Stanford received military research grants that allowed a few business school researchers to milk the government tit, but I've not heard about any such grants in recent years. These grants were sometimes in the areas of operations research where assorted accounting professors had some expertise.

There are government grants in health care that some accounting researchers, especially in the Harvard Business School, have participated in teams of researchers. I suspect they are continuing to do so.

At the University of Denver, my good friend and accounting professor Jim Sorensen received a number of government research grants over the years, some of which I think were human services costing research grants ---
http://daniels.du.edu/faculty-staff/james-sorensen/
In various ways Jim shows accounting researchers that they don't get government research grants because they don't know how to go about getting government grants --- and they don't try. Jim has always had a low-key knack for nosing out government and other funding for research. He's always been willing to try.

Years ago Jim Sorensen, Bob Swieringa, John Simmons, Bob Jensen, and Keith Shwayder were together in the DU's MBA program. Two went on for PhD degrees at Ohio State and three received PhD degrees from Stanford. Only Keith additionally ended up in prison ---
http://caselaw.findlaw.com/us-9th-circuit/1262881.html

Bob Jensen's threads on how Commercial Scholarly and Academic Journals and Oligopoly Textbook Publishers Are Ripping Off Libraries, Scholars, and Students ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals


"Does an 'A' in Ethics Have Any Value? B-Schools Step Up Efforts to Tie Moral Principles to Their Business Programs, but Quantifying Those Virtues Is Tough," by Melissa Korn, The Wall Street Journal, February 6, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324761004578286102004694378.html?mg=reno64-wsj

Business-school professors are making a morality play.

Four years after the scandals of the financial crisis prompted deans and faculty to re-examine how they teach ethics, some academics say they still haven't gotten it right.

Hoping to prevent another Bernard L. Madoff-like scandal or insider-trading debacle, a group of schools, led by University of Colorado's Leeds School of Business in Boulder, is trying to generate support for more ethics teaching in business programs. [image] Richard Mia

"Business schools have been giving students some education in ethics for at least the past 25 or 30 years, and we still have these problems," such as irresponsibly risky bets or manipulation of the London interbank offered rate, says John Delaney, dean of University of Pittsburgh's College of Business Administration and Katz Graduate School of Business. Related

Can Globalization Be Taught in B-School? B-Schools Give Extra Help for Foreign M.B.A.s

He joined faculty and administrators from Massachusetts' Babson College, Michigan State University and other schools in Colorado last summer in what he says is an effort to move schools from talk to action. The Colorado consortium is holding conference calls and is exploring another meeting later this year as it exchanges ideas on program design, course content and how to build support among other faculty members.

But some efforts are at risk of stalling at the discussion stage, since teaching business ethics faces roadblocks from faculty and recruiters alike. Some professors see ethics as separate from their own subjects, such as accounting or marketing, and companies have their own training programs for new hires.

A strong ethics education can help counteract a narrowing worldview that often accompanies a student's progression through business school, supporters in academia say. Surveys conducted by the Aspen Institute, a think tank, show that about 60% of new M.B.A. students view maximizing shareholder value as the primary responsibility of a company; that number rises to 69% by the time they reach the program's midpoint.

Though maximizing shareholder returns isn't a bad goal in itself, focusing on that at the expense of customer satisfaction, employee well-being or environmental considerations can be dangerous.

Without tying ethics to a business curriculum, "we are graduating students who are very myopic in their decision-making," says Diane Swanson, founding chair of the Business Ethics Education Initiative at Kansas State University.

Stand-alone ethics courses are a start, but they "compartmentalize" the issue for students, as if ethical questions aren't applicable to all business disciplines, says David Ikenberry, dean of University of Colorado's Leeds School.

Some schools are experimenting with a more integrated approach. This fall, Boston University's School of Management is introducing a required ethics course for freshman business students, and is also tasking instructors in other business classes to incorporate ethics into their lessons. It may also overhaul a senior seminar to reinforce ethics topics.

"We need to hit the students hard when they first get here, remind them of these principles throughout their core classes, and hit them once again before they leave," says Kabrina Chang, an assistant professor at Boston University's business school, who is coordinating the new freshman class.

Students likely know right from wrong, so rather than, say, discussing whether a student would turn in a roommate caught stealing, Ms. Chang says she'll lead a debate on how or if a student might maintain a relationship with the thief.

Students may find the roommate-thief scenario more relevant than a re-examination of recent Ponzi schemes, but many remain skeptical of how such discussions apply to real life.

As one M.B.A. wrote last year on College Confidential, an online message board, "It's not like Johnny is going to be at the cusp of committing fraud and then think back to his b-school days and think, "gee, Professor Goody Two Shoes wouldn't approve."

What's more, schools can't calculate the moral well-being of their graduates the same way they can quantify financial success or technical acumen. One of the few rankings available—the Aspen Institute's "Beyond Grey Pinstripes" report—was suspended last year, in part because researchers could not determine the net benefit of ethics courses. Without demonstrable returns, there's little incentive for deans to add classes and instructors.

Employers, who have in the past pushed schools to add more hands-on training and global coursework, could successfully agitate for more ethics instruction. But many companies say completing an ethics course won't make or break a hiring decision—especially since firms tend to offer their own training for new hires.

Continued in article

This article also has a video.

Bob Jensen's threads on ethics ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm


When Grade Inflation = Lawsuit Inflation
"Prof's Daughter, Attending University for Free, Sues for $1.3 Million Over C+ Grade," by Riley Yates, The Morning Call, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.mcall.com/news/local/mc-lehigh-university-student-sues-over-grade-20130211,0,937005.story

Megan Thode isn't the first Lehigh University student who was unhappy with the grade she received in a course. But she may be the first to sue to get it changed.

The C+ that Thode was given scuttled her dream of becoming a licensed professional counselor and was part of an effort to force her out of the graduate degree program she was pursuing, said her lawyer, Richard J. Orloski, whose lawsuit seeks $1.3 million in damages.

Orloski said his client is the victim of breach of contract and sexual discrimination, and a civil trial began Monday before Northampton County Judge Emil Giordano over the claims. They're nonsense, said Neil Hamburg, an attorney for Lehigh University.

"I think if your honor changed the grade, you'd be the first court in the history of jurisprudence to change an academic grade," Hamburg told Giordano.

"I've practiced law for longer than I'd like to [admit]," Giordano said, "and I've never seen something like this."

But after a day of testimony, a settlement could be in the works, after Giordano called the lawyers into his chambers late Monday and they emerged to hold private discussions with their clients. They are slated to return to court Tuesday with the trial, if it continues, expected to stretch through the week.

Thode, the daughter of Lehigh finance professor Stephen Thode, was attending the Bethlehem school tuition-free in 2009 when she received the poor mark in her fieldwork class. But instead of working to address her failings, she "lawyered up" and demanded a better grade, Hamburg said.

"She has to get through the program. She has to meet the academic standards," Hamburg said.

Thode, 27, of Nazareth, was enrolled in the College of Education in her second and final year of a master's in counseling and human services. She needed a B to take the next course of her field work requirement.

Orloski said she would have received that grade but for the zero in classroom participation that she was awarded by her teacher, Amanda Carr. Orloski charged that Carr and Nicholas Ladany — the then-director of the degree program — conspired to hold Thode back because they were unhappy that she'd complained after she and three other students were forced to find a supplemental internship partway through the semester.

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
How can you have a contract for a course grade before you take the course?
When I was nearly sued over an F grade in a student cheating incident, I learned from the Trinity University attorneys that it is very, very rare for a student to actually have a grade changed by a court. The lawsuit never was filed after the attorneys on both sides had a closed-door meeting among themselves.

The reason is obvious. If the courts set precedents for grade changes virtually all students who could afford to do so would sue to change any grade lower than an A grade. This would boggle the court dockets.

This Certainly Didn't Take Long --- Wonder if it will go all the way to the U.S. Supreme Court?

"Ex-Student Loses $1.3M Suit Over a C+," Inside Higher Ed, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/15/ex-student-loses-13m-suit-over-c

A Pennsylvania judge ruled Thursday that a former student had failed to demonstrate that a professor at Lehigh University was arbitrary in an illegal way in awarding her a C+, Lehigh Valley Live reported. The judge said that he did have some questions about the grade, but that the former student had failed to show that the grade was for "anything other than purely academic reasons." The former student had sought $1.3 million, saying that the low grade blocked her from proceeding in the graduate program of her choice.

Jensen Comment
The $1.3 million sought was supposedly computed on the basis of what the difference between average earnings of a lawyer versus that of a social worker.

 


"Three Accounting Frauds Most Chinese Companies Use To Cheat Foreign Investors," by Paul Gillis, China Money Podcast, February 5, 2013 ---
http://www.chinamoneypodcast.com/2013/02/05/paul-gillis-three-accounting-frauds-most-chinese-companies-use-to-cheat-foreign-investors

In this episode of China Money Podcast, guest Paul Gillis, professor of accounting at the Guanghua School of Management at Peking University in Beijing, discusses Caterpillar's $580 million write-down in its acquisition of Zhengzhou Siwei. Prof. Gillis explains the three most common accounting tactics Chinese companies use to cheat and defraud foreign investors, and what can foreign investors do to prevent themselves from being duped.

Listen to the full interview in the audio podcast, or read an excerpt.

Q: Caterpillar is taking a $580 million write-down on its acquisition of Chinese mining company, Zhengzhou Siwei, after discovering a "deliberate, multi-year, coordinated accounting misconduct."

Key background: 1, What Caterpillar bought for roughly $700 million was Hong Kong-listed ERA Mining Machinery, which is a shell company that owns Zhengzhou Siwei, a Henan province-based mining equipment maker. 2, Zhengzhou Siwei was absorbed by ERA through a reverse merger in 2010 and never went through a formal IPO process.

So Paul, can you use your imagination and picture what you think happened when Caterpillar's CFO told the CEO about this massive loss in their C-suit?

A: I imagine that was a pretty awkward situation. It's very embarrassing for anyone at Caterpillar to be involved in a deal like this. I'm sure there is a search for the guilty parties on the way.

Q: Here is what Caterpillar disclosed about how they found out about the accounting misconduct:

"Caterpillar first became concerned about…discrepancies…in November 2012 between the inventory recorded in Siwei’s accounting records and the company's actual physical inventory…Caterpillar promptly launched a comprehensive review and investigation (that) identified inappropriate accounting practices involving improper cost allocation that resulted in overstated profit. The review further identified improper revenue recognition practices involving early and, at times unsupported, revenue recognition."

From the above statement, what accounting fraud can you infer that Siwei has done?

A: The first thing they pointed to are problems with inventory. After counting the inventory in Siwei's factories, Caterpillar discovered Siwei didn't have as much inventory as recorded on their books. That means Siwei was capitalizing these costs and carrying it as inventory costs, as supposed to expensing it in the current period, which could lead to their profits significantly lower.

The more serious allegations in my mind are revenues being recognized too early or inappropriately. So some sales were recorded before they were actually completed. But this is a very common practice in China.

Western accounting standards are very detailed about when you can recognize revenue. For example, you must have signed contracts; you can't have rights of return; or obligations to do more things in the future. But in China, businesses are done more on relationships. The contracts are less important than the handshake. So I would not be surprised if management at Siwei didn't think they were involved in any kind of fraud relating to revenue recognition.

Q: But it does sound like that Caterpillar didn't check out Siwei's books and didn't examine physical inventories. Do you think it's likely?

A: It's hard to know. Caterpillar did say that they hired two Big Four accounting firms: Ernest & Young and Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu. It is unusual to hire two Big Four firms. But the due diligence is a customized process. Did the accounting firms miss what were right there in their face? Or did Caterpillar tell them not to look at certain things? We don't know.

The other thing is that you need to have access to get to the records and the people to conduct due diligence. But in some situations, you might not get as much as you'd like.

Q: One obvious red flag here seemed to be the fact that Siwei become part of ERA through a reverse merger. Wouldn't that already alarm auditors and buyers?

A: Everyone should have learned lessons on reverse mergers. The lack of scrutiny of reverse mergers deals is very dangerous. The number of accounting fraud associated with reverse mergers is huge. Most are U.S.-listed Chinese companies. Caterpillar is the first case involving a multinational strategic buyer and a Hong Kong-listed Chinese company through reverse merger.

The U.S. stock exchanges have effectively stopped reverse mergers by new rules that require reverse merger targets to be "seasoned" before listing. Hong Kong and other markets should probably look at potentially implementing the same rule.

Q: Who are legally liable relating to Caterpillar's massive losses?

A: Let me first give some clarifications about this goodwill write-down. Caterpillar paid significantly more than Siwei's book value. That excess was put into goodwill. Every year, a company has to determine whether it can continue to justify carrying that goodwill balance on the balance sheet. In this case, after learning all the accounting practices at Siwei, Caterpillar decided that Siwei will not be as profitable in the future as originally anticipated. What this means is essentially Caterpillar paid too much for Siwei.

When you pay too much for a company, who's at fault? Clearly, there will be a lot of focus on the management of Siwei. I understand that some of the purchase price is to be paid in notes. Surely Caterpillar's lawyers are looking at whether or not to pay those additional balances. The auditors of Caterpillar and the accounting firms that did the due diligence will also be looked at. Lastly, shareholders will also look at the management and board of Caterpillar. I think a lot of questions will be answered in the next couple of years.

Q: Do you expect anyone will be arrested and face criminal charges?

A: Not in China. I'm not aware of any criminal charges on an accounting fraud in China. Chinese government does not seem to consider accounting frauds as crimes in China.

Q: Looking at the broader Chinese accounting landscape, what are some of the most commonly used tactics by Chinese companies to cheat investors?

A: The most common is probably inappropriate revenue recognition or fake revenue. That's the simplest way to increase profits.

Relating to that are ways to fake cash balances. Once you record a sale, you need to find some place for it on the asset of the balance sheet. If you put it on receivables, the auditors will ask troublesome questions. So many companies record fake cash and convince banks to lie to auditors.

For example, a Chinese company created a fake online banking website to cheat auditors last year. The auditors found that an interest rate on the bank statement did not match Chinese Central Bank's official rates. The company promptly replied that it was a bank error and it was fixed in half an hour. The auditors became suspicious and clicked on some other buttons of the website, and found out the whole website is a fake.

Another example is putting deposits with contract manufacturers. If you use contract manufacturers, you usually have to give them some funds up front. That's a very hard number to audit. In some cases last year, auditors have decided to resign after determining that they can't verify those numbers.

A third tactic is the use of Variable Interest Entity (VIE) structure. It's been prone to accounting fraud (in a similar way like reverse merger).

Q: Lastly, what should overseas investors do to prevent a repeat of Caterpillar's sad fate?

A: If a foreign company is buying a Chinese company, it needs to go through a due diligence process

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


NASBA --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nasba

AICPA --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AICPA

"NASBA Opposes AICPA's Proposed FRF for SMEs," by Frank Byrt, AccountingWeb, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/nasba-opposes-aicpas-proposed-frf-smes/220961?source=aa

The long-running debate over who's responsible for developing a framework for standards for financial reporting by privately held, small and midsized US businesses is far from over.

The American Institute of CPAs (AICPA) is getting push back for its Proposed Financial Reporting Framework for Small- and Medium-Sized Entities, which would create a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting principles) financial reporting framework for small and medium-sized entities (FRF for SMEs).

The AICPA says its proposal will result in a less complicated and therefore less costly accounting system for smaller, privately held firms than one that would come from having to adhere to the requirements of GAAP, while still presenting an accurate financial picture of the business.

But the National Association of State Boards of Accountancy (NASBA) thinks its approach is better. Its board of directors voted to adopt a resolution urging the AICPA "to either table or withdraw the proposal in order to allow the Financial Accounting Foundation (FAF) Private Company Council (PCC) adequate opportunity to develop standards uniquely applicable to private companies that can be authoritative and part of GAAP," according to a January 30 NASBA press release.

The PCC was created in 2012 by the FAF to work with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) to recommend exceptions or modifications to US GAAP for private entities.

NASBA says its standing in the matter comes "under the Tenth Amendment of the US Constitution and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Section 209 [which says that] State Boards of Accountancy are vested with significant authority in the development, adoption, and enforcement of standards. This authority is particularly relevant as it relates to the private sector and the topic of the AICPA's FRF-SMEs proposal."

"There are increasing demands for significant improvements in the current financial reporting system serving the unique needs of private companies and their many stakeholders," said NASBA Chairman of the Board Gaylen Hansen in the NASBA press release. "We share those concerns with the AICPA, but we also recognize that well thought out and authoritative solutions stand a better chance of long-term success."

Robert Durak, AICPA's director of Private Company Financial Reporting, said in an e-mail statement, "We have received many comments on the FRF for SMEs and will be considering all of the input, as we decide upon appropriate revisions to the Framework and its development process in light of those comments. As is our normal policy, we will not be commenting on individual letters that have been received."

There also appears to be no unanimity in the accounting community about which approach is superior.

Big Four accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) also asked the AICPA to reconsider its proposal, in a January 29 letter, a copy of which was shared with AccountingWEB by the AICPA. PwC prefers strict adherence to GAAP, saying, "We believe efforts focused on enhancing GAAP will be more beneficial for a broader population of private company stakeholders than creating another non-GAAP framework."

Scott Appel, CPA and partner-in-charge of the Orange County, California, office of Hein & Associates LLP, a public accounting and advisory firm, agreed: "I really think the best answer is for the Private Company Council to issue standards through FASB."

"I think the frustration out there is that they debated this for at least a year, and people are looking for progress to be made," but he added that it's questionable whether NASBA can override the AICPA's proposal. "I don't' disagree with what they want for the ultimate outcome, but I don't know that they have the authority to prevent the AICPA from doing what it's doing."

But on the other side of the debate is David Glusman, CPA and partner-in-charge of Marcum LLP's Philadelphia office. He says that he and his firm "believe that the AICPA proposal is a good proposal for our clients and for small and midsized businesses."

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting


"New Black Box Metrics Challenge Accountants' Creativity and Investor Intelligence," by Anthony H. Catanach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, February 15, 2013 ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/2/15/new-black-box-metrics-challenge-accountants-creativity-and-investor-intelligence

According to Merriam Webster, a black box is broadly defined as “anything that has mysterious or unknown internal functions or mechanisms.”  How appropriate that Jonathan Weil called our attention to an “unconventional profitability metric” used by Black Box (the Company) to report third quarter performance in its January 29th press release (Form 8-K, Exhibit 99.1).   As usual, Jon got right to the point, and suggested that using the term “adjusted Ebitda (as adjusted)” was just another ploy to make “earnings look better.”  While I generally agree with Jon’s conclusion, I am particularly stunned by the lack of creativity exhibited by the Company’s accountants in naming their performance metrics.  After all, even a bean counter should be able to come up with something better.  As a grumpy old accountant, I'd recommend using Lynn Turner’s “everything but bad stuffEBS title (coined over a decade ago)…now that might have been more appropriate!  But why did Black Box’s accountants just give up?  Well, after a bit of digging, I think I know why.  I also discovered that this was just one of five non-GAAP measures used by the Company in its press release, but not in its current 10-Q or 10-K.  And finally, Black Box omitted a very important income statement disclosure in its press release that was included in its 10-Q and prior year 10-K.  All of this raises questions about the transparency of the Company’s most recent financial disclosures, and what is prompting the recent move to non-GAAP metrics.

But first, even though I have little or no respect for most performance based non-GAAP metrics, I must confess that Black Box’s “unconventional profitability metric” appears to comply with the policies of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC outlines its rules for such measures in its Final Rule on Non-GAAP Financial Measures, as well as its Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations on Non-GAAP Financial Measures.  In fact, the Company’s cumbersome EBITDA moniker is likely due to SEC guidance to use the word “adjusted” when reconciling net income to a non-standard definition of EBITDA.  However, Black Box adopted two separate non-GAAP EBITDA metrics: EBITDA as adjusted and the hilarious “adjusted EBITDA (as adjusted)” term, the two of which differed only by stock compensation expense.  The table below shows how these two non-GAAP measures relate to each other, as well as to the more traditional notion of EBITDA.  The first column reflects income statement data for the Company’s nine months of operations for the current fiscal year (3QYTD13) as reported in the January 29th press release (8-K, Exhibit 99.1, page 10), while the other three columns reflect related P&L data from prior Company 10-K’s.

. . .

In summary, the Company’s “adjusted Ebitda (as adjusted)” metric appears to be the tip of a financial reporting iceberg. Instead of improving financial reporting transparency, Black Box may really be a Pandora’s Box of non-GAAP metrics that obfuscate “true” performance.

Continued in article

This is remotely related to OCI reporting where earnings are adjusted for non-recurrent and unrealized value changes.

From PwC on February 5, 2013
Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
On February 5, 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This guidance is the culmination of the board's redeliberation on reporting reclassification adjustments from accumulated other comprehensive income. The new requirements will take effect for public companies in interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 (the first quarter of 2013 for public, calendar-year companies).
http://www.pwc.com/en_US/us/cfodirect/assets/pdf/in-brief/in-brief-2013-05-fasb-other-comprehensive-income.pdf

 

Question
If the media insists on reporting one earnings number, which of the alternative earnings numbers should be reported?
In particular, should net earnings be reported before or after remeasuring financial instruments for unrealized changes in fair value?

Hint
The following paper has a great summary of the history of OCI and problems facing the FASB and IASB as we look to the future of financial reporting of business firms.

"Academic Research and Standard-Setting: The Case of Other Comprehensive Income," by Lynn L. Rees and Philip B. Shane, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 789-815. ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50237 

This paper links academic accounting research on comprehensive income reporting with the accounting standard-setting efforts of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). We begin by discussing the development of reporting other comprehensive income, and we identify a significant weakness in the FASB's Conceptual Framework, in the lack of a cohesive definition of any subcategory of comprehensive income, including earnings. We identify several attributes that could help allocate comprehensive income between net income, other comprehensive income, and other subcategories. We then review academic research related to remaining standard-setting issues, and identify gaps in academic research where hypotheses could be developed and tested. Our objectives are to (1) stimulate standard-setters to better conceptualize what is meant by other comprehensive income and to distinguish it from earnings, and (2) stimulate researchers to develop and test hypotheses that might help in that process.

. . .

Potential Alternative Definitions of Earnings

Table 1 summarizes and categorizes various standard-setting issues related to reporting comprehensive income, and provides the organizing structure for our literature review later in the paper. The most important of these issues is the definition of earnings, or what makes up earnings and how it is distinguished from OCI. This is a “cross-cutting” issue because it arises when the Boards deliberate on various topics. The Boards cooperatively initiated the financial statement presentation project intending, in part, to solve the comprehensive income composition problem, but the project was subsequently delayed.

Table 2 presents a list of the specific comprehensive income components under current U.S. GAAP that require recognition as OCI. The second column presents the statement that provided financial reporting guidance for the OCI component, along with its effective date. The effective dates provide an indication as to how the OCI components have expanded over time. Since the issuance of Statement No. 130, which established formal reporting of OCI, new OCI-expanding requirements were promulgated in Statement No. 133. Financial instruments, insurance, and leases are three examples of topics currently on the FASB's agenda where OCI has been discussed as an option to report various gains and losses. In all these discussions, a framework is lacking that can guide standard-setter decisions. The increased use of accumulated OCI to capture various changes in net assets and the likely expansion of OCI items reinforce the notion that standard-setters must eventually come to grips with the distinction between OCI and earnings, or even whether the practice of reporting OCI with recycling should be retained.7

Presumably, elements with similar informational attributes should be classified together in financial statements. It is unclear what attributes the items listed in Table 2 possess that result in their being characterized differently from other components of income. Notably, the basis for conclusions of the FASB standards gives little to no economic reasoning for the decision to place these items in OCI. While not exhaustive, Table 2 presents four attributes that standard-setters could potentially use to distinguish between earnings and OCI: (1) the degree of persistence of the item, (2) whether the item results from a firm's core operations, (3) whether the item represents a change in net assets that is reasonably within management's control, and (4) whether the item results from remeasurement of an asset/liability. We discuss in turn the merits and potential problems of using these attributes to form a reporting framework for comprehensive income.

Degree of Persistence.

The degree of persistence of various comprehensive income components has significant implications for firm value (e.g., Friedman 1957; Kormendi and Lipe 1987; Collins and Kothari 1989). Ohlson's (1995, 1999) valuation model places a heavy emphasis on earnings persistence, which suggests that a reporting format that facilitates identifying the level of persistence across income components could be useful to investors. Examples abound as to how the concept of income persistence has been used in standard-setting, including separate presentation in the income statement for one-time items, extraordinary items, and discontinued operations. Standard-setters have justified several footnote disclosures (segmental disclosures) and disaggregation requirements (e.g., components of pension expense) on the basis of providing information to financial statement users about the persistence of various income statement components.

Thus, the persistence of revenue and expense items potentially could serve as a distinguishing characteristic of earnings and OCI. Table 2 shows that we regard all the items currently recognized in OCI as having relatively low persistence. However, several other low-persistence items are not recognized in OCI; for example, gains/losses on sale of assets, impairments of assets, restructuring charges, and gains/losses from litigation. To be consistent with this definition of OCI, the current paradigm must change significantly, and the resulting total for OCI would look substantially different from what it is now.

Using persistence of an item to distinguish earnings from OCI would create significant problems for standard-setters. Persistence can range from completely transitory (zero persistence) to permanent (100 percent persistence). At what point along this range is an item persistent enough to be recorded in earnings? While restructuring charges are typically considered as having low persistence, if they occur every two to three years, is this frequent enough to be classified with other earnings components or infrequent enough to be classified with OCI? Furthermore, the relative persistence of an item likely varies across industries, and even across firms.

In spite of these inherent difficulties, standard-setters could establish criteria related to persistence that they might use to ultimately determine the classification of particular items. In addition, standard-setters would not be restricted to classifying income components in one of two categories. As an example, highly persistent components could be classified as part of “recurring earnings,” medium-persistence items could go to “other earnings,” and low-persistence items to OCI (or some other nomenclature). Standard-setters could create additional partitions as needed.

Core Operations.

Classifying income components as earnings or OCI based on whether they are part of a firm's core operations is intuitively appealing. This criterion is related to income persistence, as we would expect core earnings to be more persistent than noncore income items. Furthermore, classifying income based on whether it is part of core operations has a long history in accounting.

In current practice, companies and investors place primary importance on some variant of earnings. However, it is not clear which variant of earnings is superior. Many companies report pro forma net income, which presumably provides investors with a more representative measure of the company's core income, but definitions of pro forma earnings vary across firms. Similarly, analysts tend to forecast a company's core earnings (Gu and Chen 2004). Evidence in prior research indicates that pro forma earnings and actual earnings forecasted by analysts are more closely associated with share prices than income from continuing operations based on current U.S. GAAP (e.g., Bradshaw and Sloan 2002; Bhattacharya et al. 2003).

The problems inherent with this attribute are similar to those of the earnings-persistence criterion. No generally accepted definition of core operations exists. At what point along a continuum does an activity become part of the core operations of a business? As Table 2 indicates, classifying gains/losses from holding available-for-sale securities as part of core earnings depends on whether the firm operates in the financial sector. Different operating environments across firms and industries could make it difficult for standard-setters to determine whether an item belongs in core earnings or OCI.8 In addition, differences in application across firms may give rise to concerns about comparability and potential for abuse on the part of managers in exercising their discretion (e.g., Barth et al. 2011).

The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation tries to address the definitional issue by using interrelationships and synergies between assets and liabilities as a criterion to distinguish operating (or core) activities from investing (or noncore) activities. Specifically, the Staff Draft states:

An entity shall classify in the operating category:

Assets that are used as part of the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those assets Liabilities that arise from the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those liabilities.

Operating activities generate revenue through a process that requires the interrelated use of the entity's resources. An asset or a liability that an entity uses to generate a return and any change in that asset or liability shall be classified in the investing category. No significant synergies are created for the entity by combining an asset or a liability classified in the investing category with other resources of the entity. An asset or a liability classified in the investing category may yield a return for the entity in the form of, for example, interest, dividends, royalties, equity income, gains, or losses. (FASB 2010, paras. 72, 73, 81)

The above distinction between operating activities and investing activities could similarly be used to distinguish between core activities and noncore activities. Alternatively, standard-setters might develop other definitions. Similar to the degree of persistence attribute, standard-setters would not be restricted to a simple core versus noncore dichotomy when using this definition.

Another possible solution is to allow management to determine which items belong in core earnings. Companies exercise this discretion today when they choose to disclose pro forma earnings. Furthermore, the FASB established the precedent of the “management approach” when it allowed management to determine how to report segment disclosures. In several other areas of U.S. GAAP, management is responsible for establishing boundaries that define its operating environment. FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 320 (formerly Statement 115) permits different measurements for identical investments based on management's intent to sell or hold the instrument. Other examples where U.S. GAAP allows for management discretion include determining the rate to discount pension liabilities, defining reporting units, and determining whether an impairment is other than temporary. However, the management approach accentuates the concern about comparability and potential for abuse.

Management Control.

Given a premise that evaluating management's stewardship is a primary role of financial statements, a possible rationale for excluding certain items from earnings is that they do not provide a good measure to evaluate management.9 Management can largely control the firm's operating costs and can influence the level of revenues generated. However, some decisions that affect comprehensive income can be established by company policy or the company mission statement and, thus, be outside the control of management. For example, a company policy might be to invest excess cash in marketable securities with the objective of maximizing returns. Once the board of directors establishes this policy, management has little influence over how market-wide fluctuations in security prices affect earnings, and hedging the gains/losses would be inconsistent with the objective of maximizing returns. Similarly, a company's mission statement might include expansion overseas, or prior management might have already decided to establish a foreign subsidiary. The resulting gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations would seemingly be out of management's control, and hedging these gains/losses would not make economic sense if the subsidiary's functional currency is its local currency and the parent has no intention of repatriating the subsidiary's cash flows.

Of course, determining what is and is not ostensibly under management's control becomes highly subjective and would probably differ across industries, and perhaps even across firms within industries. For example, gains/losses from investment holdings might not be relevant in evaluating management of some companies, but might be very relevant for managers of holding companies. In addition, the time horizon affects what is under management's control. That is, as the time horizon lengthens, more things are under management's control.

In Table 2, we classify items as not under management's control if they are based on fluctuations in stock prices or exchange rates, which academic research shows to be largely random within efficient markets. Using this classification model, most, but not all, of the OCI items listed in Table 2 are classified as not under the management's control. Some of the pension items currently recognized in OCI are within the control of management, because management controls the decision to revise a pension plan. While management has control over when to harvest gains/losses on available-for-sale (AFS) securities by deciding when to sell the securities, it cannot control market prices. Thus, under this criterion, unrealized gains/losses on AFS securities are appropriately recognized in OCI. However, gains/losses on trading securities and the effects of tax rate changes are beyond management's control, and yet, these items are currently included as part of earnings. Thus, “management control” does not distinguish what is and is not included in earnings under current U.S. GAAP.

Remeasurements.

Barker (2004) explains how the measurement and presentation of comprehensive income might rely on remeasurements. The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation defines remeasurements as follows:

A remeasurement is an amount recognized in comprehensive income that increases or decreases the net carrying amount of an asset or a liability and that is the result of:

A change in (or realization of) a current price or value A change in an estimate of a current price or value or A change in any estimate or method used to measure the carrying amount of an asset or a liability. (FASB 2010, para. 234)

Using this definition, examples of remeasurements are impairments of land, unrealized gains/losses due to fair value changes in securities, income tax expenses due to changes in statutory tax rates, and unexpected gains/losses from holding pension assets. All of these items represent a change in carrying value of an already existing asset or liability due to changes in prices or estimates (land, investments, deferred tax asset/liability, and pension asset/liability, respectively).

Table 3 reproduces a table from Barker (2004) that illustrates how a firm's income statement might look using a “matrix format” if standard-setters adopt the remeasurement approach to reporting comprehensive income. Note that the presentation in Table 3 does not employ earnings as a subtotal of comprehensive income; however, the approach could be modified to define earnings as the sum of all items before remeasurements, if considered useful. Tarca et al. (2008) conduct an experiment with analysts, accountants, and M.B.A. students to assess whether the matrix income statement format in Table 3 facilitates or hinders users' ability to extract information. They find evidence suggesting that the matrix format facilitates more accurate information extraction for users across all sophistication levels relative to a typical format based on IAS 1.

 

Table 3:  Illustration of Matrix Reporting Format

 

Employing remeasurements to distinguish between earnings and other comprehensive income largely incorporates the criterion of earnings persistence. Most remeasurements result from price changes, where the current change has little or no association with future changes and, therefore, these components of income are transitory. In contrast, earnings components before remeasurements generally represent items that are likely more persistent.

Perhaps the most significant advantage of the remeasurement criterion is that it is less subjective than the other criteria previously discussed. Most of the other criteria in Table 2 are continuous in nature. Drawing a bright line to differentiate what belongs in earnings from what belongs in OCI is challenging and will likely be susceptible to income manipulation. In contrast, determining whether a component of income arises from a remeasurement is more straightforward.

Yet another advantage of this approach is it allows for a full fair value balance sheet that clearly discloses the effects of fair value measurement on periodic comprehensive income, while also showing earnings effects under a modified historical cost system (i.e., before remeasurements). This approach could potentially provide better information about probable future cash flows.

Other.

The attributes standard-setters could use to classify income components into earnings or OCI are not limited to the list in Table 2. Ketz (1999) suggests using the level of measurement uncertainty. As an example, gains/losses from Level 1 fair value measurements might be viewed as sufficiently certain to include in earnings, while Level 3 fair value measurements might generate gains/losses that belong in OCI. Song et al. (2010) provide some support for this partition in that they document the value relevance of Level 1 and Level 2 fair values exceeds the value relevance of Level 3 fair values.

Another potential attribute might be the horizon over which unrealized gains/losses are ultimately realized. That is, unrealized gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations, term life insurance contracts, or holding pension assets that will not be realized for many years in the future might be disclosed as part of OCI, whereas unrealized gains/losses from trading and available-for-sale securities could be part of earnings.

As previously discussed, the attributes of measurement uncertainty and timeliness create similar problems in determining where to draw the line. Which items are sufficiently reliable (or timely) to include in earnings, and will differences in implementation across firms and industries impair comparability?

The overriding purpose of the discussion in this subsection is to point out that several alternative attributes could potentially guide standard-setters in establishing criteria to differentiate earnings from OCI. Ultimately, the choice regarding whether/how to distinguish net income from OCI is a matter of policy. However, academic research can inform policy decisions, as described in the fourth and fifth sections.

Summary

Reporting OCI is a relatively recent phenomenon that presumes financial statement users are provided with better information when specific comprehensive income components are excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS), and recycled back into net income only after the occurrence of a specified transaction or event. The number of income components included in OCI has increased over time, and this expansion is likely to continue as standard-setters address new agenda items (e.g., financial instruments and insurance contracts). The lack of a clear definitional distinction between earnings and OCI in the FASB/IASB Conceptual Frameworks has led to: (1) ad hoc decisions on the income components classified in OCI, and (2) no conceptual basis for deciding whether OCI should be excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS) in the current period or recycled through EPS in subsequent periods. In this section, we discussed alternative criteria that standard-setters could use to distinguish earnings from OCI, along with the advantages and challenges of each criterion. Further, due to the inherent difficulties in drawing bright lines between earnings that are persistent versus transitory, core versus noncore, under management control or not, and amenable to remeasurement or not, standard-setters might consider eliminating OCI; that is, they might decide to adopt an all-inclusive income statement approach, where comprehensive income is reporte

. . .

Continued in article

Jensen Comment
I like this paper. Table 3 could be improved by adding bottom line net earnings before and after remeasurement.

The paper does not provide all the answers, but it is well written in terms of history up to this point in time and alternative directions for consideration.


Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on February 8, 2013

Price/Earnings Ratio
by: Simon Constable
Feb 04, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
 

TOPICS: Earnings Per Share, Financial Statement Analysis

SUMMARY: This article gives an excellent description of alternative measures for the P/E ratio: the simple ratio, "forward" P/E, and "trailing" P/E based on the last four quarters of results. The discussion also mentions adjusting the historical quarterly results used in the trailing P/E measurement to remove unusual gains and losses.

CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a financial accounting or financial statement analysis class when covering the P/E ratio and/or earnings per share calculations. Also, because of the reference to adjustments for unusual items, it may be used when covering treatment of unusual and extraordinary items. NOTE: INSTRUCTORS SHOULD REMOVE THE FOLLOWING STATEMENT BEFORE DISTRIBUTING TO STUDENTS. Question two asks students to obtain information from their class textbooks so answers will vary; however, students should identify the simple P/E ratio as the measure described in their textbooks.

QUESTIONS: 
1. (Introductory) What three alternative measures of the price-earnings ratio (P/E ratio) are described in this article?

2. (Advanced) Which of the three measures matches the definition of the P/E ratio given in your textbook? Explain your answer.

3. (Introductory) What weakness in the simple P/E ratio is overcome by using the "forward" P/E ratio? What problems arise with the forward measurement?

4. (Advanced) What weakness in the simple P/E ratio is overcome by using the trailing four quarters in the measurement? Specifically identify how this measure differs from the simple P/E ratio first described in the article.

5. (Advanced) The author states that users should make adjustments for unusual items in the "trailing" P/E measure. Why do you think that is his recommendation?

6. (Advanced) "'Low P/E stocks outperform high P/E stocks,' says Jeff Mortimer...." Explain the argument for this assertion by the investment strategy director at BNY Mellon Wealth Management.
 

Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

 

"Price/Earnings Ratio," by Simon Constable, The Wall Street Journal, February 4, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323277504578189803847508428.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj

The price of a stock doesn't tell you anything about whether it's a good deal, but the so-called price/earnings ratio can help. The trick is figuring out which P/E ratio to use.

Obviously, just because one stock is $200 a share and another $12 doesn't mean the latter is cheaper in terms of what you're getting. For a better gauge, you need to calculate what you are paying for each dollar of company earnings. Hence, the P/E ratio, derived by dividing the price of the stock by one year of per-share earnings. So if one stock has a P/E of 12 and the other of 10, the latter is cheaper.

"Low P/E stocks outperform high P/E stocks," says Jeff Mortimer, director of investment strategy at BNY Mellon Wealth Management, a unit of Bank of New York Mellon Corp. "It does work over time with a broad basket of names."

But the simple P/E ratio is just a starting point. You also can calculate a "forward" P/E, using average analyst estimates for future earnings. That provides an indication of what the average investor is prepared to pay for future earnings. A high forward P/E, though, can mean a couple of things. It could be that investors are willing to pay up for a stock because they expect earnings to grow at a rapid clip. Or it could be they've simply gotten carried away in a frothy market.

Another wrinkle: Estimated earnings may be unrealistic. "You can make the forward P/E anything you want [by boosting the forecast]," says Mr. Mortimer.

He prefers to calculate a "trailing" P/E based on the last four quarters of results, adjusted for unusual gains and charges. Deciding what to exclude can get tricky, but generally items that aren't likely to be repeated are left out.

That way, investors can get an idea of what the business earned from operations before relatively unusual events like plant closings.

Of course, historical earnings may not tell you much about where a company is headed. Think about the hit the uranium industry took following the 2011 Fukushima nuclear disaster in Japan. The prior 12 months of earnings and the resulting P/E would have given you little clue about how to invest.

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's threads on P/E and other financial ratios are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
One problem with any ratios containing earnings is that the FASB and the IASB destroyed the concept of earnings to such a degree that they themselves can no longer define earnings. One problem is the mixing of realized earnings contracts with unrealized value changes that in many instances are never realized.  Hence, comparing earnings ratios of one company over time or multiple companies at one point in time becomes like mixing apples with skate boards.

 


From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on September 3, 2010

The Decline of the P/E Ratio
by: Ben Levisohn
Aug 30, 2010
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the video on WSJ.com WSJ Video

TOPICS: Analysts' Forecasts, Financial Statement Analysis, Forecasting

SUMMARY: "While U.S. companies announced record profits during the second quarter, and beat forecasts by a comfortable 10% margin, on average, the stock market has dropped 5%. Based on trailing 12-month earnings, the average price earnings (P/E) ratio in the overall market is about 14.9 compared to 23.1 in September 2009; "based on profit expectations over the next 12 months, the P/E ratio has fallen to 12.2 from about 14.5 in May, 2010." The reason for this divergence is, of course, economic uncertainty that is not evident in the (average) point estimates of earnings nor in the relatively good earnings numbers of both the first and second calendar quarters of 2010. The related article is a WSJ graphic of earnings per share actual compared to average analyst estimates, by industry and by week.

CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article is useful to show the need for understanding context of ratios in undertaking financial statement analysis. It also demonstrates that ratios can be measured in more than one way, such as the use of past earnings or analysts' average forecasts. The related article can be used to introduce students to analysts' earnings forecasts.

QUESTIONS: 
1. (Introductory) Define the price earnings ratio (P/E) and explain its meaning.

2. (Introductory) What two methods of measuring P/E are described in the article? Why do you think both are used?

3. (Introductory) Refer to the related article. How are analysts' estimates used in this WSJ graphic analysis? In your answer, also describe who are the analysts producing these estimates.

4. (Advanced) How did companies perform relative to analysts' estimates in the second calendar quarter of 2010?

5. (Advanced) What has happened to the P/E ratio? Why does the author say the P/E has fallen in relevance? Do you agree with that assessment?

6. (Introductory) What other evidence in the article corroborates the issues in the recent fall in the average P/E ratio?

Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

RELATED ARTICLES: 
Now Reporting: Earnings
by
Aug 01, 2010
Online Exclusive

"The Decline of the P/E Ratio," by: Ben Levisohn, The Wall Street Journal, August 30, 2010 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703618504575459583913373278.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid

As investors fixate on the global forces whipsawing the markets, one fundamental measure of stock-market value, the price/earnings ratio, is shrinking in size and importance.

And the diminution might not stop for a while.

The P/E ratio, thrust into prominence during the 1930s by value investors Benjamin Graham and David Dodd, measures the amount of money investors are paying for a company's earnings. Typically, companies that post strong earnings growth enjoy richer stock prices and fatter P/E ratios than those that don't.

But while U.S. companies announced record profits during the second quarter, and beat forecasts by a comfortable 10% margin, on average, the stock market has dropped 5% this month.

The stock market's average price/earnings ratio, meanwhile, is in free fall, having plunged about 36% during the past year, the largest 12-month decline since 2003. It now stands at about 14.9, compared with 23.1 last September, based on trailing 12-month earnings results. Based on profit expectations over the next 12 months, the P/E ratio has fallen to 12.2 from about 14.5 in May.

So what explains the contraction? In short, economic uncertainty. A steady procession of bad news, from the European financial crisis to fears of deflation in the U.S., has prompted analysts to cut profit forecasts for 2011.

"The market is worrying not just about a slowdown, but worse," said Tobias Levkovich, chief U.S. equity strategist at Citigroup Global Markets in New York. "People want clarity before they make a decision with their money."

Three months ago, analysts expected the companies in the Standard & Poor's 500-stock index to boost profits 18% in 2011. Now, they predict 15%. Mutual-fund, hedge-fund and other money managers put the increase at closer to 9%, according to a recent Citigroup survey, while Mr. Levkovich's estimate is for 7% growth.

"The sustainability of earnings is in doubt," said Howard Silverblatt, an index analyst at S&P in New York. "Estimates are still optimistic."

Equally troublesome, analysts' forecasts are becoming scattered. In May, the range between the highest and lowest analyst forecasts of S&P 500 earnings per share in 2011 was $12. Morgan Stanley predicted $85 per share, while UBS predicted $97 per share. Now, the spread is $15. Barclays said $80 per share; Deutsche Bank predicts $95.

When profit forecasts are tightly clustered, it signals to investors that there is consensus among prognosticators; when they diverge wildly, it shows a lack of clarity. The P/E ratio tends to fall as uncertainty rises, and vice versa.

"A stock is worth its future earnings, but that involves uncertainty," said Jeremy Siegel, professor of finance at the University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School. "The more uncertainty there is, the lower the P/E will be."

Not only is the P/E ratio dropping, it also is in danger of losing some of its prominence as a market gauge.

That is because, with profit and economic forecasts becoming less reliable, investors are focusing more on global economic events as they make trading decisions, parsing everything from Japanese government-debt statistics to shipping patterns in the Baltic region.

To some extent this is in keeping with historical patterns. P/E ratios often shrink in size and significance during periods of uncertainty as investors focus on broader economic themes.

P/E ratios fell sharply during the Depression of the 1930s and again after World War II, bottoming at 5.90 in 1949. They plunged again during the 1970s, touching 6.97 in 1974 and 6.68 in 1980. During those periods, global events sometimes took precedence over company-specific valuation considerations in the minds of investors.

There have been periods when the P/E ratio was much more in vogue. A century ago, the buying and selling of stocks was widely considered to be a form of gambling. P/E ratios came about as a way to quantify the true value of a company's shares. The creation of the Securities and Exchange Commission during the 1930s made financial information more available to investors, and P/E ratios gained widespread acceptance in the decades that followed.

But thanks to the recent shift toward rapid-fire stock trading, the P/E ratio may be losing its relevance. The emergence of exchange-traded funds in the past 10 years has allowed investors to make broad bets on entire baskets of stocks. And the ascendance of computer-driven trading is making macroeconomic data and trading patterns more important drivers of market action than fundamental analysis of individual companies, even during periods of relative calm.

So where is the P/E ratio headed in the short term? A few optimists think it could rise from here. If corporate borrowing costs remain at record lows and stock prices remain depressed, companies will start issuing debt to buy back shares, said David Bianco, chief U.S. equity strategist for Bank of America Merrill Lynch. As a result, earnings per share would increase, he said, even if profit growth remains sluggish, and P/E ratios could jump with them.

But today's economic uncertainty argues against that scenario. Consider that while P/E ratios dropped during the inflationary 1970s, they also fell during the deflationary 1930s. The one common thread tying those two eras of falling P/E ratios: unpredictable economic performance.

"We're looking at a more volatile U.S. economy than we experienced in the last 30 years," said Doug Cliggott, U.S. equity strategist at Credit Suisse in Boston. "The pressure on multiples may be with us for quite some time."

September 8, 2010 reply from John Briggs, John  [briggsjw@JMU.EDU]

I saw this article and didn't quite "get" it...the title at least.

Of course the P/E ratio is still relevant.

My favorite site for this is www.multpl.com, where a guy provides a daily look at the Shiller ("Irrational Exuberance") 10-year P/E...10 years of data instead of 1.  It's currently 20.  It used to be 45.  Indeed, 45 was a bubble.

Right now, you would think 16 would be appropriate, but extremely low interest rates argue for higher (in comparison to investing in bonds), but economic uncertainly argues for lower.

So I'd make the case that this metric should be around 16 right now...20 indicates to me that stocks are slightly overvalued.

The only time the P/E ratio really was ignored was in 2000, it seems to me.  I'm glad I had no money then.


"What’s Wrong with the Financial Services Industry?" by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/whats-wrong-with-the-financial-services-industry/

If you hang around these parts for any length of time, you will occasionally run across a jeremiad of mine complaining about the Financial Services Industry.

I’ve been thinking about this more than usual lately. This has led to some correspondence with Helaine Olen, whose book Pound Foolish: Exposing the Dark Side of the Personal Finance Industry is next up in my queue. (Her appearance on the TDS yesterday is here). It is similar to the deep dive my colleague Josh Brown took in Backstage Wall Street.

My criticism is somewhat different than Helaine’s (though I am sympatico with much of her view). I break down the problems as follows:

 

Simplicity does not pay well: Investing should be relatively simple: Buy broad asset classes, hold them over long periods of time, rebalance periodically, get off the tracks when the locomotive is bearing down on you. The problem is its easier in theory than is reality to execute this.

Confusion is not a bug, its a feature:   Thus, the massive choice, the nonstop noise the confusing claims, all work to make this much more complex than it needs to be.

Too much money attracts the wrong kinds of people: Let’s face it, the volume of cash that passes through the Financial Services Industry is enormous. Few who enters finance does so for altruistic reasons.

Incentives are misaligned: As I’ve written previously, too many people are unwilling to get rich slowly. Hence, some of the wrong people work in finance, and some of the right people exercise bad judgment.

Too many people have a hand in your pocket:  The list of people nicking you as an investor is enormous. Insiders (CEO/CFO/Boards of Directors) transfer wealth from shareholders to themselves, with the blessing of corrupted Compensation Consultants. Active mutual funds charge way too much for sub par performance. 401(k)s are disastrous. NYSE and NASDAQ Exchanges have been paid to allow a HFT tax on every other investor. FASB and Accountants have doen an awful job, allowing corporations to mislead investors with junk balance statements. The Media’s job is to sell advertising, not provide you with intelligent advice. The Regulators have been captured.

What’s the net impact of all this on your investments ?

The Financialized US Economy: The above list reflects nearly half a century of the financialization of the broader US economy. Instead of serving industry, finance has trumped it. This led directly to the financial crisis and economic collapse of 2007-09.

Human Nature: Then there is your own behavioral issues. On top of everything else, you are governed by a brain that simply wasn’t built for this.

All of these add up to a system that is flawed, and often fails to do its job.

Continued in article

Large public accounting firms are probably not in favor of simplifying the tax code
February 17, 2013 message from Richard Sansing

This week's issue of The Economist has a special report on
off-shore finance. This article discusses the role of large
public accounting firms.


http://www.economist.com/news/special-report/21571556-accounting-firms-will-do-nicely-under-any-set-rules-merry-enablers

Jensen Content
Note that "simplicity does not pay well" in consulting!
I wonder to what extent large CPA firms want simplified accounting and auditing rules (to increase profits on audits) and highly complex regulations and financing alternatives (to increase profitability of consulting). Thus far in the 21st Century everything seems to becoming more complicated., which is probably why audits are not especially profitable relative to consulting.

However, unless a new regulation is put in place to rotate audit firms, auditing contributes heavily to fixed costs annually due to the tendency of clients to stick with the same auditing firms year after year. Consulting engagements come and go making them not especially reliable for paying fixed costs but making them profitable on top of the fixed costs paid for by audit engagements. Thant's my $.02.

 

Congressional Budget Office Study of Alternatives for Taxing Multinational Companies
The CBO denies political bias but agrees that it did not seek a broad enough set of reviewers of technical issues in economics and taxation of multinational companies.

 

CBO Letter on February 15
To the Honorable Dave Camp
Chairman Committee on Ways and Means
http://www.cbo.gov/sites/default/files/cbofiles/attachments/43944-TaxingMultinationals.pdf

. . .
This letter responds to concerns you raised about the CBO's report, Options for Taxing U.S. Multinational Corporations, which was released on January 8, 2013. We continue to believe that it presents the key issues fairly and objectively and that its findings are well grounded in economic theory and are consistent with empirical studies in this area. Nevertheless, because of the complexity of the subject and the diverse views of experts in the field, we agree that it would have been desirable to seek comments from more outside reviewers. It is always our goal to seek outside reviewers for CBO studies who represent a broad range of views and perspectives. Following is a discussion of the various issues you raised regarding the report.

Continued in letter

"To Limit Corporate Tax Avoidance, Tax Investors," Editors of Bloomberg News, Bloomberg News, February 14, 2016 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-02-14/to-limit-corporate-tax-avoidance-tax-investors.html

Tax avoidance by corporations is on the agenda for this weekend’s meeting in Moscow of finance ministers from the Group of 20 advanced and emerging economies. It is a real problem, and its scale is getting difficult to ignore. The answer, though, isn’t further tax-code complication, as some governments favor, but a shift of taxes from profits to investment income.

To a comical degree, governments are of two minds when it comes to taxing profits. They have to do it, they say, for reasons of fairness and to meet their revenue needs. They deplore the aggressive efforts companies make to lighten the load. At the same time, governments write tax laws to attract multinational companies to their jurisdictions. That promotes the very tax arbitrage they abhor.

This absurdity has reached new heights in countries such as the U.K., where shaming companies for legal tax avoidance has become an instrument of tax policy. Starbucks Corp. recently pledged to make “voluntary” payments to the U.K., after accounting maneuvers resulted in the coffee-shop owner paying little or no tax on its British operations for years. The authorities allege no wrongdoing on Starbucks’s part. After an outcry in which the government joined, the company agreed to write checks to Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs this year and next.

Populist Campaign

What’s shocking about that episode isn’t that Starbucks found legal ways to reduce its taxes -- every company does that, and managers would be failing in their duty to shareholders if they didn’t -- but that the government allied itself with a populist campaign to extort money from the company. In a way, it’s a sign of sheer despair: The tax laws don’t work, so governments have to try pleading or blackmail instead.

Governments are right about one thing: Corporate tax avoidance can’t be ignored. The Organization for Economic Co- operation and Development, in a report coinciding with the G-20 meeting, concludes that tax-base erosion is a large and growing problem arising out of a mismatch of anachronistic tax rules and economic realities. Tax codes are still grounded in a closed- economy model that the world has largely abandoned.

What’s the answer? There are two basic approaches. One is harmonization. Governments could aim to coordinate their tax policies so that legal avoidance is harder. The other is competition. Let governments’ rivalries for investment drive corporate taxes ever lower -- until the problem actually disappears -- and make up the revenue some other way.

Tax competition may sound like anarchy, but there’s more to be said for it than you might think. International companies have so much discretion in allocating costs and revenues across their dispersed units that the corporate tax base is unavoidably slippery -- all the more so when governments promote that very slipperiness in an effort to attract investment.

Why fight it? The best strategy to deal with international tax avoidance is what we have recommended: Cut corporate taxes and increase taxes on individual investment income (dividends and capital gains) instead. It’s much harder for individuals to arbitrage away their tax obligations than it is for companies operating across borders. This way, corporate profits are still taxed -- but on a simpler, less distorting basis than the typical corporate tax code provides.

The main problem with the other approach -- harmonization - - is that governments are likely to commit to the principle and then renege. The logic that drives them to attract capital with tax breaks and then deplore the tax arbitrage that follows isn’t going away.

Practical Problems

Harmonization, though, appeals strongly to the bureaucratic mind. An extreme variant of this approach is to create a shared international tax base. The European Union is exploring this possibility with its perpetually recycled plan for a “Tobin tax,” or a levy on financial transactions. The practical difficulties are so great that the idea is all but inoperable. The EU is rarely deflected by that consideration.

Continued in article

Reply by finance professor Jim Mahar ---
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/2013/02/to-limit-corporate-tax-avoidance-tax.html

Thoughts?  
 
"International companies have so much discretion in allocating costs and revenues across their dispersed units that the corporate tax base is unavoidably slippery -- all the more so when governments promote that very slipperiness in an effort to attract investment.....Why fight it? The best strategy to deal with international tax avoidance is what we have recommended: Cut corporate taxes and increase taxes on individual investment income (dividends and capital gains) instead. It’s much harder for individuals to arbitrage away their tax obligations than it is for companies operating across borders. This way, corporate profits are still taxed -- but on a simpler, less distorting basis than the typical corporate tax code provides."

Mmm...a great essay for some class.   Finance?  Econ?  Tax?  All of the above?  

 


Teaching Case on Financial Statement Analysis and P/E Ratios

From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 4, 2011

Earnings and Stocks: Is It Trick or Treat?
by: Kelly Evans
Oct 31, 2011
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the video on WSJ.com WSJ Video
 

TOPICS: Earning Announcements, Earnings Forecasts, Financial Analysis, Financial Statement Analysis, Stock Price Effects

SUMMARY: This and the related article highlight the relation between stocks and earnings but also the influence of typical seasonal patterns in stock market returns.

CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article is useful to discuss financial statement ratios, particularly the price-earnings ratio, and the relationship between reported earnings, earnings expectations, and stock prices.

QUESTIONS: 
1. (Introductory) To what does author Kelly Evans attribute the good stock market performance of October 2011? In your answer, describe the quarterly earnings reporting process and analysts' estimates for earnings.

2. (Advanced) "The sticking point in all of this that estimates for the fourth quarter have dropped by 3% in October." Describe how you think this 3% drop is measured. (Hint: the video provides a helpful discussion of this topic.)

3. (Advanced) Refer to the related article. How does the author use the price-earnings ratio to answer questions raised in the article? In your answer, define the price-earnings ratio and describe how it is measured for purposes of these two articles.

4. (Introductory) Refer again to the related article. What other factors influence overall stock market performance?
 

Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
 

RELATED ARTICLES: 
Stocks Going by the Book
by Jonathan Cheng
Oct 31, 2011
Page: C1

 

"Earnings and Stocks: Is It Trick or Treat?" by: Kelly Evans, The Wall Street Journal, October 31, 2011 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052970203707504577007754040669274.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid

The strange dynamics of this earnings season are reminiscent of two prior, but diametrically opposed, inflection points: those of mid-2008 and mid-2009. That is, the stock market has surged even as forward earnings estimates fall.

Typically, such declines would trigger a selloff as investors reassess the value of shares. Right now, though, the opposite is happening.

The Standard & Poor's 500-stock index as of Friday was up 13.6% for the month—its best monthly performance since January 1987. Certainly, seeming progress toward resolving Europe's sovereign-debt crisis has played a big role in stocks' newfound favor. But on a more fundamental basis, it helps that the third-quarter earnings season is going well, despite some high-profile misses.

More than 70% of companies have beaten earnings estimates, compared with 62% on average since the early 1990s. Prospects, however, have been dimming. Earnings estimates for the S&P 500 in the current fourthquarter have already fallen 3%—the biggest monthly decline since April 2009, according to FactSet analyst John Butters.

The stock market has surged even as forward earnings estimates fall, and typicall such declines would trigger a selloff as investors reassess the value of shares. Right now, though, the opposite is happening, Kelly Evans reports on Markets Hub. Photo: AP.

That doesn't have to mean disaster. In April 2009, the stock market was also rallying sharply despite lowered earnings expectations. Then, of course, stocks were building off the historic March lows, which already had exceptionally weak forward earnings priced in. The rally continued as investors grew more confident the U.S. was on the cusp of recovery, and analysts eventually had to start raising their earnings estimates to keep up.

That rally, however, started out of a deep recession and came after a huge market selloff. This time, the S&P 500 started from a low point of about 1100—some 65% higher than in March 2009. More to the point, the economy today isn't coming out of recession, but trying to avoid falling back into one.

Continued in article

Bob Jensen's bookmarks for financial ratios --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010303FinancialRatios
Also see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Financial_ratios


Obsolete Words
"
Words: a Time Capsule," by Lucy Ferriss, Chronicle of Higher Education's Chronicle Review, February 4, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/linguafranca/2013/02/04/words-a-time-capsule/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en

Jensen Question
What are some andidates for obsolete words and phrases in accountancy?

Net Earnings --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay

Earnings Ratios (P/E, D/E, etc.)

Matching Principle --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm

A nice timeline on the development of U.S. standards and the evolution of thinking about the income statement versus the balance sheet is provided at:
"The Evolution of U.S. GAAP: The Political Forces Behind Professional Standards (1930-1973)," by Stephen A. Zeff, CPA Journal, January 2005 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/105/infocus/p18.htm
Part II covering years 1974-2003 published in February 2005 --- http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/205/index.htm 
The module for 1940 is as follows:

  • 1940
    The American Accounting Association (AAA) publishes Professors W.A. Paton and A.C. Littleton’s monograph An Introduction to Corporate Accounting Standards, which is an eloquent defense of historical cost accounting. The monograph provides a persuasive rationale for conventional accounting practice, and copies are widely distributed to all members of the AIA. The Paton and Littleton monograph, as it came to be known, popularizes the matching principle, which places primary emphasis on the matching of costs with revenues, with assets and liabilities dependent upon the outcome of this matching.

    Comment. The Paton and Littleton monograph reinforced the revenue-and-expense view in the literature and practice of accounting, by which one first determines whether a transaction gives rise to a revenue or an expense. Once this decision is made, the balance sheet is left with a residue of debit and credit balance accounts, which may or may not fit the definitions of assets or liabilities.

    The monograph also embraced historical cost accounting, which was taught to thousands of accounting students in universities, where the monograph was, for more than a generation, used as one of the standard textbooks in accounting theory courses.

    1940s

    Throughout the decade, the CAP frequently allows the use of alternative accounting methods when there is diversity of accepted practice.

    Comment. Most of the matters taken up by the CAP during the first half of the 1940s dealt with wartime accounting issues. It had difficulty narrowing the areas of difference in accounting practice because the major accounting firms represented on the committee could not agree on proper practice. First, the larger firms disagreed whether uniformity or diversity of accounting methods was appropriate. Arthur Andersen & Co. advocated fervently that all companies should follow the same accounting methods in order to promote comparability. But such firms as Price, Waterhouse & Co. and Haskins & Sells asserted that comparability was achieved by allowing companies to adopt the accounting methods that were most suited to their business circumstances. Second, the big firms disagreed whether the CAP possessed the authority to disallow accounting methods that were widely used by listed companies.

    Continued in article

  • Surplu

    Retail Inventory Method

    Activities Based Costing or ABC Costing

    XBRL

    FASB

    February 11, 2013 reply from David Albrecht

    Extraordinary items
    Cumulative income adjustment from change in accounting principle
    Sum-of-years-digits depreciation
    Group/composite depreciation
    Defined benefit obligation
    Reconciling absorption costing and direct costing income

    Question
    The earned income tax credit returns cash from the IRS and is a major reason nearly half of all taxpayers receive more back than they pay in for income taxes.
    Who benefits the most from this credit --- the employed or the unemployed?

    "Earned-Income Ironies," by Casey B. Mulligan, The New York Times, February 6, 2013 ---
    http://economix.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/02/06/earned-income-ironies/

    The “earned income tax credit” is, ironically, more likely to be received by unemployed people than by workers who do not spend any time unemployed.

    The credit was created years ago to reduce tax burdens on the poor and toprovide a genuine incentive for working; a household must have some wage and salary income in order to receive the credit.

    However, because the credit is administered on a calendar-year basis and is phased out with calendar-year wages and salaries, it is disproportionately received by people unemployed after a layoff.

    As I illustrated in an earlier post, the credit follows a mountain-plateau pattern: an increasing portion for the lowest calendar incomes, a flat portion, a decreasing portion and then a flat portion of zero.

    You might think that unemployed people do not receive the credit because they do not have any wage or salary income, but typically people unemployed from layoff do have wages or salary income during the calendar year of their unemployment from their previous job. Their layoff might have occurred after the beginning of the calendar year. Even a layoff occurring in December of the previous year might generate wage and salary income in the current year because of a severance payment or accumulated sick and vacation pay.

    Moreover, an unemployed person might have a spouse with wage and salary income, and the spouse’s income counts toward the credit.

    Because unemployment compensation is supposed to be reported on the recipient’s federal individual income tax return, I was able to further investigate this issue by examining a large sample of individual income tax returns for the years 2000-7 provided by the Internal Revenue Service to the National Bureau of Economic Research and other institutions for research purposes.

    In 2007, 97 percent of the 7.6 million returns showing unemployment-compensation income (that is, the taxpayer or spouse was unemployed and receiving benefits some time during the calendar year) also had wage and salary income during the year. That percentage was essentially the same in each of the years 2000-6.

    Of the same 7.6 million returns with unemployment income in 2007, one quarter received the earned income tax credit. By comparison, the credit was received by only one-sixth of the returns with wage and salary income but no unemployment income.

    Among returns with unemployment income, the average earned income tax credit was $486, compared with $347 among the returns with wages but not unemployment income.

    For most of the returns with both unemployment income and the earned income tax credit, the credit would have been even greater if the taxpayer had been employed fewer weeks than he or she actually was. Still more returns with unemployment income but no earned income tax credit would have received the credit if the unemployment had lasted longer.

    Continued in article

    Questions
    Why does Vermont have nearly the lowest unemployment rate in the nation?
    What is Vermont doing to intentionally raise its unemployment rate?
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Political/PoliticalQuotationsCommentaries.htm#VermontWelfare

    Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm


    This Could Be a Really Big Deal for Bringing Education to Africa
    "Hillary Clinton Helps Silicon Valley on Her Way Out the Door," y Elizabeth Dwoskin, Bloomberg Business Week, February 04, 2013 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-02-04/hillary-clinton-helps-silicon-valley-on-her-way-out-the-door


    "Clients Flounder And Fail But Auditor PwC Prevails," by Francine McKenna, Forbes, February 4, 2013 ---
    http://www.forbes.com/sites/francinemckenna/2013/02/04/clients-flounder-and-fail-but-auditor-pwc-prevails/

    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audits several companies in the news recently but the global professional services firm seems to have escaped scrutiny for those clients’ serious missteps. Watchdog PwC never warned investors of faulty management and fraud that’s tanked shares, forced out top executives and resulted in expensive, ongoing private, civil, and potential criminal litigation.

    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is, for 2012, again the largest accounting firm in the world, according to Big4.com, after losing the crown temporarily to Deloitte in 2010. PwC is also the largest audit firm, a distinction that must be made given the reemergence of the consulting practices at PwC, KPMG, and Ernst & Young ever since the expiration of non-compete agreements signed when their consulting arms were sold post-Sarbanes-Oxley. (Deloitte never sold its consulting arm and has, therefore, enjoyed a distinct advantage to the other firms, not losing any growth momentum between 2002 and 2007.)

    All four – Deloitte, PwC, KPMG, and Ernst & Young – audit and consult, advise on taxes and manage bankruptcies, provide due diligence and accounting advice for acquisitions and investigate frauds when deals go wrong. You can’t throw a rock at a fraud or scandal nowadays without hitting three, sometimes all four, of the largest firms performing one role or another. The Big Four global accounting firms make money whether clients survive and thrive or flail and fail.

    Chesapeake Energy, a PwC audit client since its IPO in 1993, made news last week for firing its beleaguered CEO, Aubrey McClendon. Ryan Chittum at the Columbia Journalism Review says Reuters gets the credit for this “scalp”.

    Continued in article

    Question
    Why is Francine fuming?

    "Accountants Skirt Shareholder Lawsuits," by Jonathan D. Glater, The New York Times, December 27, 2012 ---
    http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2012/12/27/accountants-skirt-shareholder-lawsuits/

    The accountants who service publicly traded companies are likely to have something to be thankful for this year: shareholders are not filing federal securities fraud lawsuits against them.

    Just 10 years ago, public company accountants were in the cross hairs of shareholders, regulators and prosecutors. A criminal indictment destroyed Enron’s auditor, Arthur Andersen. Congress created a new regulator, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, to oversee the profession. And in dozens of lawsuits in the years afterward, shareholders named accountants as co-defendants when alleging accounting fraud.

    But things have changed. According to NERA Economic Consulting, which tracks shareholder litigation and reported on the decline in accounting firm defendants in its midyear report in July, not one accounting firm has been named a defendant so far this year. One of the study’s co-authors, Ron I. Miller, confirmed that the trend has continued at least through November.

    That prompts the question, why don’t shareholders sue accountants anymore?

    “To the extent that firms have been burned for a lot of money, they have some pretty strong incentives to try to behave,” Mr. Miller said. “That’s the hopeful side of the legal system: You hope that if you put in penalties, that those penalties change people’s actions.”

    The less positive alternative, he added, is that public companies “have gotten better at hiding it.”

    From 2005 to 2009, according to the NERA report, 12 percent of securities class action cases included accounting firm co-defendants. The range of federal securities fraud class action cases filed per year in that period was 132 to 244.

    The absence of accounting firm defendants this year can probably be explained at least in part by court decisions; the Supreme Court has issued rulings, as in Stoneridge Investment Partners LLC v. Scientific-Atlanta Inc. in 2008, making it more difficult to recover damages from third parties in fraud cases.

    So perhaps more shareholder suits would take aim at accountants, if the plaintiffs believed that their claims would survive a defendant’s motion to dismiss. And it is possible that plaintiffs will add accounting firm as defendants to existing cases in the future, if claimants get information to support such claims.

    Over all, fewer shareholder class action lawsuits are based on allegations of accounting fraud, as opposed to other types of fraud. The NERA midyear report found that in the first six months of 2012, about 25 percent of complaints in securities class action cases included allegations of accounting fraud, down from nearly 40 percent in all of 2011.

    Perhaps the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the legislative response to the accounting scandals of the early 2000s, actually worked, Mr. Miller said.

    “There’s been a lot of complaining about SOX, and certainly the compliance costs are high for smaller publicly traded companies,” he said, but accounting fraud “is to a large extent what SOX was intended to stop.”

    Public company accountants still have potential civil liability to worry about, said Joseph A. Grundfest, a former commissioner of the Securities and Exchange Commission who teaches at Stanford Law School. Regulators, he said, are investigating potential misconduct involving accounting firms.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads on lawsuits where CPA firms have not been so lucky ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm


    RAND Corporation: Measuring Teacher Effectiveness ---
    http://www.rand.org/education/projects/measuring-teacher-effectiveness.html

    Explore the Measuring Teacher Effectiveness Fact Sheet Series Teachers Matter: Understanding Teachers' Impact on Student Achievement

    Research suggests that, among school-related factors, teachers matter most when it comes to a student's academic performance. Nonschool factors do influence student achievement, but effective teaching has the potential to help level the playing field.

    Multiple Choices: Options for Measuring Teaching Effectiveness

    Teaching is a complex activity that should be measured with multiple methods. Some examine teachers' practices directly, while others emphasize student outcomes. Each method has trade-offs, and no single method provides a complete picture of a teacher's effectiveness.

    Tests and the Teacher: What Student Achievement Tests Do—and Don't—Tell Us About Teacher Effectiveness

    In addition to helping students learn reading and math, we also trust teachers to teach students to think, reason, and work cooperatively with one another. Students' scores on achievement tests tell us something—but by no means everything—about how well teachers are meeting these expectations.

    Value-Added Modeling 101: Using Student Test Scores to Help Measure Teaching Effectiveness

    Value-added models, or VAMs, attempt to measure a teacher's impact on student achievement apart from other factors, such as individual ability, family environment, past schooling, and the influence of peers. Value-added estimates enable relative judgments but are not absolute indicators of effectiveness.

    Student Growth Percentiles 101: Using Relative Ranks in Student Test Scores to Help Measure Teaching Effectiveness

    Student growth percentiles, or SGPs, provide a simple way of comparing the improvement of one teacher's students at the end of the year with the improvement of other students who started the year at the same level.

    Bob Jensen's threads on assessment ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm

     


    "Where Not To Die In 2013," by Ashlea Ebeling, Forbes, January 12, 2013 ---
    http://www.forbes.com/sites/ashleaebeling/2013/01/28/where-not-to-die-in-2013/


    "Scope of auditors' report to be extended to include risk," by Richard Crump, AccountancyAge, February  5, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2241488/scope-of-auditors-report-to-be-extended-to-include-risk?WT.rss_f=&WT.rss_a=Scope+of+auditors%27+report+to+be+extended+to+include+risk

    AUDITORS will be required to warn investors about risks within the companies they audit as part of a "step change" in the way audit reports are structured proposed by the FRC.

    In response to criticism that auditors' reports are uninformative, the reporting watchdog has launched a consultation to extend their scope to include a commentary of the "risks of material misstatement" identified by the auditor.

    Read more: http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2241488/scope-of-auditors-report-to-be-extended-to-include-risk#ixzz2K2nHaHBq Accountancy Age - Finance, business and accountancy news, features and resources. Claim your free subscription today.

    As part of the changes, which could force auditors to flag risks that differ from those disclosed by company directors, auditors will be required to explain how they applied the concept of materiality – which relates to the importance of transactions, balances and errors contained in the financial statements – and summarise how the audit scope responded to company risks.

    Nick Land [pictured], chairman of the FRC's audit and assurance council, said the new rules would provide a "step change from the traditional binary pass/fail model of audit report".

    "Such reports have increasingly been criticised as being uninformative by investors, and other users of financial statements. The proposals ... 'close the circle' by requiring the auditor to disclose information about the audit, within the auditor's report itself," Land said.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads about professionalism in auditing ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm


    Baumol's cost disease --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baumol%27s_cost_disease

    "Talk to Me Like I'm Stupid: Baumol's Cost Disease," by John Warner, Inside Higher Ed, February 3, 2013 ---
    http://www.insidehighered.com/blogs/just-visiting/talk-me-im-stupid-baumols-cost-disease

    One of the Internet writers I most admire is Ta-Nehisi Coates of the Atlantic.

    There are a number or reasons for my admiration. He is thoughtful, and often does his thinking on the page – showing his work, if you will – which I appreciate because I tend to do the same thing. He tackles a wide array of subjects; posts on civil war history, head trauma in football, hip-hop, and role-playing games may run one after another.

    He also personally moderates his comments section, managing to wrangle anonymous Internet personalities into a frequently productive and enlightening discussion, which is perhaps his most amazing feat.

    One of the features he occasionally employs is called “Talk to Me Like I’m Stupid,” where he crowdsources something he doesn’t know, or sufficiently understand in order to better inform himself.

    In the process, he manages to better inform his audience as well.

    I was hoping we could try something similar with a concept I see invoked frequently in these virtual pages.

    I want you to talk to me like I’m stupid about Baumol’s Cost Disease as it pertains (or doesn’t) to higher education.

    I have access to Wikipedia, so I understand the basics: that these two economists, Baumol and Bowen did a study on the performing arts showing that because salaries will rise without a corresponding increase in productivity (the number of musicians necessary to perform in a string quartet being the same regardless of century), then over time, string quartets grow progressively more expensive.

    The phenomenon is frequently cited as a cause of increasing costs of both health care, and higher ed.

    Obviously, unless and until MOOCs upend higher ed delivery for all (note to self, add MOOC as future topic for “talk to me like I’m stupid”), college instruction is going to be labor intensive.

    And we all know that tuition is increasing much faster than the cost of inflation.

    During the campaign, Vice President Joe Biden cited rising faculty salaries as the, or at least a cause of rising tuition.

    But here’s the thing, and why I need help. Has the cost of faculty truly increased? Are we an example of Baumol’s Cost Disease?

    My experience says no, but the world says yes. We can't get more productive, but are we getting more expensive?

    This is my 12th year as a full-time non-tenure-track college instructor. My salary is almost the same as it was in the year 2001. The proportion of people like me, as well as the less fortunate on per-course adjunct pay as part of total faculty has only increased, which should be driving down salary costs.

    In the six years I spent at Clemson, my salary was flat, except for the year everyone had a mandatory five-day furlough when it was obviously lower.

    The AAUP reports that full-time faculty salaries across every category declined relative to inflation in the 2011-2012 academic year.

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    Baumol's Cost Disease is possibly more dramatic in health care salaries. One difference in health care versus education is that revenue increases can be more easily traced to capital expenditures. For example our nearby Littleton Regional Hospital can trace increased revenues to a millions of dollars invested in new investments in CAT and MRI scanners. Increased revenues can also be traced to the addition of a new wing devoted to leases of physician offices.

    When the hospital expanded surgery services the increases in revenues from those services flows into ledger accounts.

    Hence there may be greater productivity from investing large amounts of capital in equipment and new supporting employees relative to raising salaries of existing staff before the new services were added.

    In education it's generally more difficult to trace revenue increases to increases in capital expenditures. Revenue increase from a new dormitory on the campus of Trinity University can be traced back to the capital expenditure. But revenue increases arising from tens of millions spent for new buildings for the administration, life sciences, music, and engineering are much more difficult to trace back to the capital expenditures. For example, in the short term revenues would probably increase more  if the money for those new buildings was instead spent of many more half-tuition scholarships that increase the size of the paying student body.

    Trinity has also spent tens of millions on information technology that is almost impossible to evaluate in terms of return on investment. For example, we will never know how many students would not attend Trinity if it was not on the leading edge of education technology.

    Trinity University just hired two distinguished professors (a husband and wife team in accounting and finance). This is great for the research reputation of the Business Administration Department. But the same amount of money perhaps would have led to more short term revenue increases if the number of sections of courses was instead greatly increased by hiring ten professionally qualified teachers of accounting and finance who are not assigned research performance responsibilities. Accounting, finance, and other business administration classes typically have more students trying to get into those classes relative to capacity in terms of teaching faculty.


    How could KPMG believe such fantasies?
    "The SEC, Like Everyone Else, Didn’t Believe Citi’s Financial Statements ," Dealbreaker, February 25, 2013 ---
    http://dealbreaker.com/2013/02/the-sec-like-everyone-else-didnt-believe-citis-financial-statements/

    Every once in a while I almost write “I don’t envy big bank CEOs,” and then I consider my own finances and the mood passes. But it does seem hard, no? The job is basically that you run around all day looking at horrible messes – even in good times, there are some horrible messes somewhere, and what is a CEO for if not to look at them and make decisive noises? – and then you get on earnings calls, or go on CNBC, or sign 10Ks under penalty of perjury, and say “everything is great.” I mean: you can say that some things aren’t great, if it’s really obvious that they’re not. If you lost money, GAAPwise, go ahead and say that; everyone already knows. But for the most part, you are in the business of inspiring enough confidence in people that they continue to fund you, and if you don’t persuade them that, on a forward-looking basis, things will be pretty good, then they won’t be.

    Also, when you’re not in the business of convincing people to fund you, you’re in the business of convincing people to buy what you’re selling and sell what you’re buying, which further constrains you from saying “what we’re selling is dogshit.”1

    Anyway I found a certain poignancy in Citi’s correspondence with the SEC over Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, which was released on Friday. Citi and Morgan Stanley had a joint venture in MSSB, and MS valued it at around $9bn, and Citi valued it at around $22bn, and at most one of them was right and, while the answer turned out to be “neither,” it was much closer to MS than C. Citi was quite wrong, and since this was eventually resolved by a willing seller (Citi) selling to a willing buyer (MS) at a valuation of $13.5bn, Citi had to admit its wrongness in the form of a $4.7 billion write-down, and the stock did this:

    Which is the market’s way of saying: no biggie Vikram, we already knew you’d be taking the writedown, honestly we thought it’d be worse than that, we just didn’t say anything because we didn’t want you to feel bad, but we’re glad that’s cleared up now.

    But the SEC doesn’t get to do that, because – and this is sort of endearing – the SEC has to pretend that a company’s financial statements convey meaningful information about the actual world, and so last year they sent Citi a bunch of letters to the effect of “um, really, with that MSSB valuation?” To be fair even Citi was admitting, back in its 10-K a year ago, that MSSB wasn’t worth what its balance sheet said it was worth – but it said that this was a temporary impairment and so didn’t need to be reflected on Citi’s financials since MSSB would recover soon and anyway it’s not as if Citi was looking to sell at a depressed price. Here is how the SEC responded in April:

    We note your disclosure related to the temporary impairment of your equity method investment in the Morgan Stanley Smith Barney (MSSB) joint venture. Please address the following:

    Citi’s response is absolutely gorgeous; it says:

    See what they did there?2 The SEC did, a few months later anyway, when the negotiations got so advanced that the SEC pushed Citi for more information about its internal valuation of the MSSB joint venture. Citi obligingly provided that valuation to the SEC, confidentially, ten days after it disclosed the write-down.

    Also during these negotiations Citi’s investment banking division provided a valuation of MSSB “that slightly exceeded Citi’s carrying value of approximately $11 billion for that 49% interest as of June 30, 2012.” So:

    So Citi “knew” that its financials, and the valuation it gave in negotiations with MS, were “wrong.”

    Continued in article

    "When Will the SEC Finally Go After the Auditors?" by Jonathan Weil, Bloomberg, September 27, 2012 ---
    http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-09-27/when-will-the-sec-finally-go-after-the-auditors-.html

    Something very unusual happened at the Securities and Exchange Commission this week: The SEC accused three former bank executives of committing fraud by deliberately understating their company's loan losses during the financial crisis. Such accusations have not been made often in recent years.

    Unless you happen to live in Nebraska, you probably haven't heard of Lincoln-based TierOne Corp., which had about $3 billion assets when it failed in 2010. Yet it's an important story because of what it shows about the state of securities-law enforcement in the U.S.

    On Tuesday the SEC said it had reached settlements with the company's former chief executive officer and chairman, Gilbert Lundstrom, and another former senior executive, who will both pay fines. (Per the usual custom, neither admitted or denied any wrongdoing.) A third former executive is contesting the agency's claims, which include allegations of egregious accounting violations.

    Several times in recent years the SEC's enforcement division has seemed to bend over backwards to avoid accusing anyone at a failed financial institution of committing accounting fraud. To name a few: When the SEC filed fraud claims against former executives of Countrywide Financial Corp., IndyMac Bancorp, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, it accused them of making false disclosures. But it made sure not to allege that any of the companies' books were wrong; none of them ever admitted to any accounting errors.

    At Countrywide, for instance, the SEC accused former CEO Angelo Mozilo of failing to disclose known loan losses. If the SEC's allegations against him were true, then the company's financial reports by definition must have contained misstatements -- except the SEC never alleged so in its complaint against him. He committed disclosure fraud, the SEC said, not accounting fraud.

    The main beneficiary of the SEC's approach in such cases has been the Big Four auditing firms, as I wrote in a column last year. They can claim their audits were fine, because there was never any official finding that the numbers were incorrect. That has helped the firms enormously in class-action litigation brought by investors.

    TierOne's auditor was KPMG LLP, which also was the auditor for Countrywide. (The other Big Four firms are Ernst & Young LLP, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Deloitte & Touche LLP.) Neither KPMG nor any of its personnel were named as defendants in the SEC's complaint this week. One of the allegations against the former TierOne executives was that they lied to KPMG auditors. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, passed in 2002, lying to an auditor is a punishable offense.

    Does this mean KPMG got a pass from the SEC? My guess is yes. An SEC spokesman, John Nester, declined to say. A spokesman for KPMG, Manuel Goncalves, declined to comment.

    There is somebody out there, however, who believes KPMG should be held liable for failing to catch TierOne's accounting chicanery. TierOne's Chapter 7 bankruptcy trustee earlier this year sued the accounting firm, accusing it of negligence and breaches of fiduciary duty. KPMG has denied the allegations and asked that the matter be resolved in arbitration proceedings rather than in court. It was TierOne's regulator, the U.S. Office of Thrift Supervision, that caught the bank's accounting manipulations -- not KPMG, which continually blessed TierOne's financial statements and resigned as auditor in 2010 only weeks before the bank failed.

    The financial crisis was in large part about financial institutions' cooked books. A big reason that companies such as Lehman Brothers, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac failed was that investors could tell from the outside looking in that their balance sheets were bogus. Even Hank Paulson, the former Treasury secretary, said as much in his memoir. (The SEC never brought a single enforcement action against a former Lehman executive.)

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads on the two faces of KPMG are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm


    "Small Auditors Pose Misstatement Risks: PCAOB:  Deficiencies found in audits by smaller firms have dropped in recent years. But the oversight board warns that they’re still too high," by Kathleen Hoffelder, CFO.com, February 25, 2013 ---
    http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/2/auditing_audit-inspections-pcaob-jay-hanson-jeanette-franzel

    While the number of significant audit deficiencies for small domestic auditors has shrunk since the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board issued its last report on this group in 2007, the auditing overseer still believes the number of deficiencies is unacceptable.

    “Audit deficiencies are still high,” said PCAOB board member Jeanette M. Franzel during a press call today describing the results of a study the board completed on small audit firms in the United States that were inspected between 2007 and 2010. “We continue to be concerned about the level and types of significant deficiencies in the triennial firm inspections.”

    The PCAOB report showed that 44% of the audit firms, each of which audits 100 or fewer public companies, had at least one “significant audit performance deficiency,” meaning the deficiency resulted in the audit firm lacking enough evidence to support its opinion. That number compares with 61% that had audit deficiencies in the PCAOB’s last report on this group in 2007, which covered inspections from 2004 to 2006.

    While the number of deficiencies is trending lower, the PCAOB considers the amount to be a wake-up call for CFOs and other corporate executives to scrutinize their auditors carefully. As Franzel noted, these deficiencies are “significant.”

    The report should be “useful for the firms themselves so they may take note of the more troubling findings from the triennial inspection. Audit committees may wish to discuss this report with their auditors to better understand whether any of the deficiencies may be something they should consider in connection with their own company audit.” If its audit firm’s audit has a faulty basis in fact and the resulting audit goes awry, a company could face regulatory action or a shareholder lawsuit.

    Most of the audit deficiencies in the study were found in auditing revenue recognition and other areas pertinent to smaller clients, such as share-based payments (like stock options or rights) and equity financing instruments. Because smaller audit clients often face difficulties in raising capital or accessing credit markets, share-based payments and equity financing instruments are more common, noted PCAOB board member Jay D. Hanson during the call. Such financing, he noted, may contain terms and conditions that increase the risk of material misstatements.

    The PCAOB audits smaller audit firms once every three years, though some are audited a bit more frequently if warranted. (Audit firms with more than 100 issuers have an annual inspection.) The size of the firms in today’s study ranged from those that audited just 1 firm to others that audited more than 80 firms. The report included 748 inspections of 578 audit firms.

    Other deficiencies outlined in the report included auditing convertible debt, fair-value measurements, impairment of intangible assets, accounting estimates, the use of analytical procedures, and the ways a firm responds to the risk of misstatements due to fraud.

    Why the long list of deficiencies? The report cited a lack of technical competence in an audit area, a paucity of professional skepticism, ineffective supervision, client acceptance and inability to consider technical knowledge called for in particular audits, and ineffective auditor engagement quality reviews.

    “These are just the nuts and bolts of high-quality auditing that need to be attended to. We hope that firms really focus on these areas,” said Franzel, who is also hopeful the PCAOB will be able to perform more frequent reports than once every three years for this group of audit firms.

    To be fair, those firms that did have deficiencies seemed to take appropriate steps within 12 months to address those deficiencies, she said. At the same time, some ended up even worse the second time around. Of the 455 firms that had their second inspection during 2007 through 2010, 36%, or 164 firms, had at least one significant audit-performance deficiency in their second inspections, which compares with 55%, or 249 firms, in their first inspections.

    Continued in article

    Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 ---
    http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf
    Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.

    PCAOB Inspection Report Database ---
    http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx

    Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm


    Will bad loans look worse under U.S. GAAP versus IFRS?
    How Bad is a Bad Bank Loan:  Rule Split to Put U.S. Banks at a Loss

    From the CFO Morning Ledger on February 28, 2013

    How bad is a bad bank loan?
    Accounting regulators in the U.S. and Europe disagree on the standards for how banks book loan losses, and their rift could lead to tens of billions of dollars being carved off U.S. lenders’ current profits, writes the WSJ’s Michael Rapaport. The FASB and the IASB have separate proposals in the works that would require banks to record losses on soured loans earlier than they do now. But the U.S. proposal goes a step further and would force American banks to accelerate even more losses more quickly than foreign banks would. If U.S. and overseas banks end up using different models for booking losses, that could create an apples-to-oranges situation that would make it more difficult for investors to tell how they stack up against one another
    .

    "Rule Split to Put U.S. Banks at a Loss," by Michael Rapoport, The Wall Street Journal, February 27, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323293704578330490452665994.html?mod=ITP_moneyandinvesting_0&mg=reno64-wsj

    How bad is a bad bank loan? Accounting regulators in the U.S. and Europe disagree, and their rift could lead to tens of billions of dollars being carved off U.S. lenders' current profits.

    American and global rule makers have separate proposals in the works that would require banks to record losses on soured loans earlier than they do now. The plans aim to give investors a more accurate picture of banks' health, after many critics felt banks, both in the U.S. and abroad, took losses too slowly during the financial crisis.

    But the U.S. proposal goes a step further: In a split with their overseas counterparts, U.S. rule makers would force American banks to accelerate even more losses more quickly than foreign banks would.

    That could severely crimp current results for U.S. banks, some observers believe—an example of how a host of regulatory actions on both sides of the Atlantic may cause disparities. It also could hurt how investors perceive the health and performance of U.S. banks versus their competitors.

    "If overseas banks don't have to record losses as early as U.S. banks, I think that puts [the U.S. banks] at a disadvantage," said Patrick Dolan, a finance and securitization attorney with Dechert LLP.

    The gap between the two proposals is "a big difference," said Donna Fisher, a senior vice president at the American Bankers Association. Banks "all agreed globally that we want one standard" for booking losses, she said.

    If U.S. and overseas banks end up using different models for booking losses, that could create an apples-to-oranges situation that would make it more difficult for investors to tell how they stack up against one another.

    "They will be harder to compare than they are at present," said Peter Elwin, head of European pensions, valuation and accounting research for J.P. Morgan JPM +3.41% Cazenove, part of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

    The changes aren't imminent. The plans from both the U.S.'s Financial Accounting Standards Board and International Accounting Standards Board, its London-based global counterpart, are still in the early stages: The IASB proposal hasn't even been formally issued yet, and both boards will listen to public comment on their plans before making a final decision. No changes are expected to take effect before 2015.

    But FASB has suggested that some large U.S. banks might have to increase bad-loan reserves by 50% in some areas of their business. U.S. industry-wide reserves were $162 billion at the end of 2012, according to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. Currently, banks wait to record loan losses until there is evidence that losses have actually occurred.

    During the financial crisis, net loan charge-offs booked by U.S. banks didn't peak until late 2009, according to FDIC data, more than a year after the heart of the crisis.

    That left banks carrying huge piles of bad loans even after it was apparent they were souring in droves, making the banks appear healthier to investors than they really were and delaying the banks' reckoning with the crisis's impact.

    Banks charged off $189 billion in bad loans in 2009 and $187 billion in 2010, according to the FDIC—much of which arguably should have been charged off earlier. (Charge-offs were $100 billion in 2008 and only $44 billion in 2007.)

    Both FASB and IASB now want to change that system, so that projections of future losses would be the standard for booking loan losses. That is expected to speed up recognition of bad loans.

    Until last summer, the two panels also had agreed on the details of how and when to book the losses: Largely, only those losses based on events expected over the following 12 months would be booked upfront. But FASB pulled away from that method, saying that it had heard concerns from some banks, investors and regulators that it was too complex.

    Now, the FASB proposal, issued in December, calls for all losses banks expect over the life of a loan to be booked upfront. If that expectation changes, so will the recorded amount of losses.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting and bad debts ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValueFails

    Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting


    Question
    What large U.S. city won the 2013 super bowl and is on the verge of bankruptcy?

    "City of Baltimore is on a path to financial ruin, report says," Fox News, February 6, 2013 ---
    http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2013/02/06/city-baltimore-is-on-path-to-financial-ruin-report-says/?intcmp=trending#ixzz2K8O6k8vO 

    The Baltimore city government is on a path to financial ruin and must enact major reforms to stave off bankruptcy, according to a 10-year forecast the city commissioned from an outside firm.

    The forecast, obtained by The Associated Press ahead of its release to the public and the City Council on Wednesday, shows that the city will accumulate $745 million in budget deficits over the next decade because of a widening gap between projected revenues and expenditures.

    If the city's infrastructure needs and its liability for retiree health care benefits are included, the total shortfall reaches $2 billion over 10 years, the report found. Baltimore's annual operating budget is $2.2 billion.

    The report was prepared by Philadelphia-based Public Financial Management Inc., a consulting firm that has prepared similar forecasts for Miami, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh and the District of Columbia. Baltimore's decision to commission the forecast differs from those cities because each of them had already ceded financial oversight to the state, or in the district's case, the federal government.

    The forecast will provide the basis for financial reforms that Mayor Stephanie Rawlings-Blake plans to propose next week. The city has dealt with budget deficits for the past several years, closing a $121 million gap in 2010. But those deficits have been addressed with one-time fixes that haven't addressed the long-term structural imbalance.

    "When you have budget after budget and you know that there are systemic problems, I felt an obligation to do more than what we have done in the past," Rawlings-Blake told the AP. The forecast, she said, shows that the city needs to address its financial woes "before it's too late, and somebody is coming in and making these choices for us."

    That's what happened to the District of Columbia, 38 miles to the south, in 1995 after the city reported a budget deficit of $700 million. Congress created a financial control board that instituted tight spending controls and ultimately took over all hiring and firing in nine city agencies. The spending cuts, combined with a robust regional and national economy, drove the nation's capital back into the black.

    Not all municipalities have been so fortunate. In late 2011, Jefferson County, Ala., filed the nation's largest-ever local government bankruptcy, citing $4.15 billion in debt, and last year, Stockton, Calif., became the largest American city to declare bankruptcy.

    In Baltimore, the erosion of the tax base is easy to see. The city's population has dropped from a peak of 950,000 in 1950 to 619,000 today, and while the decline has slowed, there have been few signs of the trend reversing. The median income is $40,000, and 22 percent of the city's residents live in poverty, according to Census data. The city also has 16,000 vacant properties.

    Baltimore already has the highest property taxes in Maryland -- twice as high as in neighboring Baltimore County. The city's local income taxes are the highest allowed under state law. While the city enacted some new taxes to deal with the 2010 deficit -- including taxes on bottled beverages and higher hotel and parking levies -- city officials say they can't tax their way out of the problem without driving away residents and businesses.

    "We've got to go from a vicious cycle to a virtuous cycle. That starts with a good, stable fiscal foundation for the city government," said Andrew Kleine, the city's budget director. "When you've lost so much population and the tax base has shrunk, it's very difficult to deal with."

    If the city chose to use its reserve fund to cover the deficits, the fund would be empty in three years, the report found. Continued in article

    Continued in article


    Ayasdi: Stanford Math Begets a Data Company," by Ashlee Vance, Bloomberg Business Week, January 24, 2013 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-24/ayasdi-stanford-math-begets-a-data-company

    Like most of his peers, Gunnar Carlsson spends his time thinking about hairy, theoretical math problems. It’s ivory tower stuff—he’s been a math professor for 30 years—which is just how the people in his field like it. “Mathematicians want to work on the deepest, hardest problems and get interesting intellectual results,” he says.

    In 2008, Carlsson, while continuing his work at Stanford, co-founded Ayasdi, a Palo Alto tech startup. Ayasdi, which means “to seek” in Cherokee, is the first company to come out of Stanford’s math department and just received $10 million in funding from Khosla Ventures and Floodgate.

    The company builds software that takes a complex branch of mathematics known as topology, the study of how shapes interact with space, and applies it to large volumes of data. People in fields as diverse as biotech, data security, and social networking believe the software could pull fresh insights out of huge databases in record time. “I view it as one of the real advances in data analysis to have arrived in the last 10 years,” says Eric Schadt, the director of the Institute for Genomics and Multiscale Biology at New York’s Mount Sinai Hospital, who has used the software to study bacterial outbreaks and genetic mutations.

    With today’s powerful data analysis systems, users gather a ton of information—a breakdown of Wal-Mart Stores’ (WMT) sales in the U.S. or things people “like” on Facebook (FB)—in one place and then run queries. The questioner typically comes in with a preconceived idea of what he’s looking for or at least a set of preconceived biases that determine the questions he asks.

    The Ayasdi software, which customers including Merck and Raytheon have been testing for several months, runs dozens of algorithms and then illuminates patterns and relations between the data points. BN ImmunoTherapeutics, for example, has turned to the software for research help on Prostvac, a prostate cancer vaccine that is undergoing clinical trials. The researchers compare genetic markers, people’s ages, medical histories, and other factors to figure out which patients will most likely benefit from the vaccine. “In the past, we would form a hypothesis and say, ‘We think these three biomarkers are important,’ ” says Amanda Enstrom, a research scientist at BN ImmunoTherapeutics. “With Ayasdi, we really allow the data to show us what the important biomarkers are.”

    The federal government has funded work in this area of mathematics for the last 10 to 15 years. At Stanford, Carlsson was part of a group of researchers that received money from Darpa, the research and development arm of the U.S. Department of Defense. The agency saw topology as promising for many applications, and no doubt helpful with national security investigations that require finding patterns among vast troves of information.

    The startup’s software allows customers to upload their information from a website to Ayasdi’s data center, which applies the algorithms. The relationships between various data points get displayed as colorful, 3D pictures on the screen, and users can pose their queries via a Google-like search box. During one demonstration, Carlsson picks through genetic data on thousands of breast cancer patients and, with a couple of clicks, shows which groups of women will respond best to chemotherapy and what their DNA has in common.

    Traditionally, drawing these types of correlations has taken years of painstaking work or been beyond the scope of today’s computing systems, says Mount Sinai’s Schadt. “It’s about taking hundreds of thousands of variables and scoring them across hundreds of thousands of people and trying to extract patterns,” he says. “We’re able to ask some novel questions.”

    Ayasdi expects pharmaceutical, energy, and defense organizations will show the most interest in its technology. Enstrom, the research scientist, hopes to see the software used to analyze public health databases as scientists try to form a better understanding of the interplay between genes, environment, and lifestyle. “It may start better informing our growing field,” she says.

    Continued in article

    February 2, 2013 reply from Jagdish Gangolly

    Bob,
     
    One of the best talks I have seen on this topic is Carlson's talk at Microsoft research. It is very informative, fairly accessible, VERY comprehensive, and eclectic,
    See

     
    http://research.microsoft.com/apps/video/default.aspx?id=131742
     
    Regards,
     
    Jagdish
     

    Khan Academy --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khan_Academy

    A Khan Academy Skeptic Responds to His Critics
    "Khan Academy Redux," by Robert Talbert, Chronicle of Higher Education, February 5, 2013 ---
    http://chronicle.com/blognetwork/castingoutnines/2013/02/05/khan-academy-redux/?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en

    The last thing I expected to encounter this week was a resurgence in the Khan Academy Debates of this past summer. Those, if you remember, centered around this spoof video created by my GVSU colleagues John Golden and Dave Coffey. My own contribution to those debates remains the single most viewed post I’ve ever published in nearly ten years of blogging. But honestly, I hadn’t thought much about Khan Academy since then — until Monday afternoon.

    Dave (Coffey) sent me a tweet alerting me to this whitepaper published by the Pacific Research Institute, a free-market think tank based in San Francisco. “Look at page 14,” Dave said. I did, and found that I was being used as a prime example of a Khan Skeptic. Actually I am the last in a list of skeptics whose skepticism the authors attempt to dispatch. I’m in good company, as Keith Devlin is the first on that list and Veritasium’s Derek Muller is in there as well.

    The whitepaper itself seems to advocate a position that schools would be more effective, and students better served, if they were more free from government involvement — more free to innovate and reform themselves, with a flipped classroom approach being the foremost example of reform. I actually do not disagree with this idea. I am on record as being pro-school choice, and I am firmly right-libertarian on basically every political issue — although I loathe the dehumanizing influence of politics and choose not to discuss this here on the blog, or anywhere else — so in terms of the motivations of the authors, I don’t really have any big issues.

    What I do have issues with is the single-minded insistence in this paper that Khan Academy is the exact same thing as the flipped classroom. Throughout, the authors can’t seem to decide whether they are advocating “Khan-like” approaches to school or the Khan Academy itself. Competitors to the Khan Academy, of which there are a a growing number, are never mentioned — which is a strange thing to say about a whitepaper from a pro-free-market organization — and any suggestion that Khan Academy itself might be improved upon is dismissed as “ivory tower pontificating”, especially if the criticism comes from actual educators who, of course, are too steeped in the establishment to have any good ideas.

    I have little to no interest in rekindling the Khan Debates of last summer and getting “You’re just jealous of Khan’s success”, etc. comments multiple times. But since my name was brought up in this whitepaper, I thought it would be appropriate to respond.

    The section on Khan’s critics starts on page 10 with the sentence: “There is an old saying that no good deed goes unpunished, and so it is with Khan Academy.” This should let you know what you are in for. The entire section is worth reading in its entirety, especially if you’ve been thinking you need more straw-man arguments in your life, but I will focus on the part where I show up on page 14.

    The authors start by correctly quoting some of the nice things I had to say about KA in my “Trouble with Khan Academy” post. Then they say:

    However, Talbert says the Khan Academy can never replace an actual class on mathematics. The program does not offer a live teacher or human interaction. He further argues that the Khan Academy does not have a real curriculum for effectively teaching students.H

    The third point is not entirely right. What I actually said was (emphases in the original):

    [KA] is not a coherent curriculum of study that engages students at all the cognitive levels at which they need to be engaged. It’s OK that it’s not these things. […] Khan Academy is a great resource for the niche in which it was designed to work. But when you try to extend it out of that niche — as Bill Gates and others would very much like to do — all kinds of things go wrong.

    My point in the original post was about KA trying to be a curriculum — a complete one-stop educational resource. The whitepaper authors, instead, think I am talking about having a curriculum. The difference is more than merely semantic. My daughter’s elementary school has a curriculum — a focused course of study that is implemented by the teachers in the school. But the school itself is just an organization. It would be absurd to say that her elementary school is a curriculum.

    Khan Academy wants to be a curriculum, and therein lies the problem. The authors of the whitepaper seem to pick up on this and offer, in Khan’s defense, the suggestion that Khan never said he wants to be a complete educational resource:

    Khan never says that he wants to replace actual classes on mathematics. He simply wants to restructure them so that students are able to advance at their own pace and receive more individualized assistance. By advocating a switch to a flipped-classroom model, he wants to enhance teacher interaction with students, not minimize it.

    But this is either plain wrong or a significant reversal of Khan’s earlier objectives. In the long feature article in Time magazine on Khan Academy from July 9, 2012, it says (emphasis added):

    Khan is using the money [from donations from Google, etc.] to transform the academy from his own personal YouTube channel into an educational nonprofit with Silicon Valley start-up DNA. The goal: to create a complete educational approach–with video lectures, online exercises, badges to reward student progress, an analytics dashboard for teachers to track that progress and more–that can be integrated into existing classrooms or serve as a stand-alone virtual school for anyone wanting to learn something new.

    I find it hard to square this very public statement of KA’s goals with what the authors of the whitepaper want those goals to be, unless Khan has backpedalled from this ambition since July.

    Continued in article

    Accountancy Videos and Other Things Accountants Teach at the Khan Academy
    Accounting is not listed as a mainline topic at https://www.khanacademy.org/
    But there are some videos for accounting education. Go to the above link and search on the terms "accounting," "cost," "Invest," "Valuation," "Personal," "Present," "Inflation," "Tax," and other related terms of interest to you.

    Why is Illinois an outlier?
    Learn about pension liabilities from the Khan Academy ---
    https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/american-civics/v/illinois-pension-obligations

    "Does Khan Academy help learners? A proposal," by Robert Talbert, Chronicle of Higher Education, February 11, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://chronicle.com/blognetwork/castingoutnines/2013/02/11/does-khan-academy-help-learners-a-proposal/?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en

    Jensen Comment
    The Chronicle's Robert Talbert has always be skeptical about the value added of Khan Academy to learning. He's now proposing a formal and convoluted testing scheme to measure the learning benefits on a sample of 300 students.

    My first reaction is to think of the types of the tens of thousands of students in high school or college that are viewing the Khan Academy video tutorials for free. These students tend to be the most in need of help, most often those who are dumbfounded by mathematics We would not expect a high learning success rate among say half of those students, so it would not be surprising if formal statistical tests pointed to lack of success among a large proportion of students, many of whom probably did not concentrate intently on the tutorials or even finish the tutorials.

    But what about the others who did benefit from the videos? If almost half really benefited greatly by overcoming their fears of learning math and incremental mastering of the tutorial topics the Khan Academy would be an amazing success story. As long as we can point to thousands who claim to have been helped and return to view other modules, then this alone is success enough.

    As far as competency testing, there are far easier test designs. One would be before (pre) and after (post) tests for sampled students completing tutorials. The samples must be random, however, since its possible that students who are being paid to participate in the testing cheated on pretests in order to bias the testing outcomes.

    A survey approach to studying this problem would be to survey instructors who are integrating Khan Academy videos into their courses. What are their opinions regarding the value of the KA tutorials in their courses?

    Sometimes anecdotal evidence is better than absurd and complex statistical designs that require 90% of the students to show great learning benefits to conclude that the Khan Academy is a worthwhile endeavor.

    February 12, 2013 reply from Steve Covello

    Let's take a broader look at the what is meant by "help". In Dr. Brenda Dervin's Sense-Making Methodology, she portrays a model of human cognitive movement in time and space, with "stopping points" at intervals where "one's sense runs out". Given the infinite possibilities for one's sense to run out at any point in the process of solving a problem (or a stream of problems), it is impossible that any one solution framed as "help" could account for the global population of needs. So let's take KA off the hook as a total solution for anything.

    Dervin's model describes how a resource or information produces a "help", or a state that permits someone to either understand their situation better or to continue forward in their cognitive movement. Here is a list of "helps" (Dervin, 2006) that complete the statement, "Because of this resource, I ..." : 

    Got the picture/ideas
    Got directions
    Got hows, methods
    Got connected
    Got support
    Got human togetherness
    Got centered
    Got started, motivated
    Kept going, made progress
    Journeying got easier
    Got control
    Reached goals
    Got resources
    Got rest, relaxation, escape
    Got/felt pleasure

    So, if we judge KA and ask whether it "helps", you have to account for the nature of typical stopping points (users' entry points, or rationale for seeking resources) and the character of the "help" that users obtained from it. It is conceivable that even though KA is unidimensional in its design and execution, it is still useful for a large population of users **if they say it helps them either understand their situation better or to continue move forward.**

    If we are to research KA's value to education, I propose that we determine in what ways users find it useful, per Dervin's user-based criteria.

    The Cult of Statistical Significance
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/DeirdreMcCloskey/StatisticalSignificance01.htm

    Bob Jensen's threads on the Khan Academy are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI

     


    Office in the Cloud
    "Microsoft Office 2013 Officially Released," by David Ringstrom, AccountingWeb, February 1, 2013 ---
    http://www.accountingweb.com/article/microsoft-office-2013-officially-released/220958?source=technology

    "Microsoft's Office 2013 Is Software for the Cloud," by Ashlee Vance and Dina Bass, Bloomberg Business Week, January 29, 2013 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-29/microsofts-old-software-comes-with-a-new-image

    When Microsoft (MSFT) said it would buy Yammer for $1.2 billion last June, many in Silicon Valley scoffed that the deal was a costly disaster in the making. Microsoft wanted to join forces with a hip maker of social networking tools for businesses that delivers its product as an evolving Web service. The culture clash was expected to result in Yammer’s employees being overburdened with bureaucracy. The prediction was they would flee in droves. “We were quite concerned about this coming together of two worlds,” says Adam Pisoni, Yammer’s co-founder and chief technology officer.

    As the companies worked to close the deal, Pisoni flew to Microsoft’s Redmond (Wash.) headquarters to seek reassurance from Chief Executive Officer Steve Ballmer and Kurt DelBene, head of the Office business. Pisoni was taken aback by what he found: Microsoft had spent the last couple of years revamping its engineering teams’ processes to be more like Web startups. “We have to remember our roots and go back to building what’s good for the consumer,” Pisoni says Ballmer told him.

    On Jan. 29, Microsoft began selling this new image of the company to the public with the release of Office 2013. This version, the first major overhaul of the franchise in three years, is Office for the cloud. The applications—Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, and others—have a much cleaner design, work with touch interfaces, and can save files directly to SkyDrive, Microsoft’s online storage service. Users can run Office as an app and share files across PCs, Macs, Windows tablets, and Windows phones, and they can tap into an online-only version of Office on almost any device. In the coming months, Office will be linked with Yammer’s service, which looks similar to Facebook (FB), so users can open documents and presentations and work on projects together.

    In an interview, Ballmer stresses that Office 2013 should be viewed as a service. Microsoft will add features to the software as they’re developed, instead of going years between updates. Microsoft will also sell Office to consumers on a subscription basis: $100 per year will get a family five licenses for Office, 20 gigabytes of storage on SkyDrive, and 60 minutes of free calls per month on Skype, which Microsoft acquired in 2011. “It embraces the notion of social,” Ballmer says. “You stay connected and share information with the people you care about.”

    While Microsoft was working to get Office right, its nimbler rivals charged forward. Dropbox recently passed the 100 million-user mark, making it one of the leading services for storing and sharing files across devices. Another cloud application, Box, has gained popularity with corporations that want to store and edit internal files and collaborate with other companies on projects. And Google (GOOG) sells low-cost rivals to Office products, including Quickoffice, an application that can run on iPads.

    Last year, Microsoft’s business software division generated $24 billion, about one-third of Microsoft’s $73.7 billion revenue. It’s the company’s biggest, most profitable division and accounts for a handful of Microsoft’s fastest-growing products. Ballmer refers to Dropbox as “a fine little startup,” adding, “you have to remember that 100 million users sounds like a pretty small number to me.”

    Microsoft plans to update Office every three months with features intended to keep the product’s 1 billion users happy. Its software engineers have moved from upgrading their test version of Office every month to working on a new copy of the software every day. The company has invested in automated systems that can spot errors in code and help engineers keep programming at pace. “It’s turned all our engineering systems on their head,” says Jeff Teper, a Microsoft vice president.

    Yammer was mined for some data-analytics techniques, including algorithms to figure out which features were favored by testers of early versions of Office 2013. Yammer has been sending teams to Microsoft to teach engineers how to test new tools and designs and then measure precisely how they change users’ behavior. “It forces you to build software that is good for the user,” says Pisoni. Microsoft and Yammer are building toward a day when most business files are Web-connected and interactive. “Is every Office document a website? It’s possible,” says Ballmer.

    Continued in article

     

    Moving to the cloud: Unexpected costs and implementation challenges
    "Cloud adoption brings unexpected costs, KPMG survey says," by Jeff Drew, CGMA Magazine, February 5, 2013 ---
    http://www.cgma.org/magazine/news/pages/20137302.aspx

    "Office 2013: Where Are All The Apps?" by  Mark Hachman, ReadWriteWeb, February 4, 2013 ---
    http://readwrite.com/2013/02/04/where-are-all-the-office-2013-apps 


    Challenge: Name the six things before clicking on the link below
    "What Auto Insurance Really Covers," by Laura Adams, Money Girl, February 1, 2013 ---
    http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/what-is-auto-insurance.aspx


    Tariff --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tariffs

    Types of tariff:

     

    "Canada-U.S. price gap report calls for import tax cut:  No definitive reason seen for Canada-U.S. price differences," y Laura Payton, CBC News, February 6, 2013 ---
    http://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/story/2013/02/06/pol-senate-reports-on-canada-us-price-differences.html

    Senators who studied why Canadians pay more than Americans for many products are calling on the government to review the taxes on imported goods.

    Consumers may see that happen: Finance Minister Jim Flaherty echoed the senators' concern about tariffs before they even tabled the report.

    Members of the national finance committee spent more than a year hearing from 53 experts, including consumer groups, manufacturers and Bank of Canada Governor Mark Carney, as they studied why Canadian prices differ from American when the dollar is close to equal. The committee's final report says it "cannot offer an explanation as definitive as it would have liked."

    The committee says factors influencing price include transportation costs, the relative size of the Canadian market — and tariffs, or taxes on imports.

    The report recommends:

    A "comprehensive review of Canadian tariffs … with the objective of reducing the price discrepancies for certain products between Canada and the United States." Looking at increasing value of how much can be shipped in Canada tax- and duty-free. Continuing to integrate safety Canadian standards with those in the U.S. Having Heritage Minister James Moore study the costs and benefits of reducing a 10 per cent mark-up that Canadian-exclusive distributors can add to U.S. list prices of American books.

    The report says there are 8,192 tariff categories in Canada and that each category has 18 tariff treatments.

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    Of course this does not mean that the U.S. does not have costly import tariffs with such barriers on highly efficient sugar cane ethanol (mostly from Brazil) to bolster the totally losing and inefficient domestic corn ethanol production of  the required10% of every gallon of gas purchased at the pump.

    History of Tariffs in the USA --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tariffs_in_United_States_history


    "When ‘Good Enough’ Really is Good Enough - Managing perfectionism in an imperfect world," by Daniel A. Smith, AccountingWeb, December 13, 2012 ---
    http://www.accountingweb.com/blog-post/when-%E2%80%98good-enough%E2%80%99-really-good-enough-managing-perfectionism-imperfect-world?source=practice

    Jensen Comment
    This takes me back to decades ago, while I was still a Ph.D. student, when Nobel laurette Herb Simon and his Carnegie Mellon colleagues were expounding "satisficing,"

    Satisficing --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Satisficing

    Satisficing, a portmanteau of satisfy and suffice is a decision-making strategy that attempts to meet an acceptability threshold. This is contrasted with optimal decision-making, an approach that specifically attempts to find the best option available. A satisficing strategy may often be (near) optimal if the costs of the decision-making process itself, such as the cost of obtaining complete information, are considered in the outcome calculation.

    The word satisfice was given its current meaning by Herbert A. Simon in 1956,[2] although the idea "was first posited in Administrative Behavior, published in 1947. He pointed out that human beings lack the cognitive resources to optimize: we usually do not know the relevant probabilities of outcomes, we can rarely evaluate all outcomes with sufficient precision, and our memories are weak and unreliable. A more realistic approach to rationality takes into account these limitations: This is called bounded rationality.

    "Satisficing" can also be regarded as combining "satisfying" and "sacrificing."[citation needed] In this usage the satisficing solution satisfies some criteria and sacrifices others.

    Continued in article

    I don't see the term satisficing much in the academic literature these days. But it was a popular concept in mathematical programming and operations research years ago, especially where discovery of an optimal solution was deemed impossible or impractical. I'm sure it is still used, but it does not seem to be used as frequently these days.


    Hedge Fund --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedge_Fund
    Note that they do not necessarily involve hedging contracts. They are really only investment clubs subject to less regulation and disclosure rules.

    Video:  Inside Hedge Funds ---
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ksLySMWRwLs

    "Hedge funds disappoint -- again," CBS News, January 25, 2013 ---
    http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-505123_162-57564075/hedge-funds-disappoint-again/

    (MoneyWatch) Considerable academic research demonstrates that there is little to no persistence of performance for actively managed mutual funds. Hedge fund investors only wished they could say the same thing.

     

    The performance of hedge funds has been persistently poor, with 2012 being no exception. The HFRX Global Hedge Fund Index returned just 3.5 percent in 2012. By comparison, the S&P 500 Index returned 16 percent. In fact, there was only one year, 2008, in the past 10 when hedge funds beat the S&P 500. Over the past five years, the S&P 500 returned 1.7 percent per year, producing a cumulative return of 8.6 percent, while the HFRX Index lost 2.9 percent per year, producing a cumulative loss of 13.6 percent.

     

     

    Last year's performance was so poor that the HFRX Global Hedge Fund Index not only underperformed stocks, but even the Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index, which returned 4.8 percent. That marked the sixth year out of the past 10 that the HRFX underperformed this bond index.

     

    Even worse is that if we compare the return of the HFRX Global Bond Fund Index to the return of a balanced stock/bond portfolio -- 60 percent S&P 500 Index/40 percent Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index -- 2012 marked 10 straight years of underperformance.

     

    Even more devastating is the performance of a subset of hedge funds called "absolute return" funds. These funds are supposed to get positive returns regardless of what the market is doing. That is the "promise," or at least the idea behind them. Unfortunately, the evidence shows that the only thing absolute about them is that they have delivered absolutely abysmal performance. In fact, the HFRX Absolute Return Index actually produced negative returns in three of the past five years.
     

    The cumulative return for the period 2008-2012 was -18.7 percent, or an annualized loss of 4.1 percent per year. By comparison, the BofA Merrill Lynch One-Year Treasury Index (pretty close to a riskless investment) returned 1.4 percent a year, producing a cumulative gain of 7.3 percent, and never had a year with a negative return. The Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index returned 6.1 percent per year, producing a cumulative return of 34.2 percent, and it too did not experience a single year with a loss. For the 10-year period 2003-2012 the Absolute Return Index returned just 0.7 percent a year, underperforming even riskless one-month Treasury bills, which returned 1.8 percent a year.

     

    Given the poor performance of hedge funds, the real puzzle is why investors keep pouring money into them. The only explanations I can think of are that investors have been dazzled by the marketing pitches of Wall Street and are unaware of the evidence.

    Continued in article


    "UPDATE 2-UK proposes tougher accounting test on banks' health," by Huw Jones, Reuters, January 30, 2013 ---
    http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/01/30/britain-accounting-idUSL5N0AZCS420130130

    Accountants will have to determine more thoroughly if a bank can stand on its own two feet for well over a year without taxpayer help under draft changes from Britain's audit regulator.

    The Financial Reporting Council (FRC) said auditors such as KPMG, PwC, Deloitte and Ernst & Young would have to examine threats to a company's business model and capital adequacy through the economic cycle for the sector a company is in.

    The planned reform stems from anger among UK policymakers that auditors gave banks a clean bill of health just before taxpayers had to shore them up in the 2007-09 financial crisis.

    Currently auditors only attest to a company as a "going concern" for the following 12 months, but an inquiry by Lord Sharman recommended a longer period and wider criteria.

    KPMG said the proposals represented a high hurdle as the duration of an economic cycle was long and may be open to debate. "My concern is that it will be difficult for many companies to meet what appears to be such a tough test," said Tony Cates, KPMG's head of audit.

    The FRC said on Wednesday auditors would also have to be sure a company's solvency and liquidity can be managed for at least a year, disclose any significant risks posed by this, and demonstrate there has been a "robust going-concern assessment".

    Currently audits of banks look at solvency and liquidity but in other sectors typically only liquidity is looked at in any depth. There is no requirement at present to show there has been any in-depth examination of going concern issues in an audit.

    GOING CONCERN

    The reform is part of efforts to end the perception in markets that banks would not be allowed to fail and taxpayers would always ultimately step in to rescue them.

    Saying a bank is a going concern based on this assumption won't be acceptable any longer.

    "We make it clear it's not possible or appropriate to rely on banks not being allowed to fail. They would have ensure they have appropriate facilities for as long as they needed," said Marek Grabowski, head of audit policy at the FRC.

    The changes would apply to all listed companies who must be audited, not just banks.

    The FRC's draft changes have been put out to public consultation until April and follow an inquiry chaired by Lord Sharman who said on Wednesday the reforms will be radical for many companies.

    Question
    Before thousands of banks failed after 2007, where were the auditors?
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms


    Why don't they grant an Oscar to the state with the biggest tax breaks for Hollywood film makers?
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324880504578298080119811240.html?mod=WSJ_Opinion_LEADTop&mg=reno64-wsj#articleTabs%3Darticle

    . . .

    Actually, nowadays an Eva Longoria who flipped burgers would probably qualify for the Earned Income Tax Credit and get a check from the government rather than pay taxes. It's the movie set where she works these days that may well be getting the tax break.

    With campaign season over, you're not likely to hear stars bringing up taxes at this weekend's Academy Awards show. But the tax man ought to come out and take a bow anyway. Of the nine "Best Picture" nominees in 2012, for example, five were filmed on location in states where the production company received financial incentives. ...

    Such state incentives are widespread, and often substantial, but they don't do much to attract jobs. About $1.5 billion in tax credits and exemptions, grants, waived fees and other financial inducements went to the film industry in 2010, according to data analyzed by the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities [State Film Subsidies: Not Much Bang For Too Many Bucks]. Politicians like to offer this largess because they get photo-ops with celebrities, but the economic payoff is minuscule. George Mason University's Adam Thierer has called this "a growing cronyism fiasco" and noted that the number of states involved skyrocketed to 45 in 2009 from five in 2002.

    Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm


    "The Myth of the Rich Who Flee From Taxes," by James B. Stewart, The New York Times, February 15, 2013 ---
    http://www.nytimes.com/2013/02/16/business/high-taxes-are-not-a-prime-reason-for-relocation-studies-say.html?_r=1&

    Jensen Comment
    Although I do not think that hoards of wealthy people are fleeing the U.S, the U.K, France, and other high marginal tax rate nations, the above article is poorly researched. It does not list the sizeable number of wealthy taxpayers who have relocated in nations like Switzerland and Ireland (where wealthy artists and writers pay no income taxes).

    Things left out of the above article
    More importantly, the article avoids research on businesses that have avoided high income tax states in favor of lower income tax states and the deals high income tax states have made with companies so they will not relocate. The most glaring examples are the tax exemptions given in Hollywood by Governor Brown in California if they make their movies in California and the huge tax exemptions given by Governor Quinn to large companies like Caterpillar and Sears if they did not follow through with tax-induced locations of offices and factories to other states.

    A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the American Legislative Exchange Council [Rich States, Poor States] finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of the three million net new jobs in America were created in the nine states without an income tax, though these states account for only about 20% of the national population. ...
    http://www.alec.org/docs/RSPS_5th_Edition.pdf
    Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up.

    "The State Tax Reformers More Governors look to repeal their income taxes," The Wall Street Journal, January 29, 2013 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323968304578245720280333676.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj

    Washington may be a tax reform wasteland, but out in the states the action is hot and heavy. Nine states—including such fast-growing places as Florida, Tennessee and Texas—currently have no income tax, and the race is on to see which will be the tenth, and perhaps the 11th and 12th.

    Oklahoma and Kansas have lowered their income-tax rates in the last two years with an aim toward eliminating the tax altogether. North Carolina's newly elected Republican Governor Pat McCrory has prioritized tax reform this year and wants to reduce the income tax. Ditto for another newcomer, Mike Pence of Indiana, who has called for a 10% income-tax rate cut. Susana Martinez, New Mexico's Republican Governor, has called for slashing the state corporate tax to 4.9% from 7.6%, and the first Republican-controlled legislature since Reconstruction in Arkansas is considering chopping its tax rates by as much as half.

    But those are warm-up acts compared to Nebraska Governor Dave Heineman's announcement this month that he wants to eliminate the state income tax and replace it with a broader sales tax. "How many of you have sons and daughters, grandchildren, brothers and sisters and other family members who no longer live in Nebraska because they couldn't find a job here or they couldn't find the right career here in Nebraska?" he asked. He believes eliminating the income tax—with a top rate of 6.84%—will make the Cornhusker State a new magnet for jobs.

    Then there's Louisiana Governor Bobby Jindal, who wants to zero out his state's income tax (top rate 6%) and the 8% corporate tax and replace them by raising the state's current 4% sales tax. He would also eliminate some 150 special interest exemptions from the sales tax, including massage parlors, art work and fishing boats.

    As an economic matter, this swap makes sense. Income taxes generally do more economic harm because they are a direct penalty on saving, investment and labor that create new wealth. Sales taxes, by contrast, hit consumption, which is the result of that wealth creation. Governors Jindal, McCrory and Heineman cite the growing evidence that states with low or no income taxes have done better economically in recent decades compared to states with income-tax rates of 10% or more.

    A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the American Legislative Exchange Council finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of the three million net new jobs in America were created in the nine states without an income tax, though these states account for only about 20% of the national population. The no-income tax states have had more stable revenue growth, while states like New York, New Jersey and California that depend on the top 1% of earners for nearly half of their income-tax revenue suffer wide and destabilizing swings in their tax collections.

    In the case of North Carolina, a new study by the Civitas Institute concludes that a tax reform that shifts more of the burden to consumption from income would increase average annual personal income growth by 0.38% to 0.66%. That's enormous over time and would lead to much higher state tax revenues. North Carolina's top income tax rate is 7.75%, which is higher than that of most nearby states that it competes with for investment. Virginia's top rate is 5.75% while Tennessee has no personal income tax.

    The main challenge for these Governors will be making the political sale. Critics will call the income-for-sales-tax swap regressive because everyone pays it. Mr. Jindal is countering by exempting food, medicine and utilities from his sales tax and providing a rebate for low-income families so their tax bills would not rise. But Governors will have to trump the critics by stressing the larger economic benefits for the state.

    States with big energy production, like Louisiana and Oklahoma, also have another reform option: replacing the income tax with revenues from oil and gas extraction taxes, drilling leases and royalty payments. This kind of reform makes everyone in the state a stakeholder in America's energy renaissance from horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. It also helps build a political constituency for more mining and drilling.

    Governor John Kasich has proposed using revenues from oil and natural gas drilling to reduce Ohio's income tax rate. He plans to introduce his own larger tax reform soon. North Dakota, which last year became the second largest oil producing state (after Texas), could easily afford to abolish its income tax, much like Alaska did in 1980. Many more states could collect billions of dollars in energy-related revenue if they and the feds allowed more drilling on state and federal lands and offshore.

    This state reform trend is a rare bright spot in the current high-tax era, and it will further sharpen the contrast in economic policies between GOP reform Governors and the union-dominated high-tax models of California, Illinois, New York, Massachusetts and now Minnesota, where last week Governor Mark Dayton proposed a huge tax hike. Let the policy competition begin.

    Jensen Comment
    It's a bit difficult to attribute full causality of new jobs to having no income tax in Florida, Tennessee, and Texas. These are also states where companies go to avoid trouble with labor unions. For example, it may not help states like Maine, Illinois, and Vermont to drop their income taxes since unions still have a lot of clout in Maine, Illinois, and Vermont. The same can be said for Massachusetts where Wal-Mart will never be allowed to build a store in Boston until it is a unionized store. Even if Taxachusetts dropped its income tax, no new Wal-Mart jobs would be forthcoming in Boston.

    "Where Do State and Local Governments Get Their Revenue?" by Richard Morrison, Tax Foundation, January 29, 2013 ---
    http://taxfoundation.org/article/where-do-state-and-local-governments-get-their-revenue


    "The (state government) pension black hole," by finance professors Robert Novy-Marx (University of Rochester) and and Joshua D. Rauh (Stanford) , The Providence Journal, January 10, 2013 ---
    Click Here
    http://blogs.providencejournal.com/ri-talks/this-new-england/2013/01/the-pension-black-hole.html?utm_source=Stanford+Business+Re%3AThink&utm_campaign=4b3d0159ac-Re_Think_Issue_Seven&utm_medium=email&ct=t%28Stanford_Business_Re_Think_Issue_Seven2_8_2013%29

    There are fiscal cliffs, then there are fiscal black holes. The difference? The cliff, you fall over just once. But a black hole increases its pull on you more and more each day.

    And that's a disturbingly accurate description of the problem now faced by Rhode Island and virtually every other state: the ever-growing challenge of underfunded pensions for government employees. Regardless of the fate of Rhode Island's pension overhaul as it winds its way through the courts, the problem isn't going away.

    Over the last decade or more, many state governments have built budgets on wishful thinking, assuming high rates of return on their investments in order to deliver costly pension benefits. In Rhode Island, an anticipated annual return of 8.25 percent in pension investment has for the past decade come in at about one-third that rate, only 2.4 percent. This means that while the state's pension system already takes 10 cents out of every state tax dollar - and yet remains deep in the red - it's not nearly enough to pay off the promises.

    What might be in store for Rhode Island? Let's look at the rest of the nation. With the nationwide total unfunded pension obligation in the trillions of dollars (the precise total depends on accounting, which in turn rests on more overly optimistic judgments), how much would each household have to pay?

    The average immediate increase in taxes is $1,385 per household per year. For some states these numbers are much higher. New York taxpayers would need to contribute more than $2,250 per household per year over the next 30 years. In Oregon, the amount is $2,140; in Ohio, it is $2,051; in New Jersey, $2,000. California ($1,994), Minnesota ($1,928) and Illinois ($1,907) are not far behind.

    These are not one-time payments. It will take 30 years of these increased taxes just to catch up with what each state will have promised its workers at that point.

    These findings come from a recent study we co-authored that quantifies the pension problem. We calculated these figures under the cautious assumption of annual returns of 2 percent above the rate of inflation.

    Is there a more hopeful outlook? Let's assume that states invest in the stock market on the hope that growth will bail them out. Even assuming relatively optimistic market performance over the next 30 years, the required per-U.S. household tax increase would still amount to $756 per year. And if the market underperforms by the same amount the average tax increase soars to almost $2,500 per year.

    What if we simply put off doing anything at all - simply "kick the can down the road," as they say in Washington? We all know what happens if you skip a mortgage payment or ignore the credit card bill: the bill just goes up faster, as you pay interest on interest.

    Can we grow our way out of the problem? Not really. The direct effect of each additional percentage point of growth in gross domestic product (GDP) reduces the required tax increase by a paltry $120 per household per year. The average growth since 1947 has been 3.2 percent, so we're talking a few hundred dollars a year. (Congratulations, Indiana. At $329, the lowest tax increase required of any state, growth would take care of them just fine, especially with an influx of taxpayers fleeing highly-taxed Illinois. One down, 49 to go.)

    Can we ask public employees to pay more? Closing the gap would require an increase by employees of 24 percent in their contributions - probably a non-starter, and also a huge tax on younger public workers. Not exactly an ideal way to attract talent to public-sector jobs.

    So what can any state do, really? Despite the state's pension shortfall, Rhode Island has implemented at least one innovative idea to help relieve the burden: a mixed defined-benefit and defined-contribution plan for all employees, not just new hires. Most public workers in the state can now make contributions to individual accounts under their own direction, while accepting a smaller defined-benefit component.

    Combined with higher retirement ages and a temporary suspension of cost-of-living adjustments - granted these are not trivial sacrifices, but this is not a trivial problem - Rhode Island's reforms reduce the unfunded liability by more than 40 percent, and decrease the required tax increases required to achieve full funding in 30 years from almost $1,600 per year down to $810 per household per year (but only if COLA suspensions become permanent).

    That's not everything, but it's a start - a controversial start, but every answer will be.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of pension accounting ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions


    "100 banks end reporting to SEC under new law (Jobs Act), by Dina ElBoghdady, The Washington Post, January 30, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://www.washingtonpost.com/business/economy/100-banks-end-reporting-to-sec-under-new-law/2013/01/30/bf15226e-6b00-11e2-95b3-272d604a10a3_story.html

    About 100 small banks have stopped reporting financial details about their operations to the Securities and Exchange Commission since April, when a law was enacted that aimed to lower the regulatory burdens for small companies.

    For nearly five decades, securities law allowed banks with fewer than 300 shareholders to “deregister” — meaning they could stop reporting to the SEC their revenue, expenses, executive compensation and trends affecting their businesses, among other things.

    Now, banks with fewer than 1,200 shareholders can deregister under a provision of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS, Act. Since the threshold rose in April, 101 banks have rushed to take advantage of it — more than the total number of deregistrations for the previous 21 quarters combined, according to an analysis by SNL Financial. Eighteen of the banks are based in Virginia, the highest number of any state.

    Most of the firms are small community banks with less than $500 million in assets. The banks say that reporting to the SEC is a time-consuming and expensive process that eats into thin profit margins without any meaningful benefit to the public. The industry remains heavily regulated even without SEC oversight, bankers say.

    Continued in article


    Bigger Than Enron
    "Libor Lies Revealed in Rigging of $300 Trillion Benchmark," by Liam Vaughan & Gavin Finch, Bloomberg News, January 28, 2013 ---
    http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-28/libor-lies-revealed-in-rigging-of-300-trillion-benchmark.html

    "The LIBOR Mess: How Did It Happen -- and What Lies Ahead?" Knowledge@Wharton, July 18, 2012 ---
    http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article.cfm?articleid=3056

    "Lies, Damn Lies and Libor:  Call it one more improvisation in 'too big to fail' crisis management," by Holman W. Jenkins Jr., The Wall Street Journal, July 6, 2012 ---
     http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702304141204577510490732163260.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t&mg=reno64-wsj

    Timeline of Financial Scandals, Auditing Failures, and the Evolution of International Accounting Standards ---- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm#DerivativesFrauds 

    Jensen Comment
    Crime Pays:  The good news for banksters is that they rarely, rarely, rarely get sent to prison ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays

    Bob Jensen's threads on Rotten to the Core ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm


    "Doubt Is Cast on Firms Hired to Help Banks," by Jessica Silver-Greenberg and Ben Protess, The New York Times, January 31, 2013 ---
    http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2013/01/31/doubt-is-cast-on-firms-hired-to-help-banks/
    Thank you Eliot Kamlet for the heads up.

    Federal authorities are scrutinizing private consultants hired to clean up financial misdeeds like money laundering and foreclosure abuses, taking aim at an industry that is paid billions of dollars by the same banks it is expected to police.

    The consultants operate with scant supervision and produce mixed results, according to government documents and interviews with prosecutors and regulators. In one case, the consulting firms enabled the wrongdoing. The deficiencies, officials say, can leave consumers vulnerable and allow tainted money to flow through the financial system.

    “How can you be independent if you’re hired by the entity you’re reviewing?” Senator Jack Reed, Democrat of Rhode Island, who sits on the Senate Banking Committee, said.

    The pitfalls were exposed last month when federal regulators halted a broad effort to help millions of homeowners in foreclosure. The regulators reached an $8.5 billion settlement with banks, scuttling a flawed foreclosure review run by eight consulting firms. In the end, borrowers hurt by shoddy practices are likely to receive less money than they deserve, regulators said.

    On Thursday, Senator Elizabeth Warren, Democrat of Massachusetts, and Representative Elijah Cummings, Democrat of Maryland, announced that they would open an investigation into the foreclosure review, seeking “additional information about the scope of the harms found.”

    Critics concede that regulators have little choice but to hire outsiders for certain responsibilities after they find problems at the banks. The government does not have the resources to ensure that banks follow the rules. Still, consultants like Deloitte & Touche and the Promontory Financial Group can add to regulators’ headaches, the government documents and interviews indicate. Some banks that work with consultants continue to run afoul of the law. At other times, consultants underestimate the extent of the misdeeds or facilitate them, preventing regulators from holding institutions accountable.

    Now, regulators and lawmakers are rethinking their relationship with the consultants. Officials at the Federal Reserve, which oversees many large banks, are questioning the prudence of relying on consultants so heavily, said two people with direct knowledge of the matter.

    When the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency penalized JPMorgan Chase last month for breakdowns in money-laundering controls, it imposed stricter requirements, ordering the bank to hire a consultant with “specialized experience” in money laundering and to ensure that the firm “not be subject to any conflict of interest.” In a separate action against the bank related to a $6 billion trading loss last year, the agency opted not to mandate an outside consultant at all.

    Continued in article

    Crime Pays:  The good news for banksters is that they rarely, rarely, rarely get sent to prison ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays

    Bob Jensen's threads on Rotten to the Core ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm


    "Peregrine Founder Hit With 50 Years ," by Jacob Bunge, The Wall Street Journal, January 31, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324610504578276021147076476.html?mod=ITP_moneyandinvesting_0&mg=reno64-wsj

    CEDAR RAPIDS, Iowa—Russell Wasendorf Sr., was sentenced to the maximum 50 years in jail after admitting to orchestrating a fraud at his futures brokerage and misleading regulators for almost 20 years.

    Mr. Wasendorf, 64 years old, pleaded guilty last September to the fraud at Peregrine Financial Group Inc. that federal prosecutors said had cost clients $215.5 million and masked a business that never was profitable. He also was ordered to pay the full amount of missing funds in restitution.

    In court Thursday, Mr. Wasendorf sat hunched over a table, wearing a baggy orange hooded sweatshirt. He appeared gaunt, having lost more than 30 pounds during his seven months in jail, according to his pastor, Linda Livingston. [image] The Gazette/Associated Press

    Assistant United States Attorney Peter Deegan after the sentencing.

    Ms. Livingston told the court earlier that Mr. Wasendorf last week had been diagnosed with a tumor on his pancreas. She noted that his mother had died of pancreatic cancer.

    In a brief statement to the court, Mr. Wasendorf said, "My guilt is such that I accept my sentence, no matter what it is." He said the personal fallout from the uncovering of his fraud was worse than any punishment the court could hand down.

    "I have lost the love of my son, and I will never see my grandchildren again," Mr. Wasendorf said, his voice breaking. He added that he was "very sorry" for damage to investors, staff and the futures industry.

    Russell Wasendorf Jr., who served as Peregrine's president and chief operating officer, said in a statement that the "poor choices" of his father have been "devastating." "It has shattered my family, ruined my reputation, fractured my marriage, separated me from my oldest son and close friends," the younger Mr. Wasendorf said.

    Mr. Wasendorf Sr. falsified financial records provided to regulators, allowing him to dip into client funds to sustain his firm and underpin a luxurious lifestyle. Delivering Mr. Wasendorf's sentence, Judge Linda Reade lambasted his use of stolen money to live as a "big shot" in Peregrine's base of Cedar Falls, Iowa, hiring a "four-star chef" to run Peregrine's cafeteria, building an expansive house with a swimming pool and sinking investor money into ventures like an Italian restaurant—the staff of which he once flew to Italy for a vacation.

    The scandal broke when Mr. Wasendorf was found unconscious in his car outside the firm's $20 million headquarters after a suicide attempt. He detailed his fraud in a note and signed confession, according to prosecutors.

    While Mr. Wasendorf hasn't seen his son since July, he has been visited in jail by Nancy Paladino, with whom Mr. Wasendorf secretly eloped days before his suicide attempt. A lawyer for Ms. Paladino, who is now aiming to have the marriage annulled, said she had no comment.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


    Origins of Statistical Sampling in Financial Auditing

    January 31, 2013 message from Bob Jensen

    A precursor of risk-based auditing was statistical sampling in auditing.

    Is there an earlier reference than the following?

    Stringer. K.W.. 1963, "Practical aspects of statistical sampling in auditing. Proceedings of the Business and Economic Statistics Section. American Statistical Association. 405-411.

    Ken Stringer was a well-known partner in Haskins & Sells in those days. Was H&S the first auditing firm to innovate widespread applications of statistical sampling in auditing?

    Bob Jensen

    February 1, 2013 reply from Steve Zeff

    A firm that worked closely with H&S on statistical sampling in the 1970s and 1980s was Clarkson, Gordon & Co., the premier public accounting firm in Canada, based in Toronto. Their partners Rod Anderson and Don Leslie were both significant figures in this work. Don was very active in the AAA's Auditing Section. Both are still living but retired. Don's latest address is: donald.a.leslie@gmail.com He can tell you a lot about academic work in statistical sampling that was influential in shaping practice.

    Steve.

    January 31, 2013 reply from Beryl Simonson

    I still have “Handbook of Sampling for Auditing and Accounting” by Herbert Arkin, Professor of Business Statistics, City College of New York, copyright 1963 in my personal office library published by McGraw-Hill.

    Beryl D. Simonson CPA

     

    January 31, 2013 reply from Richard Sansing

    To the internets!

    http://www.nap.edu/openbook.php?record_id=1363&page=62

    Carman, Lewis A. 1933. The Efficiency of Tests. The American Accountant, December, 360-66.

    "This paper proposes application of a simple probability model for
    computing the sampling risk in auditing and is the first publication
    of such an attempt in accounting."

    Richard Sansing

    February 1, 2013 reply from Dale Flesher

    Bob:

     

    I agree that Stringer was the originator of Probability-Proportional-to-Size Sampling, and some other innovations.  Of course he wasn’t a professor (the subject of our correspondence this morning).  Trueblood also did some statistical work, including the first book.  See the paragraphs below, which are from a book I am currently working on dealing with the history of Deloitte.

     

                    Dale

     

    Ken Stringer, Robert Trueblood, and Statistical Sampling

                During the late 1940s and early 1950s, the use of statistical sampling began to occur in fields other than accounting.  The technique was used by numerous manufacturers in their quality testing and inspection procedures, in many instances dating back to the World War II years.  Similarly, the technique was used in engineering design and military logistics.  More broadly, even the decision to inoculate millions of American children with the Jonus Salk polio vaccine in 1955 was based upon conclusions reached in a statistical sampling process.  As a result, the American Institute moved to investigate the application of statistical sampling in accounting and auditing.  The AICPA was concerned with the perceived need for a more objective approach to determining sample sizes during audit procedures.  Before statistical sampling, the number of items to be tested was based on the judgment of the individual auditor on a subjective basis—a process that would leave the audit firm open to second guessing when an audit failure occurred.  Without statistical principles, any population sample size was arbitrary.  Thus, a non-statistical sample (typically called a “judgment” sample) might be insufficient, or excessive; no one could determine which.    

                Both Touche Ross and H&S were early experimenters with statistical sampling techniques, as was Price Waterhouse & Company.  According to Oscar Gellein, none of the other Big Eight firms had any early involvement in the subject.   At Touche, it was Robert M. Trueblood who was the initial pioneer.  When the AICPA named its first Committee on Statistical Sampling in 1956, it was Trueblood who was selected as the chairman, primarily because  Trueblood was also the principal author on what is likely the first book [Trueblood and Cyert, 1957] written by an accountant on the use of statistical sampling in accounting and auditing.  One study stated that Trueblood’s work at what was then Touche, Niven, Bailey & Smart constituted the earliest experiment with applications of statistical sampling by any major accounting firm [Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 96].  Trueblood pointed out in his book one of the main reasons that the AICPA was interested in the subject of statistical sampling—the legal liability issue.

    Should auditors’ present methods of test-checking prove inadequate in a particular case, would it not be difficult for the profession to justify its failure to use a technique found to be of such material help in other professional fields?  Is it possible to argue, at the present time, that the profession has adequately tested the practicability of scientific sampling and mathematical probability?  What would happen if in a court proceeding involving accountants' liability, a competent statistician were to demonstrate mathematically that the auditor's sampling procedures or conclusions were not statistically justifiable? [Trueblood and Cyert, 1957, p.61].

     

    Thus, the profession needed a statistical sampling plan that would not only be effective and objective, but would be defensible in a court of law.  The firms of Touche and H&S would come together, via an AICPA committee, to bring the profession out of the statistical dark ages.  As was pointed out in a study on the subject:

    Gellein's memo reveals that large CPA firms shared information regarding their individual in-house experimentation with statistical sampling as well as their progress-to-date. This suggests that a spirit of collegial cooperation existed among the firms rather than one of competition-related secrecy [Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 110].

     

                The AICPA Committee on Statistical Sampling (CSS) was an advisor to and reported to the Committee on Auditing Standards.  Trueblood was designated as the chairman because of his recently authored book.  Oscar Gellein of H&S was also a member of the CSS.  Gellein was also serving simultaneously on the New York State Society of CPAs’ statistical sampling committee which was formed at about the same time as the AICPA committee.  Progress was slow in coming.  Trueblood described the committee’s first two years of activities in the following words:

    Mr. President, members of the Council.  The Committee on Statistical Sampling has held five two-day meetings since it was first organized in October or November, 1956.  It is, of course, regarded as a satellite committee to the Committee on Auditing Procedures and our purpose and our function is investigative and exploratory in a rather new area.  For this reason, during the first year, our meetings were almost totally of a self-educational nature.  They were devoted to exploring the subject of statistical sampling both from the accountant's point of view and from the statistician's point of view.  They were also devoted to studying problems involved in the possible or ultimate utilization of statistical sampling techniques as an auditing tool.

     

    During our second year we have gone into a slightly more productive type of program.  Our production is modest at best.  First, we have developed a glossary of statistical terms which, in a sense, is a layman's dictionary of such terms and a bibliography of literature on the general subject of statistical sampling.  This glossary and bibliography is now in the process of production and will shortly be available to members on request [Trueblood, 1958; as quoted in Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 102]. 

     

    Much of the early work of the CSS focused on the legal aspects of statistical sampling.  The field of statistical sampling was still in its infancy and much of the theoretical underpinnings had to be learned by the committee members.  In a report to the leadership of H&S, Oscar Gellein summarized the first year of the CSS as a time of “attempting to catch up with developments that had taken place in the application of statistical sampling to accounting.  The Committee perceived its mission to be that of keeping abreast of developments in the field and keeping the profession informed” [Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 108].

                At H&S, Kenneth W. Stringer had long been dissatisfied with the subjective nature of judgment sampling.  Throughout his career, he had observed that in similar audit situations, different auditors selected widely different sample sizes.  As a result, he was to develop one of the most frequently used methods—probability-proportional-to-size (PPS) sampling.  In 1959, he conducted a case study among H&S senior auditors who were asked to select sample sizes in four different situations.  For example, the auditors were told to select a sample size from a population of 2,000 accounts receivables when internal control was considered good.  The resulting samples sizes were somewhat evenly distributed from 50 to 600.  When the question was revised to say that internal control was “bad, but previous audits had not revealed material errors,” the resulting sampling sizes varied from 100 to 1,400 accounts.  Another question asked how many inventory items, out of a population of 5,000 line items, should be selected for a test of inventory prices.  Responses were fairly evenly distributed between 25 and 1,250 items.  The fourth question dealt with how many vouchers (out of 1,000) should be examined to provide suitable evidence of adequate internal control.  Nine respondents would have been satisfied with either 25 or 50 vouchers in the sample, while ten auditors wanted to examine all 1,000 vouchers [Tucker, 1994, p. 254].  Such randomness of responses created havoc in the audit budgeting process; if 25 vouchers could be examined in one hour, the budgeted time would vary from one hour to one week, depending upon which in-charge auditor was assigned to the engagement.  A person who interviewed Stringer about his case study noted the following observation.

    The results revealed a very wide distribution of sample sizes selected by these senior auditors in each of the four cases.  When the senior partners of his firm were presented with the results of his experiment, Stringer stated that they were “shocked and dismayed at the disparity that the survey showed” [Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 99].

     

    Stringer had been promoting the PPS plan within the firm and his experiment was apparently sufficient to get the firm to adopt the PPS statistical sampling plan, although perhaps the firm would have been willing to accept any movement toward uniformity in selecting samples sizes.

    I can not say that the survey results were the deciding factor in the firm’s eventual adoption of the Plan, but I think it is fair to say that the results had a significant influence on the firm’s views concerning the existing disparity in the extent of testing and the need to improve the situation.  However, there are two important points I always address in any public discussion of the survey results.  First, given the lack of professional guidelines in this area, the results were not surprising.  Second, the auditors surveyed were all employed and trained by the same firm.  If the survey had been distributed to a group of auditors who had been selected randomly from throughout the profession, it is reasonable to assume that the disparity would have been even greater [Tucker, 1994, p. 248].

      

                Stringer was not the sole sampling pioneer at H&S; Oscar Gellein, to whom Stringer reported, was a supporter of both statistical sampling and Stringer’s ideas.  In fact, it was Gellein who was the second chairman of the AICPA’s Committee on Statistical Sampling, following  Trueblood.  Gellein served on the CSS from 1956 through 1961—a total of five years.  Stringer then chaired the committee from 1962 through 1965.  Gellein basically allowed Stringer to spend the majority of his time on statistical sampling, and saw to it that others in the firm did not bother him.  The latter statement is relevant because there were some in the accounting profession who were opposed to the use of statistical sampling.  Many argued that statistical sampling, although producing a better result, was too time consuming to apply in practice and too complex to teach to staff auditors.  Thus, it was not considered by everyone to be an economically viable method.

     

    Kenneth Stringer and Statistical Sampling

                Stringer was born in the small town of Birmingham, Kentucky (population 300), on February 23, 1918, and graduated from what is now Western Kentucky University in 1938 (the institution was known as the Bowling Green College of Commerce during Stringer’s time there; it later merged with Western Kentucky).  He then joined the accounting staff of the Kentucky Public Service Commission.  When H&S opened an office in Louisville in 1939, Stringer was one of the first staff members.  When World War II started, he resigned from the firm to spend two years as a civilian employee of the Ordnance Department accounting staff.  He then joined the military and spent two more years, in uniform, with the Ordnance Department in Cincinnati.  Upon leaving the Army, Stringer worked for six years for a local firm in Danville, KY.  Chafed at the lack of opportunity to grow professionally in a small firm, Stringer decided to rejoin H&S in 1952 in the Cincinnati office.  He reportedly had to take a pay cut when he moved from the local firm in Kentucky to the national firm.  He then transferred to the New York Executive Office in 1957 where he was to work with Weldon Powell, the senior technical manager in the firm, on special assignments.  One such project was to conduct a review of the firm’s approach to the audit process.  One of his first concerns was the methodology used in evaluating a client’s system of internal control, while his second concern was the manner in which items were selected for audit once a determination had been made of the quality of the internal control system. 

                Stringer became a partner in 1959.  Eventually, in 1973, he became partner in charge of Accounting and Auditing Services [“People…, 1977, p. 32].  Thus, by 1973, it was Stringer’s responsibility to establish the firm’s position on issues being considered by the FASB, AICPA committees, and the SEC.  He was also responsible for the firm’s internal policies and procedures and for resolving questions on accounting applications from practice offices.  In the mid 1970s, Stringer represented the firm on the AICPA’s Commission on Auditor’s Responsibilities, also known as the Cohen Commission.  He also served five years on the AICPA Committee on Auditing Procedures.

                In the 1950s, Stringer was a member and chairman of the AICPA’s Statistical Sampling Committee.  Shortly after rejoining the firm in 1952, he found that his interests lay in the practical application of advanced mathematics to accounting and auditing techniques.  He recognized that statistical sampling—establishing the reliability of inferences or conclusions from a population by taking selected samples—was a means of conducting audits more efficiently.  Auditors had been using sampling since World War II, but these early sampling techniques were based on the subjective opinion (judgment) of the person selecting the sample.  Stringer began an intensive investigation of statistical sampling in 1958 and its applicability to accounting and auditing.  His first conclusion was that auditors could not use the statistical sampling methods that had been used in other fields; a new system of statistical sampling had to be developed especially for auditing purposes.  Stringer, working with an assistant in the person of Frederick E. Stephen, a statistics professor at Princeton University, developed over a period of two years what became known as the “H&S Audit Sampling Plan,” otherwise known as a probability-proportional-to-size method.  Firm managing partner John Queenan then appointed a special task force, which included Ralph Johns, Oscar Gellein, and Malcolm Devore, to study the Plan and conduct field tests.  After two years of study, the task force recommended the adoption of the Plan for firm-wide use in 1962.  Stringer asked future managing partner Charles Steel and Jim Kusko to assist during the introduction phase of the Audit Sampling Plan to help local offices implement the program [“People…, 1977, p. 35].  By 1963, the H&S Audit Sampling Plan was fully implemented by the firm and was being shared with accounting students nationwide by speakers from H&S practice offices.

                Stringer returned to the area of statistics in the mid 1960s when he became interested in the possibility of using regression analysis in audit work.  The regression analysis project eventually led to a product called Statistical Technique for Analytical Reviews, or STAR.  With the assistance of Maurice Newman, Jim Kirtland, Jim Kusko, and Denny Fox, Stringer developed a computer program that used regression analysis to improve the audit selection process.  The idea of STAR was that it could be used to conduct audits of exceptional areas.  Stringer explained:

    One of the key questions facing any auditor is determining just what is unusual, which prior to STAR had been done largely on a subjective basis.  What we tried to do was establish an audit interface for the technique of regression analysis. This lets us establish various relationships— such as sales of a client versus expenses, or sales compared with the overall economy—to see if these relationships appear reasonable.  Then the results can be compared with the client's latest figures, and unusual fluctuations can be investigated.  Extensive use of the STAR program has improved our review techniques and enables our people to reduce the amount of detail testing necessary on most audits while maintaining the desired degree of assurance [“People…, 1977, p. 36].

     

    Stringer was the inaugural recipient in 1981 of the American Accounting Association Auditing Section’s Distinguished Service in Auditing Award for his pioneering efforts in auditing research.  In many respects, the existence of a person like Stringer at a firm indicates the willingness of the firm to improve itself.  Unlike most partners, Stringer was not a revenue center; he was a cost center.  His job was to look at the overall auditing process and come up with ways to make the audit a better product.

                As mentioned previously, Stringer was aided by several other firm partners, including Maurice E. Newman.  Newman became a partner in Chicago in 1957 and moved to the Executive Office in 1964, which was about the same time that he began working on a Ph.D. in accounting at New York University.  He graduated from NYU in 1972 following the completion of his doctoral dissertation entitled “Statistical Estimation of Computer-Based Inventories.”  Thus, he was able to combine his love of statistics and his job with a doctoral degree program. 

    Besides working with Stringer on the development of statistical sampling programs for auditing, Newman functioned as a consulting statistician to several of the firm’s larger clients and also as an in-house theoretician to staff auditors [“The Graduate,” 1972, p. 27].  Newman was a prolific author over the years, mostly articles on aspects of management advisory services.  His first publication in the firm’s Selected Papers volumes came in 1956 when he had an article on the uses of computer-generated reports.  The next year, he had two different articles on “machine accounting.”  Newman retired from H&S in 1977 and joined the faculty of the School of Accountancy at the University of Alabama in Tuscaloosa.

     

    A Summary of Sampling and Statistics in Compliance Testing ---
    http://www.willyancey.com/

    Bob Jensen's threads on accounting history ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AccountingHistory


    "A Comparison of Forensic Accounting Corporations in the United States," by Wm. Dennis Huber, Journal of Accounting, Ethics & Public Policy, Vol. 12, No. 3, 2011 and SSRN ---
    http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2029729

    Abstract:     
    To call entities that issue certifications in forensic accounting “organizations” camouflages their true nature and results in misunderstanding what they really are. They are corporations. Recognizing them as corporations enables forensic accountants who hold their certifications to assess more realistically the costs and benefits of their certifications. A survey reveals that a significant number of forensic accountants believe it is important for forensic accounting corporations to have qualified officers and directors. There are also a significant number who mistakenly believe that the forensic accounting corporations that issued their certifications have qualified officers and directors. However, several forensic accounting corporations do not have qualified officers and directors. Forensic accountants also believe forensic accounting corporations have a duty to disclose the qualifications of their officers and directors but several do not disclose the qualifications of their officers and directors which violates their Codes of Ethics. This paper presents for the first time an in-depth comparison of forensic accounting corporations, their corporate history and the qualifications of their corporate directors and officers. The paper concludes with a recommendation for an independent agency to be established to oversee and accredit forensic accounting corporations. As a matter of public policy regulators cannot let this situation continue unabated. If an independent agency cannot be established, then, as a matter of public policy, states should enact statutes or adopt regulations to regulate forensic accounting corporations.

    "Forensic Accounting Corporations Codes of Ethics and Standards of Practice: A Comparison," by Wm. Dennis Huber, SSRN, February 2013 ---
    http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2212702

    Abstract:     
    This is the first study to critically compare the Codes of Ethics and Standards of Practice of forensic accounting corporations and whether forensic accountants understand the difference between the Codes and Standards. This study examines the extent to which forensic accountants are knowledgeable about forensic accounting corporations Codes and Standards, and whether they are able to differentiate the differences between them. A survey of 182 forensic accountants found that a significant number of forensic accountants did not investigate the Codes and Standards prior to receiving their certifications. The results further revealed that a significant number of forensic accountants incorrectly believe that the Codes and Standards are substantially similar when they are significantly different. This raises questions regarding forensic accountants’ investigative ability. It raises further questions concerning forensic accountants’ commitment to maintaining high ethical standards and standards of practice. The results suggest a need for reform within the forensic certification industry, for the establishment of an independent agency to monitor and accredit forensic accounting corporations and their certifications, or alternatively for state or Federal regulations to enforce minimum standards for forensic accounting corporations and the certifications.

    Bob Jensen's threads on forensic accounting ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm#Forensic


    Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on February 1, 2013

    Software Firms Find Tax Advantages
    by: Steven D. Jones
    Jan 29, 2013
    Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
     

    TOPICS: Corporate Taxes, Income Taxes, International Taxation, Software Industry, State Income Tax, Tax Accounting, Tax Avoidance

    SUMMARY: "The market for software delivered as a service through cloud computing is estimated to grow more than 17% annually through 2015, according to Gartner Inc. Such technology will generate $17 billion in revenue world-wide this year, up from $14.4 billion in 2012." Global companies providing these services are funneling operations through low tax jurisdictions. The article offers examples from Microsoft and VMware Inc. "which has reduced its total tax payments due despite increasing revenues and profits.... The government has started to ask questions about the practice," writes the author.

    CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a tax class or in a managerial accounting class covering transfer pricing.

    QUESTIONS: 
    1. (Advanced) What is the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate? What other income taxes do U.S. corporations usually pay?

    2. (Introductory) According to the article, what tax rates are typical of U.S. corporations in the business of providing software services through the internet, or "cloud computing"?

    3. (Advanced) What combination of business organization and U.S. tax laws combine to give these companies the opportunity for reduced tax rates?

    4. (Advanced) Consider the case of VMware Inc. in particular. Why do you think the company was able to raise revenue by 86% and obtain a tripling of pre-tax profits over the same time period? In your answer, define the term pre-tax profit.

    5. (Advanced) What is transfer pricing? Why must companies moving assets to foreign subsidiaries undertake asset sales in this manner?
     

    Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

     

    "Software Firms Find Tax Advantages," by Steven D. Jones, The Wall Street Journal, January 29, 2013 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324329204578270142806806574.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj

    Expanding use of cloud computing to deliver software as a service is making it easier for global software companies to earn and keep profits outside the reach of U.S. taxes.

    VMware Inc. VMW +1.20% has cut its federal tax bill in the past three years because the company conducts the majority of its international business through Ireland. For the three-year period ended in 2011, the company's tax bill fell despite its revenue rising 86% and its pretax profit more than tripling. In fiscal 2011, its U.S. tax rate was 4%, compared with tax rates in the midteens in the prior three years.

    Executives at VMware have explained the low tax rate as "a result of taxable income shifting from the U.S. to international jurisdictions."

    The Palo Alto, Calif., company isn't alone. Dozens of software companies are distributing software online—cloud computing—from data centers abroad, and many have set up foreign affiliates for the task.

    More than a dozen U.S. software companies reported paying lower tax rates in their most recent fiscal year than the prior year, and nine of those companies reported paying more income tax to foreign governments than in the U.S.

    The government has started to ask questions about the practice. The Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations in September estimated that in 2011, 47% of Microsoft Corp.'s MSFT +1.42% U.S. sales were delivered through a data center in Puerto Rico where it employs 177 people and pays lower tax.

    "By routing its activity through Puerto Rico in this way, Microsoft saved over $4.5 billion in taxes on goods sold in the U.S." for the three years ending in 2011, the subcommittee concluded.

    A Microsoft spokesman said the company continues to deliver software from Puerto Rico to U.S. customers in compliance with U.S. and Puerto Rican tax law. Puerto Rico is a U.S. territory, but has a separate tax structure.

    VMware didn't respond to requests for comment.

    Like all companies, software makers are able to move assets to subsidiaries—including data centers—abroad as long as the foreign affiliate pays for the assets through a valuation process known as transfer pricing. The arrangements allocate costs and revenue between operations in different tax jurisdictions.

    Continued in article


    "Boards address various industry-specific issues in revenue proposal," Ernst & Young, January 31, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2491_RevenueRedeliberations_31January2013/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2491_RevenueRedeliberations_31January2013.pdf

    What you need to know

    • The Boards continue d to make progress in redeliberations on their revenue recognition proposal, addressing a variety of industry - specific issues in a meeting this week .
     

    • Many of the topics addressed by the Boards this month would primarily affect financial services entities, asset manager s and large - equipment manufacturers .
     

    • The Boards plan to redeliberate disclosure and transition at the ir joint meeting in February , and they continue to target the first half of 2013 for issuing a new standard .

    Overview
    T he Finan cial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) (collectively, the Boards ) add ressed a variety of topics on the proposed revenue guidance, including:

    • The application of the proposed guidance to certain transfers of assets

    • T he scope of the proposed standard, including for financial service s contracts and collaborative arrangement s
     

    • Accounting for contracts with customers that contain repurchase agreements

    • T he effect of the proposed standard on asset managers

    After issuing a new exposure draft (ED) in November 2011 , t he Boards have been redeliberati ng issues identified by constituents in comment letters . The Boards continue to target the first half of 2013 for issuing a new standard .

    Also see
    http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2467_RevenueRedeliberations_20December2012/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2467_RevenueRedeliberations_20December2012.pdf

    Bob Jensen's threads on Revenue Accounting Controversies ---
     http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
    ---
     




    Humor February 1-28, 2013

    Michael Davis (comedy juggler) at Ford's Theater ---
    http://www.youtube.com/watch_popup?v=n6mbW-jMtrY&feature=player_detailpage

    John Cleese’s Eulogy for Graham Chapman: ‘Good Riddance, the Free-Loading Bastard, I Hope He Fries’ ---
    https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?shva=1#inbox/13cf294bbedb0fda

    The Great Pretender --- http://www.youtube.com/embed/6Zy297Xgr8Q

    Leno Turns Obama-Clinton 60 Minutes Segment Into Cialis Commercial ---
    http://www.mrctv.org/node/119755

    Little Red Wagon --- http://www.snotr.com/video/9682/Little_Red_Wagon

    Ten Second Videos --- http://youtube.googleapis.com/v/3x6MJcvqcT4%26rel=0%26hl=en_US%26feature=player_embedded

    New Dilbert Character: Stanky Bathturd, IRS Agent ---
    http://dilbert.com/blog/entry/you_be_the_editor/
    Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up.


    Forwarded by Auntie Bev

    Dogs Versus Wives

    1. The later you are, the more excited your dogs are to see you.

     

    2. Dogs don't notice if you call them by another dog's name.

     

    3. Dogs like it if you leave a lot of things on the floor.

     

    4. A dog's parents never visit.

     

    5. Dogs agree that you have to raise your voice to get your point across.

     

    6. Dogs find you amusing when you're drunk.

     

    7. Dogs like to go hunting and fishing.

     

    8. A dog will not wake you up at night to ask, "If I died, would you get another dog?"

     

    9. If a dog has babies, you can put an ad in the paper and give them away.

     

    10. A dog will let you put a studded collar on it without calling you a pervert.

     

    11. If a dog smells another dog on you, they don't get mad. They just think it's interesting.

    And last... but not least:

     

    12. If a dog leaves, it won't take half of your stuff.

     


    Forwarded by Auntie Bev

    01. After the Lone Ranger saved the day and rode off into the sunset, the grateful citizens would ask, Who was that masked man? Invariably, someone would answer, I don't know, but he left this behind. What did he leave behind?________________.

    02. When the Beatles first came to the U.S. .In early 1964, we all watched them on The _______________ Show.

    03. 'Get your kicks, __________________.'

    04. 'The story you are about to see is true. The names have been changed to

    ___________________.'

    05. 'In the jungle, the mighty jungle, ________________.'

    06. After the Twist, The Mashed Potato, and the Watusi, we 'danced' under a stick that was lowered as low as we could go in a dance called the '_____________.'

    07. Nestle's makes the very best . .. . . _________ ______.'

    08. Satchmo was America 's 'Ambassador of Goodwill.' Our parents shared this great jazz trumpet player with us. His name was _________________.

    09. What takes a licking and keeps on ticking? _______________.

    10. Red Skeleton's hobo character was named __________________ and Red always ended his television show by saying, 'Good Night, and '________ ________... '

    11. Some Americans who protested the Vietnam War did so by burning their______________.

    12. The cute little car with the engine in the back and

    the trunk in the front was called the VW. What other names did it go by? ____________ &_______________.

    13. In 1971, singer Don MacLean sang a song about, 'the day the music died.' This was a tribute to ___________________.

    14. We can remember the first satellite placed into orbit. The Russians did it. It was called ___________________.

    15. One of the big fads of the late 50's and 60's was a large plastic ring that we twirled around our waist. It was called the __ ______________.

    16. Remember LS/MFT _____ _____/_____ _____ _____?

    17. Hey Kids! What time is it? It's _____ ______ _____!

    18. Who knows what secrets lie in the hearts of men? The _____ Knows!

    19. There was a song that came out in the 60's that was "a grave yard smash" it's name was the ______ ______!

    20. Alka Seltzer used a "boy with a tablet on his head" as

    it's Logo/Representative. What was the boys Name? ________

    ANSWERS:

    01.The Lone Ranger left behind a silver bullet.

    02. The Ed Sullivan Show

    03. On Route 66

    04.To protect the innocent.

    05.The Lion Sleeps Tonight

    06. The limbo

    07. Chocolate

    08. Louis Armstrong

    09. The Timex watch

    10. Freddy, The Freeloader and 'Good Night and God Bless.'

    11. Draft cards (Bras were also burned. Not flags, as some have guessed)

    12. Beetle or Bug

    13. Buddy Holly

    14. Sputnik

    15. Hoola-hoop

    16. Lucky Strike/Means Fine Tobacco

    17. Howdy Doody Time

    18. Shadow

    19. Monster Mash

    20. Speedy


    Forwarded by Auntie Bev

     Now The Senior Alphabet:

    A's for arthritis; B's the bad back, C's the chest pains, perhaps car-di-ac?

    D is for dental decay and decline, E is for eyesight, can't read that top line! F is for farting and fluid retention, G is for gut droop, which I'd rather not mention.

    H high blood pressure--I'd rather it low; I for incisions with scars you can show. J is for joints, out of socket, won't mend, K is for knees that crack when they bend. L 's for libido, what happened to sex? M is for memory, I forget what comes next. N is neuralgia, in nerves way down low; O is for osteo, bones that don't grow!

    P for prescriptions, I have quite a few, just give me a pill and I'll be good as new! Q is for queasy, is it fatal or flu? R is for reflux, one meal turns to two.

    S is for sleepless nights, counting my fears, T is for Tinnitus; bells in my ears! U is for urinary; troubles with flow; V for vertigo, that's 'dizzy,' you know.

    W for worry, now what's going 'round? X is for X ray, and what might be found. Y is for another year I'm left here behind, Z is for zest I still have-- in my mind!

    I've survived all the symptoms, my body's deployed, And I'm keeping twenty-six doctors fully employed!

     


    Forwarded by Maureen

    A State Trooper was patrolling late at night off the main highway. At nearly midnight, he sees a couple in a car, in lovers' lane, with the interior light brightly glowing. He carefully approaches the car to get a closer look. Then he sees a young man behind the wheel, reading a computer magazine.

    He immediately notices a young woman in the rear seat, filing her fingernails.

    Puzzled by this surprising situation, the trooper walks to the car and gently raps on the driver's window. The young man lowers his window. 'Uh, yes, Officer'?

    The trooper asks: 'What are you doing?'

    The young man says: 'Well, Officer, I'm reading a magazine.'

    Pointing towards the young woman in the back seat the trooper says: 'And, her, what is she doing?'

    The young man shrugs: 'Sir, I believe she's filing her fingernails.'

    Now, the trooper is totally confused. A young couple, alone, in a car, at night in a lover's lane and nothing |obscene is happening!

    The trooper asks: 'What's your age, young man?'

    The young man says: 'I'm 22, sir.'

    The trooper asks: 'And her, what's her age?'

    The young man looks at his watch and replies, “She’ll be 18 in exactly 11 minutes!”

     


    Forwarded by Paula

    In a convent in Ireland , the 98-year-old Mother Superior lay dying. The nuns gathered around her bed trying to make her last journey comfortable.
    They tried giving her warm milk to drink but she refused it. One of the nuns took the glass back to the kitchen. Then, remembering a bottle of Irish Whiskey that had been received as a gift the previous Christmas, she opened it and poured a generous amount into the warm milk.
     

    Back at Mother Superior's bed, they held the glass to her lips. The frail nun drank a little, then a little more and before they knew it, she had finished the whole glass down to the last drop.

    As her eyes brightened, the nuns thought it would be a good opportunity to have one last talk with their spiritual leader...
    "Mother," the nuns asked earnestly, "Please give us some of your wisdom before you leave us."
    She raised herself up in bed on one elbow, looked at them and said: "
    "DON'T SELL THAT COW."


    Forwarded by Auntie Bev

    Puns for Educated Minds

    1. The fattest knight at King Arthur's round table was Sir Cumference. He acquired his size from too much pi.

    2. I thought I saw an eye doctor on an Alaskan island, but it turned out to be an optical Aleutian .

    3. She was only a whiskey maker, but he loved her still.

    4. A rubber band pistol was confiscated from algebra class, because it was a weapon of math disruption.

    5. No matter how much you push the envelope, it'll still be stationery.

    6. A dog gave birth to puppies near the road and was cited for littering.

    7. A grenade thrown into a kitchen in France would result in Linoleum Blownapart.

    8. Two silk worms had a race. They ended up in a tie.

    9. A hole has been found in the nudist camp wall. The police are looking into it.

    10. Time flies like an arrow. Fruit flies like a banana.

    11. Atheism is a non-prophet organization.

    12. Two hats were hanging on a hat rack in the hallway. One hat said to the other: 'You stay here; I'll go on a head.'

    13. I wondered why the baseball kept getting bigger. Then it hit me.

    14. A sign on the lawn at a drug rehab center said: 'Keep off the Grass.'

    15. The midget fortune-teller who escaped from prison was a small medium at large.

    16. The soldier who survived mustard gas and pepper spray is now a seasoned veteran.

    17. A backward poet writes inverse.

    18. In a democracy it's your vote that counts. In feudalism it's your count that votes.

    19. When cannibals ate a missionary, they got a taste of religion.

    20. If you jumped off the bridge in Paris , you'd be in Seine .

    21. A vulture boards an airplane, carrying two dead raccoons. The stewardess looks at him and says, 'I'm sorry, sir, only one carrion allowed per passenger.'

    22. Two fish swim into a concrete wall. One turns to the other and says 'Dam!'

    23. Two Eskimos sitting in a kayak were chilly, so they lit a fire in the craft. Unsurprisingly it sank, proving once again that you can't have your kayak and heat it too.

    24. Two hydrogen atoms meet. One says, 'I've lost my electron.' The other says 'Are you sure?' The first replies, 'Yes, I'm positive.'

    25. Did you hear about the Buddhist who refused Novocain during a root canal? His goal: transcend dental medication.

    26. There was the person who sent ten puns to friends, with the hope that at least one of the puns would make them laugh. No pun in ten did.

     


    Forwarded by Paula

    Remember it takes a college degree to fly a plane, but only a high
    school diploma to fix one; that's reassurance to those of us who fly
    routinely.

    After every flight, UPS pilots fill out a form, called a 'gripe
    sheet,' which tells mechanics about problems with the aircraft.
    The mechanics correct the problems, document their repairs on the
    form, and then pilots review the gripe sheets before the next flight.

    Never let it be said that ground crews lack a sense of humor. Here are
    some actual maintenance complaints submitted by UPS pilots (marked
    with a P) and the solutions recorded (marked with an S) by maintenance
    engineers.

    By the way, UPS is the only major airline that has never, ever, had an
    accident....


    P: Left inside main tire almost needs replacement.
    S: Almost replaced left inside main tire.

    P: Test flight OK, except auto-land very rough.
    S: Auto-land not installed on this aircraft.

    P: Something loose in cockpit
    S: Something tightened in cockpit

    P: Dead bugs on windshield.
    S: Live bugs on back-order.

    P: Autopilot in altitude-hold mode produces a 200 feet per minute descent
    S: Cannot reproduce problem on ground.

    P: Evidence of leak on right main landing gear.
    S: Evidence removed.

    P: DME volume unbelievably loud.
    S: DME volume set to more believable level.

    P: Friction locks cause throttle levers to stick.
    S: That's what friction locks are for.

    P: IFF inoperative in OFF mode.
    S: IFF always inoperative in OFF mode.

    P: Suspected crack in windshield.
    S: Suspect you're right.

    P: Number 3 engine missing.
    S: Engine found on right wing after brief search

    P: Aircraft handles funny. (I love this one!)
    S: Aircraft warned to straighten up, fly right and be serious.

    P: Target radar hums.
    S: Reprogrammed target radar with lyrics.

    P: Mouse in cockpit.
    S: Cat installed.

    And the best one for last

    P: Noise coming from under instrument panel. Sounds like a midget
    pounding on something with a hammer.
    S: Took hammer away from the midget


    Forwarded by Bob Booth

    Old people have problems that you haven't even considered yet…

    An 80-year-old man was requested by his Doctor for a sperm count as part of his physical exam.

    The doctor gave the man a jar and said, 'Take this jar home and bring back a semen sample tomorrow.'

    The next day the 80-year-old man reappeared at the doctor's office and gave him the jar, which was as clean and empty as on the previous day.

    The doctor asked what happened and the man explained, 'Well, doc, it's like this - first I tried with my right hand, but nothing. Then I tried with my left hand, but still nothing.

    'Then I asked my wife for help. She tried with her right hand, then with her left, still nothing. She tried with her mouth, first with the teeth in, then with her teeth out, still nothing.

    'We even called up Arleen, the lady next door and she tried too, first with both hands, then an armpit, and she even tried squeezin' it between her knees, but still nothing.....'

    The doctor was shocked! 'You asked your neighbour?'

    The old man replied, 'Yep, none of us could get the jar open.'


    Forwarded by Paula

    If you ever get the sudden urge to run around naked, You should sniff some Windex first.

    It'll keep you from streaking.


    Forward by Paula

    This joke has been around the Internet so much that now the Aussies are telling it - after the Irish and the Rednecks...and no doubt a lot of others!

    Aussies 

    Three Aussie blokes working up on an outback mobile phone tower:

    Mongrel, Coot and Bluey.

    As they start their descent, Coot slips, falls off the tower and is killed instantly.

    As the ambulance takes the body away, Bluey says, "Well, bugger me, someone's gotta go and tell Coot's wife."

    Mongrel says,"OK, I'm pretty good at that sensitive stuff, I'll do it."

    Two hours later, he comes back carrying a case of Beer.

    Bluey says, "Where'd you get the grog, Mongrel?"

    "Coot's wife gave it to me," Mongrel replies.

    "That's unbelievable, you told the Missus her husband was dead and she gave you a case of beer?"

    "Well, not exactly," Mongrel says.

    "When she answered the door, I said to her, 'you must be Coot's widow.'

    She said, 'You must be mistaken . . . I'm not a widow.'

    Then I said, 'I'll betcha a case of beer you are.'"

    Aussies are good at that sensitive stuff.




    Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813

    Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113

    Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112

    Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012

    Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112

    Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012

    Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112

    Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112

    Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012

    Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112  

    Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012

    Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112  

    Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912 

    Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112

     




    And that's the way it was on February 28, 2013 with a little help from my friends.

    Bob Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm

    Bob Jensen's Threads --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm

    Bob Jensen's Blogs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called New Bookmarks --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called Tidbits --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud Updates --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
    Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations   

    Free Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
    Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
    Edutainment and Learning Games --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
    Open Sharing Courses --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI

    Bob Jensen's Resume --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
     

    Bob Jensen's Homepage --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/


     

    For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually for free) go to   http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm

    AECM (Accounting Educators)  http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
    The AECM is an email Listserv list which started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment, cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful in any way for accounting education at the college/university level. Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications, etc

    Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
     

    CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/  (closed down)
    CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry, government or education. Others will be denied access.

    Yahoo (Practitioners)  http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
    This forum is for CPAs to discuss the activities of the AICPA. This can be anything  from the CPA2BIZ portal to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA.

    AccountantsWorld  http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1 
    This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation.

    Business Valuation Group BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com 
    This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag [RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM

     


     

    Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality

    I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult. Accounting academe is threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
    From http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
     

    “Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But their contributions to society began to flow from their own self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with general public discourse.”

     

    Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as there always tends to be in accounts of the shift from Gemeinschaft to Gesellschaft. Yet it is also clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary professionalism was necessary.

     

    “The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”

    But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life, Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far. “The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic). The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional communities that have come to share too much and that have become too self-referential.”

     

    What went wrong in accounting/accountics research? 
    How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong

     

    Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites  --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm

    Accounting Professors Who Blog --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm

    Cool Search Engines That Are Not Google --- http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines

    Free (updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks

    CPA Examination --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
    Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle --- http://cpareviewforfree.com/
     


    Bob Jensen's Pictures and Stories
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm

     

    Bob Jensen's Homepage --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

     

     

     

    January 31, 2013

     

    Bob Jensen's New Bookmarks January 1-31, 2013
    Bob Jensen at Trinity University 

    For earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
    For earlier editions of Tidbits go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
    For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm 

    Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
    For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron" enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and other universities is at http://www.searchedu.com/

    Bob Jensen's Blogs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called New Bookmarks --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called Tidbits --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud Updates --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm

     

    Bob Jensen's Pictures and Stories
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm

     

    All my online pictures --- http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/

    FASB Accounting Standards Updates ---
    http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498

    Hasselback Accounting Faculty Directory --- http://www.hasselback.org/

    Blast from the Past With Hal and Rosie Wyman ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm

    Bob Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm 
     

    2012 AAA Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos ---
    http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
    I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view these videos.
    Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield
    in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
    http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc

    2013 IFRS Blue Book (Not Free) ---
    http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717

    Links to IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
     

    Bob Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting

    American Accounting Association  Past Presidents are listed at
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PastPresidentsAAA.htm 

    "2012 tax software survey:  Which products and features yielded frustration or bliss?" by Paul Bonner, Journal of Accountancy, September 2012 ---
    http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2012/Sep/20125667.htm

    Center for Financial Services Innovation --- http://cfsinnovation.com/

    "Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 ---
    http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf
    Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.

    PCAOB Inspection Report Database ---
    http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx

    Bob Jensen's taxation helpers ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation 

    Subtle Distinctions in Technical Terminology
    Machine Learning, Big Data, Deep Learning, Data Mining, Statistics, Decision & Risk Analysis, Probability, Fuzzy Logic FAQ ---
    http://wmbriggs.com/blog/?p=6465


    Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113

    Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112

    Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012

    Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112

    Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012

    Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112

    Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112

    Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012

    Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112  

    Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012

    Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112  

    Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912 

    Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112

     




    Proposal for a Quant Corner on the AAA Commons

    I am forwarding this AECM message to the current AAA Leadership, including Karen Pincus, Mary Barth, and Julie Smith David. For a very long time, the AAA has not been a good old boys club.

    The contributions of accountics scientists to the AAA Commons to date have been almost nothing ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm

    Bob Jensen has contributed around 100 accountics science postings, but these are only a small proportion of his 1.500 posts and 15,000 comments on the Commons ---
    http://commons.aaahq.org/people/12462cc690/profile

     

    David Boynton
    There are quite a few accountics science postings on the AAA Commons thanks to David Boynton. David is on the staff of the AAA. As of January 19, 2013 David has made 470 posts to the Commons. Nearly all of them are accountics science postings.

    To see a listing of David's postings on the AAA Commons, do the following:

    1. Go to the AAA Commons at http://commons.aaahq.org/pages/home
       
    2. Sign in as an AAA Member.
      I truly wish the full Commons was available to non-members, but if wishes were horses beggars would ride.
       
    3. On the right side you will see a picture link to David Boyton. Click on this link.
       
    4. Near the top of David's profile you will see a link to his Posts. Click there to see a listing of his postings to the Commons.

     

    Proposal for a Quant Corner
    I propose that the current leadership of the AAA post a Quant Corner Forum on the Commons. The purpose would be to have accountics scientists post a discussion of their existing working papers (e.g., on SSRN) and forthcoming papers in TAR, JAR, JAE, and other quant journals.  A restriction would be that these authors discuss their research without the use of equations and statistical inference tables at a level that non-quants can understand.

    Commons users could then comment on selected Quant Corner postings. Ideally the authors would then reply back in a dialog that is not being accomplished in the accountics science journals themselves. For example, TAR has not published commentaries in years.

    The model for the Quant Corner Forum could be the FASB's FASRI blog --- http://www.fasri.net/ 
    Note in particular how the accountics scientists discuss their research in plain English beyond a mere abstract.

    The problem with the FASRI blog is that it's limited to research related to accounting standard setting.

    I envision the Quant Corner to expand to all research topics of accountics scientists.

    Below is a quotation from one of my January 18 messages from another thread on the AECM"

    Hi Richard (Sansing),


    Perhaps the secret lies in the race between the Turtle and the Hare.


    Accountics scientists don't have to become like Bob Jensen thousands of postings and tens of thousands of comments on the Commons. But they could become steady in terms of posts and comments much like you are (gratefully to me) a steady commenter on the AECM.


    It would be terrific if Mary Barth posted a an Accountics Science Forum (much like Zane's Writing Forum) on the AAA Commons. Then authors could post notices of their forthcoming TAR, JAR, JAE, and other publications as well as postings to SSRN. This might encourage AAA members to then comment on these forthcoming publications. In a way this offsets the lack of published commentaries in TAR, JAR, and JAE.


    I'm certain that it will have a different name than Accountics Science Forum. But it could be called something like Quant Corner. The FASB has a blog to serve as a model, but accountics science postings to that blog are much too infrequent ---
    http://www.fasri.net/


    In other words the the Quant Corner on the Commons could be modeled after the FASRI blog, but the accountics science journal editors and referees should remind authors to make postings to the Quant Corner.


    Thank you Richard for being tolerant of my rantings on the AECM.


    Respectfully,
    Bob Jensen

    On January 18, 2013 Richard Campbell replies as follows:

    Why not have the AAA have an online comment section for each of the AAA journals?

    The Wall Street Journal has that for all their Blogs.

    January 19, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen

    Thanks for replying Richard.  I've actually thought about that, but I prefer the FASRI-style lead ins where authors provide more of a personal chat about their forthcoming research articles. These chats are more than the abstracts that now appear on articles. And the dialog should avoid the equations and statistical inference tables.

    There could be a suggested outline for author lead in chats. I like the format that's extremely common on Wikipedia where there are sections like you see at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Balanced_scorecard

    Yes we could even request that authors fill in a Criticisms section for their own research article.

    What's interesting is that readers like me would be drawn to the Quant Corner Forum in large measure just to see how accountics scientists criticize their own research.

    Respectfully,
    Bob Jensen


    This is an award-winning clinical academic accounting research contribution to the profession of accountancy. It is totally within the spirit of the Pathways Commission initiatives ---
    http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf

    "Scholars Receive American Accounting Association Award,"  by Terri Eyden, AccountingWeb, January 28, 2013 ---
    http://www.accountingweb.com/article/scholars-receive-american-accounting-association-award/220891?source=education 

    This January, the American Institute of CPAs (AICPA) and Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) announced the recipients of the American Accounting Association's (AAA) Greatest Potential Impact on Management Accounting Practice Award for 2012. The award was presented to Ramji Balakrishnan, Eva Labro, and Konduru Sivaramakrishnan for their paper, Product Costs as Decision Aids: An Analysis of Alternative Approaches, which was published in Accounting Horizons, an AAA publication.

    The award was presented at the AAA 2013 Management Accounting Section Conference in New Orleans, Louisiana, January 10-12, 2013, by Anne Farrell, PricewaterhouseCoopers-endowed assistant professor chair in accountancy, Farmer School of Business, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio; chair of the selection committee; and AAA Management Accounting Section (MAS) liaison to the AICPA Business & Industry Executive Committee.

    According to the AICPA, the award recognizes academic papers that are considered the most likely to have a significant impact on management accounting practice. It is sponsored by the AICPA and CIMA, who are "working to elevate management accounting around the world and together created the Chartered Global Management Accountant (CGMA) designation to distinguish professionals who excel in the field."

    Eligible papers must have been published within the previous five years and submitted by the authors or nominated by peers. The sponsorship value is $2,000.

    Balakrishnan he and his colleagues are especially appreciative of both institutes' commitment to supporting academic research in the area of management accounting.

    "A lot of academic research in accounting today is in the realm of financial reporting, with a focus on publically listed firms for which extensive data sets are available for large-scale archival research," Balakrishnan said. "We are grateful for AICPA and CIMA's support of management accounting research because it provides the needed impetus to direct some of the research focus on measurement issues and decision tools that are key to enhancing operational efficiencies of any firm, whether public or private and of all sizes."

    The award was created in 2009 to support the next generation of management accounting researchers and to recognize the importance of research to practice and the profession. Management accounting is a core discipline for the institute's members in business, industry, and government, according to the AICPA.

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    Although this research has not yet shown evidence of adoption in business firms around the world, it certainly becomes a candidate for addition to the following table.

     

    I would like to challenge subscribers of the AECM to fill out the following table:

      Practitioner
    Clinical
    Application

    Invented by
    Accounting Professor

    1 Balanced Scorecard ---
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Balanced_scorecard
    Bob Kaplan (shared invention)
    2 REA ---
    https://www.msu.edu/~mccarth4/McCarthy.pdf
    Bill McCarthy
    3 Business Budgeting in 1922
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Budgeting
    James O. McKinsey
    4    
    5    
    6    
    7    
    8    
    9    
    10    

     

    This challenge is very easy for practitioner clinical applications in medicine, natural science, social science, computer science, engineering, and finance. It's not so easy to find where inventions/discoveries by accounting professors made splashes in the practitioner pond. It might be questioned whether Bob Kaplan invented all the components of the popular Balanced Scorecard widely applied by corporations around the world. An earlier version in 1987 was invented by a practitioner named Art Schneiderman. But I think Bob Kaplan beginning in 1990 made so many seminal contributions to the scorecard that I will give him credit for the invention that made a huge splash in the practitioner pond.

    When I was the 1986 Program Director for NYC Annual Meetings of American Accounting Association I posed this challenge to Joel Demski to address in his plenary session (shared with Bob Kaplan). Joel suggested the practitioner applications of Dollar-Value LIFO. Subsequently, accounting historian Dale Flesher dug into this and discovered that DVL was invented by Herbert T. McAnly who retired in 1964 as a partner at Ernst & Ernst after 44 years with the firm

    The Seminal Contributions to Accounting Literature Award of the American Accounting Association are as follows ---
    http://aaahq.org/awards/awrd2win.htm

    2007 — "Relevance Lost: The Rise and Fall of Management Accounting"
    by H. Thomas Johnson and Robert S. Kaplan
    Harvard Business School Press 1987

    2004 — "Towards a Positive Theory of the Determination of Accounting Standards"
    by Ross L. Watts and Jerold L. Zimmerman
    The Accounting Review (January) 1978

    1994 — "Economic Incentives in budgetary Control Systems"
    by Joel S. Demski and Gerald A. Feltham
    The Accounting Review (April) 1978

    1989 — "Information Content of Annual Earnings Announcements"
    by William H. Beaver
    Journal of Accounting Research 1968

    1986 — "An Empirical Evaluation of Accounting Income Numbers"
    by Ray Ball and Philip Brown
    Journal of Accounting Research 1968

    These are all tremendous contributions to the academic side of accountancy. However, none of the inventions of Professors Demski and Feltham to my knowledge made a splash in the practitioner pond. ABC costing focused upon by Johnson and Kaplan made a splash in the practitioner pond, but ABC costing was invented by cost accountants at John Deere.

    The contributions of Watts, Zimmerman, Beaver, Ball, and Brown made splashes of sorts in the practice pond, but I have difficulty calling them seminal "inventions." In these instances the authors were extending into accounting inventions attributed earlier to professors and practitioners in economics and finance.

    There are many other accounting professors who made seminal contributions to the academic side of accountancy. For example, Yuji Ijiri is a Hall of Famer who had many noteworthy accountancy inventions. However, to my knowledge Yuji did not make a ripple in the practitioner pond except maybe for selected practitioners trying to fend against the takeover of historical cost accounting by fair value accounting. Many seminal inventions of Yuji, like the "Force," were just not deemed practical.

    My own published research is best described as extensions and/or applications invented by others ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm#Published
    To my knowledge none of my extensions made so much as a ripple in the practitioner pond.

    January 19, 2013 reply from Dan Stone

    A great idea.... which would probably be better in a research paper than on a list.

    Anna Cianci and Bob Ashton published a paper a few years ago demonstrating how the KPMG audit research support initiative led to changes in auditor / audit firm practices.

    So maybe:

    idea: the application of cognitive biases and decision aiding to audit practice Professors: a large cast many of whom got their PhD at Univ. of Illinois in the 1960s and 1970s including Bob Ashton, Bob Libby, Kathryn Kadous, and many, many others

    idea: the risk based audit Professors: KPMG monograph by Howard Thomas, Ira Solomon, Marc Peecher (along with many others)

    Dan Stone

     

    January 20, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen

    Hi Dan,

    Thanks for the added considerations.

    Among other things, your post suggests that some "inventions" do not have short names.

    Some of your suggestions do need further research into where credit can be given for the very first inventions of what eventually made a splash in the practitioner pond.

    For example, does anybody (Miklos?) on the AECM know of where the concept of Risk-Based Auditing had its original starting point? I fear that it may be like Dollar Based LIFO where accounting professors picked up on the seminal idea of a practitioner. For example, did some employee of the  Arthur Andersen accounting firm, that took risk-based auditing to its own demise, also invent the concept itself?

    Robert Knechel (University of Florida) supposedly traced the history of risk-based auditing, but I've not seen his paper in this regard.

    Respectfully,
    Bob Jensen

    "Academic Research With Mass Appeal," by Erin Zlome, Bloomberg Business Week, January 28, 2013 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-28/academic-research-with-mass-appeal

    Business professors are great at writing jargon-filled, hard-to-digest research papers. But every once and a while, they knock it out of the park with the general public. A small pool of research achieved such blockbuster status in 2012 by becoming the most read, most downloaded, or most written-about pieces authored by professors at top business schools. Tax evasion, finding a job, and the benefits of teaching employees Spanish are some of the topics that got non-students reading.

    At Harvard Business School, an excerpt from Clayton Christensen’s book How Will You Measure Your Life? was the year’s most read preview of forthcoming research. The passage uses the downfall of Blockbuster and the rise of Netflix (NFLX) as an analogy for how we may end up paying a high cost for small decisions.

    Continued in article

    January 31, 2013 reply from Dale Flesher

    Bob:

    Although they didn’t invent it, Johnson and Kaplan deserve credit for rediscovering and popularizing Activity-Based Costing.  As I recall, Alexander Hamilton Church described ABC as early as 1908, but without computers it wasn’t practical.

    Also, James O. McKinsey, an accounting professor at the University of Chicago and 1924 AAA president who later founded McKinsey & Co., is credited with inventing the concept of business budgeting with the publication of his 1922 book on the subject.  Previously, budgeting had been considered a governmental topic.  Industry accountants (such as Donaldson Brown at General Motors, who had previously invented the DuPont Formula) applied McKinsey’s concepts and developed them further.  For example, GM (and also Westinghouse) developed flexible budgeting by 1928, which was not considered by McKinsey.

    Dale

    February 5, 2013 reply from Steve Zeff

    In 1989, Nick Dopuch wrote, "Because of its practical implications, audit judgement research is regarded as having had the biggest impact on practice of any area of research in accounting/auditing" - p. 54 in Frecka (editor), The State of Accounting Research As We Enter the 1990's - Illinois PhD Jubilee 1939-1959 (University of Illinois, 1989).

    Steve.

    February 6, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen

    My problem, in terms of my table, is that virtually all judgment research in accounting that I've encountered applies earlier inventions from other disciplines. Another problem with judgment research is that except in rare instances like Balanced Scorecard the practitioners applying judgment models have no clue as to a link between an academic accounting researcher and practice.

    This shortage of academic seminal inventions seems to be unique to the accounting profession. In nearly every other profession like engineering, medicine, economics, finance, marketing, management, sociology, psychology, education, etc. the table that I proposed filling could be filled in a New York minute with names of academic professor inventions and inventors linked to the practice of these professions.

    For example, eigenvector scaling of paired-comparison decision alternatives is somewhat widely applied in business. Those practitioners applying it most likely recall the seminal contributions of mathematician Tom Saaty to what is now termed the Analytical Hierarchy Process (Tom's terminology) of business judgment. But those of us who applied AHP in accounting judgment research are long forgotten --- search for "eigenvector" at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm#Published

    Analytic Hierarchy Process ---
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Analytic_hierarchy_process

     

    MIT, like Harvard, places enormous value on having both feet planted in the real world

    The professions of architecture, engineering, law, and medicine are heavily dependent upon the researchers in universities who focus on needs for research on the problems of practitioners working in the real world.

    If accountics scientists want to change their ways and focus more on problems of the accounting practitioners working in the real world, one small step that can be taken is to study the presentations scheduled for a forthcoming MIT Sloan School Conference.

    Financial Education Daily, May 2012 ---
    http://paper.li/businessschools?utm_source=subscription&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=paper_sub

    Learning best practice from the best practitioners

    MIT Sloan invites more than 400 of the world’s finest leaders to campus every year. The most anticipated of these visits are the talks given as part of the Dean’s Innovative Leader Series, which features the most dynamic movers and shakers of our day.

    At a school that places enormous value on having both feet planted in the real world, the Dean’s Innovative Leader Series is a powerful learning tool. Students have the rare privilege of engaging in frank and meaningful discussions with the leaders who are shaping the present and future marketplace.

    Bob Jensen's threads on other steps that should be taken by accountics scientists to become more focused on the needs of the profession ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm


    Congratulations to USC's Ken Merchant
    KEN MERCHANT RECEIVES LIFETIME CONTRIBUTION AWARD FROM AICPA AND AAA ---
    http://www.accountingeducation.com/index.cfm?page=newsdetails&id=152282

    Jensen Comment
    Ken is an excellent accounting researcher and case writer who is seeking to improve clinical accounting research to benefit the accounting profession. In this regard he's on the vanguard of implementing some of the Pathways Commission initiatives. His earlier years on the faculty of the Harvard Business School (where case teaching is a rule rather than an exception) seem to have affected the course of his professional life.

    Congratulations to University of Texas Accounting Students
    STUDENTS FROM UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT DALLAS AWARDED FIRST PLACE IN 2012 AICPA COMPETITION ---
    http://www.accountingeducation.com/index.cfm?page=newsdetails&id=152273
    Students from Albion College took second place. Third place went to accounting students at N.C. State University.


    Business faculty looking for video illustrations of manufacturing and the history of a one-time great company should take a look at this resource.
    Beauty in Stone: The Industrial Films of the Georgia Marble Company --- http://dlg.galileo.usg.edu/georgiamarble/


    "Armstrong Becomes ‘Madoff on a Bike’ as Cheating Shatters Lives," By Mason Levinson, Bloomberg, January 21, 2013 ---
    http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-21/armstrong-becomes-madoff-on-a-bike-as-cheating-shatters-lives.html

    Jensen Comment
    Mason Levinson phoned me twice before writing this article. He did not, however, quote any of my comments. One point that I made was that there are many similarities between the Madoff's Ponzi fraud and the Lance Armstrong's doping fraud. There is, however, one major difference. Lance Armstrong could've easily stopped doping at any time. He might have no longer won his races, but he may have gained enough respect from insiders such that his previous frauds would've remained a secret to the world forever. It seems that insiders just got fed up with his continued doping combined with his mean control over protecting his secrets.

    Bernie Madoff, like all Ponzi schemers, reached a point of no return. All Ponzi fraudsters reach a point of no return --- that point where quitting means getting caught and facing both public embarrassments and real penalties for earlier crimes ---
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ponzi

    Another type of fraud that reaches a point of no return is collections kiting ---
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Check_kiting

    Bob Jensen's threads on fraud ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm

     

    The Worst Fraudsters
    "Who's the Worst? Expanded to More Categories," Dennis Elam, Elam Blog, October 30, 2013 ---
    http://www.professorelam.typepad.com/

    Notable Fraudsters --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fraud#Notable_fraudsters


    Question
    If the media insists on reporting one earnings number, which of the alternative earnings numbers should be reported?
    In particular, should net earnings be reported before or after remeasuring financial instruments for unrealized changes in fair value?

    Hint
    The following paper has a great summary of the history of OCI and problems facing the FASB and IASB as we look to the future of financial reporting of business firms.

    "Academic Research and Standard-Setting: The Case of Other Comprehensive Income," by Lynn L. Rees and Philip B. Shane, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 789-815. ---
    http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50237 

    This paper links academic accounting research on comprehensive income reporting with the accounting standard-setting efforts of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). We begin by discussing the development of reporting other comprehensive income, and we identify a significant weakness in the FASB's Conceptual Framework, in the lack of a cohesive definition of any subcategory of comprehensive income, including earnings. We identify several attributes that could help allocate comprehensive income between net income, other comprehensive income, and other subcategories. We then review academic research related to remaining standard-setting issues, and identify gaps in academic research where hypotheses could be developed and tested. Our objectives are to (1) stimulate standard-setters to better conceptualize what is meant by other comprehensive income and to distinguish it from earnings, and (2) stimulate researchers to develop and test hypotheses that might help in that process.

    . . .

    Potential Alternative Definitions of Earnings

    Table 1 summarizes and categorizes various standard-setting issues related to reporting comprehensive income, and provides the organizing structure for our literature review later in the paper. The most important of these issues is the definition of earnings, or what makes up earnings and how it is distinguished from OCI. This is a “cross-cutting” issue because it arises when the Boards deliberate on various topics. The Boards cooperatively initiated the financial statement presentation project intending, in part, to solve the comprehensive income composition problem, but the project was subsequently delayed.

    Table 2 presents a list of the specific comprehensive income components under current U.S. GAAP that require recognition as OCI. The second column presents the statement that provided financial reporting guidance for the OCI component, along with its effective date. The effective dates provide an indication as to how the OCI components have expanded over time. Since the issuance of Statement No. 130, which established formal reporting of OCI, new OCI-expanding requirements were promulgated in Statement No. 133. Financial instruments, insurance, and leases are three examples of topics currently on the FASB's agenda where OCI has been discussed as an option to report various gains and losses. In all these discussions, a framework is lacking that can guide standard-setter decisions. The increased use of accumulated OCI to capture various changes in net assets and the likely expansion of OCI items reinforce the notion that standard-setters must eventually come to grips with the distinction between OCI and earnings, or even whether the practice of reporting OCI with recycling should be retained.7

    Presumably, elements with similar informational attributes should be classified together in financial statements. It is unclear what attributes the items listed in Table 2 possess that result in their being characterized differently from other components of income. Notably, the basis for conclusions of the FASB standards gives little to no economic reasoning for the decision to place these items in OCI. While not exhaustive, Table 2 presents four attributes that standard-setters could potentially use to distinguish between earnings and OCI: (1) the degree of persistence of the item, (2) whether the item results from a firm's core operations, (3) whether the item represents a change in net assets that is reasonably within management's control, and (4) whether the item results from remeasurement of an asset/liability. We discuss in turn the merits and potential problems of using these attributes to form a reporting framework for comprehensive income.

    Degree of Persistence.

    The degree of persistence of various comprehensive income components has significant implications for firm value (e.g., Friedman 1957; Kormendi and Lipe 1987; Collins and Kothari 1989). Ohlson's (1995, 1999) valuation model places a heavy emphasis on earnings persistence, which suggests that a reporting format that facilitates identifying the level of persistence across income components could be useful to investors. Examples abound as to how the concept of income persistence has been used in standard-setting, including separate presentation in the income statement for one-time items, extraordinary items, and discontinued operations. Standard-setters have justified several footnote disclosures (segmental disclosures) and disaggregation requirements (e.g., components of pension expense) on the basis of providing information to financial statement users about the persistence of various income statement components.

    Thus, the persistence of revenue and expense items potentially could serve as a distinguishing characteristic of earnings and OCI. Table 2 shows that we regard all the items currently recognized in OCI as having relatively low persistence. However, several other low-persistence items are not recognized in OCI; for example, gains/losses on sale of assets, impairments of assets, restructuring charges, and gains/losses from litigation. To be consistent with this definition of OCI, the current paradigm must change significantly, and the resulting total for OCI would look substantially different from what it is now.

    Using persistence of an item to distinguish earnings from OCI would create significant problems for standard-setters. Persistence can range from completely transitory (zero persistence) to permanent (100 percent persistence). At what point along this range is an item persistent enough to be recorded in earnings? While restructuring charges are typically considered as having low persistence, if they occur every two to three years, is this frequent enough to be classified with other earnings components or infrequent enough to be classified with OCI? Furthermore, the relative persistence of an item likely varies across industries, and even across firms.

    In spite of these inherent difficulties, standard-setters could establish criteria related to persistence that they might use to ultimately determine the classification of particular items. In addition, standard-setters would not be restricted to classifying income components in one of two categories. As an example, highly persistent components could be classified as part of “recurring earnings,” medium-persistence items could go to “other earnings,” and low-persistence items to OCI (or some other nomenclature). Standard-setters could create additional partitions as needed.

    Core Operations.

    Classifying income components as earnings or OCI based on whether they are part of a firm's core operations is intuitively appealing. This criterion is related to income persistence, as we would expect core earnings to be more persistent than noncore income items. Furthermore, classifying income based on whether it is part of core operations has a long history in accounting.

    In current practice, companies and investors place primary importance on some variant of earnings. However, it is not clear which variant of earnings is superior. Many companies report pro forma net income, which presumably provides investors with a more representative measure of the company's core income, but definitions of pro forma earnings vary across firms. Similarly, analysts tend to forecast a company's core earnings (Gu and Chen 2004). Evidence in prior research indicates that pro forma earnings and actual earnings forecasted by analysts are more closely associated with share prices than income from continuing operations based on current U.S. GAAP (e.g., Bradshaw and Sloan 2002; Bhattacharya et al. 2003).

    The problems inherent with this attribute are similar to those of the earnings-persistence criterion. No generally accepted definition of core operations exists. At what point along a continuum does an activity become part of the core operations of a business? As Table 2 indicates, classifying gains/losses from holding available-for-sale securities as part of core earnings depends on whether the firm operates in the financial sector. Different operating environments across firms and industries could make it difficult for standard-setters to determine whether an item belongs in core earnings or OCI.8 In addition, differences in application across firms may give rise to concerns about comparability and potential for abuse on the part of managers in exercising their discretion (e.g., Barth et al. 2011).

    The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation tries to address the definitional issue by using interrelationships and synergies between assets and liabilities as a criterion to distinguish operating (or core) activities from investing (or noncore) activities. Specifically, the Staff Draft states:

    An entity shall classify in the operating category:

    Assets that are used as part of the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those assets Liabilities that arise from the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those liabilities.

    Operating activities generate revenue through a process that requires the interrelated use of the entity's resources. An asset or a liability that an entity uses to generate a return and any change in that asset or liability shall be classified in the investing category. No significant synergies are created for the entity by combining an asset or a liability classified in the investing category with other resources of the entity. An asset or a liability classified in the investing category may yield a return for the entity in the form of, for example, interest, dividends, royalties, equity income, gains, or losses. (FASB 2010, paras. 72, 73, 81)

    The above distinction between operating activities and investing activities could similarly be used to distinguish between core activities and noncore activities. Alternatively, standard-setters might develop other definitions. Similar to the degree of persistence attribute, standard-setters would not be restricted to a simple core versus noncore dichotomy when using this definition.

    Another possible solution is to allow management to determine which items belong in core earnings. Companies exercise this discretion today when they choose to disclose pro forma earnings. Furthermore, the FASB established the precedent of the “management approach” when it allowed management to determine how to report segment disclosures. In several other areas of U.S. GAAP, management is responsible for establishing boundaries that define its operating environment. FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 320 (formerly Statement 115) permits different measurements for identical investments based on management's intent to sell or hold the instrument. Other examples where U.S. GAAP allows for management discretion include determining the rate to discount pension liabilities, defining reporting units, and determining whether an impairment is other than temporary. However, the management approach accentuates the concern about comparability and potential for abuse.

    Management Control.

    Given a premise that evaluating management's stewardship is a primary role of financial statements, a possible rationale for excluding certain items from earnings is that they do not provide a good measure to evaluate management.9 Management can largely control the firm's operating costs and can influence the level of revenues generated. However, some decisions that affect comprehensive income can be established by company policy or the company mission statement and, thus, be outside the control of management. For example, a company policy might be to invest excess cash in marketable securities with the objective of maximizing returns. Once the board of directors establishes this policy, management has little influence over how market-wide fluctuations in security prices affect earnings, and hedging the gains/losses would be inconsistent with the objective of maximizing returns. Similarly, a company's mission statement might include expansion overseas, or prior management might have already decided to establish a foreign subsidiary. The resulting gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations would seemingly be out of management's control, and hedging these gains/losses would not make economic sense if the subsidiary's functional currency is its local currency and the parent has no intention of repatriating the subsidiary's cash flows.

    Of course, determining what is and is not ostensibly under management's control becomes highly subjective and would probably differ across industries, and perhaps even across firms within industries. For example, gains/losses from investment holdings might not be relevant in evaluating management of some companies, but might be very relevant for managers of holding companies. In addition, the time horizon affects what is under management's control. That is, as the time horizon lengthens, more things are under management's control.

    In Table 2, we classify items as not under management's control if they are based on fluctuations in stock prices or exchange rates, which academic research shows to be largely random within efficient markets. Using this classification model, most, but not all, of the OCI items listed in Table 2 are classified as not under the management's control. Some of the pension items currently recognized in OCI are within the control of management, because management controls the decision to revise a pension plan. While management has control over when to harvest gains/losses on available-for-sale (AFS) securities by deciding when to sell the securities, it cannot control market prices. Thus, under this criterion, unrealized gains/losses on AFS securities are appropriately recognized in OCI. However, gains/losses on trading securities and the effects of tax rate changes are beyond management's control, and yet, these items are currently included as part of earnings. Thus, “management control” does not distinguish what is and is not included in earnings under current U.S. GAAP.

    Remeasurements.

    Barker (2004) explains how the measurement and presentation of comprehensive income might rely on remeasurements. The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation defines remeasurements as follows:

    A remeasurement is an amount recognized in comprehensive income that increases or decreases the net carrying amount of an asset or a liability and that is the result of:

    A change in (or realization of) a current price or value A change in an estimate of a current price or value or A change in any estimate or method used to measure the carrying amount of an asset or a liability. (FASB 2010, para. 234)

    Using this definition, examples of remeasurements are impairments of land, unrealized gains/losses due to fair value changes in securities, income tax expenses due to changes in statutory tax rates, and unexpected gains/losses from holding pension assets. All of these items represent a change in carrying value of an already existing asset or liability due to changes in prices or estimates (land, investments, deferred tax asset/liability, and pension asset/liability, respectively).

    Table 3 reproduces a table from Barker (2004) that illustrates how a firm's income statement might look using a “matrix format” if standard-setters adopt the remeasurement approach to reporting comprehensive income. Note that the presentation in Table 3 does not employ earnings as a subtotal of comprehensive income; however, the approach could be modified to define earnings as the sum of all items before remeasurements, if considered useful. Tarca et al. (2008) conduct an experiment with analysts, accountants, and M.B.A. students to assess whether the matrix income statement format in Table 3 facilitates or hinders users' ability to extract information. They find evidence suggesting that the matrix format facilitates more accurate information extraction for users across all sophistication levels relative to a typical format based on IAS 1.

     

    Table 3:  Illustration of Matrix Reporting Format

     

    Employing remeasurements to distinguish between earnings and other comprehensive income largely incorporates the criterion of earnings persistence. Most remeasurements result from price changes, where the current change has little or no association with future changes and, therefore, these components of income are transitory. In contrast, earnings components before remeasurements generally represent items that are likely more persistent.

    Perhaps the most significant advantage of the remeasurement criterion is that it is less subjective than the other criteria previously discussed. Most of the other criteria in Table 2 are continuous in nature. Drawing a bright line to differentiate what belongs in earnings from what belongs in OCI is challenging and will likely be susceptible to income manipulation. In contrast, determining whether a component of income arises from a remeasurement is more straightforward.

    Yet another advantage of this approach is it allows for a full fair value balance sheet that clearly discloses the effects of fair value measurement on periodic comprehensive income, while also showing earnings effects under a modified historical cost system (i.e., before remeasurements). This approach could potentially provide better information about probable future cash flows.

    Other.

    The attributes standard-setters could use to classify income components into earnings or OCI are not limited to the list in Table 2. Ketz (1999) suggests using the level of measurement uncertainty. As an example, gains/losses from Level 1 fair value measurements might be viewed as sufficiently certain to include in earnings, while Level 3 fair value measurements might generate gains/losses that belong in OCI. Song et al. (2010) provide some support for this partition in that they document the value relevance of Level 1 and Level 2 fair values exceeds the value relevance of Level 3 fair values.

    Another potential attribute might be the horizon over which unrealized gains/losses are ultimately realized. That is, unrealized gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations, term life insurance contracts, or holding pension assets that will not be realized for many years in the future might be disclosed as part of OCI, whereas unrealized gains/losses from trading and available-for-sale securities could be part of earnings.

    As previously discussed, the attributes of measurement uncertainty and timeliness create similar problems in determining where to draw the line. Which items are sufficiently reliable (or timely) to include in earnings, and will differences in implementation across firms and industries impair comparability?

    The overriding purpose of the discussion in this subsection is to point out that several alternative attributes could potentially guide standard-setters in establishing criteria to differentiate earnings from OCI. Ultimately, the choice regarding whether/how to distinguish net income from OCI is a matter of policy. However, academic research can inform policy decisions, as described in the fourth and fifth sections.

    Summary

    Reporting OCI is a relatively recent phenomenon that presumes financial statement users are provided with better information when specific comprehensive income components are excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS), and recycled back into net income only after the occurrence of a specified transaction or event. The number of income components included in OCI has increased over time, and this expansion is likely to continue as standard-setters address new agenda items (e.g., financial instruments and insurance contracts). The lack of a clear definitional distinction between earnings and OCI in the FASB/IASB Conceptual Frameworks has led to: (1) ad hoc decisions on the income components classified in OCI, and (2) no conceptual basis for deciding whether OCI should be excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS) in the current period or recycled through EPS in subsequent periods. In this section, we discussed alternative criteria that standard-setters could use to distinguish earnings from OCI, along with the advantages and challenges of each criterion. Further, due to the inherent difficulties in drawing bright lines between earnings that are persistent versus transitory, core versus noncore, under management control or not, and amenable to remeasurement or not, standard-setters might consider eliminating OCI; that is, they might decide to adopt an all-inclusive income statement approach, where comprehensive income is reporte

    . . .

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    I like this paper. Table 3 could be improved by adding bottom line net earnings before and after remeasurement.

    The paper does not provide all the answers, but it is well written in terms of history up to this point in time and alternative directions for consideration.


    No Bottom Line

    Question
    Is a major overhaul of accounting standards on the way?
    Hint
    There may no longer be the tried and untrusted earnings per share number to report!
    Comment
    It would be interesting to see a documentation of the academic research, if any, that the FASB relied upon to commence this blockbuster initiative. I recommend that some astute researcher commence to probe into the thinking behind this proposal.

    "Profit as We Know It Could Be Lost With New Accounting Statements," by David Reilly, The Wall Street Journal, May 12, 2007; Page A1 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/SB117893520139500814.html?mod=DAT

    Pretty soon the bottom line may not be, well, the bottom line.

    In coming months, accounting-rule makers are planning to unveil a draft plan to rework financial statements, the bedrock data that millions of investors use every day when deciding whether to buy or sell stocks, bonds and other financial instruments. One possible result: the elimination of what today is known as net income or net profit, the bottom-line figure showing what is left after expenses have been met and taxes paid.

    It is the item many investors look to as a key gauge of corporate performance and one measure used to determine executive compensation. In its place, investors might find a number of profit figures that correspond to different corporate activities such as business operations, financing and investing.

    Another possible radical change in the works: assets and liabilities may no longer be separate categories on the balance sheet, or fall to the left and right side in the classic format taught in introductory accounting classes.

    ACCOUNTING OVERHAUL

    Get a glimpse of what new financial statements could look like, according to an early draft recently provided by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to one of its advisory groups. The overhaul could mark one of the most drastic changes to accounting and financial reporting since the start of the Industrial Revolution in the 19th century, when companies began publishing financial information as they sought outside capital. The move is being undertaken by accounting-rule makers in the U.S. and internationally, and ultimately could affect companies and investors around the world.

    The project is aimed at providing investors with more telling information and has come about as rule makers work to one day come up with a common, global set of accounting standards. If adopted, the changes will likely force every accounting textbook to be rewritten and anyone who uses accounting -- from clerks to chief executives -- to relearn how to compile and analyze information that shows what is happening in a business.

    This is likely to come as a shock, even if many investors and executives acknowledge that net income has flaws. "If there was no bottom line, I'd want to have a sense of what other indicators I ought to be looking at to get a sense of the comprehensive health of the company," says Katrina Presti, a part-time independent health-care contractor and stay-at-home mom who is part of a 12-woman investment club in Pueblo, Colo. "Net income might be a false indicator, but what would I look at if it goes away?"

    The effort to redo financial statements reflects changes in who uses them and for what purposes. Financial statements were originally crafted with bankers and lenders in mind. Their biggest question: Is the business solvent and what's left if it fails? Stock investors care more about a business's current and future profits, so the net-income line takes on added significance for them.

    Indeed, that single profit number, particularly when it is divided by the number of shares outstanding, provides the most popular measure of a company's valuation: the price-to-earnings ratio. A company that trades at $10 a share, and which has net profit of $1 a share, has a P/E of 10.

    But giving that much power to one number has long been a recipe for fraud and stock-market excesses. Many major accounting scandals earlier this decade centered on manipulation of net income. The stock-market bubble of the 1990s was largely based on investors' assumption that net profit for stocks would grow rapidly for years to come. And the game of beating a quarterly earnings number became a distraction or worse for companies' managers and investors. Obviously it isn't known whether the new format would cut down on attempts to game the numbers, but companies would have to give a more detailed breakdown of what is going on.

    The goal of the accounting-rule makers is to better reflect how businesses are actually run and divert attention from the one number. "I know the world likes single bottom-line numbers and all of that, but complicated businesses are hard to translate into just one number," says Robert Herz, chairman of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the U.S. rule-making body that is one of several groups working on the changes.

    At the same time, public companies today are more global than local, and as likely to be involved in services or lines of business that involve intellectual property such as software rather than the plants and equipment that defined the manufacturing age. "The income statement today looks a lot like it did when I started out in this profession," says William Parrett, the retiring CEO of accounting firm Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, who started as a junior accountant in 1967. "But the kind of information that goes into it is completely different."

    Along the way, figures such as net income have become muddied. That is in part because more and more of the items used to calculate net profit are based on management estimates, such as the value of items that don't trade in active markets and the direction of interest rates. Also, over the years rule makers agreed to corporate demands to account for some things, such as day-to-day changes in the value of pension plans or financial instruments used to protect against changes in interest rates, in ways that keep them from causing swings in net income.

    Rule makers hope reformatting financial statements will address some of these issues, while giving investors more information about what is happening in different parts of a business to better assess its value. The project is being managed jointly by the FASB in the U.S. and the London-based International Accounting Standards Board, and involves accounting bodies in Japan, other parts of Asia and individual European nations.

    The entire process of adopting the revised approach could take a few years to play out, so much could yet change. Plus, once rule makers adopt the changes, they would have to be ratified by regulatory authorities, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission in the U.S. and the European Commission in Europe, before public companies would be required to follow them.

    As a first step, rule makers expect later this year to publish a document outlining their preliminary views on what new form financial statements might take. But already they have given hints of what's in store. In March, the FASB provided draft, new financial statements at the end of a 32-page handout for members of an advisory group. (See an example.)

    Although likely to change, this preview showed an income statement that has separate segments for the company's operating business, its financing activities, investing activities and tax payments. Each area has an income subtotal for that particular segment.

    There is also a "total comprehensive income" category that is wider ranging than net profit as it is known today, and so wouldn't be directly comparable. That is because this total would likely include gains and losses now kept in other parts of the financial statements. These include some currency fluctuations and changes in the value of financial instruments used to hedge against other items.

    Comprehensive income could also eventually include short-term changes in the value of corporate pension plans, which currently are smoothed out over a number of years. As a result, comprehensive income could be a lot more difficult to predict and could be volatile from quarter to quarter or year to year.

    As for the balance sheet, the new version would group assets and liabilities together according to similar categories of operating, investing and financing activities, although it does provide a section for shareholders equity. Currently, a balance sheet is broken down between assets and liabilities, rather than by operating categories.

    Such drastic change isn't likely to happen without a fight. Efforts to bring now-excluded figures into the income statement could prompt battles with companies that fear their profit will be subject to big swings. Companies may also balk at the expense involved.

    "The cost of this change could be monumental," says Gary John Previts, an accounting professor at Case Western Reserve University in Cleveland. "All the textbooks are going to have to change, every contract and every bank arrangement will have to change." Investors in Europe and Asia, meanwhile, have opposed the idea of dropping net profit as it appears today, David Tweedie, the IASB's chairman, said in an interview earlier this year.

    Analysts in the London office of UBS AG recently published a report arguing this very point -- that even if net income is a "simplistic measure," that doesn't mean it isn't a valid "starting point in valuation" and that "its widespread use is justification enough for its retention."

    Such opposition doesn't surprise many accounting experts. Net income is "the basis for bonuses and judgments about what a company's stock is worth," says Stephen A. Zeff, an accounting professor at Rice University. "I just don't know what the markets would do if companies stopped reporting a bottom line somewhere." In the U.S., professional investors and analysts have taken a more nuanced view, perhaps because the manipulation of numbers was more pronounced in U.S. markets.

    That said, net profit has been around for some time. The income statement in use today, along with the balance sheet, generally dates to the 1940s when the SEC laid out regulations on financial disclosure. But many companies have included net profit in one form or another since the 1800s.

    In its fourth annual report, General Electric Co. provided investors with a consolidated balance sheet and consolidated profit-and-loss account for the year ended Jan. 31, 1896. The company, whose board at the time included Thomas Edison, generated "profit of the year" -- what today would be called net income or net profit -- of $1,388,967.46.

    For the moment, net profit will probably exist in some form, although its days are likely numbered. "We've decided in the interim to keep a net-income subtotal, but that's all up for discussion," the FASB's Mr. Herz says.

     


    Question
    What do CFO's think of Robert Herz's (Chairman of the FASB) radical proposed  format for financial statements that have more disaggregated financial information and no aggregated bottom line?

    As we moved to fair value accounting for derivative financial instruments (FAS 133) and financial instruments (FAS 157 and 159) coupled with the expected new thrust for fair value reporting on the international scene, we have filled the income statement and the retained earnings statement with more and more instability due to fluctuating unrealized gains and losses.

    I have reservations about fair value reporting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#FairValue

    But if we must live with more and more fair value reporting, the bottom line has to go. But CFOs are reluctant to give up the bottom line even if it may distort investing decisions and compensation contracts tied to bottom-line reporting.

    Before reading the article below you may want to first read about radical new changes on the way --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay

    "A New Vision for Accounting:  Robert Herz and FASB are preparing a radical new format for financial, CFO Magazine, by Alix Stuart, February 2008, pp. 49-53 --- http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/10597001/c_10711055?f=home_todayinfinance

    Last summer, McCormick & Co. controller Ken Kelly sliced and diced his financial statements in ways he had never before imagined. For starters, he split the income statement for the $2.7 billion international spice-and-food company into the three categories of the cash-flow statement: operating, financing, and investing. He extracted discontinued operations and income taxes and placed them in separate categories, instead of peppering them throughout the other results. He created a new form to distinguish which changes in income were due to fair value and which to cash. One traditional ingredient, meanwhile, was conspicuous by its absence: net income.

    Kelly wasn't just indulging a whim. Ahead of a public release of a draft of the Financial Accounting Standards Board's new format for financial statements in the second quarter of 2008, the McCormick controller was trying out the financial statements of the future, a radical departure from current conventions. FASB's so-called financial statement presentation project is ostensibly concerned only with the form, or the "face," of financial statements, but it's quickly becoming clear that it will change and expand their content as well. "This is a complete redefinition of the financial statements as we know them," says John Hepp, a former FASB project manager and now senior manager at Grant Thornton.

    Some of the major changes under discussion: reconfiguring the balance sheet and the income statement to follow the three categories of the cash-flow statement, requiring companies to report cash flows with the little-used direct method; and introducing a new reconciliation schedule that would highlight fair-value changes. Companies will also likely have to report more about their segments, possibly down to the same level of detail as they currently report for the consolidated statements. Meanwhile, net income is slated to disappear completely from GAAP financial statements, with no obvious replacement for such commonly used metrics as earnings per share.

    FASB, working with the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and accounting standards boards in the United Kingdom and Japan, continues to work out the precise details of the new financial statements. "We are trying to set the stage for what financial statements will look like across the globe for decades to come," says FASB chairman Robert Herz. (Examples of the proposed new financial statements can be viewed at FASB's Website.) If the standard-setters stay their course, CFOs and controllers at every publicly traded company in the world could be following Kelly's lead as soon as 2010.

    It's too early to predict with confidence which changes will ultimately stick. But the mock-up exercise has made Kelly wary. He considers the direct cash-flow statement and reconciliation schedule among the "worst aspects" of the forthcoming proposal, and expects they would require "draconian exercises" from his finance staff, he says. And he questions what would result from the additional details: "If all of a sudden your income statement has 125 lines instead of 25, is that presentation more clarifying, or more confusing?"

    Other financial executives share Kelly's skepticism. In a December CFO survey of more than 200 finance executives, only 17 percent said the changes would offer any benefits to their companies or investors (see "Keep the Bottom Line" at the end of this article). Even some who endorsed the basic aim of the project and like the idea of standardizing categories across the three major financial statements were only cautiously optimistic. "It may be OK, or it may be excessive." says David Rickard, CFO of CVS/Caremark. "The devil will be in the details."

    Net Loss From the outset, corporate financial officers have been ambivalent about FASB's seven year-old project, which was originally launched to address concerns that net income was losing relevance amid a proliferation of pro forma numbers. Back in 2001, Financial Executives International "strongly opposed" it, while executives at Philip Morris, Exxon Mobil, Sears Roebuck, and Microsoft protested to FASB as well.

    (Critics then and now point out that FASB will have little control over pro forma reporting no matter what it does. Indeed, nearly 60 percent of respondents to CFO's survey said they would continue to report pro forma numbers after the new format is introduced.)

    Given the project's starting point, it's not surprising that current drafts of the future income statement omit net income. Right now that's by default, since income taxes are recorded in a separate section. But there is a big push among some board members to make a more fundamental change to eliminate net income by design, and promote business income (income from operations) as the preferred basis for investment metrics.

    "If net income stays, it would be a sign that we failed," says Don Young, a FASB board member. In his mind, the project is not merely about getting rid of net income, but rather about capturing all income-related information in a single line (including such volatile items as gains and losses on cash-flow hedges, available-for-sale securities, and foreign-exchange translations) rather than footnoting them in other comprehensive income (OCI) as they are now. "All changes in net assets and liabilities should be included," says Young. "Why should the income statement be incomplete?" He predicts that the new subtotals, namely business income, will present "a much clearer picture of what's going on."

    Board member Thomas Linsmeier agrees. "The rationale for segregating those items [in OCI] is not necessarily obvious, other than the fact that management doesn't want to be held accountable for them in the current period," he says.

    Whether for self-serving or practical reasons, finance chiefs are rallying behind net income. Nearly 70 percent of those polled by CFO in December said it should stay. "I understand their theories that it's not the be-all and end-all measure that it's put up to be, but it is a measure everyone is familiar with, and sophisticated users can adjust from there," says Kelly. Adds Rickard: "They're treating [net income] as if it's the scourge of the earth, which to me is silly. I think the logical conclusion is to make other things available, rather than hiding the one thing people find most useful."

    . . .

     

    Bob Jensen's threads on this proposed "radical change" in financial reporting are at http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay 

    Jensen Comment
    As we moved to fair value accounting for derivative financial instruments (FAS 133) and financial instruments (FAS 157 and 159) coupled with the expected new thrust for fair value reporting on the international scene, we have filled the income statement and the retained earnings statement with more and more instability due to fluctuating unrealized gains and losses.

    I have reservations about fair value reporting --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#FairValue

    But if we must live with more and more fair value reporting, the bottom line has to go. But CFOs are reluctant to give up the bottom line even if it may distort investing decisions and compensation contracts tied to bottom-line reporting.

    Bob Jensen's threads on the radical new changes on the way --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay

     


    Timeline of Accounting Events 1812-2012

    January 13, 2013 from Jim Martin

    I have developed a time-line of accounting historical dates and events from
    1812 to 2012 summarizing materials from various sources. It could be used as
    the basis for a short or a long course on accounting history, or as a
    reference source for accounting events. I suspect most accounting students
    get very little exposure to accounting history. This resource is offered to
    help alleviate that problem.


    The link is http://maaw.info/AccountingHistoryDatesAndEvents.htm

    January 26 reply from Steve Zeff

    Hi Bob,

    Thanks for the alert. It is a nice list, but he puts May's Financial Accounting: A Distillation of Experience in 1953 instead of 1943.

    Cheers.

    Steve.

    Bob Jensen's threads on accounting history are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AccountingHistory


    Please don't shoot the messenger
    "Not-So-Happy Anniversary, XBRL:  Four years after the Securities and Exchange Commission mandate, it turns out that not many people are using data provided by XBRL tagging. And those who have tried are not giving it rave reviews," by Taylor Provost CFO.com, January 25, 2013 ---
    http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/1/gaap-ifrs_xbrl-tagging-columbia-sec-investors-analysts-interest-

    Bob Jensen's threads on XBRL are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/XBRLandOLAP.htm


    "Audit committees don't understand their annual reports, by Rachael Singh, Accountancy Age, January 30, 2013 --- Click Here
     http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2240079/audit-committees-dont-understand-their-annual-reports?WT.rss_f=&WT.rss_a=Audit+committees+don%27t+understand+their+annual+reports


    The Deloitte Foundation Announces Recipients of the 2013 Doctoral Fellowships in Accounting ---
    http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/the-deloitte-foundation-announces-recipients-of-the-2013-doctoral-fellowships-in-accounting-188653171.html


    A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the American Legislative Exchange Council [Rich States, Poor States] finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of the three million net new jobs in America were created in the nine states without an income tax, though these states account for only about 20% of the national population. ...
    http://www.alec.org/docs/RSPS_5th_Edition.pdf
    Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up.

    "The State Tax Reformers More Governors look to repeal their income taxes," The Wall Street Journal, January 29, 2013 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323968304578245720280333676.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj

    Washington may be a tax reform wasteland, but out in the states the action is hot and heavy. Nine states—including such fast-growing places as Florida, Tennessee and Texas—currently have no income tax, and the race is on to see which will be the tenth, and perhaps the 11th and 12th.

    Oklahoma and Kansas have lowered their income-tax rates in the last two years with an aim toward eliminating the tax altogether. North Carolina's newly elected Republican Governor Pat McCrory has prioritized tax reform this year and wants to reduce the income tax. Ditto for another newcomer, Mike Pence of Indiana, who has called for a 10% income-tax rate cut. Susana Martinez, New Mexico's Republican Governor, has called for slashing the state corporate tax to 4.9% from 7.6%, and the first Republican-controlled legislature since Reconstruction in Arkansas is considering chopping its tax rates by as much as half.

    But those are warm-up acts compared to Nebraska Governor Dave Heineman's announcement this month that he wants to eliminate the state income tax and replace it with a broader sales tax. "How many of you have sons and daughters, grandchildren, brothers and sisters and other family members who no longer live in Nebraska because they couldn't find a job here or they couldn't find the right career here in Nebraska?" he asked. He believes eliminating the income tax—with a top rate of 6.84%—will make the Cornhusker State a new magnet for jobs.

    Then there's Louisiana Governor Bobby Jindal, who wants to zero out his state's income tax (top rate 6%) and the 8% corporate tax and replace them by raising the state's current 4% sales tax. He would also eliminate some 150 special interest exemptions from the sales tax, including massage parlors, art work and fishing boats.

    As an economic matter, this swap makes sense. Income taxes generally do more economic harm because they are a direct penalty on saving, investment and labor that create new wealth. Sales taxes, by contrast, hit consumption, which is the result of that wealth creation. Governors Jindal, McCrory and Heineman cite the growing evidence that states with low or no income taxes have done better economically in recent decades compared to states with income-tax rates of 10% or more.

    A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the American Legislative Exchange Council finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of the three million net new jobs in America were created in the nine states without an income tax, though these states account for only about 20% of the national population. The no-income tax states have had more stable revenue growth, while states like New York, New Jersey and California that depend on the top 1% of earners for nearly half of their income-tax revenue suffer wide and destabilizing swings in their tax collections.

    In the case of North Carolina, a new study by the Civitas Institute concludes that a tax reform that shifts more of the burden to consumption from income would increase average annual personal income growth by 0.38% to 0.66%. That's enormous over time and would lead to much higher state tax revenues. North Carolina's top income tax rate is 7.75%, which is higher than that of most nearby states that it competes with for investment. Virginia's top rate is 5.75% while Tennessee has no personal income tax.

    The main challenge for these Governors will be making the political sale. Critics will call the income-for-sales-tax swap regressive because everyone pays it. Mr. Jindal is countering by exempting food, medicine and utilities from his sales tax and providing a rebate for low-income families so their tax bills would not rise. But Governors will have to trump the critics by stressing the larger economic benefits for the state.

    States with big energy production, like Louisiana and Oklahoma, also have another reform option: replacing the income tax with revenues from oil and gas extraction taxes, drilling leases and royalty payments. This kind of reform makes everyone in the state a stakeholder in America's energy renaissance from horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. It also helps build a political constituency for more mining and drilling.

    Governor John Kasich has proposed using revenues from oil and natural gas drilling to reduce Ohio's income tax rate. He plans to introduce his own larger tax reform soon. North Dakota, which last year became the second largest oil producing state (after Texas), could easily afford to abolish its income tax, much like Alaska did in 1980. Many more states could collect billions of dollars in energy-related revenue if they and the feds allowed more drilling on state and federal lands and offshore.

    This state reform trend is a rare bright spot in the current high-tax era, and it will further sharpen the contrast in economic policies between GOP reform Governors and the union-dominated high-tax models of California, Illinois, New York, Massachusetts and now Minnesota, where last week Governor Mark Dayton proposed a huge tax hike. Let the policy competition begin.

    Jensen Comment
    It's a bit difficult to attribute full causality of new jobs to having no income tax in Florida, Tennessee, and Texas. These are also states where companies go to avoid trouble with labor unions. For example, it may not help states like Maine, Illinois, and Vermont to drop their income taxes since unions still have a lot of clout in Maine, Illinois, and Vermont. The same can be said for Massachusetts where Wal-Mart will never be allowed to build a store in Boston until it is a unionized store. Even if Taxachusetts dropped its income tax, no new Wal-Mart jobs would be forthcoming in Boston.

    "Where Do State and Local Governments Get Their Revenue?" by Richard Morrison, Tax Foundation, January 29, 2013 ---
    http://taxfoundation.org/article/where-do-state-and-local-governments-get-their-revenue

     


    Convertible PCs
    "Sometimes They're Tablets, Sometimes They're Not," by Walter S. Mossberg, The Wall Street Journal, January 22, 2013 ---
    http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323485704578257853662703968.html

    Microsoft's MSFT +0.45%new Windows 8 operating system is a combination of two very different user interfaces, with each best used in a different way. While the whole system is touch-enabled, only the Start Screen, with its own tablet-type apps, is fully optimized for a touch screen. The second interface—the traditional Windows desktop—is still best used with a physical keyboard and a mouse or touch pad.

    So, hardware makers are turning out convertible PCs that attempt to function as both tablets and traditional laptops. These aren't merely tablets with thin, optional keyboard covers; or standard laptops with touch screens. They are attempts to create true hybrid devices that can look and work like either a regular laptop or a touch-operated tablet.

    The models take different approaches, each of which has its pros and cons. So, this week I decided to test three from well-known PC makers. These machines have three things in common. At $850 to $1,299, they are far costlier than the midrange Windows laptop, which falls into the $400-to-$700 range. All use full Windows 8, not the more limited Windows RT, so they can run popular Windows desktop software. And switching between their dual modes takes some adjustment.

    The Detachable The HP Envy x2 takes the simplest approach of the three, and is the only one that allows you to use a normal, thin, tablet, separate from the keyboard and touch pad. It's also the least expensive of the three, at $850; and scored the best battery life in my tests. But it has some drawbacks.

    A gray, aluminum machine, the Envy at first looks like a plain touch-screen laptop. But when you slide a button on the hinge, the screen pops off to become a slender, 11.6 inch tablet you manipulate by swiping, tapping and using an on-screen keyboard. When you want to use the physical keyboard and touch pad, you pop the screen back onto the base portion and you have a laptop again.

    Other PC makers are making detachables, but unlike some, Hewlett-Packard HPQ +0.24%has chosen to hide the attachment mechanism in a sort of hump below the keyboard. This gives the machine a rear rise, good for typing, but it means it can't sit flat on a desk. In laptop mode, the Envy x2 weighs 3.1 pounds. The tablet alone weighs 1.5 pounds.

    Walt Mossberg joins digits with a look at three PCs that attempt to function as both tablets and traditional laptops. Photo: Toshiba. .I applied my tablet battery test to the Envy, since it actually can be used as a free-standing tablet, and my laptop-battery test to the other two, since their screens are fixed to their keyboards. Both tests are harsher than those the industry uses and involve playing media continuously with Wi-Fi on, power-saving features off and the screen at a bright setting.

    Because the Envy has two batteries—one in the tablet and one in the base—it did pretty well. The tablet alone lasted five hours and 15 minutes, and when it died, I snapped it back onto the base, which kept it running for another three hours and 22 minutes. That combined total of eight hours and 37 minutes still wasn't as good as the Apple iPad's nine hours and 58 minutes in the same test, but it was better than some other tablets, and in normal use, would likely approach 10 hours. You might do much better running strictly in laptop mode, with both batteries together.

    The biggest downside of the Envy x2 is that it uses a relatively wimpy Intel Atom processor, which hasn't powered many popular tablets. I found it adequate but with some latency, and, on one occasion, it produced choppy video briefly. (The other two machines use full-powered Intel laptop chips.) Also, the Envy has the least storage of the three—64 gigabytes—though it can be expanded with memory cards.

    Two more things: Even after days of use, I found it hard to re-attach the screen. I also kept accidentally triggering the Envy's power switch, which is flush with the surface at the top right rear of the screen, where you might hold it.

    The Dual Screen The twist with the Asus 2357.TW +0.44%Taichi 21 is that it has two 11.6 inch screens: a nontouch display in the usual position inside the lid and a tablet-like touch screen on the outside. Yes, unlike any laptop you've probably owned, the cover of the Taichi 21, which starts at $1,299, is glass.

    The way it works is that you press a special button that controls how the two screens work. There's a notebook mode, in which the inner screen is the focus, just like a traditional laptop, but the outer screen comes on when you close the lid. There's a tablet mode, which reverses the priority. There's a mirror mode, in which the same thing is shown on both screens when the lid is open, and dual-screen mode, in which different things can be shown on the two displays. (The latter two modes are meant for presentations and collaboration.)

    In my tests, the system worked. But it's all very complicated. And to add complexity, a second button can disable the outer screen altogether, turning the expensive machine into a non-touch, standard notebook.

    Also, even though the Taichi is as light and thin as a laptop, it makes for a heavy, thick tablet. The Taichi is 2.76 pounds and has 128 GB of storage. But it costs $1,299 to $1,599, depending on configuration, and battery life was poor. I tested it with both screens on, since the company touts this feature, and got just a bit over three hours. I estimate that with only one screen and more normal usage, you'd get two to three more hours.

    The Slider
    Toshiba's 6502.TO -1.25%Satellite U925t lacks a name that rolls off the tongue, but it has a screen that slides, which transforms it from a laptop to a tablet. You just push the screen back into a flat position and then slide it toward you over the keyboard, and voilà! You now have a big, bulky, 3.35-pound tablet with a 12.5-inch screen.

    Continued in article


    "How Much Admission Misreporting?" by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed, January 28, 2013 ---
    http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/01/28/bucknells-admission-raises-questions-about-how-many-colleges-are-reporting-false

     This month, responding to four instances in which colleges admitted to having provided false information for its rankings, U.S. News & World Report published an FAQ on the issue. One of the questions: "Do you believe that there are other schools that have misreported data to U.S. News but have not come forward?" The magazine's answer: "We have no reason to believe that other schools have misreported data — and we therefore have no reason to believe that the misreporting is widespread."

    Less than three weeks later, another college -- Bucknell University -- came forward to admit that it had misreported SAT averages from 2006 through 2012, and ACT averages during some of those years.

    The news from Bucknell left many admissions experts wondering whether there are larger lessons to be learned by colleges as report seems to follow report with regard to inaccurate information being submitted by colleges.

    David Hawkins, director of public policy and research for the National Association for College Admission Counseling, said via e-mail that "these actions are the result and responsibility of both individuals and the institutions for which they work," but that there was also a broader context behind all of these incidents.

    "The emphasis placed on an institution's 'selectivity,' particularly as defined by standardized test scores, has gone beyond the rational and become something of an obsession. NACAC believes it is time for all stakeholders, including institutions, rankings, bond rating companies, merit scholarships, boards of trustees, alumni, and many others, to reassess the emphasis that is placed on 'input' factors like standardized test scores, and focus on the value colleges add to students' postsecondary experiences once they are on campus, regardless of the supposed 'selectivity' of the campus."

    Leaving Students Out of the Average

    At Bucknell, the inaccurate data resulted from the college leaving some students' scores out of test averages. In a few cases, the omitted students had scores higher than those reported. But most of the excluded students had lower scores, so the result of leaving them out was to inflate Bucknell's averages. "[D]uring each of those seven years, the scores of 13 to 47 students were omitted from the SAT calculation, with the result being that our mean scores were reported to be 7 to 25 points higher than they actually were on the 1600-point scale," said a letter sent to the campus from John C. Bravman, the president. "During those seven years of misreported data, on average 32 students per year were omitted from the reports and our mean SAT scores were on average reported to be 16 points higher than they actually were."

    The ACT scores were inaccurate only for some of those years, but for several of the years resulted in real averages one point lower than those reported.

    Even though the inaccuracies were "relatively small," Bravman wrote that they were significant. Reporting false information "violated the trust of every student, faculty member, staff member and Bucknellian they reached. What matters is that important information conveyed on behalf of our university was inaccurate. On behalf of the entire university, I offer my sincerest apology to all Bucknellians for these violations of the integrity of Bucknell."

    Bravman's letter said he was concerned that due to "national discussions about college admissions," some people "may reach the incorrect conclusion that the scores omitted were from some single cohort that people typically cite – such as student-athletes, students from underrepresented communities, children of substantial donors, legacies and so on. All such speculation would be in error. The students came from multiple cohorts, and of course the university will not disclose their identity."

    The false data were discovered after Bill Conley, a new vice president for enrollment management, noted that the mean SAT score for incoming students this year was about 20 points below last year's reported average. He then investigated, and found the pattern of false reporting.

    In an interview Saturday, Bravman said that he believed a single person had been responsible for the false data. SAT and ACT scores were reported to the institutional research office in aggregate form, he said. So the institutional research officials relied on those aggregate data and never had the raw data that might have raised questions.

    Bravman said that he has had discussions -- which he described as unsatisfactory -- with the person who was responsible for the reporting, and whom Bravman declined to identify. Bravman said that this person denied trying to make the university's admissions process look better either for internal or external audiences, and never offered a real explanation for what had happened.

    "I'm very frustrated," Bravman said of these discussions. He said that it appeared to him to be "ignorance at best" or "incompetence at worst" in recognizing the importance of reporting accurate data.

    Data on the Bucknell website have been corrected, and U.S. News & World Report, which was given inaccurate data for rankings purposes, has been informed of the problem, and given correct information, Bravman said.

    In 2012, Claremont McKenna College, Emory University and George Washington University all submitted false data to U.S. News about undergraduate admissions, as did Tulane University's business school with regard to M.B.A. admissions.

    Explaining the Pattern

    Many admissions experts say that they are no longer surprised by these reports. (Inside Higher Ed's survey of admissions directors last year found that 91 percent believed that some institutions besides those that had been identified at the time had reported false scores or other data.) But these officials say that they are concerned about the underlying causes of these incidents, and about the impact of these scandals on the public perception of college admissions.

    One longtime senior official in admissions who asked not to be identified said that the false reporting flows from the false impression that very few students get into college, and that a college's quality relates to its competitiveness. "The fact is," he said, "that there is just as much competition among colleges for students as among students for colleges." But market share and prestige are "tied to selectivity," which just adds to the pressure to be selective. This admissions official said that he suspected "that the misreporting ... is less due to deliberate deception, and more to self-rationalizing why certain students or groups of students ought not be included in a profile."

    He added, however, that "there is no question that internal and external pressures to attract more applicants, accept fewer of them, and enroll more with ever-increasing scores have contributed to the angst felt by college admissions deans."

    Lloyd Thacker, executive director of the Education Conservancy and a longtime critic of rankings, said via e-mail that "as long as commercial rankings are considered as part of an institution's identity, there will be pressure on college personnel to falsify ranking data. An effective way to curb such unethical and harmful behavior is for presidents and trustees to stop supporting the ranking enterprise and start promoting more meaningful measurements of educational quality."

    Jerome A. Lucido, executive director of the University of Southern California Center for Enrollment Research, Policy and Practice, said that it was important to remember that outright falsifying reports was "only one way to manipulate" the rankings, and that many others are used as well. "They can also be manipulated by recruiting students who will not be admitted, by deferring to future semesters students who were not admitted for fall, and by counting faculty as teaching resources who only teach nominally or tangentially," Lucido said.

    While many say that all kinds of manipulation are just "the way the game is played," Lucido said that it was "long past time to provide truly accurate public information and to concentrate on indicators of our results rather than our inputs."

    Tulane M.B.A. Program Becomes 'Unranked'

    Robert Morse, who leads the rankings process at U.S. News, did not respond to e-mail messages seeking his reaction to the news about Bucknell. In the past, he has said that the magazine relies on colleges to provide accurate information. The magazine has also been responding to the reports of data fabrication on a case-by-case basis.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads about ranking controversies ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm

     


    "Why Microsoft's Earnings Report Doesn't Reveal How Windows 8 Is Doing," by Mark Hachman, ReadWriteWeb, January 25, 2013 ---
    http://readwrite.com/2013/01/25/why-microsofts-earnings-report-doesnt-reveal-how-windows-8-is-doing


    Opportunity for Deep Down and Dirty Bayesians
    "Quantitative Legal Prediction – or – How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Start Preparing for the Data Driven Future of the Legal Services Industry," by Daniel Martin Katz, SSRN, December 11, 2013
    http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2187752

    Abstract:
    Do I have a case? What is our likely exposure? How much is this going to cost? What will happen if we leave this particular provision out of this contract? How can we best staff this particular legal matter? These are core questions asked by sophisticated clients such as general counsels as well as consumers at the retail level. Whether generated by a mental model or a sophisticated algorithm, prediction is a core component of the guidance that lawyers offer. Indeed, it is by generating informed answers to these types of questions that many lawyers earn their respective wage.

    Every single day lawyers and law firms are providing predictions to their clients regarding their prospects in litigation and the cost associated with its pursuit (defense). How are these predictions being generated? Precisely what data or model is being leveraged? Could a subset of these predictions be improved by access to outcome data in a large number of 'similar' cases. Simply put, the answer is yes. Quantitative legal prediction already plays a significant role in certain practice areas and this role is likely increase as greater access to appropriate legal data becomes available.

    This article is dedicated to highlighting the coming age of Quantitative Legal Prediction with hopes that practicing lawyers, law students and law schools will take heed and prepare to survive (thrive) in this new ordering. Simply put, most lawyers, law schools and law students are going to have to do more to prepare for the data driven future of this industry. In other words, welcome to Law's Information Revolution and yeah - there is going to be math on the exam.

    Jensen Comments
    It seems to me that much of this paper can also be extended to quantitative analysis (e.g., Bayesian) of clauses in a set of financial statements.


    The Federal Trade Commission is trying to shut down an operation called the Tax Club, which the agency says tricked people into buying bogus business services
    "'Useless' Business Help: Inside a $200 Million Fraud," by John Tozzi, Bloomberg Business Week, January 23, 2013 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-23/useless-business-help-inside-a-200-million-fraud-case

    Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


    Whitewashing the SEC: with Mary Jo White
    Former prosecutor White nominated to head SEC ---
    http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137241.htm


    Question
    What is an LLC?

    Hint
    It is not a type of lawyer. Instead it is a type of company as related to companies with Ltd or Inc after their names.

    Answer
    http://www.businessnewsdaily.com/3747-limited-liability-company.html


     

    Questions
    In the 1960s first-time pass rates on the Uniform CPA Examination were much lower in terms of what I vaguely recall as an exam taker in the 1960s. If my memory is correct,  either the 1960s exam takers were not as smart on average or they were not as prepped for the Uniform CPA Examination. Or just maybe the passage rate threshold parameters changed over time.

    The CPA Examination itself certainly changed in terms of the amount of material to be studied before taking the CPA Examination. In the 1960s the coverage was deep and narrow compared to coverage that is now shallow and wide given the explosion in accounting standards, auditing rules, tax rules, governmental accounting scope, AIS concepts, etc.

    In 1994 the CPA Examination was restructured in terms of component parts. Also the emphasis on multiple choice questions increased greatly over time with less part-credit being given for answers. These changes complicate comparisons of passage rates on components of the CPA Examination over decades of history.

    In 2004 paper and pencil CPA Examinations became history. The CPA Examination is now a computer experience. The AICPA recommends not comparing pre-2004 passage rates with post-2004 passage rates ---
    http://www.aicpa.org/BECOMEACPA/CPAEXAM/PSYCHOMETRICSANDSCORING/PASSINGRATES/Pages/default.aspx

    1.  In the context of time we have BC and AD in terms of Christ and AB (after Becker or Bisk), AG (After Gleim), etc. in terms of CPA Examination prep vendors. Have newer prep vendors had an enormous impact on making CPA exam takers much more prepared since the 1960s when prep vendors were far less intense?

       
    2. In the 1960s virtually all CPA Exam candidates were male. Now there are more female than male exam candidates. Is it reasonable to assume that this alone accounts for the greatly increased passage rates on the Uniform CPA Examination?

       
    3. Were passage rate targets eased by the AICPA and NASBA since the 1960s?

       
    4. Has competition to major in accounting in college become more intense over time such that 21st Century accounting majors are more intelligent on average than 1960s accounting majors?
      For example, in the 1960s no gpa thresholds were imposed to major in accounting. Now some universities will not allow students to major in a accounting unless their gpa performance to date is higher than some threshold such as a 3.4 gpa.

       
    5. Has as the 150-hour requirement made a dramatic difference on passage rates on the CPA examination?

       
    6. Have stiffened criteria (prerequisites)  to take the CPA Examination made a difference on passage rates?
      These criteria vary greatly by state. For example Texas has a relatively large set of prerequisite course modules that must be taken in college.
      In the 1960s some states had no prerequisites for taking the Uniform CPA examination. Others had minimal requirements such as having an undergraduate diploma in virtually any discipline.

       
    7. All the above have yes answers with above 50% assurance.

       
    8. All the above have  no answers  with above 50% assurance.

       
    9. All of the above answers cannot be answered yes or no due to the dearth of  research on why passage rates increased dramatically over time.

       

    Note:
    The Uniform CPA Examination passage rates show an improvement since 2004 ---
    http://www.aicpa.org/BECOMEACPA/CPAEXAM/PSYCHOMETRICSANDSCORING/PASSINGRATES/Pages/default.aspx

    Another consideration --- first-time passage rates over shorter windows of time such as1994-1998 versus 1999-2003 versus 2004-2008 versus 2008-2012

    Another consideration --- moving averages of exam scores themselves

    Another consideration --- standard deviations and kurtosis for distributions of exam scores themselves

    "Let's Discuss:  CPA Exam Passage Rates 2012," by Adrienne Gozalez, Going Concern, January 24, 2013 ---
    http://goingconcern.com/post/lets-discuss-2012-cpa-exam-pass-rates

    January 25, 2013 reply from Dan Stone

    A couple of observations

    1. 150 hour requirement seemed to greatly reduce number of students
    taking the exam and slightly increase pass rates.

    Source: Arthur Allen and Angela M. Woodland (2006) The 150‐Hour
    Requirement and the Number of CPA Exam Candidates, Pass Rates,
    and the Number Passing. Issues in Accounting Education: August
    2006, Vol. 21, No. 3, pp. 173-193.

    http://www.aaajournals.org/doi/abs/10.2308/iace.2006.21.3.173

    "This study examines the association of the 150‐hour education
    requirement with the number of CPA exam candidates, pass rates, and
    the number passing. Proponents of the 150‐hour requirement argue that
    additional education produces higher quality students who are better
    prepared for the CPA exam and accounting careers. Opponents argue
    it imposes opportunity costs on students and costly barriers to entry
    into public accounting. On average we find a large drop (36 percent) in
    the number of candidates in each state taking each exam, a small
    increase in pass rates for first‐time candidates only (3 percent), and a
    large drop (31.5 percent) in the number passing the CPA exam after
    the 150‐hour requirement. "

    2. The quantity of knowledge that is required to pass the CPA now is
    dramatically larger than in the 1960s-80s. I've not seen any evidence
    about the depth of knowledge required to pass the exam but could be
    convinced that it was higher in an earlier era than now.

    3. As Bob notes, one reason for higher pass rates is the ready
    availability of learning resources, including online systems that include
    online lectures
    (http://www2.cpaexcel.com/).  Hence, a candidate in
    say, Ogallala, Nebraska in the 1970s likely had few resources for
    studying for the exam beyond CPA review course books. Now such a
    candidate, if they work hard, could potentially be competitive with any
    candidate in the country.

    Dan Stone

     


    Question
    Here's a possible way were academic researchers could make significant contributions to clinical research in the accounting and auditing profession.
    Are there already important contributions to this problem in the academic research literature?

    "IAASB, PCAOB, CAQ seek ways to measure audit quality," by Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, January 24, 2013 ---
    http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137239.htm

    Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm


    Are Landlords Responsible for Bedbugs?
    http://legallad.quickanddirtytips.com/are-landlords-responsible-for-bedbugs.aspx


    Another Accounting Blogger Calls it Quits (sort of in Adrienne's case)

    Adrienne Gonzalez appears to be ending here four-year blog entitled Jr, Deputy Accountant ---
    http://www.jrdeputyaccountant.com/2013/01/over-it-over-it-over-it.html

    For those of you who have emailed and commented checking in on me the last few weeks to make sure the black helicopters didn't get me, thanks but I'm fine. I guess.

    I've said this before and I'll say it again: I'm over it. A girl can only yell so much before she gives up. I'm putting my energies into
    saving cats these days. Why not? Sure beats sitting around waiting for someone to realize how fucked we all are, right?

    The can will keep getting kicked down the road. We'll keep pretending like everything is OK. The Fed will keep pumping out the free money indefinitely. Why bother?

    Give me a good reason and I'll try. Otherwise, it might be time to move on. Sucks but that's just how the cookie crumbles sometimes.

    I'm still here. And maybe I'll feel like yelling some more one of these days but for now, I'm pretty much over it. No one is listening. It gets old after four years, you know.

    Just know I miss you all at least twice as much as you miss me.

    If you miss me that bad, I still have a daily column
    over at Going Concern. Otherwise, I'm not really into much else... what's the point? No one listens anyway.

    Jensen Comment
    Adrienn intends, as mentioned above, to continue contributing to Going Concern where many of her modules deal with the CPA Exam trends and outcomes. I've never been sure that she herself ever took the exam. That neither matters here nor there. She still reports interesting trends in the CPA Exam along with occasional juicy tidbits on Going Concern.

    Adrienne has the distinction of having created the accounting blog filled with the most distasteful four letter words. This has a shock appeal but is just not too promising when addressing an audience of accountants, most of whom are not very colorful or get turned on by gutter talk. However, it's unfair to characterize the Jr. Deputy Accountant's blog as a gutter blog. In the midst of her colorful language were some very good news items and commentaries. I'm happy that she will continue to contribute to Going Concern and save cats.

    Adrienne is not the first to give up writing an accounting blog. Larry Tomassini had one of the first accounting blogs called something with the word Coach or Coach's Corner or whatever. I think his coaching "blog" died. This started and ended early on before the terms "Weblog" and "Blog" were invented. Now Larry does run something that he calls a "Newsletter" featuring a very old (high school?) picture ---
    http://newsle.com/person/larrytomassini/7067146

    Nadine Sabai (Fraud Girl) was one of the first accounting bloggers to fall by the way when she closed her Sleight of Hand Blog ---
    http://sleightfraud.blogspot.com/

    I suspect there have been other accounting blogs to come and go without my even noticing that they came and went. More often accounting bloggers don't quit entirely but just slow way down of blogging frequency. This seems to be happening with Francine McKenna's re:Auditors blog, although the reason for this might be Francine's increased frequency of writing about audit firms (bad news only) for Forbes.

    Recently long-time accounting blogger Ed Ketz at Penn state hung up his "grumpy" blogging shoes, but his grumpy partner Tony Cantanach at Villanova is carrying on with the Grumpy Old Accountant's blog ---
    http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/
    I liked the Ed and Tony show because their approach to carry on in the financial statement analysis tradition of Abe Brilof when Abe was writing for Barron's  Abe had an almost-impossible act to follow, but Ed and Tony took over this act about as well as anybody else.

    An excellent site that was more focused on behavioral economics and finance (but rarely accounting) was Miguel Barbosa's Simoleon Sense blog ---
    http://www.simoleonsense.com/
    I was very sorry to learn that Miguel stopped maintaining this wonderful blog after losing his job and his significant other.

    What I conclude by reading the messages of bloggers who closed down their blogs is that maintaining an active blog just proved to be too time consuming. I'll vouch for that even though I still have my "hands on the throttle and my eyes on the rails."
     

    My Theme Song for Life Slide Show ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AlaskaRailwayRoutes.pps

    Bob Jensen's Blogs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called New Bookmarks --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called Tidbits --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud Updates --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
    Bob Jensen's Threads --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm

    There are many accounting blogs that carry on, including accounting professor blogs ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm


    How to Save Money (and Stress) When Moving  ---
    http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/save-money-when-moving.aspx

    Jensen Comment
    Most of these suggestions are obvious, although some people may not think of the middle ground solution of packing yourself using moving van materials such as wardrobes for clothing. It's amazing how those wardrobes can be stuffed to where it strains two men to lift the cardboard wardrobe. I keep thinking that we should have reduced the nearly $40,000 we spent moving to New Hampshire from Texas even though we gave away so very many books, clothes, suitcases, and household items.

    A lot of "precious items" in our San Antonio home are now junk items in our New Hampshire barn.

    I was so worried that a 54-foot Mayflower Van would not hold all of our stuff that I shipped over 100 boxes via the U.S. Mail. Even then Mayflower had to build a 10-foot plywood extension on the back of the Van to handle overflow.

    If you're moving from one university to another university as a faculty member, try to negotiate a moving expense allowance.

    And don't forget the tax breaks you might get if you're relocating while being employed (not retired). Moving expense deductions can cover a whole lot more than what you pay to the moving van company ---
    http://www.irs.gov/publications/p521/index.html
    The tax breaks do not apply to short distance moves.

    Especially check on the reliability of the moving company. We had some San Antonio friends who had local movers load their stuff that afterwards disappeared forever. Those losses cannot even be deducted as charitable contributions.


    From Ernst & Young:  EITF Update January 2013 --- Click Here
    http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/EITFUpdate_BB2487_18January2013/$FILE/EITFUpdate_BB2487_18January2013.pdf


    "Can Money Buy Happiness? The Science of Materialism, Animated,"  by Maria Popova, Brain Pickings, January 17, 2013 ---
    http://www.brainpickings.org/index.php/2013/01/17/can-money-buy-happiness-asapscience/


    "Facebook’s New Graph Search: Not Very Good," by Rachel Metz, MIT's Technology Review, January 19, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://www.technologyreview.com/news/510036/facebooks-new-graph-search-not-very-good/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130121

    Bob Jensen's Search Helpers --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Searchh.htm


    "How CFOs Can Use Social Software to Add Value in Closing the Books," CFO Journal, January 16, 2013 ---
    http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/16/how-cfos-can-use-social-software-to-add-value-in-closing-the-books/

    Many organizations are using social business software to add value, enhance business performance and strengthen connections with employees, customers and vendors. Social software, however, has yet to be adopted by many finance organizations, as some CFOs appear skeptical of its value. A study conducted by MIT Sloan Management Review in collaboration with Deloitte found that only 14% of CFOs surveyed view social tools as important to their organizations, while 28% of CEOs, presidents and managing directors regard them as important.¹ “There’s still a lack of tangible measures of the value of social business and CFOs are bottom line-oriented,” observes Mark White, chief technical officer of Deloitte Consulting LLP. “They want to know that the money, talent and the time invested in implementing social business are worthwhile.”

    Mr. White says that social tools such as microblogs, wikis, internal social networks, instant messaging applications and threaded discussion forums can help CFOs improve finance organization performance. “The financial close-the-books process is an example of how social software can drive improvements in finance’s decision-making and  processes, by making the close more transparent, efficient, repeatable and defensible,” he says.

    Closing the books in a timely and accurate manner can be a challenge in itself, but particularly so when exceptions², such as errors or other unanticipated issues, occur.  Anticipated events, such as nhttp://www.technologyreview.com/news/510036/facebooks-new-graph-search-not-very-good/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130121ew regulatory guidelines or integrating an acquired business, can also hamper the financial close. And although the close may eventually reflect an exception or a new event in a correct manner, the process of resolving these exceptions today can be highly inefficient, with lots of wasted time, and the discussions, thinking and decisions that occurred throughout the process may not have been captured.  That could be a critical loss to a finance organization’s institutional memory, notes Mr. White.

    An Example of How Social Business Tools Helped Shorten the Close-the-Books Process

    To illustrate how CFOs can improve close the books with social software, Matthew Soderberg, a senior manager in Deloitte Consulting LLP’s M&A Finance practice, points to a technology company that recently utilized social networking tools to help it close the books within three days.

    Following the implementation of an enterprise-wide internal social network, the company’s corporate accounting team created a user group for the finance team members involved in the close and consolidation processes.  Instead of using email to notify the applicable groups within the finance function when an event in the close process has taken place to trigger the next step, or when there’s a problem that requires correction, the finance team can post updates about the close process and diagnose, explain and correct errors faster because activities are posted in real time.

    Posting updates about the close process has significantly reduced email traffic and corporate accounting’s role as middleman, according to Mr. Soderberg. “This company had been working hard to get to a three-day close. The internal social network facilitated the finance organization’s ability to achieve that goal with fewer iterations, and it has made the finance professionals’ lives easier during the three-day close process,” he says.

    Social Software’s Capabilities

    Social tools are being effectively deployed by organizations to enhance business performance in operations, innovation and other areas, according to Metrics That Matter: Social Software for Business Performance, a study by the Deloitte Center for the Edge  According to the authors of the Metrics That Matter study, social software provides organizations the capabilities to identify knowledge and experience, communicate across boundaries, preserve institutional memory, harness knowledge that may be distributed across geographies and functions, and discover emerging opportunities.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads on blogging and social networking are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm


    Bad Things Leading to Tenure-Time Extension Requests = serious illness (including depression), death of a child, divorce, home wipeouts from storms and fires, and so on down the line. Even good things can become problematic for attaining tenure such as having five children in a seven-year tenure probationary period.

    "When Bad Things Happen to Untenured People," by Jana von Stein, Chronicle of Higher Education's Chronicle Review, January 12, 2013 ---
    http://chronicle.com/article/When-Bad-Things-Happen-to/136539/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en

    Jensen Comment
    One of my favorite blogs used to be the blog of the "Unknown Finance Professor" in the Financial Rounds blog. He shared his identity and university privately with me. His blog is virtually ended these days, although he still posts very infrequent items ---
    http://financialrounds.blogspot.com/

    Several years ago he shared with us readers of his blog the long-term saga and eventual cancer death of his young son. To my knowledge he did not ask for or receive extended time for tenure when his young son was becoming more and more ill. It was also a terrible strain on his wife, his other child (a younger daughter), his new baby, and his struggle to both teach and get top journal hits required for tenure. Sometimes his blog posts brought tears to my eyes.

    Although he's never mentioned it, I think the virtual ending of his excellent Financial Rounds blog is due to the amount of time that this blog took amidst his other family and faculty demands.


    Hi Tom,

    I really do appreciate that you are trying to be constructive. However, even the pejorative title of your blog post, like that of Francine's post, seems to suggest that auditors are getting away with something they should not get away with in the courts.
    Your title is:  "Why Nothing Sticks to Auditors when Loans Go Bad"
    Her title is: "Big Four Auditors and Jury Trials: Not In The U.S.

    In your blog posting you then goes on to state:

    If the auditors don't settle, then (follow me on this one) the SEC will have to convince the ALJ that the auditors acted "unreasonably" by not concluding that the numbers fed to them by management were themselves "unreasonable."
     

    I tried to point out that both auditors and management relied upon "unreasonable" mortgage value estimates thousands of thousands  of mortgage valuation experts at the time of the KPMG audit in question. Over 99.999% of those valuation experts were greatly overvaluing those poisoned mortgages in Countrywide Financial, IndyMac Bank, Ameriquest, Wells Fargo, Washington Mutual, etc. The exception was Peter Schiff, but nobody was listening to him.

    Sleazy real estate appraisers were greatly overvaluing properties serving as collateral.

    Security valuation experts were greatly overvaluing the mortgages. and CDO portfolios comprised of those mortgage investments. Many relied upon the flawed Gaussian copula function.

    Your proposals for improved auditing almost always entail suggesting that auditors rely on "independent valuation experts."

    My point is that in these particular instance of auditors at Countrywide, IndyMac, Washington Mutual, and the others virtually all "independent valuation experts" were going to agree to unreliable valuations by experts for reasons given in Professor Galbaith's Senate Testimony:
    "Why the ‘Experts’ Failed to See How Financial Fraud Collapsed the Economy," by "James K. Galbraith, Big Picture, June 2, 2010 ---
    http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2010/06/james-k-galbraith-why-the-experts-failed-to-see-how-financial-fraud-collapsed-the-economy/

    My point is that fair value accounting and KPMG's auditing relying on "independent valuation experts" of the mortgages in Countrywide would not have helped to predict that Countrywide was no longer a going concern. The valuation experts across the U.S.A. did not foresee the collapse of the mortgage lending companies and Wall Street investment banks until after the bubble burst.

    Where did the auditors fail?
    The CPA auditors like KPMG and the other Big Four firms failed because they did not go granular on a sampling of mortgages held by Countrywide Financial, IndyMac Bank, Ameriquest, Wells Fargo, Washington Mutual, Bear Stearns, Lehman Bros., Merrill Lynch, and over 1,000 other failed banks. The failing was to rely upon valuation experts rather than to themselves sample the mortgage investments during audits to investigate the likelihood of mortgages failing.

    The auditors should have detected that there was not a snow ball chance in Hell that Mervene on welfare and food stamps was going to pay off a $103,000 mortgage on her shack.

    For a picture of Mervene's shack in Phoenix go to
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
    After foreclosure on this shack, her neighbors bought it for less than $10,000 and tore the eyesore down.

    Diligent auditors should've detected themselves that something was wrong if a woman on welfare could get a $103,000 mortgage on that cheap shack.

    My contention is that the CPA audit firms failed because they relied upon fair value estimates from "valuation experts" as being "reasonable." They should've instead done a deeper granular investigation of the mortgage investments themselves. There is precedent for this in auditing. In the early days of FAS 133, audit firms were aware that they were outsourcing too much to banks for the valuation of derivative financial instruments. Very quickly the audit firms purchased their own Bloomberg or Reuters Terminals and began to themselves value samplings of each client's investments in derivative financial instruments.

    Conclusion
    Hence, I would contend that instead of relying upon "independent valuation experts" for loan investments, CPA auditors should instead go granular on samplings of those loans to investigate the likelihood of paybacks on those loans.

    It did not even take an accounting degree to realize that Marvene was never going to pay back this loan once the mortgage lending firm sold it to Fannie Mae --- which was tantamount to sticking government with the Mervene's loan loss.
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze

    Respectfully,
    Bob Jensen


    "FASB's credit loss proposal - a closer look," Ernst & Young, January 21, 2013 ---
    http://www.ey.com/UL/en/AccountingLink/Current-topics-Financial-Instruments


    From the CFO Morning Ledger on January 15, 2013

    Companies are packing their annual audits full of details on how they value hard-to-price assets, like thinly traded securities, pension-fund assets and customer lists. The trend is a response to regulator warnings that companies and auditors don’t fully understand some of the figures they get from third-party valuation advisers and pricing services, CFOJ’s Emily Chasan writes in today’s Marketplace section.

    “The challenge for a CFO, or anyone in a financial reporting group, is that suddenly they are being asked to talk about investments as if they were a lifelong specialist in this category,” says Verne Scazzero, CEO of Harvest Investments, which helps companies review the value of their investments.

    Tighter mark-to-market rules have forced businesses to rely more on outside services that use computer modeling to help them appraise “their most-esoteric assets,” Chasan writes. But now, companies want to know more about those models. Corporate auditors are also consulting with their national offices on tricky valuations, and hiring more advisers to get a second opinion. “Auditors are going to be asking a lot more,” questions about how values were determined, said John Keyser, national director of assurance services at accounting firm McGladrey & Pullen. “The work is exponential.”

    Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting controversies ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValue


    "Why Are Some Sectors (Ahem, Finance) So Scandal-Plagued?" by Ben W. Heineman, Jr., Harvard Business Review Blog,  January 10, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/scandals_plague_sectors_not_ju.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date

    Greatest Swindle in the History of the World ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout

    The trouble with crony capitalism isn't capitalism. It's the cronies ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#CronyCapitalism

    Subprime: Borne of Greed, Sleaze, Bribery, and Lies (including the credit rating agencies) ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze

    History of Fraud in America --- 
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/415wp/AmericanHistoryOfFraud.htm

    Rotten to the Core ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm

    Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm

    Marketing Science Institute --- http://www.msi.org/


    From the CFO Morning Ledger on January 15, 2013

    Ex-Nortel CFO acquitted of fraud charges. A Canadian judge acquitted three former Nortel Networks executives of fraud charges, the WSJ reports. Former CEO Frank Dunn, former CFO Douglas Beatty and Michael Gollogly, the former corporate controller, were found not guilty of misstating Nortel’s financial results between 2000 and 2004. Those results entitled them to bonuses worth about $13 million.

    Bob Jensen's threads on Nortel ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
    Search on the word "Nortel"


    "MILLIONS OF LESSONS LEARNED ON ELECTRONIC NAPKINS," by Rick Lillie, AAA Commons, January 2, 2013 ---
    http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/6040b395eb
    Most AAA Commons postings are only available to AAA members. However, this may be one of the freebies

    Bob Jensen's threads on ubiquitous computing are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ubiquit.htm

    Bob Jensen's threads on Tools and Tricks of the Trade ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm


    PBS Frontline:  Why don't some of biggest fraudsters in history go to prison?
    "The Untouchables," Frontline, January 22, 2013 ---
    http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/untouchables/?elq=923e1cf54bd4465092ea4b303aac1291&elqCampaignId=511
    Thank you Dennis Huber for the heads up.

    "Should Some Bankers Be Prosecuted?" by Jeff Madrick and Frank Partnoy, New York Review of Books, November 10, 2011 ---
    http://www.nybooks.com/articles/archives/2011/nov/10/should-some-bankers-be-prosecuted/

    Bob Jensen's threads on Why White Collar Crime Pays Even If You Know You're Going to Get Caught ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays

    Bob Jensen's threads on Rotten to the Core ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm

    Jensen Comment
    I highly respect this video, although it tends to not blame the major source of the fraud on Main Street --- that blame that falls on government for pressuring Fannie Mae and Freddy Mack to buy up millions of mortgages generated on Main Street without having any recourse to the banks and mortgages companies who knowingly granted mortgages without to borrowers who could never repay those loans. This was compounded by granting loas way in excess of collateral value such as when Fannie Mae had to buy a fraudulent loan of $103,000 on a shack that Marvene (a woman on welfare and food stamps) purchased for $3,000.
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
    Barney's Rubble --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
     


    Caterpillar got burned to the tune of $580 million due to blatant accounting fraud
    "Accounting Fraud Prompts $580 Million Write-Down at CAT," by Frank Byrt, AccountingWeb, January 23, 2013 ---
    http://www.accountingweb.com/article/accounting-fraud-prompts-580-million-write-down-cat/220829?source=aa


    Bad Pennies Always Return

    From the CFO Morning Ledger on January 15, 2013

    Ex-Enron CFO to speak at fraud conference. Former Enron CFO Andrew Fastow is back on the radar. The Going Concern blog’s Caleb Newquist notes that Fastow will be one of the keynote speakers at the ACFE’s annual conference in Las Vegas later this year. He won’t be getting paid for his appearance, though. The ACFE notes that it “does not compensate convicted fraudsters.”

    Bob Jensen's thread on the felon CFO nobody liked in Enron, including CEO Jeff Skilling ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm


    An interview with Frank Friedman, Managing Partner of Finance and Administration of Deloitte LLP
    "The Power of Data Analytics," Deloitte, January 22, 2013 ---
    http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/22/from-cfo-to-cfo-the-power-of-data-analytics-2/


    "Five of Steve Jobs's Biggest Mistakes," by Peter Sims, Harvard Business Review Blog, January 21, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/five_of_steve_jobss_biggest_mi.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date

    Jensen Comment
    To this I might add that Steve's biggest mistake was not in early-on licensing of the Mac operating system to other hardware vendors like IBM and Dell. Steve Jobs thereby let Bill Gates gain traction with the Microsoft Windows operating system which then captured the lion's share of the personal computer market. Steve Jobs always did want monopoly power of hardware that ran his operating systems. This was an enormous mistake in terms of the Mac operating system.


    Boeing Accounting Method Could Smooth Out Dreamliner Problems --- Click Here
    http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/18/boeing-accounting-method-could-smooth-out-dreamliner-problems/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport

    Jensen Comment
    I'm reminded years ago of a New Yorker cartoon showing a fat CEO pleading with a geeky accountant.
    The caption was:
    "It's desperate Norman! Only an accounting breakthrough can save us."


    "An Analysis Of The 2012 Financial Performance Of The World’s Largest Accounting Firms," Big Four Blog, January 2013 ---
    http://www.big4.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/The-2012-Big-Four-Firms-Performance-Analysis.pdf

    "Why Nothing Sticks to Auditors when Loans Go Bad," by Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion, January 13, 2013 ---
    http://accountingonion.typepad.com/theaccountingonion/2013/01/when-loans-go-bad-nothing-sticks-to-the-auditors.html

    I read numerous news sources this week echoing the SEC's announcement that it finally has a case it thinks it can win against auditors stemming from the 2008 financial crisis. One journalist, Jon Weil of Bloomberg, takes it a step further to ask, 'What took so long'?

    "It has been frustrating to look at the SEC's own highlights of the lawsuits it has filed in connection with the financial crisis -- and to see that none of them had been against an auditor. Now the SEC will have one case to cite, albeit against a couple of small fries. It also should be stressed that the agency hasn't proved any of its allegations against these two accountants. Surely the SEC can find some bigger targets out there in the auditing world if it wants to. [emphasis added]

    The paucity of enforcement actions against auditors surely has not been for lack of trying. But, just as surely, auditors have not been doing much lately to protect investors and to promote economic stability. The topic of audit reform in response to the financial crisis has been everywhere in both the U.S. and Europe (except perhaps where it counts the most – at the SEC).

    The SEC announcement comes coincidentally right on the heels of the FASB's proposal to changes to loan accounting. Which adds another question to Jon's: would better loan accounting standards beget higher quality audits? But more on that later. First, let's discuss why auditors have been to financial reporting as Teflon is to frying pans – nothing sticks.

     

    The Problem of Auditing what Managers See through Rose-colored Lenses

    I've explained this before, but it bears repeating. Several financial elements are capable of being determined objectively (e.g., cash and contractual amounts for receivables and payables). Auditors are trained to verify these financial statement inputs by counting, reading, confirming, etc., and they generally do an outstanding job at this kind of work – for which any CPA is eminently qualified.

    Continued in article

    Tom's wish for more audit firm litigation was forcefully wished earlier by Francine McKenna
    "Big Four Auditors and Jury Trials: Not In The U.S.," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, June 19, 2012 ---
     http://retheauditors.com/2012/06/19/big-four-auditors-and-jury-trials-not-in-the-u-s/

    That prompts the question, why don’t shareholders sue accountants anymore?
    "Accountants Skirt Shareholder Lawsuits," by Jonathan D. Glater, The New York Times, December 27, 2012 ---
    http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2012/12/27/accountants-skirt-shareholder-lawsuits/

    The accountants who service publicly traded companies are likely to have something to be thankful for this year: shareholders are not filing federal securities fraud lawsuits against them.

    Just 10 years ago, public company accountants were in the cross hairs of shareholders, regulators and prosecutors. A criminal indictment destroyed Enron’s auditor, Arthur Andersen. Congress created a new regulator, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, to oversee the profession. And in dozens of lawsuits in the years afterward, shareholders named accountants as co-defendants when alleging accounting fraud.

    But things have changed. According to NERA Economic Consulting, which tracks shareholder litigation and reported on the decline in accounting firm defendants in its midyear report in July, not one accounting firm has been named a defendant so far this year. One of the study’s co-authors, Ron I. Miller, confirmed that the trend has continued at least through November.

    That prompts the question, why don’t shareholders sue accountants anymore?

    “To the extent that firms have been burned for a lot of money, they have some pretty strong incentives to try to behave,” Mr. Miller said. “That’s the hopeful side of the legal system: You hope that if you put in penalties, that those penalties change people’s actions.”

    The less positive alternative, he added, is that public companies “have gotten better at hiding it.”

    From 2005 to 2009, according to the NERA report, 12 percent of securities class action cases included accounting firm co-defendants. The range of federal securities fraud class action cases filed per year in that period was 132 to 244.

    The absence of accounting firm defendants this year can probably be explained at least in part by court decisions; the Supreme Court has issued rulings, as in Stoneridge Investment Partners LLC v. Scientific-Atlanta Inc. in 2008, making it more difficult to recover damages from third parties in fraud cases.

    So perhaps more shareholder suits would take aim at accountants, if the plaintiffs believed that their claims would survive a defendant’s motion to dismiss. And it is possible that plaintiffs will add accounting firm as defendants to existing cases in the future, if claimants get information to support such claims.

    Over all, fewer shareholder class action lawsuits are based on allegations of accounting fraud, as opposed to other types of fraud. The NERA midyear report found that in the first six months of 2012, about 25 percent of complaints in securities class action cases included allegations of accounting fraud, down from nearly 40 percent in all of 2011.

    Perhaps the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the legislative response to the accounting scandals of the early 2000s, actually worked, Mr. Miller said.

    “There’s been a lot of complaining about SOX, and certainly the compliance costs are high for smaller publicly traded companies,” he said, but accounting fraud “is to a large extent what SOX was intended to stop.”

    Public company accountants still have potential civil liability to worry about, said Joseph A. Grundfest, a former commissioner of the Securities and Exchange Commission who teaches at Stanford Law School. Regulators, he said, are investigating potential misconduct involving accounting firms.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads on lawsuits where CPA firms have not been so lucky ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm

    "An Analysis Of The 2012 Financial Performance Of The World’s Largest Accounting Firms," Big Four Blog, January 2013 ---
    http://www.big4.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/The-2012-Big-Four-Firms-Performance-Analysis.pdf


    "An Analysis Of The 2012 Financial Performance Of The World’s Largest Accounting Firms," Big Four Blog, January 2013 ---
    http://www.big4.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/The-2012-Big-Four-Firms-Performance-Analysis.pdf

    EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

    Deloitte, Ernst & Young, KPMG and PwC: 2012 Revenues Increase to Historic Levels 2012 was a banner year for the Big Four accounting firms: Deloitte & Touche, Ernst & Young (E&Y), KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) following strong growth in 2011, and erasing the impacts of subdued performance of 2009 and 2010. 2009 combined revenue for the four firms of $94 billion fell 7% from 2008’s record of $101 billion, but stabilized in 2010 as revenue increased 1.4% to $95 billion. 2011 revenue rose a further 9% to historic high levels of $103 billion, setting a new record.

    Another new record was set in 2012, with strong growth momentum in all service lines and geographies continuing from 2011, helped by emerging countries, improvements in global economic profiles and increased business deal activity. Combined 2012 revenue for the four firms rose to a record historic high level of $110 billion, up 6% from 2011. With all global economies, except those in Europe, showing continued growth in 2012, the Big Four firms had outstanding performance in 2012, with revenues rising in all geographies, service lines and industries. KPMG revenues grew the slowest at 1.4%, Ernst & Young at 6.7%, PwC increased 7.8% and

    Deloitte posted the highest rate at 8.6%. PwC grew slower than Deloitte yet reported 2012 revenues of $31.5 billion, just $200 million more than Deloitte, thus maintaining its leadership position as the largest accounting firm on the planet. KPMG’s modest growth is well out of line with peers. Our analysis shows three factors: Europe is 50% of global revenues and was negatively impacted by US dollar appreciation versus the Euro,

    Advisory service line had modest growth and Audit presumably lost some relative market share. In terms of geography, Americas have 40% and falling share of global combined revenues. From 2011 to 2012 however, Americas had a strong performance growth of 9.2%. Europe has 43% of combined firm revenues and increased 3.3% from 2011 to 2012, growing the slowest due to regional uncertainty. Asian revenues have more than doubled from $7 billion in 2004 to $18.5 billion in 2012, 17% of the total, and grew a strong 8.0% from 2011 to 2012.

    By service line, Audit accounts for 45% of total revenues and grew 2.9% from 2011 to 2012. Tax services are 23% of total revenues and also rose 5.6% from 2011 to 2012. Advisory services have been the fastest growing service line for several years increasing share from 22% of total revenues in 2004 to 33% in 2012. Advisory revenues grew a strong 12.2% from 2011 to 2012.

    The Big Four firms cumulatively employ more than 690,000 staff globally, with a total of 37,000 partners overseeing a steep pyramid of about 530,000 professionals. Net employment increased by 39,000 from 2011 to 2012.

    The outlook for 2013 and beyond is quite optimistic, revenue is expected to grow at a good pace, with help from strong emerging markets, Advisory services, Dodd-Frank and other regulations, conversions to IFRS and favorable economic conditions. 2013 will also prove whether PwC can continue to be the leader and whether KPMG can attempt to narrow its gap with E&Y.

    A detailed analysis can be downloaded at http://www.Big4.com/analysis .

    Bob Jensen's threads on the largest accounting and auditing firms ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm


    Special Considerations in Auditing Financial Instruments
    AICPA Audit Guide
    Publisher: AICPA
    2013
    Price Varies
    http://www.cpa2biz.com/AST/Main/CPA2BIZ_Primary/AuditAttest/TopicSpecificGuidance/PRDOVR~PC-012523/PC-012523.jsp 

    Jensen Comment
    This includes guides for fair value measurement.


    "Hedge funds disappoint -- again," CBS News, January 25, 2013 ---
    http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-505123_162-57564075/hedge-funds-disappoint-again/

    (MoneyWatch) Considerable academic research demonstrates that there is little to no persistence of performance for actively managed mutual funds. Hedge fund investors only wished they could say the same thing.

     

    The performance of hedge funds has been persistently poor, with 2012 being no exception. The HFRX Global Hedge Fund Index returned just 3.5 percent in 2012. By comparison, the S&P 500 Index returned 16 percent. In fact, there was only one year, 2008, in the past 10 when hedge funds beat the S&P 500. Over the past five years, the S&P 500 returned 1.7 percent per year, producing a cumulative return of 8.6 percent, while the HFRX Index lost 2.9 percent per year, producing a cumulative loss of 13.6 percent.

     

     

    Last year's performance was so poor that the HFRX Global Hedge Fund Index not only underperformed stocks, but even the Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index, which returned 4.8 percent. That marked the sixth year out of the past 10 that the HRFX underperformed this bond index.

     

    Even worse is that if we compare the return of the HFRX Global Bond Fund Index to the return of a balanced stock/bond portfolio -- 60 percent S&P 500 Index/40 percent Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index -- 2012 marked 10 straight years of underperformance.

     

    Even more devastating is the performance of a subset of hedge funds called "absolute return" funds. These funds are supposed to get positive returns regardless of what the market is doing. That is the "promise," or at least the idea behind them. Unfortunately, the evidence shows that the only thing absolute about them is that they have delivered absolutely abysmal performance. In fact, the HFRX Absolute Return Index actually produced negative returns in three of the past five years.
     

    The cumulative return for the period 2008-2012 was -18.7 percent, or an annualized loss of 4.1 percent per year. By comparison, the BofA Merrill Lynch One-Year Treasury Index (pretty close to a riskless investment) returned 1.4 percent a year, producing a cumulative gain of 7.3 percent, and never had a year with a negative return. The Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index returned 6.1 percent per year, producing a cumulative return of 34.2 percent, and it too did not experience a single year with a loss. For the 10-year period 2003-2012 the Absolute Return Index returned just 0.7 percent a year, underperforming even riskless one-month Treasury bills, which returned 1.8 percent a year.

     

    Given the poor performance of hedge funds, the real puzzle is why investors keep pouring money into them. The only explanations I can think of are that investors have been dazzled by the marketing pitches of Wall Street and are unaware of the evidence.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's investment helpers ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers

     


    According to Hoyle
    "AN INTERESTING WRITING ASSIGNMENT," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, January 13, 2013 ---
    http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/an-interesting-writing-assignment.html

    According to Hoyle
    "TEAM AMBITION" by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, January 30, 2013 ---
    http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/team-ambition.html
    Joe also lists the ten most viewed postings to his blog over the years.

    Jensen Comment
    Joe wrote me sometime back noting that views of his postings spike each time I forward, to the AECM, a link to a new blog item at his site

     


    "A Tale of Four Tax Returns," NPR, January , 2013 --- http://video.pbs.org/video/2324404112
    These are 2010 tax returns. The examples mention that the Earned Income Tax Credit allows some low and middle-income taxpayers not only avoid income taxes but receive cash refunds in excess of what was withheld from paychecks. The "Tale" seems reasonably well balanced except for its failure to mention how many low, middle, and high income taxpayers avoid taxes by participating in the underground economy ---
    Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
    As I've mentioned repeatedly I'm in favor of eliminating lower rates on capital gains tax rates provided capital gains are indexed for inflation losses.

     

    Question
    What can a marriage proposal tell you about underlying tax motives?

    Hint:  Note the colored graph to see when marriage saves tax dollars.

    "Effects of Marriage on Tax Burden Vary Greatly with Income Level, Equality," by Nick Kasprak, Tax Foundation, January 10, 2013 ---
    http://taxfoundation.org/sites/taxfoundation.org/files/docs/ff352.pdf

    "A Married Couple's Guide To Estate Planning," by Deborah L. Jacobs, Forbes, January 9, 2013 ---
    http://www.forbes.com/sites/deborahljacobs/2013/01/09/a-married-couples-guide-to-estate-planning/

    Jensen Comment
    Always remember, however, in the case of marriage termination she gets the gold mine and you get the shaft ---
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U-p0zn3PijY

    "Annual Inflation Adjustments for 2013," IRS, January 11, 2013 ---
    http://www.irs.gov/uac/Newsroom/Annual-Inflation-Adjustments-for-2013

    The Internal Revenue Service announced today annual inflation adjustments for tax year 2013, including the tax rate schedules, and other tax changes from the recently passed American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012.  

    The tax items for 2013 of greatest interest to most taxpayers include the following changes.

    Details on these inflation adjustments and others are contained in Revenue Procedure 2013-15, which will be published in Internal Revenue Bulletin 2013-5 on Jan.28, 2013. Other inflation adjusted items were published in October 2012 in Revenue Procedure 2012-41.

    23 problems (more or less) with the tax code
    "Remaining taxpayer problems in 2012," Don't Mess With Taxes, January 11, 2013 ---
    http://dontmesswithtaxes.typepad.com/dont_mess_with_taxes/2013/01/remaining-taxpayer-problems-in-2012.html

    The national taxpayer advocate has recommended that taxpayers be allowed to tell the IRS to accept their return only when filed on paper, thus preventing e-file tax-identity theft. So far the IRS has failed to allow this. Less effective methods are to request an "electronic filing PIN," available at www.irs.gov, and file Form 14039, "Identity Theft Affidavit," so that the IRS might apply additional return-screening procedures. Sadly, conventional credit-monitoring services are useless against income-tax identity theft.
    "E-Filing and the Explosion in Tax-Return Fraud Identity-theft cases rocketed to 1.1 million in 2011 from 51,700 in 2008. The IRS has a backlog of 650,000," by Jay Starkman, The Wall Street Journal, January 13, 2013 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323374504578222130665022160.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t&mg=reno64-wsj

    Now that Americans finally know the tax rate they'll be paying, it's time to start thinking about the annual drudgery of filing their returns. It's also the season when identity thieves begin ripping off those returns and stealing billions in false or misdirected refunds. Tax fraud, amazingly, is now the third-largest theft of federal funds after Medicare/Medicaid and unemployment-insurance fraud.

    Tax-identity theft exploded to more than 1.1 million cases in 2011 from 51,700 in 2008. The Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration last summer reported discovering an additional 1.5 million potentially fraudulent 2011 tax refunds totaling in excess of $5.2 billion.

    Why has identity theft rocketed through the Internal Revenue Service? Because American taxpayers, urged on by the IRS, have taken to filing their income-tax returns electronically and arranging for refunds to be directly deposited into bank accounts. E-filing is appealing because it provides an electronic postmark confirmation that the return was filed on time. When it is combined with direct deposit, a refund can arrive in as little as seven days. In 2012, 80% of individual returns were e-filed, fulfilling an initial goal Congress set in 1998. The result is an automated system in which the labor burden is transferred to the taxpayer.

    E-filing contributes to tax complexity as the IRS demands ever more data for reporting of wage, interest and brokerage income with more tax forms. A discrepancy may result in a rejection code, a letter from the IRS Automated Underreporting Unit, or a computerized audit out of a centralized IRS office in Ogden, Utah. There's no cost to the IRS for requesting extra information when it's received electronically.

    Targeting taxpayers for audit is a major factor behind the IRS's push for e-filing. E-filed returns are available for audit several months sooner than paper returns, allowing more time before the three-year statute of limitations expires. The IRS has even boasted that its e-file database is "a rich and fertile field" for selecting audits and has estimated that if its "screeners could be reallocated to performing audits, they could bring an additional $175 million annually."

    Fraudulent tax returns can come in the form of tax-identity theft, refund fraud, or return-preparer fraud and are difficult to prosecute. With e-filing, evidence of fraud is difficult to find. There are no signed tax forms, envelopes or fingerprints, and e-filing promises quick refunds.

    It's easy for criminals to e-file using a real name and Social Security number combined with a phony Form W-2 (wages) or fabricated Schedule C (business income). The refund can be posted to an anonymous "Green Dot" prepaid Visa or MasterCard MA +0.20% purchased at a drugstore. Such cards have a routing and account number suitable for direct deposit. The IRS may even correct a fraudulent return to refund the estimated taxes that the real taxpayer already remitted, as happened to one of my victimized clients.

    Another form of fraud is when an unscrupulous return preparer modifies the bank-routing information on a return so the direct-deposit refund will wind up in his own bank account. He might increase the deductions so a return will show a larger refund due, with only the increase routed to his bank account. The victim will know nothing unless the IRS sends an audit notice.

    Other preparers have abused the return information of former clients to file false refund returns in subsequent years. Criminals have established physical offices and websites displaying names of major tax-preparation franchises in order to gain genuine return documents and signatures from unsuspecting victims.

    The IRS will replace a lost or stolen refund check. However, a stolen refund using an altered or erroneous routing number on a tax return will generally not be refunded until the bank returns the funds to the IRS. Otherwise, the taxpayer's sole recourse is a lawsuit against the return preparer.

    Millions of Americans now pay the IRS via an Electronic Federal Tax Payment System debit. Unlike ordinary creditors paid electronically, the IRS is in the business of sending refunds but it doesn't compare names on bank records against its own files. So, with just the routing information from a personal check, a skilled criminal can use the electronic tax-payment system to transfer funds from a victim's bank account as an estimated-tax payment to another stolen name and Social Security number, then file a refund claim transferring the stolen funds to his own account. (This can be prevented by having your bank place an "ACH debit block" on your account.)

    Fraud is a major problem for states, too. Using TurboTax, a 25-year-old woman e-filed a fraudulent 2011 Oregon return reporting wages of $3 million and claiming a $2.1 million refund—and the Oregon Department of Revenue sent her the refund. In October, a hacker stole 3.8 million unencrypted tax records from the South Carolina Department of Revenue. Georgia reports that 4% of its returns are fraudulent.

    If you become a tax-identity theft victim, immediately seek a referral to the IRS Identity Protection Specialized Unit or the Taxpayer Advocate Service using Form 911. Keep in mind that it can take over a year to resolve. The IRS has a backlog of 650,000 cases.

    The national taxpayer advocate has recommended that taxpayers be allowed to tell the IRS to accept their return only when filed on paper, thus preventing e-file tax-identity theft. So far the IRS has failed to allow this. Less effective methods are to request an "electronic filing PIN," available at www.irs.gov, and file Form 14039, "Identity Theft Affidavit," so that the IRS might apply additional return-screening procedures. Sadly, conventional credit-monitoring services are useless against income-tax identity theft.

    Continued in article

    Question
    Why do thieves want taxpayer ID numbers?

    Answer
    The most obvious reason is to collect your tax refund before you get around filing for it. They would also like our earned income credits to flow to them in tens of billions of dollars in cash that does not belong to them. The primary reason nearly half the taxpayers collect tax refunds rather than pay any income tax is due to those earned income credits. And the Cliff Prevention and NASCAR Racetrack Construction Bill passed on January 1 restored those earned income credits big time.

    This worked wonders in preventing credit card number thieves from sifting through trash containers
    "To fight identity theft, IRS proposes rules for truncating identifying numbers," by Sally P. Schreiber, J.D., Journal of Accountancy, January 3, 2013 ---
    http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137107.htm

    Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm

    Bob Jensen's tax helpers ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation


    Jensen Comment
    Add to this the recent admission by Tiger Woods that California's high taxes forced him to move to Florida.

     


    "The Nordic model for unemployment insurance," Sober Look, January 11, 2013 ---
    http://soberlook.com/2013/01/the-nordic-model-for-unemployment.html 


    Blanket refusals to make use of private- or public-cloud capabilities leave too much value on the table from savings and improved flexibility. Large institutions, which have many types of sensitive information to protect and many cloud solutions to choose from, must balance potential benefits against, for instance, risks of breaches of data confidentiality, identity and access integrity, and system availability.
    "Protecting information in the cloud:   IT and business executives need to apply a risk-management approach that balances economic value against risks," by James Kaplan, Chris Rezek, and Kara Sprague, McKinsey Quarterly, January 2013 ---
    http://www.mckinseyquarterly.com/Protecting_information_in_the_cloud_3041


    Thank You Dana Hermanson
    I think Dana Hermanson should be applauded for adding diversity to research methods during his service as Senior Editor of Accounting Horizons. Before Dana took over Accounting Horizons (AH) had succumbed to being a clone of The Accounting Review (TAR) in a manner totally inconsistent with its original charter.

    There's nothing wrong with equations per se, and they serve a vital function in research.
    But must having them be a necessary condition?
    How long has it been since a mainline TAR paper was published without equations?
    How long will it take for a mainline TAR paper to be published that does not have equations?

    Fortunately, thanks to Dana, some papers can be once again published in AH that are not replete with equations.

    Steve Zeff had the guts to admit the divergence of Accounting Horizons from its original charter in his excellent presentation in San Francisco on August 4, 2010 following a plenary session at the AAA Annual Meetings.

    Steve compared the missions of the Accounting Horizons with performances since AH was inaugurated. Bob Mautz faced the daunting tasks of being the first Senior Editor of AH and of setting the missions of that journal for the future in the spirit dictated by the AAA Executive Committee at the time and of Jerry Searfoss (Deloitte) and others providing seed funding for starting up AH.

    Steve Zeff first put up a list of the AH missions as laid out by Bob Mautz  in the first issues of AH:

    Mautz, R. K. 1987. Editorial. Accounting Horizons (September): 109-111.

    Mautz, R. K. 1987. Editorial: Expectations: Reasonable or ridiculous? Accounting Horizons (December): 117-120.

    Steve Zeff then discussed the early successes of AH in meeting these missions followed by mostly years of failure in terms of meeting the original missions laid out by Bob Mautz ---
    http://fisher.osu.edu/departments/accounting-and-mis/the-accounting-hall-of-fame/membership-in-hall/robert-kuhn-mautz/

    Steve's PowerPoint slides are at
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/ZeffCommentOnAccountingHorizons.ppt 

    Steve’s conclusion was that AH became more like TAR rather than the practitioner-academy marriage journal that was originally intended. And yes, Steve did analyze the AH Commentaries as well as the mainline articles in reaching this conclusion.

     

    In my viewpoint, Steve's 2010 worry about Accounting Horizons was largely remedied by Dana Hermanson.
    Firstly Dana promoted normative commentaries that, in my opinion, would never have been accepted for publication in The Accounting Review. Examples are provided at
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays

    Secondly I will point to a recent Accounting Horizons paper (see below) that, in my opinion, would have zero chance of being published in The Accounting Review. This is because it uses normative research methodology that is not acceptable to the TAR Team unless this normative logic is dressed up as an analytical research paper complete with equations and proofs. For an example of one such normative paper all dressed up with equations and proofs, see the Laux and Newman paper discussed at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm#Analytics

    An Example of an Excellent Normative-Method Research Paper That's Not Dressed Up in Equations and Proofs
    The excellent paper that would have to be dressed up with equations and proofs for publication in TAR is the following paper accepted by Dana Hermanson for Accounting Horizons. I should note that what makes analytical papers generally normative is that they are usually built upon hypothetical, untested, and often unrealistic assumptions that serve as starting points in the analysis. The analytical conclusions, like normative conclusions in general, all hinge on the starting point assumptions, axioms, and postulates. For example it is extremely common to assume equilibrium conditions that really do not exist in the real world. And analytical researchers assume such things as utility functions that are assumed from thin air. Analytical conclusions as well as normative conclusions in general can be of great interest and relevance in spite of limitations of assumptions. Robustness, however, depends upon the sensitivity of those conclusions to the underlying assumptions. This also applies to the paper below.

    "Should Repurchase Transactions be Accounted for as Sales or Loans?" by  Justin Chircop , Paraskevi Vicky Kiosse , and Ken Peasnell, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 657-679. 
    http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50176

    SYNOPSIS:

    In this paper, we discuss the accounting for repurchase transactions, drawing on how repurchase agreements are characterized under U.S. bankruptcy law, and in light of the recent developments in the U.S. repo market. We conclude that the current accounting rules, which require the recording of most such transactions as collateralized loans, can give rise to opaqueness in a firm's financial statements because they incorrectly characterize the economic substance of repurchase agreements. Accounting for repurchase transactions as sales and the concurrent recognition of a forward, as “Repo 105” transactions were accounted for by Lehman Brothers, has furthermore overlooked merits. In particular, such a method provides a more comprehensive and transparent picture of the economic substance of such transactions.

    . . .

    CONCLUSION

    This paper suggests that the current method of accounting for repos is deficient in the sense of ignoring key aspects of the economics of such transactions. Moreover, as shown in the case of Lehman Brothers, under current regulations it may be relatively easy for a firm to design a repo in such a way to accomplish a preferred accounting treatment. For example, a firm wishing to account for a repo as a sale may easily design a bilateral repo with the option not to repurchase the assets should a particular highly unlikely event occur. Such an option would make the repo eligible for sale accounting under SFAS140. In this regard, a standard uniform method of accounting for all repos would reduce the risk of such accounting arbitrage.

    Various factors not considered in this paper have probably played a part in the current position adopted by the standard setters regarding repos, including the drive for convergence in accounting standards and the fact that participants in the repo market may be “unaccustomed to treating [repurchase] transactions as sales, and a change to sale treatment would have a substantial impact on their reported financial position” (FASB 2000). It would be a pity if the concerns associated with the circumstances surrounding Lehman's use of Repo 105 prevented proper consideration being given to the possibility of treating all repos in the same manner, one that will reflect the key economic and legal features of repurchase agreements. As lawyers say, hard cases make bad law. But in this case, the Lehman's accounting for its Repo 105 transactions does substantially reflect the economics and legal considerations involved, that is, a sale of an asset with an associated obligation to return a substantially similar asset at the end of the agreement. An alternative approach would be to stick with the current measurement rules but provide additional disclosures. We have offered some tentative suggestions as to what kinds of additional disclosures are needed.

     

    Jensen Comment
    Thank you Dana Hermanson for resetting Accounting Horizons on a course consistent with its original charges. We can only hope the new AH editors Paul Griffin and Arnold Wright will carry on with this change of course that's consistent with the resolutions of the Pathways Commission Report ---
    http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf

    By the way the above AH paper changed my thinking about repo accounting where, until now, I've been entirely negative about recording Repo 105/109 transactions as sales ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#Repo

    January 24, 2013 reply from Dana Hernonson

    Bob,

    I hope all is well. A colleague forwarded the material below to me.

    I greatly appreciate the kind words. I should point out, though, that my co-editor, Terry Shevlin, deserves a great deal of the credit. Terry handled all of the papers on the financial side of the house at Horizons, and he was extremely open to a variety of contributions. I believe that Terry fully embraced the mission of Horizons.

    Thanks again, and please feel free to share this email with others.

    Dana

    Dana Hermanson
    Sent from my iPhone

     


    "FASB Aims to Close Another Repo Loophole," by Emily Chason, The Wall Street Journal, January 16, 2013 ---
    http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/15/fasb-aims-to-close-another-repo-loophole/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport

    PwC Summary of FASB 2013 Repo Update --- Click Here
    http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief/2013-02-fasb-proposes-amendments-to-repurchase-agreement-accounting-model.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief


    "A Neurology Lesson for Money Managers," AI-CIO, January 13, 2013 ---
    http://ai-cio.com/channels/story.aspx?id=2147484136
    Thank you Jim Mahar for the heads up

    Two researchers in the emerging field of neuroeconomics give their take on how investors can better think about their own brains.

    (January 14, 2013) – The brain operates on a principle that ought to be familiar to all asset owners and managers: resources are scarce.

    The crossover applications between neurology and economics don’t end there. In fact, an entire discipline has sprung up in their midst: neuroeconomics. Two leaders in this field have teamed up and crafted a list of the eight crucial takeaways from neuroeconomics for money managers.

    According to Paul Zak, the head of a center for neuroeconomics at Claremont Graduate University, and Steven Sapra, a finance professor the University of Southern California, these are the key points of neuroeconomics for money managers:

    Continued in article

    Download the original paper ---
    http://www.cfapubs.org/doi/pdf/10.2470/rf.v2010.n2.6

    Jensen Comment
    A major them for the plenary sessions of the August 2012 AAA Annual Meetings was neuroeconomics and neuroaccounting.
    Videos of these presentations are among the total listings available at the AAA Commons ---
    http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/f0cba0b6de/summary


    Question for Cost and Managerial Accounting Students
    If selling prices are unknown and costs are known, what is the best way to proceed with CPV analysis?

    Hint
    Statistical models may not be appropriate if they assume stationary probabilities for unknown prices.

    Warning
    The article below does not really address the above question, at least not directly.

    "Is Target's Price Matching Policy a Mistake?" by Rafi Mohammed, Harvard Business Review Blog, January 15, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/is_targets_price_matching_poli.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date

     

    Jensen Comment
    There's also a problem of competitors taking advantage of Target's pricing policy to destroy Target. I'm reminded of when Seven 11 stores in San Antonio announced that they would match Budweiser case prices advertised in the newspapers by competitors. A wily owner of a couple of liquor stores in San Antonio then advertised Budweiser cases at 50% of his wholesale cost.

    The catch was that Seven 11 also gave out vouchers when advertised items were out of stock. The liquor store owner had no such out-of-stock voucher policy such that when his 50 cases were sold he had no more losses. Seven 11, on the other hand, lost a bundle until they no longer advertised a matching price policy.


    "Rethink Robotics invented a $22,000 humanoid (i.e. trainable) robot that competes with low-wage workers," by Antonio Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, January 16, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://www.technologyreview.com/news/509296/small-factories-give-baxter-the-robot-a-cautious-once-over/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130116

    Jensen Comment
    What companies are having trouble deciding is whether to buy RobotCare insurance or whether to force Baxter to buy his own RobotCare insurance.


    "A Way to Share Photos, Files And Money in Black & White:  Walt Mossberg reviews Xsync, an iPhone app that uses QR codes to transfer photos, songs, videos and even money, The Wall Street Journal, January 16, 2019 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324734904578243730813204830.html?mg=reno64-wsj

    Say you want to quickly transfer a file, like a photo or a contact entry, from your smartphone to a friend's. Most people would email or text the file. But a number of technologies have come along to make the process quicker and simpler.

    On some Android phones, you can "beam" files like photos from phone to phone by tapping one phone to another, or bringing them very close. But that requires that both phones have a special chip, called NFC, which isn't yet universal on Android phones and doesn't exist at all in iPhones.

    Another approach is to use an app called Bump, which transfers files between iPhones and Android phones when those holding them do a sort of sideways fist bump. It works pretty well, but you have to make contact with the other person.

    This week, I've been testing a different approach—an iPhone app called Xsync. It doesn't require any special chip and instead uses a free app and a hardware feature almost every smartphone possesses—the camera. While it is primarily meant, like Bump, for transfers between phones in proximity, it works over long distances. I was able to almost instantly send and get photos, videos and songs using Xsync between two iPhones held up to computer webcams during a Skype video call.

    The key to Xsync is the QR code, that square symbol found seemingly everywhere these days—online, in print newspapers and magazines, on posters and other places. These codes typically just contain text—often, a Web address. But Xsync, a tiny company based in Seattle, generates QR codes that initiate the transfer of whole files, or in the case of photos, even groups of files. It has a built-in QR code scanner to read these codes using the phone's camera.

    The biggest drawback to Xsync is that it is currently only available for the iPhone. An Android version is planned for sometime this quarter. Meanwhile, you can use an Android phone with any QR code reader to receive, though not send, files sent via Xsync.

    The Xsync app is something of a teaser for the underlying technology, which the company calls the Optical Message Service. The company's goal isn't to build its own apps, but to license the technology to cellphone makers so it becomes a built-in way to transfer files.

    Here's how it works. Once you install Xsync on your iPhone, you select an audio file, photo, video, contact, or calendar appointment, each of which is represented by a simple icon. The app creates a QR code representing the intended transfer of that file and temporarily sends the file to Xsync's server. Your friend uses Xsync to scan the QR code you've created with his or her iPhone's camera, and the files are sent to your friend's iPhone.

    In my tests, it was easy, quick and reliable. I successfully used Xsync to send and receive all the included types of files with an iPhone 5, an iPhone 4S, and an iPad Mini. I was also able to receive files on an Android phone, a Google GOOG -0.96% Nexus 4, via a QR code generated by Xsync.

    You can even generate a QR code using Xsync that will allow you to transfer money from your PayPal account to another person's, though that requires an added authentication step for security. But it worked, and would be a good way to, say, split a bill at a restaurant. (This PayPal feature of Xsync doesn't work with Android, for now.)

    The company says the file transfers are secure, for two reasons. First, they are encrypted. More important, each code is generated for a specific transfer and expires after a relatively short time. For instance, codes for photos expire after 24 hours, according to the company.

    You can use Xsync to transmit certain kinds of files—including documents—you've stored in your Dropbox account, though, oddly, the Xsync app hides this document-transfer feature under an icon for sharing calendar appointments.

    And you don't have to be close to make the transfer. In addition to my Skype example, you can send a QR code generated by Xsync via email or text message, or even post the code to Facebook FB -1.59% . Another person can then scan the code to get the file.

    Xsync can generate codes that represent either existing files on your phone, or files you create on the spot. If you don't want to use an existing one, the audio, photo, video and calendar icons in the app invite you to create a new file to be transferred.

    Continued in article


    Question
    Is Technological Inequality Exacerbating Income Inequality?

    "The Smartphone Have-Nots," by Adam Davidson, The New York Times, January 16, 2013 ---
    http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/20/magazine/income-inequality.html?_r=0&pagewanted=all

    Earlier this month, Larry Mishel, the president of the Economic Policy Institute, stood at a lectern in a small hotel conference room in San Diego and fiddled with a computer until his PowerPoint presentation flashed on the screen. Mishel then composed himself, paid tribute to his intellectual opponent sitting in the front row and began a speech that, he hopes, will reorient the U.S. economy away from the 1 percent or the 0.1 percent and toward the rest of us.

    ¶ Mishel’s session at this year’s meeting of the American Economic Association, titled “Inequality in America,” tellingly coincided with other sessions called “Extreme Wage Inequality” and “Taxes, Transfers and Inequality.” As the financial crisis wanes, economists are shifting their attention toward a more subtle, possibly more upsetting crisis in the United States: the significant increase in income inequality.

    ¶ Much of what we consider the American way of life is rooted in the period of remarkably broad, shared economic growth, from around 1900 to about 1978. Back then, each generation of Americans did better than the one that preceded it. Even those who lived through the Depression made up what was lost. By the 1950s, America had entered an era that economists call the Great Compression, in which workers — through unions and Social Security, among other factors — captured a solid share of the economy’s growth.

    ¶ These days, there’s a lot of disagreement about what actually happened during these years. Was it a golden age in which the U.S. government guided an economy toward fairness? Or was it a period defined by high taxes (until the early ’60s, the top marginal tax rate was 90 percent) and bureaucratic meddling? Either way, the Great Compression gave way to a Great Divergence. Since 1979, according to the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office, the bottom 80 percent of American families had their share of the country’s income fall, while the top 20 percent had modest gains. Of course, the top 1 percent — and, more so, the top 0.1 percent — has seen income rise stratospherically. That tiny elite takes in nearly a quarter of the nation’s income and controls nearly half its wealth.

    ¶ The standard explanation of this unhinging, repeated in graduate-school classrooms and in advice to politicians, is technological change. The rise of networked laptops and smartphones and their countless iterations and spawn have helped highly educated professionals create more and more value just as they have created barriers to entry and rendered irrelevant millions of less-educated workers, in places like factory production lines and typing pools. This explanation, known as skill-biased technical change, is so common that economists just call it S.B.T.C. They use it to explain why everyone from the extremely rich to the just-kind-of rich are doing so much better than everyone else.

    ¶ For two decades, Mishel has been a critic of the S.B.T.C. theory, and that morning in San Diego, he argued that broad technological innovation has been taking place so steadily for so long that the rise of computers simply can’t explain the recent explosion in inequality. After all, when economists talk about technological innovation, they are thinking beyond smartphones; they’re usually considering innovations that affect production. Business innovations — like the railroads, telegraph, Henry Ford’s conveyor belt and the plastic extruders of the 1960s — have occurred for more than a century. Computers and the Internet, Mishel argued, are just new examples on the continuum and cannot explain a development like extreme inequality, which is so recent. So what happened?

    ¶ The change came around 1978, Mishel said, when politicians from both parties began to think of America as a nation of consumers, not of workers. President Jimmy Carter deregulated the airline, trucking and railroad industries in order to help lower consumer prices. Congress chose to ignore organized labor’s call for laws strengthening union protections. Ever since, Mishel said, each administration and Congress have made choices — expanding trade, deregulating finance and weakening welfare — that helped the rich and hurt everyone else. Inequality didn’t just happen, Mishel argued. The government created it.

    ¶ After Mishel finished his presentation, David Autor, one of the country’s most celebrated labor economists, took the stage, fumbled for his own PowerPoint presentation and then explained that there was plenty of evidence showing that technological change explained a great deal about the rise of income inequality. Computers, Autor says, are fundamentally different. Conveyor belts and massive steel furnaces made blue-collar workers comparatively wealthier and hurt more highly skilled crafts­people, like blacksmiths and master carpenters, whose talents were disrupted by mass production. The computer revolution, however, displaced millions of workers from clerical and production occupations, forcing them to compete in lower-paying jobs in the retail, fast-food and home health sectors. Meanwhile, computers and the Internet disproportionately helped people like doctors, engineers and bankers in information-intensive jobs. Inequality was merely a side effect of the digital revolution, Autor said; it didn’t begin and end in Washington.

    ¶ For all their disagreements, Autor and Mishel are allies of sorts. Both are Democrats who have advised President Barack Obama, and both agree that rampant inequality can undermine democracy and economic growth by fostering despair among workers and corruption among the wealthy. This places them in opposition to some right-leaning economists like Gary Becker, a Nobel Prize-winning professor at the University of Chicago, who told me a few years ago that “inequality in earnings has been mainly the good kind,” meaning it rewards those people with the education and skills most needed, helping the economy.

    ¶ How are we to make sense of these competing claims? I asked Frank Levy, the M.I.T. labor economist who hasn’t fully committed to any one particular view. Levy suggested seeing how inequality has played out in other countries. In Germany, the average worker might make less than an American, but the government has established an impressive apprenticeship system to keep blue-collar workers’ skills competitive. For decades, the Finnish government has offered free education all the way through college. It may have led to high taxes, but many believe it also turned a fairly poor fishing economy into a high-income, technological nation. On the other hand, Greece, Spain and Portugal have so thoroughly protected their workers that they are increasingly unable to compete in the global economy.

    Continued in article

    "Rethink Robotics invented a $22,000 humanoid (i.e. trainable) robot that competes with low-wage workers," by Antonio Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, January 16, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://www.technologyreview.com/news/509296/small-factories-give-baxter-the-robot-a-cautious-once-over/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130116

    "Rise of the Robots," by Paul Krugman, The New York Times, December 8, 2012 ---
    http://krugman.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/12/08/rise-of-the-robots/

    Catherine Rampell and Nick Wingfield write about the growing evidence for “reshoring” of manufacturing to the United States. They cite several reasons: rising wages in Asia; lower energy costs here; higher transportation costs. In a followup piece, however, Rampell cites another factor: robots.

    The most valuable part of each computer, a motherboard loaded with microprocessors and memory, is already largely made with robots, according to my colleague Quentin Hardy. People do things like fitting in batteries and snapping on screens.

    As more robots are built, largely by other robots, “assembly can be done here as well as anywhere else,” said Rob Enderle, an analyst based in San Jose, Calif., who has been following the computer electronics industry for a quarter-century. “That will replace most of the workers, though you will need a few people to manage the robots.”

    Robots mean that labor costs don’t matter much, so you might as well locate in advanced countries with large markets and good infrastructure (which may soon not include us, but that’s another issue). On the other hand, it’s not good news for workers!

    This is an old concern in economics; it’s “capital-biased technological change”, which tends to shift the distribution of income away from workers to the owners of capital.

    Twenty years ago, when I was writing about globalization and inequality, capital bias didn’t look like a big issue; the major changes in income distribution had been among workers (when you include hedge fund managers and CEOs among the workers), rather than between labor and capital. So the academic literature focused almost exclusively on “skill bias”, supposedly explaining the rising college premium.

    But the college premium hasn’t risen for a while. What has happened, on the other hand, is a notable shift in income away from labor:.

    "Harley Goes Lean to Build Hogs," by James R. Hagerty, The Wall Street Journal, September 22, 2012 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390443720204578004164199848452.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj

    If the global economy slips into a deep slump, American manufacturers including motorcycle maker Harley-Davidson Inc. that have embraced flexible production face less risk of veering into a ditch.

    Until recently, the company's sprawling factory here had a lack of automation that made it an industrial museum. Now, production that once was scattered among 41 buildings is consolidated into one brightly lighted facility where robots do more heavy lifting. The number of hourly workers, about 1,000, is half the level of three years ago and more than 100 of those workers are "casual" employees who come and go as needed.

    All the jobs are not going to Asia, They're going to Hal --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2001_Space_Oddessey
    "When Machines Do Your Job: Researcher Andrew McAfee says advances in computing and artificial intelligence could create a more unequal society," by Antonio Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, July 11, 2012 ---
    http://www.technologyreview.com/news/428429/when-machines-do-your-job/

    Are American workers losing their jobs to machines?

    That was the question posed by Race Against the Machine, an influential e-book published last October by MIT business school researchers Erik Brynjolfsson and Andrew McAfee. The pair looked at troubling U.S. employment numbers—which have declined since the recession of 2008-2009 even as economic output has risen—and concluded that computer technology was partly to blame.

    Advances in hardware and software mean it's possible to automate more white-collar jobs, and to do so more quickly than in the past. Think of the airline staffers whose job checking in passengers has been taken by self-service kiosks. While more productivity is a positive, wealth is becoming more concentrated, and more middle-class workers are getting left behind.

    What does it mean to have "technological unemployment" even amidst apparent digital plenty? Technology Review spoke to McAfee at the Center for Digital Business, part of the MIT Sloan School of Management, where as principal research scientist he studies new employment trends and definitions of the workplace.

    Every symphony in the world incurs an operating deficit
    "Financial Leadership Required to Fight Symphony Orchestra ‘Cost Disease’," by Stanford University's Robert J Flanagan, Stanford Graduate School of Business, February 8, 2012 ---
    http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/headlines/symphony-financial-leadership.html

     What if you sat down in the concert hall one evening to hear Haydn’s Symphony No. 44 in E Minor and found 5 robots scattered among the human musicians? To get multiple audiences in and out of the concert hall faster, the human musicians and robots are playing the composition in double time.

    Today’s orchestras have yet to go down this road. However, their traditional ways of doing business, as economist Robert J. Flanagan explains in his new book on symphony orchestra finances, locks them into limited opportunities for productivity growth and ensures that costs keep rising.

    "Patented Book Writing System Creates, Sells Hundreds Of Thousands Of Books On Amazon," by David J. Hull, Security Hub, December 13, 2012 ---
    http://singularityhub.com/2012/12/13/patented-book-writing-system-lets-one-professor-create-hundreds-of-thousands-of-amazon-books-and-counting/

    Philip M. Parker, Professor of Marketing at INSEAD Business School, has had a side project for over 10 years. He’s created a computer system that can write books about specific subjects in about 20 minutes. The patented algorithm has so far generated hundreds of thousands of books. In fact, Amazon lists over 100,000 books attributed to Parker, and over 700,000 works listed for his company, ICON Group International, Inc. This doesn’t include the private works, such as internal reports, created for companies or licensing of the system itself through a separate entity called EdgeMaven Media.

    Parker is not so much an author as a compiler, but the end result is the same: boatloads of written works.

    "Raytheon's Missiles Are Now Made by Robots," by Ashlee Vance, Bloomberg Business Week, December 11, 2012 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-11/raytheons-missiles-now-made-by-robots

    A World Without Work," by Dana Rousmaniere, Harvard Business Review Blog, January 27, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://blogs.hbr.org/morning-advantage/2013/01/morning-advantage-a-world-with.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date

    Jensen Comment
    Historically, graduates who could not find jobs enlisted in the military. Wars of the future, however, will be fought largely by drones, robots, orbiting orbiting satellites. This begs the question of where graduates who cannot find work are going to turn to when the military enlistment offices shut down and Amazon's warehouse robotics replace Wal-Mart in-store workers.

    If given a choice, I'm not certain I would want to be born again in the 21st Century.

    The Sad State of Economic Theory and Research ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm


    Essays on the State of Accounting Scholarship ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays

    The December 2012 issue of Accounting Horizons has four commentaries under the heading
    Essays on the State of Accounting Scholarship
    These essays could not be published in The Accounting Review because they do not contain the required equations for anything published in TAR.
    I think we owe Accounting Horizons Editor Dana Hermanson an applause for making "Commentaries" a major section in each issue of AH. Hopefully this will be carried forward by new AH Editors Paul Griffin and Arnold Wright.

    A huge disappointment to me was that none of the essay authors quoted or even referenced the 2012 Pathways Commission Report, which once again illustrates how the mere mention of the Pathways Commission Report sends accountics scientists running for cover. Several of the Pathways Commission Report are as follows:

    "Accounting for Innovation," by Elise Young, Inside Higher Ed, July 31, 2012 ---
    http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field

    Accounting programs should promote curricular flexibility to capture a new generation of students who are more technologically savvy, less patient with traditional teaching methods, and more wary of the career opportunities in accounting, according to a report released today by the Pathways Commission, which studies the future of higher education for accounting.

    In 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department's  Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession recommended that the American Accounting Association and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants form a commission to study the future structure and content of accounting education, and the Pathways Commission was formed to fulfill this recommendation and establish a national higher education strategy for accounting.

    In the report, the commission acknowledges that some sporadic changes have been adopted, but it seeks to put in place a structure for much more regular and ambitious changes.

    The report includes seven recommendations:

    According to the report, its two sponsoring organizations -- the American Accounting Association and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants -- will support the effort to carry out the report's recommendations, and they are finalizing a strategy for conducting this effort.

    Continued in article

     

    In spite of not acknowledging the Pathways Commission Report, however, the various essay authors did in one way or another pick up on the major resolutions of the Pathways Commission Report. In particular the essays urge greater diversity of research methodology in academic accounting research. 

    Since the theme of the essays is "scholarship" rather than just research, I would have hoped that the authors would have devoted more attention to the following Pathways Commission Report resolutions:

     

    But it's unfair on my part to dwell on what the essay authors do not do. What's more important is to focus on what they accomplish, and I think they accomplish a lot. It's very important that we keep the Pathways Commission Report and these four essays momentum moving until we finally shake the bonds of narrow minded chains of binding our faculty hiring, doctoral programs curricula, and article acceptance practices of our leading academic research journals.

    I particularly admire these essay authors for acknowledging the seeds of change planted by earlier scholars.

    Hi Denny,

    Actually this one I did catch in my morning newsletter from the AICPA. But I had not yet made a tidbit out of it.

    Having greater access to data in practitioner audit firms should give significant traction to the initiatives of the Pathways Commission Report calling for greater interaction between academic accounting researchers and the practicing profession. Academics might even begin to make more significant contributions to the needs of the profession.

    Thanks,
    Bob Jensen

    "CAQ, AAA team to give researchers access to audit firm personnel," by Ken Tisiac, Journal of Accountancy, January 2013 ---
    http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137198.htm

    A new program announced Thursday by the Center for Audit Quality (CAQ) and the Auditing Section of the American Accounting Association (AAA) will help accounting and auditing academics gain access to audit firm personnel to participate in academic research projects.

    The joint venture between the CAQ and AAA Auditing Section is designed to help generate research on issues that are relevant to audit practice.

    Doctoral students and tenure-track professors are the initial group to be provided access to audit firm staff to complete data collection protocols through the Access to Audit Personnel program.

    “We hope to encourage scholars to focus their research and teaching in auditing, which is critical to the sustainability of the profession,” CAQ Executive Director Cindy Fornelli said in a statement. “We thank our member firms for opening their doors to the next generation of accounting and auditing professors.”

    The CAQ is affiliated with the AICPA.

    Firms that are CAQ Governing Board members have agreed to participate in the program, which requires doctoral students and tenure-track professors to submit a request for proposal (RFP) to a committee of senior academics and audit practitioners.

    The RFP will require the researchers to provide a detailed description of their research, methodology, and how the research will fit into the existing literature. The full criteria for the RFP are available on the CAQ’s website.

    A total of five proposals will be approved this year by the committee in what will be an annual program, and the requests will be forwarded to the firms, which have pledged to cooperate. The deadline for RFPs to be submitted is April 22.

    The program is designed to break down a barrier to relevant research that has existed in accounting and auditing for years. One objective for the profession described in the Pathways Commission report that charts a national strategy for the next generation of accountants was to focus more academic research on relevant practice issues. The report said greater collaboration between academic researchers and professional practitioners is needed.

    In auditing research, that collaboration should increase as a result of this project.

    “It provides access to auditors, people actually practicing auditing, to help us find and answer questions that can be helpful to them,” said Roger Martin, president of the AAA Auditing Section. “Often, if we can’t find auditors to help with this research, we end up using students as participants, or other proxies for auditors. And that’s never very satisfying. It’s helpful, but not as good as getting access to those people doing the things we want to research.”

    Martin said firms are accustomed to working with established, veteran researchers, who use their professional contacts to gain access to appropriate auditing personnel. But many younger researchers haven’t yet developed those contacts, and they are the focus of the new program

    Continued in article

     

    Bob Jensen's threads on the needs for change are at the following links:

     

    What went wrong in accounting/accountics research? 
    How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
     

    Why must all accounting doctoral programs be social
    science (particularly econometrics) "accountics" doctoral programs?

    Why accountancy doctoral programs are drying up and
    why accountancy is no longer required for admission or
    graduation in an accountancy doctoral program
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
     

    574 Shields Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm

     

    How Accountics Scientists Should Change: 
    "Frankly, Scarlett, after I get a hit for my resume in The Accounting Review I just don't give a damn"
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
    One more mission in what's left of my life will be to try to change this
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
     

     

     

    Comments on the AECM on each of these four essays may help further the cause of change in accounting academia.

     

     

    "Introduction for Essays on the State of Accounting Scholarship," Gregory B. Waymire, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 817-819 ---
     http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50236

    . . .

    CHARGE GIVEN TO PRESENTERS AND ATTENDEES AT THE 2011 AAA STRATEGIC RETREAT

    The presenters and attendees at the retreat were asked to consider the following:

    Assertion: Accounting research as of 2011 is stagnant and lacking in significant innovation that introduces fresh ideas and insights into our scholarly discipline.

    Questions: Is this a correct statement? If not, why? If so, what factors have led to this state of affairs, what can be done to reverse it, and what role, if any, should AAA play in this process?

    In terms of presenters, I sought a variety of scholarly perspectives within the accounting academy. I ended up asking the four scholars whose essays follow to speak for 30 minutes on the assertion and questions given above. These scholars represent different areas of accounting research and employ different methodologies in their research. They also are thoughtful people who consider issues of scholarship from long histories of personal experience at different types of universities for their current positions and their doctoral education.

    Attendees at the retreat also included members of the Executive Committee. In addition, incoming co-chairs of the Annual Meeting (Anil Arya and Rick Young), Doctoral Consortium (Sudipta Basu and Ilia Dichev), and New Faculty Consortium (Kristy Towry and Mohan Venkatachalam) Committees of AAA were invited to attend.

    The primary purpose of the May retreat was “idea generation.” That is, what can we do together as scholars to increase the long-run viability of our discipline? My view was that the retreat and the specific comments by the presenters would provide a basis for a longer-term conversation about the future of accounting scholarship and the role of AAA within that future.



     
    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

    Several subsequent events have provided opportunities to continue the conversation about scholarly innovation in accounting. First, I spoke at the AAA Annual Meeting in Denver, August 2011, to update the membership about the initiative now titled “Seeds of Innovation in Accounting Scholarship.” That presentation and the related slides can now be found on AAA Commons (http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/a3d1bee423/summary, or simply www.seedsofinnovation.org). Second, I have written up my own views on these issues and integrated them with the preliminary suggestions developed at the May 2011 retreat (Waymire 2012). Third, further discussion has taken place in the AAA Board and, more importantly, in the new AAA Council. The Council discussion will be ongoing this year, and I expect to form a task force that will consist of Council members and others to develop more specific proposals in January 2012. My hope is that these proposals will cover a broad range of areas that involve AAA publications, consortia, and meetings, and help guide AAA over the next several years as we seek to improve the quality of the accounting discipline.

     

    "Framing the Issue of Research Quality in a Context of Research Diversity," by Christopher S. Chapman, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 821-831 ---
    http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10314

    The current editorial policy of The Accounting Review states “The scope of acceptable articles should embrace any research methodology and any accounting-related subject, as long as the articles meet the standards established for publication in the journal.” The policy concludes with the statement “The journal is also open to all rigorous research methods.” Private journals are rightly entitled to set as selective an editorial policy as they think proper. An association journal, however, should rightly be expected to maintain an open policy that does not ex ante privilege one form of research over another. In that respect, the clearly stated policy of The Accounting Review of seeking “any” and “all” is admirable. However, the continuing need to make the case for research diversity is disappointing given the longstanding recognition of the dangers of narrowness:

    Reinforcing the above [stagnation and decline of accounting research] is a tendency for senior accounting academics to judge and reward the performance of juniors on the basis of a narrow definition of what constitutes academic accounting. (Demski et al. 1991, 4–5)

    With regard to The Accounting Review, recent years have seen considerable efforts to enhance the diversity of research appearing in its pages. These efforts have undoubtedly resulted in a higher level of research diversity than that seen for most of the period since the current editorial policy was published in 1989. In conference panels and other arenas of debate, the case has been put that a journal can only publish as diverse sets of papers as are submitted to it. Detailed reports of submissions and acceptance rates are now prepared and published, demonstrating success in this regard. The issue that continues to divide is that of the requisite diversity of an editorial board to encourage the submission of kinds of work that currently remain unsubmitted. Underlying the continuing debates over this aspect of diversity is disagreement over the implications of the caveat in the editorial policy, “as long as the articles meet the standards established for publication in the journal.”

    Debates around this topic all too easily reduce to a false dichotomy between diversity and quality, with diversity perceived as a threat to quality. Increased diversity promises to increase the quality of the body of accounting research, however. Accounting is a complex social phenomenon, and so our understanding of it should be enhanced through the adoption of a diverse set of research perspectives and approaches. Grasping accounting in all its complexity is important from an intellectual perspective, but also from the perspective of the ability of our research discipline to contribute back to society (e.g., Flyvbjerg 2001). Diversity of research approaches requires diversity in the proper estimation of quality and validity of research, however (Ahrens and Chapman 2006).

    To help structure my arguments around this central issue of the relationship between research diversity and quality, I offer two frameworks in the sections that follow. In doing so, I hope to help us to move toward a situation in which research diversity in The Accounting Review (and other journals) may become taken-for-granted practice, as well as policy.



     
    DIVERSITY FRAMED IN U.S.-DOMINANT CATEGORIES

    The process of becoming a published researcher is arduous and complex. Along the way, we pick up a variety of tools and techniques. The expression “All-But-Dissertation” reminds us that while tools and techniques are necessary for successful research, they are not sufficient. Expertise and judgment are built up over years of reading, observing the efforts of others, and trying ourselves. Hopefully, as we go on, we become better able to make the fine judgments required to distinguish between creative and fruitful leeway in the application of established approaches, and their misapplication. We become experts in assessing the validity of the kinds of research with which we are familiar. Our hard-won understanding naturally offers the starting point for our engagement with different forms of research.

    To illustrate this point, let us look at an attempt to understand research diversity drawn from outside the discipline of accounting. Figure 1 is a reproduction from the introduction from the editor to a special issue of the Journal of Financial Economics entitled “Complementary Research Methods.” This journal addresses a discipline that also has a particularly strong tradition of a particular kind of research; namely, economics-based capital markets research. The figure offers an organizing framework for considering different research methods in relation to this core audience. It distinguishes various kinds of research methods in two dimensions: first, through their use of privately or publicly available data, and second, through the large or small size of their data sets.

    Approaches to research potentially vary in a vast number of ways. The point of the figure is to distill these down to a manageable number. Simplification is not per se a problem. Danger arises when the dimensions chosen privilege the interests of one particular group of researchers over those of another, however. Let us consider the designation of a case study as having a small sample size, for example. This framing has been seen also in accounting, with several journals in the past including “small sample” sections that published such work. However, as clearly put by Anderson and Widener (2007), this is to assume that the unit of analysis must always be company-level observations, and this need not be the case.

    This figure offers a way for large sample, public data researchers to think about how other forms of research might complement (contribute to) their own activities. As such, this represents only a partial engagement in research diversity. The framing of Figure 1 adopts the interests of one subgroup. In a U.S. context, it is commonly understood that in-depth field studies might act as a precursor to subsequent testing through other methods (e.g., Merchant 2008). While field studies sometimes might play exactly this role, such work also has its own purposes that are debated and developed within broad (frequently interdisciplinary) communities of scholars. From the perspective of “complementarity,” as seen in Figure 1, these other purposes might be considered irrelevant (e.g., Merchant 2008). From the perspective of research diversity, and the building of a comprehensive understanding on the nature and effects of accounting, these intentions need no scholarly justification in relation to other forms of research.

    In the next section, I will offer a second framework for considering research diversity from a perspective that is less overtly grounded in the assumptions of any particular subgroup of researchers.



     
    DIVERSITY FRAMED IN TERMS OF DIFFERENT RESEARCH ASSUMPTIONS

    The framework presented in Figure 2 sets out a different way to differentiate research based on its choices in two dimensions. The language of the figure is couched in terms of the philosophy of science and sociology; however, it is not new to the accounting literature (see, for example, Chua 1986). In its two dimensions, Figure 2 offers summary labels for sets of fundamental research choices, offering names for each possible combination of these sets of choices.

    This second framework operates at a far higher level of abstraction than that seen in Figure 1. As previously noted, recent years have seen increases in the diversity of research published in The Accounting Review. That diversity notwithstanding, the entire contents of The Accounting Review since the publication of its current editorial statement (and the scope of research diversity implicit in the categories of Figure 1) fall within the bottom right-hand cell in this second framework—Functionalist research.

    Continued in Article

     

    "Accounting Craftspeople versus Accounting Seers: Exploring the Relevance and Innovation Gaps in Academic Accounting Research," by William E. McCarthy, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 833-843 ---
    http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10313 

    SYNOPSIS:

    Is accounting research stuck in a rut of repetitiveness and irrelevancy? I would answer yes, and I would even predict that both its gap in relevancy and its gap in innovation are going to continue to get worse if the people and the attitudes that govern inquiry in the American academy remain the same. From my perspective in accounting information systems, mainstream accounting research topics have changed very little in 30 years, except for the fact that their scope now seems much more narrow and crowded. More and more people seem to be studying the same topics in financial reporting and managerial control in the same ways, over and over and over. My suggestions to get out of this rut are simple. First, the profession should allow itself to think a little bit normatively, so we can actually target practice improvement as a real goal. And second, we need to allow new scholars a wider berth in research topics and methods, so we can actually give the kind of creativity and innovation that occurs naturally with young people a chance to blossom.

    INTRODUCTION

    The reasonable man adapts himself to the world; the unreasonable one persists in trying to adapt the world to himself. Therefore, all progress depends on the unreasonable man
    George Bernard Shaw (1903, Act IV)

    Who provides you with the best feedback on your current set of teaching materials and research ideas? For me, at present, that ranked list would be: (1) knowledgeable and creative practitioners who are seeking to improve their field of practice, (2) young doctoral students and faculty from European or other non-American programs in business informatics, (3) a few of my own doctoral students from 15+ years ago, who teach and research in the same areas of accounting systems that I do, and (4) my own undergraduate and master's students. I do have systems, tax, and introductory colleagues who provide accounting context for me, but my feedback list has notable absences, like most of the mainstream Accounting and Information Systems faculty at Michigan State University (MSU) and, indeed, faculty throughout the U.S. accounting academy. Thirty years ago, those last two forums tolerated widespread diversity in both teaching and research ideas, but now those communities have coalesced into just a few approved “areas,” none of which provide me with assistance on my methodological and topical problems. Academic accounting most recently has been developing more and more into an insular and myopic community with no methodological and practice-oriented outsiders tolerated. Why is this?

    Becoming aware of how this narrowing of the accounting mind has hindered not just accounting systems, but also academic accounting innovation in general, American Accounting Association (AAA) president Gregory Waymire asked for some “unreasonable” (in the Shavian sense quoted above) accounting academics like me to address the low-innovation and low-relevance problem in academic accounting. I promptly reframed this charge as a question: “Is accounting research stuck in a rut of repetitiveness and irrelevancy?” In the pages that follow, I intend to explore that question from two perspectives: (1) methodological, and (2) sociological. My inspiration for the first perspective is derived from Buckminster Fuller plus Alan Newell and Herbert Simon. For the second, my role model is Lee Smolin.



     
    PUTTING A (LIMITED) NORMATIVE MINDSET BACK INTO ACCOUNTING RESEARCH—THE CASE FOR DESIGN SCIENCE AND BEYOND1

    We should help create the future, not just study the past.
    Paul Gray (Kock et al. 2002, 339)

    In March of 2008, two very prominent and distinguished accounting academics—Michael H. Granof of The University of Texas and Stephen A. Zeff of Rice University—noted in The Chronicle of Higher Education that the research models that were being produced by accounting academics were indeed rigorous by the standards of statistical validity and logical positivism, but they were also of very little practical import:

    Starting in the 1960s, academic research on accounting became methodologically supercharged … The results however have been paradoxical … [as] those models have crowded out other forms of investigation. The result is that professors of accounting have contributed little to the establishment of new practices and standards, have failed to perform a needed role as watchdog of the profession, and have created a disconnect between their teaching and research. (Granof and Zeff 2008, A34)

    Professors Granof and Zeff (2008, A34) went on further to note that “accounting researchers usually look backward rather than forward” and that they, unlike medical researchers, seldom play a significant role in the practicing profession. In general, the thrust of the Granof and Zeff (2008) criticism was that the normative/positive pendulum in accounting research had swung too far toward rear-view empiricism and away from creation of promising new accounting methods, models, and constructs. They appealed directly for expanding the set of acceptable research methods to include those accepted in other disciplines well respected for their scientific standing. Additionally, Granof and Zeff (2008, A34) noted that because accounting faculties “are associated with a well-defined and recognized profession … [they] have a special obligation to conduct research that is of interest and relevance to [that] profession,” especially as the models of those practitioners evolve to fit new postindustrial environments.

    Similar concerns were raised in the 1990s by the senior accounting scholar Richard Mattessich (1995, 183) in his treatise Critique of Accounting:

    Academic accounting—like engineering, medicine, law, and so on—is obliged to provide a range of tools for practitioners to choose from, depending on preconceived and actual needs … The present gap between practice and academia is bound to grow as an increasing number of academics are being absorbed in either the modeling of highly simplified (and thus unrealistic) situations or the testing of empirical hypotheses (most of which are not even of instrumental nature). Both of these tasks are legitimate academic concerns, and this book must not be misinterpreted as opposing these efforts. What must be opposed is the one-sidedness of this academic concern and, even more so, the intolerance of the positive accounting theorists toward attempts of incorporating norms (objectives) into the theoretical accounting framework.

    Mattessich, Zeff, and Granof were followed most recently in the same vein by Robert Kaplan (2011), who noted in the AAA 2010 Presidential Scholar Lecture that:

    In my opinion, these weaknesses noted by Granof, Zeff, Mattessich, and Kaplan are attributable primarily to the insularity and myopia of the American-led accounting academy. Our research excludes practice and stifles innovation because of the way our journals, doctoral programs, and academic presentations are structured.

    The Innovation Roadblock in Accounting Systems

    The rear-view empiricism research malaise that all four of these scholars attribute to accounting as a whole is especially present in its technical subfield of accounting information systems (AIS). In fact, it is even more exaggerated, because as time goes on, an increasingly high percentage of AIS researchers aspire to develop reputations not in the field they teach (i.e., accounting systems), but in the accounting mainstream (i.e., financial reporting). Thus, they follow many of the misdirected paths described above, and their results are similarly disappointing. With some notable exceptions—primarily in work that involves semantic modeling of accounting phenomena or computerized monitoring and auditing—university-driven modernization in accounting systems has been virtually nonexistent since the 1970s, and what limited improvements that have occurred can be primarily attributed to the independent practice marketplace.

    Continued in article

     

    "Is Accounting Research Stagnant?" by Donald V. Moser, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 845-850 ---
    http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10312

    INTRODUCTION

    I accepted the invitation to present my thoughts to the American Accounting Association Executive Committee on whether accounting research has become stagnant for several reasons. First, I believe the question is important because the answer has widespread implications, one of which is the extent to which accounting research will remain an important part of the accounting academic profession in the years to come. In order to maintain the current stature of accounting research or to increase its importance, we need to ensure that we produce research that someone cares about. Second, there appears to be a growing sentiment among some accounting researchers that much of the research currently published in the top accounting journals is too similar, with too much emphasis on technique rather than on whether the research addresses an interesting or important question. My final reason was more self-serving. I thought this would provide a good opportunity to reflect on an important issue, and that committing to share my thoughts in a public forum would force me to give the issue the serious consideration it warrants. My comments below describe some conclusions I reached based on what others have written about this issue, discussions with colleagues, and my own reflections.



     
    HAS ACCOUNTING RESEARCH STAGNATED?

    My answer to the question of whether accounting research has become stagnant is a qualified “yes.” I qualify my answer because I do not believe that our research is entirely stagnant. Looking at the issue from a historical perspective, accounting research has, in fact, evolved considerably over time. In other words, as described quite eloquently recently by Hopwood (2007), Birnberg (2009), and Kaplan (2011), accounting research has an impressive history of change. While each of these scholars has their own views on what type of accounting research we should focus on now and in the future, each also describes a rich history of how we evolved to get where we are today.

    In addition to the longer-term history of change, there has been substantial recent change in the perspectives reflected in accounting research and the topics now considered acceptable in accounting research. It was not that long ago that accounting studies that hypothesized or documented behavior that was inconsistent with the rational self-interest assumptions of neoclassical economics had a difficult time finding a publication outlet in the top accounting journals. Today, thanks mostly to the rise of behavioral economics, we see more experimental, analytical, and archival research that incorporates concepts from behavioral economics and psychology published in most of the top accounting journals. Recently, we have even seen work on neuroaccounting, which draws on findings from neuroscience, make its way into accounting journals (Dickhaut et al. 2010; Birnberg and Ganguly 2012). We also have seen new topics appear in published accounting research. For example, while there is a history of work on corporate social responsibility in Accounting, Organizations and Society, more recently, we have seen increased interest in such work as evidenced by articles published or forthcoming in The Accounting Review (Simnett et al. 2009; Balakrishnan et al. 2011; Dhaliwal et al. 2011; Kim et al. 2011; Dhaliwal et al. 2012; Moser and Martin 2012). In addition, The Harvard Business School, in collaboration with the Journal of Accounting and Economics, recently announced that they will host a conference on “Corporate Accountability Reporting” in 2013.1

    However, despite evidence of both historical and more recent change, there is also considerable evidence of stagnation in accounting research. For example, despite some new topics appearing in accounting journals, a considerable amount of the published work still relates to a limited group of topics, such as earnings management, analysts' or management forecasts, compensation, regulation, governance, or budgeting. Researchers also mostly use the same research methods, with archival studies being most prevalent, and experimental studies running a distant second. The underlying theories used in mainstream U.S. accounting research are also quite limited, with conventional economic theory being the most commonly employed theory, but, as noted above, behavioral economic and psychological theories becoming more common in recent years. While the top accounting journals have become more open to new perspectives in recent years, the list of top journals has changed little, with the exception of the rise of the Review of Accounting Studies. Moreover, with the exception of some of the American Accounting Association journals, the top private U.S. accounting journals have mostly retained a somewhat narrow focus in terms of the type of research they typically publish. Finally, many published studies represent minor extensions of previous work, have limited or no tension in their hypotheses (i.e., they test what almost certainly must be true), have limited implications, and are metric or tool driven. Regarding the second-to-last item, i.e., limited implications, many studies now only claim to “extend the literature,” with no discussion of who, other than a limited number of other researchers working in the same area, might be interested in the study's findings. Regarding the last item, i.e., metric-driven research, some studies appear to be published simply because they used all the latest and best research techniques, even though the issue itself is of limited interest.

    Of course, as with most issues, there are opposing views. Some accounting researchers disagree with the premise that our research is stagnant. Specifically, they believe that the methods and theories currently used are the best methods and theories, and that the top-ranked accounting journals are the best journals because they publish the best research. Under this view, there is little need for more innovative research. Whether such views are correct or simply represent a preference for the status quo is beyond the scope of this article. Suffice to say that my personal views on these issues are mixed, but I agree somewhat more with the view that accounting research is insufficiently innovative.



     
    DETERRENTS TO INNOVATION IN ACCOUNTING RESEARCH

    To the extent that accounting research lacks innovation, the question is what has brought us to this point? There appears to be considerable blame to spread around. One of the biggest culprits is the incentive system that accounting researchers face (Swanson 2004). In order to earn tenure or promotion, or even simply to receive an annual pay increase, researchers must publish in the top accounting journals and be cited by other researchers who publish in those same journals (Merchant 2010). Researchers' publication record and related citations depend critically on the views of editors and reviewers with status quo training and preferences, and the speed with which manuscripts make their way through the review process. Not surprisingly, this leads most researchers to limit the topics they study and make their studies as acceptable to status quo editors and reviewers as possible. This is the safest way to increase the number of papers published in top journals, which, in turn, increases the likelihood of citations by others who publish in those journals. Also, the constant pressures to publish more articles in top journals, teach more or new courses, improve teacher ratings, and provide administrative service to the school leaves little time for innovative research. It is easier to simply do more of the same because this increases the odds of satisfying the requirements of the school's incentive system.

    A second impediment to innovative research is the way we train doctoral students. Too often, faculty advisors clone themselves. While such mentor relationships have many benefits, insisting that doctoral students view the world in the same way a faculty advisor does perpetuates the status quo. Also, most doctoral students take the same set of courses in economics, statistics, etc., and usually before they take accounting seminars. Again, while such methods training is essential, if all doctoral students take virtually all of the same courses, they are less likely to be exposed to alternative views of the world. Finally, in recent years, more doctoral students enter their programs with strong technical skills in economics, quantitative techniques, and statistical analysis, but many now lack professional accounting experience.2 Because such students prefer to engage in research projects that apply the skills they have, they tend to view research in terms of the techniques they can apply rather than stepping back to consider whether the research question is novel or important.

    A third impediment to innovative research may involve the types of individuals who are attracted to accounting as a profession or research area. Accountants tend to like clarity and focus. Indeed, we often train our undergraduate or master's students to work toward a “right answer.” This raises the possibility that accountants are less innovative by nature than researchers in some other areas. Similarly, some accountants have a narrow definition of accounting. Some think of it as only financial accounting, and even those who define it more broadly as including managerial accounting, auditing, and tax, still tend to rigidly compartmentalize accounting into such functional areas. Such rigid categories limit the areas that accounting researchers consider to be appropriate for accounting research.

    A final reason why accounting research is less innovative than it could be is that accounting researchers do not collaborate with researchers who employ different research methods or with researchers outside of accounting as often as they could. We tend to work with researchers who use the same research methods we do. That is, archival researchers typically collaborate with other archival researchers, and experimental researchers typically collaborate with other experimentalists. Moreover, only rarely do we branch out to work with researchers in other areas of business (e.g., organizational behavior, strategy, ethics, economics, or finance), and even less frequently with researchers from areas outside of business (e.g., psychology, decision sciences, law, political science, neuroscience, anthropology, or international studies).



     
    WHAT CAN WE DO TO FOSTER INNOVATION?

    To the extent that accounting research is less innovative than it could be for some or all of the reasons offered above, what can be done to change this? I divide my discussion of this issue into two categories: (1) actions that we, the broader research community, could take, and (2) actions that the American Accounting Association could take. Accounting faculty members at schools with doctoral programs could rethink how we recruit doctoral students. Currently, we tend to recruit students who have a good fit with research active faculty members who are likely to serve as the students' faculty advisor. Of course, this makes perfect sense because a mismatch tends to be very costly for both the student and the faculty advisor. On the other hand, this approach tends to produce clones of the faculty advisor. So, unless the faculty advisor values innovation, the chances that the doctoral student will propose or be allowed to pursue a new line of research are significantly reduced. Perhaps we need to assess prospective doctoral students, at least partially, on the novelty of their thinking. More importantly, we need to be more open to new ideas our students propose and encourage and support such ideas, rather than discourage novel thinking. Of course, a faculty advisor would be remiss not to explain the risks of doing something different, but along with explaining the risks, we could point out the potential rewards of being first out of the gate on a new topic and the personal sense of fulfillment that accompanies doing something you believe in and enjoy. Faculty advisors could also lead by example. Senior faculty could take some risks of their own to show junior faculty and doctoral students that this is acceptable rather than frowned upon.

    Continued in article

     

    "How Can Accounting Researchers Become More Innovative? by Sudipta Basu, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 851-87 ---
    http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10311 

    We fervently hope that the research pendulum will soon swing back from the narrow lines of inquiry that dominate today's leading journals to a rediscovery of the richness of what accounting research can be. For that to occur, deans and the current generation of academic accountants must give it a push.—
    Michael H. Granof and Stephen A. Zeff (2008)

    Rather than clinging to the projects of the past, it is time to explore questions and engage with ideas that transgress the current accounting research boundaries. Allow your values to guide the formation of your research agenda. The passion will inevitably follow —
    Joni J. Young (2009)


     

     

    INTRODUCTION

    Are most accounting academics and professionals excited when they receive the latest issue of The Accounting Review or an email of the Table of Contents? When I was a doctoral student and later an assistant professor, I looked forward to receiving new issues of top accounting journals. But as my research horizons widened, I found myself less interested in reading a recent issue of an accounting journal than one in a nearby discipline (e.g., Journal of Law and Economics), or even a discipline further away (e.g., Evolution and Human Behavior). Many accountants find little insight into important accounting issues in the top U.S. academic journals, which critics allege focus on arcane issues that interest a narrowing readership (e.g., Sterling 1976; Garcha et al. 1983; Flesher 1991; Heck and Jensen 2007).1

    Several prominent scholars raise concerns about recent accounting research. Joel Demski's 2001 American Accounting Association (AAA) Presidential Address acknowledges the excitement of the mid-20th century advances in accounting research, but notes, “Of late, however, a malaise appears to have settled in. Our progress has turned flat, our tribal tendencies have taken hold, and our joy has diminished.” The state of current U.S. accounting scholarship has been questioned repeatedly by recent AAA presidents, including Judy Rayburn (2006), Shyam Sunder (2006), Sue Haka (2008), and Greg Waymire (2012).2

    Assuming that when there is smoke there is likely a fire, I adopt a “glass-half-empty” lens.3 I diagnose the problems in our discipline after briefly outlining a few long-term causes for the symptoms identified by critics. I seek remedies for the more urgent symptoms, drawing upon examples from other disciplines that are exploring ways to reinvigorate scholarship and restore academic relevance. While a few of these can be implemented by AAA, many others can be adopted by journal editors and authors. I hope that these personal views stimulate conversations that lead to better accounting scholarship.

    My main suggestion is to re-orient accounting researchers toward addressing fundamental accounting questions, and to provide awards and incentives for innovative leadership, rather than for passively following accounting standard-setters. This will require educating young scholars in accounting history as well as the history of accounting thought. In addition, AAA annual meetings should feature a named lecture by an eminent non-accounting scholar to expose us to new ideas and methods. We should rely less on statistical significance for assessing importance and instead emphasize practical significance in judging the value of a research contribution. Accounting research should be made more accessible to practitioners, interested laymen, and academic colleagues in other disciplines by improving readability—for example by making articles shorter and less jargon laden, and replacing tables with more informative figures. Finally, we should more actively seek out and explore accounting domains beyond those captured in machine-readable databases.



     
    WHAT ARE THE SYMPTOMS? WHAT IS THE DIAGNOSIS?

    Demski (2007) and Fellingham (2007) contend that accounting is not an academic research discipline that contributes knowledge to the rest of the university. This assertion is supported by predominantly one-way citation flows between accounting journals and those of neighboring disciplines (Lee 1995; Pieters and Baumgartner 2002; Bricker et al. 2003; Rayburn 2006). Such sentiments imply low status of the accounting professoriate within the academy, and echo those of Demski et al. (1991), Zeff (1989), Sterling (1973), and, from longer ago, Hatfield (1924). Furthermore, and perhaps of greater concern, accounting research has little impact on accounting practice, and the divergence between accounting research and accounting practice has been growing over the last half century (e.g., Langenderfer 1987; Baxter 1988; Bricker and Previts 1990).

    What other symptoms have critics identified? Demski (2008) highlights the lack of passion in many accounting researchers, while Ball (2008) bemoans the “absence of a solidly grounded worldview—a deep understanding of the functioning of financial reporting in the economy” among accounting professors and doctoral students alike. Kaplan (2011) suggests that accounting research is predominantly conducted in an ivory tower with little connection to problems faced by practitioners, whereas Sunder (2007) argues that mandatory uniform standards suppress thinking among accounting researchers, echoing Baxter (1953). Kinney (2001) submits that accounting researchers are not sure about which research domains are ours. Demski et al. (1991) raised all these concerns previously, implying that accounting research has been stagnant for decades. No wonder I (and others) find too many recent accounting papers to be tedious and uninteresting.

    A simplistic diagnosis is that U.S. accounting research mimics the concerns and mores of the U.S. accounting profession. The accounting profession in the middle of the 20th century searched for principles underlying accounting practices, which provided a demand for normative academic theories. These demands were met by accounting classics such as Gilman (1939), Paton and Littleton (1940), and Edwards and Bell (1961). Although standards were originally meant to guide accounting practice, standard-setters soon slid down the slippery slope of enforceable rules (Baxter 1979). Consequently, ever more detailed rules were written to make reported numbers more reliable. Bureaucrats wanted to uniformly enforce explicit protocols, which lawyers creatively interpreted and financial engineers circumvented with new contracts. In parallel, accounting researchers abandoned normative debates and turned to measuring and evaluating the effects of alternative accounting rules and attempts to evade them (e.g., Zeff 1978). In sum, as U.S. GAAP moved from norm based to rule based, or from emphasizing relevance to increasing uniformity and reliability, accounting researchers began favoring formal quantitative methods over informal qualitative arguments. As U.S. GAAP and the Internal Revenue Code became ever more arcane, so did U.S. accounting research.

    Another diagnosis is that our current state stems from accounting trying to become a more scientific discipline. During 1956–1964, the Ford Foundation gave Carnegie Mellon, Chicago, Columbia, Harvard, and Stanford $14.4 million to try to make their business schools centers of excellence in research and teaching (Khurana et al. 2011). Contributions from other foundations raised the total to $35 million (Jeuck 1986), which would be about $268 million in 2012 dollars.4 The Ford Foundation espoused quantitative methods and economics with a goal of making business research more “scientific” and “professional” (Gordon and Howell 1959). Business schools responded by emphasizing statistical analyses and mathematical modeling, and mathematical training rather than accounting knowledge became increasingly required for publications in the top accounting journals (e.g., Chua 1996; Heck and Jensen 2007). While business researchers had some notable successes in the 1960s and 1970s soon after introducing these new techniques, the rate of innovation has allegedly since fallen.

    Concurrently, U.S. business schools became credentialing machines guided by a “(student) customer is always right” ethos, so there was also less demand for accounting theory from accounting students and their employers (Demski 2007), and intermediate accounting textbooks replaced theory with rote memorization of rules (Zeff 1989).5 In 1967, the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB) increased the degree requirements for accredited accounting faculty from a master's-CPA combination to a Ph.D., effective in 1969. Many accounting doctoral programs were started in the 1960s to meet the new demand for accounting doctorates (Rodgers and Williams 1996), and these programs imitated the new elite accounting programs. Statistics, economics, and econometrics screening became requisite challenges (Zeff 1978), preceding accounting courses in many doctoral programs. Unsurprisingly then, doctoral students came to infer that accounting theory and institutional content are merely the icing on the cake of quantitative economics or psychology.

    In summary, the forces that induced change in U.S. accounting academe in the aftermath of World War II still prevail. The goals and methods of accounting research have changed profoundly over the last half century (e.g., Zeff 1978), leading accounting researchers to more Type III error (e.g., Dyckman 1989): “giving the right answer to the wrong problem” (Kimball 1957) or “solving the wrong problem precisely” (Raiffa 1968). To the extent that accounting relevance has been sacrificed for tractability and academic rigor, these changes have slowed accounting-knowledge generation.



     
    HOW CAN ACCOUNTING RESEARCH BECOME MORE INNOVATIVE?

    Demski (2007) characterizes recent accounting research thus: “Innovation is close to nonexistent. This, in fact, is the basis for the current angst about the ‘diversity' of our major publications. Deeper, though, is the mindset and factory-like mentality that is driving this visible clustering in the journals.” He laments further, “The vast bulk of our published work is insular, largely derivative, and lacking in the variety that is essential for innovation. Arguably, our published work is focusing increasingly on job placement and retention.” Demski et al. (1991) conjecture, “Accounting researchers apparently suffer from insecurity about their field of study, leading them to perturb fairly secure research paradigms (mostly those that have been accepted by economists) within an ever-narrowing circle of accounting academics isolated from the practice world. There is very little reward in the current academic system for experimentation and innovation that has the potential for impacting practice.” My sense is that many accounting researchers (especially those who have not practiced accounting) believe that the conceptual framework has resolved all fundamental accounting issues and that accounting researchers should help regulators fill in the technical details to implement their grand plan. As blinkers keep horses focused on the road ahead, the current conceptual framework blinds accounting academics to the important issues in accounting (especially the many flaws in the conceptual framework project).

    Identifying the major unsolved questions in a field can provide new directions for research quests as well as a framework for teaching. For example, Hilbert (1900) posed 23 unsolved problems for mathematicians to test themselves against over the 20th century. His ideas were so successful in directing subsequent mathematics research that $1 million Millennium Prizes have been established for seven unsolved mathematical questions for the current century.6 Many scientific disciplines compile lists of unsolved questions for their fields in an attempt to imitate the success of 20th century mathematics.7 There is even a new series of books titled, The Big Questions: xxx, where xxx is philosophy (Blackburn 2009), physics (Brooks 2010), the universe (Clark 2010), etc. The series “is designed to let renowned experts confront the 20 most fundamental and frequently asked questions in a major branch of science or philosophy.” There is, however, neither consensus nor much interest in addressing the big unanswered questions in accounting, let alone exploring and refining them, recent attempts notwithstanding (e.g., Ball 2008; Basu 2008; Robinson 2007).

    Few accounting professors can identify even a dozen of the 88 members of the Accounting Hall of Fame, let alone why they were selected as “having made or are making significant contributions to the advancement of accounting.”8 Since many doctoral syllabi concentrate on recent publications to identify current research frontiers, most recent doctoral graduates have read just a handful of papers published before 2000. This leaves new professors with little clue to the “most fundamental and frequently asked questions” of our discipline. The American Economic Association recently celebrated the centenary of The American Economic Review by appointing a Top 20 Committee to select the “top 20” articles published in the journal over the previous 100 years (Arrow et al. 2011). Similarly, the Financial Analysts Journal picked the best articles over its first 50 years (Harlow 1995). Accounting academics could similarly identify the top 20 articles published in the first 100 years of The Journal of Accountancy (1905–2004), the top 25 articles published in Accountancy (1880–2005), or proportionately fewer papers for The Accounting Review (1926–2011).

    If accounting researchers do not tackle the fundamental issues in accounting, we collectively face obsolescence, irrelevance, and oblivion.9 Demski et al. (1991) recommended identifying a “broad set of challenging, relevant research questions” to be distributed to seasoned researchers to develop detailed research proposals that would be presented at a “proposals conference,” with the proceedings distributed widely among accounting academics. Lev (1992) commissioned several veteran researchers, including Michael Brennan (Finance) and Daniel Kahneman (Psychology), to write detailed research proposals on “Why is there a conservatism bias in financial reporting?” Eight proposals were presented at a plenary session of the 1993 AAA Annual Meeting in San Francisco, and copies of the research proposals were included in the packets of all annual meeting attendees. This initiative provided the impetus for conservatism research over the last two decades (cf. Basu 2009).

    Continued in article


    Shame on you Richard. You claimed a totally incorrect reason for not having any interest in the Pathways Commission Report. It is totally incorrect to assume that the PC Report resolutions apply only to the CPA profession.

    Did you ever read the PC  Report?
    http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
     

    Perhaps you just never read as far as Page 109 of the PC Report quoted below:

    Accounting Profession

    1. The need to enhance the bilateral relationship between the practice community and academe.

    From the perspective of the profession, one impediment to change has been the lack of a consistent relationship between a broadly defined profession (i.e., public, private, government) and a broadly defined academy—large and small public and private institutions. This impediment can be broken down into three subparts. First, the Commission recommends the organizations and individuals in the practice community work with accounting educators to provide access to their internal training seminars, so faculty can remain current with the workings of the profession. These organizations also need to develop internship-type opportunities for interested faculty. Second, the practice community and regulators need to reduce the barriers academics have in obtaining research data. All stakeholders must work together to determine how to overcome the privacy, confidentiality, and regulatory issues that impede a greater number of researchers from obtaining robust data needed for many of these research projects. Having access to this data could be instrumental in helping the academy provide timely answers to the profession on the impact of policy decisions on business practice. Third, the profession and the academy need to share pedagogy best practices and resources, especially with respect to rapidly changing educational delivery models as both are essential segments of the lifelong educational pathway of accounting professionals.

    Conversely, academia is not without fault in the development of this relationship. The Commission recommends that more institutions, possibly through new accreditation standards, engage more practitioners as executives in residence in the classroom. These individuals can provide a different perspective on various topics and thus might better explain what they do, how they do it, and why they do it. Additionally, the Commission recommends institutions utilize accounting professionals through department advisory boards that can assist the department in the development of its curriculum.



    Jensen Comment
    I contend that you are simply another accountics scientist member of the Cargo Cult looking for feeble luddite excuses to run for cover from the Pathways Commission resolutions, especially resolutions to conduct more clinical research and add diversity to the curricula of accounting doctoral programs.


    Thank you for this honesty. But have you ever looked at the Pathways Commission Report?


    Have you ever looked at the the varied professionals who generated this report and support its resolutions? In addition to CPA firms and universities, many of the Commissioners  come from major employers of Tuck School graduates including large and small corporations and consulting firms.
    The Report is located at
    http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf


    The Pathways Commission was made up of representatives of all segments of accounting academe, industrial accounting, and not-for-profit accounting. This Commission never intended its resolutions to apply only to only public accounting, which by the way includes tax accounting where you do most of your research. You're grasping at straws here Richard!


    Most accountics Cargo Cult scientists are silent and smug with respect to the Pathways Commission Report, especially it's advocacy of clinical research and research methods extending beyond GLM data mining of commercial databases that the AAA leadership itself is admitting has grown stale and lacks innovation ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays



    This is a perfect opportunity for me to recall the cargo plane scene from a movie called Mondo Cane ---
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mondo_cane


     Sudipta Basu
    picked up on the Cargo Cult analogy to stagnation of accountics science research over the past few decades.
     

    "How Can Accounting Researchers Become More Innovative? by Sudipta Basu, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 851-87 ---
    http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10311 


     

    We fervently hope that the research pendulum will soon swing back from the narrow lines of inquiry that dominate today's leading journals to a rediscovery of the richness of what accounting research can be. For that to occur, deans and the current generation of academic accountants must give it a push.�
    Michael H. Granof and Stephen A. Zeff (2008)


     

    Rather than clinging to the projects of the past, it is time to explore questions and engage with ideas that transgress the current accounting research boundaries. Allow your values to guide the formation of your research agenda. The passion will inevitably follow �
    Joni J. Young (2009)

    . . .

    Is Academic Accounting a “Cargo Cult Science”?

    In a commencement address at Caltech titled “Cargo Cult Science,” Richard Feynman (1974) discussed “science, pseudoscience, and learning how not to fool yourself.” He argued that despite great efforts at scientific research, little progress was apparent in school education. Reading and mathematics scores kept declining, despite schools adopting the recommendations of experts. Feynman (1974, 11) dubbed fields like these “Cargo Cult Sciences,” explaining the term as follows:

    In the South Seas there is a Cargo Cult of people. During the war they saw airplanes land with lots of good materials, and they want the same things to happen now. So they've arranged to make things like runways, to put fires along the sides of the runways, to make a wooden hut for a man to sit in, with two wooden pieces on his head like headphones and bars of bamboo sticking out like antennas—he's the controller—and they wait for the airplanes to land. They're doing everything right. The form is perfect. It looks exactly the way it looked before. But it doesn't work. No airplanes land. So I call these things Cargo Cult Science, because they follow all the apparent precepts and forms of scientific investigation, but they're missing something essential, because the planes don't land.

    Feynman (1974) argued that the key distinction between a science and a Cargo Cult Science is scientific integrity: “[T]he idea is to give all of the information to help others judge the value of your contribution; not just the information that leads to judgment in one particular direction or another.” In other words, papers should not be written to provide evidence for one's hypothesis, but rather to “report everything that you think might make it invalid.” Furthermore, “you should not fool the layman when you're talking as a scientist.”

    Even though more and more detailed rules are constantly being written by the SEC, FASB, IASB, PCAOB, AICPA, and other accounting experts (e.g., Benston et al. 2006), the number and severity of accounting scandals are not declining, which is Feynman's (1969) hallmark of a pseudoscience. Because accounting standards often reflect standard-setters' ideology more than research into the effectiveness of different alternatives, it is hardly surprising that accounting quality has not improved. Even preliminary research findings can be transformed journalistically into irrefutable scientific results by the political process of accounting standard-setting. For example, the working paper results of Frankel et al. (2002) were used to justify the SEC's longstanding desire to ban non-audit services in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, even though the majority of contemporary and subsequent studies found different results (Romano 2005). Unfortunately, the ability to bestow status by invitation to select conferences and citation in official documents (e.g., White 2005) may let standard-setters set our research and teaching agendas (Zeff 1989). Academic Accounting and the “Cult of Statistical Significance”

    Ziliak and McCloskey (2008) argue that, in trying to mimic physicists, many biologists and social scientists have become devotees of statistical significance, even though most articles in physics journals do not report statistical significance. They argue that statistical tests are typically used to infer whether a particular effect exists, rather than to measure the magnitude of the effect, which usually has more practical import. While early empirical accounting researchers such as Ball and Brown (1968) and Beaver (1968) went to great lengths to estimate how much extra information reached the stock market in the earnings announcement month or week, subsequent researchers limited themselves to answering whether other factors moderated these effects. Because accounting theories rarely provide quantitative predictions (e.g., Kinney 1986), accounting researchers perform nil hypothesis significance testing rituals, i.e., test unrealistic and atheoretical null hypotheses that a particular coefficient is exactly zero.15 While physicists devise experiments to measure the mass of an electron to the accuracy of tens of decimal places, accounting researchers are still testing the equivalent of whether electrons have mass. Indeed, McCloskey (2002) argues that the “secret sins of economics” are that economics researchers use quantitative methods to produce qualitative research outcomes such as (non-)existence theorems and statistically significant signs, rather than to predict and measure quantitative (how much) outcomes.

    Practitioners are more interested in magnitudes than existence proofs, because the former are more relevant in decision making. Paradoxically, accounting research became less useful in the real world by trying to become more scientific (Granof and Zeff 2008). Although every empirical article in accounting journals touts the statistical significance of the results, practical significance is rarely considered or discussed (e.g., Lev 1989). Empirical articles do not often discuss the meaning of a regression coefficient with respect to real-world decision variables and their outcomes. Thus, accounting research results rarely have practical implications, and this tendency is likely worst in fields with the strongest reliance on statistical significance such as financial reporting research.

    Ziliak and McCloskey (2008) highlight a deeper concern about over-reliance on statistical significance—that it does not even provide evidence about whether a hypothesis is true or false. Carver (1978) provides a memorable example of drawing the wrong inference from statistical significance:

    What is the probability of obtaining a dead person (label this part D) given that the person was hanged (label this part H); this is, in symbol form, what is P(D|H)? Obviously, it will be very high, perhaps 0.97 or higher. Now, let us reverse the question. What is the probability that a person has been hanged (H), given that the person is dead (D); that is, what is P(H|D)? This time the probability will undoubtedly be very low, perhaps 0.01 or lower. No one would be likely to make the mistake of substituting the first estimate (0.97) for the second (0.01); that is, to accept 0.97 as the probability that a person has been hanged given that the person is dead. Even though this seems to be an unlikely mistake, it is exactly the kind of mistake that is made with interpretations of statistical significance testing—by analogy, calculated estimates of P(D|H) are interpreted as if they were estimates of P(H|D), when they clearly are not the same.

    As Cohen (1994) succinctly explains, statistical tests assess the probability of observing a sample moment as extreme as observed conditional on the null hypothesis being true, or P(D|H0), where D represents data and H0 represents the null hypothesis. However, researchers want to know whether the null hypothesis is true, conditional on the sample, or P(H0|D). We can calculate P(H0|D) from P(D|H0) by applying Bayes' theorem, but that requires knowledge of P(H0), which is what researchers want to discover in the first place. Although Ziliak and McCloskey (2008) quote many eminent statisticians who have repeatedly pointed out this basic logic, the essential point has not entered the published accounting literature.

    In my view, restoring relevance to mathematically guided accounting research requires changing our role model from applied science to engineering (Colander 2011).16 While science aims at finding truth through application of institutionalized best practices with little regard for time or cost, engineering seeks to solve a specific problem using available resources, and the engineering method is “the strategy for causing the best change in a poorly understood or uncertain situation within the available resources” (Koen 2003). We should move to an experimental approach that simulates real-world applications or field tests new accounting methods in particular countries or industries, as would likely happen by default if accounting were not monopolized by the IASB (Dye and Sunder 2001). The inductive approach to standard-setting advocated by Littleton (1953) is likely to provide workable solutions to existing problems and be more useful than an axiomatic approach that starts from overly simplistic first principles.

    To reduce the gap between academe and practice and stimulate new inquiry, AAA should partner with the FEI or Business Roundtable to create summer, semester, or annual research internships for accounting professors and Ph.D. students at corporations and audit firms.17 Accounting professors who have served as visiting scholars at the SEC and FASB have reported positively about their experience (e.g., Jorgensen et al. 2007), and I believe that such practice internships would provide opportunities for valuable fieldwork that supplements our experimental and archival analyses. Practice internships could be an especially fruitful way for accounting researchers to spend their sabbaticals.

    Another useful initiative would be to revive the tradition of The Accounting Review publishing papers that do not rely on statistical significance or mathematical notation, such as case studies, field studies, and historical studies, similar to the Journal of Financial Economics (Jensen et al. 1989).18 A separate editor, similar to the book reviews editor, could ensure that appropriate criteria are used to evaluate qualitative research submissions (Chapman 2012). A co-editor from practice could help ensure that the topics covered are current and relevant, and help reverse the steep decline in AAA professional membership. Encouraging diversity in research methods and topics is more likely to attract new scholars who are passionate and intrinsically care about their research, rather than attracting only those who imitate current research fads for purely instrumental career reasons.

    The relevance of accounting journals can be enhanced by inviting accomplished guest authors from outside accounting. The excellent April 1983 issue of The Accounting Review contains a section entitled “Research Perspectives from Related Disciplines,” which includes essays by Robert Wilson (Decision Sciences), Michael Jensen and Stephen Ross (Finance and Economics), and Karl Weick (Organizational Behavior) that were based on invited presentations at the 1982 AAA Annual Meeting. The thought-provoking essays were discussed by prominent accounting academics (Robert Kaplan, Joel Demski, Robert Libby, and Nils Hakansson); I still use Jensen (1983) to start each of my Ph.D. courses. Academic outsiders bring new perspectives to familiar problems and can often reframe them in ways that enable solutions (Tullock 1966).

    I still lament that no accounting journal editor invited the plenary speakers—Joe Henrich, Denise Schmandt-Besserat, Michael Hechter, Eric Posner, Robert Lucas, and Vernon Smith—at the 2007 AAA Annual Meeting to write up their presentations for publication in accounting journals. It is rare that Nobel Laureates and U.S. Presidential Early Career Award winners address AAA annual meetings.20 I strongly urge that AAA annual meetings institute a named lecture given by a distinguished researcher from a different discipline, with the address published in The Accounting Review. This would enable cross-fertilization of ideas between accounting and other disciplines. Several highly cited papers published in the Journal of Accounting and Economics were written by economists (Watts 1998), so this initiative could increase citation flows from accounting journals to other disciplines.

    HOW CAN WE MAKE U.S. ACCOUNTING JOURNALS MORE READABLE AND INTERESTING?

    Even the greatest discovery will have little impact if other people cannot understand it or are unwilling to make the effort. Zeff (1978) says, “Scholarly writing need not be abstruse. It can and should be vital and relevant. Research can succeed in illuminating the dark areas of knowledge and facilitating the resolution of vexing problems—but only if the report of research findings is communicated to those who can carry the findings further and, in the end, initiate change.” If our journals put off readers, then our research will not stimulate our students or induce change in practice (Dyckman 1989).

    Michael Jensen (1983, 333–334) addressed the 1982 AAA Annual Meeting saying:

    Unfortunately, there exists in the profession an unwarranted bias toward the use of mathematics even in situations where it is unproductive or useless. One manifestation of this is the common use of the terms “rigorous” or “analytical” or even “theoretical” as identical with ‘‘mathematical.” None of these links is, of course, correct. Mathematical is not the same as rigorous, nor is it the same as analytical or theoretical. Propositions can be logically rigorous without being mathematical, and analysis does not have to take the form of symbols and equations. The English sentence and paragraph will do quite well for many analytical purposes. In addition, the use of mathematics does not prevent the commission of errors—even egregious ones.

    Unfortunately, the top accounting journals demonstrate an increased “tyranny of formalism” that “develops when mathematically inclined scholars take the attitude that if the analytical language is not mathematics, it is not rigorous, and if a problem cannot be solved with the use of mathematics, the effort should be abandoned” (Jensen 1983, 335). Sorter (1979) acidly described the transition from normative to quantitative research: “the golden age of empty blindness gave way in the sixties to bloated blindness calculated to cause indigestion. In the sixties, the wonders of methodology burst upon the minds of accounting researchers. We entered what Maslow described as a mean-oriented age. Accountants felt it was their absolute duty to regress, regress and regress.” Accounting research increasingly relies on mathematical and statistical models with highly stylized and unrealistic assumptions. As Young (2006) demonstrates, the financial statement “user” in accounting research and regulation bears little resemblance to flesh-and-blood individuals, and hence our research outputs often have little relevance to the real world.

    Figure 1 compares how frequently accountants and members of ten other professions are cited in The New York Times in the late 1990s (Ellenberg 2000). These data are juxtaposed with the numbers employed in each profession during 1996 using U.S. census data. Accountants are cited less frequently relative to their numbers than any profession except computer programmers. One possibility is that journalists cannot detect anything interesting in accounting journals. Another possibility is that university public relations staffs are consistently unable to find an interesting angle in published accounting papers that they can pitch to reporters. I have little doubt that the obscurantist tendencies in accounting papers make it harder for most outsiders to understand what accounting researchers are saying or find interesting.

    Accounting articles have also become much longer over time, and I am regularly asked to review articles with introductions that are six to eight pages long, with many of the paragraphs cut-and-pasted from later sections. In contrast, it took Watson and Crick (1953) just one journal page to report the double-helix structure of DNA. Einstein (1905) took only three journal pages to derive his iconic equation E = mc2. Since even the best accounting papers are far less important than these classics of 20th century science, readers waste time wading through academic bloat (Sorter 1979). Because the top general science journals like Science and Nature place strict word limits on articles that differ by the expected incremental contribution, longer scientific papers signal better quality.21 Unfortunately, accounting journals do not restrict length, which encourages bloated papers. Another driver of length is the aforementioned trend toward greater rigor in the review process (Ellison 2002).

    My first suggestion for making published accounting articles less tedious and boring is to impose strict word limits and to revive the “Notes” sections for shorter contributions. Word limits force authors to think much harder about how to communicate their essential ideas succinctly and greatly improve writing. Similarly, I would encourage accounting journals to follow Nature and provide guidelines for informative abstracts.22 A related suggestion is to follow the science journals, and more recently, The American Economic Review, by introducing online-only appendices to report the lengthy robustness sections that are demanded by persnickety reviewers.23 In addition, I strongly encourage AAA journals to require authors to post online with each journal article the data sets and working computer code used to produce all tables as a condition for publication, so that other independent researchers can validate and replicate their studies (Bernanke 2004; McCullough and McKitrick 2009).24 This is important because recent surveys of science and management researchers reveal that data fabrication, data falsification, and other violations in published studies is far from rare (Martinson et al. 2005; Bedeian et al. 2010).

    I also urge that authors report results graphically rather than in tables, as recommended by numerous statistical experts (e.g., Tukey 1977; Chambers et al. 1983; Wainer 2009). For example, Figure 2 shows how the data in Figure 1 can be displayed more effectively without taking up more page space (Gelman et al. 2002). Scientific papers routinely display results in figures with confidence intervals rather than tables with standard errors and p-values, and accounting journals should adopt these practices to improve understandability. Soyer and Hogarth (2012) show experimentally that even well-trained econometricians forecast more slowly and inaccurately when given tables of statistical results than when given equivalent scatter plots. Most accounting researchers cannot recognize the main tables of Ball and Brown (1968) or Beaver (1968) on sight, but their iconic figures are etched in our memories. The figures in Burgstahler and Dichev (1997) convey their results far more effectively than tables would. Indeed, the finance professoriate was convinced that financial markets are efficient by the graphs in Fama et al. (1969), a highly influential paper that does not contain a single statistical test! Easton (1999) argues that the 1990s non-linear earnings-return relation literature would likely have been developed much earlier if accounting researchers routinely plotted their data. Since it is not always straightforward to convert tables into graphs (Gelman et al. 2002), I recommend that AAA pay for new editors of AAA journals to take courses in graphical presentation.

    I would also recommend that AAA award an annual prize for the best figure or graphic in an accounting journal each year. In addition to making research articles easier to follow, figures ease the introduction of new ideas into accounting textbooks. Economics is routinely taught with diagrams and figures to aid intuition—demand and supply curves, IS-LM analysis, Edgeworth boxes, etc. (Blaug and Lloyd 2010). Accounting teachers would benefit if accounting researchers produced similar education tools. Good figures could also be used to adorn the cover pages of our journals similar to the best science journals; in many disciplines, authors of lead articles are invited to provide an illustration for the cover page. JAMA (Journal of the American Medical Association) reproduces paintings depicting doctors on its cover (Southgate 1996); AAA could print paintings of accountants and accounting on the cover of The Accounting Review, perhaps starting with those collected in Yamey (1989). If color printing costs are prohibitive, we could imitate the Journal of Political Economy back cover and print passages from literature where accounting and accountants play an important role, or even start a new format by reproducing cartoons illustrating accounting issues. The key point is to induce accountants to pick up each issue of the journal, irrespective of the research content.

    I think that we need an accounting journal to “fill a gap between the general-interest press and most other academic journals,” similar to the Journal of Economics Perspectives (JEP).25 Unlike other economics journals, JEP editors and associate editors solicit articles from experts with the goal of conveying state-of-the-art economic thinking to non-specialists, including students, the lay public, and economists from other specialties.26 The journal explicitly eschews mathematical notation or regression results and requires that results be presented either graphically or as a table of means. In response to the question “List the three economics journals (broadly defined) that you read most avidly when a new issue appears,” a recent survey of U.S. economics professors found that Journal of Economics Perspectives was their second favorite economics journal (Davis et al. 2011), which suggests that an unclaimed niche exists in accounting. Although Accounting Horizons could be restructured along these lines to better reach practitioners, it might make sense to start a new association-wide journal under the AAA aegis.

     

    CONCLUSION

    I believe that accounting is one of the most important human innovations. The invention of accounting records was likely indispensable to the emergence of agriculture, and ultimately, civilization (e.g., Basu and Waymire 2006). Many eminent historians view double-entry bookkeeping as indispensable for the Renaissance and the emergence of capitalism (e.g., Sombart 1919; Mises 1949; Weber 1927), possibly via stimulating the development of algebra (Heeffer 2011). Sadly, accounting textbooks and the top U.S. accounting journals seem uninterested in whether and how accounting innovations changed history, or indeed in understanding the history of our current practices (Zeff 1989).

    In short, the accounting academy embodies a “tragedy of the commons” (Hardin 1968) where strong extrinsic incentives to publish in “top” journals have led to misdirected research efforts. As Zeff (1983) explains, “When modeling problems, researchers seem to be more affected by technical developments in the literature than by their potential to explain phenomena. So often it seems that manuscripts are the result of methods in search of questions rather than questions in search of methods.” Solving common problems requires strong collective action by the social network of accounting researchers using self-governing mechanisms (e.g., Ostrom 1990, 2005). Such initiatives should occur at multiple levels (e.g., school, association, section, region, and individual) to have any chance of success.

    While accounting research has made advances in recent decades, our collective progress seems slow, relative to the hard work put in by so many talented researchers. Instead of letting financial economics and psychology researchers and accounting standard-setters choose our research methods and questions, we should return our focus to addressing fundamental issues in accounting. As important, junior researchers should be encouraged to take risks and question conventional academic wisdom, rather than blindly conform to the party line. For example, the current FASB–IASB conceptual framework “remains irreparably flawed” (Demski 2007), and accounting researchers should take the lead in developing alternative conceptual frameworks that better fit what accounting does (e.g., Ijiri 1983; Ball 1989; Dickhaut et al. 2010). This will entail deep historical and cross-cultural analyses rather than regression analyses on machine-readable data. Deliberately attacking the “fundamental and frequently asked questions” in accounting will require innovations in research outlooks and methods, as well as training in the history of accounting thought. It is shameful that we still cannot answer basic questions like “Why did anyone invent recordkeeping?” or “Why is double-entry bookkeeping beautiful?”


    Bravo to Professor Basu for having the guts address the Cargo Cult in this manner!


    Respectfully,
    Bob Jensen

    Getting Top Academic Researchers More Interested in Clinical Research:  Medical Schools Lead the Way

    Theodor (Ted) Seuss Geisel --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ted_Geisel

    This morning in a doctor's office waiting room I read a magazine that I'd never seen before --- Dartmouth Medicine, Fall 2012.---
    http://dartmed.dartmouth.edu/fall12/

    The Dartmouth medical school is called the Theodor Geisel School of Medicine in honor of the millions of dollars and in some cases the clinical research and teaching guidance of his gifts to various disciplines at Dartmouth College.. Theodor (Ted) Seuss Geisel is best known for his children's books written under the pen names Dr. Seuss, Theo LeSieg and, in one case, Rosetta Stone. But in Hanover New Hampshire he's best known

    On Page 11 of the Fall 2012 issue I noted the following from a "Rothstein Named Chair of Medicine"::

    . . .

    "The Department of Medicine has incredible strength in its programs, faculty, staff, and trainees," says Rothstein. "Many of the leaders in education at Geisel are medicine faculty, and our clerkships and electives are consistently well regarded. Many Geisel students choose careers in internal medicine in part, we believe, because of the role-modeling and supportive educational experiences they received on rotations in our department."

    In his new role as chair of medicine, Rothstein is working with colleagues from Geisel and the Tuck School of Business to create a clinical and research program that will focus on the problem of obesity. A second project is a collaboration with the Association of American Medical Colleges that will help patients, families, and clinicians better address care decisions at times of serious illness and the end of life.

    "It is clearly a challenging time to lead a large academic department and I appreciate the opportunity to do so," Rothstein says. "We will face the future together as a team with energy and enthusiasm, and we are destined for success."

     

    "The Meaning of a Name," by Donald Pease, Dartmouth Medicine, Fall 2012,  (which also has a picture of a Cat in a Hat).---
     

     

    Page 28

    . . .

    Although the naming of the Medical School marked the greatest benefaction in Dartmouth's history, it was in fact Ted Geisel's second remarkable act of philanthropy. In 1969, to celebrate the bicentennial of Dartmouth's founding, Geisel endowed the Ted and Helen Geisel Third Century Professorship in the Humanities. The professorship was also designed to bridge an imagined gap separating the research produced in the graduate programs and professional schools from teaching in the undergraduate classroom. The 1969 Geisel professorship removed the perceived antagonism between the classroom teacher and the research scholar by underscoring how crucial this interdependent relationship was to the educated imagination of Dartmouth's students. In 2012, the Geisel name removed the invisible yet recalcitrant barrier separating Dartmouth's undergraduate and graduate sectors, and it will foster collaborative research ventures among Dartmouth's students and faculty in the Arts and Sciences, the Thayer School of Engineering, the Tuck School of Business, and the Geisel School of Medicine.

     

    Page 31  (which also has a picture of a Cat in a Hat)

    . . .

    Ted Geisel invented Dr. Seuss to find a voice and imagine words to cope with a world that distressed and sometimes terrified him. After complaining of a social life consisting entirely of doctors, Ted wrote You're Only Old Once in a fit of magical thinking. "If I can only stay out of the hospital," he told his personal physician, "I might live forever . . . and I can't go back to doctors after what I did to them in this book."

    Ted dedicated the book, "with affection and in affliction," to the surviving members of the Dartmouth Class of 1925. The Book of the Month club advertised it "for ages 95 and down." It sold more than one million copies the first year of publication. Imagine what would have happened—or where we'd be—if he'd written a book about lawyers.

    When news of his death reached Dartmouth 21 years ago, students and faculty began a spontaneous 24-hour vigil reading Dr. Seuss books around the clock outside College Hall as homage to the alumnus who had created a whole world. In its eulogy, Time magazine commemorated Ted Geisel as one of the last doctors to make house calls—"over 200 million of them in more than 20 languages."

    No matter whether we hail from the arts and sciences or Dartmouth's professional schools, all of us are Dr. Seuss babies. The bonds that renew our relationship to our work and to each other are animated at the juncture Audrey Geisel described as connecting "Ted's great love of his alma mater" and her "passion of caring for others" and communicated in the Onceler's injunction at the conclusion to The Lorax:

    Unless someone like you
    cares a whole awful lot,
    nothing is going to get better.
    It's not.

    What struck me is how Ted Geisel predated the 2012 Pathways Commission Report in accounting higher education which attempts to make accountics scientists more focused on clinical research in accountancy:
    2012 "Final" Pathways Commission Report ---
    http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
    Also see a summary at
    "Accounting for Innovation," by Elise Young, Inside Higher Ed, July 31, 2012 ---
    http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field
     

    Some accountancy leaders contend that accountics research lost its way in failing to focus on classroom teachers and practicing accountants in public accounting, industry, and government.

    Essays on the State of Accounting Scholarship ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays

    Perhaps when implementing the Pathways Commission resolutions for accounting researchers and teachers we should look to how medical schools are seeking to find new pathways toward clinical research by accountics scientists.

    How Accountics Scientists Should Change: 
    "Frankly, Scarlett, after I get a hit for my resume in The Accounting Review I just don't give a damn"
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
    One more mission in what's left of my life will be to try to change this
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm

     

     


    "How Economics Journals Have Evolved," Inside Higer Ed,  January 7, 2013 ---
    http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/01/07/how-economics-journals-have-evolved

    A new analysis released by the National Bureau of Economic Research (abstract available here) tracks the changes among the five leading economics journals from 1970 to 2012. Among the trends over that time span:

    Jensen Comment
    I think the reason that most academic disciplines, including accounting, experienced an explosion in the number of journals is is that increasingly publication in refereed journals became a necessary condition for both tenure and annual performance-pay evaluations. As of getting a hit in a top-tier journal declined (for reasons mentioned above) faculty became increasingly desperate for publication in refereed journals not quite in the top tier. At the same time large commercial oligopoly publishers drooled over charging hundreds of dollars (often rip-offs) to college libraries for new journals ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals

    Most of these new journals tried to justify their existence by asserting that they were publishing articles that were too specialized for top-tier journals. This is certainly true in some instances, but the fact of the matter is that top-tier journals in most instances are still publishing some well-chosen articles in those specialties.

    The bottom line is that when it comes to tenure decisions and performance evaluation in general, having some refereed journal hits beats having no journal publications.

    If college libraries were not willing to pay rip-off prices for specialized (not always inferior) journals a significant number of professors would have virtually no publications in seriously refereed journals ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals

    "Publish or perish? Not at these prices, UC says," by Matt Krupnick, Contra Costa Times, June 10, 2010 ---
    http://www.contracostatimes.com/top-stories/ci_15270766?nclick_check=1

    University of California librarians are urging professors not to submit research to Nature or 66 related journals to protest a 400 percent increase in the publisher's prices.

    A new contract with Nature Publishing Group would raise the university's subscription costs by more than $1 million, library and faculty leaders wrote in a letter this week to professors throughout the 10-campus system. With recent budget cuts, UC libraries simply can't handle the higher price, which would take effect in 2011, the letter said.

    Boycotting the Nature group would be a huge step for a university that, according to UC estimates, has provided 5,300 articles to the 67 journals in the past six years. Nearly 640 of those articles went to Nature itself, one of the world's premier scientific journals.

    "We understand that it's an important journal," said Laine Farley, executive director of UC's California Digital Library, which manages most systemwide journal subscriptions. "But we can't simply wipe out our savings on one publisher."

    In a written response to the university, London-based Nature Publishing Group criticized UC's "sensationalist use of data out of context" and said the negotiations were supposed to be confidential. The pricing dispute is rooted in confusion over whether UC is one institution or many, Nature's response said. that (UC) is paying an unfair rate."

    This week's volleys represented an escalation of a long-simmering battle between universities and journal publishers, who have been criticized for charging thousands of dollars for annual subscriptions to some publications. Many titles have been consolidated under a handful of major publishers, including Nature, making it more difficult for universities to negotiate lower prices.

    Several UC professors have fought back against publishers, refusing to contribute work to highly priced journals. But a widespread boycott of one of the most prestigious journals would present a dilemma for faculty members under pressure to publish research in order to gain promotions.

    The so-called publish-or-perish structure is fundamentally unfair to professors, said Michael Eisen, a UC Berkeley biology professor who refuses to publish his research group's work in Nature's journals.

    "The university is forced to give away information for free and then to buy it back at a huge markup," he said. "The whole thing is just completely screwed up. The only alternative the university has is to strike back at what Nature really values."

    A boycott of the Nature group would not hurt UC professors' careers, said Lawrence Pitts, the university's provost.

    "The reality is that there is a number of quality publications," said Pitts, UC's chief academic officer. "Nature Publishing Group isn't the only game in town."

    Some journals, recognizing that universities are struggling to afford them, have cut prices in recent years. Others have invented ways to give away their articles for free.

    The Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, for example, makes its contributions available for free six months after publication, said its editor-in-chief, UC Berkeley biologist Randy Schekman.

    "Nature's just being tone-deaf," said Schekman, who is considering writing an article for Nature. "They have to know that California is in a perilous financial state. They can't win this one."

    About those nondisclosure agreements in journal subscription contracts
    "Cornell U. Library Takes a Stand With Journal Vendors: Prices Will Be Made Public," by Jennifer Howard, Chronicle of Higher Education, March  24, 2011 --- http://chronicle.com/article/Cornell-U-Library-Takes-a/126852/

    Librarians have long complained about the nondisclosure agreements, or NDA's, that some publishers and vendors require them to sign, making it difficult to share information about how much they pay to subscribe to journal databases and other scholarly material. Some state universities' libraries have been able to reveal licensing terms anyway because their institutions are subject to sunshine laws. Now one major private institution, Cornell University, has publicly declared it's had enough of confidentiality agreements, too.

    "To promote openness and fairness among libraries licensing scholarly resources, Cornell University Library will not enter into vendor contracts that require nondisclosure of pricing information or other information that does not constitute a trade secret," the library said in a statement posted on its Web site. "The more that libraries are able to communicate with one another about vendor offers, the better they are able to weigh the costs and benefits of any individual offer. An open market will result in better licensing terms."

    Anne R. Kenney, Cornell's university librarian, said that with purchasing decisions under close scrutiny, it felt like the right moment to take a stand. Enough major publishers have agreed to drop nondisclosure clauses "that it was time to bite the bullet and make that a principle moving forward," she said. "Publishers are beginning to get it."

    At the end of its statement, the Cornell library listed some of the publishers that do not request confidentiality clauses when they negotiate licenses. They include the American Physical Society, the American Chemical Society, Cambridge University Press, EBSCO, Elsevier, Oxford University Press, ProQuest, Sage, Taylor & Francis, and Wiley. (If a publisher does not appear on the list, that doesn't necessarily mean it requires NDA's, just that it hasn't been in recent contract negotiations with Cornell's library.)

    Ms. Kenney said that Cornell is joining "a groundswell among academic libraries to start to routinely ask for the removal of NDA's." In June 2009, the Association of Research Libraries urged its members to steer clear of nondisclosure or confidentiality clauses.

    "Part of our rationale in going public with this is to make evident that private institutions are also starting to feel that this is not a good way of doing business," Ms. Kenney said.

    Support for the Move

    Several librarians at other universities said their institutions had taken positions similar to Cornell's, even if they haven't publicly posted their policy on NDA's. "Yes, we have taken a similar approach for the past year," said Winston Tabb, the dean of university libraries and museums at the Johns Hopkins University. He wrote in an e-mail that "we believe that transparency is appropriate for libraries generally; and in particular that we should not agree to withhold information about how we are spending an increasingly huge—and ever-growing—percentage of our stretched library budgets."

    Continued in article

     

    Bob Jensen's threads on Commercial Scholarly and Academic Journals and Oligopoly Textbook Publishers Are Ripping Off Libraries, Scholars, and Students ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals


    "The End of Economists' Imperialism'," by Justin Fox, Harvard Business Review Blog, January 4, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://blogs.hbr.org/fox/2013/01/the-end-of-economists-imper.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date 

    "By almost any market test, economics is the premier social science," Stanford University economist Edward Lazear wrote just over a decade ago. "The field attracts the most students, enjoys the attention of policy-makers and journalists, and gains notice, both positive and negative, from other scientists."

    Lazear went on to describe how economists, with the University of Chicago's Gary Becker leading the way, had been running roughshod over the other social sciences — using economic tools to study crime, the family, accounting, corporate management, and countless other not strictly economic topics. "Economic imperialism" was the name he gave to this phenomenon (and to his article, which was published in the February 2000 issue of the Quarterly Journal of Economics). And in his view it was a benevolent reign. "The power of economics lies in its rigor," he wrote. "Economics is scientific; it follows the scientific method of stating a formal refutable theory, testing theory, and revising the theory based on the evidence. Economics succeeds where other social scientists fail because economists are willing to abstract."

    Triumphalism like that calls for a comeuppance, of course. So, as the nation's (and a lot of the world's) economists gather this weekend in San Diego for their annual hoedown, it's worth asking: Are there any signs that the imperialist era of economics might finally be coming to an end?

    Lazear acknowledged one such indicator in his article — the invasion of economics by psychological teachings about cognitive bias. Two years later, in 2002, the co-leader of that invasion, Princeton psychology professor Daniel Kahneman, won an economics Nobel (the other co-leader, Amos Tversky, had died in 1996). But while behavioral economics has since solidified its status as an important part of the discipline, it hasn't come close to conquering it. On the really big questions — how to run the economy, for example — the mainstream view described by Lazear has continued to dominate. Economists have also continued their imperialist habit of delving into other fields: 2005's Freakonomics, co-authored by Becker disciple Steven Levitt, was a prime example of this — and sold millions of copies. As for Lazear, he got himself appointed chairman of President George W. Bush's Council of Economic Advisers in 2006.

    And then, well, things didn't go so well. The financial crisis and subsequent economic downturn — which Lazear somewhat infamously downplayed while in office — have put a big dent in the credibility of the macro side of the discipline. The issue isn't that economists have nothing interesting to say about the crisis. It's that they have so many different things to say about it. As MIT financial economist Andrew Lo found after reading 11 accounts of the crisis by academic economists (along with nine by journalists, plus former Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson's personal account), there is massive disagreement not just on why the crisis happened but on what actually happened. "Many of us like to think of financial economics as a science," Lo wrote, "but complex events like the financial crisis suggest that this conceit may be more wishful thinking than reality."

    Part of the issue is that Lazear's description of the scientific way in which economics supposedly works (state a theory, test it, revise) doesn't really apply in the case of a once-in-a-lifetime financial crisis. I tend to think it doesn't apply for macroeconomics in general. As economist Paul Samuelson is said to have said, "We have but one sample of history." Meaning that you can never get truly scientific answers out of GDP or unemployment numbers.

    That's why Lord Robert Skidelsky recommended a couple of years ago that while microeconomists could be allowed to proceed along pretty much the same statistical and mathematical path they'd been following, graduate education in macroeconomics needed to be dramatically revamped and supplemented with instruction in ethics, philosophy, and politics.

    I'm not aware of this actually happening in any top economics PhD program (let me know if I'm wrong), despite the efforts of George Soros's Institute for New Economic Thinking and others. What I've noticed instead, though, is an increasing confidence and boldness among those who study economic issues through the lens of other academic disciplines.

    A couple of years ago I spent a weekend with a bunch of business historians and came away impressed mainly by how embattled most of them felt. Lately, though, I've found myself talking to and reading a little of the work of sociologists and political scientists, and coming away impressed with how adept they are in quantitative methods, how knowledgeable they are about economics, and how willing they are to challenge economic orthodoxy. The two main writings I'm thinking about were unpublished drafts that will be coming out later in HBR and from the HBR Press, so I don't have links — but I get the sense that there are a lot of good examples out there, and that after years of looking mainly to mainstream economics journals I should be broadening my scope. (Two recommendations I've gotten from Harvard government professor Dan Carpenter: Capitalizing on Crisis: The Political Origins of the Rise of Finance, by Sociologist Greta Krippner, and The New Global Rulers: The Privatization of Regulation in the World Economy, by political scientists Tim Büthe and Walter Mattli.)

    Even anthropology, that most downtrodden of the social sciences, has been encroaching on economists' turf. When a top executive at the world's largest asset manager (Peter Fisher of BlackRock) lists Debt: The First 5,000 Years by anthropologist (and Occupy Wall Streeter) David Graeber as one of his top reads of 2012, you know something's going on.

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    Harvard's Justin Fox was an Plenary Speaker at the 2011 American Accounting Association Annual Meetings.
    Those readers who have access to the AAA Commons may view his video at
    http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/7bdb75d3d2


    Forwarded by Jim Martin

    An interesting controversy in economics sounds familiar.

    According to Ronald Coase, it is time to reengage the severely impoverished
    field of economics with the economy. He is a 101 year old Nobel Laureate in
    economics and professor emeritus at the University of Chicago Law School. He
    and Ning Wang of Arizona State University are launching a new journal,
    Man and the Economy.

    Coase, R. and N. Wang. 2012. Saving economics from the economists.
    arvard
    Business Review (December 2012): 36.
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-11-29/urging-economists-to-step-away-from-the-blackboard

    January 6, 2012 reply from Bob Jensen

    An economist once said that he hated the physical scientists because they stole all the easy research problems.

    In a sense this is so true in one context. The earth does not change its rotation speed and path just because that speed and path are discovered by research. But people and social cohorts often change just because their behaviors are discovered by researcers.

    Physical systems like gravity do not change with understanding of their behavior. Social and economic systems change with discovery. For example, economic and computer networking systems that work great in theory and initially become corrupted as smart folks learn how to exploit the systems.

    Hence in social science we must not only discover behavior but discover behavior that changes because we discover that behavior and discover behavior that changes because we discover the changes in behavior and so on and so on.

    Except for quantum physics it must be nice to be a physical scientist doing research on stationary systems. One reason mathematics of the physical sciences fails us when extended to economics and the social sciences in general is that these sciences entail nonstationary systems. Equilibrium conditions are seldom are reached. This, for example, is why Malthus was correct for an eye blink in astronomical time.

    Respectfully,
    Bob Jensen

    "Urging Economists to Step Away From the Blackboard," by Brendan Greeley, Bloomberg Business Week, November 29, 2012 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-11-29/urging-economists-to-step-away-from-the-blackboard

    Ronald Coase published his career-making paper, “The Nature of the Firm,” 75 years ago. He won the Nobel prize for economics in 1991. In a lecture in 2002, he argued that physics has moved beyond the assumptions of Isaac Newton, and biology beyond Darwin. (Not that he knew them.) But economics, he said, had failed to advance past the efficient-market assumptions of Adam Smith. This year Coase, a professor emeritus at the University of Chicago Law School, is attempting to start a new academic journal ambitiously titled Man and the Economy. The premise: Economics is broken. Coase’s journal is still just a plan, but his frustration with orthodox economics has energized his followers.

    The financial crisis forced economists to confront the limitations of their profession. Former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan admitted as much when he told Congress in October 2008 that markets might not regulate themselves after all. Coase says the problem runs deeper: Economists study abstractions and numbers, instead of firms and people. He doesn’t believe this can be fixed by tweaking models. An entire generation of economists must be encouraged to think differently.

    The idea for the journal stems from his collaboration with Ning Wang, an assistant professor at the School of Politics and Global Studies at Arizona State University who grew up in a rice- and fish-farming village in the Hubei province of China. Coase, 101, began working with Wang in the 1990s at the University of Chicago. Neither has a degree in economics; the two understood each other. “We’re not constrained by a mainstream, orthodox view,” says Wang. “A lot of people would see this as a weakness.” Coase declined to be interviewed.

    When Coase and Wang hosted a conference on China in 2008, they noticed that many Chinese academics had never talked to either policymakers or entrepreneurs from their own country. They had learned only what Coase calls “blackboard economics,” sets of theories and mathematical relationships between bits of data. “I came from China,” says Wang. “We have a lot of nationals come here; they’re taught game theory and econometrics. Then they’re going home … without a basic understanding of how the real world functions.”

    In an essay published on Nov. 20 in Harvard Business Review, Coase argues that in the early 20th century, economists began to focus on relationships among statistical measures, rather than problems that firms have with production or people have with decisions. Economists began writing for each other, instead of for other disciplines or for the business community. “It is suicidal for the field to slide into a hard science of choice,” Coase writes in HBR, “ignoring the influences of society, history, culture, and politics on the working of the economy.” (By “choice,” he means ever more complex versions of price and demand curves.) Most economists, he argues, work with measures like gross domestic product and the unemployment rate that are too removed from how businesses actually work.

    The solution for Coase and Wang is a journal that presents case studies, historical comparisons, and qualitative data—not just numbers but ideas, too. In top economics journals, says Wang, “people think as long as you have a big data set, that’s enough. You can do all kinds of modeling and regression, and it looks scientific enough.” Julie Nelson, chairwoman of the economics department at the University of Massachusetts Boston says economists want the kind of immutable laws that physicists operate under. But Adam Smith’s 1776 idea that people are driven by self-interest is not the same as the law of gravity. “Ask an economist if they’d like to be thought of as a sociologist,” she says, “and they’ll look at you with terror in their eyes.”

    Christopher Sims, a professor at Princeton University who won the Nobel prize last year for his work in macroeconomics, recognizes the problem. “We’re always abstracting and hoping that the resulting abstractions capture enough of the truth so that we know what’s going on,” he says. The kind of work that Coase and Wang are interested in, he says, is “not fashionable now. It’s hard to make it a science.” Where Coase and Wang see too little demand for new ideas, Sims sees too little supply. Both he and Nelson, who studies how economics is taught, describe a process at graduate schools that selects for economists inclined to focus on abstract modeling.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm


    "Women in Business School: Why So Few?" by Matt Symonds, Bloomberg Business Week, January 15, 2013 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-14/women-in-business-school-why-so-few

    "MBA Gender Pay Gap: An Industry Breakdown," by: Alison Damast, Bloomberg Business Week, January 7, 2013 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-07/mba-gender-pay-gap-an-industry-breakdown

    Ross School (University of Michigan) Nearly Erases MBA Gender Pay Gap -(for graduates) ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-14/ross-school-nearly-erases-mba-gender-pay-gap

    At the University of Texas women MBAs beat out the men ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-12/mccombs-women-beat-mba-gender-salary-gap

    Jensen Comment
    This does not mean that there were no differences between majors. For example, women finance graduates earned about $6,500 less than men majoring in finance, but they may have been paid more than women in management and marketing. I do not know that this is the case, but as in the case of comparing inequality between nations, it's important to note that the degree of equality is not nearly as important as the level of poverty. For example, the Gini Coefficients of equality are about the same for Canada and North Korea, but the absolute differences in poverty are immense.

    Accounting firms probably do not hire many MBA graduates from Michigan since Michigan has a separate Masters of Accounting Program ---
    http://www.bus.umich.edu/Admissions/Macc/Whyross.htm
    It would surprise me if there were any gender differences in salary offers in this MAC program, although there may be some racial differences where top minority graduates have higher offers than whites.

    The one question about all this that I would raise is job location. At Trinity University when I was still teaching we sometimes placed a single graduate from our very small MS in Accounting graduating class at a higher salary in San Francisco or some other city having very high living costs.

    The ANOVA statistician in me questions gender comparisons across geographic cells having greatly varying living costs. For example the MBA woman landing a consulting job for $140,000 in San Francisco or Geneva really cannot compare her salary with the woman who gets $140,000 in Detroit. In Detroit some relatively nice houses are being given away free to people who will occupy them full time. The exact same house in San Francisco might sell for $845,000. So much for declaring that both women are being paid the same.

    It's also difficult to compare salary offers that are variable. For example, it's common to offer base salary plus commissions for majors in marketing and finance for stock brokers and other sales jobs.

    In the 1990s it would've also been difficult to compare some salary offers for graduates in finance and computer science. For example, I know about a Stanford Computer Science graduate who was paid minimum wage plus $1 million in stock options. I think this type of hiring declined when the 1990s technology bubble burst and FAS 126R went into effect. FAS 123R pretty much killed stock option compensation.

    Bob Jensen's threads on gender salary differences ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#GenderSalaryDifferences


    At the University of Texas MBA women graduates edged out men in terms of compensation offers
    At the University of Michigan female and male MBA graduates average about the same compensation offers
    Why are women MBA graduates from Stanford not faring as well as their male counterparts?

    "Why Stanford MBA Men Make So Much More Than Women?" by Alison Damast, Bloomberg Business Week, December 21, 2012 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-21/why-stanford-mba-men-make-so-much-more-than-women

    The gender pay gap at Stanford’s Graduate School of Business has female graduates earning 79¢ on the male dollar, the widest discrepancy in earnings between men and women at any of the top 30 business schools, according to new research from Bloomberg Businessweek.

    That disparity may seem large, but it isn’t startling to many of the women in the Stanford Class of 2012, who say the figures largely indicate the wide range of career choices they are making.

    Take Shan Riku, who worked as a consultant at McKinsey before business school and is now working as head of new business development at Cookpad, Japan’s largest recipe-sharing website. Riku admits she took a pay cut in accepting the position but says she was more interested in taking on a role that would challenge her. It also didn’t hurt that Cookpad encourages families to cook and spend time together. “Many women at Stanford tend to make choices that are a little bit more focused on ‘how do I want to balance my life,’ rather than ‘how can I earn a lot of money,’” she says.

    Pulin Sanghvi, director of the career management center at Stanford’s business school, says most of the pay gap at his school can be “attributed to industry choice.” According to Sanghvi, women and men at Stanford who go into the consulting or Internet technology sectors tend to have average starting salaries that are close or equivalent in size. Those 2012 MBA graduates who headed into the consulting field received a mean base salary of $130,636, while others who went into the technology sector earned $118,050, according to the business school’s most recent employment report.

    The wage gap comes about partly because fewer women are heading into some of the more lucrative finance fields. For example, 16 percent of male students took jobs in private equity and leveraged-buyout firms, compared with just 5 percent of women, Sanghvi says. The top four industries that Stanford women went into in 2012 were information technology, management consulting, consumer products, and venture capital.

    “I think a part of the story of this generation of students is that they have a much larger playing field in terms of career choices,” Sanghvi says. “I don’t think the level of income in a job is necessarily the primary motivator for why someone makes an empowered choice to pursue a career.”

    That’s not to say that women at the school aren’t thinking long and hard about their salary offers and how to best negotiate them.

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    This says very little about graduates wanting to become CPAs since Stanford does not offer a career track for taking the CPA examination. The few graduates who do seek to become auditors or tax accountants most likely were CPAs before entering Stanford's MBA program. After graduating they most likely will no longer seek to work for CPA firms as auditors and tax accountants.

    Bob Jensen's threads on the gender pay gap in academe ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#GenderSalaryDifferences


    "Goldman Will Report Fund Values Each Day," by Kirsten Grind, The Wall Street Journal, January 8, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323706704578230084114784860.html?mod=WSJ_hp_LEFTWhatsNewsCollection&mg=reno64-wsj

    In a reversal of industry practice, Goldman Sachs Group Inc. GS -0.90% will begin disclosing the values of its money-market mutual funds daily rather than monthly, according to people familiar with the company's plans. Some of the changes will take effect as early as Wednesday.

    Experts said Goldman is the first big fund provider to publish daily values but that the move could force other firms in the $2.7 trillion industry to follow.

    According to people familiar with Goldman's thinking, the company is beefing up its disclosures to satisfy investors' calls for greater transparency on fluctuations in the price of their investments. Goldman is the eighth-largest U.S. money-fund firm, with $133 billion in assets under management, according to research firm Crane Data LLC.

    The move represents a major change in an industry that for years has battled regulators over plans to tighten rules governing price disclosures, the types of assets funds can hold and the ways funds can return money to investors in the event of a crisis.

    Goldman on Wednesday will begin disclosing on its website the previous day's net asset value of its three U.S. commercial-paper funds, according to people familiar with its plans, and will begin publishing the figures for its six U.S. government and tax-exempt funds next week. It will report daily prices on its six offshore funds by the end of the year.

    To be sure, daily prices of money-market funds fluctuate little except in the choppiest of markets, and it is unclear how many investors will check them on a daily basis.

    Money funds are cash-like investments that appeal to safety-minded investors. The funds aim to maintain a stable net-asset-value of $1 a share each day. But money funds can dip below $1, prompting investors and regulators to question whether they are quite as safe as some investors believe.

    During the financial crisis, the Reserve Primary Fund, then among the world's largest money funds, "broke the buck," or dipped below $1 per share, after investing in the debt of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. When Lehman filed for bankruptcy protection in September 2008, the debt became virtually worthless. Investors yanked their money from the fund, igniting a wider panic that eased only after the federal government stepped in to backstop all money funds.

    Federal regulators, led by the Securities and Exchange Commission, have since been trying to tighten rules to prevent another crisis.

    Fund companies are required to report their net asset values only on a monthly basis. The SEC discloses the information publicly 60 days after it receives it from fund firms.

    The money-fund industry lobbied aggressively against a 2010 regulation requiring monthly reporting of funds' "shadow" net asset value, or the actual market value of a fund's assets, said Mike Krasner, managing editor of iMoneyNet, a fund-research publisher.

    Fund companies were concerned that detailed disclosure of net asset values could spark a panic if investors saw their funds diverging at all from the $1 share price.

    Even though funds are allowed to dip slightly, fund companies worried that investors would see that change and pull out their money.

    Under federal rules, money funds are allowed to stray between $0.9950 and $1.0050 per share. If they fall below $0.9950, the fund's trustees can take action, including a possible liquidation of the fund, Mr. Krasner said. "The fund companies didn't want to report the shadow NAV at all," he said.

    Goldman, which began considering the changes in mid-2012, weighed the possibility that the increased reporting could lead to an investor run, but decided to move ahead anyway with the belief that the moves would raise more confidence in the funds, according to people familiar with the matter.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's helpers for personal finance ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers


    Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on January 11, 2013

    Deductions Limits Will Affect Many
    by: John D. McKinnon
    Jan 03, 2013
    Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
    Click here to view the video on WSJ.com WSJ Video
     

    TOPICS: Cash Flow, Governmental Accounting, Income Tax, Individual Income Taxation, Individual Taxation

    SUMMARY: "The bill that cleared Congress Tuesday boosts the tax rate for single filers making more than $400,000 and married couples filing jointly making more than $450,000, or roughly the top 1% of filers. But provisions that reduce the value of personal exemptions as well as most itemized deductions, including those for mortgage interest and state income-tax payments, will affect about twice as many people since they carry a lower income threshold-$250,000 for singles and $300,000 for married couples."

    CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article can be used in a tax class covering individual taxation. One question addresses a graphic that can be used in a governmental accounting class.

    QUESTIONS: 
    1. (Introductory) Based on your reading of the article, list the major changes to individual income taxes coming in 2013, due to the legislation designed to avoid the "fiscal cliff."

    2. (Advanced) What is the "fiscal cliff"? Has its economic impact been avoided via the legislation signed into law on January 1, 2013? Explain your answer.

    3. (Introductory) Access the graphic entitled 'Cash Flow' in the online version of the article. To whom is the cash identified in the graph flowing? Over what time period will the cash flow occur?

    4. (Advanced) Click on the related video in the article. What payroll tax changes will be implemented in 2013 as a result of the legislation implemented on January 1, 2013? In your answer, state the difference between payroll taxes and income taxes from both an individual taxpayer's perspective and from the perspective of the government use of the tax receipts.

    5. (Advanced) When will these law changes impact practicing accountants' workloads?

    6. (Advanced) One of the goals often stated by U.S. leaders is tax simplification. Based on your understanding of the tax law changes, do you think this goal is being supported or achieved? What factors in the article hinder attempts at tax simplification?

    7. (Introductory) Based on statements in the article, when is Congress expected to renew efforts at tax code simplification?
     

    Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

    "Deductions Limits Will Affect Many," by: John D. McKinnon, The Wall Street Journal, January 3, 2013 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323689604578217850195921128.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj

    One of the biggest tax increases in the fiscal-cliff bill is also one of the least understood: a set of limits on tax deductions and other breaks that will hit far more households than the bill's rate increases for top earners.

    The bill that cleared Congress Tuesday boosts the tax rate for single filers making more than $400,000 and married couples filing jointly making more than $450,000, or roughly the top 1% of filers.

    But provisions that reduce the value of personal exemptions as well as most itemized deductions, including those for mortgage interest and state income-tax payments, will affect about twice as many people since they carry a lower income threshold—$250,000 for singles and $300,000 for married couples.

    Those new limits drew complaints from some groups that benefit from deductions, particularly charities that depend on tax-deductible donations. They worry that new curbs on deductions, coupled with other taxes on higher-income Americans, will put a damper on giving.

    "We are concerned," said Diana Aviv, president of Independent Sector, a coalition of foundations, nonprofits and other charitable groups. "The big question for us now is, if we are [also] increasing rates on folks…does the combination create a greater disincentive for people to give?"

    Enlarge Image image image

    The debate foreshadows bigger fights in 2013, when Congress likely will try to overhaul the federal tax code, in part by further narrowing tax breaks.

    The new limits are "like another cannonball being fired across our bow," said Jerry Howard, chief executive of the National Association of Home Builders. "Clearly, it shows that the notion of limiting deductions is still one that's being considered by policy makers."

    But a J.P. Morgan analyst, Michael Feroli, predicted that the new tax-break limits "should not directly affect…giving to charities or taking on more mortgage debt."

    The limits—known as PEP and Pease—were originally part of a budget deal passed by Congress in 1990, and were in effect for more than a decade. The Bush-era tax cuts of 2001 gradually got rid of PEP (which stands for "personal exemption phaseout") and Pease (named for a Democratic congressman who pushed for the deduction limit).

    Now the fiscal-cliff bill calls for their return, at least for higher-income people.

    The PEP and Pease limits work on the same basic principle, limiting the value of exemptions and deductions for households that exceed a threshold. For example, the Pease limitation reduces a household's itemized deductions by 3% of the amount over the threshold. The reduction can't exceed 80% of the total deductions.

    A couple with income of $400,000 average about $50,000 in itemized deductions, according to IRS statistics. Because their income would exceed the $300,000 threshold by $100,000, their allowed deductions would be reduced by about $3,000 to $47,000—potentially boosting their tax bill by about $1,000.

    The original proponent of the deduction limit, the late Rep. Donald Pease of Ohio, viewed it as "the best available means…to ensure that nobody could game the system," given the growing number of tax breaks that were being passed by Congress, said William Goold, his former chief of staff. The limit might be viewed now as dated, but "the goal remains as valid now as it did then," he added.

    From a political standpoint, the limits allow the Obama administration to achieve its long-sought goal of raising taxes on people making more than $250,000. PEP and Pease represent about $150 billion of the tax increase of about $620 billion over 10 years, making them a key element of the deal.

    But some groups that benefit from itemized deductions—charities, for example—worry that the Pease provision might cause donors to be less generous.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's taxation helpers are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation


    Maybe the government should hire Bernie as a consultant
    Madoff Says Merger Arbitrage. Is Insider Trading ---
    http://www.finalternatives.com/node/22594


    Like Exchange Ambiguity in the Tax Code:  It's a little like the old letch who exchanges is his old wife for a young thang who's not really an "upgrade"
    "Major Companies Push the Limits of a Tax Break," by David Kocieniewski, The New York Times, January 8, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/07/business/economy/companies-exploit-tax-break-for-asset-exchanges-trial-evidence-shows.html?_r=0

    It began more than 90 years ago as a small tax break intended to help family farmers who wanted to swap horses and land. Farmers who sold property, livestock or equipment were allowed to avoid paying capital gains taxes, as long as they used the proceeds to replace or upgrade their assets.

    Over the years, however, as the rules were loosened, the practice of exchanging one asset for another without incurring taxes spread to everyone from commercial real estate developers and art collectors to major corporations. It provides subsidies for rental truck fleets and investment property, vacation homes, oil wells and thoroughbred racehorses, and diverts billions of dollars in potential tax revenue from the Treasury each year.

    Yet even with those generous terms, some major American companies — including Cendant, Wells Fargo and General Electric — have routinely pushed the boundaries while claiming lucrative tax savings, according to evidence recently presented at a federal trial in New York.

    President Obama and Congressional leaders agreed New Year’s Day to a limited agreement to raise taxes on the wealthy, and the president said over the weekend that he would press this year for broader reform in the tax code. The expansion of the tax break once intended to help farmers illustrates the challenges ahead and how special interests have learned to use the tax code to maximum effect.

    The federal government now allows more than $1.1 trillion a year in this and other tax expenditures. Each of those incentives — which include hundreds of exemptions, exclusions, deferrals and preferential rates — either adds to the budget deficit or shifts the cost of government to other taxpayers.

    Some are narrowly targeted and offer aid to specific industries like Nascar owners, asparagus farmers, oil companies, yacht makers or solar panel producers. Others, like accelerated depreciation or the tax code’s preference for debt financing over equity, provide tax benefits for wide swaths of businesses.

    “Tax expenditures are very similar to an entitlement program, so they’re easy to start,” said George K. Yin, former chief of staff of the Congressional Joint Committee on Taxation, and now a professor at the University of Virginia School of Law. “But once a tax break gets started, people think they’re entitled to it, so they are very difficult to end.”

    Many tax breaks began with narrow targets and expanded into vast, expensive subsidies far beyond their original intent or the Internal Revenue Service’s ability to monitor them. Most have developed constituencies of taxpayers, lobbyists and elected officials who fiercely defend them, making it politically treacherous to limit or eliminate them.

    With hundreds of thousands of transactions a year, it is hard to gauge the true cost of the tax break for so-called like-kind exchanges, like those used by Cendant, General Electric and Wells Fargo. The government estimates that it diverts less than $3 billion a year from the Treasury, but industry statistics suggest the number could be far higher.

    The tax break also exposes one of the greatest vulnerabilities of the United States tax system: it depends on voluntary compliance. The I.R.S. staff is so outnumbered by tax lawyers and accounting departments at major corporations that there is often little to prevent taxpayers from taking a freewheeling approach to interpreting and administering the rules.

    What’s more, the tax break is one of so many that it tends to escape attention. The independent Simpson-Bowles deficit commission appointed by Mr. Obama in 2010 raised the possibility of eliminating it and other tax expenditures, however, and some budget experts argue that the program should be severely limited or repealed.

    Some financial planners and economists say that the tax break even favors real estate investors unfairly by allowing them to defer capital gains taxes that those who invest in securities and other ventures have to pay.

    Some financial planners and economists say that the tax break even favors real estate investors unfairly by allowing them to defer capital gains taxes that those who invest in securities and other ventures have to pay. And although it was originally intended to help farmers, some economists and lawmakers in agricultural areas say it has perversely contributed to suburban sprawl and the spiraling cost of farmland. Because it allows farmers to avoid capital gains taxes on land swaps, the tax break provides an incentive to sell farmland coveted by developers and buy property in less desirable and more remote areas.

    Continued in article


    Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on January 11, 2013

    Did Zipcar Investors Stay Too Long?
    by: Lizette Chapman
    Jan 02, 2013
    Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
     

    TOPICS: Financial Accounting, Financial Statements, Mergers and Acquisitions

    SUMMARY: Avis is paying about $500 million to acquire ZipCar. "In the dozen years before Zipcar went public in April 2011, it raised nearly $70 million from venture investors...On IPO day...Zipcar's shares rose by more than half (its IPO price)...[But] the company never proved it could build a profitable business, and its shares languished at under $10 in recent months as a result."

    CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in classes covering financial reporting, business combinations, or start up activities including venture capital funding.

    QUESTIONS: 
    1. (Introductory) Based on your personal knowledge or other sources, describe Zipcar's business. State your source for your information.

    2. (Advanced) Access the Zipcar financial statement filing with the SEC on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, which is available at http://www.sec.gov/cgi-bin/viewer?action=view&cik=1131457&accession_number=0001193125-12-107248&xbrl_type=v#. Describe the trends indicating that the company "never proved it could build a profitable business." In your answer, state the source for your information.

    3. (Introductory) Again access the Zipcar Form 10-K, navigating to the Consolidated Statements of Operations. If Zipcar went public in April 2011, why are income statements shown in this filing for the years 2009 through 2011?

    4. (Introductory) Why would Avis Budget Group pay more than Zipcar's current market price per share to acquire Zipcar, especially given the fact that "the company never proved it could build a profitable business"?

    5. (Advanced) From Avis's perspective, what type of a business combination is this acquisition of Zipcar vertical, horizontal, or conglomerate? Support your answer.

    6. (Introductory) What is venture capital funding? Why is it that the returns to Zipcar's venture capitalists aren't exactly clear? What losses to these firms are clear to outsiders?
     

    Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

    "Did Zipcar Investors Stay Too Long?" by: Lizette Chapman, The Wall Street Journal, January 2, 2013 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324374004578217873765388516.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj

    Venture-capital investors in car-sharing service Zipcar Inc. ZIP 0.00% will likely make a profit from Avis Budget Group Inc.'s CAR -1.08% buyout for about $500 million. But the returns are hardly what these firms hoped for when they invested years ago.

    In the dozen years before Zipcar went public in April 2011, it raised nearly $70 million from venture investors who looked for the company to upend the car-rental market and turn itself into a multibillion-dollar business.

    Everything looked promising on IPO day when Zipcar's shares rose by more than half to $28 a share, giving the Cambridge, Mass., company a market value of more than $1 billion. Three of Zipcar's largest investors, Revolution LLC, Benchmark Capital and Greylock Partners, didn't sell shares in the offering—a show of faith that proved a misstep in hindsight. Smedvig Capital did avoid the later crunch by immediately selling some 900,000 shares for $16.4 million.

    While Zipcar arguably redefined the way urban dwellers commute, it is far from prosperous. The company never proved it could build a profitable business, and its shares languished at under $10 in recent months as a result. At the same time, a number of new car-sharing challengers have emerged with venture backing, such as RelayRides Inc. and Getaround Inc. More

    Zipcar: Startup Genius, Public Failure Zipcar: Bigger On Weekends, And Around The World Avis CEO Admits His View Changed on Car Sharing

    Now the venture investors are left to reap what they can. Avis's $12.25-a-share offer is a 49% premium on Monday's closing stock price, delivering a cash-on-cash profit to venture investors. But the offer is also a 32% discount to the IPO price.

    Revolution, the firm started by AOL Inc. AOL +0.34% founder Steve Case, became the largest shareholder when Zipcar acquired its portfolio company Mobility Inc. for just under $45 million in stock in 2007. Revolution's 19.6% stake is now worth about $96 million, after purchasing about 1 million more shares in August at prices under $8. That can't be gratifying for Mr. Case, who serves on the board, given that Revolution's stake on IPO day was worth $192 million at market close. Mr. Case wasn't available to comment.

    For Benchmark Capital—an investor in on-demand car service Uber Inc. and a big believer in upending the transportation industry—the deal comes seven years after it first invested $10 million in Zipcar. The next year, it invested in a $25 million financing round. Today, it has a 6.4% stake worth about $31 million after distributing to its limited partners in 2011 shares that would be valued at about $15 million in Monday's deal.

    Greylock Partners stayed put with its holdings, a 5.3% stake that amounts to about $26 million. The venture firm led the $25 million round in 2006.

    These firms' exact returns aren't clear. None of them could be reached for comment on Monday after the Avis deal was announced.

    Continued in article

     


    "My Top Twenty Favorites From 2012," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, January 1, 2013 ---
    http://retheauditors.com/2013/01/01/my-top-twenty-favorites-from-2012/

    Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism in auditing ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm

    Joe Hoyle's 2013 New Year Resolution ---
    http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/and-now-for-something-entirely.html


    ."Study: Rules-based Accounting Shields Firms From Lawsuits," by Jr. Deputy Accountant Adrienne Gonzalez, Going Concern, January 15, 2013 ---
    http://goingconcern.com/post/study-rules-based-accounting-shields-firms-lawsuits

    According to groundbreaking research by Richard Mergenthaler, assistant professor of accounting at the University of Iowa Tippie College of Business, shareholders are more likely to sue firms that use principles-based accounting standards over rules-based standards.

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    I would have hypothesized that it would be the other way around on the basis that it's really hard to nail Jello to a wall.

    Principles-Based standards also complicate enforcement of regulations
    There are some hurdles that have to be passed before we’re going to be comfortable making the ultimate decision about whether to incorporate IFRS into the U.S. reporting regime. Sticking points include the independence of the International Accounting Standards Board and “the quality and enforceability of standards.
     Mary Shapiro, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Chairman, January 5, 2012 ---
     http://www.businessweek.com/news/2012-01-06/sec-s-schapiro-says-she-regrets-loss-in-investor-access-battle.html

    Bob Jensen's threads on rules-based versus principles-based accounting standards ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#BrightLines


    "Oops! The Seven Worst Predictions About 2012," by Peter Coy, Bloomberg Business Week, December 28, 2012 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-28/oops-the-seven-worst-predictions-about-2012

    To this we might add Jensen's forecast for convergence of international IFRS and US GAAP
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting


    "What have IASB and FASB convergence efforts achieved?" by Paul Pacter, Journal of Accountancy, February 2012 ---
    http://journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2013/Feb/20126984.htm

    Jensen Comment
    My good friend Paul has been involved in the IASB for decades as a project manager and eventually as a full Board member. His term expired on December 31, 2012. Paul recently told me he was contemplating retirement, but I cannot imagine him not being in harness at either the FASB or the IASB or both. I hope he will at least go back to being the Webmaster for the IAS Plus Blog ---
    http://www.iasplus.com/en

    Paul, who has never been married, probably traveled to more places on the globe than any other Ph.D. accountant, including extensive travel in Asia. His home town became Hong Kong when he joined Deloitte, but he also maintained an apartment in London for decades.

    Paul is an avid photographer. You can seen hundreds of his excellent pictures from places like China and Tibet at
    http://journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2013/Feb/20126984.htm


    "Preparers tell IASB: Disclosure requirements too extensive," by Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, January 25, 2013 ---
    http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137252.htm 


    Advanced Accounting Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on January 18, 2013

    Flowers Foods Sets Wonder Bread Bid
    by: Rachel Feintzeig
    Jan 12, 2013
    Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
     

    TOPICS: Asset Acquisition, Fair-Value Accounting Rules, Intangible Assets

    SUMMARY: Flowers Foods Inc. will "kick off bidding for most of Hostess Brands Inc.'s bread business, offering a total of up to $390 million for brands and other assets including Wonder Bread and Nature's Pride. Flowers...is offering up to $360 million in cash for one pool of assets, which includes five major Hostess bread brands, 20 plants and 38 depots."

    CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Questions relate to whether the purchase by Flowers Foods constitutes a business combination, to accounting for lump sum purchases of assets, and to understanding the nature of bankruptcy proceedings. INSTRUCTORS SHOULD REMOVE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BEFORE DISTRIBUTING TO STUDENTS: Assuming the bid by Flowers as described in the article is successful, it should be accounted for as a lump sum purchase of assets, not a business combination. ASC section 805 Glossary defines a business combination as "a transaction or other event in which an acquirer obtains control of one or more businesses." The glossary further defines a business as "an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and managed for the purpose of providing a return in the form of dividends, lower costs, or other economic benefits directly to investors or other owners, members, or participants. Additional guidance on what a business consists of is presented in paragraphs 805-10-55-4 through 55-9." The purchase price of $360 million for the three types of assets should be allocated on the basis of relative fair values (a lump sum purchase). The fair values for the brands and plant assets as of the date of purchase will be determined in accordance with the market, income, or cost approaches described under ASC 820-10-35.

    QUESTIONS: 
    1. (Introductory) Hostess Brands Inc. has filed for bankruptcy. Why is Hostess doing so if its brands and other long-lived assets are valuable?

    2. (Advanced) Flowers Foods will bid for "five major Hostess bread brands, 20 plants and 38 depots." Assuming the bid is successful, does this acquisition meet the definition of a business combination? Support your answer with reference to authoritative accounting literature.

    3. (Advanced) Explain how Flowers Foods must allocate the $360 million purchase price if the company is successful in acquiring the bread brands, baking plants, and depots.

    4. (Advanced) Do you think that the assets for which Flowers Foods is bidding are valued on Hostess's current balance sheet at amounts near to those quoted in the article? Support your answer.
     

    Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

    "Flowers Foods Sets Wonder Bread Bid," bRachel Feintzeig, The Wall Street Journal, January 12, 2013 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324581504578236283119886700.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj

    Flowers Foods Inc. FLO -0.67% is set to kick off bidding for most of Hostess Brands Inc.'s bread business, offering a total of up to $390 million for brands and other assets including Wonder Bread and Nature's Pride.

    Flowers, the Thomasville, Ga.-based maker of Tastykakes and Nature's Own breads, is offering up to $360 million in cash for one pool of assets, which includes five major Hostess bread brands, 20 plants and 38 depots. In addition, the baking company is offering $30 million for Hostess's Beefsteak rye brand.

    As the proposed stalking horse, or lead bidder, Flowers will set a floor price for the assets, which other would-be buyers could challenge at auction. If Flowers is bested during the contests, it will receive breakup fees of 3.5%—for example, $1.05 million if it loses out on Beefsteak.

    Hostess still needs a judge's approval to move forward with the bankruptcy auction process.

    The bakery company, which shut down operations in November following a crippling strike, is aiming to sell off all of its assets during a sale process that is expected to take months to wrap up. Its representatives have indicated they've already received substantial interest in all of Hostess's 30 or so brands, which include the iconic Twinkie, as well as a majority of its 36 plants, which include a kosher baking facility in New Jersey.

    It looks as if the bread business will be the first asset pool to hit the auction block.

    A person with knowledge of the matter said the company will seek court approval for the rules it wants to govern the bread auctions at a hearing Jan. 25, with bidding to probably follow in February. The bigger pool of assets being eyed by Flowers includes the Merita, Butternut and Home Pride brands, in addition to the classic Wonder Bread and healthy offering Nature's Pride. Hostess is still negotiating to find a buyer for a half-dozen of its smaller bread brands, according to this person.

    The company's sweeter side has been attracting attention too. Private-equity firms Apollo Global Management LLC APO +2.24% and C. Dean Metropoulos & Co. are in discussions about teaming up on a possible bid for Hostess's cakes business. The discussions don't necessarily mean Apollo and Metropoulos, the owner of the Pabst Blue Ribbon beer brand, will end up bidding on the businesses. But the talks show the wide interest in the brands and their appeal to consumers.

    The company's professionals have said they expect to name about four to six stalking-horse bidders in total, whose separate bids should ultimately mean that all of Hostess's assets find new homes—though whether they survive is another question. Hostess has brought on Hilco Industrial LLC to help liquidate assets that aren't grabbed in the going-concern portion of the sale process.

    Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm


    "Transocean Settlement of Deepwater Horizon Spill and Ethical Responsibility," by Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, January 7, 2013 ---
    http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/transocean-settlement-on-deepwater-horizon-spill-and-ethical-responsibility.html


    Do they really understand how derivatives can be used efficiently and effectively for financial risk management as well as speculation?
    "Worries on Dutch Universities' Use of Derivatives," Inside Higher Ed, January 4, 2013 ---
    http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/01/04/worries-dutch-universities-use-derivatives

    The Dutch education ministry wants to ban universities from investing in derivatives, Times Higher Education reported. Derivatives have become a popular financial strategy for many Dutch universities, but the government fears that twists in the economy could leave the universities in a highly vulnerable position because of the reliance on these investments.

    Bob Jensen's threads on derivatives ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm


    "The Stealth Tax Hike Why the new $450,000 income threshold is a political fiction," The Wall Street Journal, January 4, 2013 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323874204578219793593903934.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj

    Anyone still need a reason to abandon "grand bargains" and deals negotiated between this President and GOP Congressional leaders? Here it is: The revival of two dormant provisions of the tax code means the much ballyhooed $450,000 income threshold for the highest tax rate is largely fake.

    The two provisions are the infamous PEP and Pease, which aficionados of stealth tax increases will recognize immediately as relics of the 1990 tax increase. Those measures, which limit deductions and exemptions for higher-income taxpayers, expired in 2010. The Obama tax bill revived them this week. It isn't going to be pretty.

    Under the new law, some of the steepest tax increases may fall on upper-middle class earners with incomes just above $250,000. Here's why:

    During the negotiations, the White House won a concession from Republicans to allow phaseouts for personal exemptions and limitations on itemized deductions, starting at an income of $250,000 for individuals and $300,000 for joint filers.

    The Senate Finance Committee informs us that in effect the loss of the personal exemptions, currently $3,800 per family member, can mean a 4.4 percentage point rise in the marginal tax rate for a married couple with two kids and incomes above $250,000. A family with four kids in that income range faces about a six percentage point marginal rate hike. The restored limitations on itemized deductions can raise the tax rate by another one percentage point.

    High-income Americans with incomes of more than $1 million may lose up to 80% of their itemized deductions for home mortgage payments, health care, state and local taxes—and charities. Cue the local symphony's development office.

    Add it together and families in the 33% tax bracket could see their effective marginal rate paid on each additional dollar earned rise to above 38%.

    A store manager married to a dentist with a combined income of, say, $350,000 may pay a higher tax rate under the new law than if the tax code had simply reverted back to the Clinton-era rates that Mr. Obama championed. Those earning more than $450,000 would see their de facto tax rate rise to about 41% under the new law, not 39.6%. Add in the new ObamaCare investment taxes and the tax rate on interest income is close to 45%.

    How did this happen? Recall that early in the fiscal-cliff negotiations House Speaker John Boehner offered to cap itemized deductions to raise $800 billion, in lieu of raising tax rates, if the President would agree to spending cuts. The White House rejected that.

    Mr. Obama then insisted on reviving PEP and Pease, thereby recapturing much of the income he claimed to be "compromising" away by agreeing to a higher income threshold for the top bracket. But instead of using phaseouts to offset higher rates as Mitt Romney proposed, Mr. Obama insisted on raising tax rates too.

    Democrats are advertising the higher $400,000-$450,000 threshold as a victory for affluent taxpayers in blue states. But with PEP and Pease these Democrats are hammering their own constituents via the backdoor.

    Taxpayers in blue states claim roughly twice as much in itemized deductions as those in red states. Income tax rates are steeper in California and New York than Texas and Utah. Chuck Schumer just put a tax bull's-eye on upper-income Manhattanites, and Barbara Boxer whacked Silicon Valley. Some $150 billion, about one-quarter of all the money raised by this tax bill, will come from this stealth tax hike.

    Mr. Obama purports this is merely "a return to the Clinton-era tax rates." But capital-gains rates will be about three to five percentage points higher than in the 1990s, the Medicare tax is higher, and his stealth tax will raise personal rates higher than advertised. Forget the golden Clinton memories. Mr. Obama is pushing the U.S. back to the Carter era.


    Scholars Propose Tax Reform to Prevent a Healthcare Disaster
    "The $86 Billion Fix:  A group of scholars propose a plan that could put a brake on health care spending," Stanford Graduate School of Business, January 7, 2013 ---
    http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/research/86-billion-fix

     

    Bob Jensen's universal health care messaging --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm


    "The End of Economists' Imperialism'," by Justin Fox, Harvard Business Review Blog, January 4, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://blogs.hbr.org/fox/2013/01/the-end-of-economists-imper.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date 

    "By almost any market test, economics is the premier social science," Stanford University economist Edward Lazear wrote just over a decade ago. "The field attracts the most students, enjoys the attention of policy-makers and journalists, and gains notice, both positive and negative, from other scientists."

    Lazear went on to describe how economists, with the University of Chicago's Gary Becker leading the way, had been running roughshod over the other social sciences — using economic tools to study crime, the family, accounting, corporate management, and countless other not strictly economic topics. "Economic imperialism" was the name he gave to this phenomenon (and to his article, which was published in the February 2000 issue of the Quarterly Journal of Economics). And in his view it was a benevolent reign. "The power of economics lies in its rigor," he wrote. "Economics is scientific; it follows the scientific method of stating a formal refutable theory, testing theory, and revising the theory based on the evidence. Economics succeeds where other social scientists fail because economists are willing to abstract."

    Triumphalism like that calls for a comeuppance, of course. So, as the nation's (and a lot of the world's) economists gather this weekend in San Diego for their annual hoedown, it's worth asking: Are there any signs that the imperialist era of economics might finally be coming to an end?

    Lazear acknowledged one such indicator in his article — the invasion of economics by psychological teachings about cognitive bias. Two years later, in 2002, the co-leader of that invasion, Princeton psychology professor Daniel Kahneman, won an economics Nobel (the other co-leader, Amos Tversky, had died in 1996). But while behavioral economics has since solidified its status as an important part of the discipline, it hasn't come close to conquering it. On the really big questions — how to run the economy, for example — the mainstream view described by Lazear has continued to dominate. Economists have also continued their imperialist habit of delving into other fields: 2005's Freakonomics, co-authored by Becker disciple Steven Levitt, was a prime example of this — and sold millions of copies. As for Lazear, he got himself appointed chairman of President George W. Bush's Council of Economic Advisers in 2006.

    And then, well, things didn't go so well. The financial crisis and subsequent economic downturn — which Lazear somewhat infamously downplayed while in office — have put a big dent in the credibility of the macro side of the discipline. The issue isn't that economists have nothing interesting to say about the crisis. It's that they have so many different things to say about it. As MIT financial economist Andrew Lo found after reading 11 accounts of the crisis by academic economists (along with nine by journalists, plus former Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson's personal account), there is massive disagreement not just on why the crisis happened but on what actually happened. "Many of us like to think of financial economics as a science," Lo wrote, "but complex events like the financial crisis suggest that this conceit may be more wishful thinking than reality."

    Part of the issue is that Lazear's description of the scientific way in which economics supposedly works (state a theory, test it, revise) doesn't really apply in the case of a once-in-a-lifetime financial crisis. I tend to think it doesn't apply for macroeconomics in general. As economist Paul Samuelson is said to have said, "We have but one sample of history." Meaning that you can never get truly scientific answers out of GDP or unemployment numbers.

    That's why Lord Robert Skidelsky recommended a couple of years ago that while microeconomists could be allowed to proceed along pretty much the same statistical and mathematical path they'd been following, graduate education in macroeconomics needed to be dramatically revamped and supplemented with instruction in ethics, philosophy, and politics.

    I'm not aware of this actually happening in any top economics PhD program (let me know if I'm wrong), despite the efforts of George Soros's Institute for New Economic Thinking and others. What I've noticed instead, though, is an increasing confidence and boldness among those who study economic issues through the lens of other academic disciplines.

    A couple of years ago I spent a weekend with a bunch of business historians and came away impressed mainly by how embattled most of them felt. Lately, though, I've found myself talking to and reading a little of the work of sociologists and political scientists, and coming away impressed with how adept they are in quantitative methods, how knowledgeable they are about economics, and how willing they are to challenge economic orthodoxy. The two main writings I'm thinking about were unpublished drafts that will be coming out later in HBR and from the HBR Press, so I don't have links — but I get the sense that there are a lot of good examples out there, and that after years of looking mainly to mainstream economics journals I should be broadening my scope. (Two recommendations I've gotten from Harvard government professor Dan Carpenter: Capitalizing on Crisis: The Political Origins of the Rise of Finance, by Sociologist Greta Krippner, and The New Global Rulers: The Privatization of Regulation in the World Economy, by political scientists Tim Büthe and Walter Mattli.)

    Even anthropology, that most downtrodden of the social sciences, has been encroaching on economists' turf. When a top executive at the world's largest asset manager (Peter Fisher of BlackRock) lists Debt: The First 5,000 Years by anthropologist (and Occupy Wall Streeter) David Graeber as one of his top reads of 2012, you know something's going on.

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    Harvard's Justin Fox was an Plenary Speaker at the 2011 American Accounting Association Annual Meetings.
    Those readers who have access to the AAA Commons may view his video at
    http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/7bdb75d3d2


    CDO --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Collateralized_debt_obligation

    Countrywide Financial --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Countrywide_Financial

    Those Poisoned CDOs
    "Bank of America Ordered to Unseal Documents in MBIA Case," by Dan Freed, The Street, June 4, 2013 ---
    http://www.thestreet.com/story/11804771/1/bank-of-america-ordered-to-unseal-documents-in-mbia-case.html

    Jensen Comment
    Arguably the worst decision in the 2008 economic bailout was Bank of America's decision to buy the bankrupt Countrywide Financial. BofA then CEO Ken Lewis claims to this day that Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson held a gun to his head and said buy Countrywide Financial or else. Countrywide has been nothing but a cash flow hemorrhage for BofA ever since.

    Merrill Lynch had a friend in Hank Paulson, but he was no friend to Bank of America shareholders
    The ex-US Treasury Secretary has admitted telling the Bank of America boss he might lose his job if he walked away from a merger from Merrill Lynch. The former US Treasury Secretary says the merger was necessary Hank Paulson warned the bank's chief executive Kenneth Lewis that the Federal Reserve could oust him and the board if the rescue did not proceed. But Mr. Paulson insisted that remarks he made were "appropriate." Bank of America bought Merrill during the height of the financial crisis and suffered severe losses.
    "Paulson admits bank merger threat," BBC News, July 15, 2009 ---
    http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/business/8152858.stm
     

    Jensen Comment
    Paulson's claim that his threats were "appropriate" comes as little comfort to Bank of America shareholders who will be losing greatly because of the threats.

    Bank of America is now paying a steep (fatal?) price for having purchased the fraudulent Countrywide and Merrill Lynch companies. The poison-laced Countrywide was a lousy investment decision. However, then CEO Kenneth D. Lewis contends that then Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson held a gun to his head and forced BofA to buy the deeply corrupt and poison-laced Merrill Lynch.

     

    Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October 5, 2012

    BofA Takes New Crisis-Era Hit
    by: Dan Fitzpatrick, Christian Berthelsen and Robin Sidel
    Sep 29, 2012
    Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
    Click here to view the video on WSJ.com WSJ Video
     

    TOPICS: Contingent Liabilities

    SUMMARY: "Bank of America Corp. agreed to pay $2.43 billion to settle claims it misled investors about the acquisition of troubled brokerage firm Merrill Lynch & Co...." during the financial crisis in 2008. At the time it acquired Merrill Lynch in September 2008, BofA became the biggest U.S. bank; the value of the bank then fell by more than half by the time the acquisition of Merrill Lynch closed 3 months later. These losses were not disclosed by then CEO Ken Lewis and his management team to shareholders before they voted on the merger transaction with Merrill.

    CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article addresses accounting for litigation contingent liabilities. The related video clearly discusses the history of the transactions.

    QUESTIONS: 
    1. (Introductory) To whom did Bank of America Corp. (BofA) agree to pay $2.43 billion dollars?

    2. (Introductory) For what losses did BofA agree to make this payment?

    3. (Advanced) How could losses have occurred and a payment of $2.4 billion be required if "Bank of America executives now say Merrill...has become a big profit contributor... [and that] it's clear that Merrill is a significant positive any way you want to look at it..."?

    4. (Advanced) What accounting standards provide the requirements to account for costs such as this $2.4 billion payment by BofA?

    5. (Advanced) According to the article, BofA has "set aside more than $42 billion in litigation expenses, payouts and reserves...[which] includes $1.6 billion taken in the third quarter [of 2012]...." According to the related video, what period will be affected by $1.6 billion being recorded as an expense related to this $2.43 billion settlement? Explain your answer.
     

    Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
     

    RELATED ARTICLES: 
    BofA-Merrill: Still A Bottom-Line Success
    by David Benoit
    Sep 28, 2012
    Online Exclusive

    "BofA Takes New Crisis-Era Hit," by Dan Fitzpatrick, Christian Berthelsen and Robin Sidel, The Wall Street Journal, September 29, 2012 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390443843904578024110468736042.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno-wsj

    Bank of America Corp. agreed to pay $2.43 billion to settle claims it misled investors about the acquisition of troubled brokerage firm Merrill Lynch & Co., in the latest financial-crisis aftershock to rattle the banking sector.

    The payment is the largest settlement of a shareholder claim by a financial-services firm since the upheaval of 2008 and 2009. It also ranks as the eighth-largest securities class-action settlement, behind payouts like the $7.2 billion settlement with shareholders of Enron Corp. and the $6.1 billion pact with WorldCom Inc. investors, both in 2005.

    The deal is a sign that U.S. banks' battle to contain the high cost of the crisis continues to escalate, despite a four-year slog of lawsuits, losses and profit-sapping regulations. Bank of America's total exposure to crisis-era litigation is "seemingly never-ending," said Sterne Agee & Leach Inc. in a note Friday.

    Is the era that produced all of this legal exposure "history?" the Sterne Agee & Leach analysts said. "Unlikely."

    The settlement ends a three-year fight with a group of five plaintiffs, including the State Teachers Retirement System of Ohio and the Teacher Retirement System of Texas. They accused the bank and its officers of making false or misleading statements about the health of Bank of America and Merrill Lynch and were planning to seek $20 billion if the case went to trial as scheduled on Oct. 22.The size of the pact highlights how hasty acquisitions engineered during the height of the financial crisis by Kenneth Lewis, then the bank's chief executive, are still haunting the company four years later. Decisions to buy mortgage lender Countrywide Financial Corp. and Merrill have forced Bank of America, run since 2010 by Chief Executive Brian Moynihan, to set aside more than $42 billion in litigation expenses, payouts and reserves, according to company figures. The funds are meant to absorb a litany of Merrill-related lawsuits and claims from investors who say Countrywide wasn't honest about the quality of mortgage-backed securities it issued before the crisis.

    That total includes $1.6 billion taken in the third quarter to help pay for the Merrill settlement announced Friday and a landmark $8.5 billion agreement reached last year with a group of high-profile mortgage-bond investors.

    The company's shares lost more than half their value between when Bank of America announced its late-2008 plan to purchase Merrill Lynch and the date the deal closed 3½ months later, wiping out $70 billion in shareholder value. The shares have fallen further since then, and investors who owned the shares won't be made whole by the settlement.

    "We find it simply amazing the sheer magnitude of value destruction over the years," said Sterne Agee in the note issued Friday. And "the bill is surely set to increase" as the research firm expects the bank to reach other legal settlements over the next 12 to 24 months. Bank of America is still engaged in a legal clash with bond insurer MBIA Inc., MBI +3.91% which has alleged that Countrywide wasn't honest about the quality of mortgage-backed securities it issued before the financial crisis.

    The move to buy Merrill over one weekend in September 2008 was initially hailed as a rare piece of good news during a week when much of Wall Street appeared to be teetering on the brink. It also vaulted the Charlotte, N.C., lender to the top of the U.S. banking heap, capping a goal pursued over two decades by Mr. Lewis and his predecessor, Hugh McColl.

    The Merrill deal, initially valued at $50 billion in Bank of America stock, was the "deal of a lifetime," Mr. Lewis said on the day it was announced.

    But the agreement soon became a problem as analysts questioned whether Mr. Lewis paid too much and Merrill's losses spiraled out of control in the weeks before the deal closed. Investor fears stemming from the financial crisis sent shares of Bank of America and other financial companies into free fall, and the deal was worth roughly $19 billion at its completion on Jan. 1, 2009.

    Mr. Lewis and his top executives made the decision not to say anything publicly about the mounting problems before shareholders signed off on the merger—a decision that formed the basis of a number of Merrill-related suits, including an action brought by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The bank also didn't disclose that it sought $20 billion in U.S. aid to digest Merrill, or that the deal allowed Merrill to award up to $5.8 billion in performance bonuses. When Bank of America threatened to pull out of the deal because of the losses, then-Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson told Mr. Lewis that current management would be removed if the deal wasn't completed.

    The legal scrutiny surrounding the Merrill acquisition contributed to Mr. Lewis's decision to step down at the end of 2009. Mr. Lewis's lawyer declined to comment.

    "Any way you slice it, $2.4 billion is a big number," says Kevin LaCroix, a lawyer at RT ProExec, a firm that focuses on management-liability issues.

    Bank of America executives now say Merrill, unlike Countrywide, has become a big profit contributor, while the company continues to work to absorb massive losses in its mortgage division. The divisions inherited from Merrill produced $31.9 billion in net income between 2009 and 2011 and $164.4 billion in revenue. Bank of America's total net income over the period was just $5.5 billion, on $326.8 billion in revenue, reflecting in part the hefty losses tied to the Countrywide deal.

    "I think it's clear that Merrill is a significant positive any way you want to look at it," said spokesman Jerry Dubrowski.

    The settlement doesn't end all Merrill-related headaches. The New York attorney general's office still is pursuing a separate civil fraud suit relating to the Merrill takeover that began under former Attorney General Andrew Cuomo. Defendants in that case include the bank, Mr. Lewis and former Chief Financial Officer Joe Price. A spokesman for New York State Attorney General Eric Schneiderman declined to comment.

    It isn't known how much all shareholders will receive as a result of the Merrill settlement announced Friday. The amount shareholders receive will ultimately depend on how long they held the shares and how much they paid. Mr. Lewis, also a shareholder, won't receive a payout because defendants in the suit are excluded from the class that the court certified.

    But because the decline in Bank of America stock was so steep—the shares fell from $32 to $14 between Sept. 12, 2008, the day before the Merrill acquisition was announced, and the Jan. 1, 2009, closing—no shareholders can expect to recover their full losses.

    Before the settlement was reached, a targeted recovery for at least three million shareholders who were part of the class was $2.52 a share, said a spokesman for Ohio Attorney General Mike DeWine. The State Teachers Retirement System of Ohio and the Ohio Public Employees Retirement System, which held between 18 million and 20 million shares, now expect to recover $1.19 per share, or roughly $20 million.

    Continued in article

     

    Bob Jensen's threads on the bailout ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm

    Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


    "Knowledge@Wharton Strategic Management Research Article," Knowledge@Wharton,  January 2, 2013 ---
    http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article.cfm?articleid=3165

    Download the entire report: PDF (1 MB)

    ASIA

    Consumer Credit in China

    'An Iron Hand in a Velvet Glove': Challenges Facing Chinese Female Managers

    The Entrepreneurship Vacuum in Japan: Why It Matters and How to Address It

    Dating in a Digital World: Trends in 21st Century China

    'Needs Improvement': Despite Progress, India's Primary Education System Has a Ways to Go

    Apple's Foray into China — and the Mind of the New Chinese Consumer

    EUROPE

    Water Scarcity: A Daunting Challenge with a Hopeful Future

    Innovation and Regulation: Friend or Foe to the French Entrepreneur?

    Retail Chains' Race for Russia

    Is the End of the German Beer Industry Near?

    The Future of French Wine: Overcoming Terroirisme and Stagnation

    THE MIDDLE EAST

    Silicon Wafers and Semiconductors: A New Black Gold for Abu Dhabi?

    LATIN AMERICA

    Private Equity in Brazil: 'The Music Hasn't Stopped'

    Entrepreneurship in Colombia: 'Try Fast, Learn Fast, Fail Cheap'

    Education in Brazil: Can the Public Sector Keep Up with the Emerging Middle Class?

    Tourism in Colombia: Breaking the Spell of Negative Publicity

    The Private Equity Landscape in Colombia

    Baby's First Birthday: Lessons from a Brazilian E-commerce Start-up

    Education in Colombia: Is There a Role for the Private Sector?

    Coffee in Colombia: Waking Up to an Opportunity


    COSO Enterprise Risk Management: Establishing Effective Governance, Risk, and Compliance (GRC) Processes, 2nd Edition
    by Robert R. Moeller
    July 2011
    ISBN: 978-1-1181-0254-1


    "10 Hottest Ed-Tech Stories of 2012," by Jeffrey R. Young, Chronicle of Higher Education, January 2, 2013 ---
    http://chronicle.com/blogs/wiredcampus/10-hottest-ed-tech-stories-of-2012/41413?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en

    Articles about how free online courses, or MOOCs, could disrupt higher education dominated the headlines last year here at the Wired Campus blog, and they were the most popular with readers as well. Several articles about e-textbooks also topped our list of most-read articles of 2012, highlighting what has been a time of change, and anxiety, for colleges and universities.

    Coursera and Udacity appear most frequently in this year’s top headlines. Both offer MOOCs, or massive open online courses, and both were founded by Stanford University computer-science professors who are now on leave. Together, they now claim more than two million students, though some of those sign up but never complete work in the courses.

    The most popular episode of our monthly Tech Therapy podcast highlights another anxiety among college leaders—how much raw time all this personal technology use eats up. The podcast includes a classic line by Freeman Hrabowski III, president of the University of Maryland-Baltimore County, about how frequently he uses his smartphone: “I am connected to this device for communication in the same way that I am always connected to my mind,” he said. “I’m constantly expressing or receiving.” Whatever he’s doing is working: Mr. Hrabowski was named by Time Magazine as one of the 100 most influential people of 2012.

    Here are the 10 top Wired Campus stories:

    1. Stanford Professor Gives Up Teaching Position, Hopes to Reach 500,000 Students at Online Start-Up

    2. Could Many Universities Follow Borders Bookstores Into Oblivion?

    3. Minnesota Gives Coursera the Boot, Citing a Decades-Old Law

    4. Khan Academy Founder Proposes a New Type of College

    5. Elsevier Publishing Boycott Gathers Steam Among Academics

    6. Coursera Announces Big Expansion, Adding 17 Universities

    7. 3 Major Publishers Sue Open-Education Textbook Start-Up

    8. Students Find E-Textbooks ‘Clumsy’ and Don’t Use Their Interactive Features

    9. Now E-Textbooks Can Report Back on Students’ Reading Habits

    10. Udacity Cancels Free Online Math Course, Citing Low Quality

    And here are the three most popular Tech Therapy episodes:

    1. Campus Leaders Drink Big Gulps of Technology

    2. Giving Everyone at College a ‘Domain of One’s Own’

    3. Why the Man With the Open-Source Tattoo Now Works for Blackboard

    Bob Jensen's threads on education technology are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/0000start.htm


    "How Deloitte Made Learning a Game," by Jeanne C. Meister, Harvard Business Review Blog, January 2, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/how_deloitte_made_learning_a_g.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date

    Bob Jensen's threads on
    Edutainment, Learning Games, and Gamification  ---

    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment


    Democracy is Not Entirely Dead Among Shareholders of Corporations
    From the CFO.com Morning Ledger Newsletter on January 30, 2013

    Activist investors are ramping up their fight to reform the energy sector. Shareholders are getting fed up with slumping share prices at companies they see as doling out excessive pay and perks, writes the WSJ’s Daniel Gilbert. Hess is the latest flashpoint. Shareholder Elliott Management plans to nominate five directors for the company’s board, including one CFO — Ultra Petroleum’s Marshall Smith, Reuters notes. Elliott wants Hess to separate its holdings in North Dakota’s Bakken Shale from its international properties and sell the business that refines oil and sells gasoline. Investors cheered Elliott’s move, sending Hess shares up 9% after the announcement.

    Meanwhile, Chesapeake Energy’s Aubrey McClendon, who stepped down as chairman after a boardroom coup in June, is giving up his job as CEO. McClendon cited “philosophical differences” with a board that was installed by shareholders to put a stop to his risk-taking and free-spending ways, the WSJ notes.

    Investors are also challenging management at drillers Nabors Industries and Transocean. But Gilbert says the biggest battle is playing out at SandRidge, where TPG-Axon Capital is trying to take over the board. SandRidge’s shares have lost about 90% of their value since 2008 and TPG isn’t happy with SandRidge’s heavy spending – or the fact that CEO Tom Ward was paid $25.2 million in 2011, more than four times his peers at similar companies, according to ISS.

    Bob Jensen's threads on corporate governance are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm#Governance 

     


    Which countries have the highest and lowest corporate tax rates?
    Which countries tax the most?

    http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/worldviews/wp/2013/01/02/countries-tax-mos/

    From the AICPA News Letter on January 3, 2013
    A new report from the World Bank and PricewaterhouseCoopers examines corporate tax rates worldwide. The typical company has an average total tax rate of 44.7% and spends 267 hours working to comply with taxes, according to the report. By region, the Middle East has had the lowest total tax rates and Africa has the highest.
    The Washington Post/Worldviews Blog


    Financial Literacy Tools 2013
    The AICPA's financial literacy campaign has reached many individuals in creative ways, writes Melora C. Heavey, senior manager of communications at AICPA. A community college teacher uses the interactive Me Save feature on the Feed the Pig website to help her students identify what type of spenders they are. A friend uses the 360 Retirement Planner to make sure he is on track with his savings. Other popular tools include the Weekly Savings Tip and Tweens Curriculum. AICPA Insights

    Spreading Financial Well Being ---
    http://blog.aicpa.org/2013/01/spreading-financial-well-being.html#sthash.cJDIaL8x.azMXjhsc.dpbs

    "Choosing the right savings account for your child," by Mark P. Holtzman, Accountinator, January 3, 2013 ---
    http://accountinator.com/2013/01/03/choosing-the-right-savings-account-for-your-child/

    Bob Jensen's threads on financial literacy ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers


    "Accountant pleads guilty to stealing $432,000 from employer, using it to build lake house," by Ed Stych, Minneapolis St. Paul Business Journal, January 16, 2013 ---
    http://www.bizjournals.com/twincities/news/2013/01/16/accountant-guilty-stealing-lake-house.html

    An accountant pleaded guilty Wednesday to stealing more than $432,000 from his employer and using the money to build a lake house, the U.S. Attorney's Office said.

    Ronald Leo Schaeffer, 39, of Faribault, faces up to 30 years in prison at a future sentencing hearing, the government said.

    The government said Schaeffer wrote 127 false checks to himself while working as an accountant for Environmental Tillage Systems Inc. from August 2008 to April 2012. The amounts on the checks ranged from $400 to $12,000, the government said.

    Schaeffer allegedly forged the signatures of the agricultural manufacturing company's CEO or chief financial officer on some of the checks, prosecutors said.

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    How can an accountant fail to realize that detection is inevitable in these types of accounting fraud? You might be able to fool the IRS for a lifetime, but certainly your employer is going to detect check forgeries unless the employer is not of sound mind.

    I wonder if Mr. Schaeffer reported these 127 false checks on his IRS 1040. Oops!

    Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


    Question
    What is one of the most regressive taxes in the United States?

    "The Al Bundy Tax Rule: New Hampshire Governor Pledges to Veto Beer Tax," by Joseph Henchman, Tax Foundation, January 16, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://taxfoundation.org/blog/al-bundy-tax-rule-new-hampshire-governor-pledges-veto-beer-tax?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%253A+TaxPolicyBlog+%2528Tax+Foundation+-+Tax+Foundation%2527s+%2522Tax+Policy+Blog%2522%2529

    New Hampshire Rep. Charles Weed (D), newly in the majority, has introduced a bill to raise the state's beer tax from 30 cents per gallon to 40 cents per gallon. That brought a swift veto promise from Gov. Maggie Hassan (D): "I want to let the people of New Hampshire know I oppose increasing the beer tax and I will veto it if it gets to my desk."

    Beer taxes are incredibly unpopular. My rule of thumb is that the more a tax hits most people, the more unpopular it is, and that's why beer taxes remain low and most politicians don't dare raise them. The last tax that will be raised in any state is the beer tax. Call it The Al Bundy Tax Rule:

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    New Hampshire has no sales tax with certain exceptions such as for restaurant meals, motels, and hotels. Until I read the above article I was not even aware of a NH beer tax. NH makes a lot of money on liquor, but that's because the State owns and operates all of the liquor stores. Liquor is priced much lower than in surrounding states, which is why some interstate exits only lead to NH liquor stores on I-95 and I -93.

    If you plan your trip up to New Hampshire via I-91.you might think twice since I-91 mostly runs through Vermont where liquor is not so cheap.

    In addition to liquor, New Hampshire makes a lot of money with big ticket item sales to non-residents. All NH border towns have lots of tire stores, Wal-Mart Stores, building supply stores, computer stores (e.g., Apple), and malls. Hotel chains like Hampton Inns and Comfort Inns locate within walking distance to a Wal-Mart. Cars from Vermont generally are towing trailers to haul back cases of beer, air conditioners, boots, coats, HDTV sets, etc.

    The biggest sigh of relief about the NH Governor's veto of an added beer tax probably is sounding in Canada, Maine, Massachusetts, and Vermont.


    Question
    For 2012, the gift tax usually doesn’t apply until the value of the gifts you give someone exceeds $________.
    Fill in the blank.

    Answer along with six other tips about gift taxes --- Click Here
    http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/what-is-the-gift-tax.aspx?et_cid=30052849&et_rid=496441372&linkid=http%3a%2f%2fmoneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com%2fwhat-is-the-gift-tax.aspx

    Q. My father gave me a large amount of cash as a holiday gift this year. Do I have to report it on my tax return?

    A. The funny thing about federal gift taxes is that the giver must pay them—not the person who receives the gift! So you’re in the clear. But your father may owe taxes depending on how much he gives you.

    Here are 6 tips to know when a gift you give is taxable:

    1. There’s an annual dollar exclusion. For 2012, the gift tax usually doesn’t apply until the value of the gifts you give someone exceeds $13,000.
    2. Married couples can give more. For 2012, you and your spouse can give up to $26,000 to any third party without making a taxable gift.
    3. Gifts to a spouse are not taxable. You never owe tax on money or property worth more than the annual exclusion that you give to your spouse.
    4. Gifts are not tax-deductible. You can’t deduct the value of gifts from your taxable income unless they are qualified charitable contributions (see IRS Publication 526, Charitable Contributions for more information).  
    5. Expenses paid to an institution are not taxable. If you want to pay someone’s college tuition or medical expenses, sending money directly to those institutions allows you to make a gift that isn’t taxable.
    6. Political donations are not taxable. Sending money to a political organization doesn’t count as a charitable contribution, but it also isn’t subject to the gift tax.

    Bob Jensen's tax helpers ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation


    "Three substantive changes to the Clarified Auditing Standards," AICPA, December 31, 2012 --- Click Here
    http://www.smartbrief.com/news/cpa/storyDetails.jsp?issueid=3F36A006-6F1A-4D40-84E8-D861A13F5496&copyid=AAE12D75-6B3C-492B-A884-39B6AF4C9CE9&sid=a2a2cb80-d593-4abd-a32d-06da951fad0a&brief=cpa

    Three substantive changes in the Clarified Auditing Standards will affect every auditor, writes Michael Ramos, director of CPE and training for the AICPA. One change requires headings and specific language for each section of the auditor's report, another calls for an auditor who brings on a new client to conduct substantive audit work if he or she is going to rely on the opening balance, and a third change requires a renewed engagement letter for each year instead of relying on a pre-existing multiyear letter.

    Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism of audit firms ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm


    "Auditing: another profession ripe for disruption," by Joe McKendrick, Smart Planet, January 9, 2013 ---
    http://www.smartplanet.com/blog/bulletin/auditing-another-profession-ripe-for-disruption/9791

    Jensen Comment
    There's nothing new in this article and Joe McKendrick failed to do his research on the horrible PCAOB audit firm inspection reports. Nevertheless the article illustrates how the word is spreading in the media outside the accounting and auditing profession.

    Joe could've found a lot more dirty linen of auditing firms at the following two sites:

    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm

    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm


    EU Concerns About "Serious Flaws" in IFRS --- "Dangerous Accounting Rules"
    "European Commission to review 'dangerous’ accounting rules:  A group of leading British investors has secured a pledge from the European Commission that it will intervene to deal with fears that bank accounting rules are 'dangerously flawed'," by Louise Armitstead, The Telegraph, January 2, 2013 ---
    http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/newsbysector/banksandfinance/9774691/European-Commission-to-review-dangerous-accounting-rules.html

    A review of the controversial International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) has been sanctioned by Commissioner Michel Barnier to start early this year, in what amounts to a major breakthrough in a long-running campaign supported by The Daily Telegraph.

    Investors from 10 leading groups – including Threadneedle Investments, the Co-Operative Asset Management, London Pension Fund Authority and Railpen – secretly wrote to Mr Barnier in October with a warning that the accounting rules were harming shareholders, and destabilising banks and the economy.

    The group also wrote to Vince Cable, the Business Secretary, but, since previous warnings to the Coalition and the London-based International Accounting Standards Board had gone unanswered, they appealed directly for help from Brussels.

    Replying in a letter to the investors, Olivier Guersent, the head of Mr Barnier’s cabinet, wrote that he “shared the concerns” of investors over IFRS. He said that warnings that the rules exacerbated the financial crisis were “legitimate questions”.

    The Commission’s action is the first intervention from Europe and looks set to leap-frog sluggish reactions from British regulators to a raft of similar warnings. Although IFRS was introduced across Europe, critics of the rules have maintained that the way Britain adopted them left its banks uniquely vulnerable. 

    IFRS has been criticised for allowing banks to hide risk exposure because poor loans do not appear until they have failed. The rules, which were introduced in Britain in 2005, also allow banks to spread losses across several years, rather than recognise them immediately. London-based accountants have been at the forefront of trying to create a single international accounting system, using IFRS which, critics argue, has made many reluctant to admit that the system may be flawed.

    In his letter, seen by The Daily Telegraph, Mr Guersent said: “In 2002, the EU made its landmark decision to require all listed companies to use IFRS. Much has been achieved since.

    “However, there are legitimate questions which need to be addressed, in particular whether the application of IFRS in the crisis resulted in overstated profits and imprudent distributions. The Commission services will carry out an assessment of the IAS regulation starting early in 2013... and, if necessary, to propose complementary remediating measures.”

    In 2010, Tim Bush, a director at the investor group Pirc, sent a letter to the Department for Business warning that IFRS was creating “mistakes [in bank accounts] of such severity that it is difficult to overstate”. His warnings were criticised by both British and international accounting bodies responsible for introducing them.

    In October that year, the House of Lords Economic Affairs Committee launched a review and, in the spring of 2011, reported that they had serious concerns about IFRS. In response, Mr Cable insisted there was no problem. But in June last year, Andy Haldane, head of financial stability at the Bank of England, said accounting rules were so flawed that getting an accurate view of a bank’s assets was like trying to “pin the tail on a boisterous donkey”.

    Continued in article

     

    "Accounting body signals pause after flurry of rules," by Huh Jones, Reuters, December 18, 2012 ---
    http://www.reuters.com/article/2012/12/18/accounting-iasb-idUSL5E8NIFFT20121218

    The standard setter which writes accounting rules for over 100 countries said it will pause for a while and focus on just a few reforms requested by its users, and bed down rules it has already approved.

    The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) has worked on a string of rule changes in response to the financial crisis.

    In the run up to the crisis banks had been too slow to make provisions for soured loans and other assets, and were also able to shunt many risky assets off their balance sheets, making them appear healthier.

    IASB Chairman Hans Hoogervorst said a consultation has showed that users of accounting rules want a period of relative calm for a few years, to "let the dust settle" and allow everyone to get used to the new rules.

    The board will pay closer attention to making sure that the standards it now has are properly implemented.

    The board will take more time to write new rules by conducting more research and costings first, and consult more widely with national and regional accounting bodies.

    The IASB's agenda has been dominated by joint talks with its U.S. counterpart, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, for a decade to "converge" their rules so that the United States would then be expected to switch to IASB standards.

    The 40-page paper published by the IASB on its future agenda priorities on Tuesday made little mention of the convergence project.

    The United States decided this year to defer a decision on switching to the board's rules.

    Instead, the IASB's priorities now reflect the growing use of its rules in emerging economies in Asia and Latin America, such as financial reporting in high inflationary economies.

    Accounting for emissions trading schemes will also a priority, along with intangible asset rules for mining and exploration companies as sought by Australia, Canada, Norway and South Africa.

     

    Bob Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting


    "Seidman hopeful for converged expected loss approach despite differing FASB, IASB proposals," by Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, December 20, 2012 ---
    http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20127046.htm

    FASB released Thursday an expected credit loss proposal that is likely to differ from the approach to be recommended by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

    But FASB Chairman Leslie Seidman said she has not given up on the idea of convergence in the project, which involves impairment of financial instruments and would require recognition of credit losses that are expected rather than previous guidance that calls for recognition when losses are incurred. Seidman encouraged global stakeholders to comment on FASB’s exposure draft and the one the IASB is scheduled to release in the first quarter of next year.

    Seidman said that because the comment periods will overlap, FASB plans to review feedback on both the FASB and IASB proposals. And she said both boards have made progress by proposing approaches focused on expected rather than incurred losses.

    “If you roll the clock back a couple of years ago where we were really divided on this approach, the FASB model looked nothing like the IASB approach,” Seidman said during a conference call with reporters. “We have come a lot closer together. … I think that we are now at least both looking at an expected loss approach, and I think with the benefit of an additional round of commentary, we will be in a better position to ultimately come to a converged approach that people around the world view as an improvement.”

    IASB spokesman Mark Byatt said the IASB continues to cooperate with FASB on the project and intended to publish a proposal for public comment in the first quarter of 2013 based on a simplified version of the expected credit loss method FASB originally had agreed to.

    The project undertaken by both boards was designed to address the loan loss problems that helped lead to the recent financial crisis. The objective was to improve financial reporting about expected credit losses on loans and other financial assets held by banks, financial institutions, and other public and private organizations.

    FASB said its proposal, which is available for public comment through April 30, would require more timely recognition of credit losses, while providing additional transparency about credit risk.

    The Proposed Accounting Standards Update, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Subtopic 825-15), is the result of an effort that began as a convergence project with the IASB, but has seen differences emerge. Both boards are moving away from the current incurred loss approach to an expected loss approach that calls for current recognition of the effects of credit deterioration on collectibility expectations.

    But the expected loss model FASB has proposed differs from the one the IASB is developing, which is called the “three-bucket” model. Although FASB initially agreed to the three-bucket approach, concerns from stakeholders caused FASB to reconsider and develop its Current Expected Credit Loss (CECL) model.

    The IASB’s model uses a different expected loss approach than FASB’s model for assets that have not yet displayed significant deterioration in credit risk. Full recognition of an allowance for the expected credit loss would be deferred for financial assets whose loss event is expected to occur beyond 12 months from the date of the financial statement, according to a FASB news release. Seidman said practitioners, investors, and other stakeholders told FASB that they were confused by that approach. She said a few even said, if implemented, the model would have lowered reserves and therefore would not accomplish the objective of the project.

    IASB Chairman Hans Hoogervorst was disappointed in July when he was told FASB wanted to explore a different approach. He said he would find it “deeply embarrassing” if the project unraveled after the boards spent three years working on it and considered at least 10 alternatives.

    But FASB forged ahead and developed a new model that would require an organization to always consider all available information rather than limiting its estimate to losses that are expected to occur during a particular period. All available information would have to be considered as the organization recognizes its current estimate of cash flows that it does not expect to collect.

    The FASB may be forced by the EU to change its stand on "dangerous accounting rules"
    "European Commission to review 'dangerous’ accounting rules:  A group of leading British investors has secured a pledge from the European Commission that it will intervene to deal with fears that bank accounting rules are 'dangerously flawed'," by Louise Armitstead, The Telegraph, January 2, 2013 ---
     http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/newsbysector/banksandfinance/9774691/European-Commission-to-review-dangerous-accounting-rules.html
     

    Bob Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting


    From IAS Plus on January 21, 2011 Jan 21, 2013

    ESMA report shows room for improvement regarding disclosures related to goodwill impairment ---
    http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/01/esma-report-on-disclosures-related-to-goodwill-impairment

    The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) has published a review of 2011 IFRS financial statements related to impairment testing of goodwill. The report shows that significant impairment losses of goodwill were limited to a handful of issuers. According to ESMA, this raises the question as to whether the level of impairment disclosed in 2011 financial reports appropriately reflects the difficult economic operating environment for companies. ESMA also finds that although the major disclosures related to goodwill impairment testing were generally provided, in many cases these were boilerplate and not entity-specific. ESMA expects issuers and their auditors to consider the findings of the review when preparing and auditing the 2012 IFRS financial statements.

    "IASB to amend asset impairment rules," by Richard Crump, AccountancyAge, January 21, 2013 ---
    http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2237580/iasb-to-amend-asset-impairment-rules

    Bob Jensen's threads on impairment issues ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment


    From IAS Plus on January 21, 2011 Jan 21, 2013

    Results of EFRAG field-test on the IASB's general hedge accounting review ---
    http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/01/efrag-hedge-draft

    The European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG) has publicly released a letter it has sent to the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) commenting on the IASB's review draft of the forthcoming hedge accounting chapter of IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments'. The letter outlines the findings from a field-test of the review draft conducted by EFRAG involving 44 companies across various industry sectors.

    Bob Jensen's free tutorials on hedge accounting ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm


    Big Business Phone Systems Battle It Out in Our New Guide, Compare Business Products, Winter 2013 --- Click Here
    http://www.comparebusinessproducts.com/DownloadAsset?ac=bdb6f91e4bfb47d4a7cb1c3c243ef19e&tk=7387b0f9629d4d218e4473b224d81eb9

    Our research team has just completed our evaluation of the top phone systems in the enterprise-class space. All the big names for big business are here. We deliver all the features, pricing and integration considerations in one easy-to-use Excel spreadsheet so you're armed to make a better buying decision.


    "France Proposes an Internet Tax," by Eric Pfanner, The New York Times, January 20, 2013 ---
    http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/21/business/global/21iht-datatax21.html?pagewanted=all&_r=


    Question
    How can you get a tour package in China and elsewhere that will give U.S. citizenship to your new babies?

    "The Ethics of ‘Birthing Tourism':  U.S. Maternity Hotels Cater to Pregnant Chinese Women," by Accounting Professor Mintz, Ethics Sage, January 21, 2013 ---
    http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/the-ethics-of-birthing-tourism.html


    His 63% marginal tax rate is a disincentive to carry on as a professional golfer
    "Mickelson plans 'drastic changes' in response to tax hikes," by Mike Walker, Sports Illustrated, January 20, 2013 ---
    http://blogs.golf.com/presstent/2013/01/mickelson-plans-drastic-changes-in-response-to-tax-hikes-on-wealthy.html
    Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up

    Jensen Comment
    I think Phil needs to sit down for a long chat with Mitt Romney or outgoing Treasury Timothy Geithner ---
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timothy_Geithner


    "CEOs want to raise the retirement age to 70," by Suzy Khimm, The Washington Post, January 18, 2013 ---
    http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/wonkblog/wp/2013/01/18/ceos-want-to-raise-the-retirement-age-to-70/

    A lot of CEOs have gotten on the deficit-reduction bandwagon, but they’ve often been loath to push for specific proposals, endorsing instead an overall “framework” for fiscal consolidation that’s big and bipartisan.

    That’s now starting to change: A group of the country’s leading CEOs from the Business Roundtable has put out an entitlement reform plan that proposes to raise the eligibility age for both Social Security and Medicare to 70.

    Leading Republicans have long rallied to raise the eligibility age for Social Security to 70, but the Business Roundtable’s recommendations for Medicare go significantly further than the GOP consensus: During the fiscal cliff negotiations, for instance, Boehner proposed raising the Medicare eligibility age from 65 to 67 years, while the CEOs want to push it three years higher.

    The group wants a slew of other changes as well: higher premiums for wealthy beneficiaries, chained CPI and more private competition for Medicare and private retirement programs.

    “Even though most of these modernization initiatives would be phased in gradually, the immediate benefits would be enormous. First, they would put Medicare and Social Security on the sound financial footing needed to provide a sustainable retirement safety net. This would represent a major step forward in reducing the growth of government spending,” Gary Loveman, CEO of Caesars Entertainment Corp. and Business Roundtable participant, wrote in the Wall Street Journal.

    The Business Roundtable believes its proposals would save the government $300 billion in Medicare spending and extend Social Security’s solvency for 75 years. But the changes would also come with costs to others as well. By eliminating Medicare coverage for those between 65 and 70 years old, the plan would send more individuals into Medicaid and the newly created health-insurance exchanges, as not everyone would continue to work or be covered by their employers’ insurance, explains Tricia Neuman, a vice president at the Kaiser Family Foundation.

    That would drive up health-care premiums overall in the exchanges, as there would be older, sicker people getting coverage, says Neuman. In states that don’t elect to participate in the Medicaid expansion under Obamacare, lower-income people in their mid- to late-60s could also become uninsured, particularly those who are in physically demanding jobs they might not be able to continue until they’re 70. Overall, raising the eligibility age “would reduce federal spending but would do so in a way that shifts costs to other payers and raises overall health care costs,” says Neuman, who’s examined the impact of raising the age to 67.

    On the flip side, proponents of the changes argue that raising the retirement age makes sense given the rise in life expectancy, and that sacrifices are necessary to ensure the solvency of entitlement programs. “What has happened to Social Security over years is because people are living much more longer, it’s moved more toward a middle-aged retirement system,” says Eugene Steuerle, a senior fellow at the Urban Institute.

    Continued in article

    World Life Expectancy Map --- http://www.worldlifeexpectancy.com/index.php

    Life Expectancy Trend for the United States --- http://www.aging.senate.gov/crs/aging1.pdf

    Summary

    As a result of falling age-specific mortality, life expectancy rose dramatically in the United States over the past century . Final data for 2003 (the most recent available) show that life expectancy at birth for the total population has reached an all-time American high level, 77.5 years, up from 49.2 years at the turn of the 20th century. Record-high life expectancies we re found for white females (80.5 years) and black females (76.1 years), as well as for white males (75.3 year s) and black males (69.0 years). Life expectancy gaps between males and females and between whites and blacks persisted.

    In combination with decreasing fertility, the life expectancy gains have led to a rapid aging of the American population, as reflected by an increasing proportion of persons aged 65 and older. This report documents the improvements in longevity that have occurred, analyzing both the underlying factors that contributed to mortality reductions and the continuing longevity differentials by sex and race. In addition, it considers whether life expectancy will continue to increase in future years. Detailed statistics on life expectancy are provided. A brief comparison with other countries is also provided.

    While this report focuses on a description of the demographic context of life expectancy change in the United States, these trends have implications for a wide range of social and economic programs and issues that are likely to be considered by Congress.

    From the University of Pennsylvania (Wharton):  The U.S. Deficit is Tremendously Understated
    "A Proper Accounting: The Real Cost of Government Loans and Credit Guarantees," Knowledge@Wharton, December 5, 2012 ---
    http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article.cfm?articleid=3126

    Bob Jensen's threads on entitlements ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Entitlements.htm


    "New Year's Resolutions for the Accounting Profession," by Anthony H. Catanach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, December 31, 2012 ---
    http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2012/12/31/new-years-resolutions-for-the-accounting-profession

    Well, it’s a New Year!  Ed’s and my letter to Santa last year was ignored again this year, so I’m taking another angle and bypassing Mr. Claus entirely.  In the hopes of restoring the glory of my beloved accounting profession, I am proposing some New Year’s resolutions for the “major players” and “heavy hitters” in accounting.

    The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)

    Those of you who have been following the Grumpies know how we feel about IFRS…no we are not wild about them.  However, the SEC did do a great job on its Final Staff Report summarizing its work plan for global accounting standards.  However, it apparently missed one big point.  Increasingly, accounting research from across the pond shows that that IFRS has failed to deliver on its promise for one set of accounting standards. Several recent studies (Kvaal and Nobes 2010 in Accounting and Business Research, Vol 40. No. 2 pp. 173-187; and Wehrfritz and Haller, forthcoming in the Journal of International Accounting Auditing and Taxation) report that different national versions of IFRS currently exist which reflect pre-IFRS country-specific national GAAP.  What does that mean?  It means that in Australia, France, Germany, Spain, and the UK, companies that are now using IFRS, continue to use the same accounting policies they used before “adopting” IFRS which were either permitted or required by their own unique national GAAP. So much for the touted benefits of achieving comparability with a single set of global standards.  Instead, the real possibility exists that investors might be misled by the “apparent” uniformity implied by IFRS, when no real comparability exists.  So, SEC…your resolution for 2013 should be not to succumb to the political pressure of those IFRS proponents…those promoting IFRS likely do so for their own monetary gain.  If you don’t believe that, just check out the AICPA’s IFRS website and note all the training and publication opportunities promoted. Please give up on IFRS once and for all.  
     

    The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB)

    In a December 2012 speech at the AICPA National Conference, PCAOB Chairman James R. Doty made two huge points with which most of us would agree.  First, “high quality, independent auditing is critical to our economic success” and second, “audit firm culture must support auditors’ work.”  My hope is that the PCAOB’s New Year’s resolution will be to focus its 2013 efforts on three points: promoting high quality audit work, monitoring “real” auditor independence, and incentivizing the development of appropriate firm cultures, but with a more aggressive approach.  What do I mean by aggressive?  Check out the Grumpies’ prior rants in The Auditor’s Expectations Gap where we called for a clearer description of the “audit product” that the Big Four firms currently deliver. Ed and I also provided some clues in Who Really Cares About Auditor Rotation where we outlined some ideas on how to detect audit quality.  Another good start to the New Year would be to release all (both parts I and II) of the PCAOB’s firm inspection reports.  As Chairman Doty indicated, auditors have been inspected by the PCAOB for a decade now.  Time is up for big firm auditors…PCAOB it’s time to play hardball.

    The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)

    The FASB’s resolution for the New Year should be not to squander their opportunity to improve the effectiveness of financial statement note disclosures via its Disclosure Framework project.  Not surprisingly, the AICPA’s Financial Reporting Executive Committee recently has raised “significant concerns” about the framework, a possible delaying tactic to preserve the status quo for the largest accounting firms and their clients.  As you may recall, the Grumpies worried about whether or not the FASB could “make the ‘hard’ decisions” in Improving Transparency in Note Disclosures.  We actually proposed a few very simple ways to improve the organization and understandability of note disclosures.  Yet, the “gurus” at the AICPA continue to be focused on form and process, rather than substance…no wonder the profession is in decline…

    The Center for Audit Quality (CAQ)

    This organization’s resolution for the New Year is relatively simple and straightforward: it should dissolve itself! It is no surprise that the so-called  Center for Audit Quality (CAQ) is headquartered in Washington, D.C., after all it is little more than a formal lobbying and/or marketing group for the largest public accounting firms and the American Institute of CPAs (AICPA). Interestingly, the CAQ is “affiliated with the AICPA.”  One wonders why the CAQ’s membership can’t work through the AICPA, and one of its sections or committees…why is the CAQ necessary?  If you think I am being too hard on the CAQ, just check out the “rigor” in its publications…my personal favorite isDeterring and Detecting Financial Reporting Fraud”…long on concepts, short on detail. Maybe this is why the PCAOB is finding so many errors in its public company auditor inspections…

    The Big Accounting Firms

    The big accounting firms should resolve to redo their budgets for 2013.  Here are a couple of recommendations:

    Do you sense a common theme here?

    National and State Accounting Societies

    Yes, this is the first time that one of the grumpies has actually picked on this poor group of accountants which includes the AICPA, Institute of Management Accountants (IMA), American Accounting Association (AAA), and a host of state CPA societies.  That’s because their situation is just so dire.  These organizations are finding it increasingly difficult to justify their existence in the face of rising costs (and dues) and increased competition for services they once exclusively offered to their members.  In short, it is unclear what the value proposition of these organizations is in today’s society.  Take the case of the AICPA.  The organization has largely been relieved of its rule-making authority by the FASB and PCAOB.  More troubling is its recent desperate attempt to poach IMA membership through its introduction of the Chartered Global Management Accountant designation.

    Continued in article

     

    Bob Jensen's New Year's Resolutions for Accountics Scientists ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm 

     

    Let's have a contest ending December 31, 2013 to see whose resolutions are ignored the most. I'm pretty confident that mine will be the biggest losers. If you want to see accountics scientists run for cover mention the resolutions of the Pathways Commission for accounting research and accounting doctoral programs.

     

    "Accounting for Innovation," by Elise Young, Inside Higher Ed, July 31, 2012 ---
    http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field

    Accounting programs should promote curricular flexibility to capture a new generation of students who are more technologically savvy, less patient with traditional teaching methods, and more wary of the career opportunities in accounting, according to a report released today by the Pathways Commission, which studies the future of higher education for accounting.

    In 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department's  Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession recommended that the American Accounting Association and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants form a commission to study the future structure and content of accounting education, and the Pathways Commission was formed to fulfill this recommendation and establish a national higher education strategy for accounting.

    In the report, the commission acknowledges that some sporadic changes have been adopted, but it seeks to put in place a structure for much more regular and ambitious changes.

    The report includes seven recommendations:

    According to the report, its two sponsoring organizations -- the American Accounting Association and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants -- will support the effort to carry out the report's recommendations, and they are finalizing a strategy for conducting this effort.

    Hsihui Chang, a professor and head of Drexel University’s accounting department, said colleges must prepare students for the accounting field by encouraging three qualities: integrity, analytical skills and a global viewpoint.

    “You need to look at things in a global scope,” he said. “One thing we’re always thinking about is how can we attract students from diverse groups?” Chang said the department’s faculty comprises members from several different countries, and the university also has four student organizations dedicated to accounting -- including one for Asian students and one for Hispanic students.

    He said the university hosts guest speakers and accounting career days to provide information to prospective accounting students about career options: “They find out, ‘Hey, this seems to be quite exciting.’ ”

    Jimmy Ye, a professor and chair of the accounting department at Baruch College of the City University of New York, wrote in an email to Inside Higher Ed that his department is already fulfilling some of the report’s recommendations by inviting professionals from accounting firms into classrooms and bringing in research staff from accounting firms to interact with faculty members and Ph.D. students.

    Ye also said the AICPA should collect and analyze supply and demand trends in the accounting profession -- but not just in the short term. “Higher education does not just train students for getting their first jobs,” he wrote. “I would like to see some study on the career tracks of college accounting graduates.”

    Mohamed Hussein, a professor and head of the accounting department at the University of Connecticut, also offered ways for the commission to expand its recommendations. He said the recommendations can’t be fully put into practice with the current structure of accounting education.

    “There are two parts to this: one part is being able to have an innovative curriculum that will include changes in technology, changes in the economics of the firm, including risk, international issues and regulation,” he said. “And the other part is making sure that the students will take advantage of all this innovation.”

    The university offers courses on some of these issues as electives, but it can’t fit all of the information in those courses into the major’s required courses, he said.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads on Higher Education Controversies and Need for Change ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm

    The sad state of accountancy doctoral programs ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms


    "More Financial Reporting Questions at H-P?" by Anthony H. Catanach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, January 7, 2012 ---
    http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/1/7/more-financial-reporting-questions-at-h-p

    "Where were the accountants in H-P’s Autonomy deal?" by Floyd Norris, New York Times, November 29, 2012 ---
    http://www.nytimes.com/2012/11/30/business/auditors-clash-in-hp-deal-for-autonomy.html?ref=business

    The battle over Hewlett-Packard’s claim that it was bamboozled when it bought Autonomy, a British software company, has been long on angry rhetoric and short on details about the accounting that was supposedly wrong and led to an $8.8 billion write-down.

    ¶ But the eternal question asked whenever a fraud surfaces — “Where were the auditors?” — does have an answer in this case.

    ¶ They were everywhere.

    ¶ They were consulting. They were advising, according to one account, on strategies for “optimizing” revenue. They were investigating whether books were cooked, and they were signing off on audits approving the books that are now alleged to have been cooked. They were offering advice on executive pay. There are four major accounting firms, and each has some involvement.

    ¶ Herewith a brief summary of the Autonomy dispute:

    ¶ Hewlett-Packard, a computer maker that in recent years has gone from one stumble to another, bought Autonomy last year. The British company’s accounting had long been the subject of harsh criticism from some short-sellers, but H.P. evidently did not care. The $11 billion deal closed in October 2011.

    ¶ Last week, H.P. said Autonomy had been cooking its books in a variety of ways. Mike Lynch, who founded Autonomy and was fired by H.P. this year, says the company’s books were fine. If the company has lost value, he says, it is because of H.P.’s mismanagement.

    ¶ Autonomy was audited by the British arm of Deloitte. H.P., which is audited by Ernst & Young, hired KPMG to perform due diligence in connection with the acquisition — due diligence that presumably found no big problems with the books.

    ¶ That covered three of the four big firms, so it should be no surprise that the final one, PricewaterhouseCoopers, was brought in to conduct a forensic investigation after an unnamed whistle-blower told H.P. that the books were not kosher. H.P. says the PWC investigation found “serious accounting improprieties, misrepresentation and disclosure failures.”

    ¶ That would seem to make the Big Four tally two for Autonomy and two for H.P., or at least it would when Ernst approves H.P.’s annual report including the write-down.

    ¶ But KPMG wants it known that it “was not engaged by H.P. to perform any audit work on this matter. The firm’s only role was to provide a limited set of non-audit-related services.” KPMG won’t say what those services were, but states, “We can say with confidence that we acted responsibly and with integrity.’

    ¶ Deloitte did much more for Autonomy than audit its books, perhaps taking advantage of British rules, which are more relaxed about potential conflicts of interest than are American regulations enacted a decade ago in the Sarbanes-Oxley law. In 2010, states the company’s annual report, 44 percent of the money paid to Deloitte by Autonomy was for nonaudit services. Some of the money went for “advice in relation to remuneration,” which presumably means consultations on how much executives should be paid.

    ¶ The consulting arms of the Big Four also have relationships that can be complicated. At an auditing conference this week at New York University, Francine McKenna of Forbes.com noted that Deloitte was officially a platinum-level “strategic alliance technology implementation partner” of H.P. and said she had learned of “at least two large client engagements where Autonomy and Deloitte Consulting worked together before the acquisition.” A Deloitte spokeswoman did not comment on that report.

    ¶ To an outsider, making sense of this brouhaha is not easy. In a normal accounting scandal, if there is such a thing, the company restates its earnings and details how revenue was inflated or costs hidden. That has not happened here, and it may never happen. There is not even an accusation of how much Autonomy inflated its profits, but if there were, it would be a very small fraction of the $8.8 billion write-off that H.P. took. Autonomy never reported earning $1 billion in a year.

    ¶ That $8.8 billion represents a write-off of much of the good will that H.P. booked when it made the deal, based on the conclusion that Autonomy was not worth nearly as much as it had paid. It says more than $5 billion of that relates to the accounting irregularities, with the rest reflecting H.P.’s low stock price and “headwinds against anticipated synergies and marketplace performance,” whatever that might mean.

    Continued in article

    Teaching Case on Autonomy from The Wall Street Journal's Accounting Weekly Review on November 30, 2012

    H-P Says It Was Duped, Takes $8.8 Billion Charge
    by: Ben Worthen
    Nov 28, 2012
    Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
    Click here to view the video on WSJ.com WSJ Video
     

    TOPICS: Goodwill, Intangible Assets, International Accounting, Mergers and Acquisitions, Revenue Recognition, Advanced Financial Accounting, Audit Quality, Financial Accounting

    SUMMARY: H-P disclosed another $8 Billion Charge to write down its software segment which includes Autonomy, a company acquired by H-P for $11.1 billion in October 2011. H-P chief Meg Whitman says there was a willful effort to inflate Autonomy's revenue and profitability. Autonomy founder Mike Lynch, who was fired by H-P in May 2012 for underperformance of the unit after H-P's acquisition, denies these allegations. In a related article it is made clear that analysts have long questioned Autonomy's revenue recognition practices and questioned whether H-P overpaid for the acquisition in 2011. Deloitte Touche as Autonomy's auditor is now facing another situation in which the quality of its work is now being questioned.

    CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article includes topics in revenue recognition, IFRS versus U.S. GAAP, business combinations, and intangible asset write downs.

    QUESTIONS: 
    1. (Introductory) Summarize the announcement made by H-P on which this article reports. What types of assets do you think were written down in the total $8.8 billion charge?

    2. (Advanced) Access the press release on which this article is based, available through its SEC filing on Form 8-K at http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/47217/000004721712000033/0000047217-12-000033-index.htm. Confirm your answer to question number 1 above about the types of assets included in the write down.

    3. (Advanced) How do classifications of revenue result in an asset write down by an acquirer one year after completion of an acquisition? Specifically describe how determining an asset account balance in a business acquisition that may involve past or future revenue amounts.

    4. (Introductory) Refer to the first related article. What is the role of the Chief Financial Officer in assessing the propriety of accounting at a target/acquired firm, both before and after establishing a price to be paid by an acquirer?

    5. (Advanced) Refer to the second related article. How is it possible that differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS might result in different timing of revenue recognition?

    6. (Introductory) What does analyst Dan Mahoney think are issues that led to H-P's allegations against Autonomy? How do both U.S.GAAP and IFRS handle these issues in timing revenue recognition?
     

    Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
     

    RELATED ARTICLES: 
    At H-P, Judgment Goes by the Board
    by Rolfe Winkler
    Nov 27, 2012
    Page: C10

    Long Before H-P Deal, Autonomy's Red Flag's
    by Ben Worthen, Paul Sonne and Justin Scheck
    Nov 27, 2012
    Online Exclusive

     

    "H-P Says It Was Duped, Takes $8.8 Billion Charge," by: Ben Worthen, The Wall Street Journal, November 28, 2012 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324352004578130712448913412.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno-wsj

    Hewlett-Packard Co. HPQ -0.50% said on Tuesday it had been duped into overpaying for one of its largest acquisitions, contributing to an $8.8 billion write-down and a huge quarterly loss.

    The technology giant said that an internal investigation had revealed "serious accounting improprieties" and "outright misrepresentations" in connection with U.K. software maker Autonomy, which H-P acquired for $11.1 billion in October 2011.

    "There appears to have been a willful sustained effort" to inflate Autonomy's revenue and profitability, said Chief Executive Meg Whitman. "This was designed to be hidden."

    Michael Lynch, Autonomy's founder and former CEO, fired back hours later, denying improper accounting and accusing H-P of trying to hide its mismanagement. "We completely reject the allegations," said Mr. Lynch, who left H-P earlier this year. "As soon as there is some flesh put on the bones we will show they are not true."

    H-P said Tuesday it alerted the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the U.K. Serious Fraud Office and requested that they open investigations. The SEC and Federal Bureau of Investigation are launching inquiries, according to people familiar with the probes. Timeline: A History of Hewlett-Packard

    View Interactive Bios: On H-P's Board for the Troubled Purchase

    View Interactive

    The accounting-fraud claim adds to a string of recent setbacks and controversies for Palo Alto, Calif.-based H-P, whose board faced criticism over its handling of the departures of its last two chief executives. Mark Hurd resigned in 2010 after he acknowledged having a personal relationship with a company contractor. His successor, Leo Apotheker, who spearheaded the Autonomy purchase, was forced out in 2011 and replaced by Ms. Whitman.

    H-P General Counsel John Schultz said the internal investigation into the Autonomy deal began in May when he told Ms. Whitman he had just spoken with a senior executive in the Autonomy software business, who had alleged that executives at Autonomy had been cooking the books before the acquisition. The identity of that senior executive couldn't be determined.

    A spokesman for Autonomy's accounting firm, Deloitte LLP, said Tuesday: "Deloitte UK categorically denies that it had any knowledge of any accounting improprieties or any misrepresentations in Autonomy's financial statements, or that it was complicit in any accounting improprieties or misrepresentations." [image]

    Mr. Lynch, the former Autonomy CEO, said H-P is "completely and utterly wrong." He said of Autonomy: "It is a business we spent 10 years building. It was a world leader. It was destroyed in less than a year by the petty infighting at H-P."

    The accounting-fraud allegations punctuated another grim set of financial results for H-P, one of the world's largest sellers of personal computers, printers and other technology products and services. In recent years, it has been hurt by executive turnover, cost cuts, mounting debt and slowing demand for some products.

    H-P said Tuesday it swung to a $6.9 billion loss for its fiscal fourth quarter ended Oct. 31, while revenue fell 7% from a year earlier. The charge for writing down Autonomy totaled $8.8 billion, of which more than $5 billion is related to the accounting issues, with the balance related partly to the unit's performance. Revenue fell across H-P's PC, printer, services, and server and networking divisions.

    Hewlett-Packard has claimed that the leadership at Autonomy, the software firm it acquired last year, misrepresented its performance as the deal was being negotiated. WSJ's Ben Rooney profiles the company and its founder, Mike Lynch. Photo: Bloomberg Related Coverage

    Autonomy Founder: We Were Ambushed Deloitte in an Unwanted Spotlight Ex CEO Leo Apotheker: Due Diligence of Autonomy Was Meticulous Meg Whitman: Those Responsible for Autonomy Deal Are Gone CIO Report: CIOs to 'Keep an Eye' on H-P Amid Autonomy Write-Down Heard on the Street: Another Fine Mess Heard on the Street: Fresh Blow for London Law Blog: Should Lawyers Shoulder Any Blame? Corporate Intelligence: The Warning Signs at Autonomy Deal Journal: The Advisers on the Deal Digits: Players Behind the Buy Tech Europe: Mike Lynch Profile Deal Journal: Hewlett-Packard Takes Second $8 Billion Deal Charge This Year Deal Journal: Remember Oracle's Accusations Too Corporate Intelligence: Write Down Avoidable, With Autonomy Software Transcript of H-P's Earnings Call

    Previously

    Autonomy CEO Fires Back at Larry Ellison (9/27/11) Deal Profile: H-P Bids for Autonomy (8/18/11) Autonomy Shares Soar on H-P Offer (8/19/11) Search Is Over for Autonomy (8/19/11) Tech Europe: H-P and Autonomy: A Clash of Cultures (5/24/2012) Buyers Beware: The Goodwill Games (8/14/12) Tech Europe: Autonomy's Lynch Says H-P Deal Marks IT Shift (8/30/11) Europe Mixed Over Deal (8/19/11)

    It was the technology giant's fifth straight quarter of big declines, a trend Ms. Whitman said is likely to continue.

    H-P's stock, which was already trading near a 10-year low, ended 4 p.m. trading at $11.71, down $1.59, or 12%, on the New York Stock Exchange.

    When the deal was announced in August 2011, Autonomy was Britain's biggest software company and second-largest in Europe, after Germany's SAP SAP.XE +0.38% AG. Its customers include intelligence agencies, big corporations, banks and law firms. H-P said then that Autonomy was key to its transformation into a higher-margin seller of software.

    H-P said Tuesday that Autonomy, before it was acquired, had mischaracterized some sales of low-margin hardware as software and had recognized some deals with partners as revenue, even when a customer never bought the product.

    At least one year before the H-P acquisition, an Autonomy executive brought concerns about the company's accounting practices to U.S. regulators including the SEC, according to people familiar with the matter. Autonomy didn't trade on U.S. exchanges prior to the H-P deal, so it is unclear whether U.S. agencies had jurisdiction.

    H-P's internal team was aware of talk about accounting irregularities at the time the deal was struck, people familiar with the matter have said. At the time, one of these people said, H-P was looking for a way to unwind the deal before it closed, but couldn't find any material accounting issues.

    Mr. Lynch, in an interview at the time, denied any accounting irregularities. On Tuesday, he blamed any problems at Autonomy on poor management by H-P and executive turnover.

    Ms. Whitman said Tuesday the company relied on Autonomy's regular auditor Deloitte and had hired KPMG for an additional review before the deal closed. Neither firm found any irregularities then, she said. KPMG declined comment.

    Mr. Schultz, H-P's general counsel, said H-P was shown "significant documentation from former Autonomy executives refuting the allegations" of any accounting issues. In hindsight, "it's fair to say those refutations were questionable," he said.

    After H-P completed the deal, Autonomy's sales suffered. On several occasions, H-P said the unit didn't meet expectations.

    In May 2012, Mr. Lynch left H-P. Shortly after, the unidentified Autonomy senior executive approached Mr. Schultz. Mr. Schultz said that during a phone call to discuss other matters, the Autonomy executive asked to speak with him in person.

    The pair met in a conference room at H-P's Palo Alto headquarters, where the executive provided an outline of the alleged accounting fraud, Mr. Schultz said. The executive later provided some emails and financial information that Mr. Schultz said substantiated the claim.

    Working with auditing firm PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an H-P team re-created Autonomy's books. People familiar with the investigation said that the team found that for at least two years, Autonomy booked sales of low-margin hardware products as software and would label the cost of that hardware as marketing or other expenses, which made products appear faster growing and more profitable than they really were.

    Continued in article

    "Who Will Be the Next Hewlett-Packard?" by Jonathan Weil, Bloomberg, November 29, 2012 ---
    http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-11-29/who-will-be-the-next-hewlett-packard-.html 


    Teaching case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on January 25, 2013

    Google Has Prescription for Mobile
    by: Rolfe Winkler
    Jan 23, 2013
    Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
    Click here to view the video on WSJ.com

    TOPICS: Earning Announcements, Financial Reporting, Financial Statement Analysis, Income Statement


    SUMMARY: While other Internet businesses have faced challenges in the transition from PCs to mobile devices, Google shows signs of stabilizing its business across these different platforms. Problems developing business on mobile platforms have arisen "...because advertisers still learning about the new medium aren't paying as much to use it." Questions ask students to understand the business model behind search engine technology, the challenges facing the industry as it moves to mobile technology, and the related performance metrics disclosed by Google in its Form 8-K filing of the fourth quarter earnings release on which the article is based.


    CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any financial reporting or financial statement analysis class to introduce students to the use of financial information and an earnings release.


    QUESTIONS:
    1. (Advanced) How does Google earn revenues and profits from its search engine on desktop and laptop computers?

    2. (Introductory) What challenges face Google and other internet businesses as users move to mobile technology?

    3. (Introductory) Access the related online video. How did Google perform in the 4th quarter of 2012 on these challenging aspects of its business?

    4. (Advanced) Access the Google filing on Form 8-K at the SEC web site, available at http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1288776/000128877613000006/goog20121231exhibit991.htm  What metrics are highlighted on the announcement of its fourth quarter and 2012 results? Which of these metrics are shown on the company's income statement (located further in the release)?

    5. (Advanced) Choose one metric highlighted in the release that is based on an income statement item. Explain how the description in the release allows for the item to be compared from time period to time period.

    6. (Advanced) Choose another metric highlighted in the release; explain how it helps to support the discussion of Google's performance given in the related video.

    Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

    "Google Has Prescription for Mobile," by Rolfe Winkler. The Wall Street Journal, January 23, 2013 ---
    http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323301104578258323326457316.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid

    Perhaps the best sign of the strength of Google's business is what hasn't happened to it.

    Other Internet businesses have come down with a bad case of the mobile flu as computing has transitioned from PCs to mobile devices. That is because advertisers still learning about the new medium aren't paying as much to use it. Facebook seems to be getting over it, while others like online radio provider Pandora Media P +0.87%are still sick.

    Analyst Mark Mahaney of RBC Capital Markets points to two items in the results that undercut the idea that mobile threatens Google's business. The company's cost of distributing its search results on other platforms, including Apple Phones and iPads, began to stabilize. Also, the decline in the price per click Google receives on its ads was just 4% adjusted for currency fluctuations, compared with the prior year. In the third quarter, the decline was 8%.

    Google shares rose after the search giant reported a higher fourth-quarter profit on strong online advertising sales. WSJ's Amir Efrati reports. Indeed, in the long run, mobile seems more of an opportunity than a challenge. After all, the rapid adoption of smartphones will bring Web access to far more people world-wide than PCs ever could.

    Google is as well positioned as anyone to capitalize on this. Its Android mobile operating system dominates, with 63% market share in the year through September, according to Strategy Analytics.

    Continued in article


    Texas:  Bar Exam Passage Rates by University ---
    http://www.ble.state.tx.us/stats/stats_0212.htm

    "Too Many Attorneys," Dennis Elam's Blog, January 3, 2013 ---
    http://professorelam.typepad.com/my_weblog/2013/01/too-many-attorneys.html

    Bob Jensen's threads on Turkey Times for Overstuffed Law Schools ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#OverstuffedLawSchools


    Audit committees might find it helpful to review the PCAOB's report on deficiencies in audits of internal control over financial reporting that it identified in 2010 inspections and discuss it with their audit firm.

    "The PCAOB’s views on internal control audit deficiencies," Ernst & Young, January 10, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_EE0916_ICFR_10January2013/$FILE/TothePoint_EE0916_ICFR_10January2013.pdf

    What you need to know

    • The PCAOB has issued a report on its 2010 inspections that provides its views about the number and significance of deficiencies in audits of internal control over financial reporting (ICFR) for the eight domestic registered firms that it inspects annually.

    • The PCAOB found that 15% of integrated audits failed to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support the audit opinion on the effectiveness of ICFR. The rate is expected to increase to 22% for 2011 inspections.

    • report helpful in discussions with auditors about their audit procedures over ICFR.

    Overview

    The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB or Board) identified concerns about audits of ICFR in its report, Observations from 2010 inspections of domestic annually inspected firms regarding deficiencies in audits of internal control over financial reporting.

    The deficiencies identified during the inspections, which generally involved 2009 audits, have raised questions about whether auditors have completed sufficient procedures to support their audit opinions on the effectiveness of ICFR and, as a result, their audit opinions on the financial statements. The PCAOB also described what it believes are the root causes contributing to the findings in this area.

    No. 2013-02

    10 January 2013

    To the Point

    PCAOB report

    The PCAOB’s views on internal control audit deficiencies

    The PCAOB says a sharper focus is needed by audit firms across the profession to improve the quality of auditing internal control over financial reporting. Ernst & Young AccountingLink www.ey.com/us/accountinglink

    2 10 January 2013 To the Point The PCAOB’s views on internal control audit deficiencies

    Background

    PCAOB auditing standards lay out a risk-based approach to auditing ICFR. The PCAOB’s inspections have challenged whether auditors are appropriately applying the requirements of the standards in their audits of ICFR, and identifies specific areas where the PCAOB believes auditors are not meeting the requirements in all cases.

    In its 2010 inspections, the PCAOB inspected 309 integrated audits performed by the eight firms. It noted that in 46 (15%) of those audits, the firm failed to obtain sufficient appropriate evidence to support its audit opinion on the effectiveness of ICFR. The PCAOB has said this percentage will likely increase to 22% for its 2011 inspections, though that number isn’t yet final.

    The PCAOB noted that deficiencies in testing internal controls can result in the failure to perform sufficient substantive audit procedures because conclusions on the effectiveness of ICFR usually support the extent of substantive testing performed as part of the financial statement audit. Therefore, for a number of the audits with deficiencies in testing ICFR, the inspections staff concluded that such work also resulted in a failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support the opinions on the financial statements. However, the PCAOB said that in many cases, the inspections staff did not identify significant issues in the audits of ICFR, which they said is encouraging and reflects well on the firms’ ability to implement the auditing standards appropriately when audit teams approach the issues properly.

    How we see it

    Sharper focus is needed by audit firms across the profession to improve the quality of auditing ICFR. Ernst & Young has put significant focus in the areas highlighted in the report and has taken significant steps to help our audit teams focus on the matters necessary to improve the execution of our audits of ICFR.

    Key considerations

    The report highlights six areas where PCAOB inspectors identified deficiencies in the audits of ICFR, including the failure to:

    Identify and sufficiently test controls that are intended to address the risk of material misstatements — This often results from an auditor’s insufficient understanding of how a process works and what the likely sources of misstatement are in that process, and consequently, an inability to appropriately evaluate whether management has designed effective internal controls to address the risks of material misstatement.

    Sufficiently test the design and operating effectiveness of management review controls used to monitor the results of operations (e.g., quarterly balance sheet reviews) — The PCAOB challenged whether auditors performed sufficient testing to evaluate whether management review controls were sensitive or precise enough to prevent or detect errors or fraud that could result in a material misstatement to the financial statements.

    Obtain sufficient evidence to update the results of testing of controls from an interim date to year-end — Inspection results indicate an overreliance on inquiry to update the results on interim internal control testing through year-end, rather than an appropriate mix of inquiry, observation, inspection and reperformance procedures.

    Ernst & Young AccountingLink www.ey.com/us/accountinglink

    3 10 January 2013 To the Point The PCAOB’s views on internal control audit deficiencies

     

    Sufficiently test the system-generated data and reports that support important controls — When management uses system-generated data in its controls (for example, a review of an accounts receivable aging report), auditors are not always testing whether the underlying data used in the control are accurate and complete.

    Sufficiently perform procedures for using the work of others (e.g., internal auditors) — Inspectors believe that auditors are, in certain cases, relying too heavily on the work of internal auditors in areas with higher risk of material misstatement or higher subjectivity (e.g., judgments and estimates) or relying on such work without performing the necessary procedures to evaluate the design of the internal auditor’s testing procedures.

    Sufficiently evaluate identified control deficiencies and consider their effect on both the financial statement audit and the audit of ICFR — Inspections indicated that auditors did not always adequately document their consideration of whether control deficiencies were a material weakness or significant deficiency (individually or in the aggregate). Some auditors failed to consider and document the effect that control deficiencies had on their strategy to substantively test account balances to support their opinion on the financial statements.

    How we see it

    Management and audit committees have likely noticed more attention by their auditors in these areas. This focus will continue as auditors continue their efforts to improve audits of ICFR.

    As companies evaluate their own ICFR assessment process, they should consider the areas highlighted by the PCAOB. Management may find room for improvement in the design of the company’s controls, or in the documentation and testing of controls.

    The PCAOB identified the following root causes that it believes may have contributed to the findings:

    • Improper application of the top-down approach detailed in the auditing standards, including overreliance on entity-level controls (e.g., management review controls), not testing controls over all significant accounts and disclosures, and not understanding the likely sources of potential misstatements in an entity’s significant classes of transactions to identify the appropriate controls to test

    • Decreases in audit firm staffing through attrition or other reductions, and related workload pressures

    • Insufficient firm training and guidance, including more focus on the areas highlighted in the report

    • Ineffective communication with firms’ information systems specialists on the engagement team

    The report notes that firms should also perform their own root cause analyses of the deficiencies identified, take appropriate corrective actions and monitor whether such actions were successful in remediating deficiencies.

    PCAOB inspections have identified several specific areas with deficiencies in the auditing of internal controls over financial reporting.

    Next steps

    • We expect the PCAOB inspections staff to continue its focus on the quality of audit procedures over ICFR.

    • Audit committees and management are encouraged to read and evaluate the report and discuss with their auditor how the auditor is addressing issues identified by the PCAOB.

    • Audit committees should consider engaging in conversations with management about the issues identified by the PCAOB, and consider whether improvements may be needed in the company’s ICFR assessment process.

    Continued in article

    "Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 ---
    http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf
    Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.

    PCAOB Inspection Report Database ---
    http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx

    Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm

     


    Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on January 18, 2013

    Two Auditors Charged Over Bank Failure
    by: Michael Rapoport
    Jan 10, 2013
    Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
     

    TOPICS: Audit Quality, Auditing, Banking, Loan Loss Allowance

    SUMMARY: "The Securities and Exchange Commission charged two KPMG LLP employees[-John A. Aesoph and Darren M. Bennett-]with failing to uncover problems at a Nebraska bank that later failed....[The SEC said that the two auditors] didn't do enough to scrutinize bad loan reserves...."

    CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any class to introduce the role of auditors versus accountants using questions 1 through 3. It may be used in an auditing class discussing validation procedures over judgment based accounts and auditor responsibilities using all questions in the review. NOTE: INSTRUCTORS WILL WANT TO ELIMINATE THE REMAINING STATEMENTS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING TO STUDENTS. The review should bring students to discuss the statement in the article that the bank had begun making riskier loans. Doing so would lead auditors to consider expanding loan loss review procedures. On the other hand, hindsight in 2013 about the riskiness of the loans made during the height of the mortgage boom in 2008 might be different than was the view at the time of the loan originations.

    QUESTIONS: 
    1. (Introductory) Explain the role of auditors, internal accountants, and executive management at a bank or any business.

    2. (Introductory) Based on the description in the article, with what wrongful acts does the SEC charge the two auditors? Compare these actions to the wrongful acts the SEC alleges of the bank's managers.

    3. (Advanced) How do these alleged wrongful acts in 2008 lead to culpability for the bank failure in 2010? In your answer, explain the accounting for loan loss reserves (allowances) and specifically highlight the role of accounting in the bank's steps towards failure.

    4. (Advanced) What are the audit objectives related to loans receivable and the allowance for uncollectible accounts (or loan loss reserve)? How are appraisals of loan collateral related to that process?

    5. (Advanced) Consider the difficulty of deciding on audit procedures for bank loan loss reserve accounts. What factors must be considered in deciding on the procedures to undertake? What factors will likely limit the planning of procedures? In your answer, discuss the role of "red flags" (as described in the article) that the SEC alleges were present in this case.

    6. (Introductory) How do you think that "20/20 hindsight" might influence the assessment of the audit work performed at TierOne Bank? In your answer, comment on KPMG's statement about looking forward to "presenting the facts in support of the work that was performed under the circumstances at TierOne.'"
     

    Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island

    "Two (KPMG) Auditors Charged Over Bank Failure," by Michael Rapoport, The Wall Street Journal, January 9, 2013 --- Click Here
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324442304578231963265786232.html?mod=ITP_moneyandinvesting_1&mg=reno64-wsj

    The Securities and Exchange Commission charged two KPMG LLP employees with failing to uncover problems at a Nebraska bank that later failed, marking the first time the agency has taken action against auditors related to the financial crisis.

    The two KPMG auditors, John J. Aesoph and Darren M. Bennett, didn't do enough to scrutinize bad-loan reserves at TierOne Bank of Lincoln, Neb., the SEC said in an administrative proceeding filed Wednesday. The action could result in the two auditors losing their right to audit public companies.

    TierOne hid millions of dollars in losses on troubled loans made during the height of the financial crisis before the bank eventually failed in 2010, according to the commission, which filed suit against three TierOne executives last year.

    The SEC case against the auditors, more than four years after the crisis, revives lingering questions about whether auditors did enough to prevent questionable practices and whether authorities have done enough to hold them to account.

    While auditors weren't involved in financial institutions' bad lending and risk-management decisions that helped prompt the crisis, all of the Big Four accounting firms had major clients which collapsed or required huge government bailouts, without any warning from the auditors.

    "I think it is about time [the SEC] took action against the gatekeepers," said John Coffee, a Columbia University securities-law professor. The SEC has been "somewhat egregious and far less than aggressive" in taking action against auditors, attorneys and other outside professionals who may have abetted the conduct that led to the crisis, he said.

    "This is an area where there ought to be a lot more cases," added Barbara Roper, director of investor protection for the Consumer Federation of America. "It does suggest a pretty significant problem with the auditors, and with audits of financial institutions a lot bigger and more central to the financial system than this bank in Nebraska."

    An SEC spokesman, said "the criticisms are misinformed and belied by our unmatched record of achievement in financial crisis cases." KPMG, which wasn't charged in the TierOne case, said in a statement that its auditors "look forward to presenting the facts in support of the work that was performed under the circumstances at TierOne." Attorneys for Mr. Aesoph and Mr. Bennett couldn't be reached for comment.

    Other authorities have filed only a handful of crisis-related cases against auditors. The New York attorney's general office has sued Ernst & Young LLP, alleging the firm turned a blind eye to accounting fraud at its client Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. before Lehman collapsed. Last fall, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. sued PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Crowe Horwath LLP, alleging they failed to prevent a fraud scheme that led to the failure of Alabama's Colonial Bank. The accounting firms have denied any wrongdoing in those cases.

    In the TierOne case, the SEC alleges that Mr. Aesoph, a KPMG partner, and Mr. Bennett, a senior manager, ignored red flags and relied on outdated appraisals of the collateral backing TierOne's loans when their 2008 audit gave the bank a clean bill of health. In fact, according to the SEC, the bank had expanded into riskier types of lending in Las Vegas, Arizona and Florida, and its top executives misled investors and regulators about the losses TierOne was experiencing.

    Continued in article

    "Finally, the SEC Goes After a Failed Bank’s Auditors," by Jonathan Weil, Bloomberg, January 9, 2013 ---
    http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-09/finally-the-sec-goes-after-a-failed-bank-s-auditors.html

    The Securities and Exchange Commission is finally doing something that desperately needed to be done: Suing the auditors of a failed bank that got caught cooking its books.

    Today the SEC’s enforcement division accused two accountants at KPMG LLP of engaging in unprofessional conduct during their 2008 audit of TierOne Corp., a Lincoln, Nebraska- based lender that had about $3 billion in assets when it collapsed in 2010. The agency hasn’t reached settlements with either of the men, John Aesoph, 40, and Darren Bennett, 35, and their lawyers didn’t immediately return phone calls.

    The SEC’s administrative order accuses the pair of “failing to subject TierOne’s loan loss estimates -- one of the highest risk areas of the audit -- to appropriate scrutiny.” It also said they “violated numerous PCAOB audit standards, failed to obtain sufficient competent evidential matter to support their audit conclusions, and failed to exercise due professional care and appropriate professional skepticism.” (PCAOB stands for Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.)

    The SEC already had filed accounting-fraud claims against three former TierOne executives, two of whom reached settlements and paid fines last September. As I asked at the time: When will the SEC finally go after the auditors? At least in these particular auditors’ instance, the answer is today.

    It was TierOne’s regulator, the U.S. Office of Thrift Supervision, that caught the bank’s accounting manipulations -- not KPMG, which continually blessed TierOne’s financial statements and resigned as auditor only weeks before the bank failed in 2010. Last year TierOne’s Chapter 7 bankruptcy trustee sued KPMG, accusing it of negligence and breaches of fiduciary duty. The SEC didn’t file claims against KPMG itself today.

    It has been frustrating to look at the SEC’s own highlights of the lawsuits it has filed in connection with the financial crisis -- and to see that none of them had been against an auditor. Now the SEC will have one case to cite, albeit against a couple of small fries. It also should be stressed that the agency hasn’t proved any of its allegations against these two accountants. Surely the SEC can find some bigger targets out there in the auditing world if it wants to.

     

    Bob Jensen's threads on KPMG litigations ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm

    Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


    Consistency in Financial Reporting
    IASB Chairman Hans Hoogervorst gave a speech at the Cass Business School in London, on the search for consistency in financial reporting standards. In his speech, he outlines five ways that the IASB is helping to promote a more consistent application of IFRS.
    IAS Plus, January 25, 2013 ---
    http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/01/hans-hoogervorst-addresses-consistency-in-financial-reporting

    Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting


    "The Best Undergraduate Accounting Programs According to Tax Hiring Authorities," Jobs in Tax, January 25, 2013 ---
    http://www.taxtalent.com/mstsurvey/2013_JobsInTax_Undergraduate_Accounting_Survey.pdf

    Bob Jensen's threads on ranking controversies ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings


    From Paul Caron's Tax Prof Blog on January 25, 2013

    NY Times Debate: What Should Tax Reform Do?

    New York Times, Room for Debate:  What Should Tax Reform Do?:

    Raising taxes on wealthy Americans, as was agreed upon by Congress earlier this month, won’t be enough to deal with the nation’s budget deficit. Some would argue that we also need to raise taxes on everyone. At the very least, a broader conversation about this country’s tax policy is necessary, and that means asking a simple question: What should tax reform do?

    Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws ---
    http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm


    U.K. Refuses to Extend Legal Privilege to Accountants ---
    http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-23/prudential-loses-u-k-top-court-case-over-tax-advice.html


    Vermont Law School to Offer Buy-Outs to (ten) Faculty Next Month Due to Declining Enrollment ---
    http://www.vnews.com/news/3896880-95/buyouts-laid-law-members
    Note that you only get one freebie from Valley News

    Bob Jensen's threads on overstuffed law schools ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#OverstuffedLawSchools


    You know you're getting old when your monthly planner only has entries for doctor, dentist, and medical lab appointments.
    Bob Jensen

    "Sandwich Generation: What are our Ethical Obligations to Care for our Aged-Parents and Children?" by accounting professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, January 25, 2013 ---
    http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/sandwich-generation.html

     


    Review of The Pirate Organization: Lessons From the Fringes of Capitalism
    "
    In Praise of Piracy," by David Wescott, Chronicle of Higher Education," January 21, 2013 ---
    http://chronicle.com/article/Innovation-Matey-/136685/

    From 1719 to 1722, Captain Bartholomew Roberts (also known as Black Bart) attacked and captured hundreds of ships off the coasts of Africa, North America, and Brazil. In 1963 DJs commandeered a platform in international waters in the North Sea. Their Radio Noordzee broadcasts circumvented Dutch state regulations and angered the government, which sent the Royal Marines to quickly end the experiment. In 2001, after a collision between an American intelligence aircraft and a Chinese fighter jet, the Honker Union of China, a hacker group, launched a cyber-assault on hundreds of Western Web sites. The Chinese government denounced the attacks.

    These are among the examples of piracy brought together in The Pirate Organization: Lessons From the Fringes of Capitalism, out recently in English translation from Harvard Business Review Press (the original French work was published in 2010). The authors—Rodolphe Durand and Jean-Philippe Vergne, specialists in strategy at the business schools of HEC Paris and the University of Western Ontario, respectively—believe it is no coincidence that the golden ages of capitalism and piracy have overlapped. They go further: Businesses and management culture can learn from well-organized, efficient pirate organizations.

    Durand and Vergne argue that professional piracy is not driven by maliciousness or chaos; piracy is instead the rational, opportunistic, and often capitalistic drive to operate outside the laws of nation states. "Piracy is not random," the authors write. "It is predictable." To make this definition stick, some distinctions concerning piracy must be made. Durand and Vergne suggest that pirates operate outside state jurisdiction, and develop discordant or alternative rules that directly challenge "the very ideas of sovereignty and territory." "High-seas banditry," for instance, is not tantamount to organized piratical behavior—it takes more than Kalashnikovs and fishing boats to convince the authors. Offshore DJs, Internet groups like Anonymous, and DNA hackers are what they have in mind.

    According to Durand and Vergne, pirate organizations are uniquely suited to making innovations, especially in areas that companies or governments are hesitant to explore. "Advances that took modern governments several centuries to institutionalize were established by the pirates of the Caribbean and Madagascar: democratic elections of leaders, separation of powers, equality between members, and an early form of social insurance," write the authors.

    Vergne conceived of the book when he took a break from researching the economics of cyber-piracy to tour Amsterdam's Maritime Museum; he was interested in the way piracy "fits into a role played by socially contested organizations," like the Mafia, he says in a phone interview. "It's the dark side of capitalism." Still, publishing an ostensibly pro-piracy text poses certain challenges (and opportunities) not seen in more copyright-friendly publishing. The authors see the book as an open-ended attempt to disseminate their ideas: "The Pirate Organization is not just a book but a broad interdisciplinary project aimed at connecting the social sciences, contemporary artistic creation, and civil society."

    In 2010, for the initial book release, Durand and Vergne used their royalties to commission an experimental rock song, "L'Organisation Pirate," by the band Chevreuil. The song was released under a creative-commons license, and individual instrument tracks were available for download and remixing. (The "Wikileax" and "Plukx" remixes are currently featured on the book's Web site, pirateorganization.com. The former is an ominous, synth-and-piano construction; the latter sounds a lot like white noise.) "We were trying to find a way to diffuse the ideas," Vergne explains. Resigned to the reality of digital piracy ("It's how things are," says Vergne), the authors uploaded their own book to a file-sharing site. During a French radio appearance they encouraged listeners to download their book free of charge.

    For the English publication, Durand and Vergne had a video called "What Is the Pirate Organization?" created and uploaded to YouTube. The video features music from the original and remixed tracks, and briefly covers the core contents of the book. It has had over 4,500 views. And while the authors have refrained from releasing the entire English edition of the book free online, a chapter is available to download from their Web site.

    For a book first published more than two years ago, The Pirate Organization has had a surprisingly long afterlife. "We created a course based on the book that's still being taught at HEC," says Vergne. Additionally, the authors have been invited by at least one multinational company to create a "Pirate Space"—a place, as Vergne explains, "to go during work time when you can work on whatever you want in a more nonhierarchical, organic way."

    So are business schools, generally speaking, learning from or resisting the lessons of piracy?

    Vergne believes business education is slowly adapting to lessons "from the fringes of capitalism." On the one hand, "they encourage the diffusion of knowledge," especially through collaborative research with the social sciences. Vergne concedes that they sometimes fail to encourage students to work in new, unregulated fields, but stresses his optimism: "Business schools are not merely reproducing existing patterns. It's a very exciting place to be."

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    Obviously these guys have never sailed on a real pirate ship, including one from Somalia..

     


    "Labor group asks Hewlett-Packard to replace auditor E&Y,"by Dena Aubin Reuters, January 18, 2013 ---
    http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/01/18/us-usa-audit-hewlett-ernst-idUSBRE90H19N20130118

    A U.S. investor activist group affiliated with large labor unions is asking Hewlett-Packard Co to replace its auditor, Ernst & Young, over the technology giant's troubled acquisition of UK software company Autonomy.

    Change to Win Investment Group (CtW), based in Washington, D.C., also is seeking a revamp of HP's audit committee, which is responsible for overseeing Ernst & Young's long-standing relationship as the auditor that reviews HP's books.

    Spokesmen for HP and Ernst & Young declined to comment.

    Labor union pension funds own large stakes in many U.S. companies and often use them as platforms to push for changes in how those corporations are managed. Union pension funds tied to CtW invest more than $200 billion in stocks, including shares in HP, said CtW in a letter to an HP board member on Thursday.

    CtW questioned why Ernst & Young did not spot problems at Autonomy. "HP is clearly a company facing serious challenges," CtW said in its letter. "Unfortunately, the highly conflicted, decade-long relationship between Ernst & Young and HP cannot provide shareholders with the reassurance they need."

    Auditors are outside accounting firms retained by corporations to vet their books regularly and offer an opinion on the validity of financial results. The four firms that dominate auditing worldwide - Ernst & Young, KPMG, Deloitte and PricewaterhouseCoopers - are faced with ever-rising scrutiny of their role in investor losses and accounting lapses.

    The CtW letter was addressed to Rajiv Gupta, chairman of the corporate governance committee of HP's board. It was signed by William Patterson, executive director of CtW Investment Group.

    Gupta could not be reached for comment.

    HP, AUTONOMY CLASH

    HP said in November that it overpaid for Autonomy in 2011. HP accused Autonomy of serious accounting improprieties. Autonomy has rejected the allegations and said HP was looking for "scapegoats."

    CtW urged HP to name an independent special master to investigate and report to shareholders on the Autonomy deal, as well as on an earlier acquisition of Electronic Data Systems Corp (EDS), which CtW said was "equally disastrous."

    HP has said it is deferring to U.S. and UK regulators to investigate the allegations it has made against Autonomy.

    HP in August swung to an $8.9 billion quarterly loss as it swallowed a write-down linked to its $13.9 billion purchase of EDS. That was followed in November by an $8.8 billion writedown on Autonomy's value, which HP blamed largely on improper accounting at the software company.

    Ernst & Young was not Autonomy's auditor. But according to CtW, the accounting firm had an opportunity to spot Autonomy's problems when it reviewed the goodwill, or intangible value, that HP recorded for its acquisition of Autonomy.

    However, one risk expert said CtW was putting the blame in the wrong place. A separate due diligence team, not the auditor, was responsible for determining the value of Autonomy, said Peter Bible, chief risk officer at EisnerAmper, an accounting and consulting firm.

    "The auditors didn't buy the company, HP did. And the people inside HP ought to be the ones held accountable for the purchase price that was paid," Bible said.

    CtW questioned whether Ernst & Young was independent enough to audit HP because of the large amount of non-audit services Ernst provided to HP, including tax consulting and lobbying.

    Washington Council, a tax lobbying firm acquired by Ernst in 2000, lobbied for HP from 2000 to 2004, CtW said.

    AUDITING, LOBBYING EYED

    Government lobbying records and U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission filings show that Ernst & Young was HP's auditor while Washington Council was registered as a lobbyist for HP.

    Reuters reported last week that the SEC was investigating whether Ernst violated auditor rules by letting its lobbying unit perform work for some major audit clients.

    Ernst has said all of its services for audit clients undergo considerable scrutiny to be sure they are within the rules.

    U.S. independence rules bar auditors from serving in an "advocacy role" for audit clients. The goal of this rule is to ensure that auditors are objective regarding companies they audit so that they can serve as watchdogs for investors.

    It is not clear what type of lobbying activities would be barred under the prohibition against advocacy.

    The 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley Act restricted the type of non-audit services that audit firms can provide, but broad exceptions were granted for tax consulting services.

    CtW said that HP was out of step with its peers in using Ernst for significant services other than audit work. The other fees paid to Ernst are much higher than those paid by Dell Inc and Apple Inc to their audit firms, CtW said.

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm


    "Nonprofit Compensation Report: The Most Comprehensive Analysis Available," GuideStar, 2012 --- Click Here
    http://www.guidestar.org/rxg/products/nonprofit-compensation-solutions/guidestar-nonprofit-compensation-report.aspx?hq_e=el&hq_m=1921568&hq_l=3&hq_v=431909e8ea


    "Exclusive: SEC probes Ernst & Young over audit client lobbying," by Sarah N. Lynch and Dena Aubin, Chicago Tribune, January 7, 2013 ---
    http://www.chicagotribune.com/business/sns-rt-us-usa-accounting-ernst-secbre9060vx-20130107,0,5471559.story

    The Securities and Exchange Commission is investigating whether auditing company Ernst & Young violated auditor rules by letting its lobbying unit perform work for several major audit clients, people familiar with the matter told Reuters.

    The SEC inquiry began shortly after Reuters reported in March 2012 that Washington Council Ernst & Young, the E&Y unit, was registered as a lobbyist for several corporate audit clients including Amgen Inc, CVS Caremark Corp and Verizon Communications Inc [ID:nL2E8DL649], according to one of the sources.

    The SEC's enforcement division and its Office of the Chief Accountant are looking in to the issue, according to the two sources, who spoke in recent days and who could not be named because the investigation is not public.

    It is unclear how far along the probe is, or whether it could result in the SEC filing civil charges against Ernst & Young, one of the world's largest audit and accounting firms.

    An SEC spokesman declined to comment.

    Ernst & Young spokeswoman Amy Call Well declined to comment on whether the company was being investigated. "All of our services for audit clients undergo considerable scrutiny to confirm they are consistent with applicable rules," she said.

    U.S. independence rules bar auditors from serving in an "advocacy role" for audit clients. The goal is to allow auditors to maintain some degree of objectivity regarding the companies they audit, based on the idea that auditors are watchdogs for investors and should not be promoting management's interests.

    The SEC's rule does not definitively say whether lobbying could compromise an auditor's independence. It is more focused on barring legal advocacy, such as expert witness testimony.

    In interviews last year, former SEC Chief Accountant Jim Kroeker told Reuters that certain lobbying activities could potentially be covered under the general prohibition on advocacy. Kroeker is now an executive at Deloitte, a rival of Ernst & Young.

    'ABUNDANTLY CLEAR' LINE

    Harvard Business School Professor Max Bazerman said on Monday that it was "abundantly clear" that a firm that is lobbying for a company is no longer capable of independently auditing that company.

    Ernst & Young has previously said it complied with independence rules. It also said that it did not act in an advocacy role and that the work performed by its lobbying unit was limited to tax issues.

    Tax consulting is a permissible activity under auditor independence rules if it does not involve public advocacy.

    About two months after publication of the Reuters story, federal records showed Washington Council Ernst & Young was no longer registered as a lobbyist for Amgen, CVS Caremark or Verizon Communications.

    A spokesman for Amgen did not immediately respond to calls seeking comment. Verizon and CVS spokesmen declined to comment.

    Ernst & Young also terminated a lobbying relationship with a fourth company, Nomura Holdings Inc, which also used an E&Y affiliate for auditing services.

    Obtaining an independent view on the books is the main reason companies are required to hire outside auditors, said Richard Kaplan, law professor at the University of Illinois.

    Continued in article

    "Ernst & Young 'covered up judge bribe case’," by Jonathan Russell, London Telegraph, June 30, 2012 ---
    http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financial-crime/9367075/Ernst-and-Young-covered-up-judge-bribe-case.html

    A senior partner closed an investigation into a £100,000 “bribe” despite colleagues suspecting the money had been paid to a judge overseeing a multi-million-pound tax case the company was fighting.

    The allegations were disclosed by former E&Y partner and whistle-blower Cathal Lyons, who is suing the accountant for $6m for breach of contract.

    He claims medical insurance he was relying on to treat injuries sustained in a car accident was withdrawn after he raised the issue of the alleged bribe with the accountant’s global head office in London.

    Mr Lyons was a partner with E&Y’s Russian practice when the alleged wrongdoing came to light. It was originally investigated by James Mandel, E&Y’s general counsel in Moscow. In a witness statement supplied in support of Mr Lyons’s case, Mr Mandel said he suspected the payment may have been corrupt and wrote a report to that effect.

    “I had the suspicion that this payment was not a proper payment for legal fees, but was an illegal payment possibly made to facilitate a positive outcome of a tax case,” he claimed in his witness statement.

    He suspected that the €120,000 payment via a Russian law firm was made to influence a 390m rouble (£8.4m) court case brought by Russian tax authorities investigating a tax avoidance scheme E&Y was using to pay its Russian partners. E&Y was later cleared of liability in the case.

    The accountant has admitted there was an investigation into allegations of bribery, but said the case was closed by Herve Labaude, a senior partner, in January 2010.

    Mr Lyons claims that after he reported his concerns about the case to E&Y’s global head office, his medical insurance was withdrawn and he was dismissed.

    In his writ he says the dismissal flowed from “personal animosity against him rising from a discussion in late 2010 between the claimant and Maz Krupski [E&Y’s director of global tax and statutory] regarding alleged corruption by the practice.”

    Mr Lyons relied on his medical insurance to cover the cost of treatment flowing from a serious car accident he suffered in 2006. The accident left him with permanent disabilities and partial amputation. It is estimated medical cover in his current condition would cost $300,000 per year. He is suing for 20 years’ cover, or $6m.

    Continued in article

     


    "Ernst & Young dismissed from IndyMac shareholder case," by Amanda Bronstad, Law.com, June 8, 2012 ---
    http://www.law.com/jsp/nlj/PubArticleNLJ.jsp?id=1202558691320&Ernst__Young_dismissed_from_IndyMac_shareholder_case&slreturn=1

    Jensen Comments
    The courts have been very kind to large auditing firms that allowed clients to grossly underestimate bad debt reserves and failed to detect (or at least report) insider frauds and going concern questions for nearly 2,000 clients that went bankrupt after 2007. This particular IndyMac case judge was also not a bit sympathetic with the SEC's case in general.


    "An (Almost) Unnoticed $497 Million Accounting Error," by Jonathon Weil, Bloomberg, May 2, 2012 ---
    http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-05-02/an-almost-unnoticed-497-million-accounting-error.html

    One telltale sign of a bull market is that investors don't care as much about dodgy corporate accounting practices. A case in point: the public reaction -- or lack thereof -- to a financial restatement disclosed late yesterday afternoon by Williams Cos., the natural-gas producer.

    Williams didn't issue a press release about the restatement. As far as I can tell, there have been no news reports about the company's accounting errors, which Williams divulged in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. They aren't a small matter, though.

    As a result of the restatement, Williams said its shareholder equity fell $497 million, or 28 percent, to $1.3 billion as of Dec. 31. Additionally, the company said it had "identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting," which is never a good sign. Net income wasn't affected.

    Shares of Williams were trading for $33.65 this afternoon, down 73 cents, after setting a 52-week high yesterday. The stock is up 88 percent since Oct. 4.

    Williams, which is audited by Ernst & Young, said the restatement was necessary to correct errors in deferred tax liabilities related to its investment in Williams Partners LP, a publicly traded master limited partnership in which it owns a 68 percent stake. A Williams spokesman, Jeff Pounds, declined to comment when asked why the company didn't issue a press release flagging the restatement.

    The answer seems obvious, though: The company didn't want anyone to write about it. Oh well.

     

    Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm

    Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism and independence are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm


    "For Newly Minted M.B.A.s, a Smaller Paycheck Awaits," by Ruth Simon, The Wall Street Journal, January 6, 2013 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324296604578175764143141622.html?mg=reno64-wsj

    Like many students, Steve Vonderweidt hoped that a master's degree in business administration would open doors to a new job with a higher paycheck.

    But now, about eight months after receiving his M.B.A. from the University of Louisville, Mr. Vonderweidt, 36 years old, hasn't been able to find a job in the private sector, and continues to work as an administrator at a social-service agency that helps Louisville residents obtain food stamps, health care and other assistance. He is saddled with about $75,000 in student-loan debt—much of it from graduate school.

    "It was a really great program," says Mr. Vonderweidt. "But the job part has been atrocious."

    Soaring tuition costs, a weak labor market and a glut of recent graduates such as Mr. Vonderweidt are upending the notion that professional degrees like M.B.A.s are a sure ticket to financial success.

    The M.B.A.'s lot is partly reflected in starting pay. While available figures vary by schools and employers, recruiters' expected median salary for newly hired M.B.A.s was essentially flat between 2008 and 2011, not adjusting for inflation, according to a survey by the Graduate Management Admission Council.

    For graduates with minimal experience—three years or less—median pay was $53,900 in 2012, down 4.6% from 2007-08, according to an analysis conducted for The Wall Street Journal by PayScale.com. Pay fell at 62% of the 186 schools examined.

    Even for more seasoned grads the trend is similar, says Katie Bardaro, lead economist for PayScale.com. "In general, it seems that M.B.A. pay is either stagnant or falling," she says.

    The pressures are greatest for those attending less prestigious schools, says Stanford Business School professor Paul Oyer, who studies personnel trends. But even at top programs, some graduates are likely to struggle in today's environment, he says.

    Another burdensome issue: a high debt load. Nearly 60% of graduating M.B.A.s said they expected to repay some loans after graduation, according to a 2012 GMAC survey. Among households headed by people with student debt who attended graduate school and are under 35, average student loan debt climbed to $81,758 in 2010 according a Wall Street Journal analysis of Federal Reserve data. That figure is up from $55,594 in 2007.

    It is all a far cry from the late 1980s and early 1990s heyday for M.B.A.s, when some companies would hire 100 or more M.B.A.s. It wasn't uncommon to recruit first, and fill actual jobs later.

    "Some of those companies would hire today barely in the single-digits," says Mark Peterson, president of the M.B.A. Career Services Council.

    A weak economic climate is only partly to blame for the M.B.A.'s plight. The changing nature of B-school programs, evolving corporate needs—as well as the perceived value of the degree—have all helped dilute the M.B.A.'s allure.

    Formerly, the traditional M.B.A. was mainly the product of a full-time, two-year program. But beginning in the early 1990s, many schools created part-time and executive M.B.A. programs, with lower-ranked schools often following in the footsteps of academic leaders. Online degrees also gained in popularity.

    As a result, the number of M.B.A. degrees granted has grown faster than the population, says Brooks Holtom, a management professor at Georgetown University's McDonough School of Business.

    "An M.B.A. is a club that is now not exclusive," he says. "You should not assume that this less exclusive club is going to confer the same benefits."

    Today's global corporate culture amplifies the competition. "We are trying to internationalize our business like everyone else," says Lee Ashton, director of international human resources at spirits maker Brown-Forman Corp. BF.B +0.37% With 58% of its business outside the U.S., the Louisville company has stepped up recruiting of M.B.A.s from abroad.

    U.S. schools granted a record 126,214 masters degrees in business and administration in the 2010-2011 academic year, a 74% jump from 2000-2001, according to the Department of Education. The M.B.A. march is part of an overall boom in advanced degrees that took on added steam as some recent college graduates and others sought refuge from the recession by pursuing advanced degrees. Tuition and fees for full-time M.B.A. programs has risen 24% over the past three years, according to the main body that accredits U.S. business schools.

    It is unclear how many M.B.A.s the market really needs. Recently, more companies have indicated that "they are moving away from an emphasis on M.B.A.s" and are instead hiring more undergraduates at lower salaries that they can then train in-house, says Camille Kelly, vice president of employer branding at Universum, a firm that advises companies on how to attract and retain the best employees. Companies, she says, "still will do M.B.A. hiring, but it won't be to the same extent they have in the past."

    Continued in article

    Bob Jensen's threads on careers are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers


    Those Deceptive For-Profit University Promotional Websites

    Almost daily I get requests to link to commercial sites disguised to be academic helper sites. Over half these requests are on behalf of for-profit universities, although the sites themselves are getting more and more clever about hiding the fact that they are promotional sites for for-profit universities. At the same time, I'm getting smarter about detecting these sites and no longer link to them on my Website or on the AECM.

    I think that for-profit universities pay people to promote their sites on some basis such as pay-per-click.

    To get more eyeballs, these for-profit university promotion sites are adding so called helpers that I've discovered in some cases have simply plagiarized material from other sites such as the History of Pacioli. In some instances the efforts to provide helpers are more legitimate. Nevertheless it galls me to link to these deceptive for-profit university sites. By "deceptive" I mean such thinks as providing links to distance education programs in selected fields like accounting, nursing, pharmacy, etc. Even though there are better and nearly always cheaper distance education degree programs from state-supported universities, those universities are excluded from the for-profit distance education promotional sites. For example, the only distance education degree programs in accounting will those degree programs available from for-profit universities.

    Having said this there are some useful for-profit university promotion sites. For example, the "40 Essential Links for CPA Exam Prep & Practice" is a rather helpful site at AccountingDegree.com ---
    http://www.accountingdegree.com/blog/2012/40-essential-links-for-cpa-exam-prep-practice/

    At the same time, there is much misleading information at this AccountingDegree.com site. For example, consider the various rankings of online universities at
    http://oedb.org/rankings
    In most cases the various better and cheaper non-profit colleges and universities are not even mentioned by AccountingDegree.com.

    Hence I am torn about posting links to for-profit university Websites. It's helpful to have the "40 Essential Links for CPA Exam Prep & Practice" is a rather helpful site at AccountingDegree.com ---
    http://www.accountingdegree.com/blog/2012/40-essential-links-for-cpa-exam-prep-practice/

    But it's deceptive when those sites never mention that there are cheaper and better distance education degree programs from nonprofit state universities. Some of the better and cheaper non-profit distance education programs have been highlighted by US News are listed below. You will never find these programs mentioned by AccountingDebree.com or most any for-profit university promotional Website.

    "'U.S. News' Sizes Up Online-Degree Programs, Without Specifying Which Is No. 1," by Nick DeSantis, Chronicle of Higher Education, January 10, 2012 ---
    http://chronicle.com/article/US-News-Sizes-Up/130274/?sid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en

    U.S. News & World Report has published its first-ever guide to online degree programs—but distance-education leaders looking to trumpet their high rankings may find it more difficult to brag about how they placed than do their colleagues at residential institutions.

    Unlike the magazine's annual rankings of residential colleges, which cause consternation among many administrators for reducing the value of each program into a single headline-friendly number, the new guide does not provide lists based on overall program quality; no university can claim it hosts the top online bachelor's or online master's program. Instead, U.S. News produced "honor rolls" highlighting colleges that consistently performed well across the ranking criteria.

    Eric Brooks, a U.S. News data research analyst, said the breakdown of the rankings into several categories was intentional; his team chose its categories based on areas with enough responses to make fair comparisons.

    "We're only ranking things that we felt the response rates justified ranking this year," he said.

    The rankings, which will be published today, represent a new chapter in the 28-year history of the U.S. News guide. The expansion was brought on by the rapid growth of online learning. More than six million students are now taking at least one course online, according to a recent survey of more than 2,500 academic leaders by the Babson Survey Research Group and the College Board.

    U.S. News ranked colleges with bachelor's programs according to their performance in three categories: student services, student engagement, and faculty credentials. For programs at the master's level, U.S. News added a fourth category, admissions selectivity, to produce rankings of five different disciplines: business, nursing, education, engineering, and computer information technology.

    To ensure that the inaugural rankings were reliable, Mr. Brooks said, U.S. News developed its ranking methodology after the survey data was collected. Doing so, he said, allowed researchers to be fair to institutions that interpreted questions differently.

    Some distance-learning experts criticized that technique, however, arguing that the methodology should have been established before surveys were distributed.

    Russell Poulin, deputy director of research and analysis for the WICHE Cooperative for Educational Technologies, which promotes online education as part of the Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education, said that approach allowed U.S. News to ask the wrong questions, resulting in an incomplete picture of distance-learning programs.

    "It sort of makes me feel like I don't know who won the baseball game, but I'll give you the batting average and the number of steals and I'll tell you who won," he said. Mr. Poulin and other critics said any useful rankings of online programs should include information on outcomes like retention rates, employment prospects, and debt load—statistics, Mr. Brooks said, that few universities provided for this first edition of the U.S. News rankings. He noted that the surveys will evolve in future years as U.S. News learns to better tailor its questions to the unique characteristics of online programs.

    W. Andrew McCollough, associate provost for information technology, e-learning, and distance education at the University of Florida, said he was "delighted" to discover that his institution's bachelor's program was among the four chosen for honor-roll inclusion. He noted that U.S. News would have to customize its questions in the future, since he found some of them didn't apply to online programs. He attributed that mismatch to the wide age distribution and other diverse demographic characteristics of the online student body.

    The homogeneity that exists in many residential programs "just doesn't exist in the distance-learning environment," he said. Despite the survey's flaws, Mr. McCollough said, the effort to add to the body of information about online programs is helpful for prospective students.

    Turnout for the surveys varied, from a 50 percent response rate among nursing programs to a 75 percent response rate among engineering programs. At for-profit institutions—which sometimes have a reputation for guarding their data closely—cooperation was mixed, said Mr. Brooks. Some, like the American Public University System, chose to participate. But Kaplan University, one of the largest providers of online education, decided to wait until the first rankings were published before deciding whether to join in, a spokesperson for the institution said.

    Though this year's rankings do not make definitive statements about program quality, Mr. Brooks said the research team was cautious for a reason and hopes the new guide can help students make informed decisions about the quality of online degrees.

    "We'd rather not produce something in its first year that's headline-grabbing for the wrong reasons," he said.


    'Honor Roll' From 'U.S. News' of Online Graduate Programs in Business

    Institution Teaching Practices and Student Engagement Student Services and Technology Faculty Credentials and Training Admissions Selectivity
    Arizona State U., W.P. Carey School of Business 24 32 37 11
    Arkansas State U. 9 21 1 36
    Brandman U. (Part of the Chapman U. system) 40 24 29 n/a
    Central Michigan U. 11 3 56 9
    Clarkson U. 4 24 2 23
    Florida Institute of Technology 43 16 23 n/a
    Gardner-Webb U. 27 1 15 n/a
    George Washington U. 20 9 7 n/a
    Indiana U. at Bloomington, Kelley School of Business 29 19 40 3
    Marist College 67 23 6 5
    Quinnipiac U. 6 4 13 16
    Temple U., Fox School of Business 39 8 17 34
    U. of Houston-Clear Lake 8 21 18 n/a
    U. of Mississippi 37 44 20 n/a

    Source: U.S. News & World Report

    US News Comparisons of Top Online Graduate MBA (Business) Programs ---
    http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/mba

    Institution name Ranks Arizona State University Tempe, AZ

    #11 in Admissions Selectivity
    #37 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #24 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #32 in Student Services and Technology
     

    Arkansas State University--Jonesboro Jonesboro, AR

    #36 in Admissions Selectivity
    #1 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #9 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #21 in Student Services and Technology
     

    Brandman University Irvine, CA

    NR* in Admissions Selectivity
    #29 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #40 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #24 in Student Services and Technology
     

    Central Michigan University Mount Pleasant, MI

    #9 in Admissions Selectivity
    #56 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #11 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #3 in Student Services and Technology
     

    Clarkson University Potsdam, NY

    #23 in Admissions Selectivity
    #2 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #4 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #24 in Student Services and Technology
     

    Florida Institute of Technology Melbourne, FL

    NR in Admissions Selectivity
    #23 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #43 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #16 in Student Services and Technology
     

    Gardner-Webb University Boiling Springs, NC

    NR in Admissions Selectivity
    #15 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #27 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #1 in Student Services and Technology
     

    George Washington University Washington, DC

    NR in Admissions Selectivity
    #7 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #20 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #9 in Student Services and Technology
     

    Indiana University--Bloomington Bloomington, IN

    #3 in Admissions Selectivity
    #40 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #29 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #19 in Student Services and Technology
     

    Marist College Poughkeepsie, NY

    #5 in Admissions Selectivity
    #6 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #67 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #23 in Student Services and Technology
     

    Quinnipiac University Hamden, CT

    #16 in Admissions Selectivity
    #13 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #6 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #4 in Student Services and Technology
     

    Temple University Philadelphia, PA

    #34 in Admissions Selectivity
    #17 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #39 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #8 in Student Services and Technology
     

    University of Houston--Clear Lake Houston, TX

    NR in Admissions Selectivity
    #18 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #8 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #21 in Student Services and Technology
     

    University of Mississippi University, MS

    NR in Admissions Selectivity
    #20 in Faculty Credentials and Training
    #37 in Student Engagement and Accreditation
    #44 in Student Services and Technology

     

    Bob Jensen's threads on online education and training alternatives ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Crossborder.htm


    Business School Rankings

    Hi Wes,

    Thank you for this since it was a ranking I had not seen ---
    http://www.businessinsider.com/the-worlds-best-business-schools-2012-6#

    I do track rankings of other media outlets like US News, Bloomberg Business Week, the WSJ, Forbes, and The Economist ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings 

    This has to be the best one since Stanford comes out on top.
    Just kidding of course.

    It 'sa helpful site in the sense that for each of the 50 ranked programs it shows the ranks that were also given by US News, Bloomberg Business Week, Forbes, and The Economist.

    Feel free to send me some new pictures. I maintain a file on your professional photographs.

    Thanks,
    Bob

    Bob Jensen's threads about ranking controversies ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings

     


    Update Technology for Proctoring Distance Examinations

    HI Bob,

     
    Thanks for getting back to me that link was very useful. Perhaps I can provide you another tool to prevent that issue from occurring. I would like to introduce you to ProctorU. ProctorU is an online proctoring service that allows test-takers to take their examinations from home while maintaining the academic integrity of the institution. To address your concern on student verification we are able to authenticate the test taker's identity using a data-driven process that asks questions about previous address history, phone numbers, and other information pulled from our data partner. If you have some free time tomorrow or next week I would be happy to discuss this further with you. I look forward to hearing from you. 

    Patrick Ochoa
    Partnership Coordinator
    ProctorU, Inc
    pochoa@proctoru.com
    Office: 925-217-3259
    Cell:925-640-3894

     
    Check out ProctorU in MIT Technology Review http://ow.ly/ftW5a

     

    Bob Jensen's threads on various ploys used to "proctor" distance education examinations ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm#OnlineOffCampus

    Free online courses (some for credit) --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI

    Other online course and degree alternatives --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Crossborder.htm

     


    "Should Repurchase Transactions be Accounted for as Sales or Loans?" by  Justin Chircop , Paraskevi Vicky Kiosse , and Ken Peasnell, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 657-679 ---
    http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50176 

    Abstract
    In this paper, we discuss the accounting for repurchase transactions, drawing on how repurchase agreements are characterized under U.S. bankruptcy law, and in light of the recent developments in the U.S. repo market. We conclude that the current accounting rules, which require the recording of most such transactions as collateralized loans, can give rise to opaqueness in a firm's financial statements because they incorrectly characterize the economic substance of repurchase agreements. Accounting for repurchase transactions as sales and the concurrent recognition of a forward, as “Repo 105” transactions were accounted for by Lehman Brothers, has furthermore overlooked merits. In particular, such a method provides a more comprehensive and transparent picture of the economic substance of such transactions
    .

    Bob Jensen's threads on repurchase transactions are at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#Repo

    "Revenue recognition when product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties exist," by Stephanie Rasmussen, FASRI, October 31, 2012 ---
    http://www.fasri.net/index.php/2012/10/revenue-recognition-when-product-return-and-pricing-adjustment-uncertainties-exist/

    My forthcoming paper in Accounting Horizons (Rasmussen 2013; “Revenue Recognition, Earnings Management, and Earnings Informativeness in the Semiconductor Industry”) examines the implications of revenue recognition for companies with product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties. Although these uncertainties are typically minimal for sales to end customers, they can pose large risks for sales to distributors. The reason being is that distributors’ product return and pricing adjustment rights often do not lapse until the distributor resells the product to an end customer. In the midst of these risks, companies recognize revenue upon delivery of product to distributors (sell-in), when the distributor resells the product to end customers (sell-through), or under some combination (sell-in for some distributors and sell-through for others).

    I examine two implications of revenue recognition for companies with product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties. First, I examine whether the incidence of earnings management is higher for companies that recognize revenue before their product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties are resolved. This expectation is motivated by the fact that more opportunities exist to manage earnings when revenue is immediately recognized under the sell-in method compared to when at least some revenue recognition is deferred under the sell-through and combination methods. Specifically, managers using the sell-in method (1) maintain (and have opportunities to manipulate) product return and pricing adjustment accruals, and (2) can boost earnings through channel stuffing activities.

    Second, I examine whether earnings informativeness (proxied for with the earnings response coefficient) differs among the revenue recognition methods used by companies with product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties. On one hand, immediate revenue recognition more quickly incorporates new accounting information into the financial statements. If this new information is useful to the market, earnings should be more informative under the sell-in method compared to the other revenue recognition methods. On the other hand, more opportunities exist for both intentional performance manipulations and unintentional estimation errors when revenue is immediately recognized. Thus, if earnings are (or are perceived to be) more inaccurate under the sell-in method, earnings informativeness should be higher when revenue recognition is deferred until distributors have resold products to end customers.

    In order to study these research questions, I limit my sample to semiconductor companies because they sell to distributors and naturally face product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties due to rapid product obsolescence and declining prices over product life cycles. I find that sell-in companies are more likely to meet or beat analysts’ consensus earnings forecast compared to sell-through and combination companies, suggesting that earnings management is more likely when companies immediately recognize revenue for sales to distributors. I also find that the earnings response coefficient is significantly larger (meaning the returns-earnings relationship is stronger) for sell-through companies compared to sell-in and combination companies. This finding suggests that earnings are more informative when revenue recognition is deferred until the distributor has resold the product to end customers. Collectively, these results suggest that revenue recognition should be deferred until all product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties are resolved.

    This study should be of interest to the FASB and IASB as they finalize a joint revenue recognition standard. The current exposure draft of the new standard states that revenue recognition should occur when the customer obtains control of the product or service. Control, as described in the exposure draft, is likely to be transferred when a manufacturer delivers product to a distributor except for cases where a consignment agreement exists. At the time control is transferred, the standard directs the manufacturer to estimate variable consideration (e.g., product returns and pricing adjustments), determine the transaction price, and recognize revenue so long as receipt of the estimated transaction price is reasonably assured. Recent technical briefs from the Big 4 accounting firms suggest that the new standard’s provisions regarding variable consideration may require many manufacturers that have historically used the sell-through method to change to the sell-in method. Such a shift is concerning as my findings suggest that earnings management is more likely and earnings informativeness is lower when revenue is recognized at sell-in.

    Bob Jensen's threads on revenue recognition issues ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm


    Almost sounds like a deceptive tax on the older generation who saved for their retirements
    "Interest Rates Near Zero Put Savers in a Bind," by Peter Coy, Bloomberg Business Week, December 20, 2012 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-20/interest-rates-near-zero-put-savers-in-a-bind 

    Paul Hernandez describes himself as “one of those people who believe in standing on your own two feet.” At age 48 he lost a job as a contract programmer for Princess Cruise Lines, and he hasn’t been employed since. For a long time that was fine. His wife was earning a good salary; they lived frugally, childless and debt-free; and they earned a steady investment income from conservative assets such as bank certificates of deposit. Now things are getting tighter. As expected, his wife retired. Unexpectedly, their income from investments has plummeted because of falling interest rates. Hernandez, now 60, blames the Federal Reserve for hurting savers like himself by lowering rates in an effort to spur economic growth.

    “I’ve sent e-mails to [Fed Chairman Ben] Bernanke. I know he doesn’t read them,” says Hernandez. “We were always believers in base hits, accumulating your money slowly. That’s all being ripped out from under us. In this bizarro world, the people who didn’t carry a lot of debt are paying for it all. And it seems like nobody cares.”

    Hernandez has a point. Interest rates haven’t been this low in the U.S. in at least a century. A 10-year Treasury note yields just 1.7 percent a year, and a one-month Treasury bill has an annualized return averaging just 0.05 percent over the past year. That’s great for the world’s biggest borrower, the U.S. government, but it’s hell on savers. At that rate, an investor in one-month T-bills could double his or her money in—wait for it—1,387 years. Since inflation is running at close to 2 percent, you’re actually losing wealth by putting your money into Treasury securities.

    Moving your money abroad may not help, either. Fourteen countries, with a combined equity and debt market capitalization of $65 trillion, have near-zero short-term interest rates, says Bank of America Merrill Lynch (BAC) Chief Investment Strategist Michael Hartnett.

    Senior citizens suffer the most from low rates. People 75 and older get 8 percent of their income from interest, dividends, and rents, according to an analysis of government data by Diana Furchtgott-Roth, a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute. People younger than 44 get less than 1 percent of their income from those sources.

    What can savers do about this Fed-induced predicament besides complain? Hernandez’s choice is to stick with the safest, shortest-term securities—low yields be damned. That strategy may make sense if you’re going to take money out soon, or if you’re so risk-averse you sell in a panic whenever the market hiccups. Hernandez, who lives in Henderson, Nev., shies away from riskier assets because he thinks the Fed is manipulating markets. “I believe we’re sitting on a house of cards,” he says. “Every bit of our money is going into CDs and money markets now.”

    For most people, though, being ultra-cautious won’t produce the growth needed to pay for the children’s college or a golden retirement. The Federal Reserve, by pinning short-term rates to the floor, is effectively pushing you to take some chances with your money. “Don’t fight the Fed,” says Larry Elkin, a certified financial planner and president of Palisades Hudson Financial Group in Scarsdale, N.Y. “You’re bringing a rock to a gunfight.”

    If your goal is income, alternatives include dividend-paying stocks—the average yield for stocks in the Standard & Poor’s 500-stock index was 2.2 percent as of Dec. 12—or real estate investment trusts, which invest in properties such as office buildings and also boast dividends. A Bloomberg REIT index had a 3.5 percent dividend yield as of Dec. 12. Mortgage-backed securities, emerging-market debt, and high-yield bonds have seen the biggest percentage gains in assets lately. Remember, spreading the money among asset classes will reduce the fluctuations in your portfolio.

    In the fixed-income world, corporate and municipal bonds offer better yields than Treasuries. The FINRA-Bloomberg Active Investment Grade U.S. Corporate Bond Index yielded 3.4 percent on Dec. 12, 2.7 percentage points above the benchmark five-year Treasury note. You can also get some juice from munis, although not as much as usual: Their yields are at 47-year lows—3.3 percent as of Dec. 12, according to the Bond Buyer’s average for 20-year Aa2-rated general obligation bonds. If you do buy bonds, consider shorter maturities. They’ll lose less value if interest rates rise. Plus, as they mature you’ll have cash to pour into higher-yielding securities. Like it or not, this is not the time to make a living from clipping coupons.

    The Fed has not suppressed interest rates this much for this long since 1942 to 1951. Under the control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury during that period, the Fed was ordered to make it easy for the government to borrow cheaply to pay off debt incurred in the war effort. Back then it kept long-term Treasury bonds at no more than 2.5 percent and short-term Treasury bills at no more than 0.375 percent, according to George Mason University economist Lawrence White.

    Continued in article

    Jensen Comment
    It's sad that about the only way older folks can get the retirement incomes they counted on from savings is to take on more and more risk of losing their savings themselves.

    One alternative is to swing over to Wal-Mart and see if there are any openings for greeters.

    Bob Jensen's threads on personal finance ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers


    Jensen Comment
    When I first reported this theft I envisioned ten tractor trailers loaded by hooded thieves in the dead of night.
    It turns out that things may not be what they seem when you deal with a cartel monopolist wannabe.
    Warning --- this is a four page article that should have been reduced to the editor to a single page..

    Being a quality control sampler in this industry is almost as sweet as being a quality control sampler on the Mustang Ranch.

    This smells like a trap by the cartel to frame those who oppose it.
    Adi Wijaya, 01/03/2013 01:02 AM

    "The Great Canadian Maple Syrup Heist," by Brendan Borrell, Bloomberg Business Week, January 2, 2013 ---
    http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-02/the-great-canadian-maple-syrup-heist#p4

    Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm


    "A Reform Boilermaker Mitch Daniels makes his own pay at Purdue University subject to performance," The Wall Street Journal, January 8, 2013 ---
    http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323320404578211642167171594.html?mg=reno64-wsj#mod=djemEditorialPage_t

    Being a college president is one of the easier jobs in America, at least as long as all you aspire to do is give speeches, gladhand donors and put up some new buildings. So a round of applause for Mitch Daniels, the incoming Purdue University president who seems to have more reform ambition.

    The departing Indiana Governor is headed to West Lafayette later this month, and he insisted on an unusual and innovative compensation package that could be a model amid the larger U.S. debate about value in higher education. Mr. Daniels is taking a substantial salary cut and linking his pay to his performance. Imagine that.

    Under the terms of the contract, Mr. Daniels will earn base pay of $420,000. That's near the $421,000 average for presidents of public universities, according to a Chronicle of Higher Education analysis, and down from the $555,000 earned by Purdue's previous president. Mr. Daniels could then make up to 30% in bonuses tied to hard outcome metrics like graduation rates, student affordability, faculty hiring and achievement, and philanthropic support. Even if Mr. Daniels met 100% of his targets, he'd still rank 10th in compensation among the Big Ten presidents.

    Performance pay is typical in the private economy but not in the generally accountability-free world of academia. Mr. Daniels's example is a sign that he sees himself as a steward of the dollars of state taxpayers—and it is also an implicit rebuke to the growing class of professional academic administrators who nominally run the joints.

    As tuition and student loan debt continue to rise, families and even a few faculty members are starting to question how many costly assistant vice provosts for inclusion, associate sustainability deans, and the like colleges and universities really need, or they can afford. Nationwide, the number of bureaucrats has increased 10 times faster over the last decade than people hired to do actual teaching and research, U.S. Department of Education data show.

    Purdue became one epicenter for this new scrutiny after a $67.4 million budget deficit in 2010 forced cutbacks. J. Paul Robinson, a cytomics professor and chairman of the faculty senate, calculates that over the last 11 years the number of Purdue administrators has jumped by 62% while professors increased by merely 8%. If his contract is any indication, Mr. Daniels will expect more, and measurable results, from the paper pushers.

    Mr. Daniels's frugal bona fides and lack of pretense as Governor will be useful tools if he does plan on disrupting the higher-ed status quo, though as a Republican who didn't climb the greasy academic pole his job will be doubly difficult. Faculty and political hostility is likely to be extreme, but he is off to the right start by setting an example with his own pay. Purdue will be fun to watch.

    Jensen Comment
    This may be a good idea for the public sector, but in the private sector pay for performance can be a disaster if "performance" is defined in terms of short term criteria rather than long-term criteria. In countless cases this as lead to "earnings management" accounting frauds ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Manipulation


    "Ball and Brown and the Usefulness of EPS." by Robert Lipe, FASRI, August 9, 2012 ---
    http://www.fasri.net/index.php/2012/08/ball-and-brown-and-the-usefulness-of-eps/

    At the AAA meeting in DC, I attended a presidential address by Ray Ball and Phil Brown regarding their seminal research paper (JAR 1968). They described the motivation for their study as a test of existing scholarly research that painted a dim picture of reported earnings. The earlier writers noted that earnings were based on old information (historical cost) or, worse yet, a mix of old and new information (mixed attributes). The early articles concluded that earnings could not be informative, and therefore major changes to accounting practice where necessary to correct the problem.

    Ball and Brown viewed this literature as providing a testable hypothesis – market participants should not be able to use earnings in a profitable manner. Stated another way, knowing the amount of earnings that would be reported at the end of the year with certainty could not be used to profitably trade common stocks at the beginning of the year. Evidence to the contrary would suggest the null that earnings are non-informative does not hold.

    While the methods part of the paper is probably difficult for recent accounting archivalists to follow, Ball and Brown produce perhaps the single most famous graph in the accounting literature. It shows stock returns trending up over the year for companies that ultimately report increases in earnings and trending down for companies that report decreases in earnings. Thus they show that accounting numbers can be informative even if the aggregate number is not computed using a single unified measurement approach across transactions/events. Subsequent research would show that numbers from the income statement have predictive ability for future earnings and cash flows.

    As I sat listening to these two research icons, I could not help but think about some comments I have heard recently from a few standard setters and practitioners. Those individuals express contempt for EPS in a mixed attribute world. They appear to wish they could jump in a time machine and eliminate per share computations related to income. I readily admit that EPS does not explain much of the variance in returns over periods of one year or less ( e.g., Lev, JAR 1989). However the link is clearly significant, and over longer periods, the R2’s are quite high (Easton, Harris, and Ohlson, JAE 1992). Can the standard setters make incremental improvements to increase usefulness of EPS? I sure hope so, and maybe the recent paper posted by Alex Milburn will help. But dismissing a reported number because it is not derived from a single consistent measurement attribute – be it fair value or historical cost – seems to revert back to pre-Ball and Brown views that are rejected by years of research.

    Jensen Comment
    Given the balance sheet focus of the FASB and the IASB at the expense of the income statement I don't see how net income or eps could be anything but misleading to investors and financial analysts. The biggest hit, in my opinion, is the way the FASB and IASB create earnings volatility not only unrealized fair value changes but the utter fiction created by posting fair value changes that will never ever be realized for held-to-maturity investments and debt. This was not the case at the time of the seminal Ball and Brown article. Those were olden days before accounting standards injected huge doses of fair value fiction in eps numbers so beloved by investors and analysts.

    Sydney Finkelstein, the Steven Roth professor of management at the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College, also pointed out that Bank of America booked a $2.2 billion gain by increasing the value of Merrill Lynch’s assets it acquired last quarter to prices that were higher than Merrill kept them. “Although perfectly legal, this move is also perfectly delusional, because some day soon these assets will be written down to their fair value, and it won’t be pretty,” he said
    "Bank Profits Appear Out of Thin Air ," by Andrew Ross Sorkin, The New York Times, April 20, 2009 --- http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/21/business/21sorkin.html?_r=1&dbk

    This is starting to feel like amateur hour for aspiring magicians.

    Another day, another attempt by a Wall Street bank to pull a bunny out of the hat, showing off an earnings report that it hopes will elicit oohs and aahs from the market. Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup and, on Monday, Bank of America all tried to wow their audiences with what appeared to be — presto! — better-than-expected numbers.

    But in each case, investors spotted the attempts at sleight of hand, and didn’t buy it for a second.

    With Goldman Sachs, the disappearing month of December didn’t quite disappear (it changed its reporting calendar, effectively erasing the impact of a $1.5 billion loss that month); JPMorgan Chase reported a dazzling profit partly because the price of its bonds dropped (theoretically, they could retire them and buy them back at a cheaper price; that’s sort of like saying you’re richer because the value of your home has dropped); Citigroup pulled the same trick.

    Bank of America sold its shares in China Construction Bank to book a big one-time profit, but Ken Lewis heralded the results as “a testament to the value and breadth of the franchise.”

    Sydney Finkelstein, the Steven Roth professor of management at the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College, also pointed out that Bank of America booked a $2.2 billion gain by increasing the value of Merrill Lynch’s assets it acquired last quarter to prices that were higher than Merrill kept them.

    “Although perfectly legal, this move is also perfectly delusional, because some day soon these assets will be written down to their fair value, and it won’t be pretty,” he said.

    Investors reacted by throwing tomatoes. Bank of America’s stock plunged 24 percent, as did other bank stocks. They’ve had enough.

    Why can’t anybody read the room here? After all the financial wizardry that got the country — actually, the world — into trouble, why don’t these bankers give their audience what it seems to crave? Perhaps a bit of simple math that could fit on the back of an envelope, with no asterisks and no fine print, might win cheers instead of jeers from the market.

    What’s particularly puzzling is why the banks don’t just try to make some money the old-fashioned way. After all, earning it, if you could call it that, has never been easier with a business model sponsored by the federal government. That’s the one in which Uncle Sam and we taxpayers are offering the banks dirt-cheap money, which they can turn around and lend at much higher rates.

    “If the federal government let me borrow money at zero percent interest, and then lend it out at 4 to 12 percent interest, even I could make a profit,” said Professor Finkelstein of the Tuck School. “And if a college professor can make money in banking in 2009, what should we expect from the highly paid C.E.O.’s that populate corner offices?”

    But maybe now the banks are simply following the lead of Washington, which keeps trotting out the latest idea for shoring up the financial system.

    The latest big idea is the so-called stress test that is being applied to the banks, with results expected at the end of this month.

    This is playing to a tough crowd that long ago decided to stop suspending disbelief. If the stress test is done honestly, it is impossible to believe that some banks won’t fail. If no bank fails, then what’s the value of the stress test? To tell us everything is fine, when people know it’s not?

    “I can’t think of a single, positive thing to say about the stress test concept — the process by which it will be carried out, or outcome it will produce, no matter what the outcome is,” Thomas K. Brown, an analyst at Bankstocks.com, wrote. “Nothing good can come of this and, under certain, non-far-fetched scenarios, it might end up making the banking system’s problems worse.”

    The results of the stress test could lead to calls for capital for some of the banks. Citi is mentioned most often as a candidate for more help, but there could be others.

    The expectation, before Monday at least, was that the government would pump new money into the banks that needed it most.

    But that was before the government reached into its bag of tricks again. Now Treasury, instead of putting up new money, is considering swapping its preferred shares in these banks for common shares.

    The benefit to the bank is that it will have more capital to meet its ratio requirements, and therefore won’t have to pay a 5 percent dividend to the government. In the case of Citi, that would save the bank hundreds of millions of dollars a year.

    And — ta da! — it will miraculously stretch taxpayer dollars without spending a penny more.

    January 2, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen

    Hi Pat,

    You wrote the following:

    To the best of my knowledge, credit sales are not "realized". The are considered "realizable" because companies claim to be able to estimate uncollectible accounts.

    You may wish to claim that unrealized changes in fair values of held financial assets are one step further away from being realizable, but it is the choice if the reporting entity not to realize those values rather than the choice if the customer to pay.

    Jensen Reply

    Yes I agree that the credit sales are a step further from unrealized fair value changes, although that step is a huge one because defaults on credit sales are enforceable by the the courts. Ups and downs of an investment in 10,000 shares of Apple stock or call options on Apple shares are only thin air gains and losses until sales transpire. Yes the step is a huge one! Might I use the word "cliff?"

    Example
    When I was on the faculty at the University of Maine in the 1970s I owned an ocean summer cottage on 11 acres of woods across the bay from Acadia National Park. In those days, when there were no fears of rising ocean levels, having a cottage 20 feet from the beach at high tide was sort of neat. All such shoreline cottages either had to be purchased entirely for cash or be partly seller financed. No commercial lenders like banks and savings and loans associations would finance shore property in the country, at least not in the 1970s.

    When I moved to Florida State University in 1978 I sold my Maine summer cottage on the basis of receiving 50% of the selling price in cash and a first mortgage on the remainder due. There was no market for my note investment on this property and default risk was virtually zero due to the huge cash down payment. As far as I was concerned this was a hold-to-maturity investment of a note that really had no trading market. If the new owner wanted to settle before the 20-year maturity date he had to pay me the amortized book value of the 12% note.

    It might have been possible for me to enter into a customized vanilla interest rate swap so that I could get a variable interest return on the swap contract. But interim changes in that derivative swap contract does not affect the notional. The changes value of the swap contract would be a speculation value change to be reported as earnings as FAS 133. But my mortgage note would still be held-to-maturity contract best valued at historical cost amortized value.

    More importantly, if the buyer of my cottage defaulted on the original note it would not matter to either party on the swap contract because the banks that negotiate such customized swaps guarantee the net swap payments but not the underlying notionals. If the buyer of my cottage defaulted on the original note, I would've commenced foreclosure proceedings. The last thing the buyer or his heirs would want is to lose over 50% of the equity in that shore property. The risk of default was virtually zero.

    Interestingly, I could use a Bloomberg terminal to estimate the interim changes in value of a swap contract ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm

    But the value of the mortgage note was its amortized cost that did not vary since there was no market for such paper. If the buyer of the cottage wanted to refinance due to lower interest rates he had to first pay off the entire book value of his debt to me. That payoff value, unlike the swap contract, was not subject to market fluctuations. Reporting changes in the note's value due to changing interest rates would be pure fiction.

    The buyer actually did pay off the note at book value about twelve years later. Since interest rates had fallen so much I was surprised he waited that long. His problem was that commercial lenders would still not make loans on rural shore property.

    Respectfully,
    Bob Jensen

    The Latest from the AECM's Denny Beresford:  Are interim fair value adjustments “accounting fictions” HTM investments?
    "Money market fund investments are often held to maturity and any discount or premium in the purchase price is realized by the fund."

    "Ex-FASB Chair: Accounting Rules Support Money Funds’ Stable Value," by Emily Chason, CFO Journal, November 1, 2012
    http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2012/11/01/ex-fasb-chair-accounting-rules-support-money-funds-stable-value/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport

    While U.S. regulators are debating forcing money market funds to let their share values float, former Financial Accounting Standards Board Chairman Dennis Beresford defended the use of accounting standards that allow money funds to maintain their stable $1-per-share value.

    In a paper released Thursday by the U.S. Chamber of Commerce’s Center for Capital Markets, Beresford said the amortized cost accounting used for money market funds is not a gimmick that gives a false sense of security for the funds, but rather an efficient way to minimize differences between the carrying value and fair value of their investments.

    "Amortized Cost Accounting is “Fair” for Money Market Funds," U.S. Chamber of Commerce Center for Capital Markets Competitiveness, Fall 2012
    http://www.centerforcapitalmarkets.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/Money-Market-Funds_FINAL.layout.pdf

    Summary

    Recent events have caused the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to rethink the long-standing use of amortized cost by money market mutual funds in valuing their investments in securities. This practice supports the use of the stable net asset value (a “buck” a share) in trading shares in such funds. Some critics have challenged this accounting practice, arguing that it somehow misleads investors by obfuscating changes in value or implicitly guaranteeing a stable share price.

    This paper shows that the use of amortized cost by money market mutual funds is supported by more than 30 years of regulatory and accounting standard-setting consideration. In addition, its use has been significantly constrained through recent SEC actions that further ensure its appropriate use. Accounting standard setters have accepted this treatment as being in compliance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Finally, available data indicate that amortized cost does not differ materially from market value for investments industry wide. In short, amortized cost is “fair” for money market funds.

    Background

    Money market mutual funds have been in the news a great deal recently as the SEC first scheduled and then postponed a much-anticipated late August vote to consider further tightening regulations on the industry.1 Earlier, Chairman Mary Schapiro had testified to Congress about her intention to strengthen the SEC regulation of such funds, in light of issues arising during the financial crisis of 2008 when one prominent fund “broke the buck,” resulting in modest losses to its investors. Sponsors of some other funds have sometimes provided financial support to maintain stable net asset values. And certain funds recently experienced heavy redemptions due to the downgrade of the U.S. Treasury’s credit rating and the European banking crisis.

    Money market funds historically have priced their shares at $1, a practice that facilitates their widespread use by corporate treasurers, municipalities, individuals, and many others who seek the convenience of low-risk, highly liquid investments. This $1 per share pricing convention also conforms to the funds’ accounting for their investments in short-term debt securities using amortized cost. This method means that, in the absence of an event jeopardizing the fund’s repayment expectation with respect to any investment, the value at which these funds carry their investments is the amount paid (cost) for the investments, which may include a discount or premium to the face amount of the security. Any discount or premium is recorded (amortized) as an adjustment of yield over the life of the security, such that amortized cost equals the principal value at maturity.

    Some commentators have criticized the use of this amortized cost methodology and argued for its elimination. In a telling example of the passionate but inaccurate attention being devoted to this issue, an editorial in the June 10, 2012, Wall Street Journal described this longstanding financial practice in a heavily regulated industry as an “accounting fiction” and an “accounting gimmick.”

    . . .

    Reasoning for Use of Amortized Cost

    The FASB has been considering various aspects of the accounting for financial instruments for approximately 25 years. During that time it has issued standards on topics such as accounting for marketable securities, accounting for derivative instruments and hedging, impairment, disclosure, and others. Also, the FASB has issued standards or endorsed standards issued by the AICPA of a specialized nature applying to certain industry groups such as investment companies, insurance companies, broker/dealers, and banks. Further, the FASB is presently involved in a major project that has encompassed approximately the past 10 years, whereby it is endeavoring to conform its standards on financial instruments to the related standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Aspects of that project have stalled recently, and the two boards have reached different conclusions on certain key issues. Other aspects of that project are moving forward.

    Over this 25-year period, probably the most controversial aspect of the financial instruments project has been to what extent those instruments should be carried at market or fair value in financial statements rather than historical cost. On several occasions the FASB has indicated a strong preference for fair value as a general objective. But there has been a great deal of opposition from many quarters, and the FASB has tended to determine the appropriate measurement attribute for particular instruments (fair value, amortized cost, etc.) in different projects based on the facts and circumstances in each case.

    . . . (very long passages from this 21-page article are not quoted here)

    Conclusion

    Accounting for investment securities by money market mutual funds appropriately remains based on amortized cost. The amortized cost method of accounting is supported by the very short-term duration, high quality, and hold-to-maturity nature of most of the investments held. The SEC’s 2010 rule changes have considerably strengthened the conditions under which these policies are being applied. As a result of the 2010 SEC rule changes, funds now report the market value of each investment in a monthly schedule submitted to the SEC that is then made publicly available after 60 days. That provides additional information for investors. And the FASB’s current thinking articulates this accounting treatment as GAAP.

     

    Jensen Comment
    My main objection to booking fair values of HTM investments is that the interim adjustments for fair values that will never be realized destroys the income statement. Of course, the FASB and IASB have systematically destroyed the concept of net earnings in many other standards to a point where these standard setters can no longer even define net earnings.

    Research Studies from the Chamber's Center for Capital Markets ---
    http://www.centerforcapitalmarkets.com/resources/publications/

     

    Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm

     


     




    Humor January 1- 31, 2013

    You know you're getting old when your monthly planner only has entries for doctor, dentist, and medical lab appointments.

    Michael Davis Ford's Theater part 2 ---
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n6mbW-jMtrY&feature=player_detailpage

    Archie's Jewish Friend ---
    http://www.aish.com/j/jt/Jtube-All-in-the-Family-Archies-Jewish-Friend.html#.ULuiHFWmmhc.mailto

    A Beautiful Coat ---
    http://elrellano.com/videos_online/4624/circo-roncalli.html

    Senior Moments --- http://www.youtube.com/embed/Xv1tMioGgXI?rel=0


    Save these acronyms in case you receive a text message from a senior citizen

    * ATD- At the Doctor's

    * BFF - Best Friends Funeral

    * BTW- Bring the Wheelchair

    * BYOT - Bring Your Own Teeth

    * CBM- Covered by Medicare

    * CUATSC- See You at the Senior Center

    * DWI- Driving While Incontinent

    * FWIW - Forgot Where I Was

    * GGPBL-
    Gotta Go, Pacemaker Battery Low

    * GHA - Got Heartburn Again

    * HGBM - Had Good Bowel Movement

    * LMDO-
    Laughing My Dentures Out

    * LOL- Living on Lipitor

    * OMSG - Oh My! Sorry, Gas

    * TOT- Texting on Toilet

    * WAITT - Who Am I Talking To?


    Hope these help. GGLKI (Gotta Go, Laxative Kicking in!)

    David Albrecht added:

    GGLWIO (Gotta Go, Lawrence Welk Is On).

     


    Forwarded by Paula

    I met a fairy who said she would grant me one wish. Immediately I said, "I want to live forever."

    "Sorry," said the fairy, "I'm not allowed to grant eternal life."

    "OK," I said, "Then, I want to die after Congress balances the Federal budget."

    "You crafty bastard," said the fairy.


    Forwarded by Jim Kirk

    BEST EVER SENIOR CITIZEN JOKE

    A little silver-haired lady calls her neighbor and says, "Please come over > here and help me. I have a killer jigsaw puzzle, and I can't figure out how to get started."

    Her neighbor asks, "What is it supposed to be when it's finished?"

    The little silver haired lady says, "According to the picture on the box, it's a rooster."

    Her neighbor decides to go over and help with the puzzle.

    She lets him in and shows him where she has the puzzle spread all over the table.

    He studies the pieces for a moment, then looks at the box, then turns to her and says,  "First of all, no matter what we do, we're not going to be able to assemble these pieces into anything resembling a rooster."

    He takes her hand and says, "Secondly, I want you to relax. Let's have a nice cup of tea, and then," he said with a deep sigh "Let's put all the Corn Flakes back in the box."


    Forwarded by Jim Kirk

    An older couple sitting in a diner enjoying their meal when the husband leans over and asks his wife,

    "Do you remember the first time we had sex over fifty years ago? We went behind the village tavern where you leaned against the back fence and I made love to you.'

    "Yes," she says, "I remember it well."

    "OK," he says, "How about taking a stroll around there again and do it again for old times' sake?"

    "Oh, Jim, you old devil, that sounds like a crazy, but, a good idea!"

    A police officer sitting in the next booth, heard their conversation and, having a chuckle to himself, he thinks to himself, I've got to see these two old-timers having sex against a fence. I'll just keep an eye on them so there's no trouble. So he follows them.

    The elderly couple walk haltingly along, leaning on each other for support aided by walking sticks. Finally, they get to the back of the tavern and make their way to the fence.

    The old lady lifts her skirt and the old man drops his trousers. As she leans against the fence, the old man moves in.

    Then, suddenly, they erupt into the most 'furious sex' that the policeman has ever seen. This goes on for about ten minutes while both are making loud noises, including some barking, yelping, moaning and screaming. Finally, they both collapse, panting on the ground.

    The policeman is amazed. He thinks he has learned something about life and old age that he didn't know.

    After about half an hour of lying on the ground recovering, the old couple struggles to their feet and put their clothes back on. The policeman is still watching and thinks to himself, this is truly amazing, I've got to ask them what their secret is!

    So, as the couple passes by, he says to them, "Excuse me, but, that was something else. You must have had a fantastic sex life together. Is there some sort of secret to this?"

    Shaking, the old man is barely able to reply,

    "50 years ago, that wasn't an electric fence!"


    Technical Correctness forwarded by Maureen

    A wife asks her husband, "Could you please go shopping for me and buy one carton of milk and if they have avocados, get 6.

    "A short time later the husband comes back with 6 cartons of milk.

    The wife asks him, "Why did you buy 6 cartons of milk?"

    He replied, "They had avocados."

    If you're a woman, I'm sure you're going back to read it again! Men will get it the first time. My work is done here.


    Forwarded by Dr. Wolff

    Christian One Liners

     

    Don't let your worries get the best of you; Remember, Moses started out as a basket case.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Some people are kind, polite, and sweet-spirited

    Until you try to sit in their pews.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Many folks want to serve God,

    But only as advisers.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    It is easier to preach ten sermons

    Than it is to live one.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    The good Lord didn't create anything without a purpose,

    But mosquitoes come close.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    When you get to your wit's end,

    You'll find God lives there.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    People are funny; they want the front of the bus,

    Middle of the road,

    And back of the church.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Opportunity may knock once,

    But temptation bangs on the front door forever.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Quit griping about your church;

    If it was perfect, you couldn't belong.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    If a church wants a better pastor,

    It only needs to pray for the one it has.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    We're called to be witnesses, not lawyers or judges.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    God Himself doesn't propose to judge a man until

    he is dead. So why should you?

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Some minds are  like concrete

    Thoroughly mixed up and permanently set.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Peace starts with a smile.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    I don't know why some people change churches;

    What difference does it make which one you stay home from?

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Be ye fishers of men. You catch 'em - He'll clean 'em.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Stop, Drop, and Roll won't work in Hell.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

     

    Coincidence is when God chooses to remain anonymous.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Don't put a question mark where God put a period.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Don't wait for 6 strong men to take you to church.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Forbidden fruits create many  jams.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    God doesn't call the qualified, He qualifies the called.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    God grades on the cross, not the curve.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    God loves everyone,

    But probably prefers 'fruits of the spirit' over 'religious nuts!'

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    God promises a safe landing, not a calm passage.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    He who angers you, controls you!

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    If God is your Co-pilot, swap seats!

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    Prayer:

    Don't give God instructions, just report for duty!

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    The task ahead of us is never as

    great as the Power behind us.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    The Will of God never takes you to where the

    Grace of God will not protect you.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    We don't change the message,

    The message changes us.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    You can tell how big a person is

    By what it takes to discourage him/her.

     

    *+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*

    The best mathematical equation I have ever seen:

    1 cross + 3 nails = 4 given.

     


    Forwarded by Paula

    She walked up and tied her old mule to the hitching rail. As she stood there, brushing some of the dust from her face and clothes, a young gunslinger stepped out of the saloon with a gun in one hand and a bottle of whiskey in the other.

    The young gunslinger looked at the old woman and laughed, saying, "Hey, old woman! Have you ever danced?"

    The old woman looked up at the gunslinger and said, "No, I never did dance. . . never really wanted to."

    A crowd had gathered as the gunslinger grinned and said, "Well, you old bag, you're gonna dance now," and started shooting at the old woman's feet.

    The old woman prospector, not wanting to get her toes blown off, started hopping around. Everybody was laughing.

    When his last bullet had been fired, the young gunslinger, still laughing, holstered his gun and turned around to go back into the saloon.

    The old woman turned to her pack mule, pulled out a double-barreled shotgun, and cocked both hammers.

    The loud clicks carried clearly through the desert air. The crowd stopped laughing immediately.

    The young gunslinger heard the sounds too, and he turned around very slowly. The silence was almost deafening.

    The crowd watched as the young gunman stared at the old woman and the large gaping holes of those twin barrels.

    The barrels of the shotgun never wavered in the old woman's hands, as she quietly said, "Son, have you ever kissed a mule's ass?"

    The gunslinger swallowed hard and said, "No, ma'am . . . but . . . I've always wanted to."

    There are a few lessons for all of us here.

    1 - Never be arrogant..
    2 - Don't waste ammunition.
    3 - Whiskey makes you think you're smarter than you are.
    4 - Always, always make sure you know who has the power.
    5 - Don't mess with old women; they didn't get old by being stupid.

     

     





     

    Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113

    Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112

    Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012

    Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112

    Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012

    Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112

    Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112

    Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012

    Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112  

    Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012

    Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112  

    Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912 

    Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112

     




    And that's the way it was on January 31, 2013 with a little help from my friends.

    Bob Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm

    Bob Jensen's Threads --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm

    Bob Jensen's Blogs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called New Bookmarks --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called Tidbits --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud Updates --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
    Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations   

    Free Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
    Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
    Edutainment and Learning Games --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
    Open Sharing Courses --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI

    Bob Jensen's Resume --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
     

    Bob Jensen's Homepage --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/


     

    For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually for free) go to   http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm

    AECM (Accounting Educators)  http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
    The AECM is an email Listserv list which started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment, cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful in any way for accounting education at the college/university level. Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications, etc

    Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
     

    CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/  (closed down)
    CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry, government or education. Others will be denied access.

    Yahoo (Practitioners)  http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
    This forum is for CPAs to discuss the activities of the AICPA. This can be anything  from the CPA2BIZ portal to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA.

    AccountantsWorld  http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1 
    This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation.

    Business Valuation Group BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com 
    This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag [RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM

     


     

    Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality

    I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult. Accounting academe is threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
    From http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
     

    “Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But their contributions to society began to flow from their own self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with general public discourse.”

     

    Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as there always tends to be in accounts of the shift from Gemeinschaft to Gesellschaft. Yet it is also clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary professionalism was necessary.

     

    “The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”

    But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life, Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far. “The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic). The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional communities that have come to share too much and that have become too self-referential.”

     

    What went wrong in accounting/accountics research? 
    How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong

     

    Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites  --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm

    Accounting Professors Who Blog --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm

    Cool Search Engines That Are Not Google --- http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines

    Free (updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks

    CPA Examination --- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
    Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle --- http://cpareviewforfree.com/
     


    Bob Jensen's Pictures and Stories
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm

     

    Bob Jensen's Homepage --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

     

     

     

     

     

  •  

  • Bob Jensen's Threads --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm

    Bob Jensen's Blogs --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called New Bookmarks --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called Tidbits --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
    Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud Updates --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
    Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations   

    Free Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
    Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
    Edutainment and Learning Games --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
    Open Sharing Courses --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI

    Peter, Paul, and Barney: An Essay on 2008 U.S. Government Bailouts of Private Companies ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm

    Health Care News --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm

    Bob Jensen's Resume --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm

    574 Shields Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave ---
    http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm

     

     

    Bob Jensen's Personal History in Pictures --- http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/

    Bob Jensen's Homepage --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/